<<

NP247(2)

ADMIRALTY ANNUAL SUMMARY OF NOTICES TO MARINERS -- UPDATES TO AND MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS

CORRECT TO 31 DECEMBER 2019 (Week 52/19)

CONTENTS

PART 1

CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS

PART 2

SAILING DIRECTIONS UPDATES IN FORCE

PART 3

CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS

PART 4

MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS UPDATES IN FORCE ii INTRODUCTION NP247(2), ADMIRALTY of Notices to Mariners -- Updates to Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications, contains the text of all updates to current editions of ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications which have been published in Sections IV and VII of ADMIRALTY of Notices to Mariners, and which remain in force on 31 December 2019 (Week 52/19).

HOW TO USE THIS PUBLICATION

Current editions of Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications Updates to ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications are always applied to the most recent edition of the volume in use. Details of the most recent edition of any particular volume can be established by consulting: NP131 ADMIRALTY Chart Catalogue, published annually in December. Part 1 and Part 3 of this publication, published annually in January. NP234 Cumulative List of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners, published 6--monthly in January and July. New editions of ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications are announced in Section I of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners. A complete listing of current editions is updated and published quarterly in Part IB of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners. It is also available on the UKHO website at admiralty.co.uk.

Sailing Directions in Continuous Revision Most volumes of ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions are kept up to date in a “Continuous Revision” cycle. This means that once a new edition is published it will be continuously revised by its Editor for a period of approximately 3 years using information received in the UKHO, and then republished. During the life of the book, it is updated as necessary by notices published weekly at Section IV of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners. These updates will normally be restricted to those critical to the safety of , and information required to be published as a result of changes to national legislation affecting shipping, and to port regulations. It is recommended that updates are kept in a file with the latest list of updates in force on top. The list should then be consulted when using the parent book to see if any changes, affecting the area under consideration, are in force. Mariners may also annotate the parent book with the relevant week number at affected paragraphs to indicate the presence of an update. It is not recommended that changes be pasted into the parent book.

Promulgation of Section IV and VII Notices to Mariners Section IV and VII Notices to Mariners are published weekly in ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners. A check--list of all extant Notices, but not the text, is published quarterly at the end of Sections IV and VII respectively of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners. This volume, published annually, contains the full text of all extant Section IV and VII Notices.

iii Action on receipt of a volume of ADMIRALTY Sailing Directions or Miscellaneous Nautical Publication (1) Check that the most recent Edition of the volume is held. (2) Check that the updates at Part 2 or Part 4 of this volume have been applied. (3) Check that all updates published at either Sections IV and VII of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners subsequent to the publication of this volume have been applied, using the most recent quarterly check--list at Section IV or VII of the Weekly Edition.

For further information, please refer to ‘How to Keep Your ADMIRALTY Products Up--to--Date’, NP294. Where it is found that the most up to date information is not held, the most recent editions of all ADMIRALTY publications can be obtained from ADMIRALTY Distributors, and back copies of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners can also be downloaded from the UKHO website.

iv UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS

PART 1 CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS (Corrected to Week 52/19)

NP No Title Edition Published / correct from Weekly Edition Number 1 Pilot Vol 1 18th (2017) 47/17 2 Africa Pilot Vol 2 18th (2017) 39/17 3 Africa Pilot Vol 3 18th (2019) 16/19 4 South--East Alaska Pilot 8th (2015) 16/15 5 Pilot Vol 1 19th (2017) 22/17 6 South America Pilot Vol 2 19th (2019) 19/19 7 South America Pilot Vol 3 13th (2018) 49/18 7A South America Pilot Vol 4 8th (2018) 51/18 8 Pacific of and USA Pilot 15th (2019) 43/19 9 Antarctic Pilot 9th (2019) 24/19 10 Pilot Vol 1 9th (2016) 07/16 11 Arctic Pilot Vol 2 12th (2018) 19/18 12 Arctic Pilot Vol 3 10th (2018) 19/18 13 Pilot Vol 1 5th (2017) 17/17 14 Australia Pilot Vol 2 14th (2019) 25/19 15 Australia Pilot Vol 3 14th (2018) 24/18 18 Baltic Pilot Vol 1 18th (2018) 43/18 19 Baltic Pilot Vol 2 17th (2018) 06/18 20 Baltic Pilot Vol 3 14th (2019) 29/19 21 of Bengal Pilot 13th (2019) 20/19 22 BayofBiscayPilot 14th (2019) 28/19 23 Bering and Pilot 9th (2019) 30/19 24 and Pilot 6th (2019) 33/19 25 British Columbia Pilot Vol 1 17th (2019) 38/19 26 British Columbia Pilot Vol 2 11th (2017) 11/17 27 Channel Pilot 12th (2018) 45/18 28 Dover Strait Pilot 12th (2017) 34/17 30 Sea Pilot Vol 1 11th (2018) 29/18 31 China Sea Pilot Vol 2 13th (2018) 07/18 32A China Sea Pilot Vol 3 2nd (2019) 06/19 32B China Sea Pilot Vol 4 2nd (2019) 08/19 33 Philippine Islands Pilot 6th (2017) 49/17 34 Indonesia Pilot Vol 2 9th (2019) 10/19 35 Indonesia Pilot Vol 3 7th (2017) 43/17 36 Indonesia Pilot Vol 1 10th (2019) 09/19 37 West Coasts of and Wales Pilot 20th (2017) 26/17 38 West of India Pilot 19th (2019) 49/19 39 South Indian Pilot 15th (2017) 14/17 40 Irish Coast Pilot 21st (2019) 41/19

1--1 NP No Title Edition Published / correct from Weekly Edition Number 41 Japan Pilot Vol 1 12th (2018) 08/18 42A Japan Pilot Vol 2 6th (2017) 36/17 42B Japan Pilot Vol 3 12th (2019) 49/19 42C Japan Pilot Vol 4 5th (2015) 18/15 43 S and E Coasts of Korea, E Coast of and 11th (2018) 02/18 Pilot 44 Malacca Strait and W Coast Sumatera Pilot 14th (2019) 40/19 45 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 1 16th (2018) 14/18 46 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 2 16th (2018) 41/18 47 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 3 16th (2017) 32/17 48 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 4 18th (2019) 34/19 49 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 5 14th (2018) 23/18 50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot 14th (2016) 34/16 51 New Zealand Pilot 19th (2015) 51/15 52 North Coast of Pilot 10th (2018) 32/18 54 (West) Pilot 11th (2018) 18/18 55 North Sea (East) Pilot 11th (2018) 37/18 56 Norway Pilot Vol 1 17th (2018) 39/18 57A Norway Pilot Vol 2A 13th (2019) 50/19 57B Norway Pilot Vol 2B 10th (2017) 45/17 58A Norway Pilot Vol 3A 8th (2015) 20/15 58B Norway Pilot Vol 3B 8th (2018) 40/18 59 Nova Scotia and Pilot 15th (2013) 04/14 60 Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 1 13th (2018) 04/18 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 2 13th (2017) 10/17 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 3 14th (2016) 51/16 63 Pilot 18th (2018) 27/18 64 and Pilot 19th (2018) 30/18 65 St Lawrence Pilot 18th (2016) 03/16 66A SW Coast of Scotland Pilot 2nd (2019) 03/19 66B NW Coast of Scotland Pilot 2nd (2019) 02/19 67 W Coasts of and Portugal Pilot 13th (2018) 09/18 68 E Coast of USA Pilot Vol 1 16th (2018) 16/18 69 E Coast of USA Pilot Vol 2 14th (2017) 38/17 69A E Coasts of Central America and Pilot 8th (2019) 14/19 70 Pilot Vol 1 7th (2018) 46/18 71 West Indies Pilot Vol 2 18th (2017) 18/17 72 S and Beloye More Pilot 4th (2019) 36/19

1--2 UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS

PART 2

INDEX OF UPDATES IN FORCE ON 26th December 2019 (Week 52/19)

NP Pilot Page 1... Africa Pilot Volume 1 ...... 2 -- 3 2... Africa Pilot Volume 2 ...... 2 -- 13 3... Africa Pilot Volume 3 ...... 2 -- 16 4... South--East Alaska Pilot ...... 2 -- 19 5... South America Pilot Volume 1 ...... 2 -- 20 6... South America Pilot Volume 2 ...... 2 -- 33 7... South America Pilot Volume 3 ...... 2 -- 33 7A.. South America Pilot Volume 4 ...... 2 -- 43 8... Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot ...... 2 -- 48 9... Antarctic Pilot ...... 2 -- 49 10 ... Arctic Pilot Volume 1 ...... 2 -- 50 11... Arctic Pilot Volume 2 ...... 2 -- 54 12 ... Arctic Pilot Volume 3 ...... 2 -- 55 13... Australia Pilot Volume 1 ...... 2 -- 56 14... Australia Pilot Volume 2 ...... 2 -- 66 15... Australia Pilot Volume 3 ...... 2 -- 67 18... Baltic Pilot Volume 1 ...... 2 -- 75 19... Baltic Pilot Volume 2 ...... 2 -- 82 20... Baltic Pilot Volume 3 ...... 2 -- 93 21 ... Pilot ...... 2 -- 98 22... Pilot ...... 2 -- 100 23... and Strait Pilot ...... 2 -- 102 24... Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot ...... 2 -- 102 25 ... British Columbia Pilot Volume 1 ...... 2 -- 103 26 ... British Columbia Pilot Volume 2 ...... 2 -- 103 27 ... Channel Pilot ...... 2 -- 106 28 ... Dover Strait Pilot ...... 2 -- 109 30 ... China Sea Pilot Volume 1 ...... 2 -- 114 31 ... China Sea Pilot Volume 2 ...... 2 -- 128 32A . China Sea Pilot Volume 3 ...... 2 -- 134 32B . China Sea Pilot Volume 4 ...... 2 -- 144 33... Philippine Islands Pilot ...... 2 -- 154 34... Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 ...... 2 -- 160 35... Indonesia Pilot Volume 3 ...... 2 -- 166 36... Indonesia Pilot Volume 1 ...... 2 -- 167 37... West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot ...... 2 -- 169 38... West Coast of India Pilot ...... 2 -- 173 39... South Pilot ...... 2 -- 174 40... Irish Coast Pilot ...... 2 -- 178 41 ... Japan Pilot Volume 1 ...... 2 -- 178 42A . Japan Pilot Volume 2 ...... 2 -- 180 42B . Japan Pilot Volume 3 ...... 2 -- 182 42C . Japan Pilot Volume 4 ...... 2 -- 182 43... South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot.. 2 -- 184 44 ... Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera Pilot ...... 2 -- 194 45 ... Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1 ...... 2 -- 196 46 ... Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2 ...... 2 -- 205 47 ... Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3 ...... 2 -- 214 48 ... Mediterranean Pilot Volume 4 ...... 2 -- 223 49 ... Mediterranean Pilot Volume 5 ...... 2 -- 224 50 ... Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot ...... 2 -- 229 51... New Zealand Pilot ...... 2 -- 231

2--1 NP Pilot Page 52 ... North Coast of Scotland Pilot ...... 2 -- 241 54 ... North Sea (West) Pilot ...... 2 -- 243 55 ... North Sea (East) Pilot ...... 2 -- 246 56... Norway Pilot Volume 1 ...... 2 -- 249 57A . Norway Pilot Volume 2A ...... 2 -- 252 57B . Norway Pilot Volume 2B ...... 2 -- 252 58A . Norway Pilot Volume 3A ...... 2 -- 257 58B . Norway Pilot Volume 3B ...... 2 -- 268 59 ... Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot ...... 2 -- 271 60... Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1 ...... 2 -- 272 61... Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 2 ...... 2 -- 277 62... Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 3 ...... 2 -- 283 63... Persian Gulf Pilot ...... 2 -- 288 64 ... Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot ...... 2 -- 299 65... St Lawrence Pilot ...... 2 -- 303 66A. South west coast of Scotland Pilot ...... 2 -- 310 66B . North west coast of Scotland Pilot ...... 2 -- 312 67... West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot ...... 2 -- 312 68 ... East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 1 ...... 2 -- 314 69 ... East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 2 ...... 2 -- 317 69A. East coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot ...... 2 -- 321 70... West Indies Pilot Volume 1 ...... 2 -- 326 71... West Indies Pilot Volume 2 ...... 2 -- 332 72... Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot ...... 2 -- 339

2--2 NP1 NP1AfricaPilotVolume1(2017Edition) Cabo Verde -- Ilha do Sal — Directions; shoal 122 Africa Pilot Volume 1 — Closure Date Paragraph 4.10 6 line 3 Replace by: v ...225425W) (4.17), noting an isolated shoal Preface page last line For 4th September 2017 Read 24th (163443N 225286W), with a depth of 131m, August 2017 lying 1¼ miles SSE of Ponta do Leme Velho, thence: UKHO [NP1/No.1/Wk 47/17] BA Chart 367 [NP1--No 21--Wk 34/18]

Arquipélago da Madeira -- Ilha da Madeira — Arquipélago de Cabo Verde -- Ilha de São Vicente Ponta de São Lourenço Nature Reserve -- Baía de San Pedro — Anchorage 79 130 Paragraph 4.59 2 line 2 Replace by: After Paragraph 2.23 1 line 10 Insert: ...Pedro bay in a depth of 10 to 15 m, remaining clear of Ponta de São Lourenço Nature Reserve, a specially submarine cables. The holding ground is... protected area on the N coast of Ponta de São Lourenço, extends from the shore to the 50 m contour BA Chart 367 [NP1--No 9--Wk 18/18] between Ilhéu de Fora or São Lourenço (324382N 163941W) to Espigão Amarelo (324595N Arquipélago de Cabo Verde -- Ilha de São Vicente 164740W) (2.30). -- Porto Grande — Depths Entry into the nature reserve is affected by 132 numerous restrictions and prohibitions. For details mariners are advised to consult the local port Paragraph 4.72 Replace by: authorities. 1 Berth No 1, on the seaward side of Molhe No 2 Portuguese Chart 36402/07 [NP1--No 71--Wk 52/19] (Ponta do Cais), is exposed to sea and swell and vessels are berthed there if weather permits. Berth Nos 1 and 2 are 315 m in length, depths. Portugal -- Ilha da Madeira -- Funchal — Wreck alongside 103to107m. 84 Berth Nos 3 and 4 are 235 m in length, least depths alongside 86to116m. Paragraph 2.44 1 line 7 Replace by: 2 Containers are stored N of Berth Nos 5 (100 m in length, depth alongside 84 m) and 6 By other vessels, S of the breakwater. A wreck lies (122 m in length, depth alongside 65m). within the NE sector of the anchorage, about Berth No 7 is 60 m in length, depth alongside 49m. 5 cables WSW of Cais da Pontinha Light (2.51). Berth No 8 is 107 m in length, depth alongside 32m. Portuguese Notice 9/210/19 [NP1--No 68--Wk 46/19] Passenger vessels and ferries are usually berthed at Cais de Cabotagem Berths A, B and C.

Spain -- Islas Canarias -- Portuguese Chart 66402 [NP1--No 13--Wk 18/18] Isla de la Gomera — Wreck Arquipélago de Cabo Verde -- 114 Ilha de Santo Antão -- Porto Novo — Anchorage Paragraph 3.151 1 line 5 Replace by: 133

...in depths of 5 m to 11 m, sand. A dangerous wreck Paragraph 4.83 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: (280463N 171956W) lies about 3½ cables ESE of Puerto Vueltas outer molehead. ...of the berth in a depth of 13 m, rock, sand, chalk and broken shells, remaining clear of a submarine cable area. Spanish Notice 38/317/18 [NP1--No 28--Wk 42/18] Portuguese ENC PT56601A [NP1--No 10--Wk 18/18] Arquipélago de Cabo Verde — Regulations; anchorage Arquipélago de Cabo Verde -- Ilha de Santiago -- Baía do Tarrafal — Anchorage 121 137 After Paragraph 4.2 1 line 10 Insert: Paragraph 4.103 3 lines 1--4 Replace by: Regulations 3 Anchorage, is prohibited in most of the bay due to 4.2a the presence of submarine cables. The local maritime 1 Anchorages in many areas of the Arquipélago de or port authority should be contacted for more Cabo Verde require contact with the local maritime or information. See also 4.2a. port authority prior to use. Portuguese ENC PT56602C Portuguese Chart 66401 [NP1--No 8--Wk 18/18] [NP1--No 11--Wk 18/18]

2--3 NP1

Arquipélago de Cabo Verde -- Ilha Brava -- NW of MHa Light Buoy (special) (334430N Porto de Furna — Anchorages 72200W), and: SE of the entry--prohibited area (5.64), thence: 141 NW of MHb Light Buoy (special) (334420N 7 22 10W), thence: Paragraph 4.138 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:   Between the head of the breakwater and MHe Light 2 Anchorage is prohibited in the bay and approaches Buoy (special) (334365N 72261W). due to the presence of submarine cables. French Notice 2/156/19 [NP1--No 38--Wk 06/19] Portuguese ENC PT56602A [NP1--No 12--Wk 18/18] Morocco -- Mohammadia — Directions; inner port Morocco -- West coast -- Larache — Pilotage

147 152--153

Paragraph 5.20 4 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 5.69 1--6 including heading Replace by:

4 Pilotage is not available. On request, assistance canbeprovided. Inner port 5.69 French 32/C4 2015/2018 [NP1--No 24--Wk 36/18] 1 Leading lights: Front light (black and white chequered post, 3 m in height) (33 43 68N 7 20 57W). Morocco -- Mohammadia —     Directions; oil terminal Rear light (white rectangular hut on house, 8 m in height) (1¼ cables from front light). 152 2 The alignment (130) of these lights leads through the approach channel towards the inner port After Paragraph 5.68 1 line 8 Insert: anchorage and the inner pilot boarding point (5.63). It was reported (1988) that the marks were not Oil Terminal conspicuous by day. The track passes: 5.68a SW of Mohammadia Approach Light Buoy M1 (safe 1 From the outer pilot boarding point (5.63) or the water) (334637N 72303W), thence: tanker anchorage, the access channel leads SE for SW of a wreck (334545N 72290W) with a depth about 1¼ miles passing: of 170 m, thence: NW of a wreck (334545N 72290W) with a depth 3 NE of ODAS Light Buoy MD (334490N of 17 m, thence: 72320W), marking the centre of an NW of the entry--prohibited area (5.64), and: entry--prohibited area (5.64), thence: Clear of an obstruction (334538N 72219W), SE of a wreck (334502N 72208W) with a depth reported (2006), with a depth of 12 m, thence: of 160 m, thence: Clear of a wreck (334502N 72208W) with a NE of two wrecks (334480N 72225W), with depth of 160m. depths of 160 and 170 m, and across the tanker 2 The track then leads SW towards the oil terminal channel, thence: passing: NE of M2 Light Buoy (special) (334430N SE of two wrecks (334477N 72226W and 72200W). 334480N 72225W), with depths of 16 and 4 Thence, from the SE limit of the inner port 17 m, thence: anchorage or the inner pilot boarding point, the inner NW of M2 Light Buoy (334430N 72200W) port channel leads 9 cables SW, passing: (special), and: SE of the restricted area surrounding the pipelines SE of the entry--prohibited area (5.64), thence: (5.64). NW of M3 Light Buoy (334401N 72229W) Leading lights: (special), thence: Front light (white post, black bands, 13 m in height) Between the head of the breakwater and M4 Light (334281N 72396W). Buoy (334365N 72261W) (special). Rear light (similar structure) (110 m from front light). The alignment (265) of these lights leads W into French Notice 31/P--03/18 [NP1--No 22--Wk 36/18] the harbour basin, passing: 5 S of the head of Jetée Nord (334289N Morocco -- West coast -- Mohammedia — 72351W), from which a light (white tower, Directions; light buoys green bands, 5 m in height) is exhibited, thence: 152 N of the head of Jetée Sud (334280N 72359W), from which a light (white tower, red bands, 6 m in Paragraph 5.68a 2 including existing Section IV Notice Week 36/18 Replace by: height) is exhibited. Useful marks: 2 The track then leads SW towards the oil terminal Water tower (334153N 72328W). passing: Minaret (334209N 72212W). SE of two wrecks (334477N 72226W and 334480N 72225W), thence: French Notice 31/P--03/18 [NP1--No 23--Wk 36/18]

2--4 NP1

Morocco -- West coast -- Mohammedia — Morocco -- Casablanca — Pilotage Directions; light buoys 154--155 153 Paragraph 5.89 1 Replace by:

Paragraph 5.69 3--4 including existing Section IV Notice 1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 50 gt and is Week 36/18 Replace by: available day and night (under special arrangement 3 NE of ODAS Light Buoy MD (334490N between 0000 and 0600). Pilotage is optional for naval 72320W), marking the centre of an vessels, but is recommended if they are unfamiliar entry--prohibited area (5.64), thence: with the port. SE of a wreck (334502N 72208W) with a depth The compulsory pilotage area is bounded to the E by the of 160 m, thence: meridian of 73200W, to the N by the parallel of NE of two wrecks (334480N 72225W), with 334000N and to the W by the meridian of the root of Jetée depths of 160 and 170 m, and across the tanker Moulay Youssef. Pilots board in the vicinity of CA 1 Light channel, thence: Buoy (333789N 73460W). For further information, NE of MHa Light Buoy (special) (334430N see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). 72200W). French Notice 29/C4 2015/18 [NP1--No 19--Wk 34/18] 4 Thence, from the SE limit of the inner port anchorage or the inner pilot boarding point, the inner Morocco -- Casablanca — Buoyage port channel leads 9 cables SW, passing: SE of the restricted area surrounding the pipelines 155 (5.64). Leading lights: Paragraph 5.90 3 line 4 For CA5 Read CA3 Front light (white post, black bands, 13 m in height) (334281N 72396W). Paragraph 5.90 3 line 7 For CA5 Read CA3 Rear light (similar structure) (110 m from front light). The alignment (265) of these lights leads W into French Notice 34/135/18 [NP1--No 25--Wk 38/18] the harbour basin, passing: Morocco -- Casablanca — Directions; buoyage French Notice 2/156/19 [NP1--No 39--Wk 06/19] 156

Morocco -- West coast -- Approaches to Paragraph 5.98 2 line 1 For CA1 Read CA Mohammedia — Light buoy Paragraph 5.98 2 line 8 For CA3 Read CA1 153 Paragraph 5.98 3 line 6 For CA5 Read CA3 Paragraph 5.75 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:

1 From a position in the vicinity of Mohammedia French Notice 29/C4 2015/18 [NP1--No 20--Wk 34/18] Approach Light Buoy MH (334637N 72303W)... Morocco -- Casablanca — Berths French Notice 2/156/19 [NP1--No 40--Wk 06/19] 156

Morocco -- Casablanca — Directions; buoyage Paragraph 5.100 Replace by: 1 East Container Terminal (333659N 73578W) 154 comprises Berths 70 to 74. Total quay length 600 m with a reported depth of 120m. Paragraph 5.80 1 line 2 For CA1 Light Buoy Read CA Light Buoy (safe water) Berth A5 (333649N 73578W) is a RoRo berth with a length of 200 m and a depth of 80m. Container Terminal TC3 (333646N 73588W) Paragraph 5.88 4 lines 2--3 For CA1 Light Buoy Read CA comprises Berths 81 to 83. Total quay length of 530 m Light Buoy (safe water) with a depth of 125m. 2 Phosphate Terminal (333652N 73627W) has French Notice 29/C4 2015/18 [NP1--No 18--Wk 34/18] four berths. Berth T7, which lies at the head of the pier, is 120 m in length with a depth of 100m. Morocco -- Casablanca — Berths 64 to 66, which lie on the W of the pier, have Outer anchorages; wrecks a total length of 575 m and depths from 100to 120m. 154 3 Berths 60 to 63 (333626N 73610W), which lie S of the Phosphate Terminal, have a total length of After Paragraph 5.88 3 line 8 Insert: 480 m and a depth of 100m. Caution. Two wrecks (334114N 73807W and Berths R4 and R5 (333614N 73608W) have a 333948N 73520W) lie within the W anchorage. A total length of 200 m and a depth of 75m. third wreck (334043N 73215W), position Container Terminal Somaport (333630N approximate, lies within the E anchorage. 73624W) comprises Berths 50 to 55 and has a total length of 700 m and a depth of 92 m. RoRo Berth RH French Chart 7701 [NP1--No 16--Wk 33/18] lies at the base of the Terminal.

2--5 NP1

4 Berths T5 and T6 (333645N 73642W) are Berths R2 and R3 (333614N 73638W) are 220 m in length with depths of 92m. 200 m in length with a depth of 59m. Cruise Terminal (333626N 73640W) comprises 5 Multi--purpose Terminal (333639N 73659W) Berths 40 to 44 and has a total length of 570 m with comprises Berths 30 to 36 and Berths T3 and T4. a depth of 85m. Berths 30 to 36 has a total length of 820 m and Berths R2 and R3 (333614N 73638W) are depths from 94to97 m. Berths T3 and T4 lie at the 200 m in length with a depth of 75m. head of the Terminal and have a length of 200 m and 5 Multi--purpose Terminal (333639N 73659W) a depth of 102m. comprises Berths 30 to 36 and Berths T3 and T4. 6 Berths 20 to 24 (333631N 73672W) have a Berths 30 to 36 has a total length of 820 m and total length of 570 m and depths of 76to95m. depths from 92to98 m. Berths T3 and T4 lie at the Berth A3 (333622N 73669W) is a RoRo berth head of Terminal and have a length of 200 m and a with a length of 350 m and a depth of 22m. depth of 102m. Multi--purpose Terminal Somaport (333627N 6 Berths 20 to 24 (333631N 73672W) have a 73679W) has three berths. Berths 10 to 12 have a total length of 570 m and depths of 92m. total length of 380 m and a depth of 82m.BerthT2 Berths A2 and A3 (333622N 73669W) are is 170 m in length with a depth of 68m. RoRo berths with a length of 350 m and a depth of 7 Quai de la Marine Royale (333675N 73646W), 82m. situated on Jetée Moulay Youssef, has three berths Multi--purpose Terminal Somaport (333627N for use by military vessels. Berth D is 600 m in length, 73679W) has five berths. Berths 10 to 13 have a depths from 10to85 m. Berth E is 160 m in length, total length of 380 m and a depth of 82m.BerthsT1 depth of 123 m. Berth F is 200 m in length with a and T2 are 170 m in length with a depth of 75m. depth of 58m. 7 Quai de la Marine Royale (333675N 73646W), 8 Terminal Croisière (Cruise Terminal) (333690N situated on Jetée Moulay Youssef, has three berths 73614W), situated on Jetée Moulay Youssef, has a for use by military vessels. Berth D is 600 m in length, length of 680 m, the depths alongside being depths from 10to60 m. Berth E is 160 m in length, unsurveyed (2018). depths from 40to60 m. Berth F is 200 m in length with a depth of 100m. Correspondence [NP1--No 34--Wk 01/19]

Les ports du Maroc en chiffres/2016 Morocco -- West coast -- Casablanca — [NP1--No 14--Wk 18/18] Depths alongside

156 Morocco -- Casablanca — Berths Paragraph 5.100 including existing Section IV Notice 156 Week 01/19 Replace by:

Paragraph 5.100 including existing Section IV Notice 1 East Container Terminal (333659N 73578W) Week 18/18 Replace by: comprises Berths 70 to 74. Total quay length 600 m with depths from about 100to110m. 1 East Container Terminal (333659N 73578W) Berth A5 (333649N 73578W) is a RoRo berth comprises Berths 70 to 74. Total quay length 600 m with a length of 200 m and depth of about 80m. with a reported depth of 109m. Container Terminal TC3 (333646N 73588W) Berth A5 (333649N 73578W) is a RoRo berth comprises Berths 81 to 83. Total quay length of 530 m with a length of 200 m and a depth of 80m. with depths from about 120to135m. Container Terminal TC3 (333646N 73588W) 2 Phosphate Terminal (333652N 73627W) has comprises Berths 81 to 83. Total quay length of 530 m four berths. Berth T7, which lies at the head of the with a depth of 125m. pier, is 120 m in length with a depth of 94m. 2 Phosphate Terminal (333652N 73627W) has Berths 64 to 66, which lie on the W of the pier, have four berths. Berth T7, which lies at the head of the a total length of 575 m and depths from about 80to pier, is 120 m in length with a depth of 94m. 100m. Berths 64 to 66, which lie on the W of the pier, have 3 Berths 60 to 62 (333626N 73610W), which lie a total length of 575 m and depths from 82to101m. S of the Phosphate Terminal, have a total length of 3 Berths 60 to 63 (333626N 73610W), which lie 480 m and depths from about 100to110m. S of the Phosphate Terminal, have a total length of Berths R4 and R5 (333614N 73608W) have a 480 m and a depth of 100m. total length of 200 m and a depth of 48m. Berths R4 and R5 (333614N 73608W) have a Container Terminal Somaport (333630N total length of 200 m and a depth of 48m. 73624W) comprises Berths 51 to 55 and has a total Container Terminal Somaport (333630N length of 700 m and depths from about 80to90m. 73624W) comprises Berths 51 to 55 and has a total RoRo Berth RH lies at the base of the Terminal. length of 700 m and a depth of 89 m. RoRo Berth RH 4 Berths T5 and T6 (333645N 73642W) are lies at the base of the Terminal. 220 m in length with a depth of 92m. 4 Berths T5 and T6 (333645N 73642W) are Cruise Terminal (333626N 73640W) comprises 220 m in length with a depth of 92m. Berths 40 to 44 and has a total length of 570 m with Cruise Terminal (333626N 73640W) comprises depths in the basin ranging from about 80to100m. Berths 40 to 44 and has a total length of 570 m with a Berths R2 and R3 (333614N 73638W) are depth of 85m. 200 m in length with a least charted depth of 58m.

2--6 NP1

5 Multi--purpose Terminal (333639N 73659W) Morocco -- Jorf Lasfar — Directions; light comprises Berths 30 to 36 and Berths T3 and T4. Berths 30 to 36 have a total length of 820 m and 160 depths of around 9 m. Berths T3 and T4 lie at the head of the Terminal and have a length of 200 m and Paragraph 5.133 1 lines 1--4 including existing Section IV Notice Week 02/18 Replace by: depths of around 100m. 6 Berths 20 to 24 (333631N 73672W) have a 1 From a position 3½ miles SW of Cap Blanc du total length of 570 m and a maximum charted depth of Nord, the route leads E, passing: 95m. Clear of a light buoy (safe water) (330716N Berth A3 (333622N 73669W) is a RoRo berth 83994W), thence: with a length of 350 m. S of JL4 Light Buoy (port hand) (330729N Multi--purpose Terminal Somaport (333627N 83925W). 73679W) has three berths. Berths 10 to 12 have a Thence the track leads NE in the white sector total length of 380 m and depths from about 80to (0367 to 0427) of Jorf Lasfar directional light (mast 85 m. Berth T2 is 170 m in length with a maximum structure) (330813N 83781W), passing NW of JL3 charted depth of 68m. Light Buoy (starboard hand) (330689N 83883W) to 7 Quai de la Marine Royale (333675N 73646W), the harbour entrance. situated on Jetée Moulay Youssef, has three berths for use by military vessels. Berth D is 600 m in length, Spanish Notice 7/52/19 [NP1--No 49--Wk 11/19] maximum charted depth of 85 m. Berth E is 160 m in length, maximum charted depth of 123m.BerthFis 200 m in length, maximum charted depth of 110m. Morocco -- West coast -- Safi — Wreck 8 Terminal Croisière (Cruise Terminal) (333690N 73614W), situated on Jetée Moulay Youssef, has a 162 length of 680 m, the depths alongside being unsurveyed (2018). Paragraph 5.155 1 line 6 Replace by: ...the grain silos. A dangerous wreck (321847N Correspondence [NP1--No 41--Wk 06/19] 91499W), reported (2019), lies in the approaches to Bassin No 2.

Morocco – Jorf Lasfar — Anchorages French Notice 2/05(P)/19 [NP1--No 42--Wk 06/19]

159 Morocco -- Cap Hadid — Major light

Paragraph 5.126 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: 163

1 Designated anchorage areas exist W of Cap Blanc Paragraph 5.164 1 lines 2--3 Delete du Nord, centred on 331026N 84315W for deep draught vessels and vessels carrying dangerous French Notice 48/145/18 [NP1--No 32--Wk 52/18] cargoes, and on 331026N 84067W for smaller vessels. Vessels may also anchor 1½ miles W of the light on Digue Principale head, in depths of about 34 m. Morocco -- Essaouira -- Cap Hadid — Directions; light

French Notice 8/139/18 [NP1--No 6--Wk 12/18] 163

Paragraph 5.164 1 lines 1--3 including existing Section IV Morocco – Jorf Lasfar — Directions; buoyage Notice Week 52/18 Replace by: 1 Major lights: 160 Cap Hadid Light (framework tower, 30 m in height) (314179N 93993W). Paragraph 5.133 1 lines 2--4 Replace by: Spanish Notice 11/90/19 [NP1--No 53a--Wk 15/19] ...Nord, the route leads E, passing: Clear of a light buoy (safe water) (330716N 83994W), thence: Morocco -- Cap Hadid — Directions; light S of JL4 Light Buoy (port hand) (330729N 83925W), thence: 163 Then the track leads NE passing NW of JL3 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (330689N 83883W) to the Paragraph 5.164 1 lines 2--3 including existing Section IV harbour entrance. Notice Week 15/19 Delete

French Notice 50/138/17 [NP1--No 3--Wk 02/18] Spanish Notice 14/119/19 [NP1--No 64a--Wk 18/19]

2--7 NP1

Morocco -- Cap Hadid — Directions; major light Morocco -- Laâyoune — Directions; major light 173 163 Paragraph 5.239 1 line(s) 4--6 Delete Paragraph 5.165 4 lines 6--7 Replace by: ...given a berth of at least 3 miles. Spanish Notice 9/72/19 [NP1--No 51--Wk 13/19]

French Notice 48/145/18 [NP1--No 33--Wk 52/18] Morocco -- West coast -- Laâyoune — Pilotage 175 Morocco -- Essaouira -- Cap Hadid — Directions; light Paragraph 5.250 1 Replace by: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels and available 163 during daylight only. The Pilot boards in the vicinity of Paragraph 5.165 4 lines 6 --7 including existing Section IV the landfall light buoy (270500N 132700W) for the Notice Week 52/18 Replace by: commercial port and about 1 mile WSW of the S extremity of Muelle de Fosbucraa for the Phosphate ...given a berth of at least 3 miles. A light (5.164) is Loading Berth. For further information, exhibited from Cap Hadid. see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). Spanish Notice 11/90/19 [NP1--No 53b--Wk 15/19] French Notice 44/C4/18 [NP1--No 29--Wk 47/18]

Morocco -- Cap Hadid — Directions; light Morocco -- West coast -- Laâyoune — Directions; leading marks 163 175

Paragraph 5.165 4 lines 6--7 including existing Section IV Paragraph 5.254 1 line 1 Replace by: Notice Week 15/19 Replace by: 1 The alignment (0515) of the Old Lighhouse and ...given a berth of at least 3 miles. the white beacon close SW, leads to the entrance, passing NW of a buoy (starboard hand) (not charted) Spanish Notice 14/119/19 [NP1--No 64b--Wk 18/19] marking the SE limit of the channel. French Notice 44/C2B/18 [NP1--No 30--Wk 47/18] Morocco -- Agadir — Prohibited areas Morocco -- Laâyoune — Directions; useful marks 166 175 After Paragraph 5.186 1 line 6 Insert: Paragraph 5.254 1 line(s) 5--8 Replace by: 2 Anchoring and fishing is also prohibited within an Main Breakwater Light (S cardinal beacon, 14 m in area centred on a submarine pipeline (302644N height) (270537N 132598W). 94050W), marked at its SW end by a light buoy Outer Breakwater Head Light (red mast, 8 m in (special). height) (270539N 132585W). French Notice 13/158/19 [NP1--No 62--Wk 18/19] Spanish Notice 9/72/19 [NP1--No 52--Wk 13/19]

Morocco -- Agadir -- Port D’Anza — Development Morocco -- Ad Dakhla — Arrival information; outer anchorages 166 183

After Paragraph 5.187 2 line(s) 4 Insert: Paragraph 6.17 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: 1 Outer anchorages. Anchorage outside the bar may Development be obtained in an area about 3 miles W of Punta 5.187a Galera Light (6.12), centred on 233752N 1 Reclamation works are in progress (2018) on the 160337W. Depths range from 116to250m. A inner side of the breakwater of Port D’Anza. dangerous wreck (233620N 160201W), lies in the SE part of the anchorage, with a second dangerous French Notice 04/156/19 [NP1--No 63--Wk 18/19] wreck (233840N 160140W) on the NE limit.

Morocco -- South of Agadir -- Notice 47/03(P)/17 and BA Chart 1690 Oued Sous — Directions [NP1--No 2--Wk 51/17]

169 Mauritania -- Nouadhibou -- Point Central to Pointe de Cansado — Directions After Paragraph 5.201 2 line 4 Insert: 189 WNW of a dangerous wreck (302106N 93866W), position approximate, thence: Paragraph 6.67 1 lines 4--5 Delete

French Notice 06/P--01/19 [NP1--No 48--Wk 11/19] Paragraph 6.67 2 lines 1--4 Delete

2--8 NP1

Paragraph 6.67 3 lines 8--9 Replace by: WNW of Bancs de la Sentinelle (204050N 170745W) (6.47). A dangerous wreck W of a dangerous wreck (205164N 165956W), (204000N 170687W), position approximate, thence: lies close to the bank. Thence: Paragraph 6.67 4 line 8 For NE Read E 2 WNW of a dangerous wreck (203029N 170988W), thence: ESE of an 11 m obstruction (203198N BA Chart 1699 [NP1--No 4--Wk 05/18] 172271W), position doubtful. A dangerous wreck lies 3½ miles NNW of the obstruction. Thence: Mauritania -- Nouadhibou -- Baie de Cansado — Directions; wrecks; buoy ESE of a dangerous wreck, (202620N 172770W), and: 189 WNW of a dangerous wreck (201991N 171184W). Paragraph 6.68 2 lines 7--8 Delete 3 Thence the track continues to lead SSW to a position W of Basse Garrigues (201690N Paragraph 6.68 3 lines 1--3 Delete 171289W), with a least depth of 11 m, and E of a dangerous wreck (201696N 172687W). Multiple dangerous wrecks lie on Basse Garrigues. Paragraph 6.68 4 lines 6--7 Delete The track then leads S, passing: W of shoal patches (200958N 172081W), with a Paragraph 6.68 5 lines 1--2 Replace by: least depth of 144 m. An obstruction (200411N 5 Thence to a position S of No 9 Buoy (starboard 171835W), with a depth of 113 m, lies on the S shoal. hand) (205376N 170276W), from where the jetty 4 Thence the track continues to lead S to a position (205386N 170305W) or quay at Pointe Chacal can be approached directly. W of a dangerous wreck (195474N 170494W). The track then leads SSE, passing: MV Maersk Regensburg; BA Chart 1699 WSW of Râs Timirist (192260N 163220W), [NP1--No 5--Wk 05/18] which lies at the S extremity of Banc d’Arguin and is marshy on its N and W sides. The central ridge of the peninsula is composed of a succession of Mauritania -- Banc d’Arguin -- Basse Garrigues — small dunes lying in an E/W direction and Directions; wreck terminating seaward at the white dune of Timirist which is about 7 m high. The peninsula is difficult 191 to identify from S, when only the dune shows above the horizon like a white islet. Nouâmghâr Paragraph 6.81 2 including existing Section IV Notice (El Memrhar), one of the few permanent villages Week 07/19 Replace by: on the coast, is situated about 2 miles SE of Râs 2 WNW of a dangerous wreck (203029N Timirist. Thence: 170988W), thence: 5 WSW of a shoal area (190816N 163360W), ESE of an 11 m obstruction (203198N lying 8½ miles offshore, and with a least 172271W), position doubtful. A dangerous depth of 8 m, thence: wreck lies 3½ miles NNW of the obstruction. WSW of the three dunes of Mahârrât (190700N Thence: 161700W), 25 m to 39 m high, which are ESE of a dangerous wreck, (202620N reddish in colour and easily identifiable from S but 172770W), and: do not stand out from NW, thence: WNW of a dangerous wreck (201991N WSW of El Mhaijrât (190183N 161385W), a 171184W), thence: 15 m high dune with a small, low black rock on its WNW of a dangerous wreck (201840N slope, and which stands out clearly against the 172244W), reported (2019). white sand, thence: 6 WSW of Piton de Ched Hallâl (185590N French Notice 37/4(T)/19 [NP1--No 65--Wk 42/19] 161130W), a conspicuous reddish cone--shaped dune, 35 m high; from W it shows detached above the neighbouring Mauritania -- Cap Blanc to Port de L’Amitié — dunes. Thence: Directions; wrecks; depths WSW of Tiouilit (185205N 161032W), where the coastal road from Nouakchott ends, thence: 191--192 WSW of Baie de Achéma (184500N 160930W), which is fronted by a bank extending up to Paragraphs 6.81 Replace by: 4¾ miles offshore with depths of less than 48m. 1 From a position W of Cap Blanc (204633N Paragraph 6.82 Replace by: 170287W) (6.33), the track leads SSW, passing: WNW of two dangerous wrecks (204479N 6.82 170767W and 204400N 170687W), 1 Thence the track continues SSE, passing: positions approximate, thence: WSW of Dune de Lemsid (183830N 160780W), WNW of Bancs de L’Estafette (204320N a white dune 20 m high, off which the sea breaks 170550W) (6.47), thence: even in calm weather, thence:

2--9 NP1

WSW of the conspicuous stranded wreck of The Gambia -- Banjul -- Kotu Point — Directions Montesquieu (182899N 160397W), which lies on the beach 1 mile NW of Ferrat. Farther S is 215 a yellow dune 7 m high, behind which water can be obtained from springs. Also near Ferrat is a Paragraph 7.77 2 lines 4--5 Replace by: fishing village which is occupied from October to ...(133177N 164909W). The track then leads ENE, June. Thence: through the dredged channel (7.65), passing: 2 WSW of Jreida (Coppolani) (181912N 160243W), a military post where there is a BA Chart 608 [NP1--No 46--Wk 09/19] large hangar containing a repair shop for vehicles using the coastal road, thence: WSW of a dangerous wreck (180978N The Gambia -- Banjul -- Kotu Point — 160890W), lying about 6½ miles offshore in a Directions, depth depth of 11 m, thence: WSW of Tarfayat el Mansour (180628N 216 160158W), thence: Paragraph 7.77 3 lines 1--4 Replace by: 3 WSW of the Port of Nouakchott (180222N 160173W), noting the dangerous wrecks 3 NNW of Kotu Point (132750N 164290W); a and obstructions in the approaches. depth of 62m (133410N 164647W) lies The track then leads to the pilot boarding position close NNW of the dredged channel. Thence: (175903N 160384W) off Port de l’Amitié. BA Chart 608 [NP1--No 47--Wk 09/19] (Directions continue for Nouakchott at 6.94, for Port de l’Amitié at 6.108 and for the coastal passage at 6.120) The Gambia -- River Gambia -- Devil’s Point to Bombale Creek — Vertical clearance French Chart 6113 [NP1--No 43--Wk 07/19] 218

After Paragraph 7.89 1 line 7 Insert: Mauritania -- Port de l’Amitié — Anchorage Senegambia Bridge (133125N 153375W), with a 194 reported vertical clearance of 17 m, spans the river about 3¾ miles NE of Devil’s Point. Paragraph 6.103 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: Gambia Ports Authority [NP1--No 66--Wk 44/19] 1 The anchorage, semicircular in shape, is centred around 175897N 160510W, about 2¾ miles WSW Senegal -- Rivière Casamance — of Port de l’Amitié Light. Depths from 12 to 14 m. Directions; wreck

French Notice 36/146/18 [NP1--No 26--Wk 40/18] 223

Paragraph 7.111 4 line 7--8 Replace by: Mauritania -- Port de l’Amitié — Directions; leading lights The track then alters E, to Casamance Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (123604N 165429W), noting a dangerous wreck (123650N 1655.00W), 194 position approximate, lying close WNW. Paragraph 6.109 2 line 6 For 087 Read 085 French Notice 9/165/19 [NP1--No 50--Wk 12/19]

BA Chart 1688 [NP1--No 27--Wk 40/18] Guinea -- Approaches to Port Kamsar — Anchorage terminal

The Gambia -- Banjul — Depth 244

214 After Paragraph 7.251 1 line 9 Insert:

Paragraph 7.65 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Port de Boke 1 In the W portion of the , the depths, though Description shallow, are comparatively even, but the E portion is 7.251a encumbered by banks and shoals. The approach 1 Port de Boke is an anchorage terminal serving the channel is dredged to 9 m (2018) between No 2 and bauxite industry. Bauxite is brought by barge to No 3 Light Buoys, and is reported to be maintained. capesize vessels from two berths upriver, Quai For further information, see 7.77. Katougouma (105233N 142803W) and Quai Dapilon (105045N 143022W). Loading is by BA Chart 608 [NP1--No 45--Wk 09/19] floating cranes.

2--10 NP1

Berths Liberia -- Buchanan — Pilotage; buoyage

Anchorage 275 7.251b 1 Capesize vessels will anchor in Port de Boke Paragraph 8.207 2 lines 1--10 Replace by: Transhipment Anchorage Loading point No 1 centred 2 Port Authority. All contact and business with the on 102402N 144669W with depths ranging from 8 port of Buchanan is handled through agents in to 24 m, and Port de Boke Transhipment Anchorage Monrovia. Loading point No 2 centred on 102225N 145364W with depths ranging from 11 to 44 m. Liberian Maritime Authority [NP1--No 58--Wk 16/19] Correspondence [NP1--No 44--Wk 08/19] Liberia -- Buchanan — Depths

Liberia -- Monrovia — Depths 275

269 Paragraph 8.208 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: 1 Controlling depth. The Port of Buchanan has been Paragraph 8.164 1 Replace by: dredged (2011) to a depth of 140 m; maximum depth reported (2019) along the main channel is 13 5m. 1 It was reported (2017) by the National Port  Authority that the Freeport of Monrovia has been Liberian Maritime Authority [NP1--No 59--Wk 16/19] dredged to a depth of 13.5 m and in some places, 14.5 m. Liberia -- Buchanan — Directions; buoyage Liberian Maritime Authority [NP1--No 54--Wk 16/19] 276

Liberia -- Monrovia — Port operations Paragraph 8.212 1 lines 10--11 For (55186N 100538W) Read (55195N 100535W) 270 Liberian Maritime Authority [NP1--No 60--Wk 16/19] Paragraph 8.167 1 Replace by:

1 The Freeport of Monrovia operates on a 24 hour Liberia -- Buchanan — Depths basis. It was reported (2016) by the National Port Authority that navigational aids have been installed in 277 accordance with IALA regulations. Paragraph 8.215 1 line 2 For 98 m (1963) Read 105m (2019) Liberian Maritime Authority [NP1--No 55--Wk 16/19]

Paragraph 8.215 1 line 6 For 134m Read 140m Liberia -- Monrovia — Pilotage Liberian Maritime Authority [NP1--No 61--Wk 16/19] 270

Paragraph 8.169 1 lines 1--8 Replace by: Liberia -- Greenville — Directions; obstruction

1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. The 278 pilot boards in position 62134N 105008W, near No 1 Light Buoy. For further information, After Paragraph 8.221 6 line 9 Insert: see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8). Clear of an obstruction (45946N 90271W) with a depth of 65 m, reported (2019). Liberian Maritime Authority [NP1--No 56--Wk 16/19] Anglo--Eastern Tanker Management () Ltd. [NP1--No 67--Wk 44/19] Liberia -- Monrovia — Wrecks; buoyage

270 Africa -- Ivory coast -- Abidjan — Limiting conditions; depth Paragraph 8.171 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: 296 1 Wreckage. Numerous wrecks are located outside the safety fairway or are alongside jetties which are Paragraph 9.121 1 line 3 Replace by: notinactiveuse. ...has a least charted depth of 12 m.

Liberian Maritime Authority [NP1--No 57--Wk 16/19] French Notice 47/145/18 [NP1--No 31--Wk 50/18]

2--11 NP1

Togo -- Port de Lomé — Anchorages Republic of Benin -- Cotonou — Outer anchorages; obstruction 323 326 Paragraph 11.37 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: Paragraph 11.73 2 line 2 Replace by: 1 The designated anchorage area extends for about ...2_3280E. An obstruction (61669N 15 miles S of the port and comprises: 23315E) lies within the anchorage. Anchorage (60260N 11950E); berths C1--C9; depths range from 20 to 46 m for vessels BA Chart 1384 [NP1--No 17--Wk 33/18] authorised for berthing. STS anchorage (60185N 11595E); berths Nigeria -- Bonny River — Directions T1--T44; depths range from 10 to 47 m. 2 Vessels under seizure (60565N 11785E); 354 berths S1--S5; depths range from 15 to 20 m. Waiting anchorage (60630N 12780E); berths After Paragraph 12.88 2 line 9 Insert: A1--A26; depths of 15 to 45 m. Port Harcourt to upper Bonny River 3 Caution. A number of obstructions lie within the anchorages. 12.88a 1 From a position about 2¾ miles NW of Child Point A further STS operation area (55060N 11700E) lies S of the West African Gas Pipeline (10.4). (44290N 70164E), in the vicinity of Ibeto Cement Jetty (44514N 70014E), the track, marked by Paragraph 11.38 1 lines 6--7 Replace by: buoys (lateral), leads N and NNE through Port Harcourt harbour for about 1¼ miles to a position ...pilots should anchor in the area centred on 60260N where the river bends sharply WSW and thence to the 11950E. For further information, see ADMIRALTY... vicinity of Shell Kidney Island Jetty (44645N French Notice 49/146/18 [NP1--No 35--Wk 02/19] 70016E), passing: N of three dangerous wrecks which lie near the S bank; the centre wreck (44639N 70031E) lies Togo -- Port de Lomé — Regulations closest to the channel. 2 The track then leads generally WSW for about 323 2¾ miles to a position where the river turns generally After Paragraph 11.39 1 line 2 Insert: N, passing: SSE of an obstruction (44637N 65993E) and foul area marked by No 85 buoy (starboard hand), Traffic regulations thence: 11.39a SSE of the entrance to Master Energy Channel 1 Speed limit is 5 kn within the harbour and the (44610N 65924E), an unsurveyed waterway entrance channel. leading to Master Energy Jetty. No 87 buoy Anchoring is prohibited within 1 mile of the West (starboard hand) marks the SW side of the creek African Gas Pipeline (10.4). entrance. 3 The track then follows the river generally NNE, N French Notice SD C5 49/18 [NP1--No 36--Wk 02/19] and NW for about 1¼ miles to the vicinity of an overhead power cable (44649N 65755E). It then Togo -- Port de Lomé — Directions; wreck leads WSW and NNW for about 2¼ miles to the end of the port area, passing: 323 ENE of a stranded wreck (44705N 65658E) close to the W bank of the river, thence: After Paragraph 11.43 1 line 9 Insert: ENE of a stranded wreck (44727N 65659E), ENE of a dangerous wreck (6_0648N 1_1853E), marked on its SE side by a buoy (E cardinal); thence: several additional stranded wrecks lie up to 1½ cables NW. Thence: French Notice 14--18--T--02 [NP1--No 7--Wk 18/18] 4 ENE of a shoal area extending N of an unnamed channel NW of the wrecks. The N Togo -- Kpémé — Anchorages extremity of the shoal is marked by No 104 buoy (port hand). 325 Bonny River is reportedly navigable for several more miles by suitable vessels but is not surveyed. Paragraph 11.57 1 Replace by: 5 Useful marks: Water tower (44621N 70066E). 1 Outer anchorages. Designated anchorage berths Radio mast (red and white bands) (44667N C10--C19 (60875N 13230E) lie about 3½ miles 70061E). SSEofthelight,indepthsof14to20m,sandand Radio mast (red and white bands) (44675N mud, good holding ground. 70011E). For the waiting anchorage area (60630N Radio mast (red and white bands) (44776N 12780E) see 11.37. 65657E). French Notice 49/146/18 [NP1--No 37--Wk 02/19] GB Chart 3293/19 [NP1--No 69--Wk 46/19]

2--12 NP1

Nigeria -- Bonny River -- Restricted area. There is a safety exclusion zone Port Harcourt — Regulations centred on the FPSO. 2 Regulations. All export tankers shall fly the 357 Nigerian National flag during daylight hours while in the vicinity of the terminal. Paragraph 12.130 1 Replace by: Directions 1 Entry is restricted in an area adjacent to the Naval 12.140f Dock (44735N 65665E) situated on the E bank of 1 The chart is sufficient guide. Bonny River. Anchoring is prohibited in an area between No 6 Akpo Terminal Berth and close SW of the SW end of Shell Kidney Island Jetty (12.88a). General information 12.140g GB Chart 3293/19 [NP1--No 70--Wk 46/19] 1 Position and function. Akpo Terminal (30846N 64935E), which exports crude oil, consists of the Nigeria -- Bight of Biafra — Offshore terminals ultra--deep water moored FPSO Akpo. The terminal exports through a SBM moored NNE of the FPSO. 357 Terminal Authority. Total Upstream Nigeria (TUPNI), Eko Towers -- Office 7S 20, P1415 Paragraph 12.140 1 including headings Replace by: Adetokunbo Ademola Street. Website. http://nigeria.total.com/en/total--nigeria/total

OFFSHORE TERMINALS Limiting conditions 12.140h General information 1 See 12.140, 12.140a, 12.140b. Solitons Arrival information 12.140 12.140i 1 See 1.200. 1 Port operations. The terminal is open throughout 24 hours except in adverse weather conditions, for Local weather which the Mooring Master will be the final authority. 12.140a Waiting area. There are waiting areas to the N and 1 Dry season is from November to May, and wet S of the restricted area. season from June to October. Intense line squalls Restricted area. There is a safety exclusion zone usually prevalent between March and November. centered on the FPSO. Visibility is good except during heavy rain and during 2 Regulations. All export tankers shall fly the the harmattan season (December to February), when Nigerian National flag during daylight hours while in it occasionally drops below 5 cables. the vicinity of the terminal. Current Directions 12.140b 12.140j 1 Current usually sets E, however, the direction and 1 The chart is sufficient guide. rate have been known to change suddenly. Paragraph 12.142 1 lines 3--10 Replace by: Egina Terminal See 12.140, 12.140a, 12.140b.

General information GTM/NIMASA Correspondence 05/18 12.140c [NP1--No 15--Wk 23/18] 1 Position and function. Egina Terminal (30309N 64187E), which exports crude oil, consists of the ultra--deep water moored FPSO Egina. The terminal NP2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2017 Edition) exports through a SBM (30417N 64220E) moored NNE of the FPSO. Republic of South Africa — Regulations; PSSA Terminal Authority. Total Upstream Nigeria (TUPNI), Eko Towers -- Office 7S 20, P1415 6 Adetokunbo Ademola Street. Website. http://nigeria.total.com/en/total--nigeria/total Paragraph 1.50 1 line 8 Replace by: Limiting conditions 2 PSSA. The waters between a point on the coast at 12.140d 311400S 175000E and Cape Agulhas (344982S 1 See 12.140, 12.140a, 12.140b. 200071E) and generally incorporating the continental shelf and Agulhas Bank, have been designated as a Arrival information PSSA which has been adopted by the IMO. See 1.47 12.140e and South African Annual Notices to Mariners. 1 Port operations. The terminal is open throughout The PSSA extends E to the vicinity of Great Fish 24 hours, except in adverse weather conditions, for Point. See Africa Pilot Volume 3. which the Mooring Master will be the final authority. Other regulations. See Appendix II. Waiting anchorage. None due to the depth of water. South African Notice 5/45/18 [NP2--No 9--Wk 28/18]

2--13 NP2

Isla de Bioko -- Puerto de Malabo — Caution. A wreck with least depth 69 m lies about Berths; depths 2 cables W of the berth. 3 General Cargo Quay (01704N 93015E), 455 m 99 in length providing berths Nos 1, 2 and 3, numbered from E to W, with charted depths from 63to110m Paragraph 3.56 1 line 2 Replace by: alongside. Dolphins extend 150 m WNW, from the W ...terminal, 350 m in length with depths alongside from 7 m end of the quay to form berth No 4. to 9 m. 4 GSEZ Quay (01705N 93040E). The quay comprises one multipurpose berth for a Panamax French Notice 3/145/18 [NP2--No 7--Wk 07/18] vessel, total length of 420 m. Reported dredged depth alongside the quay is 11 m (2018). A swinging area Cameroon -- Kribi — Marine terminal (01687N 93024E) with a radius of 200 m is located SW of the quay. Further development to 131 extend the quay NE and create a second Panamax berth is in progress (2019). After Paragraph 4.173 6 line 2 Insert: Website. http://gseznoip.com/index.php

Sanaga Marine Terminal French Notice 02/09(P)/19 [NP2--No 12--Wk 06/19] 4.173a 1 Position and function. The terminal is located Gabon -- Cap Lopez — Anchorage about 5 miles NW of Port de Kribi (4.153). The 152 development comprises production platform Sanaga 1 (30090N 95120E) and FPSO FLNG Hilli Episeyo Paragraph 5.115 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: (30088N 95019E). 1 Vessels may anchor in the waiting anchorage Terminal Authority. Perenco Cameroun, PO (0 37 00S 8 44 40E), in a depth of about 70 m, sand Box 1225, Douala, Cameroun.     and mud, about 1½ miles ENE of Cap Lopez (5.63), 2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boards in position close N of the pilot boarding position. 30270N 94550E. Restricted area. A large restricted area surrounds French Notice 43/168/19 [NP2--No 18--Wk 47/19] the installations. Gabon -- South--south--west of French Notice 50/148/18 [NP2--No 11--Wk 02/19] Pointe Tishibobo — Terminal

Equatorial Guinea -- Bata — 159 Directions; light buoy; wreck After Paragraph 5.185 1 line 6 Insert: 133 Dussafu Terminal Paragraph 4.196 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: General information 1 From a position close to the approach light buoy 5.185a (safe water) the track leads generally SE passing: 1 Position and function. Dussafu Terminal SW of a dangerous wreck (15010N 94404E), (41482S 104912E) is an offshore oil loading thence: terminal comprising FPSO BW Adolo and four subsea NE of the N extremity of the W breakwater. production wells. Port Authority. BW Energy Gabon SHOM [NP2--No 14--Wk 22/19] Website.www.bwoffshore.com/business/fleet--map/az urite/ Gabon -- Owendo — Berths Limiting conditions 5.185b 147 1 Controlling depths. There are depths of 110 m in the vicinity of the FPSO. Paragraph 5.51 Replace by: Arrival information 1 GSEZ Mineral Port (01824N 92934E), located 5.185c NNW of Owendo. The terminal comprises two berths, 1 Port operations. Daylight mooring. total length 175 m. Reported dredged depth alongside Waiting anchorage. There is no designated the quay is 8 m (2018). Two mooring buoys lie anchorage for the terminal. In the event of a berthing 4 cables WNW and 7 cables NNW, respectively, of the delay, the decision to drift or to anchor is at the quay. discretion of the Master. It should be noted that in Webs ite. http://gsezmineralport.com/index.php areas of offshore oil and gas activity some submerged 2 Manganese Ore Terminal (01710N 92960E). obstructions and wellheads may not be charted. See The berth comprises dolphins and a loader which is also 1.18. connected to shore by a 900 m jetty supporting the 2 Pilotage is compulsory and the pilot (along with the conveyor. Charted depth alongside is about 11 m. Loading Master, surveyor, government representative Vessels up to 220 m LOA and 90 m draught can berth and Customs Official) boards three miles NE of the at the Manganese Ore Terminal. FPSO.

2--14 NP2

Tugs are available and its use is compulsory. 3 Prohibited area. An entry prohibited area, radius Restricted area. Dussafu Terminal lies in a 1½ miles, centred on 72467S 111447E lies within restricted area which encloses the FPSO and wells. the above restricted area, marked by a light buoy Vessels must not enter the restricted area without the (special). permission of the Port Authority. Regulations. Main engines must be kept on BA Chart 307 [NP2--No 6--Wk 01/18] standby throughout the loading operation. Angola -- Palanca Terminal — Pilotage Berth 5.185d 196 1 The FPSO is a 230 000 dwt tanker, moored by Paragraph 7.73 2 lines 1--2 Replace by: 12 anchors. Export tanker size limitation is 150 000 dwt. 2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board about 2¼ miles NW or 9½ miles SE of the.... Correspondence -- Alliance Marine Services [NP2--No 10--Wk 34/18] Total E&P Angola [NP2/No.2/Wk.39/17]

Angola -- Malongo Terminal — Pilotage Namibia -- Walvis Bay — Wreck; barge 171 226 After Paragraph 8.51 1 line 3 Insert: Paragraph 6.27 3 line 3 For 52800S 115800E Read 52950S 115860E Caution. A stranded wreck (225400S 142720E), position approximate, and a barge (225380S Cabinda Gulf Oil Company [NP2--No 5--Wk 48/17] 142800E) moored by four anchors marked by buoys, lie within No 2 anchorage.

Angola -- Futila Terminal — Directions; buoyage South African Notice 1/29/19; 1/30/19 [NP2--No 13--Wk 11/19] 173

Paragraph 6.46 1 line 2 For 52981S 121003E Read Namibia -- West coast -- Walvis Bay — Pilotage 53004S 121012E 226

Paragraph 6.46 1 lines 3--4 For 52956S 121003E Read Paragraph 8.52 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: 52976S 121008E 1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards 5 cables NW of Fairway Light Buoy (225182S 143005E). Paragraph 6.46 1 line 6 For 4½ cables Read 2 cables See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8). South African Notice 7/55/19 [NP2--No 15--Wk 38/19] Cabinda Gulf Oil Company [NP2/No.1/Wk.39/17]

Namibia -- West coast -- Walvis Bay — Angola -- River Congo -- Ponta Kimongoa — Harbour; development Directions; caution 226 185 Paragraph 8.54 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: After Paragraph 6.150 1 line 10 Insert: 1 The harbour is entered through a dredged, buoyed 2 Caution. Dangerous rocks have been reported channel, leading S through the bay. The multi--purpose (2018) in the vicinity of Ponta Kimongoa Beacon. berthing facilities front the town of Walvis Bay, while the container terminal lies to the W of the harbour on Österreichischer Lloyd Seereederei (Cyprus) Ltd reclaimed land. A small marina lies in the SW corner [NP2--No 8--Wk 21/18] of the harbour.

Angola -- Kaombo Field — Restricted areas Paragraph 8.55 1 including heading Replace by: 193 Spare 8.55 Paragraph 7.36 2 Replace by: South African Notice 7/55/19 [NP2--No 16--Wk 38/19] 2 Restricted areas. A restricted area with a radius of 8 miles is centred on the FPSO. Kaombo Field Namibia -- West coast -- Walvis Bay — Berths (71604S 111664E) is enclosed within a restricted area, radius 8 miles. A restricted area centred on 227 72454S 111972E, radius 10 miles, lies 15 miles W Paragraph 8.65 1 line(s) 1--7 Replace by: of CLOV Terminal. Vessels are prohibited from fishing or entering the restricted area without the permission 1 The container terminal (225701S 142917E), of the terminal operator. Further mooring exclusion provides two berths with a maintained depth of 144m and safety zones of radius 500 m are established alongside. A 250 m radius turning basin, maintained to around both the SPM and FPSO. 144 m, lies to the E of the berths.

2--15 NP2

Paragraph 8.66 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: 2 The UKMTO (United Kingdom Maritime Trade Operations) has established a designated Voluntary 1 The multipurpose terminal (225723S 142944E) Reporting Area (VRA) covering all the waters of Red provides eight berths with a length totalling 1500 m; Sea, , and Indian Ocean S maintained depths of 14 m (Nos 1 to 3) and 106m of Suez and of Hormuz to 10S and 78E. (Nos 4 to 8). A dolphin jetty, about 350 m in length TheHighRiskArea(HRA)isanareawithinthe and with a maintained depth of 11 m, extends NNW UKMTO VRA where it is considered there is a higher from the SW end of Berth No 8. A 250 m radius risk of piracy and within which self--protective turning basin, maintained to 144 m, fronts the NE part measures are most likely to be required. The high risk of the terminal. area is bounded by: South African Notice 7/55/19 [NP2--No 17--Wk 38/19] 3 Parallel 15N in the Red Sea. The territorial waters off the coast of E Africa at latitude 05S. Then to positions: Republic of South Africa -- Saldanha Bay — 00 00 00N 55 00 00E. Prohibited area     100000N 600000E. 263 140000N 600000E. 4 Th e HRA does not infringe on th e territor ial water s After Paragraph 9.130 2 line 8 Insert: of any state excep t fo r Somalia. 3 An area extending 2¼ cables E, 3 cables W and For further information, see The Mariner’s 2½ cables S from a submarine pipeline and Multi Handbook. Buoy Mooring (MBM) (9.132). Anchoring, trawling and After Para graph 1.1 8 Insert: unauthorised navigation within 500 metres is prohibited. Recommend ed practices 4 Fishing is prohibited within much of the harbour 1.18a area and its approaches. 1 Recommended practices, including anti--attac k South African Notice 9/62/17 [NP2/No.3/Wk.47/17] plans, report ing, use o f AIS, radi o procedures and responses are outline d on char ts Q6099 , Q6 111 and The Mariner’ s Handbook. A list o f anti--pirac y contacts Republic of South Africa -- Saldanha Bay — MBM; submarine gas pipeline i s publis hed in ADMIRALT YL ist of Radi o Si gnals Volume 1 .Additi onal guid ance can be foun d i n Best 263 Management Practices for Protect ion again st Somali a Paragraph 9.132 1 lines 1--5 including heading. Replace Based Piracy , ava ilable f rom the Ma ritime Security by: Centre (H orn o f Afric a) websi te (www.mschoa.org). 2 Detail s of the current prevalenc e o f repor ted pirac y Hazards and arme d robbery for all r egions may b e foun d on 9.132 the websit e (www.icc--ccs.org ) of the International 1 Crayfish trap fishing. See 9.9. Chambe r of Commerc e Commerc ial Cri me Services. Submarine and military exercise areas. See 9.3. Reporting Aquaculture areas and shellfish beds. 1.18b Aquaculture areas and mussel beds lie in large 1 Pirac y warning s are received and issue d by the concentrations on the E side of the harbour and on Pira cy Reporti ng Cen tre at Kuala Lumpur f or the are a the NE side of Spending Beach (330200S covere d b y thi s volume. Deta ils of the curren t reporte d 175820E). Mariners should keep well clear of rafts, pir acy and armed robber y f or all s may be buoys, floats or lines associated with shellfish foun d on th e Internationa l Chambe r of Commerc e breeding. Crim e Services websit e www.icc--ccs.org. A submarine pipeline, carrying liquid petroleum 2 The IMB has a marit ime securit y hot line. Thi s gas, extending 1½ miles SSW from the shore enable s mariners to repo rt informatio n or suspicion s (330050S 180055E), connecting to a MBM within a prohibited area (9.130). about seriou s maritime crimes, anonymousl y and confident ially to: South African Notices 9/60 and 62/17 IMBPirac y Report ing Centre [NP2/No.4/Wk.47/17] Tel : +60 3 2078 5763 / +60 3 2031 0014 E--m ail: imbkl@icc--css. org / [email protected] NP3AfricaPilotVolume3(2019Edition) For further information, see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 1 and The Mariner’s Handbook. Somalia and Kenya — Piracy GB Chart Q6099 [NP3--No 4--Wk 20/19] 3 Paragraph 1.18 Replace by: Mozambique -- Maputo — Pilotage 1 The British Maritime and Coastguard Agency has 156 brought to the attention of shipowners, masters and crews, the risk of acts of piracy on the high or Paragraph 5.36 1 line(s) 2 For 255551S 324695E armed robbery against ships at anchor, off ports or Read 255642S 324675E when underway through the territorial waters of certain coastal states. GB Chart 644/19 [NP3--No 9--Wk 43/19]

2--16 NP3

Mozambique – Beira — Limiting conditions; NE of a 42m(14ft)patch(200328S 350987E), controlling depth giving it a berth of at least 2½ miles; a patch of similar depths lies close W. 165 ENCs GB401003 and GB302934 Paragraph 5.113 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: [NP3--No 6--Wk 41/19] 1 The channel is reported (2019) to be maintained to a depth of 80 m. It is generally 135 m in width except Mozambique -- Beira — Directions; approach in the vicinity of Light Buoy No 9 (195350S 167 345045E), where Canal do Macúti meets Canal Rambler, it is 250 m wide. See caution at 5.124. Paragraph 5.126 1 line(s) 5--8 Replace by: Correspondence Mozambique Ports and Railways Approaching from NE, vessels should make for a Authority [NP3--No 1--Wk 16/19] position about 10 miles ESE of Light Buoy A, thence follow a WNW track to the vicinity of Light Buoy A. Mozambique – Beira — Limiting conditions; Port of Beira [NP3--No 7--Wk 41/19] maximum size of vessel handled

166 Mozambique -- Beira -- Canal do Macúti — Directions; caution Paragraph 5.115 1 line(s) 2 For 1m(3ft)Read 12m(4ft) 167

Correspondence Mozambique Ports and Railways After Paragraph 5.128 2 line 8 Insert: Authority [NP3--No 2--Wk 16/19] Caution. Strong currents crossing the channel may be encountered at the bend in the channel leading Mozambique -- Beira — Anchorages into Canal Rambler. 166 Port of Beira [NP3--No 8--Wk 41/19]

Paragraph 5.118 1 line(s) 1--7 Replace by: Tanzania -- Pangani Bay to Tanga — Light 1 Waiting anchorage. Vessels waiting to enter Beira may anchor, clear of the entrance channel, in the 239 following locations: Paragraph 9.6 1 line(s) 4 Replace by: At least 2 miles E of Light Buoy P (195258S 345698E), about 7 m (23 ft), mud; ...position SE of Niule (9.10) at the entrance... At least 3 miles ESE of Light Buoy A (195379S Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 10--Wk 49/19] 345922E), depth 10 to 13 m (33 to 43 ft), sand and mud; About 8 miles ESE of Light Buoy A for transfer of Tanzania -- Pangani Bay to Tanga — Directions dangerous cargoes. 240

Port of Beira [NP3--No 5--Wk 41/19] Paragraph 9.10 6 line(s) 2--6 Replace by:

Mozambique – Beira — ...drying coral reef marked on its NE and E sides by light Arrival information; pilotage buoys, and by No 3 Beacon (white, tripod base) (50403S 391106E) standing near the NW edge. 166 Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 11--Wk 49/19] Paragraph 5.119 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by:

1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. The Tanzania -- Tanga — Pilotage pilot boards 6 cables NW of Light Buoy P (195258S 241 345697E). See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8). Paragraph 9.21 1 line(s) 4 Replace by: ...Ulenge Reefs (9.30). Deep draught vessels... Correspondence Mozambique Ports and Railways Authority [NP3--No 3--Wk 16/19] Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 12--Wk 49/19]

Mozambique -- Beira — Directions; shoals Tanzania -- Tanga — Directions; leading lights 167 242

Paragraph 5.125 1 line(s) 3--5 Replace by: Paragraph 9.29 3--5 Replace by:

SE of an 85m (28ft) patch (200468S 3 SW of an obstruction (50341S 391322E), 351825E); a 10 m patch lies 1¼ miles NW. formed by the remains of a former light Thence: beacon, at the SW end of a patch of foul SE of an 82m (27ft) patch (200069S ground and marked on its S side by No 1 351280E), and: Light Buoy (starboard hand), thence:

2--17 NP3

NE of Niule (50440S 391125E) (9.10), marked at 2 From a position in Tanga Bay about 3½ cables SW its E and NE extremities by light buoys, thence: of Kwawa Reef (9.30), the alignment (235) of these 4 ToapositionSWofFunguNyama(50136S lights leads SW to a position NNW of Ras Kazone 391344E), an extensive drying coral reef. The track (9.30). A shoal area and drying reef extend NNW of then leads W, passing: Raz Kazone, marked by a light buoy. N of Niule (9.10), thence: Tanga Inner Harbour Leading Lights: Clear of an isolated depth of 122m (50270S Front light (white concrete pillar, 8 m in height) 391130E), reported (1957). (50373S 390679E). Thence to the inner pilot boarding position (9.21). Rear light (similar structure, 6 m in height) (67 m from front light). Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 13--Wk 49/19] 3 The alignment (204) of these lights leads SSW, passing: WNW of Ras Kazone, thence: Tanzania -- Tanga -- Tanga Bay — Directions ESE of a drying reef extending E of the E extremity of Toten Island, marked by a light buoy, thence: 242 Kissosora Leading Lights: Front light (white concrete tower, 6 m in height) Paragraph 9.30 1--4 Replace by: (50387S 390599E). 4 Rear light (similar structure) (2½ cables from 1 For entry to Tanga Bay it is recommended to front light). remain on the N side of the Ras Kazone leading line The alignment (247) of these lights leads into the (9.31a) in order to avoid the shallow depths, which inner harbour, passing: may be less than charted, at its inner end. NNW of Hospital Spit Light (white concrete tower) From the vicinity of the inner pilot boarding position (50365S 390672E), thence: (9.21), the track leads W, passing: SSE of Toten Island South Light (white tower) 2 S of Ulenge Reefs (50225S 390980E), (50351S 390649E). detached and which barely dry; the SE edge 5 Useful marks: is marked by a light buoy. Shoal areas extend Tower (50373S 390728E). up to 2 cables S of the reefs. Thence: Post Office tower (50419S 390630E). Clear of an isolated depth, reported, of 111m (50287S 390972E); a second isolated depth, Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 15--Wk 49/19] reported, of 65 m lies about 3¼ cables farther S. Thence: Tanzania -- Tanga -- Tanga Bay — 3 N of Dixon Bank (50354S 390949E), a small Directions; leading lights coral patch marked by a light buoy, thence: N of shoal depths (50340S 390880E), where the 243 depths are reported (1979) to be unreliable. The shoals are marked on the N side by No 8 Light After Paragraph 9.31 5 line 8 Insert: Buoy. Thence: 4 S of Kwawa Reef (50238S 390779E), part of Direct route to moorings east of Ras Kazone which dries and which extends 8 cables S 9.31a from Ras Chongoleani (50167S 390764E), 1 Caution. It is reported (1979) that depths W of a mangrove covered point; the S extremity of Dixon Bank are unreliable; depths less than charted the reef is marked by a light buoy. Thence: may exist. 5 N of Ras Kazone (50326S 390728E), cliff From a position S of the inner pilot boarding like, covered with vegetation and fronted by a position (9.21), shallow draught vessels may proceed drying reef. to the moorings as follows: Thence as required for anchorage in Tanga Bay. Ras Kazone Leading Lights: Front light (white concrete tower, 11 m in height) Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 14--Wk 49/19] (50324S 390758E). 2 Rear light (mast and yard on white concrete tower and gallery, black stripe, 22 m in height) Tanzania -- Tanga -- Tanga Bay — (3 cables from front light), exhibited from the Directions; leading lights signal station (9.25). The alignment (266) of these lights leads towards 242--243 moorings, passing: S of Ulenge Reefs (9.30), thence: Paragraph 9.31 1--5 Replace by: Clear of an isolated depth of 65m (50320S 390966E), reported, thence: 1 Caution. The leading lights exhibited from the E 3 N of Dixon Bank (50354S 390949E), a small extremity of Toten Island (9.14) and throughout the coral patch marked by a light buoy on its N inner harbour are close together and also serve as side. anchorage leads. The track then leads through an area of shoal Toten Island Leading Lights: patches, marked on the N side by a light buoy, to the Front light (white concrete tower) (50327S moorings. 390663E). Rear light (similar structure) (75 m from front light). Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 16--Wk 49/19]

2--18 NP3

Tanzania -- Tanga -- Tanga Bay — Anchorages Kake -- Security Bay — Patch

243 169

Paragraph 9.32 1 lines 1--8 including heading Replace by: After Paragraph 6.22 6 line 5 Insert: A12 m (4 ft) patch (56 50 48N 134 20 33W) lies Anchorages and moorings      SSE of this patch. 9.32 1 CBM (oil), 5 cables E of Ras Kazone (9.30). US Notice 35/17368/17 [NP4/No.2/Wk.41/17] CBM (LPG), close E of Toten Island South Light (9.31). Anchorage in Tanga Bay, entered between Ras Alaska -- Frederick Sound -- The Five Fingers — Directions; light Kazone and Kwawa Reef, 9 cables NNE, in depths from 11 to 18 m. Maximum draught 167m. 172 Tanga inner harbour provides sheltered anchorage in depths from 6 to 11 m for vessels up to 183 m in Paragraph 6.37 1 lines 6--10 Delete length. Maximum draught 94m. Five Finger Light photograph caption For (6.37) Read GB Chart 663; Indian Chart 2693; ENC GB50663A (6.70) [NP3--No 17--Wk 49/19] US Notice 38/17360/19 [NP4--No 6--Wk 43/19] Tanzania -- Tanga to Moa Bay — Directions; light 243 Alaska -- Frederick Sound -- The Five Fingers — Directions; light Paragraph 9.38 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: 173 1 From a position SE of Niule (50440S 391125E) (9.10) at the entrance to the port of... After Paragraph 6.38 4 line 8 Insert:

Paragraph 9.43 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: Five Finger Light (6.70).

1 From a position SE of Niule (50440S 391125E) US Notice 38/17360/19 [NP4--No 7--Wk 43/19] (9.10), the track leads NNE, passing: Alaska -- Frederick Sound -- Tanzania Ports Authority [NP3--No 18--Wk 49/19] The Five Fingers — Directions; light

175 NP4 South--East Alaska Pilot (2015 Edition) Paragraph 6.49 6 line 8 For (6.37) Read (6.70)

Alaska -- Sumner Strait -- Kuiu Island -- Cape Decision — Directions; light US Notice 38/17360/19 [NP4--No 8--Wk 43/19] 146 Alaska -- Frederick Sound -- The Five Fingers — Directions; light Paragraph 5.27 1 lines 6--7 Delete 177 After Paragraph 5.28 2 line 9 Insert: Paragraph 6.67 1 lines 5--6 Delete Cape Decision Light (7.19).

US Notice 38/50/19 [NP4--No 3--Wk 43/19] US Notice 38/17360/19 [NP4--No 9--Wk 43/19]

Alaska -- Sumner Strait -- Kuiu Island -- Alaska -- Frederick Sound -- Cape Decision — Directions; light The Five Fingers — Directions; light 150 178

Paragraph 5.50 5 line 5 For (7.15) Read (7.19) After Paragraph 6.69 4 line 6 Insert: Five Finger Light (6.70). US Notice 38/50/19 [NP4--No 4--Wk 43/19] Paragraph 6.70 2 line(s) 1--2 Replace by:

Alaska -- Frederick Sound -- 2 WSW of Five Finger Light (white square tower The Five Fingers — Directions; light on square base, 18 m in height) (571622N 1333788W). A reef, covered at HW, extends 168 1½ cables SW from the light.

Paragraph 6.14 2 line 5 Delete Paragraph 6.71 2 line 2 For (6.37) Read (6.70)

US Notice 38/17360/19 [NP4--No 5--Wk 43/19] US Notice 38/17360/19 [NP4--No 10--Wk 43/19]

2--19 NP4 Alaska -- Frederick Sound -- NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1 (2017 Edition) The Five Fingers — Directions; light Brazil — Regulations; Extractive Reserves 182 6 Paragraph 6.89 5 line 7 Delete After Paragraph 1.49 Insert:

Extractive Reserves US Notice 38/17360/19 [NP4--No 11--Wk 43/19] 1.49a 1 Extractive Reserves have been established by Brazilian Federal Decree at many places along the Alaska -- Sumner Strait -- Kuiu Island -- coast. Exploitation of mineral resources and amateur Cape Decision — Directions; light or professional hunting are prohibited. Predatory fishing is prohibited and sport fishing is only permitted 197 with authorisation by the responsible authority within the Extractive Reserve. The chart is the best guide to Paragraph 7.15 2 lines 1--4 Delete locations. Brazilian Notice 9/N46/18 [NP5--No 47--Wk 24/18] Cape Decision Light photograph caption For (7.15) Read (7.19) Brazil -- South coast -- Porto de Santos — Marine exploration US Notice 38/50/19 [NP4--No 12--Wk 43/19] 71 After Paragraph 2.3 1 line 9 Insert:

Alaska -- Sumner Strait -- Kuiu Island -- 2 A large ship to ship transfer area is established Cape Decision — Directions; light offshore, about 65 miles S of Porto de Santos (8.18). Mariners should be aware that vessels engaged in 198 transfer operations will be unable to manoeuvre. Brazilian Notice 20/144/18 [NP5--No 67--Wk 48/18] After Paragraph 7.17 1 line 11 Insert:

Cape Decision Light (7.19). Brazil -- Penedos de São Pedro e São Paulo — Environmental Protection Area Paragraph 7.19 1 line 4 Replace by: 71

S of Cape Decision Light (white square tower, 18 m After Paragraph 2.8 2 line 6 Insert: in height) (560009N 1340816W), at a Environmental Protection Area. Fishing distance of... restrictions apply in an Environmental Protection Area established around Penedos de São Pedro e São US Notice 38/50/19 [NP4--No 13--Wk 43/19] Paulo. Fishing is prohibited within the Natural Monument of São Pedro and São Paulo Archipelago, which lies Alaska -- Sumner Strait -- Kuiu Island -- within the Environmental Protection Area. For further Cape Decision — Directions; light information contact the local authorities. Brazilian Notice 5/52/19 [NP5--No 84--Wk 15/19] 224

Paragraph 8.13 1 lines 3--6 Delete Brazil -- Vitória--Trindade Seamount Chain — Environmental Protection Areas 73 US Notice 38/50/19 [NP4--No 14--Wk 43/19] After Paragraph 2.21 2 line 8 Insert:

Cook Inlet – Approaches to Anchorage — Environmental Protection Areas Directions; V--AIS 2.21a 1 An Environmental Protection Area is established 365 around Ilha da Trindade (2.26), Ilhas Martin Vaz (2.22) and Columbia Seamount (2.21). Fishing restrictions After Paragraph 12.212 1 line 3 Insert: apply. Fishing is prohibited within the Natural Monument of V--AIS: The channel, in places, is marked by V--AIS. Ilha da Trindade, Ilhas Martin Vaz and Columbia For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and Seamount, which lie within the Environmental ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Protection Area. For further information contact local authorities. US Notice 45/16660/15 [NP4/No.1/Wk.47/15] Brazilian Notice 5/53/19 [NP5--No 85--Wk 15/19]

2--20 NP5

Brazil -- North coast -- Cabo Orange — Brazil -- Rio Pará -- Canal do Espadarte — Directions; light Directions; depths

78 93

Paragraph 3.16 1 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 3.130 1 line 13 Replace by: Spare ...over it. Thence: 3.16 SE of a patch (02973S 480113W), with a least reported depth of 61 m and marked by a light buoy Brazilian Notice 15/157(P)/19 [NP5--No 92--Wk 40/19] (lateral). Brazilian Notice 20/143(P)/17, 20/146(P)/17 Brazil -- Rio Amazonas — Regulations [NP5--No 15--Wk 48/17] 81 Brazil–RioPará–CanaldoEspadarte— Paragraph 3.40 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Directions; depth

1 Ship reporting systems. The SISTRAM reporting 93 system is mandatory within Brazilian territorial waters; Paragraph 3.130 1 line 13 including Existing Section IV see 1.36. Notice Week 48/17 Replace by: Ballast water management. Special regulations apply to ports of the ; see 1.48. ...over it. Thence: SE of a patch (02973S 480113W), with a least Correspondence [NP5--No 14--Wk 48/17] reported depth of 54 m and marked by a light buoy (starboard hand). Brazil -- Porto de Santana — Berths; anchorage Brazilian Notice 11/113/19 [NP5--No 88--Wk 29/19] 88 Brazil -- North coast -- Rio Pará -- Paragraph 3.75 1 line 4 Replace by: Ponta Taipu — Directions; light

...510656W. An anchorage in vicinity of 00550S 93 510670W is designated for vessels carrying or transferring inflammable cargoes. These areas may Paragraph 3.130 3 lines 5--6 Replace by: change due to shifting... NW of Ponta Taipu (03971S 480263W).

Brazil Notice 16/107/17 [NP5/No.8/Wk.41/17] Brazilian Notice 3/I 32(P)/19 [NP5--No 80--Wk 11/19]

Brazil -- North coast -- East of Ilha Do Oiapoque Brazil -- North coast -- Rio Pará -- Salinópolis to — Directions Chapéu Virado — Directions

88 94

Paragraph 3.81 2 line 4 Replace by: Paragraph 3.136 1 line 8 Replace by: NW extremity of Ilha do Pará, and; ...extending towards the NE. SE of a shoal patch with a least depth of 25mlying Paragraph 3.136 2 lines 1--6 Replace by: 5 cables E of Ilha Do Oiapoque, thence: 2 The track then continues WSW, passing: Brazil Notice 21/120(P)/17 [NP5--No 21--Wk 50/17] NNW of No 4 Light Buoy (port hand) (02300S 480650W), moored off the N edge of Banco São Brazil -- North coast -- Rio Pará -- João (02505S 480630W), thence: Ilha dos Guarás — Directions; light NNW of a dangerous wreck (02300S 480800W). The track then continues WSW for about 4½ miles 93 to a position NNW of No 6 Light Buoy (port hand) (02550S 481152W). Paragraph 3.127 2 lines 1--3 Delete Brazil Notice 24/169/17 [NP5--No 35--Wk 05/18] Brazilian Notice 12/87(P)/18 [NP5--No 55--Wk 31/18] Brazil -- North coast -- Porto de Belém — Directions; wreck Brazil -- North coast -- Rio Pará -- Ponta Taipu — Directions; light 96

93 After Paragraph 3.163 3 line 4 Insert:

Paragraph 3.127 3 lines 1--3 Delete ESE of a dangerous wreck (11663S 483067W), lying close SE of Ilha Jutuba, thence:

Brazilian Notice 3/I 32(P)/19 [NP5--No 79--Wk 11/19] Brazilian Notice 3/I 33/19 [NP5--No 81--Wk 11/19]

2--21 NP5

Brazil -- Belém -- Ilha do Mosqueiro — Brazil -- Rio Negro -- Porto de Manaus — Directions; shoal depth Vertical clearance

97 115 After Paragraph 3.263 1 line 2 Insert: Paragraph 3.163 2 line 11 Replace by: Vertical clearance ...exhibited, and: 3.263a WNW of a shoal (11329S 482864W), depth 1 A fixed bridge (30716S 600472W) with a 48 m, thence: vertical clearance of 55 m spans Rio Negro NE from Camarao Island (30852S Brazilian Notice 5/25(P)/18 [NP5--No 46--Wk 22/18] 600509W). ENC BR54023A [NP5--No 17--Wk 48/17] Brazil -- Rio Pará -- Baía de Marajó — Directions; wreck Brazil -- Rio Negro -- Porto de Manaus — Anchorages 99 115 After Paragraph 3.180 3 line 8 Insert: Paragraph 3.265 1 lines 1--8 Replace by: NW of a dangerous wreck (12469S 484195W), 1 The anchorage areas are SW and SE of the city, thence; clear of the mooring buoys, in depths from 143to Brazil Notice 22/161/17 [NP5--No 28--Wk 01/18] 34 m, mud and sand. The current in this vicinity averages 2 kn. Anchorage No 1 (30757S 600342W); general Brazil -- North coast -- Rio Pará -- cargo ships waiting to berth. Porto de Vila do Conde — Directions; buoy Anchorage No 2 (30813S 600406W); outer quarantine, customs and maritime police inspection 99 anchorage. Paragraph 3.181 1 lines 6--8 Replace by: 2 Anchorage No 3 (30874S 600222W); general cargo vessels waiting to dock. ...a drying sandbank, thence: Anchorage No 4 (31052S 595957W); general cargo vessels waiting to dock. Brazilian Notice 24/184(P)/18 [NP5--No 70--Wk 05/19] Anchorage No 5 (30954S 595634W); vessels waiting to berth at the oil terminal (3.273) Brazil -- Rio Pará -- Porto de Vila do Conde — Directions; wreck Brazilian Notice 20/148/17 [NP5--No 18--Wk 48/17]

101 Brazil – Porto de Manaus — Anchorages; traffic regulations After Paragraph 3.193 1 line 7 Insert: 115 Clear of a dangerous wreck (12469S Paragraph 3.265 including Existing Section IV Notice 484195W), thence: Week 48/17 Replace by: 1 The anchorage areas are SW and SE of the city, Brazil Notice 22/161/17 [NP5--No 29--Wk 01/18] clear of the mooring buoys, in depths from 143to 34 m, mud and sand. The current in this vicinity Brazil -- River Amazon -- Ilha das Garças — averages 2 kn. Directions; depths Aguada anchorage berth (30693S 600523W). Anchorage No 1 (30757S 600342W); general 109--110 cargo ships waiting to berth. Paragraph 3.239 3 line 9 and 4 lines 1--9 Replace by: Anchorage No 2 (30813S 600406W); outer quarantine, customs and maritime police inspection ...573120W, thence the track favours the N bank anchorage. of the river, passing: 2 Anchorage No 3 (30874S 600222W); general 4 NW of Ilha das Garças (23541S 573808W); cargo vessels waiting to dock. a shoal area extends NNW from the island. Anchorage No 4 (31052S 595957W); general Thence: cargo vessels waiting to dock. SE of Capela Light (white diamond on white metal Anchorage No 5 (30954S 595634W); vessels post, 10 m in height) (23537S 574002W), waiting to berth at the oil terminal (3.274). clear of the shoal area extending SSE from Ilha After Paragraph 3.266 Insert: das Garças, in mid--stream, thence the track crosses to the S bank of the river, passing: Traffic regulations NW of Porto Equador Light (white diamond on metal 3.266a framework tower, 10 m in height) (24300S 1 Prohibited area. Anchoring is prohibited in the 574241W) vicinity of the two large pontoon berths (30826S Thence to a position off Vila de Urucurituba (3.250). 600172W) (3.274). Brazilian Notice 20/144(P)/17 [NP5--No 16--Wk 48/17] Brazilian Notice 9/101/19 [NP5--No 87--Wk 25/19]

2--22 NP5

Brazil -- Rio Negro -- Porto de Manaus — Bridge Brazil -- North coast -- Baía de São Marcos -- Ilha do Medo — Directions; light 116 128 Paragraph 3.268 1 lines 9--12 Delete Paragraph 4.60 1 lines 8--9 Delete

ENC BR54023A [NP5--No 19--Wk 48/17] Brazilian Notice 1/19 N62(P)/18 [NP5--No 72--Wk 07/19] Brazil -- North coast -- Cabo Gurupi — Directions; wreck Brazil -- Baía de São Marcos -- Terminal da Ponta da Madeira — Berth 125 129 Paragraph 4.20 2 line(s) 4--6 Replace by: Paragraph 4.61 1 line 7 Replace by: NNE of Cabo Gurupi (05427S 461153W), from ...is 500 m with a minimum depth of 23 m. which a light (4.18) is exhibited, and clear of a dangerous wreck (03100S 460500W). Cabo Paragraph 4.61 2 line 3 For 508 m Read 980 m Gurupi is the NE point of Ilha Apeú (05748S 46 14 57W).   Paragraph 4.61 2 line 4 For 23 m Read 21 m Brazilian Notice 4/43/19 [NP5--No 82--Wk 14/19] Brazilian Notice 8/65/17 [NP5/No.1/Wk.23/17]

Brazil -- North coast -- Cabo Gurupi — Directions; wreck Brazil -- North coast -- Baía de São Marcos -- Ilha do Medo — Directions; light 125 129

Paragraph 4.28 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 4.67 1 lines 8--9 Delete

1 From a position NNE of Cabo Gurupi, clear of a dangerous wreck (03100S 460500W), the track Brazilian Notice 1/19 N62(P)/18 leads ESE, passing: [NP5--No 73--Wk 07/19]

Brazilian Notice 4/43/19 [NP5--No 83--Wk 14/19] Brazil -- North coast -- Baía de São Marcos -- Ilha do Medo — Directions; light Brazil – North coast – Cabo Gurupi to 130 Ilhas de São João — Directions; wreck Paragraph 4.74 1 lines 8--9 Delete 125 Brazilian Notice 1/19 N62(P)/18 After Paragraph 4.28 2 line 5 Insert: [NP5--No 74--Wk 07/19] Clear of a dangerous wreck (10230S 452320W), thence: Brazil -- Pecém Terminal — Anchorages; berths ENC BR321500 [NP5--No 54--Wk 30/18] 137

Paragraph 4.143 1 line 3 For 32850N 384650W Read Brazil – North coast – 32850S 384650W Ilha Mangunça — Directions; light 126 Paragraph 4.143 1 line 4 For 32950N 384650W Read 32950S 384650W Paragraph 4.36 1 lines 3--4 Delete Paragraph 4.143 1 line 5 For 33180N 384680W Read 33180S 384680W Brazilian Notice 11/76(P)/18 [NP5--No 53--Wk 29/18]

Paragraph 4.146 1 lines 6--12 Replace by: Brazil -- North coast -- Baía de São Marcos -- Pier 2 projects about 400 m NW; POL is handled Ilha do Medo — Directions; light on each side; LNG transhipment. Vessels up to 310 m 127 and 175 000 dwt are handled. Pier 3 projects about 1580 m NW alongside the Paragraph 4.47 2 lines 7--9 Delete inner side of the NW arm of the breakwater; general and solid cargo. Vessels up to 330 m and 140 000 dwt are handled. Brazilian Notice 1/19 N62(P)/18 [NP5--No 71--Wk 07/19] Brazilian Chart 705/17 [NP5--No 20--Wk 50/17]

2--23 NP5

Brazil -- North coast -- Brazil -- Aracaju -- Porto de Mucuripe — Wreck Sergipe Terminal — Anchorage 137 171

2 Paragraph 4.150 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: Paragraph 5.157 lines 11--12 Replace by: ...draught more than 7 m. A stranded wreck Anchorage area is centred on 105350S (34197S 383038W), marked by a light buoy 365475W,withdepthsfrom15to22m. (isolated danger), lies in the SSW part of the anchorage. A dangerous wreck (34200S Brazilian Notice 16/E111/18 [NP5--No 62--Wk 39/18] 383116W) lies WSW. Brazil -- East coast -- Salvador — Brazilian Notice 1/19 N18(T)/16 Anchorages; pilotage [NP5--No 75--Wk 07/19] 175

Brazil -- North coast -- Approaches to Fortaleza Paragraph 5.186 1 lines 3--17 Replace by: — Directions; wreck No Position Remarks 141 1125600S Draught less than 10 m; awaiting 383200W refuelling, inspection, embarkation After Paragraph 4.171 2 line 13 Insert: or disembarkation of crew. 21257 90S Draught less than 10 m. Clear of a dangerous wreck (34970S 375050W),   thence: 383266W 3125753S Draught greater than 10 m; Brazilian Notice 1/19 N149(T)/15 383440W awaiting refuelling, inspection, [NP5--No 76--Wk 07/19] embarkation or disembarkation of crew. Brazil -- East coast -- South of Recife — 4125503S Quarantine anchorage. Directions; wreck 383582W 5130217S Anchorage for vessels awaiting 162 383676W vacancy within Baía de Todos os Santos. After Paragraph 5.101 2 line 7 Insert: Paragraph 5.187 1 line 4 For 125901S 383299W Read Clear of a dangerous wreck (81337S 345193W), 130077S 383374W thence: Brazilian Notice 14/E 103/18 [NP5--No 58--Wk 36/18] Brazilian Notice 10/E66/18 [NP5--No 51--Wk 27/18] Brazil -- East coast -- Brazil -- East coast -- Porto de Recife to Porto de Salvador — Anchorages Porto de Pedras — Directions; wrecks 175

162 Paragraph 5.186 1 lines 3--17 including existing Section IV Week 36/18 Replace by: Paragraph 5.102 4 line 1 Replace by: No Position Remarks 4 The track then continues SSW, passing: 1125600S Draught less than 10 m; awaiting Clear of a dangerous wreck (83849S 350081W), 383200W refuelling, inspection, embarkation thence: or disembarkation of crew. ESE of Ponta Tamandaré (84540S... 2125790S Draught less than 10 m. Paragraph 5.103 1 line 1 Replace by: 383266W 3125753S Draught greater than 10 m; 1 ESE of a dangerous wreck (84740S 38 34 40W awaiting refuelling, inspection, 350360W), thence:   embarkation or disembarkation of ESE of the reefs off Ponta das Ilhetas (84736S... crew. Brazilian Notice 20/E213/19; ENC BR322200 (3.006) 4125503S Quarantine anchorage. [NP5--No 99--Wk 49/19] 383582W 5130217S Anchorage for vessels awaiting Brazil -- East coast -- Aracaju -- 383676W vacancy within Baía de Todos os Sergipe Terminal — Pilotage Santos. 6125447S Anchorage for vessels awaiting 171 383632W berthing at Bahia Regasification Terminal (TRBA) Paragraph 5.157 2 line 7 For 10 51 00S 36 54 00W Read     7125866S Anchorage for recreational vessels 105328S 365190W 383204W over 60 m. Brazilian Notice 22/E161/18 [NP5--No 68--Wk 01/19] Brazilian Notice 15/107/18 [NP5--No 59--Wk 38/18]

2--24 NP5

Brazil -- East coast -- Porto de Ilhéus — Brazil -- East coast -- Controlling depths South--south--west of Rio Doce -- Regência — Wreck 188 200

Paragraph 6.27 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: After Paragraph 6.113 3 line 7 Insert:

1 Controlling depth. In Porto de Ilhéus the least Caution. A dangerous wreck lies about 3 cables depthintheturningbasinis93 m, and alongside the SSE of the berth in position 194150S 394980W. quay 90 m. The use of the turning basin is restricted to vessels with a draught less than 85m. Brazilian Notice 7/E78(P)/19 [NP5--No 86--Wk 21/19]

BA Chart 551/18; www.codeba.com.br Brazil -- Porto de Vitória —Vessel traffic service [NP5--No 57--Wk 31/18] 201

Paragraph 6.119 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Brazil -- Barra do Riacho — Anchorage 1 Vitória VTS, consisting of an outer zone and an 199 internal zone is in operation. Vessels in the Vitória--Tubarão area are required to report to Vitória After Paragraph 6.105 2 line 4 Insert: VTS at the following times and positions: One hour before arrival at the VTS area; No 4 anchorage area, centred on position When entering the Vitória VTS area; 195306S 395888W, for vessels berthing at When passing any of the reporting waypoints Jurong Aracruz Shipyard. established in the VTS area; 2 On arrival and departure from a berth or Brazil Notice 7/36/18 [NP5--No 44--Wk 20/18] anchorage, or when shifting berth; Any incidents or accidents. Portuguese or English must be used in VHF Brazil – Terminal de Barra do Riacho — communications. Prohibited anchorage; harbour Porto de Vitoria--Procedure to Mariners 06/2017 [NP5--No 26--Wk 01/18] 199

Paragraph 6.105 2 lines 5--7 Replace by: Brazil -- Porto de Vitória —Vessel traffic service

Prohibited anchorage area, in which anchoring 202 and fishing are prohibited extends 1 mile N, E and S from the elbow of the S mole. It covers two After Paragraph 6.127 1 line 8 Insert: submarine pipelines, the port approach and the Vessel traffic service. Vitória VTS is in operation; entrance to the harbour close S. see 6.119.

Paragraph 6.106 1 lines 6--9 Replace by: Porto de Vitoria--Procedure to Mariners 06/2017 [NP5--No 27--Wk 01/18] A jetty for gas carriers lies in the NW part.

Paragraph 6.106 2 lines 3--6 Replace by: Brazil -- East coast -- Guaxindiba — Directions; lights ...by two breakwaters (lit). The entrance, about 290 m wide is open to the NE. A quay, orientated NE/SW... 209

Paragraph 6.174 2 lines 1--3 Delete Brazilian Chart 1420/17 [NP5--No 33--Wk 01/18]

Brazilian Notice 19/E138/17 [NP5/No.12/Wk.46/17] Brazil – Terminal de Barra do Riacho — Berths Brazil -- East coast -- 200 Approaches to Porto do Açu — Danger area

After Paragraph 6.108 1 line 6 Insert: 210

A jetty extends about 300 m ESE from the NW After Paragraph 6.180 1 line 9 Insert: shore, with a berth on each side for gas carriers. The A danger area, centred on 215267S 404990W, basin in the N of the harbour, with a depth of 60m, exists in the approaches to Açu, where depths are is used by barges. less than charted.

Brazilian Chart 1420/17 [NP5--No 34--Wk 01/18] Brazilian Notice 12/E90(P)/18 [NP5--No 56--Wk 31/18]

2--25 NP5

Brazil--PortodoAçu— Brazil -- East coast -- Directions; light beacons; buoys Baía de Guanabara — Wreck 219 Paragraph 7.19 including heading Replace by: 211 Ilha Rasa, Ilha do Pai and Ilha da Mãe 7.19 Paragraph 6.183 1 line 8 Replace by: 1 Anchorages exist at the following positions: ...the track leads W, then WNW, towards the Terminal T1... Anchorage Centred No 13 (waiting) 230197S 430871W Paragraph 6.183 1 lines 10--12 Replace by: No 14 (platform) 230041S 430418W No 14A (platform) 225855S 430435W Between T1 Light Beacon No 1 (starboard hand) No 14B (platform) 225862S 430507W (215013S 404778W) and T1 Light Beacon No 2 (port hand) (215028S 404780W). 2 No 14C (platform) 225960S 430313W No 15 (quarantine) 230350S 430713W Paragraph 6.183 2 lines 6--9 Replace by: A dangerous wreck (230360S 430640W) ...the track leads WSW, passing: lies close E of the SSE of T1 Light Beacon No 2 (port hand) anchorage. (215028S 404780W). Brazilian Notice 1/S11/19 [NP5--No 77--Wk 09/19]

Paragraph 6.183 3 line 1 For NW Read WNW Brazil -- Porto de Rio de Janerio — Directions 227 Paragraph 7.65 2 line 8 Replace by: After Paragraph 6.183 3 line 2 Insert: ...9 m in height) stands, thence: S of a dangerous wreck (225327S 431005W) Through the Terminal T2 pilot boarding position with a depth of 105 m lying close to the buoyed (6.181), thence: channel.

Paragraph 6.183 3 lines 3--4 Replace by: Brazil Notice 21/151/17 [NP5--No 22--Wk 50/17] Brazil -- Porto de Rio de Janeiro — Anchorages Between T2 Light Beacon No 1 (starboard hand) 228 (214908W 405660W) and T2 Light Beacon... Paragraph 7.66 1 Replace by: Paragraph 6.183 4 lines 1--2 Replace by: 1 Anchorages. There are several designated anchorage areas: 4 The track then leads through a channel marked by No 1 Anchorage (225305S 430885W) (7.58); light buoys (lateral) to the berths and facilities that lie Quarantine and Customs. on the... No 1A Anchorage (225401S 430863W); platforms. No 2 Anchorages (three areas); naval vessels: Brazilian Notice 9/E52/18 [NP5--No 48--Wk 24/18] Area 1 (225449S 430919W); several obstructions and a wreck (225447S 430899W) lie within the anchorage; Area 2 (225357S 430943W); a dangerous wreck (225358S 430948W) and an Brazil -- Cabo Búzios -- Enseada de Búzios — obstruction (225363S 430946W) lie within the Anchorage area. Area 3 (225167S 430864W); a mooring buoy lies in the NE part of the area. An obstruction 214 (225143S 430865W) and a dangerous wreck (225179S 430861W) lie within the area. Paragraph 7.66 3 lines 1--2 Replace by: After Paragraph 6.202 6 line 5 Insert: 3 No 6A Anchorage (224997S 430821W); vessels under repair. A wreck (225154S Anchorage may also be obtained in a depth of 431038W), marked by a buoy (isolated about 15 m as follows: danger), and a rocky patch (225122S A. 22 44 60S 41 53 40W.     431018W), marked by a buoy (starboard B. 224453S 415395W. hand), lie in the E part of the area. Brazil Notice 22/157/17; ENC BR501511 Brazilian Notice 18/126/17 [NP5/No.13/Wk.46/17] [NP5--No 30--Wk 01/18]

2--26 NP5

Brazil -- Rio de Janeiro — Anchorages; wrecks Brazil -- Baía de Sepetiba -- Porto de Itaguaí — Directions; channels; depths 228 236

Paragraph 7.66 including existing Section IV Notice Week Paragraph 7.151 1 lines 1--12 Replace by: 1/18 Replace by: 1 East channel. From a position S of Ilha da Pedra 1 Anchorages. There are several designated Branca (7.148) the East channel, dredged to 174m anchorage areas: (2004), leads through a channel marked by light No 1 Anchorage (225305S 430885W) (7.58); buoys (lateral) to Porto de Itaguaí. The track leads Quarantine and Customs. generally ENE passing: No 1A Anchorage (225401S 430863W); SSE of Ilha Socó do Martins (225749S platforms. 435239W), thence: No 2 Anchorage Area 1 (225449S 430919W); SSE of Ilha do Martins (225715S 435155W). naval vessels 2 The track then continues ENE in the dredged No 2 Anchorage Area 2 (225357S 430943W); channel to the turning basin, from where the terminals naval vessels (7.158) can be approached directly. A light (yellow 2 No 2 Anchorage Area 3 (225167S 430864W); support on white metal structure) (225621S naval vessels; a mooring buoy lies in the NE 435038W) is exhibited from the W end of the part of the area. TECAR jetty. No 3 Anchorage (225273S 430983W); barges, 3 West channel. From a position S of Ilha da Pedra containers and refuelling. Branca (7.148), the West channel, dredged to 196m No 4 Anchorage (225268S 431081W); cargo (2015), leads generally NNE through a channel working. marked by light buoys (lateral) to Porto Sudeste No 5 Anchorage (225306S 431093W); LASH barges. (225607S 435142W), passing: ESE of Ilha de Itacuruçá (22 56 35S 43 53 50W), 3 No 6 Anchorage (225113S 431123W); cargo     working and vessels under repair. thence: No 6A Anchorage (224997S 430821W); vessels WNW of Ilha das Cabras (225672S 435193W). under repair. 4 The track then continues NNE to the turning basin No 7 Anchorage (224945S 430728W), located SW of the port. A light (225603S dangerous goods. 435155W) is exhibited from the end of the W--most No 8 Anchorage (224887S 430836W); vessels breakwater. for liquid bulk terminals. Brazilian Chart 1623 [NP5--No 24--Wk 52/17] No 9 Anchorage (224797S 430798W); vessels for liquid bulk terminals. Brazil -- East coast -- Baía de Sepetiba — 4 No 10 Anchorage (22 47 34S 43 07 60W);     Directions; wreck vessels carrying LNG. No 11 Anchorage (225456S 430838W); 237 platforms. Paragraph 7.151 4 including existing Section IV Week No 12 Anchorage (224602S 430898W); vessels 52/17 Replace by: for Suzano Petrochemical Terminal (7.109). Caution. A number of wrecks and obstructions are 4 The track then continues NNE to the turning basin situated within these anchorage areas. located SW of the port. A light (225603S 435155W) is exhibited from the end of the W--most Brazilian Notice 16/S169(P)/19 breakwater. A dangerous wreck (225595S [NP5--No 97--Wk 42/19] 435166W) lies in the channel W of the breakwater. Brazilian Notice 3/S15/18 [NP5--No 39--Wk 12/18] Brazil -- East coast -- Ponta de Castelhanos — Directions; pilot Brazil – Baía de Sepetiba — Directions; wreck 234 236--237

Paragraph 7.120 4 line 1 For (230868S 440459W) Paragraph 7.151 1 lines 1--12 including existing Section IV Read (230838S 440240W) Weeks 52/17 and 12/18 Replace by:

1 East channel. The E channel, dredged to a depth Brazil Notice 24/171/17 [NP5--No 36--Wk 05/18] of 174 m (2004), leads through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to Porto de Itaguaí. The track Brazil -- Baía de Sepetiba -- leads generally ENE, passing: Porto de Itaguaí — Directions; channels 2 SSE of Ilha Socó do Martins (225749S 435239W), thence: 236 SSE of Ilha do Martins (225715S 435155W). The track then continues ENE in the dredged Paragraph 7.150 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: channel to the turning basin, from where the terminals 1 From a position S of Ilha da Pedra Branca (7.148), (7.158) can be approached directly. A light (yellow the channel divides into two. support on white metal structure) (225621S 435038W) is exhibited from the W end of the Brazilian Chart 1623 [NP5--No 23--Wk 52/17] TECAR jetty.

2--27 NP5

3 West channel. The W channel, dredged to a depth Anchorage Maximum Maximum length of 196 m (2015), leads generally NNE through a draught (m) (m) channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to Porto Sudeste (225607S 435142W), passing: A1 90 ESE of Ilha de Itacuruçá (225635S 435350W), A2 128 thence: B1 113 WNW of Ilha das Cabras (225672S 435193W). The track then continues NNE to the turning basin B2 89 located SW of the port. A light (225603S B3 118 435155W) is exhibited from the end of the W--most up to 310 B4 11 5 breakwater.  2 B5 109 Brazilian Notice 23/181/18 [NP5--No 69--Wk 03/19] C1, C2 71 E1 105 E2 104 Brazil -- South coast -- Porto de Itaguaí — Depths D65 upto300 F1 112 upto270 237 F2 112 upto210 Paragraph 7.154 1 lines 5--7 Replace by: Areas G and H, situated S of Ilha de Itacuruçá (7.151) are exclusively for warships. Caution. Depths in the SE part of the turning basin are reported (2018) to be less than the approach Brazilian Chart 1623 [NP5--No 25--Wk 52/17] channel; least charted depth is 151m. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 13m;mean Brazil -- South coast -- Porto de Itaguaí — Depth neap range about 04 m. See information in ADMIRALTY Tables. 237

Paragraph 7.158 2 lines 9--11 Replace by: BA Chart 431 [NP5--No 49--Wk 25/18] The Container Terminal (225592S 435039W) has a quay about 800 m in length with a least depth alongside of 135m. Brazil -- South coast -- Porto de Itaguaí — Depth GB Chart 431 [NP5--No 90--Wk 29/19] 237 Brazil -- South coast -- Baía da Ilha Grande — Anchorages Paragraph 7.154 1 including Existing Section IV Notice Week 25/18 Replace by: 242

1 Controlling depths. The least charted depth in the Paragraph 7.193 2 Replace by: approach channel to the Mineral Terminal (TPS) (7.158) and to the S side of TECAR Jetty is 198m, 2 Outer anchorages: and in the approaches to the Container Terminal Quarantine anchorage (230637S 442709W) is (7.158) is 137m. situated WNW of the channel entrance. No 2 Anchorage (23 05 95S 44 16 21W) for Caution. A dangerous wreck (225623S     vessels in dispute or under repair. 435011W) lies close S of TECAR Jetty (7.158). No 4 Anchorage (23 07 20S 44 24 82W) for Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 13m;mean     vessels with a draught up to 13 m. neap range about 04 m. See information in ADMIRALTY Tide Tables. No 5 Anchorage (230795S 442858W) for vessels with a draught over 13 m.

GB Chart 431 [NP5--No 89--Wk 29/19] Paragraph 7.196 1 lines 1--2 Delete

Brazilian Notice 18/196/19 [NP5--No 98--Wk 45/19] Brazil -- Porto de Itaguaí — Anchorages Brazil -- Approaches to Porto de Santos — Directions; wreck 237 254 Paragraph 7.158 1 lines 1--13 and 2 lines 1--7 Replace by: After Paragraph 8.38 1 line 7 Insert: 1 Anchorage may be obtained S of Ilha Jurubaíba Clear of a dangerous wreck (240814S (225760S 435695W), from the W end of which a 462134W), thence: light (white square concrete tower, 5 m in height) (225760S 435705W) is exhibited, as follows: HYDROLANT 1043/18 [NP5--No 43--Wk 17/18]

2--28 NP5

Brazil -- East coast -- Barra de Icapara — Brazil -- South coast -- Itajaí — Directions; light erminals; alongside berths 266 256 Paragraph 8.141 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 8.56 2 lines 1--3 Delete 1 Navegantes Container Terminal (265386S 483978W) lies on the N bank, and is about 900 m Brazil Notice 22/159(P)/17 [NP5--No 31--Wk 01/18] in length. Least charted depth alongside is 114m. Itajaí Container Terminal (265406S 483981W) lies on the S bank and is about 1000 m in length. Brazil -- East coast -- Barra de Icapara — Least charted depth alongside is 84m. Directions; light 2 Passenger Terminal Guilherme Asseburg (265427S 483925W) is situated on the south bank 257 and consists of a 78 m pier and mooring dolphins. Maximum draught is around 10 m. Paragraph 8.59 3 line 2--3 Replace by: Other berths. Various other smaller facilities including shipyards and an oil terminal are situated in ...(244124S 472472W), the N entrance to Mar shoaler depths farther upriver. Contact the port Pequeno... authority for further information. Brazil Notice 22/159(P)/17 [NP5--No 32--Wk 01/18] BA Chart 547/2018; www.portonave.com.br/en/portonave/infrastructure; www.portoitajai.com.br/novo/c/terminal--cruzeiros Brazil -- East coast -- Ilha do Cardoso — Wreck [NP5--No 50--Wk 26/18]

257 Brazil -- South coast -- Barra do Rio Grande Approaches — Directions; wrecks Paragraph 8.60 2 line 10 Replace by: 273 ...And: Clear of a dangerous wreck (251720S Paragraph 8.174 3 lines 3--9 Replace by: 470070W), thence: ...(8.171), and: Clear of a dangerous wreck (320320S Brazilian Notice 1/97(P)/18 [NP5--No 78--Wk 09/19] 511380W), thence: SE of Estreito Light (8.170); Banco Minuano (320233S 514115W) lies SSE of the light. Brazil -- East coast -- Porto de Antonina — Dangerous wrecks lie 2¼ miles WSW, 7 miles W Position; limiting conditions; berths and 3 miles ENE, positions approximate, of the bank. Thence: 260 Brazilian Notice 10/S61/18; 10/S69/18 Paragraph 8.96 1 lines 1--2 For (252582S 484154W) [NP5--No 52--Wk 27/18] Read (252660S 484155W) Brazil -- Porto Do Rio Grande — Berths After Paragraph 8.96 1 line 5 Insert: 276

Terminal da Ponta do Félix (252742S After Paragraph 8.206 3 line 6 Insert: 484046W), a modern facility, is situated about 1 mile SE of Porto Barão de Tefé. 4 The following berth lies on the E side of the main channel: Paragraph 8.97 1 line 2 Replace by: Cocuruto Quay (320233S 520239W), located 1¾ miles E of Porto Novo; length 560 m; alongside ...5 8 m and with a maximum LOA of 188 m. Contact the  depth 90m. port authority for maximum operational draught requirements. Brazilian Notice 17/119/17 [NP5/No.10/Wk.43/17]

Paragraph 8.99 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Uruguay -- Isla de Flores — ESSA 1 Porto Barão de Tefé. Two concrete piers; the 290 largest, privately owned but sometimes used by the port administration, is 200 m long, the other pier is After Paragraph 9.67 1 line 10 Insert: 90 m long with depths of about 5 8m.  Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within the Terminal da Ponta do Félix. General cargo, bulk above area. and refrigerated cargoes; quay length 360 m; depth An ESSA has been established extending 2 miles alongside about 57 m; greater depths reported (2013). from the coastline of Isla de Flores (9.72). For further information see Uruguay decree number 43/018. BA Chart 587/15; www.pontadofelix.com.br; www.portosdoparana.pr.gov.br [NP5--No 45--Wk 22/18] Uruguay Chart 40/18 [NP5--No 60--Wk 39/18]

2--29 NP5

Uruguay – Río de La Plata — Directions; wreck Draught greater than or equal to 1068 m: 10% of static draught. 290 Vessels sailing with limited UKC will, as their speed increases, have even narrower margins (sinkage) and Paragraph 9.71 2 line 7 Replace by: significant changes to trim (squat) which will affect their manoeuvrability. ...farther N. A dangerous wreck (345711S 551730W) lies SSW of Punta Negra. And: Uruguay Chart 50 [NP5--No 63--Wk 46/18] Uruguay Notice 5/40/17 [NP5/No.5/Wk.27/17]

Argentina – Río de La Plata — Uruguay -- Montevideo -- Antepuerto — Depth Directions; Canal Punta Indio Sudeste

294 303 Paragraph 9.98 1 line 4 For 12 m Read 11 m Paragraph 9.163 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by:

ENC UY500041 [NP5--No 37--Wk 11/18] Spare 9.163 Uruguay -- Puerto de Montevideo — Prohibited area Argentine Notice 1/26/15 [NP5/No.3/Wk.22/17] 295

Paragraph 9.106 1 line 1 Replace by: Argentina -- Puerto La Plata — Anchorages

1 Prohibited area. An area, marked by light buoys 304 (cardinal), is established and extends about 1¼ miles S of Punta Yeguas (345431S 561874W) (9.211). Paragraph 9.177 Replace by: Navigation within this area is prohibited. 1 There are five designated anchorages: Uruguayan Notice 9/0617/17 [NP5/No.11/Wk.45/17] Naval anchorage (344735S 574881W), reserved for Argentine Navy vessels; West Zone 1 (ZW1) (344397S 575211W), for Uruguay -- Montevideo -- Antepuerto — Depth large cargo vessels; West Zone 2 (ZW2) (34 45 60S 57 52 56W), for 298     small cargo vessels; Paragraph 9.121 1 line 2 For 12 m Read 11 m 2 East Zone 1 (ZE1) (344470S 574785W), for large cargo vessels coming from Argentinian ports; ENC UY500041 [NP5--No 38--Wk 11/18] East Zone 2 (ZE2) (344595S 574755W), for large cargo vessels inbound for Argentinian ports. Cautions. A number of obstructions lie within the Uruguay -- Puerto de Montevideo — Alongside berths; Muelle C above anchorages. 3 Vessels frequently drag anchor during strong winds 298 associated with sudestadas and pamperos (see 1.118). During bad weather high speed craft may operate Paragraph 9.122 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: in this area, crossing the anchorages.

2 Muelle C (34 53 87S 56 11 98W) is 370 m in     BA Chart 1751 [NP5--No 64--Wk 46/18] length with a depth alongside of 105m.

Uruguay Notice 4/36/17 [NP5/No.2/Wk.23/17] Uruguay -- West--north--west of Montevideo — ESSA Uruguay -- Río de La Plata — Under keel clearance 307

300 After Paragraph 9.206 1 line 8 Insert:

Paragraph 9.143 4 lines 7--13 Replace by: 2 Restricted Area. An ESSA has been established Under keel clearance. Vessels sailing in the main from Punta del Canario (345209S 562104W) to channels are required to ensure the following UKC at Punta del Tigre (9.211). The ESSA extends 5 miles all times: from the shoreline. For further information see Draught less than or equal to 1036 m: 06m; Uruguay decree number 55/015. Draught between 1037 and 1067 m: 06 m, adding 15 cm per additional cm of draught; Uruguay Chart 40/18 [NP5--No 61--Wk 39/18]

2--30 NP5

Uruguay -- Bahía de Montevideo to Uruguay -- Río Uruguay -- Puerto De Colonia to Rada de Colonia — Directions Isla Martín García -- Isla Farallón — Directions 318

308 Paragraph 10.21 1 lines 1--10 Replace by:

1 From a position 2 miles SSW of Isla Farallón Paragraph 9.209 5 line(s) 1--8 Replace by: (342909S 575509W) (9.209), the track leads N and NNW, for about 18 miles, to a position WNW of 5 The track then leads to a position about 2 miles Punta Pereira. It follows the routes of four SSWofIslaFarallón(342909S 575509W), which interconnected dredged channels; Paso del Farallón, is rocky and wooded and surrounded by reefs; a Barra de San Pedro, Paso de San Juan and Pozos group of rocks awash lie 4 cables NNE; a light (9.207) de San Juan. The passage through these channels, is exhibited from the islet. which are marked by numbered light buoys (lateral), passes: ENC UY30060 [NP5--No 93--Wk 41/19] ENC UY300060 [NP5--No 95--Wk 41/19]

Uruguay – Río de La Plata – Paso de San Juan and Pozos de San Juan — Directions; Uruguay -- Bahía de Montevideo to emergency anchorage; passing areas Rada de Colonia -- Puerto de Colonia — Directions 319

Paragraph 10.24 1 line 4 Replace by: 309--310 ...stands on a spit on the S shore of the river. An emergency anchorage area (10.33) lies in the vicinity of km 85. Thence: Paragraph 9.220 2--3 Replace by: After Paragraph 10.24 2 line 5 Insert: 2 South--west approaches. From a position in Paso Passing area. A designated passing area, marked del Farallón, about 2 miles SSW of Isla Farallón by light buoys (special), lies adjacent to Pozos de San (9.209), the track leaves the dredged channel and Juan between km 876 and km 93. leads ENE to Canal del Medio (9.217), passing: After Paragraph 10.33 1 line 6 Insert: SSE of a dangerous wreck (342974S 575466W), marked by a light buoy (isolated 2 Emergency anchorage. An emergency anchorage danger), thence: (341817S 580136W) lies to the E of the main NNW of a shoal patch (343054S 575395W). channel in Paso de San Juan. Its E limits are marked 3 The track then leads NNW to a position at the start by light buoys (special) at km 847 and km 857. Two of Canal San Gabriel, passing: vessels, maximum LOA 255 m, can be Clear of a dangerous wreck (342905S accommodated. 575410W), position approximate, thence: WSW of Banco de los Pescadores (9.214). A light Uruguay Notice 12/96/2016 [NP5/No.4/Wk.22/17] buoy (W cardinal) (342902S 575370W) is moored 2½ cables SW of the W extremity of the Uruguay -- Río Uruguay -- Paso de San Juan — bank. Thence: Emergency anchorage ENE of Isla Farallón (9.209), a group of rocks and a 320 dangerous wreck extend 4 cables ESE of the island. After Paragraph 10.35 1 line 9 Insert: The track then leads E through Canal San Gabriel (342865S 575304W), marked by light buoys Canal del Infierno (lateral), passing: 10.35a 1 An emergency anchorage for Canal del Infierno is Paragraph 9.221 1--2 Replace by: located NE of the dredged channel, SSW of Punta Martín Chico (340988S 581254W) (10.49). Depths around 10 m. 1 S of Isla San Gabriel (342842S 575337W), low and covered in brushwood, thence: ENC UY300060 [NP5--No 96--Wk 41/19] SofBajoLaLaja(342837S 575241W). A stranded wreck (34 28 38S 57 52 12W) lies on     Uruguay -- Río Uruguay -- the E part of the bank, which dries. Puerto de Nueva Palmira — Light; berths 2 The track then leads NE, to a point SE of Roca Anita (342839S 575186W); a light buoy (E 326 cardinal) is moored close E of the rock. From this Paragraph 10.88 2 lines 4--9 Replace by: position Puerto Franco 7 cables E, or the anchorage 5 cables NNW, can be approached directly. ...moored 1 cable SW of Muelle Sur Light (white tower, red bands) (335310S 582546W). The bottom in the roadstead W of this danger is rocky. A 135m wreck ENC UY30060 [NP5--No 94--Wk 41/19] (335265S 582592W) lies 4 cables W of Muelle Norte.

2--31 NP5

Paragraph 10.91 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: Argentina -- Río Paraná -- Punta Alvear — Terminals Muelle Sur: total berthing face 530 m; depths of 73m... 337

Uruguay Notice 8/61/2017 [NP5/No.9/Wk.41/17] After Paragraph 10.173 1 Insert:

Punta Alvear Argentina -- Puerto Bunge Ramallo — Directions; name change; new route 10.173a 1 Description. Twoterminalsarelocatedinthe vicinity of Punta Alvear (330289S 603446W) on 335 the W bank of Río Paraná. Both terminals comprise T--shaped jetties extending from the shore. Paragraph 10.166 3 line 1 Replace by: Berths: Muelle Punta Alvear (330284S 603440W) 3 NE of Puerto Bunge Ramallo (10.170). consists of interconnected dolphins with a total The track then divides in to Paso Tonelero passing length of about 315 m. Dry cargo handled. NE of an unnamed island (332263S 600510W), 2 Muelles Villa Gobernador Gálvez (33 02 27S and Paso Isla Nueva, passing SW of the above   60 34 77W) consists of interconnected island; both channels are marked by light buoys   dolphins with a total length of about 340 m. (lateral). Vessels intending to use Paso Isla Nueva, Chemicals and vegetable oils handled. should contact the local port authorities for the latest information. The track then continues to lead generally NW, passing: BA Chart 1329 [NP5--No 65--Wk 47/18]

Correspondance -- Pandi Liquidadores Argentina -- Río Paraná -- [NP5/No.6/Wk.41/17] Puerto Rosario — Berths

337 Argentina -- Puerto Bunge Ramallo — Name change Paragraph 10.174 3 lines 1--13 Replace by:

336 3 Berths. The majority of wharves in the port are state owned; tugs are available. For the heading above 10.170 Puerto Ramallo Read Terminal Granelera (325908S 603700W); two Puerto Bunge Ramallo berths, 250 and 267 m in length. Cereals handled. Terminal 1 (Muelle Nuevo) (325867S 603707W); multipurpose; three berths and Paragraph 10.170 1 line 1 For Puerto Ramallo Read Puerto 570 m of continuous berthing space. Bunge Ramallo Terminal 2 Sur (325809S 603710W); multipurpose; three berths and over 650 m of berthing space. BA Chart 1327 [NP5/No.7/Wk.41/17] Terminal 2 Norte (325776S 603717W); multipurpose; two berths and 350 m of berthing space. Argentina -- Río Parana -- Puerto San Nicolás — Sorrento Wharf (325586S 603886W); 216 m in Anchorages length with dolphins; discharge of fuel for the power station. 336 BA Chart 1329 [NP5--No 66--Wk 47/18] Paragraph 10.171 3 lines 1--2 Replace by:

3 Anchorages. An anchorage is situated in Río Argentina -- Bahía Blanca -- Paraná, about 3 miles down--river from Puerto Nuevo. Puerto Galván — Berths Rada San Nicolás Norte (332007S 601006W), depths from 10 to 21 m. Obstructions lie within the 352 anchorage area at 331988S 601017W and 332070S 600995W, both positions approximate. Paragraph 11.96 1 lines 12--14 Replace by: Rada San Nicolás Sur (332197S 600714W), depths from 7 to 21 m. Obstructions lie within the 2 Muelle de Inflamables, for LPG, chemicals and anchorage area at 332200S 600706W, 332202S POLs. Berth No 1 has a length of 372 m, 600703W and 332196S 600731W, all positions berth No 2 has a length of 368 m and berth approximate. No 3 has a length of 290 m. All three berths have a depth of 122 m alongside. Argentinian Notice 3/43/01--03/18 [NP5--No 40--Wk 13/18] BA Chart 3755 [NP5--No 41--Wk 16/18]

2--32 NP5

Argentina -- Bahía Blanca — Anchorages Argentina -- East coast -- Bahía Blanca — Anchorage; obstruction 353 353 Paragraph 11.98 2 including Existing Section IV Notice Week 16/18 Replace by: Paragraph 11.98 Replace by: 2 Anchorage ‘B’ (390385S 615000W) has depths from 4 to 18 m. An obstruction 1 Five designated anchorages have been established (390437S 614974W) lies in the SE part of as follows: the anchorage, and a lost anchor and cable Anchorage ‘A’ (390517S 614767W); situated lies in position 390386S 615033W. This adjacent to the pilot boarding area (11.61), has anchorage is reserved for vessels over 10 m depths from 6 to 17 m. Areas of foul ground lie in draught waiting to depart from Bahía Blanca. this anchorage. This anchorage is reserved for ArgentinianBulletinNo8 [NP5--No 91--Wk 37/19] vessels over 10 m draught waiting to depart from Bahía Blanca. 2 Anchorage ‘B’ (390385S 615000W), close NP6 South America Pilot Volume 2 (2019 Edition) NW of Anchorage ‘A’ has depths from 4to18m. An obstruction (390437S Chile -- South coast -- Canal Beagle -- 614974W) lies in the SE section of this Punta Waller to Punta Navarro — anchorage. This anchorage is reserved for Directions; shoal vessels over 10 m draught waiting to depart from Bahía Blanca. 179 3 Anchorage ‘C’ (385982S 615274W) has After Paragraph 5.62 1 line 4 Insert: depths from 10 to 21 m. The N limits of this anchorage, and the limits of a manoeuvring SSW of a shoal (545749S 665289W) with a least area extending from its S side, are marked by depth of about 15 m, reported (2019), thence: light buoys (special). A dangerous wreck, After Paragraph 5.63 1 line 4 Insert: marked by No 11.7 Light Buoy (isolated S of a shoal (545749S 665289W) with a least danger) lies between Anchorages ‘C’ and ‘D’. depth of about 15 m, reported (2019), thence: An area of foul ground, position approximate, lies in position 385958S 615355W. UKHO [NP6--No 1--Wk 51/19] 4 Anchorage ‘D’ (385905S 615493W); depths from 11 to 16 m. This anchorage is reserved for loaded oil tankers over 10 m draught NP7 South America Pilot Volume 3 (2018 Edition) waiting to berth at the Punta Ancla or Punta Cigüeña terminals (11.78) and for departing Chile -- Archipiélago de los Chonos -- vessels over 10 m draught unable to cross Canal Pulluche — Directions; shoals Canal del Toro in bad weather. Areas of foul 97 ground, lie in the anchorage. 5 Anchorage ‘E’ (385860S 615650W); depths Paragraph 3.56 1--5 Replace by: from 12 to 19 m. Areas of foul ground, lie in 1 From a position W of Isla Ricardo Light (454943S the anchorage. 742819W) (3.49), the track leads 2½ miles NE, An anchorage (385719S 620165W), depth 18 m, exists midway between the Punta Ancla or passing: Punta Cigüeña terminals (11.78). SE of Islotes Carvallo (454815S 742773W), An anchorage exists midway between Puerto thence: Galván and Puerto Cuatreros (384502S NW of Punta Castillo (454770S 742599W), 622253W), depths from 2 to 6 m. thence: SE of Islote de Lobos (45 47 00S 74 26 16W), from 6 Naval anchorage. Rada de Puerto Belgrano     which a light (white GRP tower with red band and (385640S 620470W) is reserved for use of the wings, 3 m in height) is exhibited. A shoal lies Argentine Navy, but vessels proceeding only to Puerto about 1½ cables S of the light. Belgrano or Puerto Rosales, or in cases of 2 The track then leads ENE for 4 miles to Punta emergency, may anchor in a position 1½ miles SSE of Morro, passing: Punta Cigüeña (11.63), provided notice is given by NNW of Isla Prieto (454732S 742321W), thence: radio and flag signals of vessel’s name, nationality, NNW of Punta Morro (454622S 742004W), from destination and port of departure. which a light (white GRP tower, red band, 3 m in 7 Outer anchorage has been established centred on height) is exhibited, thence: 391796S 613322W bordering the NE side of El Toaposition4½ cables N of Punta Morro. The Rincón entrance channel between No 2 and No 4 track then leads N for about 1 mile, passing: Light Buoys. The anchorage has depths from 12 to 3 W of Bajo Roepke (454520S 741993W), 15 m. An area of foul ground lies in position marked by a light buoy, (preferred channel to 391749S 313452W. port). Deeper water is found by passing W then NW of the buoy, but this route is more tortuous and more affected by currents. Argentinian Chart 249 [NP5--No 42--Wk 16/18] Thence:

2--33 NP7

W of Punta del Bajo (454512S 741937W), Paragraph 6.352 1 Replace by: thence: Clear of a shoal (454495S 741955W) lying NW 1 Pilotage. Compulsory and available 24 hours. The of Punta del Bajo, marked by a light buoy pilot boarding area is about 1¼ miles WNW of Molo (preferred channel to port). Sur Light (333517S 713744W). Vessels must 4 The track then leads ENE for about 1¾ miles until approach the Pilot Waiting Area at a speed not Punta Urizar Light bears 015. exceeding 4 kn. Vessels more than 300 m in length The line of bearing (015) of this light then leads must wait for the pilot 1½ miles W of the breakwater. through the narrow passage, passing: If the state of the weather prevents the pilot leaving WNW of a shoal with a depth of 94m(454373S harbour, vessels of less than 100 m in length may 741720W), thence: enter harbour for embarkation. See ADMIRALTY List WNW of Punta Pangal (454257S 741651W). of Radio Signals Volume 6(7). Thence the track leads E for about 4 miles, passing: After Paragraph 6.352 Insert: 5 S of Punta Urizar (454159S 741652W), from which a light (white GRP tower, red band, 4 m in height) is exhibited, thence: Prohibited areas N of Islotes Los Tres (454242S 741448W), three 6.352a skerries in a triangular shape, thence: 1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within an area N of Isla Barranco (454280S 741139W), to enter lying W of the entrance, bounded by the parallels Canal Utarupa (3.127) or Canal Chacabuco 333450S and 333517S and the meridian (3.59) as necessary. 713900W. Useful mark: Isla Rivero Light (metal framework tower, red and white bands, 6 m in height) (454515S Chilean Notice 9/79/18 [NP7--No 2--Wk 49/18] 742032W).

(Directions continue for Canal Utarupa at 3.129, and for Canal Chacabuco at 3.62) Chile -- Puerto San Antonio — Moorings; berths

Chilean ENC CL3AI095; Chilean Notice 8/65/19 205--206 [NP7--No 48--Wk 37/19] Paragraph 6.359 Replace by: Chile -- North--west of Puerto San Vicente — Directions; buoy Spare 6.359 193 Paragraph 6.360 1--4 Replace by: After Paragraph 6.225 1 line 5 Insert: 1 Molo Sur (33 35 45S 71 37 29W) is 772 m in Clear of a light buoy (ODAS) (363398S     732029W), thence: length with a least depth alongside of 155 m. Details of the berths as follow: Chilean Notice 5/34/19 [NP7--No 40--Wk 22/19] Berth Max Max Principal use No length/beam displacement (tonnes) Chile -- Puerto San Antonio — Berth draught 1363m 149 000 Containers, 484m liquids. 204 2337m 106 000 Containers, 428m liquids. Paragraph 6.348 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: 3253m 46 703 Containers, 1 See 6.360. 322m liquids.

Chilean Notice 9/79/18 [NP7--No 1--Wk 49/18] Maximum draught allowed is 14 m with a UKC of 10% of the minimum sounding for vessels using berth No 1 and 149m withanUKCof06m S ofbittNo18 Chile -- Puerto San Antonio — Prohibited areas; and for berths Nos 2 and 3. outer anchorage; pilotage 2 Muelle Costanera (333545S 713705W) is 700 m in length and has two berths (C1 and C2) with 204--205 depths alongside from 146to150m. Maximum dimensions: length 367 m, beam 482m, Paragraph 6.351 1 Replace by: displacement 163 000 tonnes. Maximum draught: 132 m, with an UKC of 10% of 1 Vessels awaiting entry anchor in 28 m, sand and the minimum sounding (bitt Nos 1 to 11) and 135m, mud, in a circular area centred 1¼ miles W of the with an UKC of 10% of the minimum sounding (bitt head of Molo Sur (333517S 713744W). Nos11to35).

2--34 NP7

3 Terminal Espigón (333520S 713705W) has a Chile -- Guayacán — Directions; leading lights total berthing space of about 560 m with four berths and facilities for containers, general and liquid cargo. 222 Depths alongside from 68 to 12 m. One mooring buoy Paragraph 7.90 1 line(s) 3 For 1125 Read 110 is available for berth No 4. Details of berths as follows: Paragraph 7.90 1 line(s) 5--6 For 295849S 712086W Berth Max Max Notes Read 295850S 712085W No length/beam displacement (tonnes) Paragraph 7.90 2 line(s) 1 For 1125 Read 114 4--5 237 m 55 600 322m Paragraph 7.90 2 line(s) 4 For 295823S Read 6--7 190 or 225 m 45 000 190 m LOA 295824S 322m berthing on port, 225 m Paragraph 7.90 2 line(s) 7 For 037 Read 035 LOA on starboard. Paragraph 7.90 2 line(s) 9 For 295795S Read Maximum draught for berth Nos 4 and 5 is 1139 m 295796S with an UKC of 06 m. Maximum draught for berth Nos 6 and 7 is from 52to77 m with an UKC of Paragraph 7.90 3 line(s) 1 For 029 Read 027 06m. Minimum distance between vessels alongside is Paragraph 7.90 3 line(s) 3 For 295795S Read 20 m. 295796S 4 Muelle Panul (333494S 713713W) – Berth No 8 is a T--shaped pier 77 m in length (186 m with Paragraph 7.90 3 line(s) 7 For 031 Read 029 dolphins) with a depth alongside of 128m. Two mooring buoys are available. Paragraph 7.90 3 line(s) 9--10 For 295794S 712155W Maximum dimensions: length 230 m, beam 323m, Read 295796S 712154W displacement 60 000 tonnes (50 000 tonnes if using the E dolphin). Maximum draught allowed is 11 m (UKC 18m)in ENC CL5CO005 [NP7--No 53--Wk 41/19] waves up to 1 m high and 103m (UKCof25m)in wavesupto2mhigh. Chile -- Coquimbo — Directions; major light 5 Muelle Policarpo Toro (333496S 713732W) – Berth No 9 is 62 m in length with a depth alongside of 223 118 m. Hoses, pipelines, and three buoys are available. After Paragraph 7.106 1 line 11 Insert: Maximum dimensions: length 190 m, beam 322m, Cruz del Tercer Milenio Light (cross on concrete draught 10 m, displacement 30 000 tonnes. tower, 95 m in height) (295713S 712085W).

Chilean Notice 9/79/18 [NP7--No 3--Wk 49/18] Chilean Notice 8/60/19 [NP7--No 51--Wk 37/19]

Chile -- Punta Lengua de Vaca to Punta Tortuga Chile–PuntaLenguadeVacatoPuntaCarrizal– — Directions; major light Coquimbo — Directions; berths 224 220 Paragraph 7.107 3 line 3 For ESE Read clear After Paragraph 7.63 2 line 6 Insert: After Paragraph 7.110 1 line 4 Insert: Cruz del Tercer Milenio Light (295713S 712085W) (7.106). Caution. A dangerous wreck (295684S 711940W) lies close S of anchor berth A. Chilean Notice 8/60/19 [NP7--No 49--Wk 37/19] Chilean Notice 5/33/19 [NP7--No 41--Wk 23/19]

Chile -- Guayacán — Directions; major light Chile -- Punta Tortuga to Punta Totoralillo — Directions; major light 222 224 After Paragraph 7.87 1 line 5 Insert: After Paragraph 7.118 1 line 9 Insert: Cruz del Tercer Milenio Light (295713S Cruz del Tercer Milenio Light (295713S 712085W) (7.106). 712085W) (7.106).

Chilean Notice 8/60/19 [NP7--No 50--Wk 37/19] Chilean Notice 8/60/19 [NP7--No 52--Wk 37/19]

2--35 NP7

Chile -- Bahia Chiquinata -- Punta Gruesa — Chile -- Iquique — Berths Prohibited area 261

258 Paragraph 8.197 1 line(s) 5--8 Replace by: Copec Terminal, with three mooring buoys, After Paragraph 8.159 1 line 4 Insert: maximum length 229 m, maximum draught Prohibited area. Anchoring and fishing is prohibited 1134 m. within an area surrounding Punta Gruesa (202179S Petrobas Terminal, with three mooring buoys, 701094W). maximum length 183 m, maximum draught 124m. Chilean Notice 9/82/18 [NP7--No 4--Wk 49/18] Chilean Notice 6/45/19 [NP7--No 45--Wk 28/19]

Chile -- Bahia Chiquinata -- Punta Gruesa — Chile -- Arica — Anchorages Prohibited area 266

260 After paragraph 8.233 1 line 11 Add:

After Paragraph 8.177 1 line 9 Insert: Two additional anchorages lie closer inshore, in positions 182797S 701991W and 182802S Anchoring is also prohibited within the area 701922W. surrounding Punta Gruesa (see 8.162). ENC CL4TR010 [NP7--No 56--Wk 43/19] Chilean Notice 9/82/18 [NP7--No 5--Wk 49/18] Chile -- Arica — Pilotage 266 Chile -- Iquique — Anchorages Paragraph 8.234 Replace by: 260--261 1 Compulsory. Pilots board in the vicinity of 18 28 00S 70 20 80W and 18 27 37S 70 20 02W. Paragraph 8.187 1--3 Replace by:         See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(7). 1 The bay is open to winds from NW and NE, but Chilean Notice 9/70/19; ENCCL4TR010 these winds seldom occur. It is sheltered from the [NP7--No 54--Wk 42/19] prevailing winds from S and SW, by Península Serrano and the breakwater extending from it. Peru -- Puerto Ilo — Outer anchorages Anchorage may be obtained at five designated 271 anchor berths as follows: Paragraph 9.23 1--3 Replace by: No 1 201188S 700973W. 1 Designated anchorage exists for different classes of No 2 201202S 701007W. vessels. Main areas are as follows: No 3 201230S 701040W. Position Designation Remarks No 4 201280S 701030W. 173769S Tankers 712231W No 5 201335S 701020W. 173686S General cargo 2 Anchorage No 2 also serves as quarantine 712232W vessels anchorage. Anchorage No 3 also serves as explosives 173725S Dangerous anchorage. 712321W cargo vessels Anchorage for fishing vessels is established to the 2 17 36 33S Quarantine S and E of Roca Patilliguaje (8.195).   712321W Chilean Notice 11/86/19 [NP7--No 57--Wk 50/19] 173787S Peruvian Navy Reserved area 712158W Chile -- Iquique — Directions; terminal 173848S Industrial Awreck(173846S 712105W fishing craft 712102W) is 261 situated within this area. A light buoy After Paragraph 8.196 2 Insert: (isolated danger) is moored on the S edge Approaches to Copec Terminal of the area. 8.196a 3 173843S Food stuffs A mooring buoy lies 1 Vessels approach Copec Terminal from the N with 712083W closeNofthearea the assistance of one of the three sets of leading 173608S Cargo Trans-- lights, located in the vicinity of Muelle Naval (8.198), 712233W shipment dependent on the length of vessel. Remaining charted anchorage areas are for fishing Useful marks: craft, small craft and service vessels. Leading lights (201198S 700826W). Peruvian Notices 4/65/19; 4/66/19; 4/67/19; 4/68/19 Chilean Notice 6/45/19 [NP7--No 44--Wk 28/19] [NP7--No 37--Wk 22/19]

2--36 NP7

Peru -- Matarani — Outer anchorages; directions No Position Designation Remarks 275 5 8120057S Tankers Oil and A stranded 771132W Gas and wreck, Paragraph 9.65 1 line(s) 6--7 For 170026S 720719W hazardous surrounded by Read 165880S 720780W cargoes arestricted area radius 165 m marked Paragraph 9.70 1 line(s) 9 Replace by: by an isolated …clear of… danger buoy, and a Peruvian Notices 4/63/19; 4/64/19 dangerous [NP7--No 38--Wk 22/19] wreck lie in the E part 6 9120210S Pilot waiting Peru -- San Juan — Anchorage 771090W area 279 10 120100S Vessels 770890W awaiting After Paragraph 9.101 1 line 6 Insert: disposal A naval anchorage is centred on 152035S 11 115948S Security, 77 12 07W Provisioning 750985W.   and Quarantine Peruvian Notice 1/14/19 [NP7--No 24--Wk 09/19] 7 12 120124S Fuel loading/ A dangerous 771292W unloading and wreck lies near lightening thecentreof Peru -- Callao – Ensenada de Chorrillos — the area Anchorage A120391S Yacht Club 291 770995W B120375S Recreational After Paragraph 9.218 4 line 3 Insert: 770996W Vessels A naval anchorage lies at 120883S 770256W. 8 C120384S La Punta Yacht 770982W Club Peruvian Notice 9/93/18 [NP7--No 6--Wk 49/18] A120373S Marine School 770973W B120365S Hydrographic Three wrecks Peru -- Callao — Anchorages 770950W Vessels and two 291--292 mooring buoys lie in the area Paragraph 9.215 Replace by: 9 A120328S Fishing Vessels 770929W 1 Designated anchorages exist, for different classes of vessels, centred as follows: B 120340S Harbour 770922W Vessels No Position Designation Remarks C120349S Tour Vessels 1120153S Merchant 770918W 771151W vessels D120377S Small Craft 2120151S Fishing, Mining, A wreck lies in 770927W 771009W Factory Vessels S part 2 3120233S Fishing vessels Three Peruvian Notice 9/82/18 [NP7--No 7--Wk 49/18] 770949W dangerous wrecks lie in the Peru – Puerto Chancay — Anchorages area 299 4120176S Harbour vessels After Paragraph 10.28 1 line 4 Insert: 770942W 5120074S Laid up vessels Outer Anchorages exist for different classes of 770998W vessel in designated anchorages as follows: Merchant vessels (11 34 37S 77 17 37W) in 3 6A 115949S Fishing vessels A submarine     770867W pipleine is laid depths of about 20 m, on the S border 2 Vessels awaiting a Pilot (113445S 771696W) in depths of about 16 m, 6B 120018S Fishing vessels Small craft and fishing vessels over 30 gt 770912W (113430S 771689W) in depths of 12 to 15 m, 4 7115948S Nuclear Small craft and fishing vessels under 30 gt 771060W powered (113500S 771642W) in depths of about 5 m. vessels and any 3 The merchant vessel and the vessels awaiting a vessel carrying Pilot anchorages lie close to the prohibited anchorage or holding radioactive area below. material Peruvian Notice 9/77/18 [NP7--No 8--Wk 49/18]

2--37 NP7

Peru – Puerto Chancay — Berths Peru – North--west coast – Chimbote — Berths; anchorage

300 305

Paragraph 10.92 1 including existing Section IV Notice Paragraph 10.31 1 line 9 Replace by: Week 05/19 Replace by:

1 Anchorage exists for different classes of vessels in The pier is damaged and is no longer in use. designated areas as follows: Anchorage Position Designation Peruvian Notice 9/76/18 [NP7--No 9--Wk 49/18] No 1 90467S 783616W Small craft No 2 90500S 783662W Leisure craft Peru -- Puerto Huacho — Outer anchorage No 3 90502S 783622W Fishing vessels <20gt

300 No 4 90512S 783597W Fishing vessels < 110 gt 9 05 30S 78 35 34W Fishing vessels Paragraph 10.35 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: No 5     <800gt

1 Outer anchorage may be obtained, in an area No 6 90595S 783475W Fishing vessels centredon110651S 773775W, in depths of 16 to >800gt 18 m. Vessels awaiting a pilot may anchor in an area 90668S 783600W Merchant centredon110691S 773719W. vessels No 8 90630S 783600W Hazardous Peruvian Notice 8/59/18 and 8/60/18 cargo [NP7--No 10--Wk 51/18] No 9 90817S 783644W Vessels under repair No 10 90855S 783640W Quarantine Peru -- Chimbote — Anchorages No 11 90814S 783573W Lightening operations 305 No 14 90851S 783503W Peruvian Navy

Paragraph 10.92 1 Replace by: Peruvian Notice 2/035/19 [NP7--No 26--Wk 13/19]

1 Anchorage exists for different classes of vessels in Peru -- Chimbote — Anchorages designated areas as follows: 305 Anchorage Position Designation No 1 90467S 783616W Small craft Paragraph 10.92 2 lines 1--2 Replace by: No 2 90500S 783662W Leisure craft 2 Two anchorage areas for laid up vessels are also established NW of Muelle No 1 (10.93). No 3 90502S 783622W Fishing vessels <20gt Offshore oil terminals are situated in the following positions: No 4 90512S 783597W Fishing vessels < 110 gt Peruvian Notices 12/142; 143; 144; 145/18 No 5 90530S 783534W Fishing vessels [NP7--No 20b--Wk 05/19] <800gt No 6 90595S 783475W Fishing vessels Peru -- Bahía Coishco — Anchorages >800gt 307 No 8 90630S 783600W Hazardous cargo Paragraph 10.109 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:

No 9 90817S 783644W Vessels under 1 Anchorages. Two anchorage areas are established repair in the bay: No 10 90855S 783640W Quarantine Fishing vessels less than 1000 gt (90088S No 11 90814S 783573W Lightening 783833W); operations Fishing vessels less than 50 gt (90103S 783811W). No 14 90851S 783503W Peruvian Navy Moorings. Five mooring buoys are moored in the SE part of the bay.

Peruvian Notices 12/142; 143; 144; 145/18 Peruvian Notices 12/142; 143; 144; 145/18 [NP7--No 20a--Wk 05/19] [NP7--No 21--Wk 05/19]

2--38 NP7

Peru – Salaverry — Peru -- North--west coast -- Pimentel -- Arrival information; outer anchorages San José — Anchorages

308 314

Paragraph 10.119 1 line(s) 6--7 For 81348S 790033W Paragraph 10.183 3 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: Read 81345S 790040W 3 Anchorage may be obtained in a designated area, centredon65290S 795610W, in depths of around Paragraph 10.119 2 line(s) 1--2 For 81399S 790033W 5 to 7 m, coarse sand. It is... Read 81255S 790100W Peruvian Notice 2/32(4)/19 [NP7--No 30--Wk 13/19] Paragraph 10.119 2 line(s) 5--6 Replace by:

81400S Peruvian Navy vessels Peru – Caleta Tierra Colorada — Anchorage 79 00 35W   317 81447S Quarantine 790042W Paragraph 10.210 2 line(s) 6 Replace by: ...50415S 810863W, in depths from about 18 to Peruvian Notices 3/51; 52/19 [NP7--No 33--Wk 18/19] 27 m,...

Peru – North--west coast – Peruvian Notices 3/40; 41/19 [NP7--No 34--Wk 18/19] Eten Offshore Terminal — Arrival information; anchorage Peru – Paita — Arrival information; outer anchorages 313 317 Paragraph 10.170 1 line(s) 3--5 Replace by: Paragraph 10.217 2 line(s) 11--12 Replace by: Outer anchorages. A designated anchorage area, with depths of around 6 to 9 m, is centred on 50400S Fishing vessels 65575S 795293W. 810735W Anchorage may also be obtained about 9 cables W of Punta Eten (65688S 795202W) in charted depths Peruvian Notices 3/40; 41/19 [NP7--No 35--Wk 18/19] of around 12 m.

Peruvian Notice 2/032(2)/19 [NP7--No 27--Wk 13/19] Peru -- North--west coast --Talara — Outer anchorages

Peru – North--west coast – Pimentel — 321 Arrival information; anchorage Paragraph 10.250 2 line(s) 3--4 Replace by: 313 43200S Barges and Paragraph 10.176 1 line(s) 3--6 Replace by: 811765W tankers Outer anchorages exist, for different classes of 43408S Other vessels vessels, in designated areas as follows: 811713W Position Designation 65125S Vessels transferring hydrocarbons Peruvian Notice 2/30(9)/19 [NP7--No 31--Wk 13/19] 795775W 65007S Vessels of the Peruvian Navy Peru -- Puerto Zorritos — Anchorage 795853W 324 64990S Immobilised vessels 795730W After Paragraph 10.288 2 line 7 Insert: A naval anchorage is centred on 33821S Peruvian Notice 2/032(1 and 5)/19 803951W. [NP7--No 28--Wk 13/19] Peruvian Notice 1/5/19 [NP7--No 25--Wk 09/19] Peru – North--west coast – Santa Rosa — Anchorage Ecuador -- Guayaquil — Vertical clearance

314 332

Paragraph 10.182 2 line(s) 5 and 6 Replace by: Paragraph 11.62 1 line 5 Replace by: Anchorage may be obtained in a designated area, ...deeper water of the river. Vertical clearance when the centredon65290S 795610W, in depths of around bridge is closed is 14 m. The W part of the bridge has 7to8m. collapsed (2018).

Peruvian Notice 2/032(3)/2019 [NP7--No 29--Wk 13/19] Ecuador Chart 1072 [NP7--No 17--Wk 02/19]

2--39 NP7

Ecuador -- Guayaquil — Horizontal clearance Ecuador -- Monteverde — Pilotage; anchorages; berths 332 342

After Paragraph 11.62 2 line 9 Insert: Paragraph 11.154 Replace by: 1 General information. Monteverde (20328S 804410W) is situated 15 miles NE of La Libertad. Horizontal clearance There is a jetty extending W from the town and a 11.62a LPG terminal close S. 1 Puente Santay (21307S 795299W) has a Pilotage. Pilot embarks/disembarks in the horizontal clearance of 53 m for the bascule section appropriate TSS lane. and 65 m for the fixed section. 2 Directions. The port is approached from W through Puente Rafael Mendoza Aviléz (2 09 50S   a TSS, which is not IMO--adopted. 795130W) has a horizontal clearance of 75 m. Useful marks: Church (20341S 804405W). Ecuadorian Chart 10720 [NP7--No 18--Wk 02/19] Tanks (20409S 804412W). Chimney (20463S 804371W). Anchorage is prohibited within the turning area in Ecuador -- Guayaquil — Berths the vicinity of the head of Muelle GLP. 3 Berths. Muelle de Inpeca (20327S 804425W) 335--336 extends W from the shore. A dangerous wreck lies 1 cable SW of the head of the jetty. Muelle GLP Paragraph 11.86 Replace by: (20397S 804498W) has two berths. North Berth is 42 m in length (310 m including dolphins), reported 1 QC Terminales Ecuador (21463S 795282W); depth alongside 24 m, and can handle LPG vessels 90 m in length; maximum LOA 176 m. Handling up to 75 000 dwt. chemicals and dirty products. Ecuadorian Chart 10512/18 [NP7--No 15--Wk 02/19] Ecuagran Pier (21456S 795288W); 108 m in length; maximum LOA 200 m. Ecuabulk S.A. Pier (21404S 795309W); Ecuador – Manta — Directions; light maximum LOA 180 m; length of flat side 105 m. 343 Handling clean products. 2 Industrial Molinera (21310S 795313W); 90 m After Paragraph 11.168 1 line 8 Insert: in length. Handling grains. Punta Jome Light (05745S 804973W) (11.151). Muelle Municipal (21365S 795315W); 200 m in length. Handling dry cargo. ENC EC300104/18 [NP7--No 13--Wk 51/18] Timsa (21422S 795304W); 176 m in length; maximum LOA 200 m. Ecuador – Manta — Directions; light

Ecuadorian Chart 10720 [NP7--No 19--Wk 02/19] 343

After Paragraph 11.179 1 line 3 Insert: Ecuador – Manta — Directions; light Punta Jome Light (05745S 804973W) (11.151). ENC EC300104/18 [NP7--No 14--Wk 51/18] 341 Ecuador -- Esmeraldas — After Paragraph 11.151 3 line 3 Insert: Anchorage; pilotage; traffic regulations

Punta Jome Light (white round concrete tower, black 346 diagonal stripes, 7 m in height) (05745S Paragraph 11.200 1 Replace by: 804973W). 1 Designated anchorages exist: ENC EC300104/18 [NP7--No 11--Wk 51/18] Quarantine anchorage (10387N 794508W). Pilot waiting area (10334N 794258W). Anchorage Latitude Longitude Remarks Ecuador – Manta — Directions; light A10183N 794000W Handysize tankers 342 B10163N 794042W Handysize tankers Paragraph 11.152 6 lines 4--5 Replace by: C10150N 794123W Handysize ...Punta Jome Light (11.151) is... tankers D10200N 794132W Handysize ENC EC300104/18 [NP7--No 12--Wk 51/18] tankers

2--40 NP7

Anchorage Latitude Longitude Remarks Anchorage Latitude Longitude Remarks E10250N 794150W Handysize R10250N 794400W Aframax tankers and Suezmax F10250N 794200W Handysize tankers tankers S10250N 794475W VLCC and G10250N 794271W Tankers Suezmax H10250N 794300W Aframax tankers tankers V10250N 794550W VLCC and Q10250N 794350W Aframax Suezmax and tankers Suezmax 1102 00N 79 46 00W Tankers tankers     R10250N 794400W Aframax GB Chart 2799 [NP7--No 32--Wk 16/19] and Suezmax Ecuador -- Esmeraldas — tankers Anchorage; pilotage; traffic regulations S10250N 794475W VLCC and Suezmax 346 tankers Paragraph 11.201 1--2 Replace by: V102 50N 79 45 50W VLCC and     1 Compulsory, and available 24 hours. Pilot boards in Suezmax the waiting area (11.200). tankers Z10095N 794017W Paragraph 11.202 1 Replace by: 110200N 794600W Tankers 1 Restricted area established around the Balao Terminal Area. It should not be entered without a pilot. Prohibited anchorages. Anchorage is prohibited Ecuadorian Chart 1001 [NP7--No 22a--Wk 08/19] within an area S and SE of Balao Terminal; about 8 cables on each side of a submarine pipeline extending NW from Balao (11.195). Ecuador -- Esmeraldas — Anchorages Ecuadorian Chart 1001 [NP7--No 22b--Wk 08/19]

346 Ecuador -- Esmeraldas — Directions; buoy

Paragraph 11.200 1 including Existing Section IV Notice 347 Week 08/19 Replace by: Paragraph 11.209 3 line 7 For WSW Read ENE 1 Designated anchorages exist: Quarantine anchorage (10387N 794508W). Ecuadorian Chart 100100/18 [NP7--No 16--Wk 02/19] Pilot waiting area (10334N 794258W). Anchorage Latitude Longitude Remarks Ecuador -- Approaches to Esmeraldas — Directions A10183N 794000W Handysize tankers 347

B10163N 794042W Handysize Paragraph 11.209 1--6 including existing Section IV Notice tankers Week 02/19 Replace by:

C10150N 794123W Handysize 1 Leading Lights E1 and E2: tankers Front light (metal structure with orange daymark, 9 m D10200N 794132W Handysize in height) (05739N 793793W). tankers Rear light (concrete structure with orange daymark, 8 m in height) (300 m from front light). E10250N 794150W Handysize tankers From a position N of Esmeraldas, the alignment (168) of these lights leads SSE, through the entrance F10250N 794200W Handysize channel marked by light buoys and a light beacon, tankers passing: G10250N 794271W Tankers 2 Close WSW of a shoal, marked by No 1 Light Buoy (port hand) (10073N 793843W), and: H10250N 794300W Aframax ENE of two rocky shoals, barely visible at LW, tankers marked by No 2 Light Buoy (starboard hand) Q10250N 794350W Aframax (10070N 793931W) moored close E, thence: and Close ENE of the shoal area extending N from the Suezmax coast, marked by No 4 Light Buoy (10012N tankers 793880W), thence:

2--41 NP7

3 WSW of No 3 Light Beacon (green metal post, Colombia -- West coast -- 3 m in height) (05983N 793804W), thence: Buenaventura — Restricted area ENE of the shoals surrounding the head of the breakwater, marked by a light buoy (E cardinal). 355 4 Leading Lights E3 and E4: After Paragraph 12.54 1 line(s) 8 Insert: Front light (white structure, orange daymark, 9 m in height) (0 59 27N 79 39 56W).     Traffic regulations Rear light (similar structure) (5 cables from front 12.54a light). 1 Restricted area. A restricted area encloses the The alignment (250) of these lights leads WSW for naval base (35401N 770382W) on the N side of about 5 cables, passing S of the head of the Estero Aguacate (12.63). breakwater from which a light (red concrete tower, white top, 6 m in height) is exhibited. Thence into the Colombian Notice 90/19 [NP7--No 36--Wk 21/19] commercial harbour basin. 5 Useful mark: Punta Este (11.222), a small plateau 60 m high, bare Colombia -- West coast -- Bahía de Buenaventura of vegetation. — Inner anchorages Caution. The buoyage in the area is unreliable; 356 strong river currents may drag buoys from their charted positions. Paragraph 12.65 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: Ecuadorian Charts 1001; 100100 1 Designated inner anchorages are as follows: [NP7--No 23--Wk 08/19] No Position Remarks CP01--G 34904N 771140W Depths from Colombia -- Cabo Manglares — 8to13m Marine reserve; prohibited area CP01--F 34962N 770930W Depths from 348 8to12m

After Paragraph 11.220 1 line 3 Insert: CP01--E 35050N 770834W Depths from 7to8m Prohibited area 2 CP01--D 35092N 770732W Depths from 11.220a 6to9m 1 The Cabo Manglares National Integrated CP01--C 35163N 770620W Depths from Management District is a marine reserve established 7to12m to protect the species and nesting beaches within the CP01--B 3 52 53N 77 05 45W Depths from vicinity of Cabo Manglares (13890N 785992W).     5to9m Within the reserve, industrial or mineral exploration and development is prohibited. CP01--A 35328N 770527W Depths from 6to12m Colombian Government Resolution 2299/17 [NP7--No 55--Wk 42/19] NAVAREA XII 334/19(22); GB Chart 2318 [NP7--No 47--Wk 36/19] Colombia -- West coast -- Bahía de Buenaventura — Outer anchorages; wreck Colombia -- Buenaventura -- Bahía de Málaga — Light buoy 355 357 Paragraph 12.53 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 12.82 2 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: 1 Designated outer anchorages are as follows: No Position Remarks 2 Route. From a position WSW of Bahía de Málaga CP01--K 34418N 771935W Explosives; Light Buoy (35476N 772592W) off Bahía de depths from Málaga, the route leads E and NE, for about 12 miles 13 to 19 m to a position S of a naval base (35847N 77 19 51W), S of Punta Alta. CP01--J 34523N 771956W Quarantine;   Depths from ENC CO300306 [NP7--No 42--Wk 25/19] 10 to 19 m 2 CP01--I 34610N 771958W Depths from 11 to 20 m Colombia -- Buenaventura -- Bahía de Málaga — Directions; light buoy CP01--H 34935N 771980W Depths from 10 to 16 m 357 Caution. A dangerous wreck (34927N Paragraph 12.83 1 line(s) 7 For (35398N 772598W) 771961W) lies within Anchorage CP01--H. Read (35476N 772592W) NAVAREA XII 334/19(22); GB Chart 2318 [NP7--No 46--Wk 36/19] ENC CO300306 [NP7--No 43--Wk 25/19]

2--42 NP7

Panamá -- Gulf of Panamá -- Balboa — Guyana -- Georgetown -- Cruise terminal Approach to Demerara River — Depth

365 79

After Paragraph 13.38 2 line 6 Insert: Paragraph 2.158 1 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: ...to change. A channel, partially dredged to a depth of Development about 50 m, leads through the mudflat and bar... 13.38a 1 A cruise terminal (85515N 793110W) is under GB Chart 519 [NP7A--No 28--Wk 17/19] construction (2019) on Isla Perico (13.43). When completed, it will consist of a pier with two berths Guyana -- Georgetown -- protected by a breakwater to the E, extending NNE Demerara River — Pilotage from an area of reclaimed land on the NE coast of the island. Planned depth alongside will be 113m. 79 2 The pier will be approached from the SE along a Paragraph 2.163 1 line(s) 2--3 Replace by: channel with a planned depth of 123m andmarked by light buoys (lateral), to a turning circle to the N of The pilot boards at 65697N 580355W, in the vicinity of the pier. A light buoy (safe water) will mark entry to the Fairway Light Buoy (2.161). the channel. ENC GB400533 [NP7A--No 29--Wk 17/19] Panama Amador Port Operations [NP7--No 39--Wk 22/19] Guyana -- Georgetown -- Approach to Demerara River — Directions; pilotage; wrecks

NP7A South America Pilot Volume 4 81--82 (2018 Edition) Paragraph 2.172 2 line(s) 1--2 Replace by:

2 SE of the pilot boarding area (65697N Brazil -- North coast -- Cabo Orange — 580355W) at the SW end of the Directions; light quarantine...

Paragraph 2.172 6 line(s) 1--11 Replace by: 59 6 For vessels bound for the berths above the pontoon Paragraph 2.10 1 including heading Replace by: bridge (2.159), the track continues S until within about 1 mile of the bridge, keeping clear of several Spare obstructions and wrecks within the channel. Thence 2.10 the track leads SSW under the bridge. (Directions continue for Linden at 2.181) Paragraph 2.11 2 lines 1--2 Replace by: GB Chart 519; ENC GB400533 2 NE of Cabo Orange (42644N 513182W). [NP7A--No 30--Wk 17/19] The cape is...

Brazilian Notice 15/157(P)/19 [NP7A--No 42--Wk 40/19] Guyana -- Georgetown — Anchorages; caution 82 Suriname -- Approaches to Suriname River — Ship to ship transfer areas Paragraph 2.173 1 line(s) 2--4 Replace by: ...anchor berths, designated A to E. They have a least 68 depth of 6 m and good holding ground of soft mud. Caution. There are a number of wrecks and After Paragraph 2.78 1 line 4 Insert: obstructions within the vicinity of the anchorages.

Ship to ship transfers GB Chart 519 [NP7A--No 31--Wk 17/19] 2.78a 1 STS operations may be carried out at designated Guyana -- Essequibo River — Directions; wreck locations, as follows; 84 Name Draught Position centred on After Paragraph 2.200 2 line 6 Insert: C8morless61152N 551983W D10morless61188N 551983W SE of a dangerous wreck (70237N 581157W) marked by a buoy (isolated danger), thence:

Suriname Notice 23/2019P [NP7A--No 32--Wk 18/19] Guyanan Notice 79/19 [NP7A--No 43--Wk 44/19]

2--43 NP7A

Guyana -- Essequibo River entrance — Venezuela -- Boca Grande -- South Channel — Directions; wreck Controlling depths

85 95

After Paragraph 2.200 4 line(s) 2 Insert: Paragraph 3.14 1--2 Replace by: 1 The South Channel is maintained at a depth of NW of a dangerous wreck (65446N 582220W), and: 98 m (2018). The daily bulletin of authorised draughts, published in Spanish and English by Puerto Ordaz Paragraph 2.200 4 line(s) 7 For 65446N 582221W Port Authority, should be consulted for navigation in Read 65404N 582222W Río Orinoco. This maximum draught is subject to the draught assigned to a vessel on its maximum fresh GB Chart 527/19 [NP7A--No 27--Wk 16/19] water loadline. Low river season is December to May. ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 4--Wk 51/18] Guyana -- Waini River — Directions; wreck Venezuela -- Boca Grande -- South Channel — 90 Directions; wreck; light buoy Paragraph 2.234 2 line 5 Replace by: 95

...(red and yellow stripes). Paragraph 3.19 1 lines 1--10 Replace by: A dangerous wreck (82690N 594842W) reported (2018). 1 From the vicinity of 90600N 600000W, the track leads SW, passing: UKHO [NP7A--No 18--Wk 01/19] NW of a dangerous wreck (85689N 600791W), position approximate, thence: Venezuela -- Boca Grande -- NW of Delta del Orinoco Light Buoy (safe water) South Channel — Light buoy (85677N 600946W), thence: Paragraph 3.19 2 line 1 Replace by: 93 2 The track then leads to the precautionary area and Paragraph 3.3 1 line 4 Replace by: through the dredged channel,...... New Barima Channel, starting within the precautionary ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 5--Wk 51/18] area (85565N 601200W); the pilot boards by helicopter. Venezuela -- Río Grande -- San Felix — Paragraph 3.3 2 line 9 Replace by: Directions; leading lights ...least 1 mile seaward of the precautionary area or ‘EO’ 98 Light... Paragraph 3.31 1 lines 3--8 Replace by: Paragraph 3.3 3 lines 4--5 Replace by: ...Puerto de Palúa (3.39) and Puerto Ordaz (3.45). ...(3.19), on VHF Channel 16 of the time of entering the ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 6--Wk 51/18] precautionary area and of the ETA off the pilot station, giving... Venezuela -- Río Orinoco — Anchorages ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 1--Wk 51/18] 98

Venezuela -- Boca Grande -- Paragraph 3.33 1 including heading Replace by: South Channel — Light buoy Punta Ibacuajarina 94 3.33 1 Anchorage can be obtained within an area centred Paragraph 3.10 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: on 83635N 604557W, 2¼ miles W of Punta Ibacuajarina (3.27). 1 Punta Barima (83566N 602546W) 52 27 Isla Pagayos ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 2--Wk 51/18] 3.33a 1 Anchorage may be obtained within a designated area centred on 82982N 610496W, 4½ miles Venezuela -- Boca Grande -- South Channel — Light buoy; precautionary area WSW of Isla Pagayos (3.27). Depths from 17 to 21 m. Isla Portuguesa 94 3.33b 1 Anchorage may be obtained within a designated Paragraph 3.11 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: area centred on 83626N 614460W, 3 miles E of ...to the vicinity of the precautionary area (85565N Isla Portuguesa (3.28). Depths from 21 to 27 m. 601200W), thence through a dredged channel,... ENC VE400707;VE400710;VE400715;VE400718/18 ENC VE400701/18 [NP7A--No 3--Wk 51/18] [NP7A--No 7--Wk 51/18]

2--44 NP7A

Venezuela -- Río Orinoco -- Trinidad and Tobago -- Gulf of Paria -- PuntadePiedra—Anchorage Chaguaramas bay — Pilotage 98 116 Paragraph 3.34 1 Replace by: Paragraph 4.94 2 Replace by: 1 Anchorage can be obtained within an area 2 Pilotage. For commercial vessels pilotage is (83578N 621494W) near the NW bank of the river, compulsory. Pilots board at 103900N 613850W, 1 mile NNE of Punta Cabrian (83480N 621548W), SW of Cronstadt Island. Pilots are provided by Port of in depths of 10 to 30 m. Spain. For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio ENC VE400719/18 [NP7A--No 8--Wk 51/18] Signals Volume 6(7). Trinidad and Tobago Notice 33/19 Venezuela -- Río Orinoco -- [NP7A--No 26--Wk 11/19] Los Castillos — Anchorage

98 Venezuela--GulfofParia-- Puerto de Guiria — Anchorages Paragraph 3.35 1 Replace by:

1 Anchorage can be obtained within an area 129 (83160N 622305W) near the SE bank of the river Paragraph 4.218 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: 1½ miles NE of Los Castillos (3.29) in depths of 12 to 26 m. 1 Outer anchorage. Vessels may obtain anchorage in two designated areas: ENC VE400720/18 [NP7A--No 9--Wk 51/18] Anchorage Alpha (103000N 621500W) with depths of about 15 m, in mud; Venezuela -- Río Orinoco -- Anchorage Bravo (103500N 621150W), with San Félix — Anchorages depths from 11 to 15 m, good holding in mud.

98 Venezuelan ENC VE300600 [NP7A--No 22--Wk 09/19] Paragraph 3.36 1 Replace by: Venezuela -- Cumaná — Directions; light 1 Anchorage can be obtained within two areas centred on 82435N 623860W and 82343N 154 623935W, about 5 miles SW of Punta Aramaya (3.29). Vessels anchor here if waiting to berth Paragraph 5.92 1 lines 6--7 Replace by: alongside at San Félix (3.38), Puerto de Palúa (3.39) or Puerto Ordaz (3.45). Cumaná Landfall Light (102808N 641151W) (5.106). ENC VE400723/18 [NP7A--No 10--Wk 51/18] Venezuelan Notice 63/19 [NP7A--No 44--Wk 47/19]

Venezuela--RíoOrinoco--SanFélix— Directions; leading light Venezuela -- Cumaná — Directions; light

98 155

Paragraph 3.39 2 Replace by: Paragraph 5.100 2 lines 4--5 Replace by: 2 Directions for entering harbour. The terminal is Cumaná Landfall Light (102808N 641151W) accessed via the channel described at 3.31. An (5.106). approach channel then leads S off the main channel to the berth; a light (green post) (82190N Paragraph 5.106 1 lines 8--10 Replace by: 624160W) is exhibited from the loading wharf. Cumaná Landfall Light (orange GRP tower on white building, 20 m in height) (102808N ENC VE400723/18 [NP7A--No 11--Wk 51/18] 641151W).

Venezuela -- Río Orinoco -- Venezuelan Notice 63/19 [NP7A--No 45--Wk 47/19] Puerto Matanzas — Anchorage 99 Venezuela -- Cumaná — Directions; light

Paragraph 3.51 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: 156 1 Anchorage. Vessels awaiting a berth may anchor Paragraph 5.113 2 lines 6--7 Replace by: in a designated area (81995N 624842W) N of Punta Cuchillo (3.30), or in a designated area Cumaná Landfall Light (102808N 641151W) (81695N 625166W) W of the berth. (5.106).

ENC VE400724/18 [NP7A--No 12--Wk 51/18] Venezuelan Notice 63/19 [NP7A--No 46--Wk 47/19]

2--45 NP7A

Venezuela -- Bahía de Pozuelos — Directions ENE of the spit extending N from Morro de Barcelona, thence: 160 Clear of a stranded wreck (101330N 644000W), thence: Paragraph 5.134 2 line 9 Delete 2 Clear of a dangerous wreck (101311N 643946W), marked by a light buoy (isolated Paragraph 5.134 3 Replace by: danger), thence: WSW of an obstruction (101325N 643885W), 3 The track then continues to lead SSE to a position marked by a light buoy (N cardinal). about 1¾ miles NNE of the N extremity of Morro de Thence the course can be altered as required to Barcelona (101270N 644256W), rocky and approach the berth. covered with dense cactus. A tank stands on the summit and a light buoy (N cardinal) (101387N BA Chart 230 [NP7A--No 24--Wk 09/19] 644232W) marks the extremity of the bank which extends N from Morro de Barcelona. Venezuela -- Bahía de Barcelona -- Puerto Jose — Pilotage (Directions are given for Los Cocos at 5.138a) Thence the track leads E to a position S of Punta 162 Baregán (101534N 643847W), passing N of a light buoy (isolated danger) (101494N 643895W). Paragraph 5.150 4 lines 4--9 Replace by: 4 Useful marks: ...daylight and in wind speeds of less than force 7. Pilots Islas Los Borrachitos Light (orange six--sided GRP board in the following positions: tower, white band, 6 m in height) (10 15 14N   100935N 645005W; 64 45 66W).   100880N 645150W; Several silos (10 14 76N 64 33 34W) at the cement     100760N 645045W. terminal on the E side of Bahía de Pertigalete. BA Chart 230 [NP7A--No 25--Wk 09/19] (Directions are given for Bahía de Guanta at 5.136, and for Bahía de Pertigalete at 5.138) Venezuela – Bahía de Amuay — Anchorage

BA Chart 230 [NP7A--No 23--Wk 09/19] 221 Paragraph 8.32 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: Venezuela -- Puerto La Cruz -- 2 Stores anchorage. Anchorage D (11 43 20N Bahía de Bergantín — Directions   701535W), SW of Punta Adaro, is available for 160 vessels taking on provisions, lubricating oils and fresh water. Paragraph 5.135 4 line(s) 1--11 Replace by: Caution. Submarine cables lie within Anchorage D and the adjacent area. 4 SW of Punta Bergantín (101503N 643767W), and: Venezuelan Notice 49/18 [NP7A--No 13--Wk 51/18] NE of Isla Burro (101475N 643796W), avoiding shoals which extend NE and E from the island, Colombia -- North coast -- and, thence: Puerto Bolivar — Pilotage; buoyage SW of a shoal area (101490N 643768W), thence: 242 SW of a light buoy (port hand) (101476N 643745W) which marks an area of obstructions. Paragraph 9.16 1 Replace by: The track then leads directly to the berths. 1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot usually boards Departure. It is reported that all vessels leaving from a tug in position 121850N 715970W. For Bahía de Bergantín exit via the channel NE of Isla further details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Burro. Volume 6(7).

Venezuelan ENC VE500406 [NP7A--No 41--Wk 37/19] Colombian Notice 117/19 [NP7A--No 34--Wk 27/19]

Venezuela -- Bahía de Pozuelos -- Colombia -- North coast -- Puerto Bolivar — Los Cocos — Directions Directions; light buoy

161 242

After Paragraph 5.138 2 line 5 Insert: Paragraph 9.22 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: 1 From a position about 8 miles NW of Punta Coco Los Cocos (9.9) the track leads SE to a position 2½ miles NW of 5.138a Punta Coco. 1 From a position about 1¾ miles NNE of the N Leading lights: extremity of Morro de Barcelona (101270N 644256W), the track leads SSE, passing: Colombian Notice 117/19 [NP7A--No 35--Wk 27/19]

2--46 NP7A

Colombia -- North coast -- Puerto Barranquilla -- Colombia -- North coast -- Golfo de Morrosquillo Terminal Maritimo — Directions; leading lights — Directions; track

252 263 After Paragraph 9.154 1 line 2 Insert: Paragraph 9.91 1--3 Replace by: NNE of an ODAS light buoy (special) (93840N 1 From the position 2¾ cables NNW of E6 front light 760978W), thence: (9.90), the track leads SE for 1¼ miles, on the line of bearing (3222), astern, of E4 Directional Light Colombian Notice 285/18 [NP7A--No 21--Wk 03/19] (orange framework tower with white bands) (110422N 745081W), and in the white sector Colombia -- Golfo de Urabá -- (1415-- 1 4 2 5), ahead, of E18 Light (white framework Outer part — Directions; light tower with red bands) (110259N 744953W). 2 Thence the channel continues in the white sector 266 (3020-- 3 0 2 5), astern, of E14 Light (white rectangle, Paragraph 9.181 1 line(s) 8 Delete red stripe, on white framework tower) (110337N 745044W) and in the white sector (1215-- 1 2 2 5), ahead, of E7 Light (metal framework tower) Colombian ENC CO300024 [NP7A--No 38--Wk 33/19] (110061N 744601W), to a position about 4¼ cables WNW of E7 Light, passing: Colombia -- Golfo de Urabá -- SSW of anchorages 1, 2 and 3 (9.92), and: Inner part — Directions; light SSW of Isla 1972 (110190N 744750W). The track then leads SE, SSE and S, for a farther 267 3 miles, through a channel, marked by light buoys Paragraph 9.192 1 line(s) 10 Delete (lateral), to Terminal Maritimo on the W bank of the river. Colombian ENC CO300024 [NP7A--No 39--Wk 33/19] Colombian Notice 225/18; ENC CO500253 [NP7A--No 14--Wk 51/18] Colombia -- Golfo de Urabá -- Inner part — Directions; light

Colombia -- North coast -- 267 Bahía de Cartagena — Restricted areas After Paragraph 9.193 2 line 9 Insert:

256 3 ENE of Isla Los Muertos (80810N 764935W), a drying bank which may extend Paragraph 9.119 1 line(s) 5--9 Replace by: more than 6 cables E of Isla Los Muertos Restricted areas. A restricted area encloses Punta Light (9.192) due to continual silting, thence: Icacos (9.129) and Ensenada Salada (9.129). Colombian ENC CO400625 [NP7A--No 40--Wk 33/19] 2 A restricted area encloses most of Isla de Manzanillo (9.129), a Naval College, except for the extreme NE side. Panama – Bahía de San Cristobal to An area off the naval base N of Punta BahíadePortobelo—Marinereserve Castillogrande (10 23 44N 75 32 67W) is reserved for     277 vessels of the Colombian Navy. Permission to anchor must be obtained from the Senior Naval Officer After Paragraph 10.49 3 line 5 Insert: present. Marine nature reserve Colombian Notice 89/90 [NP7A--No 33--Wk 21/19] 10.49a 1 A marine nature reserve is established (2018) Colombia -- Bahía de Cartagena to between the W side of Bahía de San Cristobal Golfo de Morrosquillo — Traffic regulations (93683N 792980W) and 1½ miles SSW of Bahía de Portobelo (10.52), extending 2½ miles seaward 262 from the shoreline. Large vessels are forbidden from anchoring anywhere within the charted marine nature After Paragraph 9.144 1 line 6 Insert: reserve. The following activities are also prohibited: 2 Fishing, including by trawls, trammel nets or 2 Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area. Fishing and spear fishing; discharging waste are prohibited in an area between Anchoring of small vessels and pleasure craft in the Bahía de Cartagena and Golfo de Morrosquillo vicinity of coral reefs; extending approximately 25 miles off the shoreline and Discharge of waste in any form. encompassing Islas del Rosario (9.146), Islas San The removal of any natural material from the Bernardo (9.154) and Isla Fuerte (9.170). For more marine nature reserve is strictly forbidden. information, consult the local authorities. Panamanian Maritime Authority Colombian ENC CO300024 [NP7A--No 37--Wk 33/19] [NP7A--No 15--Wk 51/18]

2--47 NP7A

Panama – Bahía de Portobelo — Marine reserve Gatún Anchorage East Side (91529N 795431W), the limits of which are marked by light 278 buoys (special), lies to the E of Banana Reach (11.87) and Balsa Reach (11.87). Depths are from around 15 Paragraph 10.52 1 lines 4--7 Replace by: to 23 m. ...is a minor harbour. Anchoring in the bay is prohibited for 2 Peña Blanca Anchorage (91258N 795598W), larger vessels due to the marine nature reserve restrictions the limits of which are marked by light buoys (special), (see 10.49a), however it will afford sheltered anchorage for lies to the W of Gatun Reach (11.86) and SSW of vessels of any draught in an emergency. The port is of little Peña Blanca Reach (11.88). Depths are from 18 to commercial importance. 24 m. An obstruction (91422N 795588W) lies in the NW of the anchorage. Panamanian Maritime Authority [NP7A--No 16--Wk 51/18] GB Chart CP2; ENC PA5CP002 [NP7A--No 36--Wk 32/19] Panama -- Puerto de Cristóbal — Anchorage

291 Panama -- Panama Canal -- Gamboa Reach — Tie--up stations Paragraph 11.64 5 lines 1--5 Delete 297 BA Chart CP1 [NP7A--No 19--Wk 02/19] Paragraph 11.94 1--2 Replace by:

Panama -- Puerto de Cristóbal — Berths 1 Tie--up stations are used to hold vessels, while other vessels pass or while the locks are being 293 prepared. Tie--up Stations are used under the instruction of the Canal Authority. The tie up areas are After Paragraph 11.72 1 line 8 Insert: located as follows: Gamboa Tie--up Station (90665N 794215W) Other terminals (anchorage area). 11.72a 2 Cucaracha Tie--up Station (90201N 1 Pier 17. Situated SW of Pier 16, the pier extends 793814W), located close to Puente about 450 m from shore with berths on both sides. Centenario (11.83), is a berth with a length of LNG terminal. An LNG pier (92044N 795466W) about 330 m and a depth of about 140m. is situated SSE of a turning basin in the S part of the Cocoli Tie--up Station (90085N 793703W), port; depths about 14 m. located on Cartagena Reach (11.91), is an anchorage area with four mooring buoys. BA Chart CP1 [NP7A--No 20--Wk 02/19] 3 South Cocoli Tie--up Station (90000N 793630W), located on Cocoli Reach (11.91), Panama -- Panama Canal -- is an anchorage area with six mooring buoys. Gatún Lake — Anchorage Miraflores Ship Holding Area (90032N 793613W), located in Lago de Miraflores 297 (11.90), is an anchorage area with eight mooring buoys. Paragraph 11.93 1 lines 12--17 Replace by: Peña Blanca Anchorage (91258N 795598W), ENC PA5CP004 (5.000) [NP7A--No 47--Wk 52/19] the limits of which are marked by light buoys (special), lies to the W of Gatun Reach (11.86) and SSW of Peña Blanca Reach (11.88). Depths are from 18 to 24 m. An obstruction (91422N 795588W) lies in NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and the NW of the anchorage. United States Pilot (2019 Edition)

Panama Chart CP--02 [NP7A--No 17--Wk 52/18] Mexico -- Golfo de California -- La Paz — Panama -- Gatún Lake -- Directions; leading lights Gatún Anchorage West Side — Depths 189 297

Paragraph 11.93 1 lines 1--17 including Existing Section IV Paragraph 6.106 2 line 5 For 90 m Read 120 m Notice Week 52/18 Replace by:

1 Gatún Anchorage West Side (91530N Paragraph 6.106 2 line 6 For 148 Read 1466 795508W) lies between Gatun Reach (11.86), Banana Reach (11.87) and Balsa Reach (11.87). Depths are from 10 to 23 m. Mexican Notice 15/163/19 [NP8--No 1--Wk 43/19]

2--48 NP8

United States of America -- California -- 3 NW of dangerous rocks (632360S San Diego Bay — Anchorage 565865W). Thence the track continues to lead SW towards the 241 anchorage. Useful marks: Paragraph 8.19 1--3 Replace by: Beacon (632359S 570001W), standing on a small islet lying close N of Seal Point, the 1 Vessels awaiting a pilot may anchor in convenient extremity of a small peninsula. depths SE of the entrance channel, but clear of the restricted area. Anchorage in the restricted area, and ENC AR507570 [NP9--No 3--Wk 36/19] at certain designated naval anchorage berths, is only allowed with the specific permission of the local naval authorities. Antarctica -- Graham Land -- Adelaide Island -- Avian Island — Anchorage 2 Caution. A mooring buoy and charted underwater obstructions exist in the outer anchorage areas. See also the chart warning about uncharted submarine 376 cables and pipelines. After Paragraph 6.163 1 Insert:

US Notices 30/18022/19; 30/18740/19 2 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 42 m [NP8--No 2--Wk 43/19] (23 fm) over a rocky bottom, E of Avian Island, in position 674660S 685180W. The anchorage is suitable in winds up to 15 kn from the W and NW.

NP9 Antarctic Pilot (2019 Edition) Chilean Notice 6/50/19 [NP9--No 1--Wk 28/19]

Antarctic Peninsula -- Bransfield Strait – Australian Antarctic Territory -- Deception Island — Directions; depth Mac. Robertson Land -- Mawson — Approach

455 230 Paragraph 10.84 1 line(s) 12--17 Delete After Paragraph 4.80 4 line 6 Insert:

SSE of a pinnacle (625815S 602638W), position UKHO [NP9--No 4--Wk 48/19] approximate, with a depth of 155 m, thence:

Chilean Notice 3/16/19 [NP9--No 2--Wk 28/19] Australian Antarctic Territory -- Mac. Robertson Land -- Mawson — Directions

Antarctica -- Graham Land -- Trinity Peninsula -- 456 Hope Bay — Directions Paragraph 10.88 3 line(s) 1--14 Replace by: 289 3 Track. From the vicinity of 664700S 631700E, a natural deep water channel, known as Mawson Paragraph 5.44 1--4 Replace by: Corridor, leads SSW, passing: 1 Rocas Denticuladas Leading Lights: Between banks with less than 100 m over them, Front light (black triangle apex up, on green column, thence: yellow top, 3 m in height) (632379S Clear of an obstruction (671875S 625309E) with 565952W), standing upon Jagged Rocks. a depth of 80 m, thence: Rear light (black triangle apex down, on green Close ESE of an obstruction (672222S column, yellow top, 3 m in height) (1½ cables 625013E), position approximate, with a depth of from front light). The rear mark is difficult to 58 m, thence: distinguish but the left edge of a hut to the rear of it ESE of an obstruction (672264S 624923E), may be used. position approximate, marked by breakers, thence: 2 From a position NE of Sheppard Point (632250S ESE of Nelson Rock (67 23 37S 62 45 37E), on 565898W) (5.35), on the passage through Antarctic     which stands a beacon (red cylindrical metal Sound, the alignment (214) of the above lights, leads structure, 7 m high). A 9 m obstruction SW, passing: (670307S 624722E) lies about 8 cables ENE SE of a shoal (63 22 72S 56 58 36W), which lies     of Nelson Rock. 3½ cables SE of Sheppard Point, thence: NW of a shoal (632359S 565857W), which lies Paragraph 10.88 8 line(s) 6 For 673525S 675200E 1 cable N of Grunden Rock (632370S Read 673525S 625200E 565850W). A light (red round tower, black bands, 6 m in height) is exhibited from the W part of Grunden Rock. Thence: UKHO [NP9--No 5--Wk 48/19]

2--49 NP10 NP10 Arctic Pilot Volume 1 (2016 Edition) ENE of Belyy Severnyy Light Beacon (black framework tower with platform, 21 m in height) (732817N 705582E); a stranded wreck lies Navigation and Regulations -- Russian pilotage 2¾ miles farther ESE. Thence: — Icebreaker pilotage WSW of an extensive shoal bank (733053N 735347E) with a least depth of 40m. 8 2 ENE of Mys Shuberta (730941N 714014E) Paragraph 1.36 1 lines 1--10 Replace by: (9.94), the SE extremity of Ostrov Belyy. Shuberta Light (black tetrahedral truncated 1 Icebreaker pilotage is available, on request, for the pyramid, white band, 13 m in height) stands whole of the NSR and is obtained through the close N of this point. Thence: Northern Sea Route Administration (NSRA). For ENE of Mys Khesalya (725333N 713641E) further information see ADMIRALTY List of Radio (9.95), the S entrance point to Proliv Malygina Signals Volume 6(2) and www.nsra.ru. (9.94), thence: 3 WSW of Ostrov Shokal’skogo (730000N Russian Notice 28/3752/16 [NP10/No.1/Wk.32/16] 742640E), from which Shokal’skogo Light (black vertical rectangle, red bands, mounted on red and black horizontal striped tetrahedral -- Ostrov Belyy — Directions; recommended routes truncated pyramid, 14 m in height) (730054N 740715E) is exhibited; a bank, with a least 86 charted depth of 18 m, extends 6 miles WSW from the W extremity of the island. Thence: Paragraph 2.28 1 lines 4--10 Replace by: 4 ENE of Mys Poyelovo (10.18). Mys Poyelovo Light (tetrahedral truncated framework ...the recommended track 032.1, as shown on the pyramid, black upper, 15 m in height) Russian charts, leads NNE, for about 260 miles, to the (724399N 723808E) is exhibited from NW vicinity of 733012N 674633E, WNW of Mys Rogozina of the headland and a remarkable hummock (732294N 700115E) (9.93), the NW extremity of lies on the low sandspit which extends E Ostrov Belyy. from it. (Directions continue for 5 Thence the track continues SSE following a the recommended track at 2.32) recommended DW route, to a position 7 miles NE of MysDrovyanoy(723969N 725750E), the E Paragraph 2.30 1 lines 4--10 Replace by: extremity of an island separated from Poluostrov Yamal by a narrow channel with low ground on each ...Karskiye Vorota TSS, the recommended track 0448,as shown on the Russian charts, leads NE, for about side. The island is low, with a few small hummocks 233 miles, to the vicinity of 732423N 665933E, W of up to 45 m high and is covered with scanty grass and Mys Rogozina (732294N 700115E) (9.93), the NW moss. Mys Drovyanoy Light (tetrahedral truncated extremityofOstrovBelyy. framework pyramid, black upper and platform, 23 m in height) (723920N 725663E) is exhibited from SW (Directions continue for of the point. the recommended track at 2.32) Paragraph 10.22 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 2.32 1 lines 1--10 Replace by:

1 From the vicinity of 732423N 665933E, W of Spare Mys Rogozina (732294N 700115E) (9.93), the NW 10.22 extremity of Ostrov Belyy, the recommended deep water route with a least depth of 165 m as shown on Russian Charts 12312, 13329; POLAR L8048 the Russian charts, leads to position 733637N [NP10/No.2/Wk.52/16] 723565E ENE of Mys Belyy (732867N 705043E), from 1½ miles ESE of which Belyy Severnyy Light (10.20) is exhibited. Kara Sea -- Mys Belyy to Mys Drovyanoy — Here the recommended track heads S into Obskaya Directions; recommended route Guba or N for about 14 miles to position 735000N 723318E then E towards Dikson. 275

Russian Notice 45/5782/2018 [NP10--No 13--Wk 48/18] Paragraph 10.20 1--7 including existing Section IV Notice Week 52/16. Replace by:

Obskaya Guba – Mys Belyy to Mys Drovyanov — 1 From a position about 31 miles ENE of Mys Belyy Directions; anchorages and harbours (732866N 705052E) (10.45), the recommended track leads S, passing: 275 ENE of Belyy Severnyy Light Beacon (black Paragraph 10.20 1--7 Replace by: framework tower with platform, 21 m in height) (732817N 705582E); a stranded wreck lies 1 From a position about 24 miles NNE of Mys Belyy 2¾ miles farther ESE. Thence: (732866N 705052E) (10.45), the recommended W of an extensive shoal bank (733053N track leads SSE, passing: 735347E) with a least depth of 40m.

2--50 NP10

2 E of Mys Shuberta (730941N 714014E) Thence, from a position about 20 miles E of Mys (9.94), the SE extremity of Ostrov Belyy. Yuzhnyy, the DW route leads about 30 miles SW to a Shuberta Light (black tetrahedral truncated position 8¾ miles SW of Peschanka Light (721529N pyramid, white band, 13 m in height) stands 725006E), passing: close N of this point. Thence: 3 SE of Mys Yuzhnyy, thence: ENE of Mys Khesalya (725333N 713641E) SE of Mys Tye--sale (722923N 725003E), the (9.95), the S entrance point to Proliv Malygina NE entrance point of Reka Khabey--yaga, thence: (9.94), thence: SE of the NE extremity of a bank (722800N 3 WSW of Ostrov Shokal’skogo (730000N 734350E), with charted depths of less than 742640E), from which Shokal’skogo Light 10 m. (black vertical rectangle, red bands, mounted 4 Between shoal patches with depths less than on red and black horizontal striped tetrahedral 10 m, which are part of a bar which extends truncated pyramid, 14 m in height) (730054N across the gulf from Mys Drovyanoy to Mys 740715E) is exhibited; a bank, with a least Shtormovoy. charted depth of 18 m, extends 6 miles WSW SE of Drovyanoy trading post and meteorological from the W extremity of the island. Thence: station (722479N 724591E), reported as 4 ENE of Mys Poyelovo (10.18). Mys Poyelovo standing on the cliff top; the main building is visible Light (tetrahedral truncated framework from 10 miles seaward. Thence: pyramid, black upper, 15 m in height) 5 SE of Reka Yarra--yaga, the mouth of which is (724399N 723808E) is exhibited from NW marked by Peschanka (Yarra--yaga) Light of the headland and a remarkable hummock (black tetrahedral framework tower, 15 m in lies on the low sandspit which extends E from height) (721529N 725006E); a sandbank it. obstructs the mouth of the river, extending 5 Thence the track continues SSE following a 1½ miles E then 3½ miles N. recommended DW route, to a position 7 miles NE of Thence the DW route and recommended track lead Mys Drovyanoy (723969N 725750E), the E SSW for about 7 miles, to position 14 miles S of extremity of an island separated from Poluostrov Peschanka Light. The track then leads S, passing: Yamal by a narrow channel with low ground on each 6 WNW of Mys Shtormovoy (714545N side. The island is low, with a few small hummocks 732726E), which rises to three steep and up to 45 m high and is covered with scanty grass and conspicuous sandy hills; from N it appears as moss. Mys Drovyanoy Light (tetrahedral truncated a steep bluff with a low spit extending S from framework pyramid, black upper and platform, 23 m in it. Shtormovoy Light (black trihedral truncated height) (723920N 725663E) is exhibited from SW metal pyramid, 8 m in height) (714798N of the point. 733081E) is exhibited from a position NNE of the point. Thence: Russian Notice 45/5782/2018; Russian Charts 12312, 7 WNW of a light buoy (W cardinal) (714987N 13329, POLAR L8048 [NP10--No 14--Wk 48/18] 731065E), moored 2 miles W of the shoalest part of a coastal bank, with a least charted depth of 64 m, extending N from Mys Mys Drovyanov to Mys Shtormovoy — Shtormovoy (714545N 732726E), which General information; directions continues to extend N forming the bar across the gulf. 275 Thence the recommended track continues S, to a position WSW of Mys Shtormovoy. Paragraph 10.23 1 Replace by: (Directions continue at 10.32) 1 From a position E of Mys Drovyanoy (723969N 725750E), the route leads along the recommended tracks and DW route for about 52 miles, to a position Russian Notice 50/6764/16, Russian Charts 13329, 13330 [NP10/No.3/Wk.52/16] WSW of Mys Shtormovoy (714545N 732726E).

Russian Charts 13329, 13330 [NP10/No.3/Wk.52/16] Mys Shtormovoy to Mys Khonarasalya — Directions 276

Paragraph 10.29 1--10 Replace by: 277

1 From a position 7 miles NE of Mys Drovyanoy Paragraph 10.33 1--6 Replace by: (723969N 725750E) (10.20), the DW route leads initially SE to a position about 20 miles E of Mys 1 From a position WSW of Mys Shtormovoy Yuzhnyy (723298N 725907E), passing: (714545N 732726E), the DW route leads SSW, NE of South No 1 Light (black tetrahedral truncated passing: framework pyramid, 18 m in height) (723471N ESE of the E extremity of a spit (714488N 725694E), thence: 723032E), with an obstruction, with a depth of 2 NE of Mys Yuzhnyy the S extremity (723298N 20 m, marked by a light buoy (E cardinal), thence: 725907E) of an island, in the form of a ESE of Mys Poludennyy (714203N 721877E) narrow sandspit which dries in places and which is low and conspicuous from S, though from which extends 7 miles S from Mys Drovyanoy. N or E it merges with the coast, thence:

2--51 NP10

2 ESE of a shallow flat which fronts the mouth of Berths 5--6 are located on the concrete pier Reka Tambey delta (713305N 715847E) (711660N 720491E), with charted depths ranging and extends 2 miles offshore. Reka Tambey, from 84to116 m. All of the berths are being utilised one of the largest rivers in Poluostrov Yamal, for the construction of the LNG Terminal. has an extensive delta with four branches extending from 3½ to 14 miles SW of Mys Russian Chart 18331 [NP10/No.5/Wk.12/17] Poludennyy, between which are low islands composed of swampy tundra. Thence: Kara Sea -- Obskaya Guba — WNW of the shoal ground, with a least charted depth Directions; DW route; landmarks; depths of 28 m, extending 3 miles WNW of Mys Taran (10.32), marked by buoys (W cardinal), thence: 278--279 3 ESE of Tambey, the administrative centre for the Paragraph 10.45 1--7 line Replace by: N part of Poluostrov Yamal, from where a light (black vertical rectangle on tetrahedral 1 From a position W of Khaltsyney Light (705020N metal framework tower with platform, 15 m in 735623E) (10.40), the DW route leads S, passing height) (712886N 714887E) is exhibited. (positions relative to Mys Kharse (7007N7341E)): The village has a trading post, the buildings of E of a shoal patch (43 miles NNW), with a depth of which are visible from the centre of the gulf. 12 m, thence: 4 Thence the recommended track continues to lead E of a shoal patch (22 miles NW), with a depth of SSW, to a position W of Mys Khonarasalya (10.32), 44 m, lying on a coastal bank extending 4 miles E which lies S of the mouth of the broad valley of Reka of Mys Belyy (702290N 724236E), which can Ngarkakhorteyakha; Mys Khonara--sale Light (trihedral be identified by the bright colour of its steep sides. truncated metal pyramid, 14 m in height) (712270N W of an obstruction area (9¾ miles NNW), with a 730243E) is exhibited from a position SSE of the radius of 1 mile, centred on 701607N point. 733112E. 2 Thence a vessel may either continue S to a (Directions continue at 10.40) position W of Mys Nalivnoy (694440N 733193E), passing over a shoal bank with a least depth of about Russian Notice 50/6764/16, Russian Chart 13330 10 m, or, for vessels with a deeper draught the track [NP10/No.4/Wk.52/16] leads SSE, passing: WSW of a shallow bank extending 7 miles N of Mys Kara Sea -- Obskaya Guba -- Kharse, marked on its W side by a buoy (W Port Sabetta — Development cardinal) (5 miles NNW), thence: 3 WSW of the W extremity of a spit extending 278 from Mys Kharse, marked by a buoy (W cardinal) (2½ miles WNW). A beacon (black Paragraph 10.43 including heading Replace by: tetrahedral truncated pyramid, white bands and gallery, 16 m in height) stands on the Russian Chart 18331 (datum Pulkovo 1942) (see 1.25) point. Thence: Port Sabetta WSW of Ngabkeyyakha (7½ miles S). 10.43 Thence the track leads S to a position in the 1 General information. Port Sabetta (711674N vicinity of 695100N 733358E. The DW track then 720454E), is situated in the mouth of the leads SW to a position W of Mys Nalivnoy Sabettayakha River, on the W side of Obskaya Guba (694440N 733193E) the W extremity of a low and is the port facility for the Yamal LNG terminals. marshy plain. A shoal spit, marked by a buoy (W Limiting conditions. The least charted depths cardinal) extends 3¼ miles W of the point. (2017) in the approach channel is 121 m and in the harbour basin is 98m. Russian Charts 13332, 13333 [NP10/No.11/Wk.29/17] Arrival information. The port is operational all year. A tug is available. Kara Sea -- Obskaya Guba — 2 Harbour. The port consists of a harbour basin Directions; DW route; wreck; landmarks (711676N 720520E) with a concrete quayside in the NW part and a concrete pier lying to the SE. 279--280 Development. Work is in progress (2017) to dredge the approach channel to a reported depth of 151m. Paragraph 10.52 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: Reclamation work and the construction of the main 1 From a position W of a shoal spit, marked by a LNG terminal berths in the vicinity of 711654N buoy (W cardinal), extending 3¼ miles W of Mys 72 05 55E are ongoing, with the first LNG shipment   Nalivnoy (694440N 733193E) (10.45), the DW scheduled for the end of 2017 and full operational route leads S, passing (positions relative to Mys capacity achieved by 2021. Tryokhbugornyy (690526N 735248E)): 3 Directions for entering harbour. From a position W of Mys Khonarasalya (712395N 730034E) Paragraph 10.52 3 lines 4--7 Replace by: (10.32), the track leads SW following a two--way DW E of a wreck (692549N 732275E), with a least route (2266) to the harbour basin. depth of 74 m, marked by a buoy (isolated Basins and berths. Berths 1--4, with charted danger), thence: depths ranging from 77to106m,arelocatedonthe NW quayside. Paragraph 10.52 4 lines 1--2 Delete

2--52 NP10

Paragraph 10.52 6--7 Replace by: 2 The pilot boarding position for northbound vessels to Dudinka is approximately 16 miles NNE of 6 The DW route then leads SSE, passing: Kabatskiy Front Leading Light (691969N WSW of a shoal patch (7¼ miles WSW), with a depth 860381E). of 84 m, thence: WSW of the SW extremity of a shoal spit, with depths 322 less than 8 m, extending 7 miles SW from Mys Tryokhbugornyy, marked a buoy (W cardinal) Paragraph 12.51 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: (5½ miles SW), moored close to its extremity. Tankers and vessels carrying dangerous cargoes, 7 Thence the recommended track continues to lead abreast Verkhne--Novoselenskiy Leading Lights SSW, to a position 16 miles E of Nurma Light ¾ (12.45). (tetrahedral framework pyramid, black upper, 6 m in height) (684312N 730516E), exhibited from the N After Paragraph 12.51 1 line 4 Insert: entrance to Reka Nurma--yaga. Quarantine area, abreast Nizhne--Dudinskiy Paragraph 10.53 Replace by: Leading Lights (12.45). Russian Notice 14/1690/16 [NP10/No.8/Wk.16/16] Spare 10.53 Kara Sea -- Reka Yenisey -- Dudinka to Igarka — Pilot boarding position Russian Notice 25/3083/17; Russian Charts 13334, 13335 [NP10/No.12/Wk.29/17] 322

After Paragraph 12.54 3 line 5 Insert: Kara Sea – South Part — Aids to navigation; lights Pilotage 12.55a 289 1 For pilotage of N--bound vessels to Dudinka see 12.41a. After Paragraph 11.2 1 line 4 Insert: Caution. Many lights and leading lights in this area Russian Notice 14/1690/16 [NP10/No.9/Wk.16/16] have been reported destroyed or unreliable. Local authorities should be consulted for the latest Reka – Protoka Kamennaya — information. Depths; directions 473 UKHO [NP10/No.6/Wk.04/17] Paragraph 17.104 2 lines 1--2 Replace by:

Reka Yenisey – Mouth of river to Igarka — 2 Protoka Kamennaya Bar. There is a least depth of General information; navigation; lights 39 m over the bar, but the fairway across it is subject to periodic changes due to alluviation. 311 474 After Paragraph 12.5 3 line 7 Insert: Paragraph 17.112 3--8 Replace by: Caution. Many lights and leading lights in this area have been reported destroyed or unreliable. Local 3 From the vicinity of 6954N 16223E, on the authorities should be consulted for the latest alignment (1815) of the above light beacons, in the information. approaches to Protoka Kamennaya, the alignment (1815) of the above light beacons, leads S through UKHO [NP10/No.7/Wk.04/17] the outer anchorage and pilot station to a position E of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (694113N 1622182E). Kara Sea -- Reka Yenisey -- Mys Krestovskiy to Dudinka — Pilot boarding positions; anchorages 4 Thence the track alters to starboard and from position 694108N 1622175E, close SSW of No 3 319 Light Buoy, follows a recommended course of 2155 to position 693921N 1621792E, NE of No 4 Light After Paragraph 12.41 1 line 7 Insert: Buoy (port hand) (693917N 1621806E). There are minimum depths at a distance of 1 cable to port and Pilotage starboard of the course line of 41 and 34m 12.41a respectively. 1 Pilot boarding positions for S--bound vessels to 5 The track then alters slightly to starboard and, from Dudinka are as follows: the position NE of No 4 Light Buoy, follows a 1) Approximately 9 cables WNW of recommended course of 2249 to position 693878N Verkhe--Novoselenskiy Front Leading Light 1621670E, SE of No 5 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (692839N 860512E). (693887N 1621640E). There are minimum depths 2) Approximately 7 cables E of the N point of Ostrov at a distance of 06 cables to port and starboard of Kabatskiy (692560N 860563E). thecourselineof47 and 36 m respectively.

2--53 NP10

6 Thence the track leads WSW from the position SE NP11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 (2018 Edition) of No 5 Light Buoy on a recommended course of 2609 to position 693870N 1621520E, 2 cables Iceland – Reykjavík — ESE of No 1 Buoy (starboard hand) (693880N Limiting conditions; controlling depths 1621468E). There are minimum depths at a distance of 1 cable to port and starboard of the course line of 115 46and37 m respectively. Paragraph 3.80 2 Replace by: 7 The track then leads WNW from the position ESE of No 1 Light Buoy on a recommended course of 2 ViÉeyjarsund. The least charted depth, as far as 2875 across the Protoka Kamennaya Bar, proceeding Sundabakki (640900N 215150W), is 10 m off the at slow speed, to position 693910N 1621163E, entrance to the basin. The channel to Vogabakki NNE of No 6A Light Buoy (port hand) (693903N (640840N 215026W) has a least charted depth of 1621157E). There are minimum depths at a distance 75 m on the leading line. of 1 cable to port and starboard of the course line of Caution. There are shallower depths close SW of 40and36 m respectively. the leading line in the vicinity of the works in progress 8 Thence the track alters to port and follows a between Sundabakki and Vogabakki. recommended course of 2569 to position 693899N ENC IS500362 [NP11--No 4--Wk 25/19] 1621033E, SW of No 5B Light Buoy (starboard hand) (693907N 1621060E), and at the beginning of the Sukharnyy leading line. There are minimum Iceland -- Reykjavík — Directions; light depths at a distance of 1 cable to port and 08 cables 118 to starboard of the course line of 23 and 45m respectively. For further information on depths and Paragraph 3.88 6 lines 1--5 Delete levels over the bar see 17.104 and 17.105. Icelandic Notice 2/6/19 [NP11--No 5--Wk 28/19] Paragraph 17.112 10 lines 1--4 Replace by: Iceland -- Reykjavík — Directions; light 10 Thence from a position SW of No 5 B Light Buoy (693907N 1621060E) (starboard hand) the 119 alignment (2385) of the above light beacons leads Paragraph 3.89 3 lines 7--9 Replace by: WSW, to a position...... about 1¼ miles, within a white sector (151--156)of Sæbraut Light (yellow house, 4 m in height) (640885N After Paragraph 17.112 11 line 6 Insert: 215433W), through Engeyjarsund, passing:

Paragraph 3.89 4 line 7 For Navigation School Read 12 Useful marks: Sæbraut Stolbovoy Leading Light Beacons (black rectangular boards with white triangles, point up, mounted on tetrahedral truncated pyramids, 11 m in height, Paragraph 3.89 6 lines 1--5 Replace by: radar reflector) (693771N 1621448E). 6 Thence the track continues to lead SSE to a 13 Ambarchik Leading Light Beacons (black and position 2¾ cables NNE of EyjargarÉur (640958N white vertical striped rectangular board 215589W), a mole, from which a light (pole on mounted on tetrahedral truncated pyramid, column, 5 m in height) is exhibited, from where the 10 m in height, radar reflector) (693832N track leads S, for about 6¾ cables, within a white 1622207E). sector...

Icelandic Notices 2/5/19; 2/6/19 Russian Notice 02/28/16 and Russian Sailing Directions [NP11--No 6--Wk 28/19] Volume 1119 [NP10/No.10/Wk.07/16] Iceland -- Reykjavík — Directions; light

120 -- Chaunskaya Guba — Directions; aids to navigation Paragraph 3.90 2 line 3 For the above lights Read these lights

479 After Paragraph 3.90 2 line 5 Insert: NE of the NW point of Engey (3.89), from where Engey Light (641050N 215547W) (3.89) is After Paragraph 17.146 2 line 6 Insert: exhibited, thence:

Caution. Numerous light beacons and leading lights Paragraph 3.90 3 lines 6--11 Replace by: have been reported extinguished (2019). ...of 100 m and less, thence: Icelandic Notices 2/5/19; 2/6/19 Russian Notice 14/1624/19 [NP10--No 15--Wk 16/19] [NP11--No 7--Wk 28/19]

2--54 NP11

Iceland -- Reykjavík — Directions; light Greenland -- Kong Christian IX Land -- Kap Gustav Holm — Directions; shoal 125 322 Paragraph 3.106 2 lines 4--5 Delete Paragraph 12.176 4 line 5 Replace by: Icelandic Notice 2/6/19 [NP11--No 8--Wk 28/19] ...Karra, thence: Clear of a shoal (663508N 335866W), reported (2018), with a depth of 10 m. Iceland -- Akranes — Directions; lights Danish Notice 45/871/18 [NP11--No 3--Wk 49/18] 126--127

Paragraph 3.113 2--7 Replace by: NP12 Arctic Pilot Volume 3 (2018 Edition) 2 Krossvik Leading Beacons: Front beacon (triangle, point up, on yellow tower, 7 m Canada — Regulations in height) (641894N 220324W). Rear beacon (triangle, point down, on framework 9--10 tower) (146 m NE from front beacon). From the pilot position close to No 11 Light Buoy Paragraph 1.62 including heading Replace by: (641758N 220749W), the alignment (0495)ofthe above beacons leads NE, for about 1¾ miles, passing: Protection of the environment 3 SE of BræÉrapartsboÉi(641812N 220642W), 1.62 a shoal, thence: 1 Conservation of Marine Mammals and aquatic NW of Þjótur (641766N 220504W), a rocky shoal species. The Canadian Federal Department of with two rocks awash, thence: Fisheries (DFO) and is responsible for SE of SuÉurflös (641827N 220614W). ensuring the protection and conservation of listed At night the track leads along the line of bearing aquatic species (including marine mammals and sea 0495 of a directional light exhibited from the front turtles) and for protecting the identified critical habitat beacon. of any species listed under the Species at Risk Act 4 Thence the track leads NNW, and at night along (SARA). The Fisheries Act prohibits any form of the line of bearing 345 of a second directional light disturbance of cetaceans except when fishing for them (mast, 28 m in height) (641921N 220472W), to a under the authority of those regulations. position E of the harbour entrance. 2 Disturbance includes repeated attempts to pursue, Caution. The bearing (345) of the second disperse, herd whales and any repeated intentional act directional light passes close to the E extension of the of negligence resulting in the disruption of their normal jetty from where a light (post, 4 m in height) behaviour. Harassing whales may force them away (641878N 220456W) is exhibited. from their habitat at critical times in their annual 5 Useful mark: reproductive and feeding cycles and may cause them Light (post, 4 m in height) (641885N 220473W) injury. exhibited from the pierhead of a jetty extending SE Any collision with marine mammals or sightings of from a cement factory. entangled, injured or dead marine mammals must be reported to the appropriate marine animal response Icelandic Notices 5/22; 23/18 [NP11--No 2--Wk 45/18] organisation, including DFO. 3 Ballast water Control and Management Regulations Iceland -- BreiÉafjörÉur -- Stykkishólmur — as contained in the Canada Shipping Act 2001 applies Directions; depth to most vessels arriving in Canadian waters. The purpose of the Regulations is to prevent the 139 introduction to local ecosystems of potentially Paragraph 4.35 8 line(s) 7 For 63m Read 51m damaging pathogens or organisms. See also https://laws--lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/regulations/SOR--2011 --237/. Icelandic Notice 5/27a/19 [NP11--No 9--Wk 51/19] 4 National Wildlife Areas (NWAs) are protected and managed according to the Wildlife Area Regulations Svalbard -- Spitsbergen -- under the Canada Wildlife Act. The primary purpose of Adventfjorden — Anchorage NWAs is the protection and conservation of wildlife 247 and their habitat. Canadian and foreign vessels are not allowed to enter these protected areas without a After Paragraph 9.74 4 line 5 Insert: permit. Any master who is planning to enter any of Prohibited anchorage. Anchorage is prohibited in an area these protected areas, claiming a right of innocent bounded by the following points: passage, is strongly advised to communicate with 781475N 153332E. Environment and Climate Change Canada (Canada 781551N 153832E. Wildlife Service) at least two weeks in advance. 781714N 153070E. 5 Marine Protection Areas (MPAs) have been 781497N 153096E. designated under The Oceans Act for the conservation and protection of all fishery resources, endangered or Norwegian Notice 11/58939/18 [NP11--No 1--Wk 34/18] threatened species, and their habitats.

2--55 NP12

6 National Parks have been established under the It is an offense to kill, interfere with, injure, take, Canada National Parks Act. Various restrictions and trade, keep or move a cetacean. Interference with a exclusion zones apply. See also cetacean includes harassing, chasing, herding, www.parkscanada.gc.ca. tagging, marking or branding. For further details on protected areas, restrictions 2 Activities for which permits may be granted under and contact information consult Annual Edition of the EPBC Act include whale watching, interference, Canadian Notices to Mariners, see www.notmar.gc.ca. take, keep or move, export and import. For further details see Seafarers Handbook for Australian Waters. Canadian Eastern Notice 3/306/19 [NP12--No 2--Wk 17/19] AHP20 Ed. 2017. Ch 6.4. [NP13--No 25--Wk 36/18] Canada — Regulations Queensland -- -- 10 Albatross Bay -- Amrun Port — Port Paragraph 1.63 including heading Replace by: 97

After Paragraph 2.58 2 line 6 Insert: Spare 1.63 Amrun Port Canadian Eastern Notice 3/306/19 2.58a [NP12--No 3--Wk 17/19] 1 Description. Amrun Port (125555S 1413688E) consists of a pier which extends about 900 m from the Greenland -- West coast -- Sarfartoq -- shore. The port exports bauxite. Kangerlussuaq — Berth Pilotage. The pilot boards in position 124890S 181 1413480E. Directions. From N, the berth is approached on the After Paragraph 3.53 1 line 10 Insert: line of bearing of 163 of Amrun Wharf Directional Berth. A quay (663353N 520380W) consisting Light (125555S 1413688E) and from S, on the line of a permanently moored barge has been established of bearing of 073 of the same light. on the W side of Kangerlussuaq, 1 mile N of 2 Berths. OneberthonSsideofthejetty, Sarfartoq. The berth is 90 m in length and has a approximately 350 m in length. Dredged depth depth alongside of 25 m. alongside 159m. Danish Notice 38/749/18 [NP12--No 1--Wk 42/18] Australian Notice 24/1070/18 [NP13--No 31--Wk 52/18] Canada -- Northwest Territories -- Tuktoyaktuk — Directions; lights Melville Bay -- Gove Harbour — 438 Outer anchorages

Paragraph 13.65 1 line(s) 1--8 Delete 114

Paragraph 2.197 1 Replace by: Paragraph 13.65 2 line(s) 1 Replace by: 1 Anchorage berths as follows: 2 From a position in the vicinity of TC Light Buoy G1 Anchorage (121004S 1363816E); depth of (safe water) (693138N 1330832W), the line of about 16 m; mud and shingle; bearing (1446) of Tuktoyaktuk Island Light (tripod G2 Anchorage (120862S 1363858E); depth of framework tower, red trapezoidal daymark with white about 20 m; the anchorage is suitable for use by stripe, 12 m in height) (692735N 1325998W) loaded tankers awaiting a berth; leads, for... G3 Anchorage (120726S 1363907E); depth of about 21 m. Canadian Eastern Notice 7/6431/19 [NP12--No 4--Wk 36/19] Australian Notice 2/57/2018 [NP13--No 14--Wk 08/18]

NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2017 Edition) Arnhem Land -- North and north--east of Maningrida — Outlying dangers; wrecks Australian Regulations — 129 Protection of historic features and areas 10 Paragraph 3.29 7 lines 3--4 Replace by: ...Point. After Paragraph 1.74 2 line 8 Insert: Three wrecks lie off the coast in the following positions: Australian Whale Sanctuary 113766S 1342034E; 1.74a 112242S 1343648E; historic wreck with 1 Marine mammals in Commonwealth waters have Protected Zone; been protected under Australian legislation since 1980. 114146S 1343675E; historic wreck with The EPBC Act established the Australian Whale Protected Zone. Sanctuary that comprises the waters of the Australian EEZ. Australian Notice 2/56/2018 [NP13--No 15--Wk 08/18]

2--56 NP13

Northern Territory -- -- Northern Territory -- Port Darwin -- South Goulburn Island — Depths Middle passage — Depth

130 155

Paragraph 4.92 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 3.38 2 lines 3--6 Replace by: 1 Controlling depth. The DW route in Middle ...shoals with depths of approximately 8 m in the Passage has a least charted depth of about 13 m. fairway. A least known depth of 53 m lies 5½ cables Depths in dredged areas, although generally SSE of Sand Point, the SW extremity of North maintained, may be less than charted. Goulburn. A shoal with a depth of 57 m is charted 2½ miles SW of Sand Point. Australian Notice 12/587/19 [NP13--No 52--Wk 28/19] Australian Notice 21/857/17 [NP13/No.11/Wk.45/17]

Northern Territory -- Port Darwin — Regulations; restricted areas Western Australia -- Ashmore Reef — Prohibited area 156

146 After Paragraph 4.97 3 line 8 Insert: 4 Restricted areas. Entry by unauthorised vessels After Paragraph 4.8 4 line 10 Insert: and boats into the restricted areas surrounding the Prohibited area. An ESSA is established LNG berths at Wickham Point and Bladin Point is not surrounding Ashmore Reef. See 1.74. permitted. Australian Notice 3/348/18 [NP13--No 20--Wk 21/18] Australian Notice 15/622/18 [NP13--No 23--Wk 35/18]

Northern Territory -- Port Darwin -- Western Australia -- North coast -- Wickham Shoal — Wreck Browse Island — FLNG Terminal 159 147 Paragraph 4.115 1 line 4 Replace by: After Paragraph 4.20 1 line 2 Insert: ...lies 2½ miles NW of Wickham Point (4.100). Caution. An historic wreck (122898S 1305034E) lies within Anchorage C7.

Prelude FLNG Terminal Australian Notice 11/440/18 [NP13--No 21--Wk 26/18] General information 4.20a 1 Position and function. Prelude FLNG Terminal Australia -- North coast -- (134720S 1231900E) is situated 133 miles off the Cambridge Gulf — Pilotage NW coast of Australia, and 23 miles NW of Browse Island (4.50). It is a turret--moored floating 166 hydrocarbon production, storage and offtake facility exporting LNG, LPG and condensate. Paragraph 4.157 1 lines 6--10 Replace by: Operator. Shell Australia, Shell House, 562 Pilot boarding. Pilot boards at Wyndham pilot Wellington Street, Perth WA 6000. station (Nicholls Point) (145810S 1281070E), NE of Black Cliff Point. Arrival information 4.20b Australian Notice 2/61/2018 [NP13--No 16--Wk 08/18] 1 Prohibited area. The Prelude FLNG facility is surrounded by a safety zone, of 1500 m radius, into which entry without permission is prohibited. Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels must stay Western Australia -- Cambridge Gulf -- at least 6 miles from the Prelude until they are Cawston Bay — Directions; depth requested to proceed to the pilot boarding position. Pilots normally embark 3 miles astern of the FLNG. 168 Regulations concerning entry. For regulations and Paragraph 4.170 2 line 6 For 9 4m Read 6 0m procedures contact the terminal operator.  

Shell Australia Prelude FLNG Terminal Information Book -- Australian Notice 24/1015/17 LNG/2018 [NP13--No 19--Wk 19/18] [NP13--No 13--Wk 01/18]

2--57 NP13

Western Australia -- Cambridge Gulf -- Western Australia -- North coast -- Wyndham Wharf — Directions; light buoys Broome — Regulations; pilotage

214 168 Paragraph 5.208 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 4.171 1 Replace by: Traffic regulations 1 From a position E of Pender Point, the track leads 5.208 generally S through Main Channel between Roe Bank 1 Prohibited area. Anchoring is prohibited within the and the E side of Middle Ground. The track then entrance channel and an area surrounding the wharf. continues SE between an unnamed bank (152031S Speed limit is 8 kn within 400 m from Broome 1280655E), the SE extremity of which is marked by Wharf. Vessels known to induce a large or steep Mangrove Light Buoy (E cardinal), and the drying wash wave should further reduce their speed. bank which lies up to 4½ cables off the E shoreline. Paragraph 5.209 1--2 Replace by:

Australian Notice 23/1023/18 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels with a LOA [NP13--No 30--Wk 49/18] over 35 m not under the command of an exempt Master. Boarding positions: Western Australia -- Brunswick Bay -- Outer pilot boarding station (175802S Hanover Bay — Anchorage 1220540E). 2 Inner pilot boarding station (175925S 1220990E) normally only used for vessels 183 less than 80 m in length after prior arrangement with the Harbour Master. Paragraph 4.302 3 lines 4--5 Replace by: Kimberley Ports Authority -- Port of Broome Handbook Anchorage. Good anchorage is afforded in position [NP13--No 53--Wk 32/19] 151695S 1244591E, which is protected to the E, S and W by the mainland with a bottom of sticky grey mud. Western Australia -- Roebuck Bay -- Broome — Tidal streams; rock

Australian Hydrographic Office [NP13/No.1/Wk.17/17] 214

Paragraph 5.214 1 line(s) 8--10 Replace by: Western Australia -- Broome — ...in the approach channel about 3 cables ESE of Entrance Directions; controlling depth Point (5.201) and great care should be taken when navigating in this area, particularly at spring .

213 Paragraph 5.217 1 line(s) 2--3 Replace by:

Paragraph 5.203 1 line 1 For 91 m Read 85m ...Deep and entered between the reef extending SE of Entrance Point and an area of shoal water about 3½ cables ESE of Entrance...

ENC AU5050P0 [NP13--No 29--Wk 46/18] Australian Notice 22/1145/19 [NP13--No 70--Wk 50/19]

Western Australia -- Roebuck Bay and Broome — Western Australia -- Roebuck Bay -- Directions; buoys Broome — Controlling depths 216 213 Paragraph 5.218 4 line(s) 4 For (port hand) Read (S cardinal) Paragraph 5.203 1 line(s) 1--4 including existing Section IV Notice Week 46/18 Replace by: Australian Notice 14/699/19 [NP13--No 54a--Wk 34/19] 1 Approach. Controlling depth is 85 m on the line of approach (5.217) of Gantheaume Point Light Western Australia -- Roebuck Bay -- (175845S 1221065E). Broome — Directions; shoals Entrance channel. Controlling depth is 115m on the leading line about 3½ cables SE of Entrance Point 216 (5.201). For the alternative approach (5.219) the controlling Paragraph 5.218 4 line(s) 5--7 Replace by: depth is 44m. ...the point about 1 cable offshore.

Australian Notice 22/1145/19 [NP13--No 69--Wk 50/19] Australian Notice 22/1145/19 [NP13--No 71a--Wk 50/19]

2--58 NP13

Western Australia -- Roebuck Bay and Broome — 5 Small craft. Entry from SE for small craft may be Directions; buoys made by following the alignment (3035) of Entrance Point leading lights, (180041S 1221258E) (front 216 light), before joining Broome Jetty leading line. Paragraph 5.219 3 line(s) 1--2 Delete Australian Notice 22/1145/19 [NP13--No 71b--Wk 50/19]

Australian Notice 14/699/19 [NP13--No 54b--Wk 34/19] Western Australia -- Port Hedland — Traffic Regulations Western Australia -- Broome — Directions; depths 221 After Paragraph 5.270 1 line 5 Insert: 216 Registration. All arriving vessels, including vessels Paragraph 5.219 6 line(s) 5--10 Replace by: anchoring outside VTS limits, must pass within a Entry from SE for small craft may be made by 2½ mile radius of the First Reporting Point (195721S following the alignment (3035) of Entrance Point 1182850E) to ensure that automatic registration (via leading lights (180041S 1221258E) (front light), AIS) of having arrived at Port Hedland takes place. passing over the shoal ground, with a depth of 3 m, which extends SW from Channel Rock, before joining Port Hedland Handbook [NP13/No.6/Wk.38/17] Broome Jetty leading line. Western Australia -- North--west coast -- Australian Chart 51 [NP13--No 50--Wk 27/19] Port Hedland — Directions; major light 222 Western Australia -- Roebuck Bay -- Broome — Directions; shoals Paragraph 5.279 2 line(s) 1--3 Delete

216 Australian Notice 11/540/19 [NP13--No 51--Wk 27/19] Paragraph 5.219 1--6 including existing Section IV Notices Weeks 27/19 & 34/19 Replace by: Western Australia -- Port Hedland -- Goldsworthy Front — Directions; light 1 Broome main jetty leading lights: Front light (orange triangle, point up, on tapered 223 galvanized metal tower, 12 m in height) Paragraph 5.285 2 line 3 Delete (180006S 1221310E). Rear light (orange triangle, point down, on tapered Australian Notice 15/619/18 [NP13--No 24--Wk 35/18] galvanized metal tower, 17 m in height) (140 m from front light). The alignment (0225) of these lights leads in the Western Australia -- Port Hedland — Berths approach to the wharf, passing: 223 2 WNW of a shoal patch (180061S 1221293E) with a depth of 97 m, noting the shoaler Paragraph 5.289 2 lines 1--5 Replace by: depths in the vicinity; care should be taken 2 Finucane Island Berths C and D (201863S not to be set E of the leading line. Thence: 1183416E). Double berth for loading iron ore. ESE of the shoal ground extending from Entrance Combined length 680 m and 65 m wide with Point, marked by a light buoy (E cardinal), thence: maintained depths of 184 m (Berth C) and 192m WNW of a light buoy (starboard hand) (180037S (Berth D). Maximum vessel LOA 325 m. Mooring 1221326E), thence: dolphins are located at either end. To the wharf or Inner Anchorage as required. 3 Caution. The above alignment passes close to Paragraph 5.290 1 line 2 Replace by: shoal water in the vicinity of 18 00 61S 122 12 93E.     Berth PH 1, with a length of 213 m and a... Port Pilots employ these leading lights as a clearing line to remain clear of this shoal water, adopting an Port Hedland Handbook [NP13/No.7/Wk.38/17] approach course to cross the leading line WNW of the shoal. Western Australia -- Port Hedland — Tug haven Alternative approach. During periods of high tides, vessels greater than 160 m LOA may enter and 224 depart the port to the E of the leading line, on the line After Paragraph 5.294 1 line 3 Insert: of bearing 010/190 of the NE end of the wharf. 4 Leading lights for the approach to the inner side Hunt Point Tug Haven of the wharf from the NE are exhibited from the NE 5.294a side of Entrance Point, near the root of the jetty. In 1 A basin (201823S 1183417E) lies between Hunt line these lights bear 234. Point and Island Wharf. There are eight berths for Leading line. The line of bearing 244, astern, of tugs. The basin and the access channel have the S extremity of Entrance Point (180049S maintained depths of 72m. 1221255E) leads close NNW of Middle Ground to Inner Anchorage. Australian Notice 22/901/17 [NP13--No 12--Wk 48/17]

2--59 NP13

Western Australia -- North West Cape -- 3 Waves. Persistent sea waves arrive from the SW Muiron Islands — Marine terminals quadrant all year round, with some arriving from between the W and NE quadrants from May to 227 October. Larger swells generally persist from June to October. Tropical cyclones occurring during the Paragraph 6.2 1 line 6 Replace by: summer months can generate extreme swells, ...Ngujima--Yin (6.36), Ningaloo Vision... generally from NNE. The largest combination of sea and swell outside cyclone conditions generally occur Australian Notice 9/430/19 [NP13--No 39--Wk 22/19] from June to September. The calmest months are April to May. Western Australia -- North West Cape -- Muiron Islands — Marine terminals Australian Notice 9/430/19 [NP13--No 43--Wk 22/19]

228 Western Australia -- North West Cape -- Muiron Islands — Racon Paragraph 6.6 3 line 2 Replace by: ...Ngujima--Yin (6.36) and Pyrenees... 231

Paragraph 6.6 3 photograph of FPSO Nganhurra and Paragraph 6.33 1 lines 7--8 Delete caption Delete Australian Notice 9/430/19 [NP13--No 44--Wk 22/19] Australian Notice 9/430/19 [NP13--No 40--Wk 22/19] Western Australia -- North West Cape -- Western Australia -- North West Cape -- Muiron Muiron Islands — Racon Islands — Marine terminals 231 228 Paragraph 6.40 1 lines 7--8 Delete Paragraph 6.9 1 lines 9--10 Delete Australian Notice 9/430/19 [NP13--No 45--Wk 22/19] Australian Notice 9/430/19 [NP13--No 41--Wk 22/19] Western Australia -- North West Cape -- Muiron Islands — Marine terminals Western Australia -- North West Cape -- Muiron Islands — Marine terminals 231--232

229 Paragraph 6.43 Replace by: Paragraph 6.11 3 lines 1--4 Replace by: Spare 1 Clear of an area of 15 mile radius centred on 6.43 212889S 1140049E, within which oil terminals and production facilities lie; thence: Paragraph 6.44 Replace by:

Australian Notice 9/430/19 [NP13--No 42--Wk 22/19] Spare 6.44 Western Australia -- North West Cape — Paragraph 6.45 Replace by: Natural conditions Spare 231 6.45 Paragraph 6.32 1 Replace by: Paragraph 6.46 Replace by: 1 Weather. The region is arid (mainly summer rain) hot and subject to cyclonic activity from November to Spare April, although cyclones occur outside this period. The 6.46 region may be affected by several cyclones a year. Paragraph 6.47 Replace by: 2 Currents. The Leeuwin Current commences in the region, runs S along the edge of the continental shelf Spare and is primarily a surface flow which is strongest 6.47 during winter. The Ningaloo Current flows in the opposite direction along the outside of the coastal reef Paragraph 6.48 Replace by: across the inner continental shelf from September to mid--April. Spare Wind. Prevailing winds in the area are from the S 6.48 or SW quadrants between October and March and from the E, SE or S quadrants from May to August. Australian Notice 9/430/19 [NP13--No 46--Wk 22/19]

2--60 NP13

Western Australia -- North West Cape — Western Australia -- Mary Anne passage to Natural conditions Onslow — Hazards; submarine pipelines

232 257

Paragraph 6.52 1 line 1 For 6.46 Read 6.32 Paragraph 6.230 3 line(s) 1--8 Replace by:

3 Submarine pipelines. Several submarine gas Australian Notice 9/430/19 [NP13--No 47--Wk 22/19] pipelines (disused) are laid from position 210750S 1151630E, 13 miles SSW to Airlie Island, 3 miles S Western Australia -- North West Cape -- and 1 mile E, respectively. A submarine pipeline Muiron Islands — Racon (disused) is laid 3 miles E from Airlie Island 232 (211942S 1151003E). See information on the chart regarding oil and gas pipelines, and also The Paragraph 6.53 1 lines 7--8 Delete Mariner’s Handbook.

Australian Notice 9/430/19 [NP13--No 48--Wk 22/19] Australian ENC AU422115/19 [NP13--No 62--Wk 39/19]

Western Australia -- East of Dampier Archipelago Western Australia -- Mary Anne passage to — Marine protected area Onslow -- Ripple Shoals to Penguin Bank — Directions; oil platform 233 258 After Paragraph 6.56 1 line 8 Insert: Paragraph 6.236 2 line(s) 4--7 Replace by: Marine protected area ...running. Thence: 6.56a 1 Dampier Marine Park (202314S 1171821E) lies Paragraph 6.237 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: E of the Dampier Archipelago; see 1.74. 1 Mary Anne Island Light (211571S Australian Chart 57/19 [NP13--No 55--Wk 36/19] 1152785E). Australian ENC AU422115/19 [NP13--No 63--Wk 39/19] Western Australia -- Port Walcott — Pilot boarding place Western Australia -- Onslow -- North--east 235 approaches — Directions; oil platform

Paragraph 6.74 1 line 4 For 203215S 1171765E Read 260 203240S 1171500E Paragraph 6.253 1 line(s) 8--10 Replace by: Australian Notice 05/164/2017 [NP13/No.2/Wk.17/17] SE of Taunton Reef (211850S 1151300E) (6.236), thence: Port Walcott -- Outer North Channel — Emergency waiting areas Australian ENC AU422115/19 [NP13--No 64--Wk 39/19]

236 Western Australia -- Ashburton — After Paragraph 6.77 1 line 5 Insert: Controlling depths

2 Emergency Waiting Areas, have been established 261 along the Outer North Channel as follows: Emergency Waiting Area 2 centred on 203061S Paragraph 6.266 1--2 Replace by: 1171573E. Emergency Waiting Area 3 centred on 202821S 1 When approaching from N or W (6.281) a least 1171804E. charted depth of 84 m lies in position 213535S Emergency Waiting Area 4 centred on 202890S 1150009E. 1172053E. 2 The main approach channel (213645S 1150155E) that leads to the port has a maintained Australian Notice 18/734/17 [NP13/No.8/Wk.42/17] depth of 135m. A depth of 128m (213114S 1150294E) lies close NNE of the start of the Western Australia -- Dampier -- entrance channel. East Intercourse Island -- Radome The navigation channel leading to the Materials Offloading Facility (MOF) (214111S 1150054E) and 241 the inner harbour has a maintained depth of about 70m. Paragraph 6.122 1 lines 7--10 Delete Ashburton Port Handbook 2019; Australian ENC Australian Notice 05/163/2017 [NP13/No.3/Wk.17/17] AU422115/19 [NP13--No 65--Wk 39/19]

2--61 NP13

Western Australia -- Ashburton — Western Australia -- North West Cape -- Pilotage; speed limit Muiron Islands — Racon

262 263

Paragraph 6.274 1 line(s) 3 For 150 gt Read 35 m LOA Paragraph 6.293 1 lines 4--5 Delete

Paragraph 6.274 1 line(s) 6--10 Replace by: Australian Notice 9/430/19 [NP13--No 49--Wk 22/19] For vessels using the Materials Offloading Facility the Pilot boards at pilot boarding station B (213584S Western Australia -- Shark Bay -- Denham Sound — Directions; wreck 1150050E). For LNG and condensate vessels the pilot boards at pilot boarding station A (21 26 19S   279 1150700E), SE of Sultan Reef (6.253). Paragraph 7.80 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: After Paragraph 6.275 1 line 7 Insert: 2 Close NE of No 9 Light Beacon (lateral) A speed limit of 8 5 kn applies in the entrance  (255591S 1131898E), thence: channel. Between two 95 m patches, the first at 255635S 1131995E and the second 6 cables SW, thence: Ashburton Port Handbook 2019 Between a 92 m patch (255721S 1132004E) [NP13--No 66--Wk 39/19] and No 10 Light Beacon (lateral) 7½ cables E, noting a dangerous wreck in position 255755S Western Australia -- Ashburton -- 1132014E, thence: North--east approach —Directions; oil platform; depth; pilot boarding position Australian Notice 12/483/18; AU426113 [NP13--No 22--Wk 28/18] 263 Geelvink Channel -- Shoal Point — Paragraph 6.282 2 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: Directions; Racon

2 SE of Taunton Reef (211850S 1151300E) 281 (6.236). Thence: Paragraph 7.92 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 6.282 2 line(s) 7 For 52m Read 53m 1 Racon: After Paragraph 6.282 3 line 3 Insert: Australian Notice 19/782/17 [NP13/No.9/Wk.44/17] 4 From the pilot boarding position the track leads SW, then SSW to the entrance channel marked by light Geelvink Channel -- Shoal Point — buoys (lateral). The entrance channel leads SSW onto Directions; Racon the alignment of Ashburton Road Leading Lights in the vicinity of Saladin Shoal (213430S 1150174E). 284

Australian ENC AU422115/19 [NP13--No 67--Wk 39/19] Paragraph 7.129 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: 1 Racon: Western Australia -- Ashburton -- Entrance channel — Directions; leading lights Australian Notice 19/782/17 [NP13/No.10/Wk.44/17]

263 Western Australia -- Port Denison — Directions; leading lights Paragraph 6.283 1 line(s) 1--7 Replace by: 291 1 Ashburton Road Leading Lights. Front light (214071S 1150045E) (square Paragraph 7.184 5 line 6 For 1743 Read 1759 topmark on beacon). Rear light (similar structure) (3¼ cables from front light). Australian Notice 16/650/17 [NP13/No.5/Wk.37/17] The alignment (1937) of these lights leads through the entrance channel to the turning basin off of the Western Australia -- South coast -- berth. Albany — Directions; light 2 From the end of the entrance channel, the white sector (1731-- 1 7 4 2) of Ashburton Road Directional 326 Light (214119S 1150076E) leads 9 cables S to the Materials Offloading Facility. Paragraph 9.40 3 line 7 Delete

Australian ENC AU422115/19 [NP13--No 68--Wk 39/19] Australian Notice 4/159/19 [NP13--No 35--Wk 12/19]

2--62 NP13

Western Australia -- South coast -- South Australia -- -- Albany — Directions; light Cape Adieu — Environmentally sensitive sea area

328 347

Paragraph 9.53 3 lines 4--5 Delete After Paragraph 10.25 1 line 5 Insert:

Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area Notice 4/159/19 [NP13--No 36--Wk 12/19] 10.25a 1 An ESSA has been established from a position about 4 miles NW of Cape Adieu (315980S 1320900E) extending SE to Point Dillon (323035S Western Australia -- King George Sound -- 1335079E), encompassing the off--lying islands, Albany — Anchorages reefs and Nuyts Archipelago. Areas within this marine protected area have restrictions on access and 329 activities. See Seafarers Handbook for Australian Waters AHP 20. Paragraph 9.65 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Australian Notice 16/677/18 [NP13--No 26--Wk 37/18] 1 Anchorages AtoGandWtoZ,eachwitha swinging circle of 3 cables, are located in King George South Australia -- Streaky Bay -- Sound (9.51). Blanche Port — Directions

Australian Notice 6/267/19 [NP13--No 38--Wk 16/19] 356 Paragraph 10.94 3 lines 4--8 Replace by: From a position W of Eba Island the track leads S, Western Australia -- South coast -- Albany — Directions; light passing E of Point Gibson Light Beacon (starboard hand) (324420S 1341405E), marking the E extremity of the drying banks extending E from Point 332 Gibson (324383S 1341289E).

Paragraph 10.94 4 lines 3--7 Replace by: Paragraph 9.83 4 lines 4--5 Delete Between Perforated Rocks, two rocks, each 15min height and full of holes, and a beacon (lateral) Australian Notice 4/159/19 [NP13--No 37--Wk 12/19] marking Fairway Rock (324486S 1341350E). Paragraph 10.94 5 Replace by:

5 From a position W of Crawfords Landing South coast of Australia -- Cape Vancouver -- Lookout Point — Wreck (324572S 1341401E), the track continues SSW with Flinders Jetty Head Light (white metal column) (324754S 1341266E) bearing no less than 184, 333 as required for the anchorage or jetty, noting Sponge Rocks North and South, lying close W of the track. Paragraph 9.89 2 line 1 Replace by: Australian Chart 121 [NP13--No 18--Wk 11/18] 2 Anchorage may be obtained in 13 m, clear of a historic wreck (345219S 1182422E), off the S South Australia -- Great Australian Bight -- end... Venus Bay — Directions

Australian Notice 25/1130/18 [NP13--No 32--Wk 03/19] 359

Paragraph 10.112 2--3 Replace by:

South coast of Australia -- Cape Le Grand -- 2 Leading lights: Pasco Island — Directions; shoal Front light (triangle point up on beacon) (331358S 1343949E). Rear light (triangle point down on beacon) (147 m 338 from front light). The alignment (0273) of these lights leads through After Paragraph 9.118 2 line 4 Insert: the best water on the outer part of the bar. 3 From a position about 1½ cables SSW of the front NE of a 75 m shoal (340295S 1220659E), light, the track leads E to follow a channel marked by thence: light buoys (lateral). A shallow channel, marked by beacons (lateral), Australian Notice 25/1128/18 [NP13--No 33--Wk 03/19] leads towards Port Kenny.

2--63 NP13

Paragraph 10.113 1--2 Replace by: South Australia -- Spencer Gulf -- Port Bonython — Directions 1 Jetties: Port Kenny (331038S 1344105E). Extends 382 about 32 m S from the shore. Paragraph 11.171 1--3 Replace by: Venus Bay (331380S 1344038E). Extends about 37 m N from the shore, with a small crane. 1 Track. From a position close NW of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (330899S 1374011E), the track leads generally NE, then NNE, through a Australian Chart 121 [NP13--No 18--Wk 11/18] channel marked by light buoys (lateral and cardinal), passing: NW of Eastern Shoal (330724S 1374624E), South Australia -- Spencer Gulf — Regulations; ESSA marked at the N and S ends on the 5 m contour by light beacons (cardinal), thence: 2 ESE of Fairway Bank, marked at its N end by a 363 light beacon (E cardinal) (330210S 1374480E). After Paragraph 11.3 1 line 8 Insert: The track then leads to the Port Bonython oil terminal (330081S 1374592E). Regulations Australian Chart 778/19 [NP13--No 59--Wk 36/19] 11.3a 1 Environmentally Sensitive Sea Areas (ESSA) South Australia -- Germein Bay — ESSA exist throughout the area covered by this chapter, including Spencer Gulf and approaches (see 1.74). 383 Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area (ESSA) Australian Chart 778/19 [NP13--No 56--Wk 36/19] 11.176a 1 The area surrounding the approach to Germein Bay has been designated as an ESSA. Restrictions on South Australia -- Spencer Gulf -- access and activity apply. See 1.74 and Seafarers Whyalla — Traffic regulations; ESSA Handbook for Australian Waters.

379 Australian Chart 136/18 [NP13--No 27--Wk 40/18]

Paragraph 11.147 1 line(s) 1--6 Delete South Australia -- Spencer Gulf -- Germein Bay — ESSA; directions 383 Australian Chart 778/19 [NP13--No 57--Wk 36/19] Paragraph 11.179 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by:

1 From the Port Pirie Pilot Station (11.190), the track South Australia -- Spencer Gulf -- leads E, at night in... Port Bonython — Depths; anchorage; pilotage Australian Chart 778/19 [NP13--No 60--Wk 36/19] 381 South Australia -- Spencer Gulf -- Port Pirie — Pilotage; ESSA Paragraph 11.165 1 line(s) 2 Replace by: 383 ...with a least depth of about 15 m. Local authorities should be consulted for the latest information. Paragraph 11.190 1 line(s) 2--3 Replace by: ...unless exempt. Pilot boards in position 330455S Paragraph 11.166 1--2 Replace by: 1374550E. For details see... 1 Anchorage may be found in an area centred on Australian Chart 778/19 [NP13--No 61--Wk 36/19] 332223S 1373412E, with depths from 15 to 20 m.

Paragraph 11.167 1 line(s) 2--3 Replace by: South Australia -- Germein Bay -- Port Pirie — ESSA ...compulsory for all non--exempt vessels. Pilots board in 383 the following positions: After Paragraph 11.191 1 line 5 Insert: Paragraph 11.167 2 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area (ESSA). The 2 Vessels less than 14 m draught: either at Whyalla area surrounding the approach to Port Pirie has been Pilot Station (11.146) or at Port Pirie Pilot Station designated as an ESSA. Restrictions on access and (11.190). activity apply. See 1.74 and Seafarers Handbook for Australian Waters. Australian Chart 778/19 [NP13--No 58--Wk 36/19] Austalian Chart 136/18 [NP13--No 28--Wk 40/18]

2--64 NP13

South Australia -- Kangaroo Island -- South Australia -- Port Adelaide — Hog Bay — Anchorage Directions; leading lights

398 403--404 Paragraph 12.89 2 lines 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 12.130 1--2 Replace by: 2 Anchorage. Two designated anchor berths are located at 354272S 1375758E (radius 3 cables) 1 From the pilot boarding position (344823S and 35 42 78S 137 57 40E (radius 2 3cables) with      1382081E), the entrance channel is approached depths from 11 to 18 m. from SW to a position SSW of Entrance Light Beacon (344682S 1382253E). Australian Notice 13/509/2017 [NP13/No.4/Wk.35/17] No 1 Inward Leading Lights: Front light (orange triangle, point up, on beacon) South Australia -- Port Adelaide approaches — (344758S 1382691E). Directions; wrecks Rear light (orange triangle, point down, on beacon) (2¼ cables from front beacon). 400 2 The alignment (1015) of these lights leads 3½ miles ESE through the dredged channel, marked Paragraph 12.105 3 line(s) 12--13 Replace by: by numbered light beacons (lateral), to a position Clear of two dangerous wrecks (344959S 1¼ cables WNW of the inward front light. 1382048E and 344924S 1382028E). No 2 Inward Leading Lights: Front light (orange triangle, point up, on beacon) ENC AUS137X8 (15.000) [NP13--No 75--Wk 52/19] (344734S 1382796E). Rear light (orange triangle, point down, on beacon) Gulf of Saint Vincent -- Port Stanvac — (3½ cables from front light). Port description No 2 Outward Leading Lights: Front Light (orange triangle, point up, on beacon) 401 (344758S 1382664E). Rear light (orange triangle, point down, on beacon) Paragraph 12.112 1--2 Replace by: (3¼ cables WSW of front light). The alignment (0775) of No 2 Inward Leading 1 Description. Port Stanvac (35 06 43S   Lights and (2575), astern, of No 2 Outward Leading 1382797E), was previously an oil refinery port which Lights leads 7¾ cables ENE through the dredged ceased commercial operation in 2003. A light beacon channel to a position 2¼ cables WSW of the inward (W cardinal) marks the limit of the dangers which front light. extend from the disused jetty. A boat harbour, protected by breakwaters each exhibiting a light at its head, is located 5½ cables S of Australian Notice 22/1168(P)/19 Port Stanvac. [NP13--No 72--Wk 50/19] 2 Prohibited area. Entry into Port Stanvac is prohibited without prior permission. An area, marked by light buoys (special), within South Australia -- Port Adelaide — which entry is prohibited, lies 9 cables N of Port Directions; leading lights Stanvac. Anchorage, with good holding, may be obtained in 403--404 20 m, hard sand, with Marino Rocks Lighthouse (350322S 1383070E) (12.97) bearing 065 distant 3to3½ miles. Paragraph 12.130 1--6 including existing Section IV Notice Week 50/19 Replace by: Australian Notice 2/61/19 [NP13--No 34--Wk 08/19] 1 From the pilot boarding position (344823S 1382081E) the entrance channel is approached from South Australia -- Port Adelaide -- SW to a position SSW of Entrance Light Beacon Port Adelaide River — Vertical clearances (344682S 1382253E). The track then leads generally E through the dredged channel, marked by 402 light beacons (port hand), to a position SSE of No 10 Paragraph 12.118 1 line(s) 1--8 Replace by: Light Beacon (port hand). 2 From a position in the vicinity of No 10 Light 1 Cables span the river with the following clearances: Beacon (port hand) the track continues generally NE, 344691S 1383093E, 55 m safe vertical through the dredged channel, passing between the clearance. breakwaters and into the Outer Harbour to a position 344827S 1383078E, 47 m safe vertical SSW of No 20 Light Beacon (port hand). clearance. Caution. There are also berthing leads to assist 34 49 44S 138 30 59E, 50 m safe vertical     vessels to OH6, OH7 and OH8 Berths. clearance.

Australian Notice 23/1205/19 [NP13--No 74--Wk 52/19] ENC AUS137X8 (15.000) [NP13--No 76--Wk 52/19]

2--65 NP13

South Australia -- Port Adelaide — Australia -- Victoria -- Cape Otway to Point Grey -- Directions; light beacons Apollo Bay — Directions 405 102--103 Paragraph 12.131 1 line(s) 6 For Nos 3 and 5 Read Nos 2 and 4 Paragraph 3.78 1--2 Replace by:

1 Paragraph 12.131 2 line(s) 2--3 Replace by: Approach from east. An approach clear of any danger is best made from the E to the anchorage ...route joins the channel ESE of No 6 Light (3.76). Beacon. Charted depths of less than... Approach from south. An approach to Apollo Bay can also be made from the S passing W of Henty Australian Notice 22/1168(P)/19 Reef. [NP13--No 73--Wk 50/19] 2 Apollo Bay Leading lights: Front light (white framework beacon, 4 m in height) South Australia -- Port Adelaide -- (384356S 1434238E). Inner Harbour — Directions Rear light (white triangle, point down, on tower, 5 m 405 in height) (5½ cables from front light). From a position 2½ miles S of Point Bunbury the Paragraph 12.132 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: approach leads NNE on the alignment (0175)of these lights and in the white sector (016–019)ofthe 1 Inner Harbour is approached from Outer Harbour front leading light, passing: through a dredged channel in Port Adelaide River. From a position SSW of No 20 Light Beacon (port Paragraph 3.78 5 Replace by: hand) the track leads ENE, thence E rounding Pelican Point (344580S 1383020E), thence SE and S 5 Entry leading lights: rounding Snapper Point (344610S 1383085E) to a Front light (orange rectangle on beacon) (384563S position E of No 35 Light Beacon (starboard hand) 1434063E). (344642S 1383099E). Rear light (similar structure) (33 m from front light). From a position N of the E breakwater head (3.77), ENC AUS137X8 (15.000) [NP13--No 77--Wk 52/19] the alignment (1875) of these lights leads into the harbour.

NP14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 (2019 Edition) Australian Notice 16/829/19 [NP14--No 4--Wk 38/19]

Australia -- Victoria -- Cape Otway to Point Grey -- Victoria -- South coast -- Lakes Entrance -- Apollo Bay — Directions Bullock Island — Prohibited anchorage 101--102 176 Paragraph 3.73 3--8 Replace by:

3 SE of Henty Reef (384720S 1434191E), a After Paragraph 6.105 2 line(s) 4 Insert: steep--to reef over which the sea breaks Anchoringisalsoprohibitedinanareabestseen heavily in moderate conditions. The reef is on the chart covering the harbour entrance and the S covered by the red sector (354–015)of and W sides of Bullock Island. Apollo Bay front light (3.78). Thence: SE of Cape Patton (384147S 1435039E) which has a bold and dark appearance. It is wooded Australian Chart 182 [NP14--No 1--Wk 25/19] except on its grass covered W side. 4 The track then continues NE, passing: Tasmania – Devonport — Berths; depths SE of Addis Bay (384098S 1435105E). Mount Meuron (384050S 1435076E), rises close within the head of Addis Bay. Thence: 199--200 SE of Point Hawdon (384033S 1435199E), thence: Paragraph 7.87 1 line(s) 1--6 Replace by: SE of Point Sturt (383851S 1435363E), thence: 1 Berths: 5 To a position SE of Point Grey (383289S No 1 East (411080S 1462195E): passenger and 1435930E). Point Grey is low and grassy; a RoRo freight ferry; length 115 m; dredged depth drying reef extends 1½ cables E from the alongside 69 m (2019); RoRo ramp at N end; point. Fishers Creek (383332S 1435868E) maximum size of vessel; 195 m LOA, beam 37 m. enters the sea where there is a break in the coastal reef. Paragraph 7.87 1 line(s) 7--11 Replace by: 6 Useful marks: Mount Saint George (383368S 1435807E), a No 2 East (411091S 1462199E): RoRo freight conical grassy hill. vessels, container and general cargo; length (Directions continue for the coastal route at 3.84) 180 m; dredged depth alongside 93 m (2019); RoRo ramp at N end; maximum size of vessel, Australian Notice 16/829/19 [NP14--No 3--Wk 38/19] 195 m LOA, beam 317m.

2--66 NP14

Paragraph 7.87 2 Replace by: Paragraph 2.170 7 lines 1--4 Replace by:

2 No 3 East (411099S 1462200E): containers, 7 The approach track from W, through Passe de l’Ile general and dry bulk; length 118 m; dredged Longue, is made along the recommended routes. depth alongside 82 m (2019); RoRo ramp at S end with dredged depth alongside 63m French Chart 5978/19 [NP15--No 16--Wk 18/19] (2019); maximum size of vessel, 200 m LOA, beam 317m. Australia -- East coast -- Approach to Newcastle — Restricted area Australian Notice 8/387/19 [NP14--No 2--Wk 31/19] 112

After Paragraph 3.81 1 Insert: Tasmania – Devonport — Berths; depths Unexploded ordnance. An area containing unexploded ordnance, with a radius of about 5 cables, 199--200 iscentredon325910S 1514884E. The area is not safe for anchoring or seabed activities. Paragraph 7.88 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 3.81 2 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: 1 Berths: 2 Restricted area lies within a sector of the port No 1 West (411096S 1462179E): bulk cement; limit, encompassing the port approaches and TSS. length 87 m; dredged depth alongside 85m (2019); maximum size of vessel, 190 m LOA, This restricted area represents a fairway for... beam 31 m. Australian Chart 207/19 [NP15--No 26--Wk 27/19] No 3 West (411112S 1462177E): general cargo and bulk tallow; length 167 m; depth alongside from 68to74 m; maximum size of vessel, 180 m Australia -- New South Wales -- Newcastle -- LOA, beam 37 m. Stockton Bight — Pilotage 2 No 4 West (411120S 1462181E): oil products, bulk wheat, refrigerated, container, 112 general cargo, livestock, bulk tallow and Paragraph 3.82 1 line 4 Replace by: RoRo, length 198 m; dredged depth alongside 77 m (2019); maximum size of vessel, 205 m ...(ALPHA), 325887S 1515269E (BRAVO) and LOA, beam 31 m. 325600S 1515265E (CHARLIE) by... No 5 West (411130S 1462189E): LPG; a T--shaped jetty supported on steel piles and Australian Notice 18/765/18 [NP15--No 8--Wk 40/18] connected by catwalks; length 40 m across the head; depth alongside 55 m; maximum size of Australia -- New South Wales -- vessel, 110 m LOA, beam 20 m. Perpendicular Point — Directions; ESSA

Australian Notice 8/387/19 [NP14--No 2--Wk 31/19] 124

Paragraph 3.145 5 line 6 Replace by: ...And: NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2018 Edition) Clear of light buoy (314082S 1525462E) (special) marking the centre of an ESSA. Restrictions on access and activities apply (see Nouvelle--Calédonie – 1.80). Thence: Récifs et Iles Chesterfield — Anchorage Australian Notice 19/807/18 [NP15--No 11--Wk 42/18] 97 Australia -- East coast -- Coffs Harbour to Evans Head — Paragraph 2.170 6 lines 1--11 Replace by: Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area

6 Ile Longue (195218S 1581868E). Anchorage 129 may be obtained about 6 cables NE of the island, centred on 195152S 1581915E, 350 m swinging After Paragraph 3.178 1 line 5 Insert: radius, in 32 m. Mariners should note a dangerous wreck (195173S 1581908E) lying close S of the Environmentally Sensitive Sea Area anchorage. and the shoals 1½ cables off the reef on 3.178a that side of the island. The holding ground is good but 1 The inshore routes described in this section pass the berth is exposed to sea and swell from SE. through an ESSA which has restrictions on access Landing from boats can be effected, with caution and and activities. For details see Seafarers Handbook for in good visibility, from the vicinity of the anchorage Australian Waters. using a channel, less than 1 cable in width, leading through the reef. Australian Chart AUS 812/18 [NP15--No 9--Wk 41/18]

2--67 NP15

Australia -- East coast -- New South Wales -- Australia -- East coast -- Queensland -- Ballina — Major light Wide Bay Harbour — Directions; light

130 167 Paragraph 5.52 1--2 Replace by: After Paragraph 3.179 1 line(s) 9 Insert: 1 From a position in the vicinity of a light buoy Ballina Head Light (285204S 1533552E) (special) (254790S 1531000E) moored E of Hook (3.202). Point (254760S 1530458E), the track leads Australian Notice 8/374/19 [NP15--No 17--Wk 21/19] generally WNW across The Bar which, when not marked by breakers, may be seen by the discolouration of the water; the bar is steep--to on its Australia -- East coast -- New South Wales -- Ballina — Directions; major light seaward side. 2 Inskip Point Leading Light Beacons: 135 Front light beacon (white triangle, point up on structure) (254862S 1530389E). Paragraph 3.202 including heading Replace by: After Paragraph 5.52 4 line 5 Insert: Principal marks Useful marks: 3.202 Hook Point Light (white tower, trapezium daymark) 1 Major lights: (254703S 1530473E). Ballina Head Light (white masonry tower and lantern, Australian Notice 16/818/19; ENC AU426153 7 m in height) (285204S 1533552E). [NP15--No 27--Wk 38/19] Cape Byron Light (white concrete tower and lantern, 22 m in height) (28 38 31S 153 38 18E).     Australia -- Queensland – Fingal Head Light (white stone tower and lantern, Port Bundaberg — Directions; lights 7 m in height) (281201S 1533429E); the light is obscured when near to Cook Island (281176S 178 1533473E) between bearings 229 and 242. Paragraph 5.126 4 lines 1--9 Replace by: Coolangatta Aero Light (280988S 1533045E). 4 Sea Reach Leading Lights: Australian Notice 8/374/19 [NP15--No 18--Wk 21/19] Front light (beacon) (244526S 1522387E). Rear light (3½ cables from front light). Australia -- Queensland -- Brisbane — The alignment (270) of these lights leads into the Port regulations entrance channel and through Sea Reach, passing: Paragraph 5.127 2 lines 5--7, and 3 lines 1--3 Replace by: 152 Middle Reach Approach Leading Lights: Paragraph 4.55 3 lines 1--9 Replace by: Front light (beacon) (244550S 1522316E). Rear light (beacon) (1½ cables from front light). 3 When passing vessels other than tankers, Middle Reach Departure Leading Lights: vessels with combined lengths totalling less Front light (beacon) (24 45 24S 152 24 03E). than 370 m may pass each other in the inner     Rear light (beacon) (110 m from front light). and outer bar channels. 3 The alignment (252 ), ahead, of the approach lights Tankers are subject to additional passing  restrictions. Non gas freed tankers are not and (072), astern, of the departure lights, leads permitted to pass another non gas freed tanker. through Middle Reach, passing... Paragraph 5.127 3 lines 7--9, and 4 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 4.56 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: Inner Reach Approach Leading Lights: 1 A vessel’s trim must not exceed 2% of the vessel’s Front light (beacon) (244585S 1522281E). LOA, with propellers fully immersed. A vessel must Rear light (beacon) (150 m from front light). not be trimmed by the bow and must be upright with Inner Reach Departure Leading Lights: no list for any passage within the Brisbane Pilotage Front light (beacon) (244539S 1522339E). Area. Rear light (beacon) (1 cable from front light). 4 The alignment (229), ahead, of the approach lights Brisbane Port Handbook (2019) and (049), astern, of the departure lights, leads [NP15--No 46--Wk 45/19] through Inner Reach, passing between...

Australia -- Queensland -- Moreton Bay -- Australian Notice 21/903/18 [NP15--No 12--Wk 47/18] St Helena Island — Directions; wreck Australia -- East coast -- 156 Whitsunday Passage — Tidal streams

After Paragraph 4.73 2 line 7 Insert: 241 Clear of a dangerous wreck (272277S Paragraph 7.80 2 line 6 For S--going Read N--going 1531678E), thence: Correspondence Australian Hydrographic Office Australian Notice 3/345/18 [NP15--No 6--Wk 24/18] [NP15--No 7--Wk 27/18]

2--68 NP15

Australia -- Queensland -- Whitsunday Passage -- Australia -- Queensland -- Lucinda — Grassy Island — Anchorage Directions; lights

251 266--267

Paragraph 7.122 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: Paragraph 8.53 1, 2 and 3 Replace by:

2 Anchorage may be obtained in sand 1 mile S of 1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position Grassy Island. This anchorage is the only one on this (182991S 1462398E), the track leads WSW in the stretch of coast with shelter from N winds. white sector (2449--2479) of the directional light Caution. Depths greater than charted have been located 3½ cables NE of Lucinda Point (183161S reported (2018) in the anchorage. 1462039E), across the S part of the bar in a least charted depth of 10 m, passing: NNW of a light buoy (safe water) (183062S Correspondence Australian Hydrographic Office 1462322E), marking the outer end of the [NP15--No 10--Wk 42/18] fairway, thence: NNW of the head of the offshore berth (183127S 1462317E). Australia -- East coast -- Queensland -- 2 Leading mark. When the directional light is distant Abbot Point — Pilotage 1 cable, the track leads W with the head of the inshore berth (183130S 1461990E) bearing 270; 255 a light is exhibited from each end of the berth. The track leads direct to the berth. Caution. The shoal, with a small drying patch Paragraph 7.146 1 line(s) 2--3 Replace by: (183124S 1462005E) NE of Lucinda inshore berth, ...(194750S 1480350E) is 5½ miles NNW of Abbot has extended S over a long period into the channel; Point. its S edge is marked by No 24 Light Buoy (183130S 1462000E) (port hand).

Australian Notice 11/518/19 [NP15--No 20--Wk 27/19] Australian Notice 10/389/18 [NP15--No 1--Wk 24/18]

Australia -- East coast -- Queensland -- Australia -- East coast -- Lucinda — Lucinda — Pilotage Directions; shoal

266 266--267

Paragraph 8.49 2 line(s) 5--7 Replace by: Paragraph 8.53 1--3 including existing Section IV Notice Week 24/18 Replace by: ...Townsville VTS. Pilot boards in position 182900S 1462500E. 1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position (182991S 1462398E), the track leads WSW in the Australian Notice 11/527/19 [NP15--No 21--Wk 27/19] white sector (2449--2479) of the directional light located 3½ cables NE of Lucinda Point (183161S 1462039E), across the S part of the bar in a least charted depth of 10 m, passing: Australia -- East coast -- Queensland -- NNW of a light buoy (safe water) (183062S Lucinda — Directions; pilotage; lights 1462322E), marking the outer end of the fairway, thence: 266 NNW of the head of the offshore berth (183127S 1462317E). Paragraph 8.51 2 line(s) 1--7 Replace by: 2 When the directional light is distant 1 cable, the track leads W, parallel with the Offshore Berth pier 2 Offshore berth. From a position ENE of Lucinda (8.61), to a position 1½ cables ESE of a dolphin Point (183161S 1462039E), in the vicinity of the (183132S 1461999E) on which stands a light pilot boarding position (8.49), the track leads as beacon (starboard hand). Course is then altered to the required for berthing. berth, passing between the light beacon (starboard hand) and a light buoy (port hand) (183130S Paragraph 8.51 3 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: 1462000E). 3 Caution. The shoal, with a small drying patch 3 The alignment (204) of a pair of approach leading (183124S 1462005E) NE of Lucinda inshore berth, lights positioned on the jetty assist vessels has extended S and E over a long period into the approaching from NNE. channel.

Australian Notice 11/527/19 [NP15--No 22--Wk 27/19] Australian Notice 2/55/19 [NP15--No 14--Wk 08/19]

2--69 NP15

Australia -- East coast -- Lucinda — Australia -- East coast -- Queensland -- Directions; pilotage; light Hinchinbrook Channel — Directions; leading lights 266--267 268

Paragraph 8.58 4 lines 5--7 Delete Paragraph 8.53 1--3 including Existing Section IV Notice Week 08/19 Replace by: Paragraph 8.59 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:

1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position 1 The track then leads S for 1¼ miles, passing: (8.49), the track leads WSW in the white sector (2449-- 2 4 7 9) of the directional light located Paragraph 8.59 4 lines 6--8 Delete 3½ cables NE of Lucinda Point (183161S Paragraph 8.59 5 lines 1--6 Replace by: 1462039E), across the S part of the bar in a least charted depth of 10 m, passing: 5 Thence the track leads E from the vicinity of No 9 2 NNW of a light buoy (safe water) (183045S Light Buoy, passing: 1462320E), marking the outer end of the Paragraph 8.60 1 lines 2--4 Delete fairway, thence: NNW of the head of the offshore berth (18 31 27S   Australian Notice 24/1066/18 [NP15--No 13--Wk 52/18] 1462317E). When the directional light is distant 1 cable, the track leads W, parallel with the Offshore Berth pier Australia -- Queensland -- Mourilyan — Anchorages (8.61),toaposition1½ cables ESE of a dolphin (183132S 1461999E) on which stands a light 279 beacon (starboard hand). Track is then altered to the Paragraph 8.144 3 lines 1--4 Replace by: berth, passing between the light beacon (starboard hand) and a light buoy (port hand) (183130S 3 Outer anchorages. Two anchorage berths 1462000E). (173672S 1461141E and 173782S 1461169E) 3 Caution. The shoal, with a small drying patch lie ESE of the harbour entrance, in depths of about (183124S 1462005E) NE of Lucinda inshore berth, 20 m, mud and sand. has extended S and E over a long period into the Australian Notice 17/864/19 [NP15--No 28--Wk 40/19] channel. Australia -- Queensland -- Cairns — Pilotage Australian Notice 11/527/19 [NP15--No 23--Wk 27/19] 291

Paragraph 9.57 1 line 9 For 164860S 1455060E Read Australia -- Queensland – Lucinda — 16 48 10S 145 50 10E Directions; lights    

Paragraph 9.57 1 lines 12--13 Replace by: 266--267 ...LOA in adverse weather. Pilot boarding ground Delta Paragraph 8.53 1--3 including existing Section IV Notice (164600S 1455000E). For details see ADMIRALTY Week 27/19 Replace by: List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4). Australian Notice 4/146/19 [NP15--No 15--Wk 12/19] 1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position (8.49), the track leads WSW in the white sector Australia -- East coast -- Queensland -- (2449-- 2 4 7 9) of the directional light located Approaches to Cairns — Pilotage 3½ cables NE of Lucinda Point (183161S 1462039E), across the S part of the bar in a least 291 charted depth of 10 m, passing: Paragraph 9.57 1 line(s) 1--13 including Existing Section IV NNW of the head of the offshore berth (183127S Notice Week 12/19 Replace by: 1462317E). 1 2 When the directional light is distant 1 cable, the Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels more than track leads W, parallel with the Offshore Berth pier 50 m LOA, except vessels exempted, and is available (8.61),toaposition1½ cables ESE of a dolphin 24 hours a day. Foreign vessels between 35 m and (183132S 1461999E) on which stands a light 50 m LOA, and Australian vessels of 50 m and over, beacon (starboard hand). The track then leads to the except those with pilotage exemption, must embark a berth, passing between the light beacon (starboard pilot for the transit of Smiths Creek. The Cairns Pilot hand) and a light buoy (port hand) (183130S boarding ground Alpha (164750S 1455350E) is for 1462000E). vessels over 180 m LOA. Pilot boarding ground Bravo (16 48 60S 145 50 60E) is for vessels less than 3 Caution. The shoal, with a small drying patch     (183124S 1462005E) NE of Lucinda inshore berth, 180 m LOA. Pilot Boarding Ground Charlie has extended S and E over a long period into the (165026S 1454904E) is for vessels 100m or less channel. LOA in adverse weather. Pilot boarding ground Delta (164600S 1455000E). For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4). Australian Notice 20/1040/19; AUS 259 [NP15--No 47--Wk 45/19] Australian Notice 11/521/19 [NP15--No 24--Wk 27/19]

2--70 NP15

Australia -- Queensland -- Cairns — 3 SSW of Pipon Islets (140735S 1443125E) Directions; lights consisting of a number of islets lying near the edges of a drying reef, steep--to on its E and 292 S sides. The largest islet, on the NE side of the reef, is covered with mangroves. Pipon Islets Light (white GRP hut on stainless steel Paragraph 9.65 1--3 Replace by: framework tower, 25 m in height) (140771S 1443087E) stands on the SW islet, which is 1 Caution. It is not advisable to enter the channel if 12 m in height and tree--covered. Thence: another vessel is already navigating within. 4 NNE of Channel Rocks (140841S Outer Cutting Leading Lights: 1442898E), marked by light buoy (starboard Front light T1 Light Beacon (165486S hand), the immediate outer danger on the N 1454701E). side of Cape Melville and covered by a red Rear direction light (3½ cables from front light) sector (059–082) of Pipon Islets Light. standing on shore. Boulder Rock (140905S 1442900E) and 2 The alignment (209) of these lights leads SSW Cape Rock (140985S 1442924E), which through Entrance Channel, marked by light buoys and resemble each other, lie 6 cables and beacons (lateral and cardinal), until WNW of C20 Light 1½ miles S of Channel Rocks. A foul area Beacon (special) (165464S 1454721E). See 9.62 which extends 2½ cables NE from Boulder for remarks on tidal streams in this vicinity. Rock is marked at its outer end by a rock, 2 m in height, and by a detached rock which Paragraph 9.66 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: dries 12 m and nearly always breaks. Details oftheflowtobeexpectedinthevicinityof 1 Inner Cutting Leading Light Beacons: Channel Rocks are given at 9.138. And: Front light beacon (165416S 1454728E). 5 SSW of Oswald Shoal (140651S 1442974E), Rear light beacon (2 cables from front light). difficult to see, even from aloft, thence: From a position in the channel WNW of C20 Light SSW of Aylen Patch (140604S 1442873E), the Beacon, the alignment (013), astern, of these... outer danger immediately WNW of Pipon Islets. The route then leads NW, passing: Australian Notice 18/930/19 [NP15--No 34--Wk 42/19] Either side of a shoal patch with a depth of 131m (140493S 1442561E), marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), thence: 6 To a position about 5 miles NNE of King Island Australia -- Queensland -- Cape Melville -- (14 05 70S 144 20 00E) (10.70). Pipon Islets — Directions; two--way route     (Directions continue at 10.66 for the passage through Fairway Channel and at 10.68 for 306--307 King Island to Eden Reef) Cape Melville to King Island passing NE of Pipon Islets Paragraph 9.146 4 line 11 Replace by: 9.146b 1 From a position SSW of Singleton Patch ...always visible. Thence: (140963S 1443558E) (9.146), a two--way route leads NNW passing: Paragraph 9.146 5--9 Replace by: ENE of Pipon Islets (9.146a), thence: 5 The track continues NNW to a position SSW of ENE of Pipon Shoals (140590S 1443170E), Singleton Patch (140963S 1443558E), steep--to marked by a light buoy (E cardinal), and: 2 WSW of Melanie Rock (14 05 96S 144 34 42E), and covered by a red sector (287–301)ofPipon     Islets Light, 5 miles WNW (9.146a). which has a depth of 09 m and is marked by V--AIS (W cardinal). The rock lies on the NW--most point of Melanie Patches. (Directions continue for the passage SW of Thence the track leads WNW, passing: Pipon Islets at 9.146a and for the passage SSW of Tydeman Reef (13 59 00S 144 31 00E), NE of Pipon Islets at 9.146b)     thence: 3 SSW of Davie Reef (135900S 1442700E). Cape Melville to King Island passing SSW of The track then continues to a position about 5 miles Pipon Islets NNE of King Island (140570S 1442000E) (10.70). 9.146a 1 From a position SSW of Singleton Patch Australian Notice 17/865/19 [NP15--No 29--Wk 40/19] (140963S 1443558E) (9.146), a two--way route leads WNW passing: Australia -- Queensland -- Cape Melville — Directions NNE of Hales Island (141100S 1443225E), with above--water rocks close E and SE; a rocky point 307 on the mainland (61 m in height), lies 3 cables S. Paragraph 9.147 2 line 8 Replace by: Thence: (Directions continue at 10.66 for the passage through 2 NNE of Cape Melville (141078S 1443048E), Fairway Channel and at 10.68 for rising to over 200 m a short distance inland. King Island to Eden Reef) Wedge Rocks (141010S 1443140E), lie within the coastal 5 m depth contour. Thence: Australian Notice 17/865/19 [NP15--No 30--Wk 40/19]

2--71 NP15

Australia -- Queensland -- Cape Melville -- 2 SE of Clack Island (140460S 1441530E), its Fairway Channel — Routes E end steep and bare, the W end covered with bushes and mangroves. A similar but 317 lower islet lies close N. Clack Island marks the SE extremity of Clack Reef (140400S Paragraph 10.60 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: 1441450E), which is steep--to. The NE end of the reef is marked by a mangrove island. 1 From the vicinity of King Island (140570S And: 1442000E) (10.70), the recommended two--way 3 NW of Atkinson Reef (140740S 1441715E), route leads NW for 25 miles, thence generally NNW a small and dangerous below--water coral for 44 miles... reef, lying at the outer end of a spit which extends 3 miles WSW from King Island. The Australian Notice 17/865/19 [NP15--No 31--Wk 40/19] reef is not marked by any tide--rips. Australian Notice 17/865/19 [NP15--No 33--Wk 40/19] Australia -- Queensland -- King Island to First Three Mile Opening — Directions Papua New Guinea -- Batumata Point to Buruma Point — Directions

318 359--360

Paragraph 10.67 1--4 Replace by: Paragraph 12.33 Replace by:

1 From a position within the two--way route about 1 From the position close S of Batumata Point 5 miles NNE of King Island (140570S 1442000E) (101722S 1485791E) the track leads W, passing: (10.70), the track leads NW passing: N of shoal depths (101860S 1485610E) SW of Wilson, Joan and Rodda Reef (135535S extending ENE from Grange Reef (101821S 1442135E), thence: 1485190E), which dries. Grange Islet NE of the N tip of Corbett Reef Light Beacon (101895S 1485323E), low and wooded, lies (135405S 1441431E) marking the W side of on the reef. Grange Reef also extends about Fairway Channel (10.22), thence: 1½ miles WNW from the islet before turning SW 2 SW of an isolated shoal patch, (134604S for about 4½ miles to Mindora Passage (12.38). 1440950E), marked by a light buoy (isolated And: danger), thence: 2 Clear of a 38 m patch (101710S 1485252E), To a position SSW of Creech Reef (133800S thence: 1440600E) where the track continues NNW, passing: S of the drying reefs (101567S 1485156E and WSW of South Creech Light (133970S 101593S 1485046E) and below--water rocks 1440600E), thence: close W, situated in the SW part of Baxter Bay, ENE of the NE tip of Magpie Reef (134585S thence: 1435110E), thence: S of a reef lying 2 cables S of Buruma Point WSW of First Three Mile Opening (10.35), thence: (101487S 1484775E). 3 Useful marks: The track then leads WNW, passing: South Creech Light (133970S 1440600E) 3 Clear of a broad shoal area (101620S (10.34). 1484678E), least depth 26 m, thence: Light beacon (132621S 1435815E) (10.35), NNE of an isolated drying coral patch (101690S marking the NW side of First Three Mile Opening 1484603E), thence: (10.35). Clear of an isolated drying coral patch (101597S 1484566E). (Directions continue at 10.106) Thence the track leads to the vicinity of 101582S 1484520E, about 2½ miles WSW of Buruma Point. Australian Notice 17/865/19 [NP15--No 32--Wk 40/19] Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148 [NP15--No 35--Wk 44/19] Australia -- Queensland -- King Island to Eden Reef — Directions Papua New Guinea -- Buruma Point to Dedele Point — Directions

318--319 360

Paragraph 10.70 1--3 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 12.34 Replace by:

1 Caution. Local knowledge is essential for the King Island to Eden Reef passage from Buruma Point (101487S 1484775E) 10.70 to Dedele Point (101415S 1484473E). 1 From a position within the two--way route about Track. From the position about 2½ miles WSW of 5 miles NNE of King Island, the track leads SW Buruma Point the track leads initially W across the passing: entrance to Henderson Bay, passing: NW of King Island (140575S 1442000E), low, 2 S of a drying reef (101513S 1484500E), wooded and reef--fringed, thence: close SW of Varoe Reef, thence:

2--72 NP15

N of the N extent of Elevala Reefs (101619S Papua New Guinea -- Dedele Point — Anchorage 1484468E), an area of shoals and drying reefs; thence: 362 Clear of a 51 m patch (101553S 1484458E), thence: Paragraph 12.55 2 Replace by: 3 S of Fan Reef (101459S 1484432E), extending 5 cables SW from Dedele Point. A 2 Approaches to the anchorages may be made from light beacon (starboard hand) marks the SW the inshore route (12.33 and 12.34). Approach may edge of the reef. Dedele Point, behind the also be made from seaward through Rothery Passage reef, is a low, narrow and sandy point of land (12.40), entered 8½ miles SSW of Dedele Point. fringed with coconut palms. Thence: 4 S of Cole Reefs (101522S 1484374E) which Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148 dry in patches. A light beacon (starboard [NP15--No 38--Wk 44/19] hand) stands on the W edge of the W--most of the reefs. Thence: Papua New Guinea -- N of an isolated shoal patch and underwater rock Dedele Anchorage — Directions (101590S 1484310E), thence: S of Nell Rock (101438S 1484304E). 362--363 5 The track then leads to a position about 2¼ miles WSW of Dedele Point (101415S 1484473E) and Paragraph 12.57 1--3 Replace by: close N of Rot Reef, a drying reef marked on its W side by a light beacon (starboard hand) (101575S 1 Directions for east anchorage. From a position on 1484233E). the inshore route about 2½ miles WSW of Buruma Point, the track leads NNE, passing: (Directions continue at 12.62) ESE of a drying reef (101513S 1484500E) ESE of Varoe Reef (101480S 1484530E), Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148 thence: [NP15--No 36--Wk 44/19] Clear of a dangerous rock (101484S 1484596E) located near the centre of the bay entrance, thence: 2 WNW of a below--water reef (101496S Papua New Guinea -- 148 46 96E) and rock about 7¾ cables W of Rothery Passage — Directions   Buruma Point. The track then leads NW to the anchorage located 360 NE of the E end of Kerwin Reef (101434S 1484528E) on the W side of Henderson Bay. Paragraph 12.40 1--4 Replace by: Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148 1 Directions. From a position in open water SW of [NP15--No 39--Wk 44/19] the entrance, the track leads NE through the entrance in mid--channel, passing: NW of a dangerous rock (102194S 1484188E), Papua New Guinea -- Dedele Point to lying near the extremity of a foul area extending Cape Rodney — Directions 5 cables SSW from the W extremity of East Reef, thence: 364 NW of another dangerous rock (102161S Paragraph 12.64 1--2 Replace by: 1484187E), and: 2 SE of the edge of West Reef, marked by 1 From a position about 2¼ miles WSW Dedele Point Rothery Passage Light (102106S (101415S 1484473E) and close N of Rot Reef 1484146E) (12.27). (12.34), the track leads initially W, passing: The track then leads N, passing: S of a light beacon (101422S 1484181E) E of Hodson Rock (101809S 1484109E). The standing on the S extremity of Neutral Reef, rock is steep--to. Thence: thence: W of the W extremity of Chapman Reefs (101756S CloseSofadryingreef(101489S 1484114E). 1484195E), marked by a light beacon Flint Rock (101453S 1484114E) lies N of this (starboard hand), thence: reef. 3 E of Silivo Reefs (101704S 1484145E), The track then leads generally NW, through a thence: narrow opening in the S part of Cloudy Bay Reefs in W of a light beacon (starboard hand) (101572S which the water in the vicinity is often discoloured, 1484233E) which marks the W side of Rot Reef. passing: The track then joins the inshore route (12.34 and 2 SW of a light beacon (port hand) (101431S 12.64), or course may be adjusted to proceed to an 1484026E) marking the S side of a reef anchorage (12.55) off Dedele Point (101404S forming part of the chain of Cloudy Bay 1484486E). Reefs, which extend about 5 miles SSW from the middle of Cloudy Bay, and: Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148 NE of a light beacon (port hand) (101439S [NP15--No 37--Wk 44/19] 1483986E) marking the NE side of a drying reef.

2--73 NP15

The track then follows the N edge of the reef on Paragraph 12.66 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: the SW side of the opening and the S edge of a shoal on the N side of the opening. The shoal 2 S of Middle Reef (101110S 1481480E), extends along the opening about 1¼ miles W from marked on its E side by a light beacon (port Cloudy Bay Reefs. hand). The reef is divided by deep water into The line of bearing 098, astern, of the Cloudy Bay three parts. A 74 m patch lies 5 cables farther Reefs light beacon (port hand) (101431S E. Thence: 148 40 26E), then leads W to a position about   Paragraph 12.66 2 line 7 Replace by: 3 cables S of a light beacon (port hand) marking Weriseri Shoal (101360S 1483756E). N of Twelve Mile Sandbank (101119S 1481180E) which consists of two drying reefs, Paragraph 12.64 3 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: theEofwhichismarkedonitsNsidebyalight beacon (starboard hand), and: 3 The track then leads W, passing: Paragraph 12.66 3 line 3 Replace by: After Paragraph 12.64 5 line 12 Insert: ...Reef (101100S 1480860E),markedonitsWsideby 6 The track then leads to a position about 8 cables S a light beacon (starboard hand), passing: of Cape Rodney (101244S 1482402E). Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148 Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148 [NP15--No 42--Wk 44/19] [NP15--No 40--Wk 44/19] Papua New Guinea -- Toveli Entrance — Directions; light Papua New Guinea -- Cape Rodney to Whitish Reef — Directions; lights 366

364 Paragraph 12.76 2 line 2 Replace by: ...bearing 068 of a light beacon (starboard hand) Paragraph 12.65 1 lines 7 Replace by: (100844S 1481105E),...... a light beacon (port hand) marks the W side of Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148 the... [NP15--No 43--Wk 44/19] Paragraph 12.65 2 lines 6--9 Replace by: Papua New Guinea -- McFarlane Harbour — ...5 cables NW, thence Directions; lights S of Whitish Reef (101184S 1481730E), which dries. A light beacon (starboard hand) (101117S 367 1481772E) marks the NW edge of Aukapule Reef (10 11 19S 148 18 17E).     Paragraph 12.89 3 lines 1--7 Replace by: Thence when a position is reached about 6 cables SW of a light beacon (starboard hand) (101178S 3 W of a light beacon (starboard hand) 1481689E), marking the NW edge of Whitish Reef, (100844S 1481105E) (12.76) marking an the track leads NW for 7 cables, passing: isolated drying reef; a patch with a depth of 77 m lies 3 cables farther SSE. Thence: Paragraph 12.65 3 lines 1--8 Replace by: E of Vurumou Reef (100821S 1480893E), which dries, marked on its NW side by a light beacon 3 SW of a patch (101177S 1481643E) with a (port hand). An isolated patch, with a least depth depth of 22 m, and: of 18 m, lies 1¾ cables farther S. Thence: Clear of a coral patch (101218S 1481573E) with a depth of 65m. Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148 [NP15--No 44--Wk 44/19] Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148 [NP15--No 41--Wk 44/19] Papua New Guinea -- McFarlane Harbour — Directions; light Papua New Guinea -- Whitish Reef to Aroma Passage — Directions; lights 368

Paragraph 12.90 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: 364 ...same line of bearing (068) of the light beacon Paragraph 12.66 1 lines 7--10 Replace by: (starboard hand) (100844S 1481105E) (12.76), passing: The line of bearing 100, astern, of Whitish Reef Light Beacon leads W to a position about 2½ cables Australian Chart PNG 506; ENC AU411148 N of Twelve Mile Sandbank, passing: [NP15--No 45--Wk 44/19]

2--74 NP15

Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby — Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby — Directions; lights Directions; lights

369 378

Paragraph 12.158 2 lines 1--3 Delete Paragraph 12.101 2 lines 4--6 Delete

Australian Hydrographic Office Paragraph 12.104 2 lines 4--6 Delete [NP15--No 5--Wk 24/18]

Australian Hydrographic Office Australia -- North coast -- Torres Strait -- [NP15--No 2--Wk 24/18] Hockings Patches to Dalrymple Islet — Pilotage

396 Papua New Guinea -- South coast -- Port Moresby — Submarine cable Paragraph 13.6 3 line(s) 2 For 103630S 1414980E Read 103500S 1414914E 373 Paragraph 13.6 3 line(s) 8--9 Replace by: Paragraph 12.124 6 line(s) 7--8 Replace by: Stephens Island (92191S 1433907E). Caution. Submarine cables are laid across Walter Dalrymple Islet (93391S 1432407E) for Bay. W--bound vessels.

UKHO [NP15--No 19--Wk 21/19] Australian Notice 11/530/19 [NP15--No 25--Wk 27/19]

Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby — NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2018 Edition) Directions; lights

374 -- Approaches to Göteborg -- Trubaduren to Tistlarna — Directions; light Paragraph 12.135 4 lines 1--8 Delete 88

Paragraph 12.137 2 lines 1--10 Replace by: Paragraph 3.50 3 line(s) 4 Delete

2 Vabukori Leading Lights: Swedish Notice 781/14473/19 [NP18--No 52--Wk 50/19] Front light (two white rectangles with a centre black rectangle) (92994S 1471112E). Middle beacon (two right--angled triangles, apex Sweden -- Approaches to Göteborg -- down, with a centre black rectangle) (not charted). Tistlarna to Valö — Directions; light Rear light (white concrete tower, 7 m in height) (2½ cables from front light). 101 When Basilisk Light Beacon is identified, course Paragraph 3.137 3 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: should be adjusted to gain the recommended track on the alignment (0543) of Vabukori leading line. 3 From a position about 1½ miles S of Tistlarna Light, The track then leads NE through Basilisk Passage, the alignment (012) of these marks leads NNE, passing: passing:

Paragraph 3.138 1 line(s) 7--9 Replace by: Australian Hydrographic Office [NP15--No 3--Wk 24/18] ...alignment (229), astern, of these marks leads NE, passing: Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby — Paragraph 3.138 5 line(s) 2 Replace by: Directions; lights ...3.158, avoids the narrows off Matskär, and leads...

375 Swedish Notice 781/14473/19 [NP18--No 53--Wk 50/19]

After Paragraph 12.137 7 line 5 Insert: Sweden -- Southern approaches to Göteborg — On a morning approach Vabukori leading line may be Directions; light more difficult to identify than Basilisk Light Beacon, owing to the sun. It has also been 107 reported (2018) that Vabukori front light is not Paragraph 3.162 1 line(s) 2 Delete readily visible and may have a lesser range than charted. Paragraph 3.165 4 line(s) 2 Delete Australian Hydrographic Office [NP15--No 4--Wk 24/18] Swedish Notice 781/14473/19 [NP18--No 54--Wk 50/19]

2--75 NP18

Sweden -- West coast -- Göteborg -- Sweden -- Varberg — Restricted area Marieholmsbron — Regulations 135

110 After Paragraph 4.70 3 line(s) 2 Insert:

Paragraph 3.194 4 lines 7--8 Replace by: Restricted area. A restricted area has been established within the port of Varberg; the limits of ...swinging spans. Use of the E passage is prohibited, all which are signposted but not charted. Contact the vessels are to use the W passage until further notice. local authorities for further information. Swedish Notice 751/13941/19 [NP18--No 14--Wk 21/19] UKHO [NP18--No 10--Wk 11/19] --Kattegat--SjællandsOdde— Directions; light Denmark -- Skagen Havn — Prohibited areas; development 144

After Paragraph 4.129 2 line 3 Insert: 118 Odden Havn Light (green framework tower, 7 m in After Paragraph 3.242 2 line 7 Insert: height, on N molehead) (555833N 112232E).

Prohibited areas linked to construction works and Danish Notice 49/955/18 [NP18--No 2--Wk 02/19] marked by light buoys (lateral and special) lie seawards of the E outer breakwater and the head of Denmark--Kattegat--SjællandsOdde— the W outer breakwater. Unauthorized navigation is Directions; light prohibited in these areas. 144--145 After Paragraph 3.243 1 line 11 Insert: Paragraph 4.134 1 Replace by: 2 Development. In 2019 development was on--going 1 From north--north--west. From a position about to expand the port seawards of the E outer 3 miles NE of Gniben (560055N 111675E), S of breakwater to provide an additional 1050 m of quay. the coastal route (4.129), the track leads SSE, Dredging of the port entrance and cruise quay is also passing: planned. The work is expected to be completed in 2020. Paragraph 4.134 3 Replace by: 3 From east--north--east. From a position about Danish Notice 26/444(P)/19 [NP18--No 21--Wk 31/19] 4 miles NNW of Spodsbjerg Light (555856N 115135E) off the entrance to Isefjord (4.143), the track leads WSW for about 15 miles, passing NNW of Denmark -- Kattegat -- Frederikshavn — Grønnerevle and Nyrup Bugt (4.129), to the harbour Prohibited areas entrance.

Danish Notice 49/955/18 [NP18--No 3--Wk 02/19] 120

Paragraph 3.269 4 lines 1--4 Replace by: Denmark -- Frederikssund -- Roskilde Fjord -- Kronprins Frederiks Bridge — Navigable width; vertical clearance 4 Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited into an area, marked by a light buoy (special), centred on 156 572357N 103705E. Paragraph 4.236 1 line(s) 7--9 Replace by: Danish Notice 38/503/19 [NP18--No 47--Wk 44/19] ...between the two E--most pillars. At night the bridge is lit. The bridge has a navigable width of 298m reduced to 216 m when the bridge is open and is Denmark -- Kattegat -- Anholt — Prohibited areas marked by red lights on the E side and green lights on the W side.

129 Paragraph 4.236 2--3 Replace by:

2 The vertical clearance with Bascules closed is Paragraph 4.24 1 line(s) 3--4 Replace by: 31 m at mean water level. For details of traffic regulations see 4.239 and for ...clear of charted prohibited areas; depth 20 m; cobbles, bridge signals see 4.239. gravel and shells. Mariners are cautioned that the bay may Bridge opening times are subject to frequent be... change and are promulgated in Notices to Mariners.

Danish Notice 10/125/19 [NP18--No 11--Wk 14/19] ENC DK4IFROF [NP18--No 22--Wk 31/19]

2--76 NP18

Denmark -- Frederikssund -- Roskilde Fjord -- Denmark -- København — Kronprinsesse Mary’s Bridge — Traffic regulations; prohibited areas Vertical clearance 206

156 Paragraph 6.95 5 line(s) 4--7 Replace by: In Kronløbsbassinet (6.114), within area marked by After Paragraph 4.236 Insert: buoys (special). Danish Notice 17/243(P)/19 Kronprinsesse Mary’s Bridge [NP18--No 15--Wk 21/19] 4.236a 1 A fixed road bridge with a vertical clearance of Denmark -- København -- Frederiksholmsløbet — 22 m spans the fjord in position 554878N Vertical clearance 120371E. 209

Danish Notice 26/443/19 [NP18--No 23--Wk 31/19] Paragraph 6.110 1 lines 5--6 Replace by: Vertical clearance. Alfred Nobels Bro, which spans Denmark -- Roskilde Fjord -- Hyldeholm — Frederiksholmsløbet, has a reported vertical clearance Vertical clearance of 35m. Danish Notice 51--52/995/18 [NP18--No 4--Wk 03/19] 156 Denmark -- København — Basins and berths; Paragraph 4.237 1 line 2 For 22 m Read 20 m prohibited areas 210

ENC DK4IFROF [NP18--No 24--Wk 31/19] Paragraph 6.114 4 line(s) 7 Replace by: …100 m. A prohibited area (6.95) has been Denmark -- Kattegat West -- established within the basin. Gjerrild Bugt — Anchorage Danish Notice 17/243(P)/19 [NP18--No 16--Wk 21/19] 167

Paragraph 5.55 including heading Replace by: Sweden -- Approaches to Malmö — Directions; obstruction 212 Spare 5.55 Paragraph 6.130 4 line 5 Replace by: ...light buoy (W cardinal) and then ENE of an obstruction Danish Notice 35/584/19 [NP18--No 44--Wk 41/19] (554163N 125427E), with a swept depth of 131m. Swedish Notice 763/14157/19 [NP18--No 26--Wk 32/19] Sweden -- West coast -- Flintrännan — Controlling depth Sweden -- West coast -- Flintrännan — Controlling depth 189 216

Paragraph 6.2 2 line 3 Replace by: Paragraph 6.166 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: Drogden: dredged to 80 m; maximum permitted Flintrännan: Dredged to 80 m; maximum permitted draught 77m. draught 72m. Flintrännan: dredged to 80 m; maximum permitted draught 72m. Swedish Maritime Administration [NP18--No 7--Wk 09/19] Swedish Maritime Administration [NP18--No 8--Wk 09/19]

Denmark -- Københavns — Vertical clearance Denmark -- Samsø Bælt -- Sejerø Bugt — Prohibited area 204 237

After Paragraph 6.90 2 line 9 Insert: After Paragraph 7.17 2 line 9 Insert:

Lille Langebro (554026N 123480E), a swing Traffic regulations bridge used by pedestrians and cycles, has a vertical 7.17a clearance of 54 m and navigable width of 35 m. 1 Prohibited area. Due to unexploded ordnance, entry is prohibited to an area, radius 5 cables, centred Danish Notice 17/195/19 [NP18--No 18--Wk 22/19] on 554640N 111067E.

2--77 NP18

Paragraph 7.19 2 line(s) 5--6 Replace by: Denmark -- Lillebælt -- Sønderborg — Prohibited area N of a prohibited area (554640N 111067E) (7.17a), lying at the NW extremity of a spit 310 extending 2½ miles... Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited to an area centred on 545493N 94687E; the seaward limits Danish Notice 47/770/19 [NP18--No 55--Wk 52/19] are marked by a buoy and light buoy (special).

Denmark -- Storebælt -- Kalundborg — Harbour Danish Notice 5/065/19 [NP18--No 6--Wk 09/19] 270 Denmark -- Lillebælt southern part -- After Paragraph 8.40 3 line 5 Insert: North--west of Skarø — Directions; obstruction

4 Kalundborg Asnæs Havn (553985N 110376E). 314 A container terminal located 5 cables SW of Gisseløre Paragraph 10.12 5 line 7 Replace by: Pynt (8.37). The terminal is approached from the NE via a turning basin. ...side of the entrance to Nakkebølle Fjord, thence: Danish Chart 145/19 [NP18--No 19--Wk 27/19] Clear of an obstruction (measuring device) (550176N 102522E), marked by a light buoy Denmark -- Storebælt -- Kalundborg — Berths (special). 270 Danish Notice 31/510/19 [NP18--No 34--Wk 37/19]

Paragraph 8.42 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Denmark -- Lillebælt -- Fyn -- Faaborg Fjord — 1 Kalundborg Asnæs Havn (8.40). A container Submarine cables terminal comprising a single quay, length about 500 m, 315 depth alongside 15 m. Asnæsværkets Havn. There are five quays; the Paragraph 10.16 1 line 6 Replace by: longest is W coal pier, about 290 m, with a depth of ...11 m, clear of submarine cables, and avoiding Diernæs 147 m. A current, setting NE, can be experienced at Grund (550440N 101560E)... the W coal pier. Danish Notice 10/154/19 [NP18--No 12--Wk 14/19] Danish Chart 145/19 [NP18--No 20--Wk 27/19] Denmark -- Lillebælt southern part -- Skjoldnæs Denmark -- Storebælt -- Korsør Havn — Depth to Egholm Flak — Directions; obstructions

274 325 Paragraph 8.62 1 line 1 Replace by: After Paragraph 10.88 1 line 3 Insert: 1 Controlling depth is 8 m; depths of 74 m have NNE of an obstruction (measuring device) been reported (2019) in approximate position (545986N 100962E), marked by a light buoy 552011N 110832E. (special), thence: Danish Notice 37/609/19 [NP18--No 45--Wk 43/19] After Paragraph 10.88 2 line 8 Insert: Clear of an obstruction (measuring device) Denmark -- Langelandsbælt -- Gulstav Flak — (545691N 102191E), marked by a light buoy Prohibited area; wreck (special).

278 Danish Notice 31/510/19 [NP18--No 35--Wk 37/19] Paragraph 8.85 1 including heading Replace by: Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet western part -- Traffic regulations Kirkegrund to Knudsskov Rev — Directions 8.85 333--334 1 Prohibited area, with a radius of 5 cables, is centred on a dangerous wreck (544287N Paragraph 11.20 1--3 including heading Replace by: 104421E) lying on the NE side of Gulstav Flak, about 1 mile SSE of Keldsnor Light (8.88). Alternative route Kirkegrund to Knudsskov Rev 2 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring and fishing are 11.20 prohibited off the E coast of Langeland near its S 1 From a position about 3 miles NNW of Vejrø Light extremity because of the existence of submarine (550232N 112215E) (11.17), the track leads E for cables. In the event of a vessel having to anchor about 7 miles, passing: withintheareainanemergency,permissionmustbe S of Kirkegrund (550660N 112250E) (11.18) and obtained from the Fisheries Inspectorate at Venegrunde (550600N 113000E) (11.18), København before weighing anchor. thence: N of Ydergrund (550327N 113205E), marked by Danish Notice 39/506/19 [NP18--No 48--Wk 45/19] a buoy (N cardinal).

2--78 NP18

2 From a position about 1½ miles WSW of the W Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet -- extremity of Knudshoved (550475N 113865E) Karrebæksminde Bugt — Directions; light sector (11.15), the track leads SE for about 4 miles, passing: 339 NE of a 61mshoal(550300N 113655E) at the N extremity of Mellemgrund, marked by a buoy (N Paragraph 11.56 2 line(s) 5 For 0285--0675 Read cardinal), and: 029-- 0 6 3  3 SW of a 49 m shoal (550360N 113726E), thence: SW of a 55 m shoal (550268N 113910E), Danish Chart 160 [NP18--No 32--Wk 37/19] marked by a buoy (S cardinal). Thence the track leads to the vicinity of Masnedø Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet -- Pilot Station (550150N 114100E) (11.153), SW of Karrebæksminde — Directions; light sector Knudsskov Rev (550280N 114330E) (11.160), marked by a buoy (port hand). 341 4 Useful marks: Paragraph 11.65 1 line(s) 5 For 0285--0675 Read Kastrup Church (550224N 115357E) (11.19). 029-- 0 6 3  Rosenfelt (550102N 115260E) (11.19). Orenæs Tower (545767N 115017E) on Orenæs Farm, the main building of which is red, standing Danish Chart 160 [NP18--No 33--Wk 37/19] close S of the wood on Orehoved (11.128). (Directions continue for Masnedsund at 11.159) Denmark – Smålandsfarvandet – Southern passage — Pilotage

Paragraph 11.21 1--4 including heading Replace by: 349

Spare Paragraph 11.131 1 line(s) 2--4 Replace by: 11.21 ...Masnedø (545925N 115325E) and board in the vicinity of 550150N 114100E. Danish Notice 31/508/19 [NP18--No 36--Wk 37/19] Danish Notice 29/476/19 [NP18--No 30--Wk 35/19] Denmark -- Skælskør -- Stigsnæsværkets Havn — Pilotage; berths Denmark -- Storstrøm -- North--east of Orehoved Havn — Directions; prohibited area 337 350 Paragraph 11.48 1--3 Replace by: After Paragraph 11.136 3 line 2 Insert: 1 Position and function. Stigsnæsværkets Havn NNE of a prohibited area (545776N 115182E) (551241N 111475E), also known as Stigsnæs (11.143), thence: Transit Harbour, is a deep--water harbour which serves the power station situated close E, and Danish Notice 45/733/19 [NP18--No 50--Wk 50/19] consists of a coal harbour, an oil pier and an ash berth. Denmark -- Falster -- Orehoved Havn — Port Authority. Orsted, Holtengardsvej 24, Prohibited area DK--4230, Skælskør. 2 Controlling depth is 18 m. 352 Abnormal water levels. Persistent NE gales can After Paragraph 11.143 2 line(s) 7 Insert: raise water level by up to 12 m; persistent SW gales can lower it by 12m. Prohibited area. A prohibited area (545735N Currents flow parallel with the head of the pier and 115180E) is situated S of the approach channel. canreacharateof2kn. Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels unless Danish Notice 15--16/187/19 [NP18--No 17--Wk 21/19] exemption has been granted by the operators. Pilotage is exempt for vessels under 5000 dwt if the Denmark -- Storstrøm -- North--east of Master has entered the port on the vessel concerned Orehoved Havn — Directions; prohibited area at least 5 times within the last 6 months. For details see 11.32 and 11.6. 352 Speed must be restricted to a minimum for safe manoeuvring. After Paragraph 11.143 2 line 7 including existing Section 3 Alongside berths: IV Notice Wk21/19 Insert: Coal harbour: as above. A light buoy (port hand) Prohibited areas. A prohibited area (545735N marks the N limit of the dredged area in the 115180E) is situated S of the approach channel. approach to the berth, the unloading berth having Two prohibited areas (545776N 115182E and a depth of 18 m. A coal loading berth, length 545774N 115130E), marked by buoys (special), 135 m and depth 9 m, lies close N. are situated N of the approach channel.

Correspondence Stignæs 01/19 [NP18--No 5--Wk 08/19] Danish Notice 45/733/19 [NP18--No 51--Wk 50/19]

2--79 NP18

Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet -- Masnedø -- SSE of Knudsskov Rev (550280N 114330E), Vordingborg Havn — Depths marked by a buoy (port hand), which extends about 1 mile from the S side of Knudshoved 353 peninsula, thence: NNE of Bredegrund (550100N 114700E) Paragraph 11.151 1 line(s) 1--7 Replace by: (11.19), thence: 1 Controlling depths are as follows: SSW of Ore Light (550041N 115219E) (11.18). The buoyed channel (550111N 114883E), Close NNE of Vordingborg Havn (545988N leading to Vordingborg Havn (11.171); dredged 115305E) (11.171). depth 101m. At night, from a position in the vicinity of Masnedsund: E of Masnedsundbroen (11.155); least 550073N 114978E, the buoyed channel leads ESE depth about 5 m. within the white sector (1134-- 11 4 4) of Vordingborg W of Masnedsundbroen (11.155); dredged depth Vesthavn Light (lattice mast, 16 m in height) 70m, with a maximum permitted draught of (545993N 115286E). 65m. 2 From the vicinity of Vordingborg Havn, the track continues generally ESE, passing under Danish Chart 161 [NP18--No 39--Wk 37/19] Masnedsundbroen (11.155), through Færgestrøm, a channel less than 1 cable in width, passing between Denmark – Smålandsfarvandet – Masnedø E--Flak (545880N 115525E) and Northern passage — Pilotage Kirkegrund (545889N 115742E), to a position 5 cables WSW of Masnedø E--Flak front light (11.139). 353 Danish Notice 31/508/19; ENC DK4SMFAV; ENC Paragraph 11.153 1 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: DK4GSMON [NP18--No 37--Wk 37/19] Pilots from Masnedø Pilot Station board vessels in the vicinity of 550150N 114100E for... Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet -- Sjælland--Farøbroen — Danish Notice 29/476/19 [NP18--No 31--Wk 35/19] Directions; buoyed channel 355 Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet -- Masnedsund — Prohibited area; bridge Paragraph 11.160 3 line 2 For NW Read WNW

354 Paragraph 11.161 1 line 1 Replace by: 1 From a position WNW of... Paragraph 11.155 5 lines 6--8 Delete Danish Notice 31/508/19; ENC DK4SMFAV; ENC Paragraph 11.156 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: DK4GSMON [NP18--No 38--Wk 37/19] 1 Masnedsundbroen (545980N 115337E) is a fixed road bridge leading SSW from Sjælland to Denmark--Smålandsfarvandet--Masnedø-- Masnedø (11.150), supported by five piers. A new Vordingborg Havn — Name; depths fixed bridge (2019), with double rail tracks lies close 357 E. Paragraph 11.171 1 line 1 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 11.156 2 lines 1--5 Replace by:

2 Vertical clearance. Clearance at mean water Vordingborg Havn level; road bridge 48m; rail bridge 5m. 11.171 For details of traffic regulations see 11.154. 1 Description. Vordingborg Havn (545988N... Paragraph 11.171 1 line 5 Replace by: Danish Notice 37/602/19; ENC DK5VODBS [NP18--No 46--Wk 43/19] Controlling depth. See 11.151. Paragraph 11.172 2 line 1 Replace by: Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet -- Knudsskov Rev 2 Controlling depth. See 11.151. to Skippergrund — Directions; buoyed channel Danish Chart 161 [NP18--No 40--Wk 37/19] 354--355

Paragraph 11.160 1--2 including heading Replace by: Denmark -- Smålandsfarvandet -- Vordingborg Sydhavn — Directions Knudsskov Rev to Skippergrund 357 11.160 1 From a position in the vicinity of Masnedø Pilot Paragraph 11.172 3 line(s) 4--6 Replace by: Station (550150N 114100E) (11.153) the track Vessels unable to pass under Masnedsundbroen will need leads generally ENE for about 2½ miles, then ESE for to approach from the SE, following the directions given at about 5 miles, through a channel marked by light 11.139. buoys (lateral), to Vordingborg Havn (545988N 115305E) (11.171), passing: Danish Chart 161 [NP18--No 41--Wk 37/19]

2--80 NP18

Denmark -- Guldborg Sund -- Denmark -- Egernsund -- Egernsundbroen — Østre Mærker — Directions Vertical clearance

361 386

Paragraph 12.21 1 line(s) 2 For W Read E Paragraph 12.201 2 line 6 For 25 m Read 12 m

Danish Chart 197/19 [NP18--No 42--Wk 38/19] Danish Notice 29/387/18 [NP18--No 1--Wk 43/18]

Germany -- Kieler Forde — Prohibited areas Germany -- Neustädter Bucht -- 369 Hafen von Neustadt — General information; prohibited area After Paragraph 12.87 2 line 6 Insert: 398 Anchoring is prohibited within an explosives dumpinggroundcentredon542813N 101993E. After Paragraph 13.55 2 line 4 Insert:

German Chart 43 [NP18--No 27--Wk 34/19] Prohibited area. There is a prohibited area around the berths on the W side of the inlet S of the commercial quays and on the NNE side of Neustadt Germany -- Kieler Bucht — Wiek. Firing area; prohibited area

372 German Chart 35/19 [NP18--No 9--Wk 10/19]

Paragraph 12.104 (Warngebiet -- activation signals) Replace the existing diagram with the new diagram Germany -- North--north--east of Warnemünde — accompanying chart blocks at the end of Section II. Restricted area; explosives dumping ground

403 Paragraph 12.104 1 line 5 For (542263N 103604E) Read (542164N 103606E) After Paragraph 13.118 1 line 10 Insert:

Paragraph 12.104 2 line 1 Replace by: 2 A cable area with a radius of 2½ cables, within which anchoring is prohibited, lies in position 2 Traffic signals and firing practice signals (diagram 541685N 120858E. 12.104). An explosives dumping ground, within which anchoring, fishing and diving are prohibited, lies in the After Paragraph 12.104 2 Insert: vicinity of 541921N 121241E. 3 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within the explosives dumping grounds centred on: German Notice 27/36/19 [NP18--No 25--Wk 32/19] 543000N 102068E. 542944N 102095E. 542949N 102283E. Germany -- -- 543017N 102463E. Warnemünde approaches — Prohibited area 542400N 104010E. 403 German Chart 43 [NP18--No 28--Wk 34/19] Paragraph 3.118 1 line(s) 1--10 including existing Section IV Notice Week 32/19 Replace by: Germany -- Kieler Bucht -- Hohwachter Bucht — Anchorage 1 A restricted area (541070N 115680E), where fishing and anchoring are prohibited, lies near the 372 coast W of Warnemünde, off Nienhagen (13.116). The area is marked at each corner by buoys (special), Paragraph 12.108 1 Replace by: deployed annually from the 1st May to the 30th 1 Anchorage may be obtained in the SW part of the November. A light buoy (special) is moored in the SW bay in a depth of about 15 m, fine sand, avoiding the part of the area. explosives dumping ground (12.104) and the foul area 2 A second restricted area (541387N 120069E), close inshore. Alternative anchorage may be obtained where fishing and anchoring are prohibited lies within on Eitzgrund, stony shoal ground, depths less than anchorage area No 1 (13.123). 10 m, near the village of Weißenhaus at the head of A cable area with a radius of 2½ cables, within the bay. However, except for winds between S and W, which anchoring is prohibited, lies in position the open waters of the bay are unprotected. 541685N 120858E.

German Chart 43 [NP18--No 29--Wk 34/19] German Notice 45/36/19 [NP18--No 49--Wk 49/19]

2--81 NP18

Germany -- Baltic coast -- Rostock — Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne — Anchorage; wreck Directions; buoy

404 92 Paragraph 2.44 1 lines 7--9 Replace by: Paragraph 13.123 2 line(s) 1--8 Replace by: ...arrival at the pilot station. Pilots board in position 2 A wreck (541440N 120111E) lies in the NE 550500N 143850E, 1½ miles SW of the harbour corner of Area No 1 and an area (541387N entrance. 120069E with a radius of 2½ cables, where anchoring is prohibited, lies 5 cables SSW. A second Danish Chart Correction Notice 82/6/18 patch of foul ground (541349N 120114E also lies [NP19--No 8a--Wk 15/18] in the E part of the area. Caution. The anchorage is unsafe in onshore Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne — Prohibited area winds. 92 German Notice 33/36/19 [NP18--No 43--Wk 39/19] After Paragraph 2.44 2 line 5 Insert: Prohibited area. Entry to a semi--circular area Denmark -- Møn -- Hjem Bugt — Anchorage; centred around 550533N 144143E, extending obstructions about 3¼ cables NW to Rønne Havn South Jetty Head (550561N 144089E), and thence to a shore 411 position (550523N 144216E) about 4¼ cables ESE, is prohibited. Paragraph 13.180 2 line(s) 3--4 Replace by: Danish Notice 05/81/18 [NP19--No 2--Wk 10/18] ...draught, taking note of Bøchers Grund (545597N 121921E), least depth 56 m, about 5 miles NE of Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne — Prohibited area Madsesklint, and obstructions extending about 1 mile S from the coast around Klintholm (545714N 122796E). 92

Danish Notice 11/142/19 [NP18--No 13--Wk 16/19] After Paragraph 2.44 2 line 5 Delete Existing Section IV Notice Week 10/18 (Prohibited area)

Danish Notice 22/367(P)/19 [NP19--No 65--Wk 27/19] NP19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 (2018 Edition) Denmark – Bornholm – Rønne — Harbour; general layout Poland -- Baltic Sea -- North of Rozewie — Submarine pipeline 92

After Paragraph 2.45 1 line 8 Insert: 86 Abasin(550538N 144136E) containing the Paragraph 2.9 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: Multi--purpose Terminal is located close S of the main harbour. It is protected by a breakwater which extends 2 A submarine pipeline is laid between Baltic Beta SW then NW from the shore. Platform and WÞadysÞawowo (544783N 182522E). 2 Development is ongoing (2019) in the vicinity of A second submarine pipeline is laid between Lotos the Multi--purpose Terminal to create a Heavy Duty Petrobaltic Platform (552400N 184330E) and Quay. WÞadysÞawowo. A safety zone 150 m wide is established along the pipelines. ENC DK5RONNE [NP19--No 75--Wk 35/19]

Polish Notice 46/607/17 [NP19--No 30--Wk 36/18] Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne — Directions; buoy

Denmark – Bornholm – Rønne — 92 Limiting conditions; dredged depth Paragraph 2.47 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: 92 ...pilot boarding position (550500N 143850E), keeping 2½ miles off the coast until clear... Paragraph 2.43 1 line(s) 2 Replace by: Paragraph 2.47 1 line 6 Replace by: ...depth of 90 m. The S basin is dredged to a depth of ...pilot boarding position, keeping W of the shoals which... 100m. Danish Chart Correction Notice 82/6/18 ENC DK5RONNE [NP19--No 74--Wk 35/19] [NP19--No 8b--Wk 15/18]

2--82 NP19

Denmark – Bornholm – Rønne — WSW of Møllebakke (550369N 144057E), a Directions; south basin shoal, with a least depth of 72 m, thence: 2 WSW of Klintegrund (550288N 144160E), 93 marked by a buoy (W cardinal). Lying SE of Klintegrund are a number of detached shoals After Paragraph 2.47 5 line 4 Insert: which extend approximately 4 miles SE. Multi--purpose Terminal. From the vicinity of Thence: Rønne pilot boarding position, the track follows the WSW of a 91 m shoal patch (545932N alignment (0645) of Rønne Leading Lights to a 144153E). position about 4¼ cables from the outer breakwaters 3 The track then continues to lead SSE to a position of the main harbour. Thence the track leads E within SW of Bakkegrund (545881N 144456E), a reef the white sector (0926--0946) of Rønne Havn Light with dangerous underwater rocks, marked by a buoy (post, 35 m in height) (550542N 144152E) into the (S cardinal). Bakkebrædt (545876N 144371E), basin, passing N of the head of the breakwater 3 cables W of Bakkegrund, is a rock with a depth of (550534N 144106E) from where a light (green 68 m. The track then leads E for 12 miles, passing: tower, 6 m in height) is exhibited. Clear of a wreck (545632N 145016E) with a depth of 106m. Danish Notice 29/475/19; ENC DK5RONNE Thence the track leads to a position S of Dueodde [NP19--No 76--Wk 35/19] (545951N 150446E) (2.93).

Denmark – Bornholm – Rønne — (Directions continue at 2.98) Basins and berths; south basin Paragraph 2.93 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: 93 1 From the vicinity of Rønne pilot boarding position After Paragraph 2.48 5 line 9 Insert: (550500N 143850E) the track leads generally SE Multi--purpose Terminal (550538N 144136E) for about 8 miles, passing: lies close S of Rønne harbour. The basin contains a 300 m long quay with a depth of 10 m. Danish Chart 189/18 [NP19--No 14--Wk 23/18] ENC DK5RONNE [NP19--No 77--Wk 35/19] Denmark -- Bornholm -- Bakkegrund — Denmark -- Bornholm -- Gudhjem — Pilotage Directions; dangerous wreck

96 97 Paragraph 2.83 2 line 3 Replace by: Paragraph 2.92 1--3 including existing Section IV Notice Pilots are available. The pilot boards at 55 16 00N   Week 23/18 Replace by: 145500E.

Paragraph 2.84 1 line 14 Replace by: 1 From the vicinity of Rønne pilot boarding position (550500N 143850E) the track leads SSE for about Pilots are available. The pilot boards at 551600N 8 miles, passing: 145500E. WSW of Møllebakke (550369N 144057E), a shoal, with a least depth of 72 m, thence: Danish Notice 21/246/18 [NP19--No 16--Wk 26/18] 2 WSW of Klintegrund (550288N 144160E), marked by a buoy (W cardinal). Lying SE of Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne — Prohibited area Klintegrund are a number of detached shoals which extend approximately 4 miles SE. 97 Thence: WSW of a 91 m shoal patch (545932N After Paragraph 2.90 1 line 2 Insert: 144153E), thence: An area within which anchoring, fishing and seabed 3 WSW of Bakkegrund (545881N 144456E), a operations are prohibited, is centred on 550286N reef with dangerous underwater rocks, marked 143982E. by a buoy (S cardinal). Bakkebrædt (545876N 144371E), 3 cables W of Danish Chart 189/18 [NP19--No 13--Wk 23/18] Bakkegrund, is a rock with a depth of 68m. Thence: Denmark -- Bornholm -- Rønne — Clear of a dangerous wreck (545457N Directions; wreck, shoal, pilotage 143878E). 4 The track then leads E for about 12 miles, passing: 97 Clear of a dangerous wreck (545632N 145016E). Paragraph 2.92 1--3 Replace by: Thence the track leads to a position S of Dueodde 1 From the vicinity of Rønne pilot boarding position (545951N 150446E) (2.93). (550500N 143850E) the track leads SSE for about 8 miles, passing: Danish Notice 46/514/18 [NP19--No 44--Wk 50/18]

2--83 NP19

Sweden -- Gotland -- Visby — Pilotage Sweden -- Åhus — Photograph 105 126 Paragraph 2.140 2 lines 7--13 Replace by: Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boards in position Photograph of Åhus from W (3.51) at top of page including 573832N 181232E. For details see ADMIRALTY caption, date and attribution Delete List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2).

Swedish Notice 776/14399/19 [NP19--No 82--Wk 45/19] Correspondence 08/03/2018 [NP19--No 6--Wk 13/18]

Sweden -- Gotland -- Visby — Development; pier Sweden -- Approaches to Ronneby — 105 Directions; lights; beacons; alignment

Paragraph 2.141 2 lines 1--3 Delete 140 Paragraph 2.143 1 line 3 Replace by: Paragraph 3.172 1--4 Replace by: ...alongside of 80 m. A jetty with dolphins, intended for cruise ships of up to 340 m, extends from the root of the S 1 Eastern channel. A channel, suitable for vessels breakwater and has an alongside depth of 111 m. Three with a draught up to 3 m, runs through Danziger Gatt, RoRo berths, situated on... about 3 miles S of Ronnebyhamn. Gökalv Leading Beacons: Swedish Notice 698/12877/2018 Front beacon (560829N 151687E) standing on [NP19--No 9--Wk 19/18] Norra Kråken, an islet. Rear beacon (1½ cables from front light) at Sweden -- Hanöbukten -- Simrishamn — Mulaholmen. Directions; leading line 2 From a position close E of the buoy (W cardinal), 124 moored 1½ miles SW of Göudde (560762N 151851E), the S point of the Gö peninsula, the track Paragraph 3.41 1--5 including heading Replace by: initially leads N on the alignment (3571) of these beacons, thence NNW on the alignment (3298)of Directions for entering harbour Högaskär Beacons (560875N 151611E) and then 3.41 NNE to join the main channel 7 cables W of Aspan 1 Approach and entry. Fromapositiontoseaward front light (3.171), passing: about 2½ miles ENE of the entrance the approach is 3 W of Rafflorna (560722N 151710E), thence: made between the outer breakwater heads on the line Through the channel, marked by buoys (lateral), in of bearing (252) of a windmill in the town. Danziger Gatt (560778N 151700E), thence: Simrishamn Leading Lights: W of Gökalv (560857N 151678E), the W point of Front light (red triangle on metal framework tower) the peninsula, and: (553345N 142128E). 4 SE of Högaskär (560875N 151611E), an Rear light (similar structure) (105 m from front light). islet. 2 Alternatively, and at night, the alignment (2511) The track then leads NNE for 1 mile to join the visible on the leading line only of these lights, main channel as described above. exhibited from the W inner pier, leads WSW, passing: NNW of a wreck (553384N 142510E), thence: Swedish Notice 679/12547/17 3 SSE of Nedjan (553432N 142327E), a shoal [NP19--No 28--Wk 31/18] patch marked by buoys and light buoys (cardinal) which lies within the green sector (2221-- 2 3 7 7) of Simrishamn Light (white Sweden -- Approaches to Karlskrona -- Hasslö -- tower, 15 m in height) (553345N Hasslöbron — Horizontal clearance; lights 142154E). It has been reported that the light may be difficult to identify from seaward due 144 to strong background lighting from the fishing quays. Thence: Between the buoys (lateral) marking the channel off Paragraph 3.205 1 Replace by: the entrance. 1 Description. Hasslöbron is a swing bridge which 4 Once inside the outer harbour, in depths of up to spans the channel between the S end of Almö 53 m, the inner harbour is entered through a 30 m (560915N 152640E) and Västra Hästholmen wide gap between the heads of the inner moles. This (560744N 152730E), an islet 3 cables S. It has a manoeuvre requires a very sharp and difficult turn. horizontal clearance of 16 m and a vertical clearance The small boat harbour is entered to the NW of the of 40 m under the span when closed. The bridge is outer harbour; the entrance is marked by buoys floodlit. (lateral).

ENC SE6FHYPL & SE4CHWHK Swedish Notice 724/13388/18 [NP19--No 59--Wk 25/19] [NP19--No 43--Wk 44/18]

2--84 NP19

Sweden -- Kalmarsund -- Degerhamn — Sweden -- Öland -- East coast — Restricted Area Harbour; depths 174

153 After Paragraph 4.166 1 Insert:

Paragraph 4.23 1--2 Replace by: 2 Anchoring, fishing and underwater operations are prohibited in a restricted area (564220N 170970E), 1 The harbour is approached and entered on the 12½ miles ESE of Kapelludden Light (4.168). alignment of leading lights, through a buoyed channel, 40 m wide with a minimum swept depth of 63m Swedish Notice 778/14434/19 (2018). The harbour is formed by a long W [NP19--No 85--Wk 47/19] breakwater and a short E mole to give a 55 m wide SW facing entrance. Sweden -- Landsort — Pilotage Areas of the harbour have depths of 60 m (2018). 181 Depths may be less than stated due to silting. 2 The main berths are on the E side and a small Paragraph 5.6 3 line(s) 3 Replace by: boat harbour, with lesser depths, lies in the N part of (ii) 584659N 180630E. the harbour. A short quay for the use of fishing boats lies in the S of the harbour on the inside of the E Swedish Notice 757/14053/19 [NP19--No 60--Wk 25/19] mole. Sweden -- Approaches to Norrköping — Swedish Notice 745/13830/19 [NP19--No 54--Wk 13/19] Directions; leading lights 205 Sweden -- Kalmarsund -- Kristianopel — Directions; alignment Paragraph 5.169 1 line 1 Replace by: 1 Falken North Channel. From the position S of 155 Vinterklasen (583843N... Paragraph 5.170 Replace by: Paragraph 4.36 2 line 4 For 312 Read 311 1 Falken South Channel. An alternative channel, marked by leading lights, light buoys and buoys, Swedish Notice 698/12943/2018 suitable for a draught of 70 m and then 84 m, runs [NP19--No 10--Wk 19/18] almost parallel to, and S of Falken North Channel, from S of Vinterklasen, rejoining the main channel close S of Gullängsberget. Sweden -- North Kalmarsund -- Leading lights: Jättersön — Directions; buoys Ytterskär Light Beacon (front) (583816N 171044E). 167 2 Hästkubben Light Beacon (rear) (5 cables from front light). After Paragraph 4.109 1 line 2 Insert: The alignment (0759), astern, of these lights leads Caution. The direction of buoyage is from SE of through the channel, passing: Jättersön, through the port area, continuing generally NNW of Klasgrunden (583749N 170712E), an N and NNE into Norra Kalmarsund SE of extensive shoal awash in many places; the N Runnö--Rödskär where these directions begin. The extent is marked by a light buoy (port hand). buoyage on entry from the NE will therefore appear Thence: reversed. 3 SSE of Klasgrunden NV (583770N 170603E) (5.169) marked on its SE side by a light buoy Paragraph 4.109 3 lines 1--9 Replace by: (starboard hand), thence: NNW of Sjömätaregrund (583725N 170545E), 3 SE of Lillgrund (3½ miles NNE), marked by a marked by a light buoy (port hand), thence: buoy (E cardinal), thence: SSE of Engelskagrundet (583735N 170241E), SE of Inre Runnögrund (3 miles NNE), noting a rock marked by a light buoy (starboard hand). 2 cables S, marked by a light buoy (port hand). 4 Leading lights: Once clear of the rock, the recommended track is Rödgrunden Light Beacon (front) (583638N adjusted about 1 cable NW of the leading light 165829E). alignment for about 1¼ miles, passing: Måsklabbarna Light Beacon (rear) (1½ miles from NW of Sandögrundet Västra Light Buoy (starboard front light). hand) (2¼ miles NNE), thence: The alignment (2508) of these lights leads WSW, NW of Örskärsgrund Västra Light Buoy (starboard passing: hand) (1¾ miles NNE). 5 NNW of Kungshamnsgrundet Light Beacon (grey When clear of Örskärsgrund Västra Light Buoy, the tower with white and red top, 5 m in height) recommended route then rejoins the alignment (212) (583695N 170208E), standing on a rock of the leading lights. on the S side of the channel. From a position about 7 cables ENE of Rödgrunden Swedish Notice 706/13155/18 [NP19--No 17--Wk 27/18] Light Beacon, the track leads W, passing:

2--85 NP19

6 Sofa59 m shoal (583670N 165859E), Sweden -- Landsort -- Svärdsfjärden — marked by Munken S Light Buoy (starboard Directions; light sectors hand). The white sector (2724--2793)of Gullängsberget Light (white tower, yellow 230 band) (583669N 165591E) leads through Paragraph 6.35 2 line 4 For (054 –060 ) Read (054 –059 ) this section of the fairway. Thence:     N of Rödgrunden (583634N 165825E); a light buoy (port hand) is moored NW of the islet. Paragraph 6.35 2 line 5 For (232–291) Read Thence the track leads to a position close S of (2325–291) Gullängsberget. Swedish Notice SE773/14325/19 Swedish Notice 735/13628/18 [NP19--No 79--Wk 43/19] [NP19--No 48--Wk 03/19]

Sweden -- Södertälje Kanal — Traffic regulations Sweden -- Bråviken -- Norrköping -- Pumpushamnen — Directions; leading lights 234

213 After Paragraph 6.57 3 line 2 Insert: Overtaking. Vessels over 4 m in width may not Paragraph 5.213 2 lines 5--11 Replace by: meet or overtake other vessels in Linasundet (6.42) ...indicated by the alignment (2989) of Trollskär Leading between latitudes 591275N and 591340N. Lights: Front light (red beacon) (583776N 161351E). Swedish Notice 780/14383/19 [NP19--No 87--Wk 49/19] Rear light (similar structure) (130 m from front light). Sweden -- East coast -- Södertälje — Swedish Notice 776/14394/19 [NP19--No 83--Wk 45/19] Prohibited anchorage

236 Sweden -- Oxelösund -- Ljungskär — Directions; light sector After Paragraph 6.78 1 Insert:

215 Traffic regulations 6.78a Paragraph 5.236 2 line 6 For (0175--0225) Read (0181-- 0 2 3 6) 1 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited within 50 m of the submarine pipeline in position 591013N 174009E. Swedish Notice 737/13667/19 [NP19--No 49--Wk 05/19] Swedish Notice 750/13894/18 [NP19--No 57--Wk 18/19]

Sweden -- East coast -- Oxelösund — Berths; depths Sweden -- Mälaren -- -- Hässelby — Prohibited anchorage 216 241 Paragraph 5.241 Replace by: After Paragraph 6.113 1 line 11 Insert: 1 The principal berth is No 10, which lies on the N side of the harbour, with a length of 250 m and a Traffic Regulations depth alongside of 130 m. However, the official depth 6.113a limit for this jetty is 165 m and the port provides 1 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited pontoon fenders to enable vessels with a maximum within 50m of pipelines crossing the channel between draught of 155 m to berth alongside safely. There is a 592093N 174971E and 592141N 175020E. further 138 m of berthing space with a declared depth of 165 m and a depth alongside of 12 m at Berth Swedish Notice SE773/14164/19 No 9½. Pontoon fenders are also used as necessary [NP19--No 80--Wk 43/19] to enable the berthing of vessels with a draught of 155 m. Bulk cargoes are handled at the above berths. Sweden -- Mälaren -- Hjulstafjärden -- 2 Berth No 11 is the oil pier with a length of 105 m Hästskär — Light sectors and depth alongside of 133 m. No 3 is a RoRo Berth with a depth alongside of 78m.BerthNos4--7are 246 for multipurpose use with depths alongside from 83m Paragraph 6.147 1 line(s) 8 For (273 6 --282 4 ) Read to 92 m. Berth No 8, depth 80 m, handles cement     (273 8 -- 2 8 3 6 ) and chemicals.    

Swedish Chart 6211 [NP19--No 64--Wk 26/19] Swedish Notice 762/14125/19 [NP19--No 70--Wk 31/19]

2--86 NP19

Sweden -- Skärgård -- Sweden -- Approach to Nynäshamn — Söderarm — Draught Directions; channel; pilotage 257 266 Paragraph 7.2 3 line 2 For 80m Read 90m Paragraph 7.66 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by:

Swedish Maritime Administration 1 From a position in the vicinity of the pilot boarding [NP19--No 19--Wk 30/18] area (584659N 180630E), about 7¾ miles ENE of Landsort Light (584438N 175194E), the Sweden -- Landsort — Pilotage recommended track leads NW for about 4½ miles to 262 Västergrund Light Buoy...

Paragraph 7.27 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: Swedish Notice 757/14053/19 [NP19--No 63--Wk 25/19] 1 See 7.4. The pilot boarding position (584216N 17 52 14E) is about 2 miles S of Landsort Light   Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård -- (584438N 175194E). The boarding position Approaches to Sandhamn — Traffic regulations (584659N 180630E) for vessels bound for Nynäshamn is about 7¾ miles ENE of the light. Pilots 274 should be... Paragraph 7.123 1 line 3 Replace by: Swedish Notice 757/14053/19 [NP19--No 61--Wk 25/19] ...channel, authorised for a draught of 110 m (see 7.126), Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård -- leads... Landsort entrance — Traffic regulations 262 Swedish Maritime Administration [NP19--No 21--Wk 30/18] After Paragraph 7.27 1 Insert:

Traffic regulations Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård -- 7.27a Approaches to Sandhamn — Traffic regulations 1 Size limitations. The Landsort fairway is authorised, in daylight and good visibility, for a draught 275 of 100m,beamof3231 m and LOA of 200 m. For further information, and for the maximum dimensions Paragraph 7.126 1 Replace by: in darkness, restricted visibility and for tankers, 1 Size limitations. The Sandhamn fairway is contact the local authority. authorised, in daylight and good visibility, for a draught Swedish Maritime Administration of 110 m, beam of 3231 m and LOA of 245 m. For [NP19--No 20--Wk 30/18] further information, and for maximum dimensions in darkness, restricted visibility and for tankers, contact the local authority. Sweden -- Landsort — Pilotage Vessels over 300 gt are prohibited from using 265 Sandhamnssundet, the channel between Sandön and Telegrafholmen (591747N 185499E). Paragraph 7.60 1 line(s) 5--7 Replace by: Vessels exceeding 800 gt are not allowed to meet in the following channel sections: ...board either at 584216N 175214E, 2 miles S of Skötkobben — Tviskäret on the W side of Sandön, Landsort Light (584438N 175194E),orat584659N between latitudes 59 17 00N and 59 17 60N. 180630E, for deep--draught vessels, about 7¾ miles     ENE of the light. Swedish Maritime Administration Swedish Notice 757/14053/19 [NP19--No 62--Wk 25/19] [NP19--No 22--Wk 30/18]

Sweden -- Nynäshamn -- Furholmen — Restricted area Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård -- Oxdjupet — Directions; wreck 265 281 After Paragraph 7.61 1 line 5 Insert: A restricted area also exists in the channel W of After Paragraph 7.155 6 line 11 Insert: Furholmen (585571N 175852E) and Sundsholmen (7.71), N of Brunnsviksholmen. Entry is prohibited for A wreck (592390N 182658E), lies on the 10 m non--authorised vessels. depth contour on the N side of the channel.

Swedish Notice 702/12989/18 Swedish Notice 709/13221/18 [NP19--No 12--Wk 22/18] [NP19--No 26--Wk 30/18]

2--87 NP19

Sweden -- Stockholm -- Karl Johansslussen — Sweden -- Stockholm -- Frihamnen — Depth Restricted area 289

287 Paragraph 7.207 1 line(s) 6--7 Replace by: ...space with depths from about 8 to 10 m. Two fixed RoRo After Paragraph 7.187 4 line 10 Insert: berths lie at the head of the basin. Restricted area. Due to construction works in Swedish Notice 762/11518/19 [NP19--No 71--Wk 31/19] progress (2017), entry is prohibited to an area centred on the lock. Sweden -- Port of Stockholm — Basins and berths; alongside depth Swedish Notice 676/12627/17 [NP19--No 29--Wk 31/18] 290

Paragraph 7.208 1 line 8 For 80m Read 70m Sweden -- Stockholm — Regulations Swedish Notice 698/12974/2018 287 [NP19--No 11--Wk 19/18]

Paragraph 7.194 1 including heading Replace by: Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård -- Söderarm entrance — Traffic regulations

Traffic regulations 296 7.194 Paragraph 7.250 2 line 3 Replace by: 1 Speed restrictions are in force in various sections of Stockholm harbour. Details are shown on boards in ...of 90 m (see 7.252a). It is entered E of Tjärven the applicable areas. Lighthouse... Restricted areas exist in the areas around Swedish Maritime Administration Loudden (7.206), Frihamnen (7.207) and Värtahamnen [NP19--No 23--Wk 30/18] (7.208). Entry is prohibited for recreational craft and permission from Port of Stockholm should be obtained Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård -- prior to entry. Tjärven fairway — Traffic regulations Prohibited area is located on the berths at Södrahamnen (7.208). See 7.195a. 296 After Paragraph 7.252 2 Insert: BA Chart 811 [NP19--No 4--Wk 12/18] Traffic Regulations 7.252a Sweden -- Stockholm -- 1 Size limitations. The Tjärven fairway (Furusund Södrahamnen — Development route) is authorised, in daylight and good visibility, for a draught of 90 m and up to 160 000 gt. For further 288 information, and for the maximum dimensions in darkness, restricted visibility and for tankers, contact After Paragraph 7.195 6 line 6 Insert: the local authority. Swedish Maritime Administration Development [NP19--No 24--Wk 30/18] 7.195a 1 Works are in progress (2017) on the quay at Sweden -- East coast -- Kapellskär — Berths Södrahamnen (7.208). Entry is prohibited from the 299 knuckle about ¼ cable N of Berth 524, to Berth 611. Paragraph 7.270 1 lines 5--7 Replace by: BA Chart 811 [NP19--No 5--Wk 12/18] Berth 5, depth alongside 85m,witha 14m wide RoRo ramp. Berth 4, depth alongside 83m. Sweden -- Stockholm -- Ulvsundasjön — Directions; vertical clearance Paragraph 7.270 2 lines 1--6 Replace by: 2 The central section of the harbour consists of two 289 piers close together. The N pier has one berth (Berth 3) on its N side, where works are in progress Paragraph 7.205 3 line 2 For 252m Read 258m with completion expected by May 2019. The S pier extends ENE from the shore and consists of two berths; Berth 1 with an alongside depth of 87m and Paragraph 7.205 3 line 3 For 45 m Read 38 3m  Berth 2 with an alongside depth of 83m. Swedish Notice 716/13337(P)/18 Swedish Chart 6141 [NP19--No 1--Wk 06/18] [NP19--No 38--Wk 37/18]

2--88 NP19

Sweden -- East coast -- Kapellskär — Depths Germany -- Kap Arcona -- West of Adlergrund — Prohibited area 299 312 Paragraph 7.270 1--2 including Existing Section IV Notice Week 37/18 Replace by: Paragraph 8.18a 1 existing Section IV Notice Week 02/19 including heading Delete 1 Harbour and berths. The harbour consists of four main piers which extend from the shore. The N pier extends 200 m ESE from the shore and has two German Notice 43/40/19 [NP19--No 86--Wk 47/19] berths: Berth 5, depth alongside 88m,witha14mwide Germany -- Baltic Sea -- Sassnitz — RoRo ramp. Prohibited areas Berth 4, depth alongside 88m. 2 The central section of the harbour consists of two 313 piers close together. The N pier has one berth (Berth 3) on its N side, depth alongside of 67m.The After Paragraph 8.26 2 line 10 Insert: S pier extends ENE from the shore and consists of Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity two berths; Berth 1 with an alongside depth of 88m of foul areas located at 543030N 134180E and and Berth 2 with an alongside depth of 87m. 543110N 134020E.

Swedish Notice 758/13370/19 [NP19--No 66--Wk 27/19] German Notice 25/162/19 [NP19--No 69--Wk 29/19]

Sweden -- Stockholms Skärgård -- Germany -- Baltic Sea -- Prorer Wiek -- Simpnäs fairway — Traffic regulations Sassnitz — Prohibited areas 304 313 After Paragraph 7.297 1 Insert: Paragraph 8.26 2 including existing Section IV Notice Week 29/19 Replace by: Traffic Regulations 7.297a 2 Vessels using the roadstead should remain in 1 Size limitations. The Simpnäs fairway is depths of more than 10 m. authorised, in daylight and good visibility, for a draught Caution. A foul area (542820N 133846E) lies of 70 m, beam of 19 m and LOA of 145 m. For to the SW of the anchorage. An obstruction further information, and for the maximum dimensions (542873N 133860E) lies close to the SW corner of in darkness, restricted visibility, and for tankers, the anchorage and a wreck (542904N 134029E) contact the local authority. lies close S of the anchorage. Prohibited areas. Anchoringandfishingare Swedish Maritime Administration prohibited in the entrance to the harbour and in the W [NP19--No 25--Wk 30/18] part of Sassnitz Hafen.

German Notice 46/1516/19 [NP19--No 88--Wk 51/19] Poland -- Arkona to Rozewei -- South of Ławica SÞupska — Directions; rock Germany -- Strelasund -- 312 Stralsund east — Draughts

After Paragraph 8.15 3 line 5 Insert: 321 Clear of a rock (544810N 164236E), with a depth Paragraph 8.92 1 line 4 Replace by: of 110 m, thence: ...permitted draught of 63 m by day and 58 m by night. Polish ENC PL3F3030; GB Chart 2014 [NP19--No 78--Wk 38/19] German Notice 39/20031--S.152/19 [NP19--No 81--Wk 44/19] Germany -- Baltic Sea -- Adlergrund — Prohibited area Germany -- Approaches to Wolgast — Speed limit 312

After Paragraph 8.18 1 line 2 Insert: 323

Paragraph 8.114 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: Prohibited area 8.18a 2 Speed limit. From Light Buoy PN1 (lateral) 1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within an area (541105N 134580E) to Wolgast Road Bridge centredon544760N 134880E, due to unexploded (8.118) the maximum speed is 10 kn. ordnance. German Notice 37/20031 -- S. 154/18 German Notice 47/40/18 [NP19--No 47--Wk 02/19] [NP19--No 41--Wk 42/18]

2--89 NP19

Germany -- Wolgast Hafen — Speed limit NNW of DZI Light Buoy (safe water) (540332N 144117E), thence: 325 Clear of a dangerous wreck (541045N 150195E), thence: Paragraph 8.126 3 line 2 For 43kn Read 65kn 2 Clear of several dangerous wrecks in the vicinity of 541200N 150550E, noting an isolated German Notice 37/20031 -- S. 154/18 depth of 88 m lying 3½ miles N of the [NP19--No 42--Wk 42/18] wrecks, thence: NNW of a dangerous wreck (541206N 151434E), thence: Germany -- Baltic South Shore -- NNW of the coastal bank (541237N 151727E), Zatoka Pomorska — Prohibited area which extends up to 5 miles from shore between Mrzeÿyno (540863N 151721E) and 328 Dÿwirzyno, 4 miles E, with depths of less than 10 m, thence: After Paragraph 8.162 1 Insert:

Prohibited area Polish Notice 22--23/285/19 [NP19--No 68--Wk 28/19] 8.162a 1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within an area Poland -- Rowy to eba — Nature reserve centredon540393N 140622E, due to unexploded Ł ordnance. 345 German Notice 47/151/18 [NP19--No 45--Wk 51/18] After Paragraph 8.285 2 line 11 Insert: Poland -- Szczecin -- Parnica — Berths; depths Traffic regulations 340 8.285a 1 Restricted area. Entry is prohibited within a nature Paragraph 8.250 5 lines 1--6 Replace by: reserve that extends 1¾ miles from the coast between 5 Parnica (1¾ miles S), which includes KanaÞ Rowy (8.302) and Łeba (8.298). WrocÞawski, Dumczyca and Basin Cichy, contains 12 berths. The deepest is Naftowe ENC PL3G0030 [NP19--No 15--Wk 24/18] (532465N 143624E) with a depth of about 79 m, and the longest being Nabrzeÿe Parnickie with a length of 320 m and depths Poland -- Gdynia — Pilotage of 60to67m. 355 Polish Notice 47/620/17 [NP19--No 31--Wk 36/18] Paragraph 9.50 Replace by: Poland -- West and north--north--west of Mrzeÿyno — Directions; wrecks 1 Requests for pilots should be made as early as possible but not later than 6 hours prior to arrival at 341 the pilot boarding position, with confirmation 2 hours before arrival. Pilotage is compulsory for the following: After Paragraph 8.263 1 line 6 Insert: Vessels over 90 m LOA or, regardless of length, Clear of a dangerous wreck (541045N requiring the assistance of tugs. 150195E), thence: Vessels over 300 m LOA other than passenger vessels must use two pilots. After Paragraph 8.263 2 line 3 Insert: Vessels over 60 m LOA entering or leaving the docks. NNW of a dangerous wreck (541206N Vessels entering or leaving docks over 200 m LOA 151434E), thence: must use two pilots. ENC PL3C0000/2018 [NP19--No 3--Wk 10/18] Barge trains or similar, with the assistance of at least two tugs. 2 Pilot boards as follows: Poland -- Dziwna to Port DarÞowo — Vessels with a draught greater than 9 m or with Directions; wrecks hazardous cargoes close to GD Light Buoy (9.18), about 3½ miles E of the harbour entrance. 341 Vessels with a draught less than 9 m, before G1--G2 Light Buoys about 1 mile E of the harbour Paragraph 8.263 1--2 Including existing Section IV Notice entrance. Week 10/18 Replace by: For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals 1 From a position in the approaches to ©winoujñcie, Volume 6(2). 7½ miles N of Kikut Lighthouse (535889N 143482E) (8.182), the track leads ENE, passing: Polish Notice 31/9024/18 [NP19--No 34--Wk 36/18]

2--90 NP19

Poland -- Gdynia — Tugs Poland -- Gdamsk — Anchorage; wreck

355 358

Paragraph 9.51 Replace by: Paragraph 9.75 2 line 7 Replace by: ...lies in its N part and a 10 8mwreckliesonit’sS 1 Useoftugsiscompulsoryasfollows:  One tug: border surrounded by a prohibited zone. Vessels 90 to 130 m in length. Polish Notice 24/328(T)/18 [NP19--No 18--Wk 29/18] Vessels carrying dangerous cargoes 70 to 110 m in length. Two tugs: Poland -- Gdamsk — Pilotage Vessels 130 to 170 m in length. 359 Vessels carrying dangerous cargoes 110 to 150 m in length. Paragraph 9.76 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: 2 Three tugs: 1 Pilotage, which should be ordered 2 hours in Vessels over 170 m in length. advance and is available 24 hours, is compulsory for Vessels carrying dangerous cargoes over 150 m in the following: length. Vessels of 80 m LOA and over in Nowy Port, except SeaWeb PO2422 [NP19--No 35--Wk 36/18] in the waters of SmiaÞaWisÞa and Martwa WisÞa where it is mandatory for all vessels of 50 m LOA and over. Poland -- Gdynia — Restricted area Vessels of 40 m LOA and over in the waters of MotÞawa. 355 Tankers with 200 m LOA and over or draught greater than 13 m transporting dangerous cargoes are After Paragraph 9.51 2 line 4 Insert: required to use the services of two pilots. For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Restricted area Volume 6(2). 9.51a 1 A restricted area surrounding a minefield is centred Polish Notice 31/9020/18 [NP19--No 36--Wk 36/18] at 543120N 183383E. Poland -- PóÞnocny — Pilotage ENC PL5GDYNA [NP19--No 39--Wk 40/18] 361 Poland -- Gdynia — Obstructions Paragraph 9.98 Replace by:

357 1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 100 m LOA except in the waters of Basen WewnÎtrzny where it is Paragraph 9.61 2 line 6 Replace by: mandatory for all vessels over 50 m LOA. Tankers with 200 m LOA and over or draught ...draught 79 m. Two obstructions, 83and87 m, lie in greater than 13 m transporting dangerous cargoes are Basen No VI and VII respectively. required to use the services of two pilots. Polish Notice 49/663/17 [NP19--No 32--Wk 36/18] Pilot service is available 24 hours. Vessels awaiting pilots should use anchorages No 4 or No 5. Pilots board 4 cables W of PP Light Buoy (safe water) Poland -- Gdynia — Berths; obstructions (542582N 185388E) or at the anchorage. For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals 357 Volume 6(2). 2 Tugs. Vessels are required to use tugs. The Paragraph 9.61 2 line 6 including existing Section IV Notice number required is laid down in the Port Regulations. Week 36/18. Replace by: ...draught 79 m. Two obstructions, with depths 83and Polish Notice 31/9020/18 [NP19--No 37--Wk 36/18] 87 m, lie in Basen No VI and VII, respectively. A further two obstructions, with depths 82 and 92 m, lie at the E end of Poland -- Port PóÞnocny -- the quay between the basins. Basen Paliw PÞynnych — Draughts

ENC PL5GDYNA [NP19--No 40--Wk 40/18] 361--362 Paragraph 9.107 1 lines 6--10 Replace by: Poland -- Gdamsk -- Martwa WisÞa— ...the S side. Both berths can accommodate vessels up to Vertical clearance 300 m in length with a maximum draught of 150m.Onthe N side of the spur PIRS T is 550 m in length and can 358 accommodate vessels up to 350 m LOA with a maximum Paragraph 9.70 3 lines 4 For 57 m Read 52 m draught of 150m. ENC PL5GDANS 2017; Gdansk Port Authority Polish Notice 41--42/456/19 [NP19--No 84--Wk 45/19] [NP19--No 7--Wk 13/18]

2--91 NP19

Poland -- Gdamsk -- Rzeka WisÞa ©miaÞa— Latvia -- Ventspils — Prohibited anchorage Bridge clearances 385 362 After Paragraph 10.127 2 line 8 Insert: Paragraph 9.116 5 lines 1--2 Replace by: 3 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in 5 A draw bridge, with a vertical clearance of 4 5m,  an area surrounding a sewer pipeline, which extends crosses the Martwa ©miaÞa at Sobieszewo (9.116). about 1 mile NW from the shore at 572489N Horizontal clearance. The bridge at Sobieszewo 213426E. has a horizontal clearance of 50 m when open.

Polish Notice 3/34 [NP19--No 50--Wk 07/19] Latvian ENC LV532100 [NP19--No 73--Wk 32/19]

Russia – Southern Baltic -- Kaliningrad – Latvia -- SalacgrØva — Controlling depths Pionerskiy — Terminal information 398 374 Paragraph 11.76 2 lines 6--7 Replace by: After Paragraph 10.13 6 line(s) 10 Insert: ...depth of 58 m and alongside the piers there are depths Pionerskiy LNG Terminal of 24to57m. 10.13a Latvian Chart 3505/2017 [NP19--No 33--Wk 36/18] 1 Description. Pionerskiy LNG Terminal (545894N 202166E) lies NE of Mys Gvardeyskiy. The terminal is protected by a C--shaped breakwater and marked --Saaremaa--SuurKatel— by light buoys (special). A turning basin, 296 m in Directions; wrecks diameter, is located about 2½ cables SE of the terminal. The terminal consists of FRSU Marshal 404 Vasilevskiy. 2 Directions. Vessels approaching the terminal are to Paragraph 11.115 2--3 Replace by: follow Route 38 and then alter course to SSW on 2 ESE of a shoal patch (580029N 221648E), Route 38a. with a depth of 30 m, marked by a light buoy Useful marks: (E cardinal), thence: LNG Terminal N Light Beacon (red tower, white WNW of Veiserahu (575931N 222624E), a rocky band) (545910N 202210E). ridge with a least depth of 18 m, marked by a light LNG Terminal S Light Beacon (black tower, two white buoy (S cardinal), thence: bands) (545880N 202170E). WNW of a dangerous wreck (580268N 3 Pilotage. Pilot boards within the waiting area 223038E), and: centredon550000N 202380E. ESE of Leeltserahu (580389N 221972E), a Berth. Reported to be 125 m in length with depths group of rocks, marked by a buoy (E cardinal), of 19 m. noting a shallow patch, 2 miles E, with a depth of 9 m, thence: Russian Notice 13/1506/19 [NP19--No 55--Wk 16/19] 3 WNW of Kirjurahu madal (580460N 223019E), a shoal with a least depth of -- KlaipÌda — Directions 29 m, thence: Clear of a dangerous wreck (580580N 376 222472E), thence: ESE of Merise madal (580601N 221782E), a Paragraph 10.35 5 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: shoal with a least depth of 15m,and: WNW of the shoal ground extending about 1½ miles 5 N of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand) SSW of Vahase saar (580853N 222825E), (554368N 210348E), thence: marked at its extremity by a buoy (W cardinal) (580664N 222482E), and: Lithuanian navigation warning 030/19 [NP19--No 58--Wk 21/19] Estonian Notice 7/79;80/18 [NP19--No 27--Wk 31/18]

Latvia -- South--south--west of Ventspils -- Banka Somnitelnaja sÏklis — Directions; buoy Estonia -- Roomassaare — Directions; light sector 384 405 Paragraph 10.108 2 line(s) 8--10 Replace by: Paragraph 11.120 1 line 4 For 024--030 Read WNW of Banka Somnitelnaja sÏklis (571818N 0295-- 0 3 2 5 212179E) with a depth of 10 m. An isolated...

Latvian Notice 7/185/19 [NP19--No 72--Wk 32/19] Estonian Notice 12/147/18 [NP19--No 46--Wk 01/19]

2--92 NP19

Estonia -- Noarootsi -- Voosi kurk — After Paragraph 2.23 4 line 7 Insert: Directions; underwater rock NW of a shoal with a least depth of 15 m (632703N 420 203833E), marked by a buoy (starboard hand), thence: Paragraph 12.77 10 line(s) 7--8 Replace by: The alignment (185) of these lights leads S for Finnish Notice 16/125/19 [NP20--No 1--Wk 29/19] about 1 mile, through a channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), passing: Clear of an underwater rock (590122N Russia -- -- Ostrov Sommers to 232384E) with a depth of 35m. Ostrov Seskar — Directions; regulated areas

Estonian Notice 06/84/19 [NP19--No 67--Wk 27/19] 89

Estonia -- East of Muhu -- Suur väin — Paragraph 2.39 3 line 4 For 356 Read 354 Directions; wreck Paragraph 2.39 6 line 2 For 350 Read 353 423

Paragraph 12.98 2 line(s) 5 Replace by: Russian Notices 39/4497/19; 39/4496/19 And: [NP20--No 34--Wk 43/19] ENE of a wreck (583624N 232462E) with a depth of 114 m, thence: Estonia -- Paldiski — Directions; lights; buoys Estonian Notice 4/036/19 [NP19--No 56--Wk 17/19] 98 Estonia -- Väinameri -- Vormsi -- Sviby — Pilotage Paragraph 3.23 5 lines 5--9 Replace by: 423 Light buoys (W cardinal) (2 cables SE of the pier) After Paragraph 12.101 1 line 3 Insert: mark the W extent of shoaling in the SE corner of the Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels in bay. The white sector (335–000) of Paldiski Sviby. Lõunasadam South Harbour Light clears the E side of a bank extending S from the shore W of the pier. By Correspondence Estonia [NP19--No 51--Wk 11/19] day, the alignment (0000) of the light with an unlit beacon, 175 m N, clears the E edge of the bank. Estonia -- Muhu Väin -- Rohuküla — Pilotage Estonian Chart 827 [NP20--No 38--Wk 43/19] 424

After Paragraph 12.104 2 line 1 Insert: Estonia -- Paldiski — Anchorages Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels in 98 Rohuküla.

Correspondence Estonia [NP19--No 52--Wk 11/19] Paragraph 3.24 1--2 Replace by: 1 Anchorage areas are established as follows: Estonia -- Muhu Väin -- Hiiumaa -- Area A, 1¼ miles W of Paldiski Pier (3.25), with Heltermaa — Pilotage depths of 130mto225 m, mud. An obstruction (592017N 240240E) with a depth of 167m 425 lies on the NE edge of the anchorage with sunken After Paragraph 12.108 2 line 1 Insert: mines lying close S. A sunken mine (591989N 240231E) also lies near the centre of the Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels in Heltermaa. anchorage. See Prohibited areas (3.21). 2 Area C lies about 5 cables NW of Paldiski N Correspondence Estonia [NP19--No 53--Wk 11/19] harbour breakwater (592124N 240222E), with depths of 32 to 37 m, sand and clay. Area D (592215N 235480E) lies 5 cables N of NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2019 Edition) Suur--Pakri and Väike--Pakri, in depths of 27 to 45 m, mud. Finland -- -- 3 Anchorage is available for small vessels off the SE Norra Kvarken — Directions; shoal point of Väike--Pakri in a depth of 5 m, sand and mud, noting a shoal patch with an underwater rock with a 86 depth of 25m (591865N 240309E) located 1½ miles SW of Paldiski Pier. Paragraph 2.23 4 line 2 Replace by: ...marked by a light buoy (starboard... Estonian Chart 827 [NP20--No 39--Wk 43/19]

2--93 NP20

Russia -- Gulf of Finland -- Ostrov Seskar -- Russia -- Gulf of Finland -- Winter Channel — Depth Approaches to Ust’--Luga — Anchorages 119 111 Paragraph 3.161 1 line(s) 5--6 Replace by:

Paragraph 3.109 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Area 10A. NE of Mys Kolganpya (595087N 283266E). An obstruction (595452N 1 There is a least depth of 12 m (595671N 283650E) is situated in the SW part of the 282397E) along Recommended Track No 3, between anchorage. Banka Garkalamatala (3.144) and Banka Velimatala Russian Notice 42/4874/19 [NP20--No 40--Wk 45/19] (3.149). Russia -- Gulf of Finland -- Russian Chart 25054/19 [NP20--No 33--Wk 42/19] Ust’--Luga — Anchorage 119

Paragraph 3.161 2 Replace by: Russia -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to Luzhskaya Guba — 2 Area 11A. Centred on 594908N 282441E, Directions; regulated area situated W of Fairway No 19 and E of the shoal area between Banka Temnaya Loda (3.150) and Banka Repina (595010N 117 282230E); bottom of mud, clay and fine sand. Paragraph 3.148 1 line 3 For 356 Read 354 Area 12. In the NW part of Luzhskaya Guba, between E and SE of Mys Pikhlisaar Light (3.149). This anchorage is for Russian naval and support Russian Notice 39/4497/19 [NP20--No 35--Wk 43/19] vessels only. Russian Notices 44/5085/19; 44/5156/19 [NP20--No 42--Wk 47/19] Russia -- Gulf of Finland -- Ust’--Luga — Directions Russia -- Sankt Peterburg -- Kronshtadtskiy Korabel’nyy Farvater — Directions; regulated area 118 127

Paragraph 3.155 Replace by: Paragraph 3.226 1 line 5 For 357 Read 350

1 Caution. The leading lines are visible only on the Russian Notice 39/4494/19 [NP20--No 36--Wk 43/19] alignment. It is reported that the leading lines may not be reliable due to silting of the channel. Floating aids Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Tärngrundet -- to navigation may be removed in winter. Träskö — Directions; lights Ust’--Luzhskiy Morskoy Leading Lights: 151 Front light (red panel with white vertical stripe on white post, 8 m in height) (594031N Paragraph 4.97 3 lines 5--6 Replace by: 281907E), standing on the shore close E of the …marking Österharu (4.98) and Tärngrundet, to a position river entrance. in the white sector of Tärngrund Light. 2 Rear light (similar structure, 12 m in height) (2½ cables from front light). Paragraph 4.97 4 lines 1--3 Replace by: From a position in the vicinity of the fairway light 4 Tärngrund Light. The white sector (196--2045)of buoy (safe water) (594172N 281851E), Reka Luga Tärngrund Light (595215N 233743E) leads... is entered on the alignment (1686) of these leading lights, in a channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to Finnish Notice 10/69/19 [NP20--No 2--Wk 29/19] a position about 5 cables from the front light. Ust’--Luzhskiy Rechnoy Leading Lights: Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- 3 Front light (red panel with white vertical stripe on Approaches to Helsinki — white post, 10 m in height) (594001N Directions; regulations 281782E), standing near the timber export 168 pier. Rear light (red rectangle with white vertical stripe on Paragraph 4.187 1--3 Replace by: red circular tower with black vertical stripe, black 1 From a position NNW of Kuivasaari (600610N base, 19 m in height) (3¼ cables from front light). 250095E) the route, authorised for a draught of The alignment (2128) of these lights then leads initially 90 m, thence 96m,andthen89 m and partly about 7½ cables to the berths. marked by light buoys and buoys, leads 3½ miles, in a generally NW direction, from the South Finland Russian Notices 44/5086/19; 44/5147/19; 44/5087(T)/19 Winter Channel towards Lauttasaarenselkä and the [NP20--No 41--Wk 47/19] western harbours.

2--94 NP20

Passing and overtaking are prohibited within the Vessels belonging to a foreign government which is route between the lines of latitude 600810N not used in commercial operations. 600860N. Boarding positions are as follows: 2 The fairway, which initially leads 1¼ miles NW from the Räntan leading line (4.182) is covered by the UKHO [NP20--No 13--Wk 30/19] white sector (146–149), astern, of Kuivasaari Light (4.175). It crosses the 95 m channel SW of the Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to Kokta entrance to the eastern harbours, at Remmarholm — Directions; regulations (600787N 245964E), and passes NE of Itäkari 198 (600750N 245930E) and Länsikari, 5 cables NW. 3 Thence the track continues to lead NW to a Paragraph 5.72 1 line 5 Replace by: position W of Länsi Mustasaari Light (600878N ...Kotka Harbour. Passing and overtaking are prohibited 245844E) where it joins the Kruunuvuorenselkä west within the channel. entrance (4.201). Alternatively, from a position W of the SW point of UKHO [NP20--No 14--Wk 30/19] Susisaari (600850N 245920E) the recommended track leads WNW for 8 cables, passing NNE of Husunkivi Light (4.186), to the following: Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to Hamina — Directions; regulations UKHO [NP20--No 10--Wk 30/19] 204

Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Helsinki — Paragraph 5.125 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Directions; regulations 1 From the position 1¾ miles SW of Vatinki Front 169 Leading Light (602437N 271818E) the route, within which overtaking and passing are prohibited After Paragraph 4.201 2 line 4 Insert: between the line of latitude 602620N and Passing and overtaking is prohibited within the 602740N, then leads 5 miles N along a two--way channel between the lines of latitude 600880N and route marked by light buoys (lateral), passing: 600910N. UKHO [NP20--No 15--Wk 30/19] UKHO [NP20--No 11--Wk 30/19] Finland – Hamina — Basins and berths; Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to draught; navigation marks Vuosaari — Directions; regulations 207 174 Paragraph 5.156 1 and 2 Replace by: Paragraph 4.221 7 line 9 Replace by: 1 Situated 1¾ miles WSW of Hillo Quay, Summa ...(4.222). From this position, passing and Quay, used by a paper works factory, consists of a overtaking are prohibited. Thence: small pier, the berthing head of which faces SW.

UKHO [NP20--No 12--Wk 30/19] Finnish Notice 15/113/19 [NP20--No 3--Wk 29/19]

Finland -- Loviisa, Valko and approaches — Russia -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to Directions; leading lights Primorsk — Directions; regulated areas 192 221

Paragraph 5.42 2 line(s) 2--4 Replace by: Paragraph 5.257 1 line 2 For 350 Read 353 ...track leads 2¼ miles... Paragraph 5.258 1 line 6 For 350 Read 353 Finnish Notice 22/178/19 [NP20--No 32--Wk 38/19] Russian Notice 39/4496/19 [NP20--No 37--Wk 43/19] Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Approaches to Kokta —Pilotage Finland -- Saaristomeri -- Utö -- Svartgrund — 193 Prohibited anchorage

Paragraph 5.52 1 Replace by: 239

1 Pilotage is compulsory for the following: After Paragraph 6.106 1 line 4 Insert: Vessels with a maximum LOA of 70 m or more: Vessels with a maximum breadth of 14 m or more: Prohibited anchorage Vessels whose greatest summer load draught in salt 6.106a water is more than 45m: 1 Anchorage is prohibited in an area (594920N Vessels carrying bulk cargo of hazardous 212270E) N of Stor Gråharun (6.113). substances or substances that can pollute the sea: Finnish Notice 16/120/19 [NP20--No 4--Wk 29/19]

2--95 NP20

Finland -- Utö to Lövskär -- Svartgrund — Finland -- Saaristomeri -- Laupunen to Rajakari — Prohibited anchorage Directions; regulations

242 258

Paragraph 6.123 1 line 6 Replace by: Paragraph 6.220 3 line 4 Replace by: ...(6.113) and Fregattgrund Light Beacon. Anchorage is ...214717E), mark the N and S parts, of this fairway. prohibited in an area (6.106a) about 2 cables SW of the Within this fairway, passing and overtaking is prohibited anchorage. between the lines of latitude 601730N and 601630N.

Finnish Notice 16/120/19 [NP20--No 5--Wk 29/19] UKHO [NP20--No 19--Wk 30/19]

Finland -- Saaristomeri -- Lövskär to Orhisaari — Finland -- South west coast -- Turku and Directions; regulations approaches — Regulations

243 261

Paragraph 6.127 1 line 9 Replace by: After Paragraph 6.238 1 line 8 Insert: ...(60 13 48N 21 45 09E). Passing and overtaking are     Regulations concerning entry prohibited between the lines of longitude 21 43 30E and   6.238a 214520E. 1 Passing and overtaking are prohibited between the UKHO [NP20--No 16--Wk 30/19] lines of latitude 602440N and 602530N within the approaches to Pansio Oil and Chemical Harbour and Naantali (6.244). Finland -- South west coast -- Rödhamnsfjärden — Directions; regulations UKHO [NP20--No 20--Wk 30/19] 248 Finland -- Ålands Hav -- Ahvenanmaa — Paragraph 6.162 2 line 9 Replace by: Directions; light

...a buoy (S cardinal) (595790N 201056E). Within this 268 area passing and overtaking are prohibited. Paragraph 6.302 3 lines 6--7 Replace by: UKHO [NP20--No 17--Wk 30/19] …stands a beacon.

Finland -- Gulf of Finland -- Ahvenanmaa -- Paragraph 6.302 4 lines 1--6 Replace by: Hässlö channel — Directions; regulations 4 Thence the track leads E through a channel marked by buoys (cardinal), passing between Emskä 251 and Långö, and on to the following leading line: After Paragraph 6.173 3 line 5 Insert: Finnish Notice 12/88/19 [NP20--No 6--Wk 29/19] Passing and overtaking are prohibited between the lines of longitude 202220E and 202320E. Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Paragraph 6.178 1 line(s) 8 Replace by: Pietarsaari — Regulations

...and light buoys (cardinal), within which passing 321 and overtaking is prohibited, leads 3 miles E to a... After Paragraph 8.14 2 line 3 Insert: UKHO [NP20--No 18--Wk 30/19] Passing and overtaking are prohibited in the main channel between the lines of longitude 223790E and Finland -- South--west coast -- Isokari to 224100E. Laupunen — Directions; leading light UKHO [NP20--No 21--Wk 30/19] 256

Paragraph 6.209 1 line(s) 6 Replace by: Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Kokkola — Traffic regulations ...by buoys (cardinal), passing... 323 Paragraph 6.209 3 line(s) 1--6 Replace by: After Paragraph 8.31 1 line 5 Insert: 3 Thence the fairway leads 1½ miles SE, in the white sector (123–135) of Korra Light (white tower, red Vessels over 200 m in length are prohibited from band) (603459N 210858E), between shoals passing or overtaking in the main channel between marked by buoys and light buoys (cardinal). the lines of latitude 635350N and 635920N.

Finnish Notice 20/170/19 [NP20--No 31--Wk 35/19] UKHO [NP20--No 22--Wk 30/19]

2--96 NP20

Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Raahe — Regulations Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Kemi — Regulations 328 340 After Paragraph 8.70 1 line 2 Insert: Paragraph 8.157 Including heading Replace by: Regulations concerning entry 8.70a 1 Within the main channel, passing and overtaking Regulations concerning entry are prohibited between the lines of longitude 8.157 241690E and 242230E. 1 A speed limit of 7 kn for deep draught vessels is in force for the channel between Hebe Light Beacon UKHO [NP20--No 23--Wk 30/19] (8.160) and Ajos. Passing and overtaking is prohibited in the following Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Approaches to Oulu locations: — Directions; regulations Within the Ajos Harbour fairway (8.160), from Inakari Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral) (653892N 333 243033E) to the line of latitude 653950N. Within the Veitsiluoto Harbour fairway (8.163), from Paragraph 8.98 4 line 8 Replace by: W of Ajoskrunni Itä between the lines of latitude ...0616, ahead. Between Oulu 5 Light Beacon (starboard 653780N and 654090N. hand) (650805N 245073E) and Hammasmatala (650840N 245312E), marked by a light beacon UKHO [NP20--No 26--Wk 30/19] (starboard hand), passing and overtaking is prohibited.

Paragraph 8.99 5 line 9 Replace by: Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Kemi to Röyttä — ...251981E) (8.112). Passing and overtaking is Traffic regulations prohibited between the lines of longitude 252350E and 252080E. 342 UKHO [NP20--No 24--Wk 30/19] After Paragraph 8.173 1 line 1 Insert: Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Oulu--Toppila — Draught Traffic regulations 334 8.173a 1 Within the main channel, passing and overtaking is Paragraph 8.107 2 line 2 For 54m Read 50m prohibited in the following locations: In the narrow passage at Keila between T5 Light Finnish Chart 57 [NP20--No 29--Wk 33/19] Buoy (starboard hand) (653813N 242087E) and T7 Light Buoy (port hand) (653846N 241891E): Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- In the narrow passage at Europa Bend between the Oulu--Toppila — Directions; draught line of latitude 653980N and T18 Light Buoy 335 (starboard hand) (654043N 241197E). N of T27 and T28 Light Buoy (lateral) (654317N Paragraph 8.119 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: 241016E). 1 From a position 4 cables NNE of Kyrönkari Front Light (650072N 252022E) a branch channel, UKHO [NP20--No 27--Wk 30/19] authorised for a draught of 50m for1½ miles, thence reducingto24 m for 3 miles, leads to Kuivasmeri (8.114). Sweden -- Entrance to the Gulf of Bothnia -- Ålands Hav -- Grisslehamn — Pilotage Finnish Chart 57 [NP20--No 30--Wk 33/19] 346 Finland -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Approaches to Oulu — Directions; regulations Paragraph 9.17 2 line(s) 1--7 Replace by: 336 2 Pilotage. Pilots can be obtained from Simpnäsklubb Paragraph 8.132 1 lines 6--9 Replace by: (595357N 190479E) (see Baltic Pilot Volume 2)or from the Svartklubben pilots (9.27), 2¼ miles SE of Thence the recommended track leads off the main Svartklubben Light (9.13), by incoming vessels, and 100 m route, within which passing and overtaking are from Svartklubben when leaving harbour. For full prohibited, through a narrow channel marked by details, see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals buoys, light beacons, and in turn by the following Volume 6(2). leading lights:

UKHO [NP20--No 25--Wk 30/19] Swedish Notice 781/14453/19 [NP20--No 43--Wk 50/19]

2--97 NP20

Sweden -- Entrance to the Gulf of Bothnia -- Pilotage. See 10.262 for information. Ålands Hav -- Svartklubben — Pilotage 2 Directions. From a position 2½ miles ENE of Storbåden (632460N 193539E) (10.284), the track 347 leads N, passing: Paragraph 9.27 3 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: E of Ateliusgrund (632551N 194038E), thence: W of a shoal (632568N 194074E)withadepthof 3 The pilot boards in position 600876N 185254E, 25 m, thence: 2¼ miles SE of Svartklubben Light (9.13) or at E of Storklubben, on which stands a beacon (white 601170N 185500E, 3 miles NE of Svartklubben cairn, red band, 4 m in height) (632610N Light. The pilot also boards 3½ miles NNW of 194046E). Öregrund (602040N 182760E). 3 From a position close E of Storklubben the track alters NW to pass close SW of a buoy (starboard Swedish Notice 781/14453/19 [NP20--No 44--Wk 50/19] hand) (632625N 194047E) into the anchorage. Useful mark: Sweden -- Entrance to the Gulf of Bothnia -- Beacon (lattice mast) on Storhällan (632567N Ålands Hav -- Hargshamn — Pilotage 193984E), a small islet on the W side of the approach to Järnäshamn. 354 Caution. The anchorage is restricted and a vessel Paragraph 9.65 1 line(s) 4--8 Replace by: should lie at fairly short stay. Pilotage. Pilots can be obtained from Svartklubben Swedish Notice 759/14081/19 [NP20--No 7--Wk 29/19] pilots. See 9.27 for further details. Sweden – Skelleftehamn – Gåsören to Swedish Notice 781/14453/19 [NP20--No 45--Wk 50/19] Sörfjärden — Directions; lights 452 Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Hargshamn — Depth Paragraph 11.52 3 lines 5--11 Replace by: 354 …shoals NNE of Nörd--Olsgrundet. Paragraph 9.68 1 line(s) 5 For 120m Read 108m Swedish Notice 751/13791/19 [NP20--No 8--Wk 29/19] Swedish Notice 763/14107/19 [NP20--No 28--Wk 32/19] Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Luleå — Directions; leading beacon; speed limit Sweden -- Entrance to the Gulf of Bothnia -- Ålands Hav -- Hallstavik — Pilotage 461 355 Paragraph 11.117 1and2Replace by: 1 When about 8 cables NW of Skagsören the track Paragraph 9.80 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: alters NE to enter Tjuvholmsundet. A speed limit of 1 Pilots can be obtained from Svartklubben pilots. 9 kn applies when navigating through Tjuvholmsundet. See 9.27 for further details. The line of bearing (0345) of Sandögrundet Light (white hut on stone pedestal) (653299N 221180E) Swedish Notice 781/14453/19 [NP20--No 46--Wk 50/19] leads about 1 mile NE through Tjuvholmsundet. 2 When 3 cables from Sandögrundet Light the track Sweden -- Entrance to the Gulf of Bothnia -- then alters NW to pass into Gråsjälfjärden, on the E Ålands Hav -- Väddö Kanal — Pilotage side of which lie the berths for the port of Luleå.

357 Swedish Notice 760/14077/19 [NP20--No 9--Wk 29/19]

Paragraph 9.96 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: NP21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (2019 Edition) 1 Pilotage. Pilots can be obtained from Simpnäsklubb (595357N 190479E) or from Svartklubben Pilots. See 9.27 for further details. India -- East coast -- Cuddalore — Anchorage; terminal Swedish Notice 781/14453/19 [NP20--No 47--Wk 50/19] 71

Sweden -- Gulf of Bothnia -- Järnäshamn — Paragraph 2.41 1 line 1 Replace by: Directions; beacons 1 Anchorage. An anchorage area (113810N 429 794884E), raduis 200 m, depth 14 m, gravel and shell, for Cuddalore Marine Terminal, is situated Paragraph 10.288 1--7 Replace by: 2¼ miles E of the terminal (113839N 794637E). Berth. The terminal consists of a platform and 1 Description. Järnäshamn (63 26 50N 19 40 00E)     mooring dolphins on a SE/NW axis. A prohibited area lies in a small inlet, entered E of Järnäsudden containing buoys and pipelines extends W to the (632600N 193900E). It affords anchorage, in shore. A small service jetty extends from the shore. depths of 4 to 7 m, clay and mud, and is suitable for vessels drawing up to 45m. Indian Notice 3/50/19 [NP21--No 1--Wk 20/19]

2--98 NP21

India -- East coast -- Kattupalli Port — India -- East coast -- Visºkhapatnam — Directions; lights Anchorages 87 78--79 Paragraph 2.177 2 line(s) 1--10 Replace by:

Paragraph 2.105 1--2 Replace by: 2 Anchorages exist as follows: Naval tanker anchorage (174420N 832380E); 1 Landmark: depths25to32m. Radio tower (50 m in height) (131861N Lighterage area (174210N 832290E); depths 28 80 20 24E).   to 40 m. 2 Approach. From a position E of the port, in deep 3 Deep Water Naval Anchorage (174332N water and seaward of the 200 m depth contour, the 832145E); depths from 14 to 26 m. track leads to a position in the vicinity of 131794N Shallow Water Naval Anchorage (174271N 802287E, at the beginning of the entrance channel 832046E); depths from 13 to 19 m, to the port. Examination Anchorage (174204N 832024E); depthsfrom14to24m. Paragraph 2.105 3 lines 1--4 Replace by: SPM Tanker Anchorage (173706N 831929E); 3 Entrance channel. From the above position, the depths around 45 m. track leads WNW through a dredged channel marked 4 Petroleum Anchorage I (173610N 832348E); by light buoys (lateral), passing: depths around 54 m. Petroleum Anchorage II (173527N 832508E); depths around 55 m. Indian Notice 19/222/19 [NP21--No 11--Wk 45/19] Gas and Explosives Anchorage (173508N 832388E); depths around 54 m. See 2.159 for further anchorages at Gangavaram. India -- East coast -- Gangavaram Port — Other vessels should obtain anchorage, within the Anchorages roadstead, clear of the areas described.

85 Indian Chart IN3012 [NP21--No 4--Wk 20/19]

Paragraph 2.158 1 line(s) 1--6 Replace by: India -- North--east coast -- The Sandheads to Matla River -- Matla River — Directions; wreck 1 Designated anchorages are as follows: Examination Anchorage (173658N 831600E); 118 Anchorage A (173546N 831741E); Paragraph 4.13 2 line 5 Replace by: Anchorage B (173548N 831592E); Anchorage C (173427N 831668E); …approach. A wreck (212600N 884600E), position Anchorage D (173445N 831850E); approximate, lies close W of Dalhousie Sand. With a height 2 Anchorage E (173305N 831516E); of eye of 7 m Dalhousie Point… Anchorage F (17 30 37N 83 16 43E);     Indian Notice 4/056/19 [NP21--No 5--Wk 20/19] Anchorage G (173064N 831258E); Anchorage H (173071N 830895E); Anchorage I (172836N 831082E); Bangladesh -- Pussur River to Sandwip Channel — Directions Anchorage J (172740N 831310E). 121--122

Indian Chart IN3002 [NP21--No 2--Wk 20/19] Paragraph 4.47 4--5 Replace by:

4 Thence the track continues N, passing: India -- East coast -- Visºkhapatnam — Depths Clear of a dangerous wreck (220881N 913800E), thence: 87 W of the Chattogram outer anchorages, and: W of Authority Light Buoy (starboard hand) (22 12 26N 91 38 62E). Paragraph 2.173 1 line(s) 1--7 Replace by:     5 The track then continues N to a position SE of 1 The following depths are maintained by dredging Sandwip Island (4.56). (see 2.197): BNHOC Notice 15/19 [NP21--No 6--Wk 20/19] Outer channel, 220m; Approach to the outer turning circle, 210m; Outer turning circle, 190m; Burma -- Gulf of Martaban -- Yangon River — Directions; platform Approach to General Cargo Berth, 200m; Inner Channel and inner turning basin, 150m; 153 Inner Harbour, from 107to140m. Caution. Maintained depths are subject to silting. Paragraph 6.37 1 Replace by: The port authority should be contacted for the latest 1 This offshore route leads from S of Baragua Point information. (154370N 951900E), through the W part of the Gulf of Martaban, to the outer fairway of Yangon River Indian Chart IN3012 [NP21--No 3--Wk 20/19] in the vicinity of the Offshore Pilot Platform (6.41).

2--99 NP21

Paragraph 6.41 1 lines 5--6 Replace by: 2 Unauthorised vessels are advised to keep 1 mile clear of the Offshore Pilot Platform (161272N Offshore Pilot Platform (161272N 961672E) 961672E) (6.41). (white tower with red stripes on platform). Myanmar Notice 25/19 [NP21--No 8--Wk 30/19] Paragraph 6.42 Replace by:

1 From a position S of Baragua Point (154370N Burma--GulfofMartaban-- 951900E) the track leads E to the vicinity of Yangon River approaches — Directions; platform longitude 953700E. The track then leads NE passing: 155 SE of Sanda Light Buoy (153208N 953780E) (6.41). A wreck (153666N 954925E), position Paragraph 6.53 2 lines 2--3 Replace by: approximate, with a least depth of 101 m, lies 12 miles ENE of the light buoy. Thence: Offshore Pilot Platform (161272N 961672E) 2 SE of Krishna Shoal (154100N 953650E). (6.41). Navigation should be conducted in a depth of 18 m or greater until the shoal has been Myanmar Notice 25/19 [NP21--No 9--Wk 30/19] passed. Thence: SE of a mud volcano (155103N 960073E), Burma--GulfofMartaban-- thence: Yangon River approaches — Pilotage NW of a shoal (154250N 961430E) reported (1949) with a depth of 91 m, thence: 156 3 NW of a dangerous wreck (155205N 962076E), position approximate; another Paragraph 6.65 Replace by: dangerous wreck lies 3½ miles SE. Thence: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 200gt; SE of a dangerous wreck (155978N 961451E). pilot boards in position 161267N 961821E. Unauthorised vessels are advised to keep 1 mile (Directions continue for the clear of the Offshore Pilot Platform (161272N Gulf of Martaban at 6.85) 961672E) (6.41). 4 The track then leads N, passing: For further information see ADMIRALTY List of E of an obstruction (160236N 961570E), Radio Signals Volume 6(4). position approximate, reported (1945), thence: Clear of a dangerous wreck (160902N Myanmar Notice 25/19 [NP21--No 10--Wk 30/19] 961839E), marked with a buoy (can) moored close N, thence: W of a dangerous wreck (160949N 962387E), Burma -- Port of Yangon — Development; bridge marked with a buoy (conical) moored close W, thence: 156 5 Clear of a dangerous wreck (161109N After Paragraph 6.66 1 line 5 Insert: 961987E); a spar light buoy is moored 1 mile E and another dangerous wreck lies 2 miles farther ENE. Thence: Development Clear of a dangerous wreck (161190N 6.66a 961957E), thence: 1 A bridge (164616N 960863E), under To a position E of the Offshore Pilot Platform construction (2019), spans Thanlyetsoon Point (161272N 961672E) (6.41). Channel between Sule Wharves (6.74) and MIP Wharves (6.74). The development area is marked by Myanmar Notice 25/19 [NP21--No 7--Wk 30/19] light buoys. The vertical clearance is unknown. Myanmar Naval Hydrographic Centre Notice 49/2019 [NP21--No 12--Wk 50/19] Burma--GulfofMartaban-- Yangon River approaches — Pilotage NP22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2019 Edition) 154

Paragraph 6.51 Replace by: – Anse de Bénodet -- Loctudy -- L’Odet River — Pilotage 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of 200 gt or greater; the pilot boarding position is at 161267N 66 961821E. Pilots are transferred by motor launch. Paragraph 3.76 2 lines 4--5 Replace by: In poor visibility the pilot vessel will sound Morse Code letter Z to assist location. A vessel approaching Vessels under 6000 tonnes: in position 474987N the pilot vessel must not pass ahead of the pilot 40801W for Loctudy and in position 475058N vessel and must make a lee for the pilot boat. Further 40605W for Odet. details of procedure are contained in ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4). French Notice 16/50/19 [NP22--No 1--Wk 28/19]

2--100 NP22

France -- West coast -- Bay of Biscay -- Spain -- Bay of Biscay -- Santander -- La Garonne — Vertical clearance Ría de Astillero — Regulations 252 197 After Paragraph 10.45 1 line 5 Insert: Paragraph 8.76 1 lines 3--5 Replace by: The channel passes close ESE of the E end of a runway at Parayas Airport (10.19); see 10.31 for Power cable (km 10) (445507N 03287W): 52 m. communication requirements. Pont d’Aquitaine suspension bridge (km 58) (445279N 03217W): 52 m. Paragraph 10.46 1--2 including heading Replace by:

Paragraph 8.76 2 line 2 Replace by: Spare 10.46 ...(445150N 03312W): 53 m when raised, 66 m when lowered. Spanish Chart 4011; ES SD Num 1 [NP22--No 8--Wk 50/19] French Notice 44/60/19 [NP22--No 5--Wk 48/19] Spain -- North coast -- Ría de Suances — Wreck 254 Spain -- Bay of Biscay -- Santander — Anchorage; caution Paragraph 10.66 1 line(s) 2--7 Replace by: ...the pilot anchor approximately 3½ cables NE of Punta 250 del Torco de Fuera Light (10.60), bottom sand, good holding. After Paragraph 10.28 1 line 8 Insert: Caution. A dangerous wreck (432655N 40221W), marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), 2 Cautions. Holding in the anchorage is good in lies 2¾ cables E of the light. sand, except for a narrow, stone tongue, 160 m wide, 2 Vessels awaiting suitable conditions to cross the extending about 6½ cables ENE from Cabo Menor bar anchor in Punta Ballota anchorage (10.73), about (10.15). 1½ miles W of the light. A heavy sea may enter the anchorage during Paragraph 10.70 3 line(s) 1 Replace by: periods of strong N winds. The port advises masters to use their discretion when considering the use of the 3 SW of a dangerous wreck (432655N 40221W), anchorage. marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), thence: Spanish Notice 32/267/19 [NP22--No 4--Wk 38/19] Spanish Chart 4011; ES SD Num 1 [NP22--No 6--Wk 50/19] Spain -- North coast -- Ría de Ribadeo — Pilotage 276 Spain -- Bay of Biscay -- Santander — Traffic regulations Paragraph 11.86 Replace by: 1 Port operations. In bad weather the port is closed 250 for commercial ships. Outer anchorage. In fair weather, vessels awaiting Paragraph 10.31 1 including heading Replace by: the tide to enter harbour, anchor in Ensenada de Arnao, 3¼ cables NNW of the front light of Punta Arroxo Leading Lights (11.90), depth 10 m sand. Traffic regulations 10.31 Paragraph 11.87 1--2 Replace by: 1 Prohibited area. The area off Muelle de Albareda 1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more than is prohibited to unauthorised vessels. Its outer limit is 500 tonnes. Pilots board about 2½ cables NE of Isla marked by two light buoys (S cardinal). Pancha Light. See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Prohibited anchorage. Anchorage is prohibited in Volume 6(1) for further details. the navigation channels of the port. Elsewhere anchoring is allowed only by permission of the port Ribadeo Pilots [NP22--No 2--Wk 28/19] authority. 2 Air obstruction area. Vessels with air draught of Spain -- North coast -- 10 m or greater operating near the E end of the Ría de Viveiro — Anchorage runway at Parayas Airport (10.19) must communicate 282 with Santander Port Control (10.26) not less than 20 minutes before passing the runway alignment. Paragraph 11.133 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: 1 A bad weather anchorage (434421N 73585W), Paragraph 10.32 3 line(s) 3--4 Delete for vessels under 10 000 gt, depths from 18 to 50 m, lies NE of Punta Socastro (11.131). Spanish Chart 4011; ES SD Num 1 Spanish Notices 30/253 & 254/19 [NP22--No 7--Wk 50/19] [NP22--No 3--Wk 35/19]

2--101 NP23 NP23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2019 Edition) Turkey -- Marmara Denizi -- ™zmit Körfezi — Anchorages United States of America -- Aleutian Islands -- 97 Atka Island — Wreck Paragraph 2.226 6 line(s) 3--5 Replace by: 219 Vessels carrying non--dangerous cargo and naval Paragraph 7.29 1 line(s) 10 Replace by: vessels: centred on 404124N 291931E, ...this rock. A stranded wreck, reported (2019), lies 3 miles WSW. approximately ½ mile ENE of the rock. Explosives and quarantine anchorage: centred on 404180N 292096E, 1½ miles W. US Notice 21/16480/19 [NP23--No 1--Wk 40/19] Turkish Notice 44/208/19 [NP24--No 9--Wk 50/19] Russia -- Bering Sea -- Anadyrskiy Gulf -- Port Provideniya — Pilotage Turkey -- ™stanbul BoÔazÝ-Kadiköy— Outfall pipe 380 103

Paragraph 12.87 1 line 4 Replace by: Paragraph 2.292 3 line 3 Replace by: ...favourable weather. Pilots board in position 642280N ...290130E). An outfall pipe is situated in the NE part of 1732190W. Request for pilotage and tug... the anchorage area. Russian Notice 23/2883/19 [NP23--No 2--Wk 40/19] Turkish Notice 37/173/19 [NP24--No 4--Wk 43/19]

Turkey -- Black Sea -- ¬ile — NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot Anchorages; pipeline (2019 Edition) 121

Turkey -- Çanakkale BoÔazÝ -- Paragraph 3.21 3 line 4 Replace by: ™ntepe Liman — Anchorage ...anchorage. A submarine pipeline extends into the SW 72 corner of the W anchorage. Paragraph 2.29 2 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: Turkish Notice 36/170/19 [NP24--No 3--Wk 42/19] 2 Anchorage. Emergency anchorage (400142N 261752E) may be obtained for all types of vessels Bulgaria -- Black Sea -- Varna — Pilotage in an emergency, and for military vessels at any time, 163 in depths of 25 to 68 m. Dangerous underwater rocks (400076N 261646E) and two mooring buoys lie in Paragraph 4.93 2 line(s) 2--3 Replace by: the SW area of the anchorage. A submarine power ...vessels over 100 gt. Pilots embark in position 431134N cable passes close to the N boundary of the area. 275741E. Turkish Notice 46/218/19 [NP24--No 10--Wk 51/19] Bulgarian Notice 3/9/19 [NP24--No 1--Wk 37/19]

Turkey -- Marmara Denizi -- BandÝrma Körfezi — Directions; buoy Ukraine -- Black Sea -- Port Yuzhnyy — Anchorage 87 205 Paragraph 2.136 2 lines 1--2 Replace by: After Paragraph 6.86 3 line 7 Insert: 2 SSE of Mola BankÝ (402640N 280600E). This rock,… Area No 359 (463361N 311502E). Depths from 12 to 15 m. Obstructions lie within the anchorage, Turkish Notice 30/145/19 [NP24--No 2--Wk 40/19] in positions 463382N 311319E and 463399N 311568E. Turkey -- ™zmit Körfezi -- Hereke — Anchorages ENC UA5ECF65 & UA5ECF66 97 [NP24--No 6--Wk 47/19]

Paragraph 2.233 2 Replace by: Ukraine -- Black Sea -- Port Yuzhnyy — 2 Further anchorage areas, soft mud with fair holding Anchorages ground, lie WNW of YarÝmca--Tütünçiftlik Industrial 207 complex (404463N 294568E), centred on: 404582N 293828E (for vessels carrying Paragraph 6.100 including heading Replace by: non--dangerous goods); 404576N 294048E (explosives and quarantine); Spare 404640N 293850E (explosives). 6.100 Turkish Notice 31/143/19 [NP24--No 5--Wk 46/19] ENC UA5ECF66 [NP24--No 7--Wk 47/19]

2--102 NP24 Black Sea -- Crimean Peninsula -- NP26 British Columbia Pilot Volume 2 Ozero Donuzlav — Submarine cable (2017 Edition)

231

Paragraph 6.327 3 lines 1--3 Replace by: Canada — Regulations

3 Caution. An obstruction with a depth of 118m and a submarine cable are located in the NW part of area 10 No 381. Paragraph 1.85 including heading Replace by: HYDROLANT 3315/19(55) [NP24--No 8--Wk 47/19] Protection of the environment 1.85 NP25 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1 1 Conservation of Marine Mammals and aquatic (2019 Edition) species. The Canadian Federal Department of Fisheries (DFO) and Oceans is responsible for ensuring the protection and conservation of listed Canada -- Vancouver Island -- Esquimalt Harbour aquatic species (including marine mammals and sea -- Inskip Island — Directions; leading lights turtles) and for protecting the identified critical habitat of any species listed under the Species at Risk Act 72 (SARA). The Fisheries Act prohibits any form of disturbance of cetaceans except when fishing for them Paragraph 2.114 1 line(s) 1--11 Replace by: under the authority of those regulations. 2 Disturbance includes repeated attempts to pursue, 1 Inskip Island Leading Lights: disperse, herd whales and any repeated intentional act Front light (white trapezium, red vertical stripe, on of negligence resulting in the disruption of their normal square framework tower) (48 26 52N   behaviour. Harassing whales may force them away 1232634W), standing on a reef extending S from their habitat at critical times in their annual from the SW extremity of Inskip Island. reproductive and feeding cycles and may cause them Rear light (white trapezium inverted, red vertical injury. stripe, on square framework tower) (½ cable from front light). Any collision with marine mammals or sightings of From a position SW of Scroggs Rocks Light entangled, injured or dead marine mammals must be reported to the appropriate marine animal response (2.100), the alignment (014) of these lights, visible on the leading line only, leads NNE through the entrance organisation, including DFO. into the harbour, passing: 3 Ballast water Control and Management Regulations as contained in the Canada Shipping Act 2001 applies to most vessels arriving in Canadian waters. The Canadian Western Notice 8/3313/19; 8/Light list correction page 29/19 [NP25--No 2--Wk 41/19] purpose of the Regulations is to prevent the introduction to local ecosystems of potentially damaging pathogens or organisms. See also Canada -- Vancouver Island -- Nanaimo — https://laws--lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/regulations/SOR--2011 Pilotage --237/. 4 National Wildlife Areas (NWAs) are protected and 211 managed according to the Wildlife Area Regulations under the Canada Wildlife Act. The primary purpose of Paragraph 6.175 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: NWAs is the protection and conservation of wildlife and their habitat. Canadian and foreign vessels are 1 Pilotage is compulsory, see 1.44. not allowed to enter these protected areas without a permit. Any master who is planning to enter any of Canadian Western Notice 8/3447/19 these protected areas, claiming a right of innocent [NP25--No 3--Wk 41/19] passage, is strongly advised to communicate with Environment and Climate Change Canada (Canada Wildlife Service) at least two weeks in advance. Canada – Desolation Sound east side -- Lancelot Inlet — Anchorages; wreck 5 Marine Protection Areas (MPAs) have been designated under The Oceans Act for the conservation 251 and protection of all fishery resources, endangered or threatened species, and their habitats. Paragraph 7.210 1 line(s) 3 Replace by: 6 National Parks have been established under the Canada National Parks Act. Various restrictions and ...in a depth of about 20 m, keeping clear of a wreck exclusion zones apply. See also (500493N 1244318W). www.parkscanada.gc.ca. For further details on protected areas, restrictions Canadian Western Notice 7/3312/19 and contact information consult Annual Edition of [NP25--No 1--Wk 38/19] Canadian Notices to Mariners, see www.notmar.gc.ca.

2--103 NP26

Paragraph 1.86 including heading Replace by: Prince Rupert Harbour — Regulations 138 Spare 1.86 After Paragraph 4.79 3 line 6 Insert:

Canadian Eastern Notice 3/306/19 Section A2 Traffic regulations [NP26--No 10--Wk 17/19] 4.79a 1 Fairview Channel. Within the main channel to the inner harbour, normally only one deep sea vessel will Douglas Channel -- Gertrude Point — transit at any one time. Outbound vessels have Directions; light priority for the channel. Porpoise Channel. The following restrictions apply 112 for deep sea vessels entering Porpoise Channel: Transits are to be conducted in daylight and only Paragraph 3.153 2 lines 4--6 Replace by: when visibility exceeds 2 miles; 2 Transits are not to be conducted in sustained (or E of Gertrude Point (533792N 1291393W), thence: forecast sustained) winds exceeding 25 kn; Arrival transits are to be conducted 60 mins either side of HW or LW; Canadian Western Notice 2/3977/17 Departure transits are to be conducted 60 mins [NP26/No.1/Wk.22/17] either side of HW only; Transits shall only be conducted when tidal Prince Rupert — Port information conditions are such that the minimum UKC requirements (4.72a) are extant for the entire 137 period of transit; 3 Only one deep sea vessel shall be underway After Paragraph 4.70 1 line 3 Insert: between the Pulp Mill Wharf at Watson Island (4.100) and D24 Light Buoy (starboard hand) Port Information Guide Prince Rupert is available at (541143N 1302045W) at any one time. the following website: Safety Zones. The following safety zones exist www.rupertport.com/operations/port--information--guide within Prince Rupert Harbour: All vessels, except for assigned tugs, must remain Port Information Guide Prince Rupert outside of 50 m from any ship alongside any berth [NP26--No 11--Wk 33/19] or anchored in Prince Rupert; 4 All vessels must remain outside of 140 m from any LPG carrier loading cargo at Ridley Prince Rupert — Port information; Terminal; under--keel clearance All vessels except for those engaged in bunkering, either alongside or at anchor, shall remain outside 137 of 100 m from any bunkering operation. Security Zones. The following security zones exist After Paragraph 4.72 2 line 3 Insert: within Prince Rupert Harbour: 5 No vessel, including any pleasure craft, shall Under--keel clearance come within 50 m of any military vessel while 4.72a moving, anchored or docked at Northland 1 Within the port of Prince Rupert, a vessel’s UKC terminal, without prior authorisation of the should not be less than 10% of its maximum draught warship, and: unless prior permission has been obtained from the No diving is to be conducted within 500 m of a port authority. warship without prior permission. For further information see Port Information Guide No Wake Zones. The following areas have been Prince Rupert (4.70). designated by Prince Rupert Port Authority as No Wake Zones: Port Information Guide Prince Rupert 6 At Digby Island Floats (541881N 1302407W) [NP26--No 12--Wk 33/19 and S of Mission Point (542015N 1302654W) in the NE corner of Metlakatla Bay (4.36); Within Porpoise Harbour (4.91); Prince Rupert Harbour — Pilotage Vessels are to minimise their wake when passing docks, floats and seaplanes within these areas. 138 7 In addition, vessels passing within 3 cables of the NW coast of Kaien Island between Fairview Container Paragraph 4.79 1 line 1 Replace by: Terminal (4.94) and Ritchie Point (4.114) must also minimise their wake. 1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 350 gt. For further information see Port Information Guide Pilots board in the following areas: Prince Rupert (4.70) Port Information Guide Prince Rupert Port Information Guide Prince Rupert [NP26--No 13--Wk 33/19] [NP26--No 14--Wk 33/19]

2--104 NP26

Prince Rupert Harbour — Depths Hecate Strait – Bonilla Island — General information; traffic regulations 140 180 Paragraph 4.92 1 line 7 Replace by: After Paragraph 6.38 2 line 11 Insert: ...and a controlling depth of 202 m. The berth can... Traffic regulations Port Information Guide Prince Rupert 6.38a [NP26--No 15--Wk 33/19] 1 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within an ESSA centred on 531274N 1303908W, located 16 miles S of Bonilla Island Prince Rupert Harbour — Depths (6.43).

141 Canadian Western Notice 4/3000/17 [NP26/No.4/Wk.22/17] Paragraph 4.96 1 Replace by:

1 Westview Terminal, (formerly Prince Rupert Grain British Columbia -- Pitt Island -- Terminal No 1) lies about 5 cables NE of Pillsbury Otter Channel — Light Point (541796N 1302117W). The berth face has an overall length of 309 m and a controlling depth of 188 118m. Paragraph 6.95 2 lines 1--12 Replace by:

Port Information Guide Prince Rupert 2 WSW of Fleishman Point (531271N [NP26--No 16--Wk 33/19] 1293519W), which forms the E entrance point to Principe Channel (532200N 1295000W) and is lower and less Queen Charlotte Sound – Calvert Island — conspicuous than Ring Point (531331N General information; traffic regulations 1293618W), the SW extremity of Pitt Island, which is high, bold and conspicuous, thence: 158 WSW of Ring Point. Nepean Rock (531289N 1293681W), covered by the green sector After Paragraph 5.16 1 line 1 Insert: (113--129) of Paige Point Light (white square framework tower) (531109N 1293212W), is a drying, steep--to rock, lying 5 cables SW of Ring Traffic regulations Point; further shoal rocks lie up to 5 cables SSE 5.16a and EM Light Buoy (S cardinal) is moored 1 Restricted area. Anchoringandfishingare 6¾ cables SSE of Nepean Rock. Thence: prohibited within an ESSA centred on 511900N 1285064W, located about 35 miles WSW of Calvert BA Chart 4929 [NP26/No.6/Wk.44/17] Island.

Canadian Western Notice 4/3000/17 British Columbia -- Pitt Island -- Otter Channel — Lights [NP26/No.2/Wk.22/17]

190 Hecate Sound – Price Island — General information; traffic regulations Paragraph 6.105 2 lines 4--9 Replace by: ...SSE), a white rock covered by the red sector (050--072) 176 of Paige Point Light (531109N 1293212W) (6.95). The white sector (083--085) of Blackrock Point Light After Paragraph 6.13 1 line 6 Insert: (531251N 1292066W) (6.77) leads through the centre of Otter Channel, which has a least width of 1 mile and has depths that are generally in excess of 145 m (80 fm). Traffic regulations From the E the channel is entered S of McCreight 6.13a Point Light (white square framework tower, green top) 1 Restricted area. Anchoringandfishingare (531252N 1293005W) and N of Fanny Point prohibited within an ESSA centred on 521326N (531142N 1292918W) (6.77), 1¼ miles SE. The 1293421W, located about 29 miles SW of Price white sector (263--265) of Banks Island SE Light Island (522400N 1284100W). (white square framework tower) (531102N 1294577W) leads through the centre of the channel. Canadian Western Notice 4/3000/17 [NP26/No.3/Wk.22/17] BA Chart 4929 [NP26/No.7/Wk.44/17]

2--105 NP26

Canada -- Hecate Strait -- Browning Entrance to England -- The Solent -- — Dundas Island — Directions; shoal; buoyage Anchorage

197 199

Paragraph 6.150 2 line 4 Replace by: Paragraph 7.57 6 line(s) 1--3 Delete ...other shoals. EF2 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (540254N 1305436W) is moored 5½ cables NNW Beaulieu River Harbour Master [NP27--No 25--Wk 43/19] of Grenville Rock. Warrior Rocks lie 2½ miles NE... England -- — Regulations After Paragraph 6.150 3 line 4 Insert: E of a shoal with least depth of 71m,markedbya 210 light buoy (port hand) (541600N 1310540W), After Paragraph 7.116 2 line 8 Insert: thence: Vessels within 2 miles of an aircraft carrier which is Canadian Notice 4/3002/17 [NP26/No.5/Wk.23/17] underway must keep their speed below 15 kn.

After Paragraph 7.116 6 line 9 Insert: British Columbia -- Moresby Island -- Juan Perez Sound -- Matheson Inlet — Depth Within 150 m of an aircraft carrier at anchor within the port. 213 QHM Portsmouth Notice 71/19 Paragraph 7.71 1 line 8 For 18m Read 05m [NP27--No 26--Wk 44/19]

Canadian Notice 6/3808/18 [NP26--No 8--Wk 30/18] England -- Portsmouth — Traffic signals

212 British Columbia -- West coast of Graham Island — Caution; depths Paragraph 7.124 ( traffic signals) Replace the existing table with the new table 242 accompanying chart blocks at the end of Section II. After Paragraph 8.106 1 line 11 Insert: QHM Portsmouth [NP27--No 18--Wk 29/19] 2 Caution. Recent surveys have determined the presence of depths shoaler than charted and indicate that position discrepancies in the order of 200 m may England – Portsmouth -- Haslar Lake — Depths exist. 217 Canadian Western Notice 6/3868/18 Paragraph 7.135 1 lines 4--6 Replace by: [NP26--No 9--Wk 30/18] ...at the E end of a small peninsula. The lake has a maintained depth of 40m.A... NP27 Channel Pilot (2018 Edition) QHM Portsmouth [NP27--No 16--Wk 24/19]

Preface page England – Portsmouth -- Haslar Lake — Depths

iii 218

Line 33 For Seventeenth Edition (2015) Paragraph 7.137 1 line 4 For 60m Read 40m Read Eleventh Edition (2017) Paragraph 7.137 1 line 6 For 50m Read 40m UKHO [NP27--No 1--Wk 45/18] QHM Portsmouth [NP27--No 17--Wk 24/19] United Kingdom -- — Fishery limits England -- South coast -- -- — Controlling depth 4 225 Paragraph 1.22 1 Replace by: Paragraph 7.175 1 line(s) 2--4 Replace by: 1 See The Mariner’s Handbook,NoticeNo12of Annual Summary of ADMIRALTY Notices to Mariners ...generally between 17 and 40 m. The dredged depth in Part 1 and Chart Q2669 Channel Islands and the Eastern Channel, E of the Cowes Breakwater, is Adjacent Coast of France Fisheries. 225 m (2019). The tidal gauge boards at both ends of the...

UKHO [NP27--No 8--Wk 11/19] GB Chart 2793/19 [NP27--No 21--Wk 38/19]

2--106 NP27

England -- South coast -- Isle of Wight -- France -- West coast -- Île d’Ouessant -- Cowes — Regulation; channel name Chenal du Four — Directions; depth

226 247

Paragraph 7.179 4 line(s) 4--8 Replace by: Paragraph 8.38 2 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: Small craft, 20 m in length or less, arriving from or 2 Between Grande Vinotière (482194N departing to the N or E may use the Eastern 44842W), marked by a light beacon (red Channel, subject to the height of tide being octagonal tower, 19 m in height), and Roche sufficient. du Lieu (482212N 44912W), marked by Rouget Light Buoy (starboard hand). A 54m Paragraph 7.180 1 line(s) 3 For Small Craft Read Eastern shoal (482189N 44857W) lies close SW of Grande Vinotière. Thence:

Paragraph 7.180 2 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: French Chart 7122 [NP27--No 19--Wk 35/19] ...Point, the E entrance point to the river. Here, the Eastern Channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), passes... France -- West coast -- Île d’Ouessant -- Chenal du Four — Directions; depths Paragraph 7.180 3 line(s) 12--13 Replace by: 248 ...buoyed Eastern Channel extends NNE from the fairway to ENE of Cowes Breakwater. Paragraph 8.38 3 line(s) 1--4 Replace by:

Paragraph 7.181 1 line(s) 3 For Small Craft Read Eastern 3 Between a 71 m rocky patch (482170N 44852W) and Roche du Rouget (482179N 44920W). GB Chart 2793/19 [NP27--No 22--Wk 38/19] Paragraph 8.38 4 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:

England -- South coast -- Isle of Wight -- 4 Between a 58 m rocky patch (482129N Cowes — Channel name; directions 44843W) and a 53 m shoal (482140N 44920W). 227 French Chart 7122 [NP27--No 20--Wk 35/19] Paragraph 7.182 3 line(s) 14--15 Replace by: ...Sailing Club (504587N 11790W) and the Eastern France -- Avant--Goulet de Brest -- Channel, this W setting stream splits into two... WaitingareatoBrest—Buoyage

Paragraph 7.182 3 line(s) 18 For Small Craft Read Eastern 255

Paragraph 8.77 3 lines 1--2 Delete Paragraph 7.182 3 line(s) 20 For Small Craft Read Eastern Paragraph 8.78 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: Paragraph 7.184 5 line(s) 1--13 Replace by: 1 Passe Sud. From a position in Avant--Goulet de 5 Alternatively, small craft 20 m in length or less Brest, about 7¼ cables NNW of Pointe du Toulinguet arriving from N or E may use the Eastern Channel, (481681N 43772W), the line of bearing 045 of subject to the height of tide being sufficient (7.175). Saint Martin Church (pointed spire) (482370N From the vicinity of 504604N 11743W the channel, 42880W) at Brest just open W of Pointe du Portzic marked by light buoys (lateral and cardinal), leads Light (8.72), or at night in the centre of the intensified generally SSW for about 3 cables to a point where it white sector (045–050) of Pointe du Portzic Direction joins the Inner Fairway. Vessels using the channel Light, leads through Passe Sud, passing: should note the watersports area, small craft moorings, and prohibited anchorage areas, which may French Notice 37/56/18 [NP27--No 2--Wk 45/18] present a hazard. France -- West coast -- Brest — GB Chart 2793/19 [NP27--No 23--Wk 38/19] Outer anchorages; submarine cables

258 England -- South coast -- Isle of Wight -- Cowes — Watersports area After Paragraph 8.97 3 line 9 Insert: Submarine cables lie along the W side of Grande 228 Rade.

Paragraph 7.186 2 line(s) 3--4 Replace by: After Paragraph 8.97 5 line 6 Insert: ...Fairway. A watersports area has been provided E of the Submarine cables lie within Baie de Roscanvel, W Eastern Channel on the Shrape Mud (tidal). of the anchorage areas.

GB Chart 2793/19 [NP27--No 24--Wk 38/19] French Notice 44/50/19 [NP27--No 27--Wk 48/19]

2--107 NP27

France -- West coast -- Douarnenez — Pilotage Channel Islands -- Guernsey -- Saint Peter Port — Anchorages 265 342 Paragraph 8.139 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 11.67a existing Section IV Notice week 3/19 2 Pilotage is provided by the Brest station and is Replace by: compulsory for vessels more than 50 m in length or 1 Anchorage E (492671N 22946W) and 6000 gt. The pilot boards in position 480719N Anchorage F (492600N 22990W) lie to the E of 42034W. the Great Bank (11.58).

French Notice 40/54/18 [NP27--No 3--Wk 45/18] Guernsey Harbours [NP27--No 13--Wk 14/19]

Channel Islands -- Guernsey — Anchorages Channel Islands -- Jersey -- Saint Catherine’s Bay — Anchorage 342 375 Paragraph 11.66 3--4 Replace by: Paragraph 11.236 5 lines 1--9 Replace by: 3 Anchorage. There are three designated anchorages in the vicinity of Great Road as follows: 5 Anchorage for small craft may be obtained close Anchorage A (492758N 23106W). inside Saint Catherine Breakwater, clear of the Anchorage B (492760N 23090W). prohibited area and avoiding a 19 m patch lying Anchorage C (492762N 23035W). 2 cables SW of the light, in a depth of 8 m, sand and Use of these anchorages is subject to prior mud. The anchorage area is marked by small buoys approval by Guernsey Port Control. (special). 4 Restricted anchorage. Mariners should not anchor Caution. Anchoring is prohibited, as charted, within a within the circular area off the entrance to Saint Peter large area of Saint Catherine’s Bay. A submarine Port without the prior permission of Guernsey Port cable (disused) extends 6 cables SE from the root of Control. This area should be kept clear for vessels the breakwater. entering or leaving the port. Useful mark: BA Chart 1138 [NP27--No 5--Wk 51/18] Sardrette Beacon (yellow, orange letter “S” topmark) (492756N 23150W). France -- Approaches to Cherbourg — Pilotage Paragraph 11.67 1 line 1 For Anchorage Read 390 Anchorage D (492761N 22962W) Paragraph 12.24 2 line(s) 5--7 Delete After Paragraph 11.67 2 line 3 Insert: French Notice 8/40/19 [NP27--No 9--Wk 11/19] The Great Bank 11.67a France -- Cherbourg — Directions; obstructions 1 Anchorage E (492676N 22970W) and Anchorage F (492600N 22990W) lie to the E of 391 the Great Bank (11.58). Paragraph 12.36 4 lines 8--9 Replace by: Correspondence Guernsey Harbours [NP27--No 6--Wk 03/19] ...Digue de l’Est. The track then leads generally SW into Grande Rade (12.40), noting the numerous obstructions and Channel Islands -- Guernsey -- shoal area S and SSE of the entrance. Saint Peter Port — Anchorages French Chart 7086/19 [NP27--No 14--Wk 22/19] 342 France – Cherbourg — Anchorages; depths Paragraph 11.66 3 including existing Section IV Notice week 3/19 Replace by: 392 3 Anchorage. There are three designated Paragraph 12.40 4 lines 4--8 Replace by: anchorages in the vicinity of Little Russel as follows: Anchorage A (492763N 23104W). No 1 (494025N 13720W), depth about 6 to 9 m. Anchorage B (492764N 23087W). No 2 (494020N 13677W), depth about 6 to 7 m. Anchorage C (492755N 23016W). No 3 (494015N 13633W), depth about 5 to 6 m. Use of these anchorages is subject to prior No 4 (494004N 13746W), depth about 9 to 13 m. approval by Guernsey Port Control/VTS. No 5 (493993N 13662W), depth about 4 to 11 m.

Guernsey Harbours [NP27--No 12--Wk 14/19] French Chart 7086/19 [NP27--No 15--Wk 22/19]

2--108 NP27

France -- Approaches to Cherbourg — Terminal Belgium -- Westhinder — Obstructions

393 61

Paragraph 12.44 1--2 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 2.52 1 lines 4--5 Replace by:

Spare ...an ATBA (2.47). A wreck (512553N 23634E) with an 12.44 obstruction ½ cable ENE, a second obstruction (512530N 23819E) and multiple foul grounds lie within French Notice 8/40/19 [NP27--No 10--Wk 11/19] the anchorage.

Belgian Notices 23/631/17; 23/651/17 France -- Approaches to Cherbourg — Terminal [NP28--No 14--Wk 49/17] 394 -- North Hinder Junction — Paragraph 12.55 2 line(s) 7--10 Replace by: Directions; wreck The leading line passes close W of a buoy (special) moored 3¾ cables NNE of the entrance. 63

French Notice 8/40/19 [NP27--No 11--Wk 11/19] Paragraph 2.66 6 lines 1--2 Delete

France -- North coast -- Baie de Seine -- GB Chart 1630 [NP28--No 41--Wk 44/19] Pointe du Hoc — Traffic regulations

398 England -- Dover Strait -- North--west of Sandettié Bank — Directions; After Paragraph 13.12 1 line 7 Insert: unexploded ordinance

Traffic regulations 66 13.12a 1 Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited to an area Paragraph 2.82 1 line 1 Replace by: bounded by the following coordinates: 1 Caution. Unexploded ordinance (511931N 492386N 05937W. 15612E), reported (2018), lies close to the route. 492407N 05937W. Track. The route selected by the Netherlands 492397N 05803W. authorities... 492381N 05803W.

French Notice 6/C21 6.2.1.4./19 Correspondence 09/06/18 [NP28--No 22--Wk 28/18] [NP27--No 7--Wk 10/19] England – Littlehampton — Directions; caution Last page After Channel Pilot 73

Tenth Edition...... 2014 After Paragraph 3.18 5 line 11 Insert:

Insert: 6 It has been reported (2018) that shore lights are interfering with the identification of leading lights and Eleventh Edition...... 2017 entrance beacons. Mariners are advised to use caution when identifying aids to navigation. UKHO [NP27--No 4--Wk 45/18] Littlehampton Harbour Notice 14/18 [NP28--No 29--Wk 45/18] NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2017 Edition)

England -- South coast -- Beachy Head — England -- Dover Strait -- North--west of Directions; light Sandettié Bank — Unexploded ordinance

60 83

After Paragraph 2.42 2 line 4 Insert: After Paragraph 3.83 2 line 9 Insert: Clear of unexploded ordinance (511931N Major lights: 15612E), reported (2018), thence: Beachy Head Light — as above.

Correspondence 09/06/18 [NP28--No 21--Wk 28/18] Trinity House Notice 14/18 [NP28--No 24--Wk 37/18]

2--109 NP28

England -- South coast -- Beachy Head — France -- North coast -- Approaches to Fécamp Directions; light — Directions; wrecks

86 114

Paragraph 3.92 4 lines 5--8 Replace by: Paragraph 5.43 1 lines 4--9 Replace by:

Major lights: Clear of two dangerous wrecks (494945N Beachy Head Light — as above. 01858E and 495109N 01896E) and a wreck Dungeness Light — as above. The light is partially (495005N 01979E) with a safety clearance of obscured between the bearing 078 and the 162 m. A fourth dangerous wreck lies 2¼ miles shore. farther ESE. Thence: Clear of a dangerous wreck (495098N 02535E), thence: Trinity House Notice 14/18 [NP28--No 25--Wk 37/18] Clear of a dangerous wreck (495425N 03151E), thence: England -- South--east coast -- Dover — Regulations French Notice 3/38/19 [NP28--No 33--Wk 07/19]

94 France -- North coast -- Boulogne--sur--Mer — Pilotage Paragraph 4.34 1 line 2 Replace by: 127 ...Eastern Docks and Western Docks Exclusion Zones is subject to specific permission from... Paragraph 5.139 1 line 1 Replace by:

Dover Harbour Board [NP28--No 16--Wk 14/18] 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels carrying dangerous cargoes and for vessels 60 m in length...

England -- Dover Harbour — French Notice 21/C21;4.3.3.1/18/19 Traffic regulations; speed [NP28--No 35--Wk 25/19]

94 France -- Calais — Basins and berths; depths

Paragraph 4.34 1 lines 4--6 Replace by: 139 Speed. A speed limit of 8 kn applies to all vessels inside the harbour, further reduced to 4 kn in the Wick Paragraph 6.39 1 line 5 For 125m Read 115m Channel, Tidal Basin and Marina. Pleasure speed boats with written consent from the Harbour Master Paragraph 6.41 1 line 5 For 95m Read 85m are exempted. Paragraph 6.42 1 line 8 For 77m Read 58m Port of Dover Notice 01/19 [NP28--No 32--Wk 04/19]

French Notice 43/47/2017 [NP28/No.9/Wk.47/17] France -- North coast -- Fécamp — Pilotage Belgium -- Thornton Bank — Buoyage 111 161--162 Paragraph 5.23 1 line(s) 2 Replace by: Paragraph 7.5 4 lines 2--4 Replace by: ...length; the area extends up to 2 miles from the berths. Pilots board in position 494630N 02038E. ...SW end 2½ miles SE of Bligh Bank and extends 13½ miles NE. French Notice 21/C21;4.8.3.1/18/19 [NP28--No 34--Wk 25/19] Belgian Notice 11/163/17 [NP28/No.1/Wk.35/17]

France -- North coast -- Dieppe — Prohibited area Belgium -- North Sea -- Thornton Bank and Lodewijbank — Wind farms 113 162

Paragraph 5.40 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: After Paragraph 7.6 3 line 5 Insert: 1 Entry is prohibited to an area, radius 50 m, centred Norther Wind Farm (513171N 30049E) is onawreck(495591N 10180E) lying W of Dieppe. under construction. Vessels are prohibited from entering the wind farm area, which is marked by light GB Chart 2451/19 [NP28--No 37--Wk 40/19] buoys (cardinal).

2--110 NP28

Rentel Wind Farm (513544N 25645E) lies Belgium -- Thornton Bank — Buoyage between Thornton Bank and Lodewijkbank and is 166 under construction. Vessels are prohibited from entering the wind farm area, which is marked by light Paragraph 7.25 1 lines 10--11 Replace by: buoys (cardinal). ...Thornton Bank Route. Also encountered in the... Belgian Notice 11/163/17 [NP28/No.2/Wk.35/17] Netherlands Notice 13/128(T)/18 and Belgian Notice 06/097(P)/17 [NP28--No 17--Wk 17/18] Belgium -- Approaches to Zeebrugge — LNG tanker regulations 167 Belgium -- North Sea -- North west of Oostende — Pilotage Paragraph 7.27 2--8 Replace by: 2 The pilot assigned to a large LNG tanker will 162 prepare a Sailing Plan one hour prior to her arrival at the A--S Light Buoy (512115N 23692E). At the Paragraph 7.9 1 lines 7--12 Replace by: same time, Zeebrugge Traffic Centre (VCZB) will broadcast details of the plan to all vessels. This ...E of a line drawn between A--S Light Buoy (starboard broadcast will be updated once the LNG tanker has hand) (512115N 23692E) and A--N Light Buoy (port arrived at A--S Light Buoy. hand) (512345N 23692E). Pilots for small LNG tankers 3 The pilot assigned to a small LNG tanker will (vessel length less than 200 m) board at the Wandelaar prepare a Sailing Plan one hour prior to her arrival at Pilot Station. For further details on LNG tanker regulations, the KBk Light Buoy (512104N 24222E). At the including pilotage regulations, see 7.27. same time, VCZB will broadcast details of the plan to all vessels. This broadcast will be updated once the Belgium Notice 10/126/2018 [NP28--No 19--Wk 23/18] LNG tanker has arrived at KBk Light Buoy. 4 During the pilot boarding operation other vessels in the vicinity will be requested by Wandelaar traffic Netherlands -- North Sea -- centre to keep a minimum distance of 5 cables clear Schouwenbank Junction -- Steenbank — Pilot station of the LNG vessel. During her passage to Zeebrugge, VCZB will continue to report her position to other vessels in the vicinity. For details on pilot boarding 162 positions for LNG tankers see 7.9. Waiting anchorage, if required, will be assigned by Paragraph 7.10 1 line 1 For 51 44 60N 3 15 36E Read     VCZB in consultation with the pilot. If there is no pilot 51 44 96N 3 14 32E     onboard VCZB will direct the vessel to the Westhinder Anchorage (2.52). 5 Inbound LNG tankers will proceed along the Netherlands Notice 40/300/2017 [NP28/No.8/Wk.46/17] following route: the Wandelaar precautionary area, Akkaert--SW, A1, S3/S4, Scheur West, Pas van het Zand. If necessitated by a traffic situation an The Netherlands -- Westerschelde -- alternative route can be chosen following consultation Westkapelle — Pilotage with VCZB. Any deviations to the initial voyage plan exceeding 163 15 minutes must be reported to the VCZB. 6 The initial approach of a large LNG tanker must After Paragraph 7.11 2 line 9 Insert: take place during daylight. The wind strength must be less than 14 m/s (12 m/s in the case of Q--max For Westpit channel the Traffic Centre Steenbank series), the visibility greater than 1 cable and the tidal will refer the entering ship to the vicinity of Akkaert--NE Light Buoy but shore based pilotage will stream less than 1½ kn (2 kn for small LNG tankers) be provided by Zeebrugge Station not before the WP1 at the harbour entrance. and WP2 Light Buoys (512990N 30345E). A minimum underkeel clearance of 15% of the draught is required along the entire route. Paragraph 7.11 4 Replace by: 7 Maritime police will undertake regular patrols in order to monitor the inward and outward passage of a 4 When pilotage is suspended at Steenbank Pilot LNG tanker. Station, shore based pilotage is available from the The large LNG tanker must be equipped to secure Schouwenbank Junction (7.90) to the entrance of four tugs to its deck. Three tugs must be able to Oostgat off Westkapelle. The pilot vessel will be in the effectively assist prior to SZ (Scheur--Zand) Light Buoy immediate vicinity of the vessel to be piloted before it (E cardinal) (512330N 30865E) Two additional passes OG9 Light Buoy (513112N 32550E). No tugs must be able to assist by the Zeebrugge shore based pilotage is provided on the Westpit ship breakwaters. The small LNG tanker may order tugs at channel from Schouwenbank Junction to the vicinity of any time. WP1 and WP2 Light Buoys (512990N 30345E). For reporting and other details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Vol 6(1). Belgium Notice 21/239/18 [NP28--No 27--Wk 45/18] Belgium Notice 10/126/2018 [NP28--No 20--Wk 23/18]

2--111 NP28

Belgium -- Approaches to Westerschelde — The following notice is to be implemented at Directions; light buoys 0000 UTC on 1st October 2017

168 Netherlands -- Schouwendiep — Directions; buoyage Paragraph 7.34 3 lines 4--6 Replace by: 203 Between VG6 Light Buoy (port hand) (512522N 25624E) and VG5 Light Buoy (starboard hand) Paragraph 8.16 3 lines 1--3 Delete (512472N 25679E), thence: ENC NL400110 [NP28/No.11/Wk.47/17] Belgian chart D11 [NP28--No 31--Wk 02/19] Netherlands -- Moerdijk — Harbour; depths Netherlands -- North Hinder Junction — Directions; buoyage 210 Paragraph 8.76 2 line(s) 6 Replace by: 176 ...is 180 m long and has a maximum charted depth Paragraph 7.88 1 line 6 For SNW 4 Read SNW 2 alongside of about 10 m. Paragraph 8.76 3 line(s) 3 Replace by: Paragraph 7.88 2 line 2 For MW 1--SNW 2 Read ...is a charted depth of 84m. MW 1--SNW 4 GB Chart 209 [NP28--No 36--Wk 34/19] Netherlands Notice 22/181/17 [NP28/No.3/Wk.35/17] Netherlands -- North Sea -- North Hinder Junction — Anchorage; wreck; foul ground Belgium -- Gent--Terneuzen Canal -- Zelzate — Vertical clearance 224 Paragraph 9.28 1 line 5 Replace by: 188 ...of North Hinder Junction Precautionary Area. A wreck Paragraph 7.194 1 line(s) 8 For 85m Read 94m and numerous foul patches exist within the anchorage. Netherlands Notice 45/392/19 [NP28--No 42--Wk 49/19] GB Chart 114 [NP28--No 40--Wk 40/19] Netherlands -- North Sea -- Maas West Outer TSS — Anchorages; obstructions Belgium -- Antwerp — Overhead power cables 224 195 After Paragraph 9.29 3 line 6 Insert: After Paragraph 7.241 1 line 4 Insert: Caution. A number of fouls, wrecks and Overhead power cables (511772N 41800E) with obstructions exist within both anchorages. a safe vertical clearance of 100 m span the river W of GB Chart 110 Ed.12 [NP28--No 43--Wk 51/19] the entrance to Boudewijnsluis and Van Cauwelaertsluis. Netherlands -- Rotterdam -- Netherlands Notice 47/399/18 [NP28--No 30--Wk 51/18] Nieuwe Maas — Depths 227

Belgium -- Antwerp -- Kieldrechtsluis — Paragraph 9.55 1 lines 1--10 Replace by: Lock dimensions 1 Dredged depths between Maasmond (9.24) and 195--196 Hollandsche Ijssel (515445N 43350E) are: From Maasmond to Botlek (9.66); least dredged Paragraph 7.249 1 line 2 Replace by: depth 140m. Between Botlek and Waalhaven (515380N ...except Kallosluis and Kieldrechtsluis, give access to the 42630E); least dredged depth 137m. wet docks and... Between Waalhaven and Maashaven (515380N After Paragraph 7.249 1 line 24 Insert: 42880E); least dredged depth 108m. 2 Between Maashaven and Koninginnebrug Kieldrechtsluis 500 68 165 bascule bridge (9.59); least dredged depth (511674N 108m. 41487E) Konings Haven (9.64); dredged depth 68m. Between Konings Haven and Hollandsche Ijssel; least dredged depth 47m. H102 MT Stolt Strength 03/03/2018 [NP28--No 15--Wk 13/18] GB Chart 208 [NP28--No 38--Wk 40/19]

2--112 NP28

Netherlands -- Rotterdam -- Willemsbrug — 3 Notice may be given by vessels at anchor in the Vertical clearance Thames Estuary as follows: By vessels at anchor in general vicinity of the Sunk or 228 inbound from any port adjacent to the N and NE limits of the Pilotage District -- 8 hours. Paragraph 9.59 1 lines 10 For 98m Read 82m By vessels which anchor in general vicinity of the Outer Tongue or Margate Roads -- 6 hours. BA Chart 0208 [NP28--No 39--Wk 40/19] By vessels proceeding from the inner London anchorages -- 4 hours. 4 Thames pilots can be embarked at European ports; England -- Thames Estuary — Pilotage notice should be given not later than 3 days before the service is required. Pilots may also be 243 embarked/disembarked at other United Kingdom ports subject to availability and adequate notice. Paragraph 10.7 1 line 3 For 2010 Read 2017 PLA Pilotage Directions 2017 [NP28--No 28--Wk 45/18] Port of London Authority Notice 19/2017 [NP28/No.4/Wk.35/17] England -- Felixstowe -- Sledway — Anchorage The following notice is to be implemented at 273 0000 UTC on 1st October 2017 Paragraph 12.28 1 including heading Replace by:

England -- Thames Estuary — Pilotage Spare 12.28 244 BAChart2052Ed25 [NP28--No 26--Wk 42/18] Paragraph 10.9 2 line 4 For 4m Read 5m England -- River Colne -- Brightlingsea — Paragraph 10.9 4 line 4 For 4m Read 5m Directions; buoy

294 After Paragraph 10.9 4 line 10 Insert: Paragraph 13.27 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: To the W of the Margaret Ness Limit for vessels with an operating draught greater than 4 m. 2 The wreck of SS Lowlands (514814N 10011E) lies on the W side of the river, marked by a beacon Port of London Authority Notice 19/2017 (post, E cardinal). [NP28/No.5/Wk.35/17] Correspondence Brightlingsea HM 05/18 [NP28--No 18--Wk 22/18] England -- Thames Estuary — Draught, pilotage

244 River Thames -- Sea Reach -- Canvey Island — Berths Paragraph 10.9 4 line 4 including existing Section IV Notice Week 35/17. Replace by: 307 ...an operating draught greater than 4 m when... Paragraph 14.37 1 lines 2--6 Replace by: Canvey Island -- three berths: Calor Gas (LPG) Paragraph 10.10 Replace by: Terminal (513039N 03410E) and Oikos 1 Requests for a pilot should be sent to Port Control Jetties (petroleum products). Vessels up to 300 m Centre London (10.14) 24 hours in advance. can be handled with a depth alongside of 122m Confirmation of ETA is required as follows: at the Calor Gas Terminal. Oikos Jetty 1 can From the Sunk Pilot Station -- 8 hours. accept vessels up to 55 000 dwt with a draught of From the North East Spit and Warp Pilot stations -- 12 m. Oikos Jetty 2 can handle vessels up to 6 hours. 125 000 dwt with a draught of 14 m. By vessels which are inward bound from any East coast port within the range of Great Yarmouth to Correspondence PLA; BA Chart 1186 Dover -- 6 hours. [NP28--No 23--Wk 32/18] 2 Thereafter VHF contact should be made with the appropriate boarding station. England -- River Thames -- Tilbury — Chimney Confirmation of ETD is required as follows: If the vessel is proceeding beyond Sea Reach 1 -- 309 6 hours. If the vessels only requires the services of a River Paragraph 14.50 1 lines 2--3 Delete Pilot as far as Gravesend or Sea Reach 1 -- 4 hours. Port of London Authority [NP28/No.7/Wk.43/17]

2--113 NP28

England -- River Thames -- China — National regulations Tilbury Power Station — Depths

310 6

Paragraph 14.54 2 line 4 For 144m Read 134m Paragraph 1.45 Replace by:

BA Chart 1186 [NP28/No.12/Wk.47/17] 1 AreproductionofRegulations Governing Supervision and Control of Foreign Vessels by the People’s Republic of China, extracts from quarantine England -- River Thames -- Long Reach Esso regulations, and a reproduction of the Maritime Traffic Terminal — Depths Safety Law of the People’s Republic of China will be 315 found in Appendix II. Emission Control Areas. The Chinese Ministry of Paragraph 14.77 3 line 9 For 112m Read 105m Transport has announced the introduction of measures to reduce harmful emissions from shipping on the BA Chart 2151 [NP28/No.13/Wk.47/17] Chinese coast. 2 Emission control areas have been established in the following locations: England -- River Medway -- Isle of Grain — Coastal Control Area: broadly includes all sea areas Berths and ports within 12 miles of the straight baseline 327 extension of the Chinese mainland (excluding waters under the jurisdiction of Hong Kong and of Paragraph 15.37 2 lines 5--6 Replace by: Macao). Inland Control Area: navigable waters of the ...container park by approach bridges. River and the Xijiang River main lines. UKHO [NP28/No.6/Wk.42/17] Hainan Control Area: broadly includes the coastal area of Hainan Dao. 3 Implementation of the new requirements will take England -- The Swale -- Kingsferry Bridge — place as follows: Vertical clearance From 1 January 2019, all vessels are to use fuel oil with a sulphur content of no more than 0 5m/m 335  (massbymass). Paragraph 15.84 1 line 6 For 28 m Read 285m From 1January 2020, all vessels entering the Inland Control Areas must use fuel oil with a sulphur content of no more than 010% m/m. Peel Ports London Medway Notice 14/2017 From 1 March 2020, all vessels without an Exhaust [NP28/No.10/Wk.47/17] Gas Cleaning System entering Emission Control Areas, must carry and use only fuel oil that is compliant with China’s requirements. NP30 China Sea Pilot Volume 1 (2018 Edition) 4 From 1 January 2022, all vessels entering The following notice is to be implemented at Hainan Control Area must use fuel oil with a 0000 UTC on 1st December 2018 sulphur content of no more than 010% m/m. From 1 January 2025 Chinese regulators will decide whether all vessels entering China Emission China -- Approaches to Hong Kong — Control Areas should use Ultra Low Sulphur Fuel Traffic Separation Scheme (sulphur content of the fuel no more than 010 m/m). 6 For further information, see the People’s Republic of After Paragraph 1.43 1 line 4 Insert: China Ministry of Transport website at http://www.mot.gov.cn. Traffic Separation Schemes 1.43a UKHO [NP30--No 41--Wk 05/19] 1 IMO adopted TSSs in the area covered by this volume include: In Dangan Channel (220760N 1141350E); Malaysia — Regulations; In the East Lamma and Tathong Channels National Heritage Zones (220940N 1141260E and 221315N 1142015W, respectively). 7 2 See IMO publication Ships’ Routeing for general provisions on ships’ routeing measures. Regulations for IMO adopted schemes are contained in Rule 10 of After Paragraph 1.46 1 line 10 Insert: the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions 2 National Heritage Zones are protected from at Sea (1972). unauthorised interference. IMO COLREG.2 Circ.71 25/05/18 [NP30--No 24--Wk 44/18] BA Chart 3446/18 [NP30--No 1--Wk 29/18]

2--114 NP30

Malaysia -- East coast -- Pulau Tioman — Malaysia -- East coast -- Kuantan — Breakwaters Marine nature reserves 96 88 Paragraph 3.63 1 Replace by: After Paragraph 3.12 3 line 8 Insert: 1 The harbour comprises an outer deepwater terminal Pulau Labas (25331N 1040396E). (3.64), two inner basins and a small Naval Basin. The Pulau Sepoi (25386N 1040307E). North Breakwater extends 3 miles E, SE and S Pulau Tulai (25471N 1040644E) (3.35). enclosing the deepwater terminal. The Middle Breakwater separates the S part of the deep water BA Chart 3445 [NP30--No 48--Wk 07/19] terminal from the entrance to the inner basins. The entrance to the inner basins is protected by the Malaysia -- East coast -- Kuantan — Middle Breakwater to the N and NE, and Inner and Controlling depths South breakwaters to the S.

96 Malaysian Chart 6400/18 [NP30--No 44--Wk 06/19]

Paragraph 3.57 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: Malaysia -- East coast -- Kuantan — 1 Controlling depths are as follows: Directions; breakwaters The channel to the new deepwater terminal has a 97 maintained depth of 17 m; The approach to the inner basin is dredged to a depth Paragraph 3.67 3 Replace by: of 127 m (2006); The deepwater terminal has a maintained depth of 3 Useful marks: 16 m; South Breakwater head light (red beacon, 6 m in The inner basins are dredged to 121 m (2004). height) (35807N 1032632E). 2 The approach channels and the berths are subject Middle Breakwater light (yellow concreted structure, to silting and the Port Authority should be contacted 9 m in height) (35816N 1032653E). for the latest information. Additionally the middle breakwater is marked by five fixed blue lights at 250 m intervals. Malaysian Chart 6400/18 [NP30--No 42--Wk 06/19] North Breakwater head light (35849N 1032676E).

Malaysia -- East coast -- Kuantan Port — Malaysian Chart 6400/18 [NP30--No 45--Wk 06/19] Anchorages; pilotage Malaysia -- East coast -- Kuantan — 96 Directions; deepwater terminal

Paragraph 3.61 1 line 6 Replace by: 97 ...mud, is good. Deep water, special activity, and ISPS After Paragraph 3.67 3 line 7 Insert: holding anchorages lie to the N of the outer fairway light buoy. However, the anchorages are exposed... Deepwater terminal Paragraph 3.62 1 lines 2--4 Replace by: 3.67a 1 From a position in the approach channel in the ...of the outer Fairway Light Buoy (35573N 1033305E) vicinity of KP6 Light Beacon (starboard hand) and in the approach channel in position 3 56 30N   (35695N 1032747E), the track leads NW in the 1032865E. In bad weather, pilots may board small white sector (3221--3244) of NDWT Light (white vessels inside the harbour. lattice structure, white daymark with red stripes) Malaysian Notice 10/230/18 [NP30--No 33--Wk 49/18] (40001N 1032542E), passing: 2 SW of a dangerous wreck (35775N 1032728E), marked by a light buoy (isolated Malaysia -- East coast -- Kuantan — danger), thence: Prohibited anchoring Between the breakwaters and into the basin.

96 Malaysian Chart 6400/18 [NP30--No 46--Wk 06/19]

Paragraph 3.61 2 lines 6--8 Delete Malaysia -- East coast -- Pulau Bidung Laut — Directions; National Heritage Zone After Paragraph 3.62 1 line 5 Insert: 103 Traffic regulations 3.62a Paragraph 3.134 11 line 6 Replace by: 1 Anchoring is prohibited in the entrance channel ...1030386E), steep--to. A National Heritage between the approaches to the inner pilot station and Zone is situated up to 1¾ miles W of the island; the breakwaters. see 1.46. Thence:

Malaysian Chart 6400/18 [NP30--No 43--Wk 06/19] BA Chart 3446/18 [NP30--No 2--Wk 29/18]

2--115 NP30

Malaysia -- Pulau Redang — Marine park Thailand -- West coast -- Chong Ko Tao — Directions; light 105 116 4 After Paragraph 3.150 line 6 Insert: Paragraph 4.66 1 line(s) 2--3 Delete Marine park. Pulau Redang and surrounding islands are part of a marine park. See 1.46 for Paragraph 4.67 1 line(s) 4 For (4.42) Read (4.43) restrictions. Thai Chart 243/18 [NP30--No 58--Wk 22/19] BA Chart 3446/18; ENC MY3C0654 [NP30--No 3--Wk 29/18] Thailand -- Laem Phak Bia to Bangkok Bar Light — Wreck

Thailand -- West coast -- Laem Na Tham to 122 Ko Phangan — Directions; lights; depth Paragraph 4.112 2 line(s) 3--4 Delete 114 Thai Chart 112/2018 [NP30--No 59--Wk 22/19] Paragraph 4.42 1 line(s) 1--6 Replace by:

1 Landmark: Vietnam -- South coast -- Can Tho — Depths Laem Na Tham (4.38). 159 Paragraph 4.43 1 line(s) 5 Replace by: Paragraph 5.47 3 lines 3--5 Replace by: …(white metal framework tower, 9 m in height) (91875N 995348E) is exhibited from the Between Nos 0 and 8 Light Buoys 21 m (2018) island. Thence: Between Nos 8 and 10 Light Buoys 12 m (2018) Paragraph 4.43 5 line(s) 2 Replace by: Between Nos 10 and 16 Light Buoys 24 m (2018)

…which Laem Thian Light (white metal framework Vietnamese Notice 222/2018 [NP30--No 34--Wk 49/18] tower, 22 m in height) (94011N 1000433E) is exhibited. Vietnam – Mekong River – Can Tho — Paragraph 4.45 2 line(s) 2 For 119mRead about 10 m Directions; channel 159 Paragraph 4.46 1 line(s) 1--3 Delete After Paragraph 5.47 5 line 9 Insert:

Thai Chart 243/18 [NP30--No 55--Wk 22/19] A new channel, reported (2019) to be suitable for vessels greater than 100 m in length and 5 m in draught, has been dredged from Duyen Hai Sea Port. Thailand -- West coast -- Laem Na Tham to The channel leads initially NW for about 4¾ miles and Ko Phangan — Directions; lights then generally W for about 11 miles before reconnecting to the river about 7 miles NW of Long 115 Khanh Point. The channel is marked by buoys (lateral and special). Paragraph 4.51 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: H102 MV Sichem Rio [NP30--No 52--Wk 14/19] 1 Landmark: Laem Na Tham (4.38). Vietnam – Song Sai Gon -- Cua Soirap — Depths Paragraph 4.52 2 line(s) 7 For (4.42) Read (4.43) 161

Paragraph 5.56 2 lines 4--12 Replace by: Thai Chart 243/18 [NP30--No 56--Wk 22/19] Section of channel Reported depth Thailand -- West coast -- Ko Samui — From No 0 Light Buoy (101712N 75m Berths; light 1065868E) to No 15 Light Buoy (102178N 1065082E) 116 3 From No 15 Light Buoy to Hiep 71m Phuoc Terminal (103887N Paragraph 4.60 4 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: 1064467E) 4 Amphoe Ko Samui jetty complex (93224N From Hiep Phuoc Terminal to No 74 78m 995600E) comprises two jetties. The N… Light Buoy (103991N 1064602E)

Thai Chart 243/18 [NP30--No 57--Wk 22/19] Vietnamese Notice 95/18 [NP30--No 4--Wk 29/18]

2--116 NP30

Vietnam -- Song Cai Mep — Berth; depth Vietnam -- South central coast -- Quy--Nhon — Directions; anchorages 166 186 Paragraph 5.82 1 lines 12--13 Replace by: Berth. A continuous quay of 600 m in length with a Paragraph 5.266 1 lines 2--5 Replace by: minimum depth of 11 m. Outer anchorages. Two areas are established, Vietnamese Notice 70/18 [NP30--No 5--Wk 29/18] centredon134427N 1091590E and 134319N 1091575E, with depths reported (2019) to be less than charted, good holding. A dangerous wreck and Vietnam -- South coast -- Vung Tau — cables lie in the S part of the S anchorage. During Berths; depths the NE monsoon an uncomfortable swell sets into the 167 anchorages.

Paragraph 5.93 2 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: Paragraph 5.268 1 lines 4--6 Replace by:

2 Cat Lo. Numerous wharfs lie on the S side of the Approach and entry. From a position S of Hon river at Cat Lo. The largest (102478N 1070761E) Kho (134284N 1091814E) the track leads W, is 250 m long with a depth alongside of approximately passing: 6 m. Vessels up to 6000 dwt, 135 m LOA, and breadth Paragraph 5.268 2 lines 1--4 including existing Section IV 20 m can be accommodated. Notice Week 38/19 Replace by: Vietnamese Notice 91/2019 [NP30--No 67--Wk 25/19] S of Hon Kho, thence: SofMuiYen(134522N 1091728E) (5.264), Vietnam -- South--east coast -- thence: Ho Chi Minh City — Depths S of a dangerous wreck (134297N 1091601E). 170 The track then leads N to the vicinity of Light Buoy O (safe water), 2 miles S of Pointe Sud, Paragraph 5.127 1 line(s) 7 For 112 Read from 75to100 passing: E of a dangerous wreck (134274N 1091487E), Vietnamese Notice 126/19 [NP30--No 68--Wk 30/19] marked by a light buoy (isolated danger).

Vietnamese Notice 253/19 [NP30--No 102--Wk 48/19] Vietnam – South--east coast – Mui Vung Tau — Directions; wreck Vietnam -- East coast -- Quy--Nhon — 172 Directions; wreck After Paragraph 5.146 1 line(s) 5 Insert: 186 Clear of a dangerous wreck (101655N 1070810E), thence: Paragraph 5.268 2 line(s) 2 Replace by: Hydropac 727/19(93) [NP30--No 51--Wk 13/19] SofMuiYen(134522N 1091728E) (5.264), thence: N of a dangerous wreck (134297N 1091601E). Vietnam – Quy--Nhon — Depths 186 Vietnamese Notice V1 177/19; GB Chart 3874/16 [NP30--No 92--Wk 38/19] Paragraph 5.265 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:

1 Controlling depth. The entrance channel and main Vietnam -- -- Dung Quat — channel within the harbour are dredged to a depth of Depths; anchorage; pilotage 110 m, however, less water has been reported (2018). The local authority should be contacted for the 190 latest depth information. After Paragraph 5.295 3 line(s) 9 Insert: Vietnamese Notice 90/18 [NP30--No 6--Wk 29/18] Limiting conditions 5.295a Vietnam – Quy--Nhon — Depths 1 Controlling depths. The least depth in the main 186 entrance channel is 138 m close SW of the N breakwater. The depths in the channels to the Paragraph 5.265 1 line(s) 1--5 including Existing Section IV terminals are as follows: Week 29/18 Replace by: The branch channel leading S to the shipyard was 1 Controlling depth. The entrance channel and main dredged to 85 m (2014). channel within the harbour are dredged to a least 2 The branch channel leading SE to Terminal 1 depth of 101 m (2019). Shoaler depths exist within was dredged to 88 m (2017). The channel the channel and the local authority should be leading S from this channel was dredged to contacted for the latest depth information. 80m (2019). The branch channel leading E to the Petroleum Port Vietnamese Notice 81/2019 [NP30--No 63--Wk 24/19] was dredged to 119 m (2018).

2--117 NP30

Paragraph 5.296 1 Replace by: Vietnam -- -- Mui Lay — Directions; light 1 Outer anchorage A rectangular anchorage area is centered on 152930N 1084510E with depths of 24 196 to 31 m, mud. Shoaler depths are found in the SE After Paragraph 6.15 1 line 9 Insert: part of the anchorage. An explosives dumping ground lies close SE of the anchorage. Mui Lay Light (grey 4--sided tower on building, 12 m Pilotage for the oil jetty is compulsory. The pilot in height) (170500N 1070662E). boards in the vicinity of 152651N 1084573E. For further details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Vietnamese Chart 1000--01 [NP30--No 65--Wk 24/19] Signals Volume 6(6). Local knowledge is required. Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Mui Lay — Directions; light Vietnamese Notice 66/19; ENC VN4DQ001 [NP30--No 53--Wk 21/19] 198 After Paragraph 6.31 1 line 1 Insert: Vietnam -- North--east coast -- Dung Quat — Mui Lay Light (170500N 1070662E) (6.15). Restricted area Vietnamese Chart 1000--01 [NP30--No 66--Wk 24/19] 190 Vietman -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Lach Truong to Paragraph 5.296 1 including Existing Section IV Notice Hon Dau — Directions; wrecks Week 21/19 Replace by: 205 1 Outer anchorage. A rectangular anchorage area is centered on 152930N 1084510E with depths of 24 Paragraph 6.86 2 lines 3--8 Replace by: to 31 m, mud. Shoaler depths are found in the SE The track then leads NE, passing: part of the anchorage. An explosives dumping ground NW of a dangerous wreck (195100N lies close SE of the anchorage. 1062700E), thence: Pilotage for the oil jetty is compulsory. The pilot NW of a dangerous wreck (200102N boards in the vicinity of 152651N 1084573E. 1063301E), thence: For further details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio To a position SE of the banks and shoals fronting Signals Volume 6(6). the mouth of Song Ca. The track then leads NNE, 2 Local knowledge is required. passing: Restricted area. Entry is restricted in the area surrounding Dung Quat Petroleum Port (5.299). Paragraph 6.86 3 lines 3--8 Replace by: ...pipeline to the shore NNW, and: Vietnamese Notice 148/19 [NP30--No 81--Wk 34/19] WNW of a dangerous wreck (201342N 1065013E), thence: WNW of a dangerous wreck (201590N Vietnam -- South central coast -- 1065450E), position approximate, thence: Dung Quat — Directions GB Chart 3990 [NP30--No 101--Wk 44/19] 190 Vietnam – Haiphong — Depth Paragraph 5.298 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: 207 1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position (5.296) and DQ0 Light Buoy (152623N 1084538E), Paragraph 6.98 1 line 2 For 70 Read 63 where there is a least depth of 132 m, the track leads SE, passing: Vietnamese Notice 75/18 [NP30--No 7--Wk 29/18] Vietnam Notice 262/18 [NP30--No 38--Wk 03/19] Vietnam -- North--east coast -- Haiphong — Depths Vietnam -- North--west of ŒaNang-- Vung Chan May — Directions; major light 207 Paragraph 6.98 1 including Existing Section IV Week 29/18 196 Replace by:

After Paragraph 6.15 1 line 7 Insert: 1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding station (203952N 1070019E) (6.105) to the beginning of Chan May Light (red and white tower on yellow the Luong Hai Phong channel: 105m. building, 14 m in height) (162030N Within Luong Hai Phong channel to Ben Pha Got 1080104E). (6.117): controlling dredged depth 136m. The controlling depth from Ben Pha Got to Bach Vietnamese Notice 160/19 [NP30--No 88--Wk 36/19] Dang is 67m.

2--118 NP30

2 Caution. Shoaler depths have been reported (2019) Vietnam -- North--east coast -- within Luong Hai Phong. Contact local authorities for Haiphong — Anchorage information on the latest depths. 207

Vietnamese ENC VN4HP002 After Paragraph 6.104 1 line 7 Insert: [NP30--No 79--Wk 33/18] A designated anchorage area lies SSE of the pilot boarding position, centred on 203637N 1065321E. Vietnam -- Haiphong -- Luong Hai Phong — Vertical clearance Vietnam Maritime Safety -- North Notice 07/2019 [NP30--No 47--Wk 07/19] 207 Vietnam -- North--east coast -- Paragraph 6.102 1 line 4 For 58 m Read 50 m Haiphong — Pilotage

207 Vietnamese Notice 152/18 [NP30--No 18--Wk 37/18] Paragraph 6.105 1 lines 3--5 Replace by: ...stationed on Hon Dau (204003N 1064894E). Vietnam -- Haiphong — Vertical clearance Therearetwopilotboardingareas: A pilot boarding area within the S half of a circle, 207 radius 2 miles, centred on 203997N 1065129E; After Paragraph 6.102 1 line 8 Insert: A pilot boarding area centred on 203952N 1070019E. A bridge (204837N 1065041E) spans Cua Nam Trieu (6.90) with a vertical clearance of 12 m. Vietnamese ENC VN4HP002 [NP30--No 80--Wk 33/18] Vietnamese Notice 120/18 [NP30--No 13--Wk 31/18] Vietnam -- North--east coast -- Hai Phong — Prohibited area; submarine pipeline Vietnam -- North--east coast -- Approaches to Hai Phong — Vertical clearances 208

207 After Paragraph 6.106 3 Insert:

Paragraph 6.102 1 including Existing Section IV Notices 4 Prohibited area. Anchoring is prohibited within an Week 37/18 and 31/18 Replace by: area (205207N 1064072E) surrounding a submarine pipeline. 1 The following overhead cables span the main approach channel: Vietnamese Notice 76/19 [NP30--No 60--Wk 22/19] Across Luong Hai Phong (204831N 1065445E), with a vertical clearance of 50 m at the centreline Vietnam -- North--east coast -- Approaches to and 42 m E of the channel. Hai Phong — Development Across the canal bisecting Dao Ha Nam (204840N 1065240E), with a vertical clearance of 45 m. 208 A bridge (204837N 1065041E) spans Cua Nam Trieu (6.90) with a vertical clearance of 12 m. Paragraph 6.109 1 Replace by: Bach Dang Bridge (205089N 1064595E) spans Bach Dang with a vertical clearance of 45 m. Spare 6.109 Paragraph 6.102 2 line 3 For 28 m Read 24 m GB Chart 3882 [NP30--No 62--Wk 22/19] GB Chart 3882 [NP30--No 61--Wk 22/19] Vietnam -- Haiphong -- Luong Hai Phong — Anchorages Vietnam -- North--east coast -- Approaches to Hai Phong — Vertical clearance 210

Paragraph 6.120 1 lines 5--6 Replace by: 207 ...1¾ miles NW. A further anchorage area lies on the W Paragraph 6.102 2 line(s) 3 Existing Section IV Week 22/19 side of the fairway, centered on 204800N 1065450E. For 28 m Read 23 m Two additional anchorage berths lie up to 5 cables N of BG2 Light Buoy.

ENC VN4HP007 [NP30--No 64--Wk 24/19] Vietnam Notice 141/18 [NP30--No 14--Wk 34/18]

2--119 NP30

Vietnam -- Outer Approaches to Haiphong -- Vietnam--GulfofTonkin-- Cat Hai — Directions; development Archipel des Fai Tsi Long — Directions; light

210 216

After Paragraph 6.180 1 line 3 Insert: After Paragraph 6.120 3 line 3 Insert: DenCoToLight(205996N 1074545E) (yellow 4--sided concrete tower on a building, 16 m in Haiphong International Gateway Port height). 6.120a 1 Haiphong International Gateway Port, also known Vietnamese Notice 224/2018 [NP30--No 35--Wk 49/18] as Haiphong International Container Terminal or Lach Huyen Gateway Port, is built on reclaimed land to the S of Ben Pha Got (6.117). The approach channel is Vietnam--GulfofTonkin-- dredged to 14 m with an alongside depth of 16 m. Archipel des Fai Tsi Long — Directions; light Current berth length is 750 m with plans to extend in the future. A turning circle lies off the berths, also 218 dredged to 14 m, marked by buoys (cardinal). After Paragraph 6.196 1 line 7 Insert: 2 Port Authority. Haiphong International Container Terminal DenCoToLight(205996N 1074545E) (6.180) Website. www.lachhuyen.com Vietnamese Notice 224/2018 [NP30--No 36--Wk 49/18] Vietnamese Notice 152/18 [NP30--No 19--Wk 37/18] China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Fangcheng Gang — Anchorages; wreck Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Approaches to Quang Ninh — Directions; wreck 219

212 Paragraph 6.208 1 line 6 Replace by: ...tonnages; depths from 18 to 20 m. A wreck After Paragraph 6.142 1 line 2 Insert: (212267N 1082584E) lies on the W edge of Clear of a wreck (203825N 1071751E), depth the anchorage. 14 m, thence: Chinese Notice 13/506/18 [NP30--No 8--Wk 29/18] Vietnamese Notice 162/18 [NP30--No 20--Wk 38/18] China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Beihai Gang — Depth

Vietnam -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Quang Ninh — Depth 227

213 Paragraph 7.34 1 line(s) 1 Replace by: 1 The approach channel has a least charted depth of Paragraph 6.151 4 line 6 For 84m Read 69m about 8 m.

Paragraph 7.34 1 line 1 For 93m Read 8m Vietnam Notice 111/18 [NP30--No 15--Wk 34/18] Chinese Chart 16752 [NP30--No 78--Wk 33/18] Vietnam – Quang Ninh Port — Berths China--GulfofTonkin--TieshanGang— 213 Controlling depths; pilot boarding; harbour

After Paragraph 6.151 4 line 6 Insert: 229

5 Ha Long Cruise Terminal (205688N 1070380E), Paragraph 7.63 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: located on the W side of the entrance channel, 1 Controlling depths. The following least charted serving the Ha Long Sun World resort. The jetty depths exist within the main channel at Tieshan Gang: extends ESE, then SSE, from the coast. There are From the pilot boarding position (7.64) to No 12 Light two berths with a total berthing length of 1200 m. Buoy (7.66) -- 146m; Vessels with LOA up to 330 m can be accommodated, From No 12 to No 16 Light Buoy (7.66) -- 119m; depth alongside about 14 m. From No 16 to No 22 Light Buoy (starboard hand) Caution. An isolated depth of 8 m (205686N (213080N 1093631E) -- 69m; 1070385E) (2018) lies in the approach to the E From No 22 Light Buoy to the berths at Shitou Bu berth. (7.67) -- 94m.

Vietnamese Notice 208/18 [NP30--No 32--Wk 47/18] Chinese Chart 16721/19 [NP30--No 89a--Wk 36/19]

2--120 NP30

China – Gulf of Tonkin – 3 WSW of Xi Sha (212600N 1093570E), a Tieshan Gang — Anchorage large shoal bank whose SW--most extremity is marked by E1 Light Buoy (starboard hand), 229 thence: WSW of a drying patch (212562N 1093344E), Paragraph 7.64 1 lines 1--9 Delete thence: WSW of a shoal (212655N 1093306E), fringing Chinese Notice 30/1252/18 [NP30--No 16--Wk 35/18] the E side of the main channel. 4 The track then leads to a position in the vicinity of China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Tieshan Gang — No 12 Light Buoy (port hand) (212711N Controlling depths; pilot boarding; harbour 1093262E). Vessels proceeding to the LNG berth (7.67) may approach the terminal directly, passing S 229 of L2 Light Buoy (S cardinal) (212705N 1093251E) and clear of a light buoy (special). After Paragraph 7.64 2 line 4 Insert: Main channel to Tieshan Terminal. The track then Pilotage. Pilot boards at 212041N 1093431E, continues NNE within the buoyed channel, passing: NNW of No 2 Light Buoy (special). WNW of Zhongjian Sha (212795N 1093447E), a large drying bank, and: Paragraph 7.65 1 line(s) 1--9 Replace by: 5 ESE of Daniu Shi Light (white round concrete tower, 14 m in height) (21 28 30N 1 General layout. The port consists of four main   109 32 90E), marking the S side of the areas, each constructed on reclaimed land extending   channel to Sinopec Beihai Refining and SE and E from the W side of Tieshan Gang as Chemical Area (7.67). follows: The track then continues to the vicinity of No 16 Guangxi LNG Terminal (7.67); Light Buoy (preferred channel to starboard) Sinopec Beihai Refining and Chemical Area (7.67); (212917N 1093375E), from where Tieshan Tieshan Terminal (7.67); Terminal (7.67) may be approached directly. Shitou Bu Area (7.67). 6 Tieshan Terminal to Shitou Bu. The track then 2 With the exception of berths at Sinopec Beihai passes SSE of No 16 Light Buoy and continues NE, Refining and Chemical Area, all berthing areas are then NNE, through the main channel, passing: approached directly from the main channel. ESE of the development at Shenhua Guohua Development. Significant development of the port Guangtou Behai Power Station Area (7.65). is underway (2019) in the following areas: The track then continues NNE to the vicinity of At Shenhua Guohua Guangtou Behai Power Station No 24 Light Buoy (213236N 1093655E), thence Area (21 31 88N 109 35 86E). Further     NNW to a position off Shitou Bu Area (7.67). reclamation is underway WSW of the berthing area; Chinese Chart 16721/19 3 At Shitou Bu Area, S of the coal wharf (7.69) [NP30--No 90--Wk 36/19] andinanareaontheEsideoftheriverin the same vicinity; China--GulfofTonkin--TieshanGang— In the vicinity of 213680N 1093410E, NNW of Side channel; basin and berths Shitou Bu. 230 The port serves a developing industrial area close to it which belongs to Beihai (7.32). After Paragraph 7.66 5 line 8 Insert:

Chinese Chart 16721/19 [NP30--No 89b--Wk 36/19] Side channel 7.66a China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- 1 Directions for Sinopec Beihai Refining and Tieshan Gang — Directions Chemical Area. From a position E of Daniu Shi Light (7.66) a narrow channel, 60 m in width, leads WNW to 229--230 the terminal. Depths in the channel are from 55to 60m. Paragraph 7.66 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 7.67 1--2 including heading Replace by: 1 Approaches. From a position about 11 miles NE of Weizhou Dao (210260N 1090670E) the track Basins and berths leads ENE, passing: 7.67 SSE of a shoal bank (211596N 1091900E) with a 1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths from 6 to depth of 54 m, thence: 9 m, mud and sand, ENE of Coal Wharf (213500N Clear of a dangerous rock (211488N 1093510E) at Shitou Bu. 1092593E), thence: Alongside berths. Main berths are as follows: 2 SSE of a coastal bank (212047N 1093257E) Guangxi LNG Terminal (212693N 1093191E) with a depth of 16m. consists of a single berth, length 400 m, depth Thence the track leads to the vicinity of the pilot alongside approximately 14 m. boarding position (7.64). 2 Sinopec Beihai Refining and Chemical Area Entrance channel. From the pilot boarding position, (212908N 1093118E) consists of two LPG the channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), leads berths for medium sized vessels. Total length NNW for approximately 6½ miles, passing: 300 m, depth alongside about 5 m.

2--121 NP30

Tieshan Terminal (212927N 1093309E) China -- Yulin Jiao -- Basuo Gang and consists of numerous berths for bulk and approaches — Directions; wreck container cargoes. Total length 1700 m, depths 12 to 15 m. 241 Shitou Bu Area consists of Coal Wharf, length 320m,depths6to8m. Paragraph 7.132 3 lines 1--3 Replace by:

Chinese Chart 16721/19 [NP30--No 91--Wk 36/19] 3 WNW of two wrecks in positions 190599N 1083364E and 190700N 1083200E, fronting Yulin Jiao (190600N 1083677E), China -- Hainan Dao -- Macun Gang — Pilotage thence:

235 Chinese Notice 13/507/18 [NP30--No 9--Wk 29/18]

Paragraph 7.95 1 lines 21--22 Replace by: China – Hainan Dao -- Basuo — Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding places Outer anchorages; wreck are No 1 (200227N 1100173E), located within the No 1 and Quarantine Anchorage, and No 2 242 (195940N 1100260E). Paragraph 7.140 1 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: Chinese Chart 15852 [NP30--No 31--Wk 45/18] No 1 190718N Waiting. A wreck China -- Qiongzhou Haixia -- Chengmai Wan -- 1083623E (190676N 1083616E) Macun Gangqu — Directions lies in the S part of the anchorage. 235 Chinese Notice 25/819/19 [NP30--No 72--Wk 31/19] Paragraph 7.97 1--3 Replace by:

1 Major light: China -- South coast -- Yangpu — Pilotage Yubao Jiao Light (195950N 1095649E) (7.85). Entrance channel. From the vicinity of Macun No 1 Light Buoy (200610N 1100283E) the track leads S 244 through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral), passing: Paragraph 7.167 1--2 Replace by: E of Nos 1 to 3 Anchorages (7.95), thence: 1 Pilotage is compulsory, pilots are provided from E of a shoal spit marked by No 10A Light Buoy (port Haikou. The pilot boarding places are: hand) (195941N 1100313E). Within Anchorages Nos 1, 2 and 3 (7.166). 2 The track then leads SW to a position between No1(194880N 1090420E). Nos 12A and 13 Light Buoys (lateral). No 3 (194500N 1090730E); within Anchorage Channels marked by light buoys (lateral) then lead No 8. SSW to Hua’neng Hainan Electricity Company Coal No4(194320N 1090550E). Wharf (19 57 76N 110 01 91E) and SW, thence SSW     No 5 (194440N 1090260E); close S of to Macun basin (195750N 1100125E). Anchorage No 7. A channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), 2 No 6 (194080N 1090880E); within Anchorage continues WSW, then S, to the W quay (195734N No 13. 110 00 67E).   No7(195050N 1090800E). No 8 (194680N 1090200E); within Anchorage Chinese Notice 3/69/19 [NP30--No 49--Wk 09/19] No 5. No 9 (194360N 1090820E); within Anchorage China -- Hainan Dao -- North coast -- No 10. Puqian Wan — Anchorage For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). 238 Chinese Chart 16561/19 [NP30--No 103--Wk 49/19] Paragraph 7.108 2 line(s) 2--9 Replace by:

Anchorage may be obtained, in depths from 4 to China -- South coast -- Yangpu to Lingao Ji`o— 8 m, stiff mud, in the W part of the bay, S of Baisha Directions; wreck Qiantan. Anchorage may also be obtained, in depths from about 5 to 10 m, mud, in the anchorage area 246 (200450N 1103142E) SW of the E headland of the bay. An underwater rock lies in the S part of the Paragraph 7.185 1 line 4 Delete designated anchorage.

Chinese Chart 15799 [NP30--No 77--Wk 33/19] Chinese Notice 24/1026/18 [NP30--No 12--Wk 29/18]

2--122 NP30

China -- Gulf of Tonkin -- Hainan Dao -- To a position about 2¾ cables N of No 42 Light Sanya Wan — Anchorage Buoy (preferred channel to starboard) (210784N 1102472E) at the S end of Dongtoushan Hangdao. 248 5 Dongtoushan Dao Leading Lights: Front light (red triangle, point up, on red post, white Paragraph 7.197 1 Replace by: concrete column, 37 m in height) (210675N 1 A jetty, belonging to the Hongtang Ridge Pacific 1102476E). Petroleum Company, in position 181794N Rear light (red triangle, point down, on similar 1091589E, lies on the W side of Sanya Wan. The structure, 42 m in height) (1¼ cables from front T--shaped jetty is 275 m in length with a depth light). alongside of 91 m. The berth accepts tankers up to 6 The alignment (1777), astern, of these leading 20 000 tonnes. An anchorage is centred about lights leads though the fairway, marked with light 1½ miles S of the jetty, depth 12 to 20 m, mud and buoys, within Dongtoushan Hangdao (210860N sand. 1102470E), to a position WNW of Sha Wei Beacon (210945N 1102495E) at the S end of Maxie Chinese Chart 16310/18 [NP30--No 21--Wk 41/18] Hangdao, passing: 7 W of a rock (210900N 1102481E), depth 39 m, marked by No 44 Light Buoy, thence: China – Hainan Dao – Sanya — Directions; lights W of a drying rocky patch (210939N 1102484W) 1¼ cables SW of Sha Wei Beacon. 248--249 Chinese Chart 15732/19 [NP30--No 97--Wk 40/19] Paragraph 7.208 3 to 5 Replace by:

3 To a position NW of Xiaoqing Zhou (181367N China -- South coast -- Zhanjiang -- Directions; lights; buoyage 1092910E). The line of bearing 0715 of Sanya Gang Direction 257 Light (red triangle, point up, on 8--sided concrete tower, black stripe, 18 m in height) (181429N Paragraph 7.275 4--6 including existing Section IV Notice 1092991E), leads through the entrance channel, Week 40/19 Replace by: marked with light buoys (lateral), to a position about 2 SW of a rock (210722N 1102591E), with a 6½ cables from the light, where a branch of the depth of 44 m, thence: fairway leads ESE towards Sanya Salvage Pier SW of a shoal (210774N 1102536E) with a depth (181399N 1092955E). of 04 m, thence: 4 The main fairway continues ENE, to a position To a position about 2¾ cables N of No 42 Light about 3½ cables from the light, where a branch of the Buoy (preferred channel to starboard) (210784N fairway leads ESE to Turning Basin No 2 (181408N 1102472E) at the S end of Dongtoushan Hangdao. 1092985E). 5 Dongtoushan Dao Leading Lights: The main fairway then continues ENE to Turning Front light (red triangle, point up, on red post, white Basin No 3 (181426N 1092979E). concrete column, 37 m in height) (210675N 1102476E). Chinese Notice 19/818/18 [NP30--No 10--Wk 29/18] Rear light (red triangle, point down, on similar structure, 42 m in height) (1¼ cables from front light). China -- Hainan Dao -- Lingshui Jiao — Directions; platform 6 The alignment (1777), astern, of these leading lights leads though the fairway, marked with light 249 buoys, within Dongtoushan Hangdao (210860N 1102470E), to a position WNW of Sha Wei Beacon Paragraph 7.219 2 lines 4--9 Replace by: (210945N 1102495E) at the S end of Maxie Hangdao, passing: SE of a platform (181982N 1100103E) from 7 W of a rock (210900N 1102481E), depth which a light is exhibited, and: 39 m, marked by No 44 Light Buoy, thence: NW of an extensive area of explosives obstructions W of a drying rocky patch (210939N 1102484E) (181520N 1100463E), thence: 1¼ cables SW of Sha Wei Beacon. Chinese Notice 38/1578/18 [NP30--No 23--Wk 42/18] Chinese Notice 37/1234/19 [NP30--No 99--Wk 44/19]

China -- South coast -- Zhanjiang -- China – Zhanjiang to Shui Dong — Directions; lights; buoyage Directions; pilotage

257 259 Paragraph 7.291 1 line(s) 8--9 Replace by: Paragraph 7.275 4--6 Replace by: To the vicinity of the pilot boarding place (7.299) 4 SW of a rock (210722N 1102591E), with a and anchorages for Shui Dong, situated W of Dafangji depth of 44 m, thence: Dao (212300N 1111100E) (7.321). SW of a shoal (210774N 1102536E) with a depth of 04 m, thence: Chinese Notice 25/817/19 [NP30--No 73--Wk 31/19]

2--123 NP30

China – Shui Dong — Pilotage China -- South coast -- to Gaolan — Pilotage; bouyage 260 263

Paragraph 7.299 1 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: Paragraph 7.344 1 Replace by:

212336N All vessels; boarding radius 1 mile. 1 From the pilot boarding place (213300N 1110715E 1114757E) (7.334) for Yangjiang the route leads SE for 4 miles to a position S of Dajiao Zui (213390N 211697N Tankers with draughts less than or 1115125E), then E for 55 miles to a position SE of 111 23 59E equal to 19 8 m, boarding radius    Weijia Dao (213450N 1124800E), then NE for 2 miles. 29 miles to the vicinity of A1 Light Buoy (214713N 1131416E) at the start of the entrance channel for Chinese Notice 25/817/19 [NP30--No 74--Wk 31/19] Gaolan.

Chinese Chart 15511; GB Chart 1568 China -- South coast -- Shuidong — [NP30--No 83--Wk 35/19] Bridge construction China -- South coast -- Yangjiang to Gaolan — 260 Directions; pilotage; buoyage

After Paragraph 7.301 1 line 3 Insert: 264

Paragraph 7.350 1 lines 1--2 For 213300N 1114750E Development Read 213300N 1114757E 7.301a 1 A bridge is under construction (2019) in the vicinity Paragraph 7.350 6 lines 6--7 Replace by: of 212945N 1110352E. The track then leads to the vicinity of A1 Light Buoy (21 47 13N 113 14 16E) at the start of the entrance Chinese Chart 15713/19 [NP30--No 94--Wk 39/19]     channel for Gaolan. Chinese Chart 15511; GB Chart 1568 China – Shui Dong to Yangjiang — Directions; pilotage [NP30--No 84--Wk 35/19]

261 China -- South coast -- Taidian — Depth 265 Paragraph 7.319 1 line(s) 1--9 Replace by: Paragraph 7.359 1 line 6 For 133m Read 121m 1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding place and anchorages for Shui Dong, situated W of Dafangji Dao Paragraph 7.359 1 line 8 For 38m Read 37m (212300N 1111100E) (7.321), the track leads ESE, passing: Chinese Chart 15522 [NP30--No 39--Wk 03/19] Clear of a shoal (212207N 1110949E), with a depth of 99 m, thence: SSW of Dafangji Dao, on which stands Dafangji Dao China -- Huangmao Hai -- T’an Chiang -- Light (7.289). Numerous light buoys (special) are YamenDaqiaoBridge— Vertical clearance; anchorages moored in the vicinity of the island. Thence: Clear of a dangerous wreck (212089N 266 1111043E), position approximate, thence: SSW of Xin Pai (212218N 1111449E), a rock, After Paragraph 7.360 2 line 5 Insert: thence: Vertical clearance. Yamen Daqiao Bridge (221315N 1130520E), charted clearance 48 m Paragraph 7.319 2 line(s) 1--6 Replace by: above MSL, and two sets of overhead cables, the first 2 To a position S of Shui Dong SBM (212090N of unknown clearance and the second of 59 m 1112462E). The track then leads NE, passing: clearance, span the river near its south end. Other NW of Cefeng No 3 Light Beacon (special) bridges and overhead cables span the river farther (211544N 1112970E), position approximate, upstream. thence: Paragraph 7.360 3 lines 2--3 Replace by: NW of Cefeng No 1 Light Beacon (special) (212198N 1113650E). Numerous light buoys Anchorages: (special) are moored in the vicinity. Thence: Waiting and Typhoon Anchorage lies E of Dajin (215223N 1130128E). Paragraph 7.319 3 line(s) 5 For 1114750E Read Anchorage 1 (221420N 1130475E), about 1114757E 1 mile NNW of Yamen Daqiao Bridge. Anchorage 2 (221624N 1130447E), about 3 miles NNW of Yamen Daqiao Bridge. Chinese Notices 25/817/19; 25/818/19; ENCs C1515711; C1415570 [NP30--No 75--Wk 31/19] Chinese Chart 15492/18 [NP30--No 22--Wk 41/18]

2--124 NP30

China -- South coast -- Gaolan — Pilotage China – Jiuzhou Gang — Controlling depths; vertical clearance; horizontal clearance 267 275 Paragraph 7.369 1 lines 4--6 Delete Paragraph 8.39 1 line 2 Replace by: ...has depths from 1 5to32 m below the main span of the Paragraph 7.369 1 lines 7--9 For No 2 215350N   1131250E Read 215350N 1131250E Hong Kong to Zhuhai--Macao Bridge and a least depth of 21 m NW of the bridge.

Chinese Chart 15511 [NP30--No 85--Wk 35/19] Paragraph 8.40 lines 1--3 Replace by: 1 Jiuzhougang Hangdao (8.39) has a vertical China -- South coast -- Gaolan — clearance of 40 m below the main span of the Hong Directions; buoyage Kong to Zhuhai--Macao Bridge (HZMB) (8.72). Jianghai Hangdao (221490N 1133890E) has a 267 vertical clearance of 245 m below the Hong Kong to Zhuhai--Macao Bridge. Paragraph 7.375 1 line 1 For No 1 Read A1 Qingzhou Hangdao (221700N 1134390E) has a vertical clearance of 42 m below the Hong Kong to Paragraph 7.376 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Zhuhai--Macao Bridge.

1 From the vicinity of A1 Light Buoy (214713N After Paragraph 8.41 1 line 3 Insert: 1131416E) the track leads NNW. Horizontal clearance After Paragraph 7.376 3 line 9 Insert: 8.41a 1 The Hong Kong to Zhuhai--Macao Bridge (HZMB) Thence the track continues NNW to the vicinity of (8.72), has a horizontal clearance of 170 m (designed No 27 Light Buoy (21 56 19N 113 11 95E) where the     210 m) below the main span in Jiuzhougang Hangdao. channel divides. Branches lead NW through Jianghai Hangdao and Qingzhou Hangdao have a Sanjiaoshan Men, NNW to the power station turning horizontal clearance of 173 and 318 m, respectively. basin (215760N 1131095E), or N then NE into an area of wharves. Chinese Notice 30/18 Section 1 Marine information pages 5--6 [NP30--No 17--Wk 35/18] Chinese Chart 15511 [NP30--No 86--Wk 35/19] The following notice is to be implemented at 0000 UTC on 1st December 2018 China -- South coast -- Gaolan to Dahengqin Dao — Directions; buoyage China -- Hong Kong to Zuhai--Macau Bridge — Regulations 268 275 Paragraph 7.379 1 Replace by: After Paragraph 8.48 1 line 2 Insert: 1 From the vicinity of A1 Light Buoy (214713N 1131416E), at the entrance channel for Gaolan, the When passing under the Hong Kong to route leads ENE for 20 miles to a position S of Zhuhai--Macao Bridge, the designated channels must Dahengqin Dao (220490N 1133300E). be used. Overtaking and crossing is prohibited within these channels. Paragraph 7.384 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Chinese Chart 15471 Ed. 6 2019 1 From the vicinity of A1 Light Buoy (214713N [NP30--No 104--Wk 51/19] 1131416E), at the entrance channel for Gaolan, the track leads ENE, passing: China -- Approaches to Hong Kong — Traffic Separation Scheme Chinese Chart 15511 [NP30--No 87--Wk 35/19] 281

China -- South China Sea -- Zhujiang Kou -- Paragraph 8.112 1 Replace by: Guishan Dao — Pilotage 1 Dangan Channel and Lantau Channel Traffic Separation Schemes. Dangan Channel TSS is 272 IMO--adopted (1.43a); Rule 10 of the International Paragraph 8.11 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies. 1 There are several pilot boarding positions, situated Lantau Channel is not IMO--adopted. The W, SW and SSE of Guishan Dao (220792N Government of Hong Kong SAR, China, advise that 1134942E): the principles for the use of the routeing system For Tonggu Channel at 220500N 1135100E, defined in Rule 10 of the International Regulations for 220598N 1135003E and 220450N Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) apply. 1135100E. IMO COLREG.2 Circ.71 25/05/18 Chinese Chart 15300/18 [NP30--No 40--Wk 05/19] [NP30--No 25--Wk 44/18]

2--125 NP30

The following notice is to be implemented at 0000 Paragraph 8.161 1 lines 13--16 Replace by: UTC on 1st December 2018 The track continues, passing S of a light beacon (220920N 1140597E) (special) near the W end of China -- Approaches to Hong Kong — Dangan Channel TSS. Directions; Traffic Separation Scheme IMO COLREG.2 Circ.71 25/05/18 284 [NP30--No 28--Wk 44/18]

Paragraph 8.139 3 line 3 For Dangan Shuidao TSS Read China – South approaches to Hong Kong -- Dangan Channel TSS Dangan Shuidao — Directions; buoyage

IMO COLREG.2 Circ.71 25/05/18 286 [NP30--No 26--Wk 44/18] Paragraph 8.161 1 line(s) 9--10 Replace by: The following notice is to be implemented at 0000 ...Dangandingxianzhi Light Vessel (220761N UTC on 1st December 2018 1141353E), thence: Chinese Notice 25/816/19 [NP30--No 76--Wk 31/19] China -- Approaches to Hong Kong — Traffic Separation Scheme Hong Kong – Tathong Channel through Lei Yue 285 MuntoKauYiChau—Restrictedarea

Paragraph 8.154 Replace by: 287

1 From the vicinity of Precautionary Area No 1 After Paragraph 8.175 4 line 5 Insert: (220710N 1142160E), the route leads W through 5 Entry is restricted to an area surrounding the Dangan Channel TSS (8.112) for 14½ miles to its W Central Military Dock (221703N end, SSE of a light beacon (220920N 1140596E). 1140988E). The restricted area is composed The track then continues WSW, through Dangan of two zones; the Central Military Dock Inner Shuidao for 13 miles, to a position within the Area and the Central Military Dock Outer and Huangpu Large Vessels Anchorage Area. Entry into the Inner Area, marked by and Typhoon Shelter No 13ZH, in the vicinity of the light buoys (special) and extending about pilot boarding place (220485N 1135350E), about ½ cable NNE from 221703N 1140988E, is 4 miles ESE of Dayapai Dao (220479N prohibited to all unauthorised vessels. Entry 1134819E). into the Outer Area, extending about 1 cable 2 From the vicinity of Precautionary Area No 1 NNE from 221703N 1140988E, is (220710N 1142160E), the route leads W through prohibited to all unauthorised vessels over Dangan Channel TSS Zone 1 for 7 miles, into No 2 60 m in length. Vessels of 60 m in length or Precautionary Area (220790N 1141350E), where a less may pass through the Outer Area but not light buoy (safe water) (220761N 1141354E) has anchor or berth. been established. From No 2 Precautionary Area, a Hong Kong Notice 109/19 [NP30--No 71--Wk 31/19] route leads NW into the East Lamma Channel TSS (8.203). China – Hong Kong – East Lamma Channel — 3 From No 2 Precautionary Area, the track continues Traffic regulations in the Dangan Channel TSS Zone 2 in a W direction for 5 miles. On leaving the TSS, S of a light beacon 292 (220920N 1140597E), the track leads through Dangan Shuidao in a WSW direction for a further Paragraph 8.209 2 lines 1--6 Delete 12 miles, passing WNW of Wailingding Dao, before entering No 13ZH pilotage, quarantine and typhoon Hong Kong Notice 10/35/18 [NP30--No 11--Wk 29/18] anchorage for large vessels (220485N 1135350E). Dangan Channel TSS leads through Dangan China -- Hong Kong -- Lantau Island — Marine Shuidao and is IMO--adopted. park

IMO COLREG.2 Circ.71 25/05/18 298 [NP30--No 27--Wk 44/18] After Paragraph 8.255 4 Insert: The following notice is to be implemented at 0000 Sha Chau and Lung Kwu Chau Marine Park UTC on 1st December 2018 (222176N 1135300E), marked by light buoys (special), surrounds the islands of Lung Kwu China -- Approaches to Hong Kong — Chau (8.343), Pak Chau (8.343) and Sha Chau Directions; Traffic Separation Scheme (8.268). No power driven vessel shall exceed speeds of 10 kn without the permission of the 285--286 Country and Marine Parks Authority. Anchoring and mooring are prohibited within the marine park. Paragraph 8.161 1 line 3 For Dangan Shuidao TSS Read Dangan Channel TSS Chinese Chart 15431/19 [NP30--No 93--Wk 39/19]

2--126 NP30

The following notice is to be implemented at Paragraph 8.389 2 lines 1--7 Replace by: 0000 UTC on 1st December 2018 2 Thence the track continues to lead NW to a position between No 1 Light Buoy (safe water) China -- Hong Kong – Lantau Island Anchorage (223297N 1134816E) and F2 Light Buoy (port — Wreck hand) (223263N 1134760E) marking the entrance to Fanshi Shuidao Channel. The track then leads 309 NNW, passing: Between pairs of light buoys (lateral, numbered F3 to Paragraph 8.328 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: F18), marking the fairway, thence:

2 Caution. A wreck (221189N 1134843E), Chinese Chart 15447 [NP30--No 98--Wk 43/19] reported (2011), lies on the S limit of area 21DY. China -- South coast -- Zhujiang Kou -- Chinese Notice 7/186/19 [NP30--No 50--Wk 12/19] Zhouzi Wei — Bridge; vertical clearance 315

China -- South coast -- Zhujiang Kou -- After Paragraph 8.405 1 line 3 Insert: Fanshi Shuidao — Bridge development Nansha Bridge ( Second Bridge) (225310N 312 1133388E), spans the river in the vicinity of Zhouzi Wei (8.420), and has a reported vertical clearance of After Paragraph 8.373 1 line 2 Insert: 60 m. Chinese Chart 15462/19 [NP30--No 95--Wk 40/19] Development 8.373a China -- South coast -- Zhujiang Kou -- 1 The Zhongshan bridge is under Zhouzi Wei — Directions; wreck, bridge construction (2019). An artificial island has been constructed in position 223436N 1134586E. The 315 bridge will span the channel from the artificial island After Paragraph 8.411 2 line 10 Insert: W to the shore. The bridge is expected to be completed in 2024. E of a dangerous wreck (225300N 1133400E), reported (2015), thence: Chinese Notice 24/780 & 781/19 Under Nansha Bridge (8.405). [NP30--No 69--Wk 30/19] Thence the track continues N to a position SW of Nizhou Tou (225396N 1133448E).

Chinese Chart 15462/19 [NP30--No 96--Wk 40/19] China -- South coast -- Zhujiang Kou -- Fanshi Shuidao — Bridge development China -- Zhujiang – Dahao Zhou to Guangzhou — 313 Vertical clearances 318 After Paragraph 8.383 1 line 5 Insert: Paragraph 8.446 1 line(s) 2 Replace by: Development ...the river with a vertical clearance of 60 m in the main 8.383a channel and 53 m in Boluomiao Shuidao (8.457). 1 See 8.373a. Paragraph 8.446 1 line(s) 6 For Xinxao Read Xinzao Chinese Notice 24/780 & 781/19 Paragraph 8.446 1 line(s) 8--11 Replace by: [NP30--No 70--Wk 30/19] ...1132482E. A bridge, vertical clearance 41 m, spans the channel at 230340N 1132490E. China -- South coast -- Zhujiang Kou — Directions; shoal; buoys Chinese Chart 15457/19 [NP30--No 54--Wk 21/19]

314 China -- Approaches to Hong Kong — Traffic Separation Scheme Paragraph 8.389 1 lines 5--8 Replace by: 323 Between Ma Zhou and Dachan Dao (223067N 1135079E), thence: Paragraph 9.9 1 line 2 For Shuidao Read Channel SW of a shoal (223168N 1134951E), marked by light buoys (cardinal), thence: Paragraph 9.13 1 line 2 For Shuidao Read Channel SW of Xiya Dao (223284N 1134913E), from where Xiya Light (white concrete post, 3 m in IMO COLREG.2 Circ.71 25/05/18 height) is exhibited. [NP30--No 29--Wk 44/18]

2--127 NP30 The following notice is to be implemented at NP31 China Sea Pilot Volume 2 (2018 Edition) 0000 UTC on 1st December 2018 Malaysia — Regulations; China -- Approaches to Hong Kong — National Heritage Zones Traffic Separation Scheme 9 324 After Heading National regulations -- Malaysia Insert:

Paragraph 9.14 1 line 2 For Shuidao Read Channel National Heritage Zones 1.62a Paragraph 9.19 1 line 2 For Shuidao Read Channel 1 Areas designated as National Heritage Zones are protected from unauthorised interference. Further information may be obtained from local authorities. IMO COLREG.2 Circ.71 25/05/18 [NP30--No 30--Wk 44/18] UKHO [NP31--No 24--Wk 22/19]

China -- South coast -- Mirs Bay — Pilotage South China Sea -- Scarborough Reef — Caution 81 328 Paragraph 2.122 2--3 Replace by: Paragraph 9.43 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: 2 Currents. In the vicinity of Scarborough Reef the For LNG Terminal at 222808N current varies with the monsoon. During the NE 1142767E. It has been reported (2018) that the monsoon (1.125) the predominant direction is NW or pilots prefer to board at 223100N 1142550E W, whilst during the SW monsoon it is NE. via a tug; Caution. Entry into the lagoon is not recommended, as the entrance is narrow and Paragraph 9.43 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: restricted by a drying reef outcrop. Depths are shallow 2 For Yantian Port Area in Pilotage Anchorage throughout. Area No 5 at 223472N 1141919E; BA Chart 3489/18 [NP31--No 5--Wk 20/18] UKHO [NP30--No 100--Wk 44/19] Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Tanjung Datu — Directions; wreck Hong Kong -- Yantian Harbour -- West of Crooked Island — Directions 93

334 After Paragraph 3.74 2 line 7 Insert: SSE of a stranded wreck (21406N 1095100E), Paragraph 9.92 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: position approximate. Thence: Track. From a position about 1 mile NE of Kai Kung Tau Malaysian Notice 02/57/19 [NP31--No 22--Wk 14/19] (223300N 1141900E) the track leads generally W into Yantian Harbour, passing: Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Kuala Santubong — Close S of Yantian Approach No 1 Light Buoy Directions; wreck; light (starboard hand) (223391N 1141870E), thence: 97 N of Crooked Island (223270N 1141746E), Paragraph 4.19 5 lines 1--9 Replace by: thence: N of a bank extending N into the harbour, the N--most 5 ENE of a 05 m wreck and a stranded wreck extent of which is marked by No 8 Light Buoy (port (14533N 1101676E), and: hand) (223366N 1141579E). WSW of two stranded wrecks (14530N 1101744E), one of which exhibits a light. The Chinese Notice 48/2091/18 [NP30--No 37--Wk 02/19] wrecks are marked by a light buoy (isolated danger). And: ENE of a stranded wreck (14508N 1101633E), China -- South coast -- Honghai Wan — Shoal thence: 343 Malaysian Notice 05/109/18 [NP31--No 8--Wk 28/18]

Paragraph 9.157 2 lines 1--6 Replace by: Malaysia -- Sarawak -- 2 ESE of Yuanzi Jiao (223067N 1150249E), a Sungai Sarawak — Anchorage shoal with a least depth of 101 m. Yadan Pai 102 (223083N 1150108E), a rock over which the sea sometimes breaks, lies 1¼ miles W. The rock is in Paragraph 4.55 5 line 1 For Dangerous goods Read two parts and steep--to. Thence: Fisheries

Chinese Notice 28/937/19 [NP30--No 82--Wk 35/19] Malaysian Notice 154/18 [NP31--No 17--Wk 05/19]

2--128 NP31

Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Kuala Rajang — Buoy Malaysia -- Sarawak -- North of Kuala Oya — Directions; fish haven; obstruction; wrecks 105 111

Paragraph 4.81 1 line 2 For 20758N 1110450E Read After Paragraph 4.127 3 line 4 Insert: 20779N 1110369E Clear of a fish haven (30290N 1115040E), thence: Malaysian Notice M3/58/18 [NP31--No 9--Wk 28/18] Clear of an obstruction (30430N 1115840E), and: SSE of two dangerous wrecks (31992N Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Kuala Rajang — 1115029E and 32190N 1115027E), Directions; wreck; buoy positions approximate, thence:

106 BA Chart 3836/19 [NP31--No 21--Wk 08/19]

Paragraph 4.82 3 line 6 Replace by: Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Kuala Similajau to Tanjung Similajau — Development; Clear of a dangerous wreck (20750N tidal streams; port 1110656E), marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), thence: 118 Clear of a wreck (20809N 1110754E), thence: Paragraph 4.171 3 lines 1--6 Delete Malaysian Notice M3/59/18 [NP31--No 10--Wk 28/18] After Paragraph 4.172 2 line 6 Insert: PORT OF SAMALAJU Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Rajang — Anchorages General information 106 Position and function 4.172a After Paragraph 4.84 1 line 9 Insert: 1 Samalaju Port (33300N 1131600E) has been Two further anchorage areas are established in the built to support the Samalaju Industrial Park and the river, centred on 20845N 1111280E and 20690N energy--intensive industries therein. 1111780E. Topography 4.172b Malaysian Notice 154/18 [NP31--No 18--Wk 05/19] 1 Tanjung Similajau (33228N 1131790E) (4.169), is fringed by rocky ledges which extend 2½ cables Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Batang Rajang — offshore, otherwise the coast is low with inland hills. Directions; depths Port Authority 4.172c 106 1 Samalaju Industrial Port Sdn Bhd, Lot 82 Samalaju Industrial Park, Block 1, Kemena Land District, 97300 Paragraph 4.86 4 lines 1--3 Replace by: Bintulu, Sarawah. 4 Depths. The least charted depth in the described Website. www.samalajuport.gov.my channel between Rajang and Tanjung Manis is under Controlling depths 6 m. See 4.75. 4.172d 1 The port has a deepest alongside depth of 135m. Paragraph 4.87 2 lines 3--4 Replace by: Tidal level ...3 cables, avoiding the dangerous wreck 4.172e (20640N 1111910E), marked by... 1 The mean tidal range between MHHW and MLLW is 10 m. For details see ADMIRALTY Tide Tables Malaysian Chart 7257 [NP31--No 15--Wk 52/18] Volume 5.

Arrival information Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Sibu — Anchorages Outer anchorages 110 4.172f 1 Samalaju has four anchorage areas: Paragraph 4.115 Replace by: Waiting anchorage centred on 33600N 1130700E; 1 Anchorage may be obtained, in designated areas, General anchorage centred on 33100N in the S approaches to Sibu, in depths of 6 to 20 m, 1131200E; good holding ground, noting a restricted area close S Special anchorage centred on 34000N of Sibu. 1132000E; Dangerous goods anchorage centred on 34528N Malaysian Notice 154/18 [NP31--No 19--Wk 05/19] 1131400E.

2--129 NP31

Pilotage and tugs Brunei -- Pulau Labuan -- Tanjung Kubong — 4.172g Directions; light 1 Pilotage is available for day--time operation only. The pilot boards at 33702N 1131643E. 125 Tugs are available for Samalju Port. After Paragraph 5.21 6 line 4 Insert: Tanjung Kubong Light (5 24 72N 115 14 83E) Harbour     (5.41). General layout 4.172h ENC MY3C0864 6.013/19 [NP31--No 33--Wk 48/19] 1 Samalaju Port lies to the NE of Tanjung Similajau. It lies between two breakwaters with a reclaimed area Malaysia – Approaches to Brunei Bay — for the berths. Regulations; National Heritage Zone

Development 127 4.172i Paragraph 5.38 1 line(s) 1 Replace by: 1 The port opened in 2015 as part of the Interim Port Facility Package. This development is in the NE 1 National Heritage Zone. A national heritage zone section of the port, the SW area is available for future surrounds the offshore islands of Pulau Keraman development as the port grows. (5.43), Pulau Rusukan Kecil, and Pulau Rusukan Besar. The zone also encompasses the E and S Natural conditions coast of Pulau Labuan (5.40). See 1.62a. 4.172j 2 Marine park. The offshore islands of Pulau... 1 Flow and weather. See 4.5. Climate information. See 1.169 and 1.175. UKHO [NP31--No 25--Wk 22/19]

Directions for entering harbour Brunei -- Pulau Labuan -- Approaches Tanjung Kubong — Directions; light 4.172k 128 1 Approach to Samalaju from the NW. From a position off the outer anchorage the track leads SE to After Paragraph 5.41 1 line 9 Insert: the Fairway light buoy (safe water) (33801N Tanjung Kubong Light (white beacon, red stripes) 1131526E), thence to the pilot station (4.172g). (52472N 1151483E). The track then continues SE though a channel lit by buoys (lateral) until the breakwaters are reached. Paragraph 5.44 2 line(s) 5--6 Replace by: The outer anchorages are arranged to allow access to channels from the SW and NE. ...Labuan, from which a light (white metal framework tower, red bands, 24 m in height) is exhibited. Tanjung Kubong Light (5.41) is situated Basins and berths about 1¼ miles N of the head. Foul ground with Alongside berths rocks, awash, on which the... 4.172l ENC MY3C0864 6.013/19 [NP31--No 34--Wk 48/19] 1 A wharf with five berths lies to the NE. One berth is for Handysize Vessels, with an alongside depth of 110m, whilst the other four can accommodate Brunei -- North approaches to Brunei Bay — Handymax Vessels, with an alongside depth of Directions; light 135 m. There is also a barge berth with a depth of 129 70m. After Paragraph 5.53 1 line 6 Insert: Malaysian Notice 01/33/18 [NP31--No 4--Wk 10/18] Major lights: Tanjung Kubong Light (52472N 1151483E) Malaysia -- Sarawak -- Approaches to Miri Port -- (5.41). Tanjung Baram — Directions; leading lights ENC MY3C0864 6.013/19 [NP31--No 35--Wk 48/19] 120 Brunei -- North--east approaches to Brunei Bay Paragraph 4.188 1 line(s) 1--8 Replace by: — Directions; light

1 From a position about 2 miles NW of Tanjung 130 Baram Light (43569N 1135863E) (4.167), the track leads between drying areas, across the bar, in a SE Paragraph 5.57 2 line(s) 9--10 Replace by: direction, to a position about 1¼ miles NW of Tanjung ...(5.44) is exhibited; Tanjung Kubong Light (5.41) Baram Light. is situated about 1¼ miles N and a drying rock (52463N 1151564E) lies 1¼ miles NNE. And: Malaysian Notice M3/101(T)/19 [NP31--No 31--Wk 37/19] ENC MY3C0864 6.013/19 [NP31--No 36--Wk 48/19]

2--130 NP31

Malaysia -- Sabah -- Pulau Labuan — Brunei -- Brunei Bay -- Muara — Directions; SPM Directions; wreck 135

132 Paragraph 5.99 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:

Paragraph 5.77 2 lines 4--6 Replace by: 1 From a position SSE of Barat Banks (51000N 1150620E) the track leads S, passing: SE of a dangerous wreck (51367N 1151223E), E of Abana Rock (50634N 1150419E) (5.51), position approximate, reported (2019), thence: thence: W of Muara SPM (50515N 1150805E) and its Malaysian Notice 09/222/19 [NP31--No 32--Wk 45/19] surrounding Safety Zone. Thence the track continues S to a position on the Muara harbour leading line. Brunei -- Muara — Depths Brunei Notice 14(P)/19 [NP31--No 23--Wk 16/19] 134 Brunei -- Brunei Bay -- Muara — Paragraph 5.88 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: Directions; channel; bar 1 There is a maintained depth of 130m in the 135 deep--water channel cut through Muara Spit. There is a reported least depth of 148 m (2019) in Paragraph 5.101 1--4 including heading Replace by: the Eastern Channel (5.102a), which passes between Spare Muara Spit and Outer Bar. 5.101

Brunei Notice 24/19 [NP31--No 28a--Wk 23/19] GB 2134 Ed.4 (2019) & GB 1844 Ed.4 (2019) [NP31--No 38a--Wk 52/19]

Brunei -- Brunei Bay -- Muara — Brunei -- Muara — Directions Vertical clearance 135 134 After Paragraph 5.102 4 line 9 Insert: After Paragraph 5.88 2 line 5 Insert: Approach through the Eastern Channel 5.102a Vertical clearance 1 From a position in the vicinity of 50470N 5.88a 1151030E the track leads generally S through the 1 Abridge(50031N 1150435E) links Pulau Muara Eastern Channel, which is marked by light beacons Besar (5.86) to the mainland S of Muara (5.85). The (lateral), passing between Muara Spit (5.86) and Outer vertical clearance is reported (2019) to be 28 m. Bar (5.101). In the vicinity of 50265N 1151045E the channel UKHO [NP31--No 37--Wk 52/19] turns SW, passing between light beacons (lateral), for about 4 miles to the berths (5.104) on the SE coast of Pulau Muara Besar. Brunei -- Muara — Depths Brunei Notice 24/19 [NP31--No 29b--Wk 23/19] 134 Brunei -- Brunei Bay -- Muara — After Paragraph 5.92 2 line(s) 9 Insert: Directions; channel; bar 3 The Eastern Channel (5.102a) can only be used by 135 vessels chartered by Hengyi Industries Ltd. Co. Paragraphs 5.102 and 5.102a including existing Section IV Brunei Notice 24/19 [NP31--No 28b--Wk 23/19] Notice Week 23/19 Replace by: Approach through the Eastern Channel Brunei -- Muara — Directions 5.102 1 From the vicinity of 50750N 1150723E, SSE of 135 Barat Banks (51000N 1150620E) the track leads SE, passing: After Paragraph 5.98 2 line(s) 7 Insert: NE of Muara SPM (50515N 1150805E) (5.99). Thence to the vicinity of 50470N 1151054E at 3 The jetty berths on the SE coast of Pulau Muara the entrance to Eastern Channel. Besar can be approached from the N through the 2 Eastern Channel Inbound Leading Lights: Eastern Channel (5.102a), passing between Maura Front light: X9 Light Beacon (50270N Spit and Outer Bar. 1151082E). Rear light: X10 Light Beacon (3¾ cables from front Brunei Notice 24/19 [NP31--No 29a--Wk 23/19] light).

2--131 NP31

The alignment (172) of these lights leads through 7 Jetty berths No 4 to No 8 are located on the SE Eastern Channel, marked by beacons (lateral), coast of the island. The longest berth is berth passing: No 8 (coal jetty) (45944N 1150746E), with Wofa48 m shoal (50323N 1151133E) marked an overall length of about 230 m. The berths by a light beacon (E cardinal). with the deepest depth alongside are berths 3 Eastern Channel Outbound Leading Lights: No 4 (45977N 1150804E) and No 5 Front light: X11 Light Beacon (50327N (45967N 1150796E), which have a 1151089E). reported depth alongside of about 13 m. Rear light: X12 Light Beacon (2¼ cables from front light). Brunei Notice 24/19 [NP31--No 30--Wk 23/19] The alignment (0318), astern, of these lights continues through Eastern Channel a position between X8 and X9 Light Beacons (lateral) (50029N Brunei -- Brunei Bay -- Sungai Brunei — Route 1150903E). 4 Thence the track leads SW to a position N of 136 Y10 Light Beacon (port hand) (45913N 1150800E). Useful marks: Paragraph 5.106 1 line 4 For Outer Bar (5.101) Read Sunda Spit Light (white triangle, point up, on a white Eastern Channel (5.102) framework tower) (45855N 1151072E). (Directions continue for Batang Limbang and GB 2134 Ed.4 (2019) & GB 1844 Ed.4 (2019) approaches, including Tanjung Lumba--Lumba [NP31--No 39--Wk 52/19] anchorage at 5.128) Muara Bar Brunei -- Brunei Bay -- Muara -- Pulau Muara — 5.102a Directions; light; leading line 1 From a position N of Y10 Light Beacon (port hand) (4 59 13N 115 08 00E), the track leads W, passing:     137 N of No 26 Light Beacon (yellow square, black top, on platform on concrete pile structure) (45926N Paragraph 5.115 1 line(s) 1--11 Replace by: 1150578E), which marks the N corner of Rambler Banks an extensive area of shoals which 1 Outer leading lights: dry in places and extend 7 miles NE from Tanjung Front light (white triangle, point up, on beacon) Kindana (45514N 1150114E). (45966N 1150590E). 2 Thence, when a position is reached 2 cables SE of Rear light (white triangle, point down, on beacon) No 20 Light Beacon (E cardinal) (45957N (1½ cables from front light). 1150547E), the track leads generally NW across From a position 2 cables SE of No 20 Light Beacon Muara Bar, soft mud, lying close SW of Tanjung (E cardinal) (45957N 1150547E), the alignment Bowong (45964N 1150535E), passing: (0525), astern, of these lights leads through the NE SW of No 18 Light Beacon (port hand) (45989N part of Brunei Channel for 2¼ miles, and onto the 1150514E), thence: alignment of: Under the Pulau Muara Besar Bridge (5.88a). Thence a course may be shaped for the allocated GB 2134 Ed.4 (2019) [NP31--No 40--Wk 52/19] berth or anchorage. 3 Useful marks: Bukit Tempayang Pisang (146 m high) (50060N – Palawan – North--west coast – Malampaya Gas Field — Pilotage 1150295E), with a small beacon on its summit, which is prominent when seen from Outer Bar. (Directions for Brunei Channel and 156 Simpson Channel are given at 5.114) Paragraph 7.7 5 lines 8--10 Replace by:

GB 2134 Ed.4 (2019) & GB 1844 Ed.4 (2019) ...112210N 1191700E; berthing in daylight, [NP31--No 38b--Wk 52/19] unberthing at any time. See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4). Brunei -- Muara — Berths Philippine Navwarning 160/18 [NP31--No 14--Wk 48/18] 136

After Paragraph 5.104 5 line(s) 11 Insert: Philippines – Luzon -- Manila Bay — Directions; light 6 Pulau Muara Besar Jetties. The oil refinery on Pulau Muara Besar (5.86) has seven associated 176 berths: Jetty berths No 1 and No 2 (50106N 1150447E) After Paragraph 8.48 2 line 2 Insert: are located on the NW coast of the island, opposite the RoRo ferry berth. The berths are Hamilo Point Light (white tower) (141030N connected to a L--shaped jetty about 500 m long. 1203462E). They have a least reported depth alongside of about 14 m. Philippines Notice 4/21/19 [NP31--No 26--Wk 22/19]

2--132 NP31

Philippines – Luzon -- Manila Bay — Philippines -- Luzon -- West coast -- Subic Bay — Directions; light Traffic Separation Scheme

179 193 After Paragraph 8.74 2 line 1 Insert: Paragraph 9.19 1 Replace by: Hamilo Point Light (141030N 1203462E) (8.48). 1 A TSS is established in Subic Bay (9.14). The scheme comprises a pair of traffic lanes leading Philippines Notice 4/21/19 [NP31--No 27--Wk 22/19] NE/SW for about 3¼ miles from the entrance to the vicinity of the Inner Harbour pilot boarding position Philippines – Luzon – Manila — (9.39). The scheme is not IMO--adopted (see 1.55). Directions; buoyage Philippine Notice 6/29/18 [NP31--No 11--Wk 31/18] 186

Paragraph 8.124 1 lines 4--8 Replace by: Philippines -- Luzon -- West coast -- Port Olongapo — Directions; buoyage Between the light buoys and beacons marking the channel, thence: 194--195 Philippines Notice 11/65/17 [NP31--No 1--Wk 07/18] Paragraph 9.43 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:

Philippines – Luzon – Manila — 1 From a position in the NE--bound lane of the TSS Directions; buoyage (9.19), the track leads NE through the TSS for 3¼ miles before turning E to enter Port Olongapo, 186 passing: Paragraph 8.125 2 lines 2--5 Replace by: Philippine Notice 6/29/18 [NP31--No 12--Wk 31/18] ...of the TSS, marked by light buoys (lateral), to a position about 4¼ cables... Philippines -- Luzon -- Subic Bay — Speed limit Philippines Notice 11/65/17 [NP31--No 2--Wk 07/18] 195 Philippines – Luzon – Manila — Directions; buoyage After Paragraph 9.53 1 line 4 Insert:

187 Speed limit in the inner harbour is reported (2018) to be 5 kn. Paragraph 8.126 1 lines 2--5 Replace by: ...position (143325N 1205602E), the track, marked by NYK Joanna [NP31--No 7--Wk 22/18] light buoys (lateral) leads NE for 1½ miles, passing:

Paragraph 8.126 1 line 6 For NW Read Clear Philippines -- Luzon -- West coast -- San Fernando — Nature reserve Philippines Notice 11/65/17 [NP31--No 3--Wk 07/18] 206

Philippines -- Luzon -- Manila -- After Paragraph 10.32 2 line 7 Insert: South Harbour — Obstruction

187 Restricted area 10.32a Paragraph 8.128 2 line 7 Replace by: 1 A nature reserve is established off the E side of the harbour entrance, centred on 163860N 1201823E. ...Anchorage A13. An obstruction (143404N 1205869E), with a depth of 35 m, lies in Anchorage A18. ENC PH5SFDH0 [NP31--No 13--Wk 40/18] Philippine Notice 12/67/18 [NP31--No 20--Wk 05/19] Philippines -- Luzon -- West coast -- Philippines -- Luzon -- Subic Bay — Speed limit San Fernando — Directions; depth

192 206 After Paragraph 9.18 1 line 4 Insert: Paragraph 10.36 1 line 8 Replace by: Speed limit in the inner harbour is reported (2018) to be 5 kn. ...has a least depth of 40m(13ft).

NYK Joanna [NP31--No 6--Wk 22/18] Philippine Notice 12/70/18 [NP31--No 16--Wk 05/19]

2--133 NP32A NP32A China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2019 Edition) Caution. Local authorities should be contacted for the latest information.

China — National regulations Taiwanese Notice 7/18 [NP32A--No 26--Wk 25/19]

6--7 Taiwan -- South--west coast -- Kao--hsiung — Directions Paragraph 1.55 1--8 Replace by:

1 A reproduction of Regulations Governing 65 Supervision and Control of Foreign Vessels by the Paragraph 2.59 1 lines 6--8 Delete People’s Republic of China, extracts from quarantine regulations, and a reproduction of the Maritime Traffic Safety Law of the People’s Republic of China will be UKHO [NP32A--No 74a--Wk 49/19] found in Appendix III. Emission Control Areas. The Chinese Ministry of Taiwan -- Kao--hsiung — Transport has announced the introduction of measures Directions; breakwater; light to reduce harmful emissions from shipping on the Chinese coast. 65 2 Emission control areas have been established in Paragraph 2.59 2 line(s) 9--10 Replace by: the following areas: Coastal Control Area: broadly includes all sea areas SSE of the S end of the offshore breakwater and ports within 12 miles of the straight baseline (223313N 1201641E), which extends into the extension of the Chinese mainland (excluding outbound lane of the TSS. A light (green conical waters under the jurisdiction of Hong Kong and of concrete tower, 20 m in height) is exhibited from Macao). the S end of the breakwater. Thence: Inland Control Area: navigable waters of the Yangtze Between No 3 and 4 Anchorage Areas (2.50), which River and the Xijiang River main lines. lie adjacent to the TSS, and: Hainan Control Area: broadly includes the coastal NNW of the head of the breakwater of Third Harbour, area of Hainan Dao. under construction (2019), from where a light (red 3 Implementation of the new requirements will take conical concrete tower, 20 m in height) place as follows: (223262N 1201717E) is exhibited. From 1 January 2019, all vessels are to use fuel oil Paragraph 2.59 3 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: with a sulphur content of no more than 05m/m (massbymass). 3 The track then continues ENE to a position on the From 1 January 2020, all vessels entering the Inland following leading line: Control Areas must use fuel oil with a sulphur content of no more than 010% m/m. Paragraph 2.59 4 line(s) 5 Replace by: From 1 March 2020, all vessels without an Exhaust …breakwater head (2.58). A light (yellow post, 7 m in Gas Cleaning System entering Emission Control height) is also exhibited from the S breakwater. Areas, must carry and use only fuel oil that is compliant with China’s requirements. Taiwanese Notice 20/19 [NP32A--No 27--Wk 25/19] 4 From 1 January 2022, all vessels entering Hainan Control Area must use fuel oil with a sulphur content of no more than 0 10% m/m. Taiwan -- South--west coast --  Kao--hsiung — Directions From 1 January 2025 Chinese regulators will decide whether all vessels entering China Emission 65 Control Areas should use Ultra Low Sulphur Fuel (sulphur content of the fuel no more than Paragraph 2.60 1 lines 4--6 Replace by: 010 m/m). For further information, see the People’s Republic ...Kao--hsiung Kang First (North) Entrance TSS (2.52). of China Ministry of Transport website at UKHO [NP32A--No 74b--Wk 49/19] http://www.mot.gov.cn.

UKHO [NP32A--No 1--Wk 06/19] Taiwan -- South--west--coast -- Kao--hsiung — Directions

Taiwan -- Kao--hsiung — Controlling depths 66

62 Paragraph 2.61 1 lines 1--8 Replace by: 1 From a position W of Kao--hsiung Kang Second Paragraph 2.44 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: (South) Entrance TSS, the track leads 6 miles NNE, 1 Depths in the entrance channels are reported through the NNE bound lane which forms part of the (2018) to be as follows: Kao--Hsuing Kang TSS, to a position W of Kao--hsiung First Entrance Channel — 125mfora maximum Kang First (North) Entrance TSS, passing to seaward authorised draught of 113m. of Nos 2, 3 and Dangerous Cargo Anchorages (2.50). Second Entrance Channel — 17 m for a maximum authorised draught of 155m. UKHO [NP32A--No 75--Wk 49/19]

2--134 NP32A

Taiwan -- West Coast -- Kao--hsiung -- T a i w a n -- N o r t h c o a s t -- Yung--an LNG Terminal — Directions; light Chi--lung Kang — Pilotage

87 69 Paragraph 2.219 1 lines 3--7 Replace by: After Paragraph 2.80 1 line 5 Insert: ...24 hours. The pilot boarding position is 251089N Yung--an LNG Terminal South Breakwater Tower 1214447E. For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio (white concrete tower, 20 m in height) Signals Volume 6(6). (224905N 1201143E). UKHO [NP32A--No 76--Wk 49/19] Paragraph 2.80 2 lines 9--11 Delete T a i w a n -- N o r t h c o a s t -- Chi--lung Kang — Pilotage Paragraph 2.80 4 lines 1--8 Replace by: 89 4 From a position in the NE corner of the anchorage area, SSW of a light buoy (starboard hand), the track Paragraph 2.227 2 lines 5--7 Delete leads ESE, then SE through a channel marked by light buoys (port hand) on its NNE and NE side. The UKHO [NP32A--No 77--Wk 49/19] harbour is entered between breakwater heads marked by lights. China -- -- Shantou Gang — Anchorage ENC 1U50339A [NP32A--No 68--Wk 47/19] 124

After Paragraph 4.46 1 line 7 Insert: Taiwan -- West coast -- Mai--Liao — Depths No 2 Anchorage for vessels less than 50 000t 71 centered on 231528N 1165091E, with depths from 12 to 18 m. A dangerous wreck (231464N Paragraph 2.95 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: 1164996E) lies close SW of the anchorage.

1 The deep water channel has a minimum depth of BA Chart 1793 [NP32A--No 2--Wk 06/19] 181m (234643N 1200893E). A VLCC Emergent Escape Channel, with a minimum depth of 19 m China – Taiwan Strait -- (234740N 1200693E), has been established to the Shantou Gang — Pilotage N of the main channel. 124

ENC GB503231 [NP32A--No 67--Wk 46/19] Paragraph 4.47 1 line 4 Replace by: ...(231527N 1165084E) and within No 1 and No 2 Anchorages... Taiwan – Mai--liao to T’ai--chung Kang — Directions; wreck BA Chart 1793 [NP32A--No 3--Wk 06/19]

76 China -- Taiwan Strait -- Xiongdi Yu to Dongding Dao — Directions; wreck After Paragraph 2.135 2 line 7 Insert: 128 ESE of a dangerous wreck (240217N 1195785E), thence: Paragraph 4.74 1 line(s) 4 Replace by: NW of Di Dao (233312N 1173970E), thence: Taiwan Chart 0328A/18 [NP32A--No 17--Wk 09/19] Clear of dangerous wreck (233880N 1174350E), thence:

Taiwan -- West coast -- T’ai--chung Kang — Chinese Notice 18/588/19 [NP32A--No 24--Wk 24/19] Anchorages; foul ground China -- South--east coast -- Chaozhou Gang -- 77 Zhelin Wan — Directions

Paragraph 2.144 1 line 4 Replace by: 132

...with depths from 12 to 20 m. Two areas of foul Paragraph 4.91 1 line(s) 6--15 Replace by: ground (241534N 1202707E and 241490N Approach. From a position in the vicinity of 1202620E, reported (2019) lie within the 233169N 1170578E, about 2 miles ESE of Qing anchorage. Yu (233245N 1170375E), the track leads WNW for about 2½ miles, through a channel, marked by light GB Chart 2618 [NP32A--No 66--Wk 46/19] buoys (lateral), passing:

2--135 NP32A

2 NNEofQingYu(233245N 1170375E), China -- Taiwan Strait -- Jinshang — VTS thence, SSW of a dangerous rock (233289N 1170361E). 149 Thence the track leads NNW for about 1¾ miles through Dajinmen Shuidao, a channel marked by light After Paragraph 4.164 1 line 8 Insert: buoys (lateral), to the anchorage E of Xunzhou Dao Vessel traffic service. Jinshang Wan VTS is (233450N 1170200E). operation for the control of shipping. See ADMIRALTY Chinese Notice 29/960/19; 29/961/19 List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). [NP32A--No 54--Wk 36/19] Chinese Notice 48/2089/18 [NP32A--No 6--Wk 06/19]

China – Xiamen Gang — Directions; buoy China – Taiwan Strait -- Wan — 140 Anchorages

Paragraph 4.131 2 line 10 For 242577N 1180314E 150 Read 242579N 1180307E Paragraph 4.174 2 lines 4--5 Replace by: Paragraph 4.132 1 line 2 For 242577N 1180314E Read Anchorage No 1 centred on 244508N 24 25 79N 118 03 07E     1184884E, with depths from about 16 to 20 m, mud. Anchorage No 2 centred on 244863N BA Chart 3453/19 [NP32A--No 14--Wk 08/19] 1185488E, with depths from about 15 to 21 m. Anchorage No 3 centred on 244895N 118 52 11E, with depths from about 11 to 14 m. China – Xiamen Gang — Directions; buoys  

141 Chinese Notice 13/398/19 [NP32A--No 20--Wk 19/19]

Paragraph 4.133 4 lines 8--9 For 242773N 1180309E Read 242786N 1180318E China -- Taiwan Strait -- Quanzhou Wan — VTS 150 Paragraph 4.133 7 lines 1--2 For 242850N 1180347E Read 242838N 1180343E After Paragraph 4.174 4 line 9 Insert:

BA Chart 3453/19 [NP32A--No 15--Wk 08/19] Vessel Traffic Service 4.174a China – Xiamen Gang — Directions; buoy 1 The use of Quanzhou VTS is compulsory for most vessels in Quanzhou Wan and approaches. For 142 further information see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). Paragraph 4.135 1 line 2 For 242577N 1180314E Read 242579N 1180307E Chinese Notice 48/2088/18 [NP32A--No 7--Wk 06/19]

BA Chart 3453/19 [NP32A--No 16--Wk 08/19] China -- Taiwan Strait – Quanzhou Wan — Directions; anchorage China -- Taiwan Strait -- Weitou Wan — VTS 151 148 Paragraph 4.182 1, 2 and 3 including heading Replace by: After Paragraph 4.162 4 line 12 Insert: Vessel traffic service.WeitouWanVTSis Approach operation for the control of shipping. See ADMIRALTY 4.182 List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). 1 From a position on the coastal route, ESE of Xiangzhi Jiao (244635N 1184667E), the track Chinese Notice 49/2157/18 [NP32A--No 4--Wk 06/19] leads NW, passing: SW of a waiting anchorage (244350N China -- Taiwan Strait -- Shenhu Wan — VTS 1185925E) (4.174) for vessels bound for Qinglanshan (4.203), thence: 149 NE of Anchorage No 1 (244508N 1184884E) (4.174), thence: After Paragraph 4.163 2 line 4 Insert: 2 NW towards the entrance to Xiaozhui Men at Vessel traffic service. Shenhu Wan VTS is Quanzhouwankou Light Buoy (safe water) (244652N operation for the control of shipping. See ADMIRALTY 1184920E). The track then continues towards Shihu List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). Wharf through either the Xiaozhui Men buoyed channel (4.186) or the Dazhui Men side channel Chinese Notice 49/2155/18 [NP32A--No 5--Wk 06/19] (4.184).

2--136 NP32A

Paragraph 4.183 1, 2, 3 and 4 including heading Replace by: China -- Taiwan Strait -- Meizhou Wan -- Putou Channel — Traffic regulations Spare 4.183 154

Chinese Notice 13/398/19 [NP32A--No 21--Wk 19/19] After Paragraph 4.206 2 line 4 Insert: Putou Channel is for one way traffic only for bulk China--TaiwanStrait--MeizhouWan— vessels up to 70 000 tonnes proceeding with the tide Depths; anchorage to Berth No 4 in the Putou Operating Area. 153 -- 154 Chinese Notice 42/ Channel/19 Paragraph 4.201 1 lines 1--12 Replace by: [NP32A--No 71--Wk 49/19]

1 Meizhou Wan Channel. The 300 000 tonne ship channel has a designed depth of 230m overa width China -- Taiwan Strait -- Meizhou Wan -- of 500 m between Jianyu Anchorage and No 1 Putou Channel — Berth Quarantine Anchorage (4.203). Between the vicinity of No 1 Quarantine Anchorage 155 and a position E of Hui Yu Light (4.216) the designed depth is 215 m over a width of 350 m. Paragraph 4.207 4 line(s) 1--4 Replace by:

Chinese Notice 32/19; Marine Information 4 Berth No 4 (251425N 1185825E), in the Putou [NP32A--No 60--Wk 39/19] Operation Area, can accommodate 70 000 tonnes bulk carriers. China--TaiwanStrait--MeizhouWan-- One main navigation channel enters the bay with Putou Channel — Controlling depths the berths and terminals approached directly, or via branch channels. There is a lightering anchorage in 154 the bay.

Paragraph 4.201 2 line(s) 3--4 Replace by: Chinese Notice 42/Putian MSA/19 ...depth of 21 to 23 m over a width of 500 m. [NP32A--No 72--Wk 49/19] Putou Channel (251238N 1185915E) for 70 000 tonnes vessels has a designed depth of 11 m over a width of 200 m. China -- South--east coast -- Meizhou Wan -- Dasheng Dao — Directions; rock; buoys Chinese Notice 42/Putian MSA/19 [NP32A--No 70--Wk 49/19] 155

Paragraph 4.213 6 line(s) 3--8 Replace by: China--TaiwanStrait--MeizhouWan— Anchorages The track then continues to a position SW of Dasheng Dao. An underwater rock (250466N 154 1190086E), depth 8 m, lies on the E margin of the Paragraph 4.203 1 lines 2--4 Replace by: fairway. The Oil Products Anchorages (4.203), lie 1 mile W. Outer Anchorage No 1 (244350N 1185925E) (awaiting tide); depths greater than 25 m. Chinese Notice 26/861/19 [NP32A--No 41--Wk 32/19] Outer Anchorage No 2 (244499N 1190191E) (for large bulk carriers awaiting tide); depths greater than 29 m. China -- South--east coast -- Meizhou Wan -- Dasheng Dao — Directions; rock; buoys Chinese Notice 32/19; Marine Information [NP32A--No 61--Wk 39/19] 156

China – Taiwan Strait -- Meizhou Wan — Paragraph 4.214 1--2 Replace by: Anchorages 1 From the above position, a recommended track 154 (351/171) leads N for 3 miles through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral and cardinal), passing: After Paragraph 4.203 2 line 7 Insert: 2 WSW of Dasheng Dao, from which a light Wankou Anchorage No 3 (245825N 1190671E) (4.213) is exhibited, thence: for vessels carrying dangerous cargo or unloaded WSW of an underwater rock (250561N LNG carriers; depths approximately 14 to 18 m. A 1190069E), depth 28 m, marked by a light buoy joining area lies W of the anchorage. (starboard hand).

Chinese Notice 28/936/19; Marine information No 3 Chinese Notice 26/861/19; ENC C1514171 [NP32A--No 44--Wk 35/19] [NP32A--No 42--Wk 32/19]

2--137 NP32A

China--TaiwanStrait--MeizhouWan-- China -- Taiwan Strait -- Donquan Dao to Putou Channel — Directions Dongyin Dao — Directions

156 172

Paragraph 4.319 4 line 8 For SW Read SE After Paragraph 4.216 4 line 6 Insert:

UKHO [NP32A--No 65--Wk 44/19] Putou Channel 4.216a China -- Approaches to Wenzhou Wan -- 1 From a position about 7½ cables E of Longhu Yu East of Hutou Yu — Directions; wreck Light (red concrete cone, 5 m in height) (251245N 1185997E), the recommended track leads generally 186 NNW for about 2½ miles through Putou Channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), to the vicinity of Putou After Paragraph 5.67 7 line 3 Insert: Operating Area Berth No 4 (4.207). ESE of a dangerous wreck (275018N 1211700E), reported (2018). Chinese Notice 42/Putian MSA/19 [NP32A--No 73--Wk 49/19] Chinese Notice 43/1390/19 [NP32A--No 78--Wk 49/19]

China -- Approaches to Wenzhou Wan -- China – Taiwan Strait -- Xinghua Wan — East of Hutou Yu — Directions; wreck Quarantine anchorage 188 159 After Paragraph 5.76 1 line 8 Insert: After Paragraph 4.235 2 line 6 Insert: NE of a dangerous wreck (275018N 1211700E), reported (2018), thence: Pilot and quarantine anchorage (252208N 1195147E), depth 34 m. Chinese Notice 43/1390/19 [NP32A--No 79--Wk 49/19]

Chinese Notice 50/2184/18 [NP32A--No 8--Wk 06/19] China -- -- Wenzhou — Anchorage

China -- Taiwan Strait -- Haitan Dao -- 192 Dongxiang — Directions; wreck After Paragraph 5.104 2 line 5 Insert: 163 Emergency anchorage for passenger liners (275718N 1211200E), with depths from 11 to Paragraph 4.257 2 line 5 Replace by: 15 m.

...rocks within 5 cables of its E side. A dangerous Chinese Notice 44/1939/18 [NP32A--No 9--Wk 06/19] wreck (253523N 1195568E), position approximate, lies 1¾ miles SE of the light. China--WenzuWan--DamenDao— Thence: Directions; obstruction

Chinese Chart 14141 [NP32A--No 18--Wk 10/19] 193

Paragraph 5.114 3 line(s) 4 Replace by: China -- East coast -- Minijiang Kou — ...metal pole, 8 m in height) is exhibited, thence: Vessel traffic services Clear of a 76 m obstruction (275650N 1210338E). 165 Chinese Notice 19/626/19 [NP32A--No 28--Wk 25/19] After Paragraph 4.273 2 line 6 Insert: China -- East coast -- Wenzhou Gang -- Oujiang Beikou — Directions; shoal Vessel traffic services 4.273a 193 1 Minjiang Kou VTS is in operation for the control of shipping. After Paragraph 5.115 3 line 5 Insert: See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6) Clear of a 47 m patch (275873N 1205575E) for further details. lying NE of No 20 Light Buoy, thence:

Chinese Notice 38/1265/19 [NP32A--No 64--Wk 44/19] Chinese Notice 20/646/19 [NP32A--No 31--Wk 26/19]

2--138 NP32A

China -- East China Sea -- Wenzhou Gang -- SE of Waiyang’an Dao (6.21) from where a light is Longwan Tou to Qidu Zui — Directions; wreck exhibited, thence: SE of Dongfu Shan (300819N 1224596E) (6.25); 194 anchorage may be obtained off the island. Thence: After Paragraph 5.116 4 line 11 Insert: SE of an 186 m isolated shoal (300433N Clear of a dangerous wreck (280111N 1225282E), thence: 1204637E), reported (2019), thence: 3 NW of a light buoy (special, super buoy) (300190N 1225988E), thence: Chinese Notice 45/1467/19 [NP32A--No 80--Wk 52/19] SE of Xiaomei Jiao (300913N 1225276E), a rock with a depth of 43 m marked by V--AIS (isolated China -- East coast -- Wenzhou Gang -- danger). Lishuai Jiao (300965N 1225206E), a Jiangxin — Directions; shoal; depth group of three islets, lies 8¼ cables NW. Thence: 4 SE of Waishuai Jiao (301021N 1225668E), 195 consisting of two islets; a light (6.21) is exhibited from the S islet. Paragraph 5.117 6 line(s) 11--13 Replace by: Thence the track leads to a position about 10 miles ...2¾ cables farther W. A rock which dries to 01 m, lies ¾ ENE of Waishuai Jiao. of a cable W of Xiang Yan Jetty Light. A shoal patch with a least depth of 15 m lies 1 cable WSW of Shi Yan. GB Charts 1126/19, 1305/19, 1199/17 [NP32A--No 47--Wk 35/19] Chinese Notice 20/646/19 [NP32A--No 32--Wk 26/19]

China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao -- China -- East China Sea -- North--east of Dongfu Shan — Light; anchorage Yushan Liedao — Directions; wreck

202 213

After Paragraph 5.165 3 line 9 Insert: Paragraph 6.25 1 lines 8--11 Replace by:

Clear of a dangerous wreck (290407N ...S of the island. 1223178E), reported (2019), thence: A light (white round concrete column, 10 m in height) (300863N 1224525E) is exhibited from its Chinese Notice 45/1466/19 [NP32A--No 81--Wk 52/19] NW extremity.

China--EastChinaSea--TantouShanto Paragraph 6.25 3--4 Replace by: Xiasi Jiao — Directions; wreck 3 Landing place. The principal landing place, used 203 by the fishing boats, is a small cove situated between two off--lying rocks at the NW extremity of the island After Paragraph 5.167 2 line 11 Insert: where there is a small village. There is another village Clear of a dangerous wreck (291900N at the head of the bay. 1220600E), reported (2019), thence: Useful mark: Light (white round concrete column, 10 m in height), exhibited from close off the NW end Chinese Notice 45/1465/19 [NP32A--No 82--Wk 52/19] of the island.

GB Chart 1305/19 [NP32A--No 48--Wk 35/19] China -- East China Sea -- Sanmen Wan — Anchorages

204 China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao -- Waiyang’an Dao — Directions; wrecks Paragraph 5.172 1 Replace by: 214 1 Three anchorages exist in Sanmen Wan and are centered on 290666N 1213992E, 290420N Paragraph 6.33 Replace by: 1214226E and 290216N 1214683E. 1 Caution. Numerous obstructions are reported on ENC C1513584 [NP32A--No 34--Wk 28/19] this route. See legend on chart. Track. From a position SE of Waiyang’an Dao China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao -- (295193N 1223556E) (6.21) the track leads N, Waishuai Jiao — Directions; wrecks, passing: buoyage, light E of Waiyang’an Dao, thence: 2 E of Liyang’an Dao (295275N 1223124E), an 212 islet marked by a light (white concrete column, 7 m in height), thence: Paragraph 6.23 2--3 and 4 lines 1--9 Replace by: E of a dangerous wreck (295511N 1223395E), 2 Clear of an isolated 18 m shoal patch marked by Yang’an (Chen 1) Buoy (special) close (294297N 1223606E), thence: N, thence:

2--139 NP32A

3 E of a dangerous wreck (295935N E of Xiaogui Shan (301270N 1223550E), with a 1223481E). Chuan Jiao (295911N remarkable boulder on its S slope. A light (6.32) is 1223137E) from where a light (white round exhibited from the summit. A pinnacle rock concrete tower, 7 m in height) is exhibited, lies 3 cables NW of Xiaogui Shan has a depth of 4 m. between Luojia Shan and this wreck; both lie The sea never breaks on this rock, but overfalls within the red sector of Luojia Shan Light usually form when the tidal streams are strong. (6.32). Numerous fishing stakes lie from 3 The track then leads NNW, passing: 2 miles SSE to ENE of Chuan Jiao. Thence: Clear of a dangerous wreck (301919N 4 E of a dangerous wreck (300164N 1223688E), position approximate, reported 1223467E), position approximate, reported (2003), thence: (2002), and: WSW of Fengchao Yan (302230N 1224125E), W of a group of obstructions, in the vicinity of from where a light (white round concrete mast, 300106N 1224011E, thence: 11 m in height) is exhibited. A flat topped rock 5 E of Xiangluhuaping Jiao (300338N which dries 23 m lies 1½ cables SE. A pinnacle 1222902E), a scattered group of four rock with a depth of 14 m lies 4½ cables NNW. prominent and five lesser above--water rocks Thence: surrounded by foul ground lying 2½ miles 4 Clear of a dangerous wreck (302190N ENE of Hulu Dao. The rocks are steep to and 1223690E), position approximate, reported sounding gives no warning of their proximity, (2018), thence: A light (white square concrete structure, 3 m Clear of a wreck (302434N 1223622E), thence: in height) is exhibited from E rock. The SW ENE of Shanxing Shan (Xiasanxing Dao) and highest rock is sharp, precipitous and (302609N 1223165E), which is the E islet of 16 m high. They lie just within the red sector Sanxing Liedao (6.177). Shanxing Shan Light of Luojia Shan Light (6.32). Thence: (6.32) is exhibited from the E summit. 6 Clear of a wreck (300502N 1223627E), thence: GB Chart 1305/19 [NP32A--No 50--Wk 35/19] W of an obstruction (300577N 1223912E. The track then continues N to a position SSE of China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao -- Xiaoban Dao (301202N 1223511E) (6.39). East of Sanxing Shan — Directions; wreck 215 GB Charts 1126/19 & 1305/19 [NP32A--No 49--Wk 35/19] Paragraph 6.34 4 existing Section IV Notice Week 35/19 Replace by:

4 Clear of a dangerous wreck (30 21 90N China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao —   Directions; wreck 1223690E), position approximate, reported (2018), thence: 215 Clear of a wreck (302434N 1223622E), thence: ENE of a dangerous wreck (302596N After Paragraph 6.34 3 line 3 Insert: 1223249E), reported (2019), thence: ENE of Shanxing Shan (Xiasanxing Dao) Clear of a dangerous wreck (302190N (302609N 1223165E), which is the E islet of 1223232E), reported (2018), thence: Sanxing Liedao (6.177). Shanxing Shan Light (6.32) is exhibited from the E summit. Chinese Notice 51/2231/18 [NP32A--No 10--Wk 06/19] Chinese Notice 45/1461/19 [NP32A--No 83--Wk 52/19]

China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao -- China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao — Xiaoban Dao — Directions; wrecks Directions; wreck

215 220 After Paragraph 6.57 3 line 7 Insert: Paragraph 6.34 1--4 including Existing Section IV Notice Week 06/19 Replace by: Clear of a dangerous wreck (294780N 1223233E), marked by two light buoys (wreck), 1 From a position SSE of Xiaoban Dao (301202N thence: 1223511E), the track leads N, then NNW, passing: Through Xiaoban Men, 1½ miles wide, between Chinese Notice 51/2235/18 [NP32A--No 11--Wk 06/19] Xiaoban Dao (6.39) and islets extending 7 cables W off Huangxing Dao (301214N 1223854E) China -- East China Sea -- Liuheng Dao west side (6.176); a light (red and white round concrete — Directions; wreck column, 10 m in height) is exhibited from Xiaoqin 222 Shan, the W--most islet. Xiaoban Men is the passage most frequently used by deep--draught Paragraph 6.65 2 line(s) 5 Replace by: vessels passing through Zhongjieshan Liedao, as E of Wenzhou Zhi (6.67), and: it is deep throughout. And: W of a dangerous wreck (294277N 1220237E), 2 Clear of a dangerous wreck (301221N reported (2018), thence: 1223659E), position approximate, reported (2017), thence: Chinese Notice 45/1464/19 [NP32A--No 84--Wk 52/19]

2--140 NP32A

China -- East China Sea -- Zhujiajian Dao — Paragraph 6.137 3 lines 10--15 Replace by: Directions; dangerous wreck; light buoys Mazhi No 2 295290N Depths 23 to 44 m, mud. 223 Anchorage 1221290E Daylight approach recommended. After Paragraph 6.68 2 line 6 Insert: Chinese Notice 32/1058/19 N of a dangerous wreck, (294796N 1223232E), [NP32A--No 62--Wk 39/19] position approximate, reported (2018), marked by two light buoys (wreck) and V--AIS (isolated China -- East coast -- Zhoushan Dao — danger), thence: Vertical clearances S of Shangpan Jiao (6.57), thence: 236 GB Chart 1126/19 [NP32A--No 51--Wk 35/19] Paragraph 6.153 1 line(s) 3--5 Replace by: Guan Men (6.156) from a position (300669N China -- East coast -- Zhoushan Dao -- Menkou Gang — Bridge; vertical clearance 1221005E) on the N shore of Zhoushan Dao, to Zongzi Shan (300750N 1221015E) (6.156), 224 clearance 64 m and thence to Daotong Shan (300821N 1221023E), clearance 30 m. After Paragraph 6.70 6 line 5 Insert: Chinese Notice 37/1232/19 [NP32A--No 63--Wk 44/19] Menkou Gang N of Xiagan Dao is spanned by a bridge (295847N 1221252E) with a vertical China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao — clearance of 145 m; navigable width 135 m. Directions; depth

Chinese Notice 26/Marine Information 1; 858/19 237 [NP32A--No 43--Wk 32/19] Paragraph 6.156 4 line 5 For 68m Read 151m

China – Qiqu Liedao to Ningbo and Zhoushan – Chinese Notice 49/2148/18 [NP32A--No 12--Wk 06/19] Guci Hangmen — Vertical clearances China -- East coast -- South east and west of 227 Xiushan Dao — Directions

Paragraph 6.93 2 line(s) 5--7 Replace by: 237 The E passage is spanned by two bridges, least Paragraph 6.156 4 line(s) 3--9 including Existing Section IV vertical clearance 173 m, and by overhead Notice Week 06/19 Replace by: cables; both bridges are marked by lights. N of a rock (300661N 1221769E), steep to, with a depth of 151 m. When the tidal streams are Chinese Notice 18/587/19 [NP32A--No 25--Wk 24/19] setting strongly the rock is marked by overfalls. Nita Jiao, marked by a light beacon, (white metal China -- Ningbo Hang — Berths; obstructions column, red bands, 10 m in height) lies 8 cables SSE and a shoal, with a depth of 76 m lies close 233 ENE of the rock. Thence: Paragraph 6.157 4 line(s) 4 Replace by: Paragraph 6.124 1 line(s) 8 Replace by: ...in height) is exhibited. Thence: …maximum 70 000 dwt. A shoal patch with a depth of Through a buoyed channel (301348N 96 m lies close off the berth. 1220060E) that passes between two prohibited Paragraph 6.124 3 line(s) 5 Replace by: areas surrounding a bridge under construction (6.153), thence: …depth 199 m, lies 2 cables NNE of the jetty. A shoal Paragraph 6.157 7 line(s) 2--3 Replace by: patchwithadepthof96 m lies close off the berth. ...Dawu Zhi (301300N 1215330E) (6.87). Chinese Notice 16/505/19 [NP32A--No 22--Wk 21/19] Chinese Notice 21/676/19; 21/677/19; ENC C1413370 [NP32A--No 33--Wk 27/19]

China -- East coast -- Zhoushan — China -- East China Sea -- Anchorages; wrecks Zhongjieshan Liedao — Wreck 234 238

Paragraph 6.137 3 lines 2--9 Replace by: After Paragraph 6.160 2 line 6 Insert: Caution. A dangerous wreck (301220N Mazhi No 1 295470N Depths 10 to 16 m, mud. 1223659E), position approximate, reported (2017) Anchorage 1221503E A submarine cable is laid lies in Xiaoban Men. across the W portion of anchorage. GB Chart 1305/19 [NP32A--No 52--Wk 35/19]

2--141 NP32A

China -- East coast -- Changbai Dao — China -- Ma’an Liedao -- Anchorage Luhuashan South Anchorage — Obstruction

239 245 Paragraph 6.206 4 line(s) 9--11 Replace by: Paragraph 6.167 2 lines 4--6 Replace by: 5 Caution. An obstruction (304736N 1223650E), Anchorage. Zhizhongshan Anchorage (301393N position approximate, reported (2018), lies in the NW 1220450E) is situated approximately 3½ miles NE of part of the anchorage. Changbai Dao. Anchorage may also be obtained SE Other facilities. Medical facilities in Shanghai. of Changbai Dao in 5 to 16 m, mud. Shelter can be Supplies: freshwater by barge from Fangang; found from NW and S winds. provisions.

Chinese Notice 28/933/19 [NP32A--No 45--Wk 35/19] Chinese Notice 19/623/19 [NP32A--No 29--Wk 25/19]

China -- East coast -- Hangzhou Wan — China -- East coast -- Huoshan Liedao — Directions; wind farm; wreck Anchorages 251 239 Paragraph 6.255 3 lines 1--2 Replace by:

After Paragraph 6.168 1 Insert: 3 NNW of a wind farm, under construction (2019), centred on 302765N 1215045E. The limits of the Huoshan Liedao wind farm are marked by light buoys (special). 6.168a 1 Four anchorage berths exist in the vicinity of Chinese Notice 23/738/19 Huoshan Liedao in the following positions: [NP32A--No 37--Wk 29/19] 301682N 1215758E, radius 520 m; 301703N 1215590E (emergency), radius 600m; China -- East coast -- Luchaogang — 302147N 1215825E, radius 500 m; Anchorage; directions 302122N 1215889E, radius 500 m. 252 2 A further three anchorage areas exist S of Huoshan Liedao: After Paragraph 6.260 1 line(s) 14 Insert: Dayushan Anchorage (30 18 32N 121 51 92E) for     2 Anchorages. A quarantine anchorage containing a dangerous goods. pilot station lies centred on 304862N 1214843E Wuzhi Anchorage (30 14 80N 121 55 34E).     with depths of about 8m. The W edge of the Gualianshan Anchorage (301351N 1215770E). anchorage is marked by two light buoys (special). 3 Directions. The harbour is approached by Lingang Chinese Notice 28/933;934/19 Main Channel which is marked by light buoys (lateral) [NP32A--No 46--Wk 35/19] and leads about 12 miles NNW from Lingang Light Buoy (safe water) (303785N 1215250E). The China -- East China Sea -- Zhoushan Qundao -- harbour can also be approached from the E via one Qushan Dao — Anchorage; caution of Lingang Branch Channels, see 6.223.

241 Chinese Chart 13328/19 [NP32A--No 23--Wk 21/19]

Paragraph 6.179 2 lines 5--7 Replace by: China -- Shanghai -- Nangang Shuidao — Directions; wreck Caution. Unexploded ordnance (302438N 1222903E) lies about 6 cables E of Xiaoshulang 265 Shan. Anchorage may also be obtained in Sanxing Shan Paragraph 7.33 7 lines 1--3 Delete S anchorage, centred on 302464N 1223260E in Paragraph 7.34 4 line(s) 1--3 Delete depths of 19 to 30 m.

GB Chart 1306/19 [NP32A--No 19--Wk 11/19] Chinese Notice 24/777/19 [NP32A--No 39--Wk 30/19]

China -- Shanghai -- Nancao Shuidao — China -- East China Sea --Waishuai Jiao — Directions; wrecks Directions 265 242 After Paragraph 7.35 2 line 7 Insert: Paragraph 6.190 1 line 1 For 8milesNERead 10 miles Clear of two dangerous wrecks (311214N ENE 1214949E) and (311370N 1214808E), thence: GB Chart 1199/17 [NP32A--No 53--Wk 35/19] Chinese Notice 22/712/19 [NP32A--No 35--Wk 28/19]

2--142 NP32A

China -- Shanghai approaches -- China -- Shanghai -- Nangang Shuidao — Nangang Shuidao — Directions; wreck Anchorages; depths; obstructions 266

266 Paragraph 7.39 1--6 including Existing Section IV Notice Week 06/19 Replace by: 1 Nangang Shuidao Paragraph 7.37 3 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: Anchorage Position Remarks

3 Across a corridor in which anchoring and fishing No 1 312121N 4to10m. are prohibited, thence: 1214100E A shoal depth of 44 m lies in the NE part of the anchorage. Chinese Notice 25/807/19 [NP32A--No 40--Wk 31/19] An obstruction lies in the centre of the anchorage. 2 No 2 312160N 8to11m. 1214020E China -- Approaches to Shanghai -- No 3 312200N 8to12m. Nangang Shuidao — Directions; wreck 1213940E No 4 312240N 8to13m. 1213850E 266 3 No 5 312290N 7to13m. 1213760E Paragraph 7.37 3 including Existing Section IV Notice No 6 312330N 5 to 16 m. Shoaler depths Week 31/19 Replace by: 1213670E are found in the NW corner of the anchorage. 3 Across a corridor in which anchoring and fishing No 7 312370N 2to16m. are prohibited, thence: 1213580E SSW of Anchorages Nos 1 to 11 (7.39), and: NNE of numerous berths on S bank of river, thence: 4 No 8 312400N 1to16m. 1213490E Only anchorages available NNE of a dangerous wreck (312330N for ships in international 121 33 89E), reported (2018), in the   trade. Maximum stay ESE--leading lane of the fairway. 72 hours. The track then continues to a position SSW of A dangerous wreck No 61 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (312389N (312384N 1213449E) 1213421E) in Wusong Kou Precautionary Area position approximate, lies (7.61). in the SW of the anchorage. Chinese Chart 13179 [NP32A--No 55--Wk 39/19] 5 No 9 312435N 1to15m. 1213400E Only anchorages available for ships in international trade. Maximum stay 72 hours. Obstruction in China -- Shanghai -- Nangang Shuidao — the W part of anchorage. Anchorages; wreck 6 No 10 312475N 2to12m. 1213295E 266 No 11 312530N 1to11m. 1213170E

Paragraph 7.39 4 lines 1--6 Replace by: Chinese Notice 22/709/19; ENCs C1513181 and C1613183 [NP32A--No 36--Wk 28/19] No 8 312400N 2to16m. 121 34 90E Only anchorages   China -- Shanghai -- Nangang Shuidao — available for ships in Anchorages; wreck international trade. Maximum stay 266 72 hours. Paragraph 7.39 2 lines 1--2 including existing Section IV A dangerous wreck Notice Week 28/19 Replace by: (312384N 1213449E), position 2 No 2 312160N 8 to 11 m. A dangerous approximate, lies in the 1214020E wreck (312168N SW of the anchorage. 1214057E), position approximate, reported (2018), lies within the anchorage. Chinese Notice C1 20/847/18 [NP32A--No 13--Wk 06/19] Chinese Chart 13179/19 [NP32A--No 69--Wk 47/19]

2--143 NP32A

China -- Shanghai -- Nangang Shuidao — China -- Approaches to Shanghai -- Anchorage; wreck Baoshan Hangdao — Directions; wreck 278 266 Paragraph 7.96 1 including Existing Section IV Notice Paragraph 7.39 4 Existing Section IV Notice Week 28/19 Week 25/19 Replace by: Replace by: 1 Baoshan Hangdao. The track through Baoshan 4 No 8 312400N 1to16m. Hangdao continues through the TSS (7.24) generally 1213490E Only anchorages NW, passing: available for ships in Clear of a dangerous wreck (312642N international trade. 1212918E), reported (1963), thence: Maximum stay 72 hours. SW of No 31A Light buoy (special) (312710N 1212964E), lying towards the end of a bank Chinese Notice 24/775/19 [NP32A--No 38--Wk 30/19] extending 2 miles SE from Xinliuhe Sha (below), thence: Clear of a dangerous wreck (312718N China -- Approaches to Shanghai -- Nangang 1212838E), reported (2019), thence: Shuidao — Anchorages; obstructions NE of Shanghai and Baoshan Steel Works (312660N 1212560E), thence: 266 NE of a dangerous wreck (312760N 1212653E). The track then enters Baoshan Precautionary Area, Paragraph 7.39 5 including Existing Section IV Notice and SW of Xinliuhe Sha (31 29 00N 121 27 50E), a Week 28/19 Replace by:     drying bank. 5 No 9 312435N 12 to 15 m. Chinese Chart 13179 [NP32A--No 59--Wk 39/19] 1213400E Only anchorages available for ships in NP32B China Sea Pilot Volume 4 (2019 Edition) international trade. Maximum stay China — National regulations 72 hours. Obstructions lie in the E and W of the 7 area. Paragraph 1.54 Replace by: 1 AreproductionofRegulations Governing Chinese Chart 13179 [NP32A--No 56--Wk 39/19] Supervision and Control of Foreign Vessels by the People’s Republic of China, extracts from quarantine China -- Approaches to Shanghai -- regulations, and a reproduction of the Maritime Traffic Beigang Shuidao — Prohibited area Safety Law of the People’s Republic of China will be found in Appendix II. 267 The Chinese Ministry of Transport has announced the introduction of measures to reduce harmful After Paragraph 7.41 4 line 9 Insert: emissions from shipping on the Chinese coast. Prohibited areas. Anchoring and fishing are 2 Emission control areas have been established in prohibited within an area, 2¾ cables in radius, centred the following locations: on 312105N 1220397E. Coastal Control Area: broadly includes all sea areas and ports within 12 miles of the straight baseline Chinese Chart 13179 [NP32A--No 57--Wk 39/19] extension of the Chinese mainland (excluding waters under the jurisdiction of Hong Kong and of China -- Approaches to Shanghai -- Macao). Baoshan Hangdao — Directions; wrecks Inland Control Area: navigable waters of the Yangtze River and the Xijiang River main lines. 278 Hainan Control Area: broadly includes the coastal area of Hainan Dao. Paragraph 7.95 2 lines 7--8 Delete 3 Implementation of the new requirements will take place as follows: Chinese Chart 13179 [NP32A--No 58--Wk 39/19] From 1 January 2019, all vessels are to use fuel oil with a sulphur content of no more than 05m/m (massbymass). China -- Inner Approach to Shanghai -- From 1 January 2020, all vessels entering the Inland Baoshan Hangdao — Directions; wreck Control Areas must use fuel oil with a sulphur content of no more than 010% m/m. 278 From 1 March 2020, all vessels without an Exhaust Gas Cleaning System entering Emission Control After Paragraph 7.96 1 line 3 Insert: Areas, must carry and use only fuel oil that is Clear of a dangerous wreck (312642N compliant with China’s requirements. 1212918E), reported (1963), thence: 4 From 1 January 2022, all vessels entering Hainan Control Area must use fuel oil with a Chinese Notice 19/621/19 [NP32A--No 30--Wk 25/19] sulphur content of no more than 010% m/m.

2--144 NP32B

From 1 January 2025 Chinese regulators will decide China -- -- — whether all vessels entering China Emission Berths; depth Control Areas should use Ultra Low Sulphur Fuel (sulphur content of the fuel no more than 57 010 m/m). For further information, see the People’s Republic Paragraph 2.49 1 line(s) 1--8 including heading Replace by: of China Ministry of Transport website at http://www.mot.gov.cn. Alumina and Bulk Fertilizer Terminal UKHO [NP32B--No 1--Wk 08/19] 2.49 1 Alumina and Bulk Fertilizer Terminal (344448N China – Yellow Sea – Dafeng Gang approaches 1192769E) for vessels up to 100 000 dwt. The — Directions; wrecks alumina berth (No 81 Berth) is at the W end of the 53 wharf, length 453 m, and the fertilizer berth (No 82 Berth) is at the E end, length 310 m. Least depth Paragraph 2.20 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: alongside is 169m. 1 From the vicinity of 340000N 1224000E, clear of dangerous wrecks (335855N 1224113E) and Chinese Chart 12583/19 [NP32B--No 46--Wk 21/19] (340050N 1224040E). The approach to Dafeng Gang leads generally W, keeping N of the extensive shoal area (2.13), passing: China -- Yellow Sea -- Lianyungang — Berths; depth After Paragraph 2.20 1 line 5 Insert: Clear of a dangerous wreck (340399N 57--58 1215365E) reported (2018), thence: Paragraph 2.54 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 2.20 2 line 3 Replace by: ...1210260E) position approximate, reported 1 Wharf 15 (344500N 1192300E) contains nine 2015. berths and two turning areas, one N of No 61 Berth and a second N of No 69 Berth. The least depth Paragraph 2.20 2 line 4 For WSW Read SW alongside is 87m. Nos 61 to 66 Berths are capable of handling four Chinese Notice 48/2086/18; UKHO 50 000 tonne bulk carriers. [NP32B--No 2--Wk 08/19] 2 Nos 67 to 69 Berths are three bulk cargo berths, 55 each approximately 220 m long. The largest berth is No 67, which can handle vessels up Paragraph 2.33 1 line(s) 3--8 Replace by: to 50 000 dwt. All three berths require a No 1 (344646N 1193390E). maximum draught of 100m. No 2 (344773N 1193733E). No 3 (344958N 1194171E). Chinese Chart 12583/19 [NP32B--No 47--Wk 21/19] No 4 (345176N 1194694E). No 6 (344493N 1193410E). No 7 (344839N 1194209E). China -- Yellow Sea -- Approaches to No 8 (345124N 1194976E). Dongjiakou Gangqu — Directions Chinese Chart 12581/19 [NP32B--No 79--Wk 49/19] 59 China -- Yellow Sea -- Lianyungang — Berth Paragraph 2.67 3 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: 55 3 WSW of a wreck (351924N 1200284E), thence: Paragraph 2.35 3 line(s) 1--8 Delete Chinese Notice 10/270/19 [NP32B--No 38--Wk 15/19] UKHO [NP32B--No 80--Wk 49/19]

China -- Yellow Sea -- Lianyungang — China -- Yellow Sea -- Dongjiakou Zui — Berths; depth Directions; obstruction 57 59 Paragraph 2.47 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by:

1 Xin Su Ore Terminal (344420N 1192860E) Paragraph 2.68 1 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: provides two berths with a continuous length of quay Clear of obstructions (explosives) (352941N of 755 m and a least depth alongside of 17 4m.The  1195205E and 353200N 1195640E), terminal can handle vessels up to 250 000 dwt at its thence: W end, and 100 000 dwt at its E end. Chinese Chart 12583/19 [NP32B--No 45--Wk 21/19] Chinese Notice 31/1024/19 [NP32B--No 63--Wk 38/19]

2--145 NP32B

China -- Yellow Sea -- Lanshan — Berths China -- Yellow Sea -- Rizhao — Traffic regulations 61 63 Paragraph 2.75 1 lines 5--12 Replace by: Paragraph 2.94 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: 2 Rizhao Shihua Crude Oil Terminal. The terminal consists of three berths for vessels of 300 000 tonnes 1 Without the consent of Rizhao VTS, vessels each. Two T--shaped jetties extend from the port’s planning to berth at Shijiu Gangqu S operating area central breakwater (350567N 1192424E). The SW are prohibited from anchoring at No 1 Anchorage. jetty comprises two berths with a total length of 890 m Vessels arriving, departing and navigating without and a designed depth alongside of 253m.TheNE anchoring are prohibited from crossing the anchorage jetty comprises one berth, 418 m in length with a areas. depth alongside of 253m. Chinese Notice 42/1348/19 [NP32B--No 78--Wk 49/19] 3 The adjacent (elliptical shaped) swinging area is 1170 m in length, and 670 m wide. The designed China -- Yellow Sea -- Qingdao Gang — depth is 233m. Anchorages; depths H102 MV Amundsen [NP32B--No 40--Wk 16/19] 64

Paragraph 2.111 1--3 Replace by: China -- Yellow Sea -- Approaches to Dongjiakou Gangqu — Directions 1 The designated outer anchorages areas are as 61 follows: No 1, centred on 360280N 1201980E, depths of Paragraph 2.81 1 line(s) 8--9 Replace by: about 4 to 15 m. An ammunition dumping ground lies on the W boundary. SW of a wreck (351924N 1200284E), thence: No 2, centred on 360270N 1201860E, depths of Chinese Notice 10/270/19 [NP32B--No 39--Wk 15/19] about 11 to 18 m. 2 No 6 (unrestricted) centred on 360500N 1211300E, depths of about 29 to 34 m. A China -- Yellow Sea -- Rizhao — Anchorages dangerous wreck (360757N 1211137E) 62 lies close NNW of the anchorage. No 7 (unrestricted) centred on 361600N Paragraph 2.92 1--4 Replace by: 1210950E, depths of about 19 to 30 m. 3 No 1 Qianhai, centred on 360040N 1 Anchorage may be obtained in the following areas. 1202125E, quarantine anchorage, depths of Name Position Remarks about 27 to 43 m, mud; a hazardous No 1 352060N Depths from 18 to substance area (2.118) lies 1½ cables ESE. Anchorage -- 1194080E 23 m, No 2 Qianhai, centred on 355835N 1202245E, vessels good holding ground. depths of about 15 to 21 m, mud and sand; an awaiting orders area in which anchoring and fishing are prohibited No 2 351675N Vessels of borders SE side, and Nan Sha (2.124), a bank, Anchorage -- 1194993E 100 000 tonnes and lies 3½ cables N. vessels over and draught of Prohibited anchorages. See 2.113. awaiting tide 175 m and over. GB Chart 1505/19 [NP32B--No 66--Wk 40/19] and orders Depths from 21 to 32 m 2 No 3 35 15 21N Depths from 17 to   China -- Yellow Sea -- South--east of Moye Dao — Anchorage -- 1193948E 22 m. Directions; wreck vessels awaiting orders 76 and quarantine Paragraph 2.175 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: No 4 351398N Depths from 19 to Anchorage -- 1194244E 24 m. Clear of a dangerous wreck (364488N Fumigation, 1225708E),... tank cleaning Chinese Chart 12110 [NP32B--No 31--Wk 10/19] and quarantine 3 No 5 35 12 96N Vessels of   China -- Yellow Sea -- Coastal route via Anchorage -- 1194492E 100 000 tonnes Chenshan Jiao TSS -- South--east of vessels and over, Shidao Gang — Directions; wrecks awaiting tide Depths from 20 to and orders. 30 m. 76 4 Tanker 350870N Depths from 21 to 24 m Paragraph 2.175 1 line(s) 3--4 including Existing Section IV 1194956E Notice Week 10/19 Replace by: Temporary 352800N NE of port, least depth Clear of dangerous wrecks (364362N 1225516E Anchorage 1195300E 196m and 364488N 1225708E), thence: Chinese Notice 42/1348/19 [NP32B--No 77--Wk 49/19] Chinese Notice 33/1093/19 [NP32B--No 67--Wk 41/19]

2--146 NP32B

China -- Yellow Sea -- East--south--east of China -- Dadong and approaches — Pilotage Chengshan Jiao — Directions; wreck 114 77 Paragraph 3.264 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: After Paragraph 2.175 5 line 2 Insert: 1 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boarding stations are Clear of a dangerous wreck (372020N as follows: 1225340E), situated at the E edge of the N No 1 -- 393100N 1235800E; bound lane, thence: No 2 -- 393800N 1240200E. Vessels with a draught of 11 m or more, or LOA of Chinese Chart 12110 [NP32B--No 32--Wk 10/19] 230 m or more, board within 5 cables of No 1 pilot station. China – Changshan Shuidao -- Penglai — Vessels with a draught less than 11 m, or LOA of Arrival information; outer anchorages less than 230 m, board within 5 cables of No 2 pilot station. 99 Pilots disembark at No 2 pilot station for all vessels. Paragraph 3.145 2 line(s) 2--7 Replace by: Chinese Notice 25/804/19 [NP32B--No 60b--Wk 31/19]

A quarantine anchorage area lies N of Penglai, China – Bohai Wan— Directions; depth about 17 m, centred on 375523N 1205500E. wrecks; obstructions A138m obstruction(375592N 1205491E) lies in the N part of the area. 120 Paragraph 4.23 2 lines 3--4 Replace by: Chinese Notice 7/181/19 [NP32B--No 33--Wk 12/19] NE of platform BZ29--4 (381225N 1194336E), thence: China--DalianGangtoYaluJiang-- East--north--east of Wumang Dao — Paragraph 4.23 2 line 7 Replace by: Directions; obstruction Clear of two obstructions (382370N 1194315E 111 and 382997N 1193595E). Paragraph 4.23 3 lines 3--4 Replace by: After Paragraph 3.235 2 line 7 Insert: S of an obstruction (383596N 1193606E) and a Clear of a dangerous obstruction (explosives), dangerous wreck (383700N 1192963E), both (392020N 1231330E) position approximate, positions approximate. thence: Chinese Notice 53/2298/18; BA Chart 1250/18 Chinese Notice 31/1022/19 [NP32B--No 64--Wk 38/19] [NP32B--No 3--Wk 08/19]

China -- -- West--north--west of China -- Yellow Sea -- Beihuangcheng Dao — Directions; obstruction Dadong Gangqu approaches — Wreck 121 114 After Paragraph 4.25 1 line 6 Insert: Paragraph 3.263 1 line 3 Replace by: N of an obstruction (383302N 1203174E), ...(special). A wreck (393854N 1240401E), drying thence: 14 m, lies on the S edge of the anchorage and is marked Chinese Notice 33/1091/19 [NP32B--No 68--Wk 41/19] by a light buoy (isolated danger). Chinese Notice 4/96/19 [NP32B--No 27--Wk 09/19] China – Bohai Wan— Directions; obstructions 121 China -- Dadong and approaches — Pilotage Paragraph 4.25 3 lines 1--2 Replace by: 114 3 Clear of an obstruction (382997N 1193595E).

Paragraph 3.263 1 line(s) 5--6 Delete Chinese Notice 47/2039/18 [NP32B--No 4--Wk 08/19] China -- Bohai Hai -- Chinese Notice 25/804/19 [NP32B--No 60a--Wk 31/19] Bohai Wan Oilfields — Directions 121 China -- Dadong and approaches — Outer anchorages Paragraph 4.26 1--2 Replace by: 114 1 From the vicinity of 383000N 1184000E, the track leads NW, passing: Paragraph 3.263 2 line(s) 2--3 Replace by: Between Huanghua No 3 Anchorage (383020N 118 26 80E) and a dangerous wreck (38 35 45N Large Vessels anchorage (392700N     118 44 06E), position approximate, thence: 1235800E). A dangerous wreck (392547N   SW of WHP--A Platform (38 42 01N 118 41 10E), 1240036E) lies about 9 cables ESE of the     anchorage. and: SW of dangerous wreck (383918N 1183706E) Chinese Notice 18/583/19 [NP32B--No 48--Wk 24/19] marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), and:

2--147 NP32B

2 NE of Huanghuaganghangdaokoumen Light Buoy China – Bo Hai -- Weifang Gang — Anchorages (safe water) (383247N 1182140E), thence: Clear of Huanghua No 6 Anchorage (383930N 127 1182560E) (4.104), thence: NE of Huanghua No 8 Anchorage (384087N 1181611E) (4.104), thence: Paragraph 4.88 1 line 1 For Two Read Three NE of a patch (384621N 1181330E), with a depth of 97m. Paragraph 4.88 1 line 2 For 7m Read 7to9m Chinese Notice 31/1021/19 [NP32B--No 65--Wk 38/19]

After Paragraph 4.88 1 line 7 Insert: China – Bo Hai – Laizhou Wan -- Longkou — Anchorages An anchorage for vessels less than 5 000 dwt, centred on position 372660N 1192000E. 123

Paragraph 4.42 2 lines 7--8 Delete Chinese Notices 45/1968/18; 47/2039/18 [NP32B--No 7--Wk 08/19] Chinese Chart 11891/18 [NP32B--No 5--Wk 08/19]

China -- Bohai -- Bohai Wan -- Huanghua Gang — China -- Bohai Sea -- Laizhou and Longku to Buoyed channel East--north--east of Huanghe Kou — Directions

126 130

Paragraph 4.80 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 4.104 2 line(s) 7--8 Replace by: 1 From Laizhou. From a position in the vicinity of 373600N 1195160E, N of the entrance to the No 6 Anchorage (383930N 1182560E) buoyed channel leading to the port of Laizhou, the (unrestricted) in depths of about 18 m, mud. The route leads generally NW for about 24 miles, passing: buoyed channel leading to Huanghua Gang NE of KL10--4WHPA Platform (lit) (374216N passes through the S half of the anchorage. 1193518E), thence: The buoyed channel leading to Huanghua Gang NE of a dangerous wreck (374544N 1193323E), passes through the S half of the anchorage. reported (2019), thence: SW of KL10--1WHPA Platform (lit) (374851N Paragraph 4.104 3 line(s) 4--7 Replace by: 1193287E). Thence the track continues to a position in the No 8 Anchorage (384087N 1181611E), depth vicinity of 375060N 1192700E. 15 m, mud shells. An obstruction (384127N From Longkou. From a position in the vicinity of 1181753E) lies in the NE of the anchorage. Longkougang No 0 Light Buoy (port hand) (4.49) the South sector (non--hazardous cargo); N sector route leads WNW, passing: (explosives). 2 Clear of shoal and spoil grounds (373926N 1200698E), marked by a light buoy (isolated Chinese Chart 11781/19 [NP32B--No 42--Wk 21/19] danger), thence: SSW of KL10--1CEP Platform (lit) (374875N 1193755E), thence: NNE of a dangerous wreck (374544N China – Bohai Wan – Huanghua Gang — Pilotage 1193323E), reported (2019), thence: Clear of KL10--1WHPA Platform (lit) (374851N 130 1193287E). The track then continues to the vicinity of Paragraph 4.105 1 lines 5--11 Replace by: 375060N 1192700E.

Chinese Notice 33/1092/19 [NP32B--No 69--Wk 41/19] Number Position 1382932N 1181567E China – Bo Hai -- Laizhou Wan — 2382689N 1181027E Directions; wreck 3382474N 1180543E 126 4383533N 1182005E

Paragraph 4.80 3 lines 2--3 Replace by: 5383074N 1181248E 73838 79N 118 24 81E ENE of a stranded wreck (374894N 1191925E),     marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), lying on 8383191N 1182023E the edge of a coastal...

Chinese Notice 48/2082/18 [NP32B--No 6--Wk 08/19] Chinese Chart 11800/19 [NP32B--No 8--Wk 08/19]

2--148 NP32B

China -- Bohai -- Bohai Wan -- Huanghua Gang — China -- Bohai Wan -- Pilot boarding positions Dagusha Hangdao — Distances

130 135

Paragraph 4.105 1 line(s) 1--11 including Existing Section Paragraph 4.139 1 line 4 For 10 Read 12 IV Notice 08/19 Replace by:

1 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and is Chinese Notice 4/19 Marine information available 24 hours; pilots board in No 2 Pilot and [NP32B--No 30--Wk 09/19] Quarantine Anchorages. Additional pilot boarding positions are: China -- Bo Hai -- Caofeidian — Number Position Controlling depths 1382897N 1181530E 137 2382737N 1181175E 3382419N 1180469E Paragraph 4.158 2 lines 1--2 Replace by: 4383338N 1181674E 2 Basin No 1, is entered through a channel dredged 5383184N 1181346E to 183 m (2017). Basin No 2, the least depth in the buoyed channel 6382992N 1180905E is 128m (385908N 1182459E).

Chinese Chart 11781/19 [NP32B--No 43--Wk 21/19] Chinese Chart 11766 [NP32B--No 54--Wk 28/19]

China -- Bohai -- Bohai Wan -- Huanghua Gang — China – Bo Hai -- Qinhuangdao — Limiting Directions; obstructions conditions; controlling depths

130 142

Paragraph 4.208 1 line(s) 7 For 12 9 Read 11 4 Paragraph 4.110 1 line(s) 5--6 Replace by:  

...from the E or NE, keeping clear of several obstructions Paragraph 4.208 1 line(s) 9 For 150 Read 144 between Anchorages No 2 and No 3 (4.104).

Chinese Chart 11781/19 [NP32B--No 44--Wk 21/19] GB Chart 3378/19 [NP32B--No 34--Wk 12/19]

China -- Bohai Wan -- China -- Bo Hai -- Liaodong Wan -- Qinhuangdao Dagusha Hangdao — Distances — Anchorage

131 143

1 Paragraph 4.119 3 line 2 For 7 miles Read 12 miles Paragraph 4.213 line(s) 28--33 Replace by: Large 393490N Large Depths Paragraph 4.119 3 line 3 For 6 miles Read 8 miles vessels 1195106E vessels about 21 m. lighterage Two dangerous Chinese Notice 4/19 Marine information wrecks lie [NP32B--No 28--Wk 09/19] within the anchorage.

China -- Bohai Wan -- Dagusha Hangdao — Depths Chinese Notice 39/1283/19 [NP32B--No 75--Wk 45/19]

132 China -- Bo Hai -- Suizhong — Anchorage

Paragraph 4.121 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: 147 2 Dagusha Hangdao is designed as a two--way After Paragraph 4.253 1 line 2 Insert: channel for vessels up to 100 000 dwt. Least width is 370 m and the project depth ranges from 139to Anchorage No SZ1--1, centred on 3400110N 150 m. Local authorities should be consulted for the 1200405E, is designated as a waiting anchorage for latest information. vessels below 50 000 gt.

Chinese Notice 4/19 Marine information Chinese Notice 23/739/19 [NP32B--No 29--Wk 09/19] [NP32B--No 58--Wk 29/19]

2--149 NP32B

China -- Bo Hai -- Suizhong Gangqu — China -- Bo Hai -- Liaodong Wan -- Approaches to Anchorage Jinzhou — Directions; wreck; obstructions

148 154 Paragraph 4.308 1--2 including existing Section IV Notice After Paragraph 4.259 1 line 3 Insert: Week 08/19 Replace by:

Vessels waiting to enter Suizhong Gangqu can 1 The port of Jinzhou is approached from the SE by anchor in No SZ1--1 anchorage (4.253), E of the a recommended route and entered from S through a approach channel to Suizhong (4.251). fairway marked by lights, lateral buoys and leading lights. A temporary tanker route for vessels of Chinese Notice 23/739/19 50 000 dwt or less leads NNW, thence N from No 3 [NP32B--No 59--Wk 29/19] Anchorage through the prohibited area. From a position W of Taiping Jiao (400166N 1214962E) (4.285), the track leads N passing: China -- Bo Hai -- Lüshun Xingang — Anchorages and harbours E of a prohibited area (4.237), thence: W of a dangerous wreck (400550N 1213462E), 152 thence: 2 W of an obstruction (401101N 1213230E). A Paragraph 4.286 1 lines 1--15 Replace by: second obstruction (400920N 1213500E) lies 2¾ miles farther SE. And: 1 Description. Lüshun Xingang (384824N Clear of a well (401049N 1212214E), depth 1210737E) is a port on the W side of Liaodong 196m. Bando peninsula. It comprises of an inner and outer harbour with bulk, RoRo, container and shipyard GB Chart 1252 [NP32B--No 74--Wk 43/19] facilities. Tidal levels for Chang Zui (384700N China – Liaodong Wan — Pilotage 1210800E). Mean spring range about 16m;mean 156 neap range about 08m.See ADMIRALTY Tide Tables Paragraph 4.320 1 line(s) 3--4 Replace by: Volume 6. 2 Outer anchorages. There are two anchorages Xianrendao No 1 -- 400917N 1213733E. which lie to NW of the port: Xianrendao No 2 -- 400400N 1213000E. No.1 384900N 1210400E; Bayuquan No 1 -- 401842N 1215405E. Bayuquan No 2 -- 401275N 1214300E. No.2 385200N 1205665E. Angang Bayuquan -- 402428N 1215766E. Pilotage. The pilot boards in position 384800N 1210400E. Chinese Chart 11531/19 [NP32B--No 55--Wk 28/19] 3 Directions. From the vicinity of the pilot boarding station the track leads ESE through a channel marked China – Liaodong Wan – Panjin Gang — Pilotage by light buoys (starboard hand) to a position about 159 4 cables SSW of the N breakwater head (384792N Paragraph 4.344 1 lines 6--8 Replace by: 1210707E), from where a light is exhibited. Thence the track leads NE between the breakwater Panjin Gang 402570N 1215280E heads to the berths. Panjin Gang 403600N 1215830E Caution. An area in which entry is prohibited lies S of the buoyed channel. See 3.8. Yinqou 403212N 1215907E 4 Berths The main berths in the inner harbour are: Chinese Chart 11531/19 [NP32B--No 56--Wk 28/19] No 2 (384852N 1210794E), depth about 9 m. No 3 (384852N 1210806E), depth about 11 m. Nos 4 and 5 (384856N 1210820E), depths from China – Liaodong Wan – Panjin Gang — about 3 to 9 m. Anchorages; pilotage; prohibited area 5 The deepest berth in the outer harbour is situated 161 in the vicinity of 384878N 1210699E and has Paragraph 4.360 1 and 2 Replace by: depths of about 185to195m Repairs. Dry docks; fabrication and repair facilities. 1 Outer anchorages. An outer anchorage has been established, centred on position 402172N Chinses Chart 11423 [NP32B--No 53--Wk 28/19] 1215296E. The centre point is marked by a light buoy (special). A reported (2017) obstruction (402276N 1215134E) lies in the NW corner of the China -- Liaodong Wan – Jinzhou — anchorage. Directions; wreck 2 A transhipment anchorage centred on position 403800N 1215800Elies3milesSSEofthe 154 entrance to the basin. It straddles the entrance channel between Nos 29 and 33 Light Buoys. In Paragraph 4.308 1 lines 10--12 Delete addition to the light buoys that lie across the centre of the anchorage, an offshore platform and shoaler Chinese Notice 50/2177/18 [NP32B--No 9--Wk 08/19] waters lie to the NW of the anchorage.

2--150 NP32B

3 Pilotage. There are two pilot boarding positions: NW of Eoryongdo (341720N 1262841E), on 402570N 1215280E which stands Eoryongdo Light (5.69), thence: 403600N 1215830E. SE of Seohwado (341899N 1263017E), thence: Prohibited area. Anchoring and fishing are SW of Eobuldo, from where a light (white eight sided prohibited within the vicinity of a pipeline extending metal tower, 9 m in height) is exhibited. about 5 miles SSW from the shore in the vicinity of 2 Thence the track leads NNW, passing: 404047N 1220217E. The area is marked by light WSW of Galdo (342287N 1262822E), thence: buoys (special). WSW of a rocky patch (342522N 1262528E) with a least depth of 47 m, thence: Chinese Chart 11531/19 [NP32B--No 57--Wk 28/19] WSW of a number of fisheries lying WSW of Samma Do (342690N 1262533E), thence: South Korea – West coast -- WSW of a rock (342583N 1262521E) with a Maemul Sudo — Depths depth of 45 m. Hamado (342600N 1262630E) lies close E, thence: 166 WSW of Ando (342672N 1262555E). 3 The track then continues to a position W of Paragraph 5.12 1 line 5 For 186 Read 173 Sangmado (342729N 1262496E) (5.69), from where a light is exhibited. Korean Chart 3114/18 [NP32B--No 10--Wk 08/19] Korean Notice 21/429/19 [NP32B--No 49--Wk 25/19]

South Korea -- West coast -- Maemul Sudo – South Korea – Approaches to Mokpo Hang — Naju Kundo — Directions; light Vertical clearances

167 177 Paragraph 5.85 2 line(s) 7--9 Replace by: After Paragraph 5.17 5 line 2 Insert: Saecheonnyeondaegyo bridge, with vertical Chilbaldo Light (white round concrete tower, 9 m in clearances of 38 and 63 m, under the W and E spans height) (344730N 1254731E). respectively, spans the fairway between Aphaedo (34 51 61N 126 14 01E) and Amtaedo (34 51 66N BA Chart 3365/18 [NP32B--No 11--Wk 08/19]       1260919E). Korean Notice 16/320/19 [NP32B--No 41--Wk 20/19] South Korea -- West coast -- Maemul Sudo – Naju Kundo — Directions; light South Korea – West coast -- Saok Sudo — Depth 172 182

After Paragraph 5.51 1 line 2 Insert: Paragraph 5.97 1 line 6 For 68 Read 52 Chilbaldo Light (344730N 1254731E) (5.17). BA Chart 3928/18 [NP32B--No 14--Wk 08/19] BA Chart 3365/18 [NP32B--No 12--Wk 08/19] South Korea -- Mokpo Hang — Vertical clearance South Korea – South coast -- Maro Hae — 183 Directions; marine farms After Paragraph 5.104 3 line(s) 5 Insert: 175 A cable for an overhead transporter, vertical clearance unknown, is under construction (2019) Paragraph 5.70 2 line 2 For Clear Read WSW between 344653N 1262173E and 344692N 1262214E. After Paragraph 5.70 2 line 3 Insert: Korean Notice 18/365/2019 [NP32B--No 48--Wk 22/19] WSW of a number of fisheries lying WSW of Samma Do (342690N 1262533E), thence: South Korea -- South--west coast -- Mokpo Hang — Vertical clearance Korean Notice 47/330/18 [NP32B--No 13--Wk 08/19] 183 Korea -- South--west coast -- Paragraph 5.104 3 including existing Section IV Notice Maro Hae — Directions Week 22/19 Replace by:

175 3 Mokpo Bridge (344738N 1262136E), with a vertical clearance of 48 m, spans the fairway from Paragraph 5.70 including Existing Section IV Notice Week close W of Yong Du (344711N 1262133E) to the 08/19 Replace by: mainland to N; a number of light buoys (special) are moored in the area and approaches. 1 A recommended route, marked by light buoys (safe A cable for an overhead transporter with a vertical water), lies between Haenamgak (341758N clearance of 50 m spans the channel between 1263130E) and Eobuldo (341988N 1262835E). 344653N 1262173E and 344692N 1262214E. From a position 1 mile SW of Haenamgak the track leads NW, passing: Korean Notice 47/1112/19 [NP32A--No 85--Wk 52/19]

2--151 NP32B

South Korea -- West coast -- Punam Kundo to South Korea -- West coast -- Sangwangdeungdo -- Anmado — Light Oeyeon Yeoldo — Directions; light

188 197 Paragraph 5.130 2 line(s) 8--10 Replace by: Paragraph 6.23 1 lines 4--6 Delete WNW of an offshore platform from which a light (yellow post, 20 m in height) (351977N 1255328E) is exhibited, thence: Korean Notice 52/1153/18 [NP32B--No 19--Wk 08/19] WNW of Hoengdo (352026N 1255925E), the W--most island of Anma Gundo, from which South Korea -- West coast -- Anmado Light (5.128) is exhibited. Oeyeon Yeoldo — Directions; light Korean Notice 31/661/19 [NP32B--No 61--Wk 37/19] 197

South Korea – West coast -- Gunsan Hang — After Paragraph 6.25 6 line 1 Insert: Directions; anchorage Daehwasado Light (361492N 1261697E) (6.8). 188

Paragraph 5.132 2 lines 6--7 Replace by: Korean Notice 52/1153/18 [NP32B--No 20--Wk 08/19] N of Anchorage A0 (355600N 1262270E) (5.157). South Korea -- West coast -- Oeyeon Yeoldo — Directions; light Paragraph 5.132 3 line 1 Replace by:

3 The track then leads through the fairway to the 198 vicinity of Gunsan Hang... Paragraph 6.37 1 lines 4--5 Delete Paragraph 5.132 3 line 4 Replace by:

...S of the fairway. Korean Notice 52/1153/18 [NP32B--No 21--Wk 08/19] Korean Notice 2/29/19 [NP32B--No 15--Wk 08/19] South Korea -- West coast -- South Korea – West coast -- Oeyeon Yeoldo — Directions; light Gunsan Hang — Anchorages 199 191 After Paragraph 6.40 3 line 5 Insert: After Paragraph 5.157 1 line 2 Insert: A0 (355600N 1262270E), depths from 14 to Useful marks: 17 m. Daehwasado Light (361492N 1261697E) (6.8). Paragraph 5.157 1 lines 6--9 Replace by: Korean Notice 52/1153/18 [NP32B--No 22--Wk 08/19] A2 Quarantine Anchorage (355677N 1262690E), depths from 9 to 12 m. South Korea -- West coast -- Oeyeon Yeoldo -- Korean Notice 2/29/19 [NP32B--No 16--Wk 08/19] Hwangdo — Directions; wreck

200 South Korea -- West coast -- Oeyeon Yeoldo — Directions; light After Paragraph 6.42 4 line 3 Insert:

195 N of a dangerous wreck (361446N 1255943E), thence: Paragraph 6.7 1 lines 3--4 Delete Korean Notice 37/817/19 [NP32B--No 72--Wk 42/19] Korean Notice 52/1153/18 [NP32B--No 17--Wk 08/19]

South Korea -- West coast -- Oeyeon Yeoldo — South Korea – West coast -- Approaches to Directions; light Daesan — Directions; wreck

195 200

3 After Paragraph 6.8 line 3 Insert: After Paragraph 6.49 1 line 6 Insert: Useful marks: Clear of a dangerous wreck (364700N Daehwasado Light (white four sided tower, 106 m in 1260100E), position approximate, thence: height) (361492N 1261697E). Korean Notice 52/1153/18 [NP32B--No 18--Wk 08/19] Korean Notice 2/30/19 [NP32B--No 23--Wk 08/19]

2--152 NP32B

South Korea -- West coast -- South Korea – Pyeongtaek Hang — Jangan--Daesan — Pilotage Arrival information; outer anchorages

202 207

Paragraph 6.68 1 line(s) 7 For 370353N 1261868E Paragraph 6.109 1 line(s) 2--5 Replace by: Read 370200N 1261650E Ippado Quarantine Anchorage (370940N 1262920E) depths around 16 m to 28 m, sand Korean Notice 36/805/19 and mud. [NP32B--No 70--Wk 42/19] GB Chart 1270/19 [NP32B--No 36--Wk 12/19] South Korea -- West coast -- North--west approach to Daesan — Directions South Korea -- West coast -- Pyeongtaek Hang — Anchorage; obstructions 203 207 Paragraph 6.77 1--2 Replace by:

1 From the vicinity of Jangan--Daesan pilot boarding Paragraph 6.109 2 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: position (370200N 1261650E), the track leads Dorido Waiting Anchorage (370504N ENE for about 2½ miles, passing: 1263852E), depths from 13 to 20 m. Several NNW of a NE/SW aligned shallow bank, part of which obstructions lie within the anchorage area. dries 08m,markedatitsEextremitybyNo2 Light Buoy (starboard hand). South Korean Chart 3415/19 The track then leads SE, passing: [NP32B--No 76--Wk 49/19] 2 NE of the E end of the shallow bank, and: SW of the W end of a bank, least depth 31m, South Korea – Janganseo to Palmido — marked by E Light Buoy (W cardinal) (370274N Anchorages 1262061E). 210 Korean Notice 36/805/19 [NP32B--No 71--Wk 42/19] Paragraph 6.133 1 line(s) 4 For 7to35mRead 10 to 48 m

South Korea – West coast -- Paragraph 6.133 1 line(s) 6 For 36 m Read 31 m Approaches to Daesan — Directions; wreck Paragraph 6.133 2 line(s) 3--8 Replace by: 204 ...depths around 4 m to 25 m. A light buoy (E After Paragraph 6.89 1 line 3 Insert: cardinal), marking a shoal area, lies close inside WNW of a dangerous wreck (364700N the W perimeter, and a light buoy (S cardinal), marking a shoal area, lies close inside the NE 1260100E), position approximate, thence: perimeter. Fish havens are situated within the S Korean Notice 2/30/19 [NP32B--No 24--Wk 08/19] part of this anchorage. GB Chart 1270/19 [NP32B--No 37--Wk 12/19] South Korea – Gadaeam to Janganseo — Directions; wrecks South Korea -- West coast -- 205 Incheon Hang — Depths

Paragraph 6.89 3 line(s) 3 Replace by: 211

...exhibited. Two dangerous wrecks (365817N After Paragraph 6.136 2 line 4 Insert: 1260692E and 365817N 1260888E, position approximate) are situated WNW and NW of Ando. In Fairway 2 (373356N 1263580E), which leads to the entrance of Gyeongin Non Tidal Basin (6.159), GB Chart 1270/19 [NP32B--No 35--Wk 12/19] the least charted depth (2019) is 04m.

Korean Notice 31/649/19 [NP32B--No 62--Wk 37/19] South Korea -- West coast -- Pyeongtaek Hang — Pilotage South Korea -- West coast -- Approaches to 205 Incheon — Directions; buoys

Paragraph 6.91 2 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: 217 2 Pungdo (bad weather) (37 07 80N 126 24 01E);     After Paragraph 6.172 5 line 8 Insert: Pungdo (370824N 1262276E); Ippado (370817N 1262988E); WNW of several light buoys (special) in the vicinity of Dorido (bad weather) (370620N 1263600E). (370502N 1260900E), thence:

ENC KR4F2K30 [NP32B--No 81--Wk 49/19] Korean Notice 47/1116/19 [NP32A--No 86--Wk 52/19]

2--153 NP32B North Korea – West coast – Haeju Man — Light NP33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2017 Edition) 220 Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Regulations After Paragraph 7.9 2 line 4 Insert: 2 Daeyeonpyeongdo Light (white four--sided concrete tower, 9 m in height) (373921N 1254118E). Paragraph 1.8 3 lines 1--6 Replace by: UKHO [NP32B--No 50--Wk 26/19] 3 Recommended Transit Corridors (RTC).The Republic of the Philippines, Federation of Malaysia and Indonesia have taken certain measures to South Korea -- Approaches to Incheon Hang — Directions; wrecks mitigate the threat to shipping, including the establishment of Transit Corridors for Strait 220 (7.11 and 10.10), Moro Gulf (7.36), Alice Strait and (6.14). After Paragraph 7.10 1 line 2 Insert: Correspondence [NP33--No 5--Wk 02/18] NNW of a dangerous wreck (365817N 1260692E). A second dangerous wreck (365817N 1260888E), position approximate, Philippines — Regulations lies 1½ miles farther E. Thence: 61

Korean Chart 3478/19 [NP32B--No 73--Wk 43/19] After Paragraph 2.2 2 line 4 Insert:

North Korea – West coast – Haeju Man — Light Regulations 2.2a 221 1 Some routes within this chapter fall within the After Paragraph 7.25 1 line 5 Insert: Maritime Area of Common Concern (1.8). All vessels transiting the area are required to pass through the Major light: Recommended Transit Corridors (RTC). Daeyeonpyeongdo Light (373921N 1254118E) (7.9). BA Chart 1868/18 [NP33--No 24--Wk 19/18] UKHO [NP32B--No 51--Wk 26/19] Philippines -- -- Pangutaran Group Bank —Directions;route North Korea – Haeju Hang — Directions; shoal 63 221 Paragraph 2.13 2and3Replace by: After Paragraph 7.26 2 line 3 Insert: 2 ESE of Tubbataha Reefs (85083N NW of a 29 m shoal (374435N 1253775E), 1195551E) (2.22), thence: thence: WNW of Doc Can Island (055269N 1195618E), and: ENC KR3F2J00/18 [NP32B--No 25--Wk 08/19] ENE of Pearl Bank Light (54975N 1194428E) (6.25). North Korea – West coast – Haeju Man — Light From this position the track leads SSE, following the Recommended Transit Corridor (RTC), to a 222 position about 8 miles WNW of Sanga Sanga Island (50472N 1194667E) (6.15). Paragraph 7.32 1 line 9 For light: Read lights: (Directions continue for Sibutu Passage at 6.14. After Paragraph 7.32 1 line 11 Insert: For routes through see Indonesia Pilot Volume 2) Daeyeonpyeongdo Light (373921N 1254118E) (7.9). BA Chart 1868/18 [NP33--No 25--Wk 19/18] UKHO [NP32B--No 52--Wk 26/19] Philippines -- -- Teinga Island — Directions; RTC North Korea -- Korean Bay — Prohibited areas 63 224 Paragraph 2.16 1 lines 6--8 Replace by: Paragraph 7.43 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: ...position W of Balatacan Point (73583N 1220637E) 1 Prohibited areas. An area of 2½ miles in radius (10.10). enclosing an underwater obstruction, centred on The track then continues S within the 383275N 1243045E; and an area of 13 miles in Recommended Transit Corridor (RTC) to a position radius enclosing an oil and gas field development ENE of Teinga Island (65383N 1213543E) (6.132), area, centred on 383750N 1240490E. whence the track leads ESE into . Korean Chart 3012/18 [NP32B--No 26--Wk 08/19] BA Chart 3811/18 [NP33--No 26--Wk 19/18]

2--154 NP33

Philippines -- Sulu Sea -- Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions Tubbataha Reef — Regulations 152 64 Paragraph 6.76 1 line 3 Replace by: Paragraph 2.19 heading For Marine Reserve Read Traffic ...the track leads NE following the Recommended Transit regulations Corridor (RTC) (1.8), passing:

Paragraph 2.19 1 line 5 Replace by: Paragraph 6.76 1 line 4 For SSE Read SE

...Office. An area extending about 10 miles from the limits Paragraph 6.76 1 line 6 For SSE Read SE of the Natural Park is a designated PSSA and ATBA. Vessels exceeding 150 gt or vessels carrying dangerous Paragraph 6.76 2 line 1 For SSE Read SE or toxic cargoes should avoid the area. Paragraph 6.76 2 line 6 For SSE Read SE BA Chart 3809 [NP33--No 22--Wk 04/18] Paragraph 6.76 3 line 1 For SSE Read SE Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Regulations Paragraph 6.76 4 line 1 For SSE Read SE 141 Paragraph 6.76 4 line 2 For ENE Read NE Paragraph 6.4 1 line 4 Replace by: ...Recommended Transit Corridors (RTC). Paragraph 6.76 4 line 2 For SSE Read SE

Correspondence [NP33--No 6--Wk 02/18] Paragraph 6.77 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: 1 From a position SE of Mantabuan Island (50172N Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions 1201280E) the track and RTC continues NE, passing: 143 Paragraph 6.77 1 line 4 For SSE Read SE Paragraph 6.26 1 line 2 For ENE Read NE Paragraph 6.77 2 line 1 For SSE Read SE

Paragraph 6.26 4 line 1 For ENE Read NE Paragraph 6.77 2 line 8 For SSE Read SE

Paragraph 6.27 1 line 2 For ENE Read NE Paragraph 6.77 3 line 1 For SSE Read SE

Paragraph 6.27 1 line 3 For NNW Read NW Paragraph 6.77 4 line 1 For SSE Read SE

Paragraph 6.27 1 line 5 For NNW Read NW Paragraph 6.77 5 line 1 For SSE Read SE

Correspondence [NP33--No 7--Wk 02/18] Correspondence [NP33--No 9--Wk 02/18]

Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions 153 144 Paragraph 6.77 5 line 9 For ENE Read NE Paragraph 6.27 2 line 1 For NNW Read NW Paragraph 6.77 5 line 10 For SSE Read SE Paragraph 6.27 3 line 1 For NNW Read NW Correspondence [NP33--No 10--Wk 02/18] Paragraph 6.27 3 lines 6--8 Replace by: The track then continues NE for 18 miles to a Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions position N of Favorite Bank (64000N 1210400E). 153 4 The RTC continues for a farther 55 miles NE and splits S for W Mindanao or continues NE as detailed Paragraph 6.80 1 line 1 For SSE Read SE below. Paragraph 6.80 1 line 2 For ENE Read NE Paragraph 6.27 3 line 11 Replace by:

Paragraph 6.80 1 line 3 For SSE Read SE Pilas Group W side at 6.124 W Mindanao (in reverse following RTC) at 10.10 and continuation NE of RTC at 10.10) Correspondence [NP33--No 11--Wk 02/18]

Correspondence [NP33--No 8--Wk 02/18] Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago— Directions

2--155 NP33

153 Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions

Paragraph 6.83 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: 159 1 From a position SE of Kinapusan Island (51378N Paragraph 6.132 2 line 1 For NNW Read N 1203838E) the track and RTC lead NE, passing:

Paragraph 6.83 1 line 4 For SSE Read SE Paragraph 6.132 3 line 1 For NNW Read N

Paragraph 6.83 2 line 1 For SSE Read SE Paragraph 6.132 4 line 1 For NNW Read N

Paragraph 6.83 3 line 1 For SSE Read SE Paragraph 6.132 4 lines 6--8 Replace by: The track then continues E for 11 miles to a Paragraph 6.83 4 line 1 For SSE Read SE position ENE of Teinga Island (65383N 1213543E) at the W entrance to Basilan Strait, within the RTC. Paragraph 6.83 5 line 1 For SSE Read SE Paragraph 6.133 1 line 1 For NE Read ENE Paragraph 6.83 6 line 1 For SSE Read SE Correspondence [NP33--No 15--Wk 02/18] Paragraph 6.83 6 line 3 For SSE Read SE

Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions Paragraph 6.83 6 lines 5--7 Replace by: The track then continues NE for 3 miles to a 164 position 18 miles SSE of Kamawi Island (54863N 1211348E). Paragraph 6.170 heading Replace by:

Paragraph 6.83 6 line 9 Replace by: Directions Jolo NE and E sides at 6.129 and following the (continued from 6.129 and 6.83) RTC NE at 6.170) Paragraph 6.170 1 line 1 For 20 Read 18 Correspondence [NP33--No 12--Wk 02/18] Paragraph 6.170 3 lines 3--5 Replace by:

Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions The track then continues NE for 10 miles to a position 9 miles E of Eguet Point (60323N 157 1215680E). The RTC continues a farther 20 miles NE and terminates 16 miles SE from Kauluan Island Paragraph 6.124 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: (62768N 1221286E).

1 From a position N and NNE of Favorite Bank Paragraph 6.175 2 line 3 For NNE for 7 miles Read Nfor (64000N 1210400E), the track leads S, leaving the 6 miles RTC (1.8), passing: Paragraph 6.175 2 line 4 For SE Read S Correspondence [NP33--No 13--Wk 02/18]

Paragraph 6.175 2 line 8 Replace by: Philippines -- Sulu Archipelago — Directions

158 Basilan Island North side (inshore route) a 6.208 and in reverse for Teinga Island Paragraph 6.130 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: (following the RTC) at 7.11)

1 From a position N of Favorite Bank (64000N Correspondence [NP33--No 16--Wk 02/18] 1210400E), the route leads E for 43 miles to a position ENE of Teinga Island (65383N 1213543E). Philippines -- Mindanao — Regulations

Paragraph 6.132 1 line 1 For NNE Read N 169

After Paragraph 7.3 1 line 5 Insert: Paragraph 6.132 1 line 2 For ENE Read E, leaving the RTC

Paragraph 6.132 1 line 3 For NNW Read N Regulations 7.3a 1 The routes within this chapter fall within the Paragraph 6.132 1 line 5 For NNW Read N Maritime Area of Common Concern (1.8). All vessels transiting the area are required to pass through the Paragraph 6.132 1 line 7 For NNW Read N Recommended Transit Corridors (RTC).

Correspondence [NP33--No 14--Wk 02/18] Correspondence [NP33--No 17--Wk 02/18]

2--156 NP33

Philippines -- Mindanao — Directions Philippines–Mindoro–Northcoast— Anchorages and harbours 170 222 Paragraph 8.107 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 7.10 centre heading Replace by: Abra de Ilog 8.107 1 Description. ThetownofAbradeIlog(132661N Directions 1204368E) is situated 2¾ miles SW of Wawa (Abra (continued from 6.132 and 6.175) de Ilog) Light (132800N 1204630E) (8.58). Abra de Ilog River flows out of a gap between two Paragraph 7.11 1 line 1 For 7 Read 11 mountain ranges and through the mouths of Cervantes Matabang Rivers. Paragraph 7.11 1 line 1 For NE Read ENE 2 Anchorage. Ilog Anchorage (132802N 1204500E) is situated at the mouths of the rivers. It is restricted by a steep bank that extends 1¼ cables Correspondence [NP33--No 18--Wk 02/18] from the river mouths. Berths. The port of Abra de Ilog (132813N 1204629E) consists of a single L--shaped pier which projects about 150 m NNW from the shore. Two RoRo Philippines -- Mindanao -- Pakiputan Strait — ramps lie on each side of the pier for vessels with a Directions; shoal maximum draught of 50m. 3 Other facilities. Hospitals and clinics, garbage 199 collection facilities. Supplies. Fresh water is provided from an elevated Paragraph 7.258 4 line 6 Replace by: tank. UKHO [NP33--No 34--Wk 28/19] ...danger), and: W of a shoal with a charted depth of 82m(70898N Philippines -- Panay south--east side -- 1254078E), marked by a light buoy (isolated — Light danger), thence: 254 Philippine Notice 3/007/2018 After Paragraph 8.333 1 line 9 Insert: [NP33--No 23--Wk 18/18] Sinapsapan Point Light (white metal and GRP tower) (103492N 1223067E). Paragraph 8.334 5 line(s) 4--6 Replace by: Philippines – Mindoro -- — Directions; lights ...(103530N 1223087E). Sinapsapan Point Light (8.333) is exhibited close S of the point.

215 Philippine Notice 10/65/19 [NP33--No 37--Wk 50/19] Philippines -- Iloilo Strait -- North--east approach After Paragraph 8.58 2 line 3 Insert: — Directions Wawa (Abra de Ilog) Light (concrete tower, 21 m in 257 height) (132800N 1204630E). Paragraph 8.352 1--5 Replace by: 1 From a position WNW of Tomonton Shoal Philippine Notice 5/27/19 [NP33--No 32--Wk 28/19] (105552N 1225472E) (8.381) the track leads generally S to the vicinity of Iguana Bank (104460N 1224350E), a sandy shoal, that divides the NE Philippines – Mindoro -- Verde Island Passage — approach into two channels. The bank is marked on Directions; lights its NNE side by light buoys (cardinal and lateral). The N channel leads to a terminal (8.357a) about 1 mile 220 WSW of Dumangas Point and may also be used to continue to Iloilo. The S channel is sometimes used After Paragraph 8.98 1 line 8 Insert: by vessels coming from S through and by inter--island ferries. Wawa (Abra de Ilog) Light (132800N 1204630E) 2 North channel. From a position on the route (8.58). through Guimaras Strait (103143N 1224587E), 6 miles E of Navalas Point (104294N 1224282E), Paragraph 8.99 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: from where a light (GRP) is exhibited, the track leads W for about 4 miles to the pilot boarding position N of Ilog Anchorage (8.107), thence: (8.343) E of Navalas Point. It then leads NE for about 2½ miles to a position NE of a light buoy (N cardinal) Philippine Notice 5/27/19 [NP33--No 33--Wk 28/19] (104459N 1224625E).

2--157 NP33

3 The track then leads WNW across the bar and After Paragraph 9.14 3 line 4 Insert: through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral), passing: Liquigaz Castañas Jetty NNE of the second light buoy (N cardinal) 9.14a (104475N 1224577E), marking the NE extent 1 Liquigaz Castañas Jetty (135221N 1213381E), of Iguana Bank, thence: consists of a T--shaped jetty 820 m long extending SSE of Dumangas Point (104722N 1224382E), SSE from the coast. The jetty has a least depth of the shore 7 miles W of which is bordered with 15 m, and can berth vessels of 200 m to seaward and mangroves and is fringed by a bank extending up 145 m on the W inshore leg. The onshore tankage to 9 cables S and 2½ miles E of the point. A rock, has a capacity of 5 600 metric tonnes of LPG. Pilots awash, lies on the S point of this bank. Thence: reportedly board a mile off the berth. 4 SSW of the pier at Port of Dumangas (8.357a), Terminal operator. Liquigaz Phillipines Corporation. from which a light (white metal tower) Website. www.liquigaz.com (104655N 1224246E) is exhibited, thence: World Grannary Castañas Jetty NNE of Siete Pecados (104606N 1224055E), a 9.14b group of rocky islets covered with small trees. A 1 World Grannary Castañas Jetty (135245N light (white tower, 10 m in height) is exhibited from 1213450E), consists of an L--shaped jetty 980 m the largest islet of the group. A shoal extends long extending SSE from the coast. The jetty can 2 cables N of the light. accept cape size vessels up to 120 000 dwt and is The track then leads WSW and SW through a used for the import of grain. channel marked by light buoys (lateral and special), Terminal operator. World Grannary Incorporated. passing: Website. http://nationgranary.com/home 5 NNW of Cabugao Point (104499N 1223892E), the NW end of Guimaras Island. H102; BA Chart 4489/04 [NP33--No 29--Wk 33/18] The point is a rocky bluff with no dangers lying more than 2½ cables offshore. Thence: Philippines -- Luzon -- Tayabas Bay -- NW of Dapdap Point (104271N 1223678E), and: Sariaya — Jetties SE of Jaro Point (104334N 1223592E). 268 From this position the track leads into the anchorage or to a position E of Iloilo River mouth. Paragraph 9.14a -- 9.14b including headings and existing Section IV Notice Week 33/18 Replace by: Paragraph 8.353 1 line(s) 1--6 Replace by: Liquigaz Sariaya Jetty 1 South channel. From the pilot boarding position 9.14a (8.343) E of Navalas Point (8.352), the track leads W 1 Position and function. Liquigaz Sariaya Jetty passing S of Iguana Bank to a position about 6 cables (135221N 1213382E), consists of a T--shaped jetty NE of Navalas Point. The track then leads NW for 820 m long extending SSE from the coast. The jetty about 7 miles, passing: has a least depth of 15 m, and can berth vessels of SW of Iguana Bank (8.352), thence: 245 m to seaward and 145 m on the W inshore leg. Philippines Notice 9/057/19; GB Chart 2391 The onshore tankage has a capacity of 5 600 metric [NP33--No 35--Wk 46/19] tonnes of LPG. Pilots reportedly board a mile off the berth. 2 Anchorage iscentredon135100N 1213400E. Philippines -- Iloilo Strait -- Terminal operator. Liquigaz Philippines Port of Dumangas — Berths Corporation. 257 Website. www.liquigaz.com World Grannary Castañas Jetty After Paragraph 8.357 1 line 11 Insert: 9.14b 1 Berth. World Grannary Castañas Jetty (135245N Berths at Port of Dumangas 1213450E), consists of an L--shaped jetty 980 m 8.357a long extending SSE from the coast. The jetty can 1 RoRo terminal and pier (104650N 1224247E) accept cape size vessels up to 120 000 dwt and is situated near the N channel entrance to Iloilo Strait. used for the import of grain. Two RoRo berths are separated by a pier extending Terminal operator. World Grannary Incorporated. SSE from a reclaimed area and causeway; least Website. http://nationgranary.com/home charted depth 45 m at the main berths. Additional RoRo berths for small vessels are situated on the SW Philippine Notice 11/060/18 [NP33--No 31--Wk 02/19] side of the terminal. Luzon -- -- ENC PH5DUMNG [NP33--No 36--Wk 46/19] Santa Magdalena — Directions; light 284

Philippines -- Luzon -- Tayabas Bay -- Castañas Paragraph 9.125 2 lines 4--6 Replace by: — Anchorages and harbours; berths Santa Magdalena Light (white GRP tower, 10 m in 268 height) (123892N 1240639E).

Paragraph 9.14 3 lines 1--3 Delete Philippine Notice 08/048/17 [NP33--No 1--Wk 52/17]

2--158 NP33

Luzon -- San Bernardino Strait -- Paragraph 10.10 4 line 1 For WNW Read W Santa Magdalena — Directions; light Paragraph 10.10 5 line 1 For WNW Read W 290

Paragraph 9.175 2 lines 5--6 Replace by: Paragraph 10.10 5 line 3 For WNW Read W

Santa Magdalena Light (123892N 1240639E) Paragraph 10.10 6 line 1 For WNW Read W (9.125). After Paragraph 10.10 6 line 8 Insert: Philippine Notice 08/048/17 [NP33--No 2--Wk 52/17] The track then continues NE, passing:

Luzon -- San Bernardino Strait -- Paragraph 10.10 7 line 1 For WNW Read NW San Bernardino Island — Directions; light Paragraph 10.10 8 line 1 For WNW Read NW 290

Paragraph 9.176 2 line 10 Replace by: Paragraph 10.10 8 line 5 For WNW Read NW ...124 17 07E).   Paragraph 10.10 8 line 8 For WNW Read NW Philippine Notice 08/048/17 [NP33--No 3--Wk 52/17] Paragraph 10.10 9 line 1 For NNE Read NE

Luzon -- San Bernardino Strait -- Santa Magdalena — Directions; light Correspondence [NP33--No 20--Wk 02/18]

300 Philippines -- Mindanao — Directions

Paragraph 9.244 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: 323

Santa Magdalena Light (123892N 1240639E) Paragraph 10.21 1 line 3 Replace by: (9.125). ...following the RTC (1.8), passing: Philippine Notice 08/048/17 [NP33--No 4--Wk 52/17] Correspondence [NP33--No 21--Wk 02/18] Philippines -- Mindanao — Regulations Philippines -- Mindanao — Directions 321 324 After Paragraph 10.2 1 line 7 Insert: Paragraph 10.21 5 line 4 Replace by: Regulations ...a sail from NE or SW. The RTC terminates 16 miles NNW 10.2a of Diwait Point. Thence: 1 Routes within this chapter fall within the Maritime Area of Common Concern (1.8). All vessels transiting Correspondence [NP33--No 21--Wk 02/18] the area are required to pass through the Recommended Transit Corridors (RTC). Philippines -- Negros -- Tañon Strait west side -- SanCarlosCity—Pipeline Correspondence [NP33--No 19--Wk 02/18] 332

Philippines -- Mindanao — Directions After Paragraph 10.92 1 line 4 Insert:

322 A submarine pipeline is reported (2018) to exist between the following positions: Paragraph 10.10 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: 102865N 1232512E; 102778N 1232597E. 1 From a position ENE of Teinga Island (65383N 1213543E) (6.132) the track leads N, following the Philippine Notice 7/040(P)/18 [NP33--No 30--Wk 36/18] Recommended Transit Corridor (RTC) (1.8), passing:

Paragraph 10.10 1 line 3 For WNW Read W Philippines -- Mindanao -- Butuan Bay -- Nasipit Harbour — Pilotage Paragraph 10.10 2 line 1 For WNW Read W 375

Paragraph 10.10 3 line 1 For WNW Read W Paragraph 10.427 2 lines 3--7 Replace by: ...boarding positions are as follows: Paragraph 10.10 3 line 4 Delete For Nasipit at 85965N 1252031E.

Paragraph 10.10 3 line 5 For WNW Read W Philippines Notice 5/19/18 [NP33--No 28--Wk 27/18]

2--159 NP33

Luzon -- Luzon Plateau -- Benham Bank — Indonesia – Jawa -- North coast — Marine Protected Area Directions; wrecks; buoyage 90 379 Paragraph 4.60 1 and 2 Replace by: After Paragraph 11.3 1 line 4 Insert: 1 From a position NNE of Tanjung Bendoh (63741S Marine Protected Area 1112944E), the route leads ESE, passing: 11.3a Clear of a dangerous wreck (61814S 1114112E) 1 The Philippine Rise Marine Resource Reserve (position approximate), thence: (PRMRR) surrounding Benham Bank has been NNE of a light buoy (safe water) (63846S established by the Philippine Government, centred on 1115569E) and Tanjung Awarawar (64624S 154750N 1241600E. A smaller strict protection 1115712E), from which a light (4.59) is zone exists within this PRMRR. exhibited, thence: 2 Clear of two dangerous historic wrecks (4.57a), Philippine Notice 058/489/18 [NP33--No 27--Wk 26/18] thence: NNE of the lighted storage tanker Cilacap (64385S 1120933E), thence: NP34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 (2019 Edition) NNE of a dangerous wreck (63937S 1121752E), a light buoy (special) lies 1¼ miles NNE, thence: 3 NNE of two wrecks which lie close N and NE of Indonesia – Jawa -- North coast — Wrecks Ujung Pangkah (4.71). Thence the track continues to the vicinity of a light 90 buoy (safe water) (63697S 1123949E) at the entrance to Selat Surabaya. A dangerous wreck lies After Paragraph 4.57 1 line 7 Insert: 2¼ miles NNE of the buoy.

Traffic regulations ENC ID30081A; Indonesian Chart 81A/18 4.57a [NP34--No 21--Wk 34/19] 1 Restricted areas. Anchoring, fishing and diving are prohibited in the vicinity of historic wrecks in the Indonesia -- Madura -- Selat Surabaya — following positions: Anchorages; wrecks 62861S 1120331E; 93 63558S 1120912E. Paragraph 4.78 1 line(s) 3 Replace by: ENC ID30081A [NP34--No 20--Wk 34/19] …designated anchorage area (65038S 1124674E), avoiding charted wrecks, in depths from 15 to 36 m. Indonesia -- Jawa -- North coast -- Indonesian Chart 82 [NP34--No 19--Wk 33/19] Tanjung Awarawar — Prohibited areas; wrecks

90 Indonesia -- Jawa -- Approaches to Surabaya -- Gresik — Directions; shoal; light buoy Paragraph 4.55--4.57a including headings and existing 95 Section IV Notice Week 34/19 Replace by: Paragraph 4.88 2 line 6 Replace by: Spare ...(70761S 1123962E), thence: 4.55 Clear of a shoal patch (70825S 1123970E) marked by a light buoy (isolated danger). Hazards 4.56 Indonesian Notice 06/083/19 [NP34--No 1--Wk 10/19] 1 Former mined areas. See 1.10 and Appendix I. Floating hazards. Kali Solo (65537S Indonesia -- Jawa -- North coast -- 1123488E), which enters the on the W Tanjungperak — Anchorages side of Ujung Pangkah (4.71), discharges a 98 considerable amount of debris into the sea; the coast and banks of it may extend to seaward. The cape Paragraph 4.111 1--3 Replace by: should therefore, be rounded at a prudent distance, 1 Anchorage A (71125S 1124322E), situated N of keeping in depths of more than 20 m. the Commercial Basin (4.112), has depths of about 4 Prohibited areas to 21 m; however numerous wrecks and shoals are 4.57 charted within this area. A mooring buoy (71096S 1 Anchoring, diving, fishing and other forms of 1124338E) lies in the NE part of this anchorage. interference are prohibited in the vicinity of historic A naval anchorage (71130S 1124475E) lies N wrecks in the following positions: of the Naval Harbour; permission to anchor in this 62861S 1120331E; area must be obtained from the Harbour Master. A 63558S 1120912E; dangerous wreck (71115S 1124480E), marked by 64723S 1120303E. a light buoy (S cardinal), lies within the anchorage. Shoals, with depths of less than 1 m, lie N of this UKHO [NP34--No 33--Wk 42/19] anchorage (4.110).

2--160 NP34

2 The roadstead normally affords safe anchorage in Indonesia -- -- Pulau Sapudi — both monsoons in depths to 20 m, mud and sand. Directions; MBH platform When a strong wind and tidal stream combine, a 107 vessel may occasionally drag. Vessels at anchor in the vicinity can be affected by Paragraph 4.190 1 line 7 Replace by: the stream setting out of Kali Mas (4.113), and usually lie heading S. ...1141507E) and MBH platform (4.188), thence ENE of Gosong Karangmas... Indonesian Chart 84 [NP34--No 18--Wk 33/19] Indonesian Notice 28/377/19 [NP34--No 17--Wk 33/19] Indonesia – Jawa – Selat Madura -- Probolinggo — Directions; navigation marks Indonesia -- Bali -- Selat Lombok -- Pulau Gilitepekong — Directions; light 102 119 Paragraph 4.149 1 line(s) 10--11 Replace by: Approaching from the E, vessels should pass clear Paragraph 5.57 1 lines 4--5 Delete of a light buoy (safe water) (74123S 1131654E) and N of a light buoy (port, lateral) (74204S Indonesian Notice 21/292/19 [NP34--No 11--Wk 25/19] 1131473E).

Paragraph 4.149 2 line(s) 5 For 74385S 1131321E Indonesia -- Bali -- Selat Lombok -- Read 74405S 1131307E Pulau Gilitepekong — Directions; light 121 Indonesian Notices 14/180; 181; 187/19 [NP34--No 3--Wk 17/19] Paragraph 5.66 3 line 3 Delete

Indonesia – Jawa – Kalianget — Paragraph 5.67 3 lines 4--5 Replace by: Directions; buoyage ...rocks lie off its NE end. A light (white metal framework 105 tower) (83192S 1153513E) stands on the islet. Thence: Paragraph 4.178 2 line(s) 5 Replace by: Indonesian Notice 21/292/19 [NP34--No 12--Wk 25/19] ...side of a reef and clear of a light buoy (safe water) (70814S 1135634E). Indonesian Notices 14/183/19 [NP34--No 4--Wk 17/19] Indonesia -- Bali -- Pelabuhan Benoa — Anchorage; traffic regulations 123 Indonesia – Jawa – Kalianget — Directions; buoyage Paragraph 5.83 1--2 Replace by: 106 1 Benoa has the following designated anchorages: Paragraph 4.178 2 line(s) 8 For clear Read NE Anchorage Position Depths Passenger vessels 84576S 9to28m Paragraph 4.178 2 line(s) 9 Replace by: 1151439E ...1135640E), a coral reef marked by discoloration and Cruise vessels 84576S 9to23m clear of a light buoy (safe water) (70814S 1135634E). 1151486E Quarantine anchorage 84576S 17 to 30 m Indonesian Notices 14/183/19 [NP34--No 5--Wk 17/19] 1151524E 2 Cargo vessels 84623S 19 to 34 m Indonesia -- Bali Sea -- Pulau Sapudi — 1151463E Directions; offshore marks Laid--up vessels 84613S 5to20m 107 1151398E Government vessels 84635S 3to20m Paragraph 4.188 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: 1151398E 1 Offshore marks: Sea trial anchorage 84584S 38 to 46 m MBH Platform (lit) (71876S 1141836E). 1151585E MDA Platform (lit) (71950S 1143292E). 3 Emergency anchorage 84545S 7to21m Major lights: 1151443E Tribung Light (white octagonal framework tower, 59 m in height) (70553S 1141637E); Caution. In the NW monsoon a high swell sets obscured by Pulau Sapudi 230–322. over the banks lying NNE and NE of Nusadua (84815S 1151442E) (5.67); in this case anchorage Indonesian Notice 28/377 & 378/19 may be obtained off Pelabuhan Sanur (5.77), in [NP34--No 16--Wk 33/19] similar depths, 7 miles farther N.

2--161 NP34

After Paragraph 5.84 1 line 3 Insert: Paragraph 6.148 3 line(s) 4 Replace by: Traffic regulations …160 of Batuputih (83221S 1195081E), a 5.84a prominent… 1 The entrance channel is one way only for vessels over 70 m in length at the turn in the vicinity of No 5 Paragraph 6.149 4 line(s) 2--4 Replace by: Light Buoy (starboard hand) (84528S 1151376E).

Indonesia Notice 33/447/19 [NP34--No 32--Wk 38/19] Pulau Bidadari (Pulau Tabolong) (82891S 1195021E), reed--covered and with a plantation on the S side. Indonesia -- Lombok -- Lembar — Anchorage; pilotage ENC ID50296A [NP34--No 39--Wk 45/19] 125

Paragraph 5.95 1 lines 3--8 Replace by: Outer anchorages. Lembar has several designated Indonesia -- Flores -- Labuan Bajo — Directions; alignments; light buoys; depths anchorages: Anchorage Position Depth 160 Ferries 84489S 14 to 18 m 1160297E Passenger vessels 84456S 17 to 20 m Paragraph 6.149 5 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: 1160295E 5 The alignment (102) of the summit of Pulau Cargo vessels 84426S 18 to 22 m Bidadari with the SE summit of Pulau Tenga leads 1160290E ESE on the recommended track, passing: Tanker vessels 84398S 20 to 25 m 1160291E Paragraph 6.150 1--6 Replace by: Emergency anchorage 84380S 20 to 25 m 1160298E 1 From either the N or W track described above, the Reserve anchorage 84285S 10 to 20 m line of bearing 160 of Batuputih (83221S 1160328E 1195081E) (6.148), then leads SSE on the Trial anchorage 84228S 7to20m recommended track, passing: 1160330E ENE of the shoal patches described at 6.143, and: WSW of Pulau Bidadari (6.149). Paragraph 5.95 2 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: 2 When in position 82949S 1194980E the track leads ESE, passing: 2 Pilotage. Pilots board at 8 43 07S 116 02 88E;     NNE of a reef (82968S 1194965E), marked by a requests for a pilot should be made to the Port light buoy (isolated danger), thence: Authority 24 hours in advance of arrival. 3 NNE of two reefs (83032S 1194991E and 83047S 1195039E), and: Indonesian Notice 23/324/19; 23/325/19 SSW of Pulau Mukamma Besar (82931S [NP34--No 13--Wk 27/19] 1195076E); a rock, about 1 cable S of the steep S extremity of the island, is the outer danger. Indonesia -- Lombok -- Lembar — Anchorages 4 The recommended track then leads E on the line of bearing 091 of the N part of a steep wooded point 125 (82997S 1195276E), passing: Nofashoal(83011S 1195201E), with a depth of After Paragraph 5.95 2 including existing Section IV Notice 71 m, thence: Week 27/19 Insert: S of Pulau Monyet (82975S 1195210E), steep Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in except at the N extremity, where it is covered by the vicinity of 84398S 1160424E. mangroves. Caution. There is no navigable passage between Paragraph 5.99 1 lines 1--2 Delete Pulau Bidadari and Pulau Mukamma Besar. 5 From a position SSE of Pulau Monyet, the track ENC ID5292R4; GB Chart 946/19 leads NNE to the roadstead and berths, passing: [NP34--No 42--Wk 46/19] NNW of a shoal (83010S 1195232E), depth of 36 m, thence: Between Pulau Monyet and a light buoy (starboard Indonesia -- Flores -- Labuan Bajo — Directions; names; alignments; positions hand) marking a rock (82991S 1195241E), with depth of 16 m, coral, seldom marked by 159 discolouration.

Paragraph 6.148 1 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: Indonesian Notices 39/521; 522/19; ENC ID50296A …light (6.68) is exhibited, and W of Pulau Bidadari (6.149). [NP34--No 40--Wk 45/19]

2--162 NP34

Indonesia -- Flores -- Selat Molo — Clear of shoal patch (44353S 1135637E), Directions; names reported (2003), with a least depth of 13 m, 163 thence: Clear of a production platform (44276S Paragraph 6.171 4 line(s) 7--8 Replace by: 1140622E), thence: Clear of shoal patch (43892S 1141500E) with a …lying between Pulau Bidadari and Pulau least depth of 16 m, thence: Mukamma Besar. GB Chart 2796/19 [NP34--No 44--Wk 46/19] ENC ID50296A [NP34--No 41--Wk 45/19] Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Banjarmasin — Directions; pilotage Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- PulauKeramian—Shoals 222 216 Paragraph 9.54 2 line 9 For (34000S 1142402E) Read (34000S 1142842E) Paragraph 9.11 1 line(s) 8--10 Replace by: Paragraph 9.54 4 line 7 For (34000S 1142402E) Read ...seen at some distance from the island. Numerous shoal (34000S 1142842E) patches lie up to about 33 miles E and SE of the island. Indonesian Notice 37/498/19 [NP34--No 34--Wk 42/19] Indonesian Chart 515/18 [NP34--No 27--Wk 36/19] Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Banjarmasin — Anchorage; pilotage Indonesia -- Java Sea — Directions; wreck 223 217 Paragraph 9.58 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 9.22 1 lines 6--10 Replace by: 1 Port operations. The port operates 24 hours a day. Tankers enter during daylight hours only. NNE of Gosong Gia (9.16) and Karang Mian (9.16), and: Outer anchorage. Designated anchorages lie in the vicinity of the fairway light buoy (safe water) Clear of a dangerous wreck (46000S (3 40 55S 114 28 54E). The holding ground is not 1132902E), reported (1979), thence:     good. Mariners should note that the buoyed channel GB Chart 2796/19 [NP34--No 43--Wk 46/19] passes between the anchorage areas. The Cargo vessel and Tugboat anchorages lie opposite the berths at Trisakti (31967S 1143347E). The details are as Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Tanjung Puting towards Pulau--pulau Lima — follows: Directions; wrecks; shoal Anchorage Position Depths 217 2 Terminal 1 34312S 14 to 22 m 1142585E After Paragraph 9.24 1 line 4 Insert: Terminal 2 34312S 8to23m 1142932E Clear of a dangerous wreck (43772S 1133556E), reported (2019), thence: Anchorage 1 33929S 2to13m Clear of a dangerous wreck (43303S 1142647E 1134605E), position approximate, thence: Anchorage 2 33929S 2to8m Clear of a production platform (44276S 1142990E 1140622E), thence: Quarantine 34003S 2to8m Clear of a shoal patch (43892S 1141500E) with a 1143250E least depth of 16 m, thence: Laidupvessels 34000S 7to15m Paragraph 9.24 1 line(s) 10--12 Replace by: 1142400E ...particularly prominent from E or W. And: Cargo vessels 31966S 1to10m Clear of dangerous wreck (45100S 1144001E), 1143315E position approximate, thence: Tugboat 32031S 1to10m 1143270E Indonesian Chart 515/18 [NP34--No 28--Wk 36/19] 3 Caution. Dangerous wrecks lie within the Terminal 1, Cargo vessels and Tugboat anchorages. Indonesia -- Java Sea -- Kalimantan — Pilotage is compulsory for Sungai Barito and Directions; shoal Sungai Martapura for all vessels over 150 gt. The pilot 217 boards at 34000S 1142842E. A pilot look--out station stands close NE of Tanjung Pedadatua, at the After Paragraph 9.24 1 line 4 including existing Section IV W entrance point to Sungai Barito. Notice Week 36/19 Replace: 4 Quarantine. Vessels which arrive in quarantine must anchor at the entrance to Sungai Martapura and Clear of a dangerous wreck (43772S await instructions. 1133556E), reported (2019), thence: Clear of a dangerous wreck (43303S Indonesian Notice 37/498;499/19 1134605E), position approximate, thence: [NP34--No 35--Wk 42/19]

2--163 NP34

Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- South--east coast -- Banjarmasin — Anchorage Kendari — Anchorage 352 224 Paragraph 14.33 1 lines 2--5 Replace by: Paragraph 9.62 1 Replace by: Outer anchorage. There are designated anchorage 1 Taboneo anchorage. The Taboneo anchorage area areas either side of the approach channel in depths of contains two working anchorages; Terminal 1 and 20 to 50 m, soft mud. Vessels are liable to drag their Terminal 2 (9.58). anchor in bad weather. An anchorage for ship repair and refuelling lies Indonesian Notice 37/499/19 [NP34--No 36--Wk 42/19] within Teluk Kendari centered on 35860S 1223405E with depths of 8 to 12m, mud. Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Balikpapan — Inner anchorages Indonesian Notice 18/248/19 [NP34--No 7--Wk 22/19]

247 Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- South--east coast -- Paragraph 10.141 3 line(s) 3--5 Delete Kendari — Pilotage; traffic regulations 352 GB Chart 2639/19 [NP34--No 14--Wk 28/19] Paragraph 14.33 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:

2 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards at Indonesia – Kalimantan – Samarinda — Vertical clearances 35798S 1224068E. After Paragraph 14.33 3 line 6 Insert: 251 4 Traffic regulations. Traffic in the approach channel Paragraph 10.174 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: is two way. From the beacon (starboard hand) (3 58 22S 122 36 79E) close E of the Oil Jetty, traffic 1 See 10.165.     Vertical clearances. Abridge(03199S through the narrow channel is allowed in one direction 1170950E), vertical clearance unknown, spans the only. A vessel may have to wait for the channel to be river S of the town. Mahakam bridge (03119S clear before proceeding. 1170715E) with a vertical clearance of 150 m spans the river at a position about 2½ miles upriver from the Indonesian Notice 18/247/19 [NP34--No 8--Wk 22/19] main wharf. Only small craft are able to operate on the river beyond this point. Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- South--east coast -- Kendari — Directions ENC ID400159 [NP34--No 22--Wk 35/19] 352

Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Tanjung Mangkalihat Paragraph 14.35 1--2 Replace by: to Tanjung Sepikat -- Muara Pantai — Directions; wreck 1 Approach. The port is approached through either Alur Pelayaran Selatan or Alur Pelayaran Utara, 296 thence entered through the swept channel leading into Teluk Kendari, guided in part by a series of leading Paragraph 12.54 2 line(s) 11--12 Replace by: lines. 2 From the pilot station the track to the entrance to Clear of a stranded wreck (015958N 1175382E), reported 2019, which lies in mid channel. Teluk Kendari leads generally W for about 4 miles following the recommended route through Alur Paragraph 12.54 3 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: Pelayaran Utara, passing: S of the drying reef on which Pulau Bakori (35650S 3 Thence, from a position N of Tanjung Buassin, the 1224000E) (14.30) stands, thence: track continues WNW and thence W, passing: Paragraph 14.35 4 lines 1--7 Replace by: Indonesian Notice 27/370/19 [NP34--No 15--Wk 31/19] 4 Entry to Teluk Kendari is by a series of leading…

Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- South--east coast -- Indonesian Notice 18/247/19 [NP34--No 9--Wk 22/19] Kendari — Depths

352 Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- South--east coast -- Kendari — Berths; anchorages Paragraph 14.32 1 line 1 Replace by: 353 1 Controlling depth. The least depth in the approach Paragraph 14.37 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: channel is 90m. Tidal levels. Mean maximum range about 14m;… 1 Anchorages See 14.33.

Indonesian Notice 18/247/19 [NP34--No 6--Wk 22/19] Indonesian Notice 18/248/19 [NP34--No 10--Wk 22/19]

2--164 NP34

Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- East coast – Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Pulau--Pulau Togian -- Teluk Talowa — Bintang Delapan Terminal Pulau Waleabahi to Pasir Tengah — Directions 373 356 Paragraph 15.16 1 line(s) 2--5 Replace by: After Paragraph 14.60 5 line 10 Insert: N of a drying shoal (01106S 1221100E), 1½ miles N of the N extremity of Pulau Waleakodi (15.19), an island close W of Pulau Waleabahi Bintang Delapan Terminal (15.19). The track then leads WSW through the General information recommended channel, passing: 14.60a 1 Position and function. Bintang Delapan Terminal Indonesian Notice 31/421/19 [NP34--No 23--Wk 36/19] (24856S 1220947E) services the adjacent Morowali Industrial Park. Exports include nickel and Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Pulau--Pulau Togian -- steel products. Imports consist mainly of coal and iron Batudaka — Anchorage ore. 374

After Paragraph 15.21 1 line 13 Insert: Arrival information 14.60b An anchorage area (02286S 1214959E), with 1 Pilotage. Pilotage is available 24 hours. Pilots depths from about 10 to 30 m, sand, lies SW of the board in the vicinity of 24757S 1220969E. recommended approach track. Indonesian Notice 31/421/19 [NP34--No 24--Wk 36/19] Harbour 14.60c Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Pulau--Pulau Togian — 1 The harbour lies in a small bay SE of Tanjung Anchorages Laroga (24774S 1220892E). The bay is 374 encumbered by an island which lies close E of the harbour. The harbour consists of a T--shaped jetty After Paragraph 15.22 3 line 4 Insert: aligned NNW/SSE extending about 50 m from the W Anchorage may also be obtained in an area shore of the bay. To the S of the jetty several berths (01430S 1220637E) ENE of Pulau Malingi. line the W shore of the bay. Paragraph 15.22 4 line(s) 4--5 Replace by:

Directions for entering harbour ...are usually marked by discoloration. The anchorages are 14.60d therefore best approached from either NE or... 1 Bintang Delapan Terminal is approached from a Indonesian Notice 31/421/19 [NP34--No 25--Wk 36/19] position in the vicinity of 24523S 1221202E. The track then leads 3¼ miles SW to the pilot station Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Selat Walea to passing: Tanjung Api — Directions; channel NW of a series of shoals, with a least depth of 1 m, extending NE from the bay, thence: 376 The track then leads 1 mile SSW to the berths. Paragraph 15.29 3 line(s) 2 For WSW Read SW

Basins and berths After Paragraph 15.29 3 line 13 Insert: 14.60e The track then leads WSW through the 1 The main jetty has three berths with a total length recommended channel, passing: of 500 m; maximum draught 160 m. Berth 4 lies close S of the main jetty and can accept vessels with a Indonesian Notice 31/421/19 [NP34--No 26--Wk 36/19] maximum LOA of 200 m and a maximum draught of 98m. Indonesia -- Bitung -- Selat Lembah -- Berth 5 lies close SE of Berth 4 and is mainly used Pulau Serena Besar — Vertical clearance by barges. The berth can accept vessels with a 391 maximum LOA of 80 m and draught of 80m. Cargo is also worked at anchor by barges in an After Paragraph 15.150 2 line 4 Insert: area in the vicinity of 24717S 1220960E. Vertical clearance 15.150a Port services 1 An overhead cable, with a maximum vertical 14.60f clearance of 45 m, spans Selat Lembeh WNW and E 1 Supplies: fresh water. of Pulau Serena Besar (12764N 1251397E) (15.156). H 102 MV Achilleas, GB Chart 2953, ENC ID300313 [NP34--No 37--Wk 44/19] Indonesian Notice 40/537/19 [NP34--No 38--Wk 45/19]

2--165 NP34 Indonesia -- Sulawesi -- Anggrek -- NP35 Indonesia Pilot Volume 3 (2017 Edition) Teluk Kwandang — Directions; wreck

405 Indonesia -- -- Pulau--Pulau Tanimbar -- Selat Egron — Directions; wreck After Paragraph 16.69 4 line 4 Insert: 127 E of a dangerous wreck (05528N 1224843E), reported (2018), thence: Paragraph 4.136 1 line 9 Replace by: ...Saumlaki (4.137) stands, thence: Indonesian Notice 01/12/19 [NP34--No 2--Wk 10/19] Clear of a dangerous wreck (80600S 1311275E), thence:

Indonesia -- North coast of Sulawesi -- Indonesian Notice 29/314/18 [NP35--No 2--Wk 33/18] Tanjung Pasir Putih to Tanjung Pisok — Directions; recommended route Indonesia -- Banda Sea -- Pulau--Pulau Tanimbar 411 -- Saumlaki approaches — Directions; wreck

Paragraph 16.107 2 line(s) 10--11 Replace by: 128

3 The track then continues through the two--way Paragraph 4.141 1 line 4 Replace by: recommended route leading between Tanjung Pisok Track. From a position about 3 miles ESE of and Pulau Bunaken (13750N 1244580E) a Tanjung Adaut Tubun (80719S 1310990E) the generally low island with a hill near its W end. track leads NNE, passing: Clear of a dangerous wreck (80600S Indonesian Notice 32/436/19 [NP34--No 29--Wk 37/19] 1311275E), thence:

Indonesian Notice 29/314/18 [NP35--No 3--Wk 33/18] Indonesia -- North coast of Sulawesi -- Manado — Directions; berths Indonesia -- North--west Papua -- 411 Selat Dampier — Directions

Paragraph 16.114 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: 293

1 Teluk Manado is deep and clear of known dangers Paragraph 10.103 4--7 Replace by: until close to the shore and can be approached 4 The track then leads NNE to a position W of Pulau without difficulty by day or night through the two--way Augusta (03868S 1303466E) from where a light recommended routes. (10.102) is exhibited from its S side. (Directions continue for a passage NW at 10.143) Paragraph 16.115 1 line(s) 8--9 Replace by: Thence, from the position W of Pulau Augusta, the A designated anchorage (13025N 1245028E) main channel through Selat Dampier leads ENE, lies about 3½ cables N of the entrance. passing: A lay--up anchorage (13059N 1245044E) and a 5 Between a shoal patch (03750S 1303207E), cruise vessel anchorage (13051N 1245040E) lie with a depth of 100m,lying1½ miles WSW about 6 cables N of the entrance. of the W end of Pulau Mansuar, and a shoal patch (03880S 1303252E), with a least Indonesian Notice 32/436/19 [NP34--No 30--Wk 37/19] depth of 90 m, extending NW from the W end of Pulau Augusta, thence: 6 Between Pulau Mansuar (03511S Indonesia -- North coast of Sulawesi -- 1303636E), a long, narrow, hilly island rising Tanjung Pisok to Tanjung Torowitan — steeply from the sea, together with Pulau Kri Directions; recommended route and Pulau Koh, on the N side, and Pulau Augusta (03868S 1303466E) and Pulau 412 Merpati (03925S 1303573E) 1 mile ESE, both low flat islets with high trees, on the S Paragraph 16.122 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: side. 1 From a position NW of Tanjung Pisok (13436N Thence the track continues to lead ENE to a position 1244801E) the track leads generally NE in the about 2 miles S of Pulau Koh (03312S two--way recommended route, passing: 1304178E) a small islet. 7 The track then leads E for about 11 miles to a Paragraph 16.122 2 line(s) 9 Replace by: position in the vicinity of 03493N 1305366N. Useful marks: 3 The track then leads to a position NW of Tanjung Pulau Saonek Monde light beacon (port hand) Torowitan (16.121), at the end of the two--way (02702S 1304814E) recommended route. Sansapor Port light beacon (white light) (03051S 1320497E) Indonesian Notice 32/436/19 [NP34--No 31--Wk 37/19] (Directions continue for the passage ENE at 10.113)

2--166 NP35

Paragraph 10.106 2 line(s) 1 Replace by: Indonesia -- Halmahera -- Tobelo — Directions for entering harbour; light beacon 2 Directions. The route to Pelabuhan Saonek diverges from the E bound route through Selat 316 Dampier (10.103) in the vicinity of 03500S 1304250E. The track leads NE for about 8¼ miles Paragraph 11.103 7 line 3 For (conical topmark) Read (S to a position about 8¾ cables SE of Pulau Saonek cardinal, 10 m in height) Besar (02810S 1304704E). The track then leads N, passing: Notice 50/796/2017 [NP35--No 1--Wk 02/18]

Indonesian Notice 14/190/19 [NP35--No 4--Wk 17/19] NP36 Indonesia Pilot Volume 1 (2019 Edition) Indonesia – Selat Dampier — Waisai Port Indonesia -- Java Sea -- Pulau--pulau Seribu — 293 Directions; anchorages

After Paragraph 10.106 2 line(s) 10 Insert: 76

Waisai Port After Paragraph 4.24 4 Insert: 10.106a 5 Directions. There are two cruise ship anchorages 1 Position and function. Waisai Port (02600S E of Pulau--pulau Seribu, which are approached from 1304820E), situated in a small inlet on the S coast the S. From a position in the vicinity of 54700S of Pulau Waigeo (10.110), is a tourist waypoint 1063828E, about 4 miles N of Karang Jong (4.40), frequented by small craft. the track leads N, passing: 2 Directions -- west approach. The route to Waisai E of Pulau Pramuka (54468S 1063685E), Port diverges from the E bound route through Selat thence: Dampier (10.103) in the vicinity of 03500S W of Pulau Peniki (54167S 1064272E) (4.69), 1304250E. The track leads NE for about 8¼ miles thence: to a position about 8¾ cables SE of Pulau Saonek The track then continues N to the anchorages. Besar (10.97). 6 Anchorages. Two designated cruise ship The track then leads N, passing E of Pulau Saonek anchorages exist E of Pulau--pulau Seribu: Besar and W of Pulau Saonek Monde (02710S Anchorage Area 1 (54033S 1063738E), 36 to 1304810E). Thence, once clear of Pulau Saonek 42 m, sand. Monde the track leads NNE for about 8½ cables into Anchorage Area 2 (53668S 1063791E), 38 to the Waisai Port inlet. 42 m, sand. 3 Directions -- east approach. From a position in the vicinity of 03493S 1305366E the track leads Indonesian Notice 19/261/19 [NP36--No 3--Wk 22/19] NW for about 7 miles, thence NNW, passing W of a shoal patch marked by a light buoy (S cardinal) Indonesia -- Java Sea -- Pulau--pulau (02851S 1304974E) and E of Pulau Saonek Karimunjawa — Anchorage; harbour Monde. Once clear of Pulau Saonek Monde the track leads 96 NNE for about 8½ cables into the Waisai Port inlet. 4 Anchorages. There is an anchorage for cargo and Paragraph 5.26 1 including heading Replace by: passenger vessels about 7 cables SE of the Waisai Port inlet centred on position 02662S 1304890E, Anchorages and harbours with depths between 27 and 47 m. 5.26 Separate anchorages are available for yachts 1 Legon Bajak. Legon Bajak (54728S 1102865E) centred on positions 02667S 1304797E and is a small harbour located in a bay on the E side of 02750S 1304785E. Kemujan (5.18). It contains a single L--shaped jetty, about 150 m in length, suitable for small craft only. Indonesian Notices 14/190; 191/19 From the vicinity of 54523S 1102989E the [NP35--No 5--Wk 18/19] approach to Legon Bajak leads S, passing E of Batu Lawang (5.18). Once W of Pulau Sintok (5.18), the track leads generallly WSW to the jetty, between light Indonesia – Selat Dampier – Pulau Saonek Besar to Pulau Wayam — Directions buoys (lateral). An anchorage (54601S 1103068E), with depths 294 of about 30 m, lies about 6 cables N of Pulau Sintok. South--east monsoon. Anchorage (55205S Paragraph 10.115 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: 1102458E) may be obtained in the vicinity of 55205S 1102458E, depths of 25 to 30 m; mud and 1 From a position SSE of Pulau Saonek Besar sand. (10.97) in the vicinity of 03493S 1305366E the Caution. The anchorage is fringed by reefs, shoals, track leads E,... and rocks awash.

Indonesian Notice 14/190/19 [NP35--No 6--Wk 18/19] Indonesian Notice 19/260/19 [NP36--No 4--Wk 22/19]

2--167 NP36

Indonesia -- Jawa -- North coast -- Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- West coast -- Semarang — Wreck Pulau Datu — Directions; wreck

103 155

Paragraph 5.75 1 line 10 Replace by: Paragraph 9.36 2 line 2 Replace by: ...1102340E. A wreck, reported (2017), lies in ...(9.35), from where a light is exhibited, thence: the NE part of the anchorage. ENE of a dangerous wreck (00888N 1083885E), reported (2019). Indonesian Chart 91/19 [NP36--No 7--Wk 33/19] Indonesian Notice 20/281/19 [NP36--No 6--Wk 24/19] Indonesia -- Sumatera -- Pulau Bangka -- Teluk Klabat — Directions; shoal; rock Indonesia -- Selat Riau -- 122 Tanjunguban — Anchorages

After Paragraph 6.91 2 line 2 Insert: 176 S of a dangerous rock (13204S 1054011E), thence: Paragraph 10.90 1 lines 1--7 Replace by: N of a 1 m shoal (13237S 1054031E), thence: 1 For large vessels, which are not permitted to Indonesian Notice 43/568/19 [NP36--No 10--Wk 46/19] anchor within 1 mile of the jetties, anchorage is available in an area on the W side of the strait, N of Pulau Tanjungsau (10280N 1041030E), with good Indonesia -- Java Sea — holding ground. Prohibited areas; wrecks UKHO [NP36--No 9--Wk 42/19] 140

After Paragraph 8.8 1 line 6 Insert: Indonesia -- Selat Bulan -- Approaches to Sekupang — Pilotage; directions Prohibited areas 8.8a 199 1 Anchoring, diving, fishing or any other interference is prohibited in the vicinity of the following historic Paragraph 11.98 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: wrecks: HMS Exeter (45413S 1113465E); 1 Pilotage for Sekupang available 0800 to 1800 local HMS Encounter (45351S 1113658E). time. Pilot boards at two positions depending on direction of approach: UKHO [NP36--No 8--Wk 42/19] Approach from W at 11071N 1035437E. Approach from E at 11043N 1035909E.

Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- Selat Karimata — Paragraph 11.99 1 Replace by: Directions; wreck 1 Approach. From the pilot boarding position at 141 11071N 1035437E the track initially leads SE, passing: After Paragraph 8.12 3 line 10 Insert: NE of the coastal bank fronting the NE side of Pulau Clear of a dangerous wreck (23518S Sambu (10948N 1035407E), and: 1091455E), reported (2019), thence: NE of a light buoy (10988N 1035467E) (special). The track then leads SSW, passing: Indonesian Notice 9/127(P)/19 Clear of a light buoy (10958N 1035491E) (safe [NP36--No 1--Wk 11/19] water), thence: ESE of the SE end of Pulau Sambu, thence: ESE of Pulau Meriam (10901N 1035439E) on Indonesia -- Kalimantan -- West coast -- which stands a light beacon (starboard hand), Pulau Datu — Directions; wreck and: WNW of a drying reef, marked on its N side by a light 153 beacon (port hand) (10886N 1035471E). Entry. Thence, from a position in the N end of After Paragraph 9.15 4 line 5 Insert: Selat Bulan, about 2 cables SE of the light beacon E of a dangerous wreck (00888N 1083885E), (10901N 1035439E) standing on Pulau Meriam, reported (2019), thence: the track leads SE, passing: W of a dangerous wreck (00944N 1084958E), SWofthedryingreef(10882N 1035472E), reported (2018). marked on its N side by a light beacon, thence: SW of a small unmarked drying reef (10874N Indonesian Notice 20/281/19 [NP36--No 5--Wk 24/19] 1035477E), thence:

2--168 NP36

Clear of a shoal patch (10852N 1035464E), with All vessels or tows over 20 m LOA carrying a least depth of 62 m. A dangerous wreck dangerous or noxious liquids, 12 or more (10840N 1035470E), lies close S of the shoal passengers, or explosives. patch. Thence: 2 All vessels engaging the assistance of tugs. SW of another unmarked drying reef (10865N All vessels or tows of more than 60 m but less than 1035488E), thence: 85 m LOA where a bona fide deck officer has not SW of a shoal, marked on its NW side by a light navigated the port on that vessel or a vessel of a beacon (isolated danger) (10851N similar class in the past 12 months. 1035496E), thence: Vessels not subject to compulsory pilotage are advised not to enter the harbour without a pilot or Indonesian Notice 10/136/19 [NP36--No 2--Wk 13/19] local knowledge. 3 Pilot boarding position is about 1 mile SE of Mumbles Lighthouse (513401N 35827W). NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot Pilot vessel is Beaufort; dark blue hull with orange (2017 Edition) superstructure. For further pilotage details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1). United Kingdom — Distress and rescue; coastguard stations ABP South Wales Notice 16/19 8 [NP37--No 31--Wk 14/19]

Paragraph 1.66 2 lines 1--10 Replace by:

2 The United Kingdom maritime radio infrastructure is Wales--SwanseaBay-- a single network of operations centres, all data and Mumbles Head — Approaches communications being available to every officer on duty. The National Maritime Operations Centre 96 (NMOC) and the 10 Coastguard Operations Centres (CGOCs) carry out a range of coast guard duties. All Paragraph 3.113 1 lines 1--8 Replace by: centres carry out the function of an MRCC. For further details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals 1 From the pilot boarding position (3.106), the track Volume 5. to the seaward limits of the entrance channel leads 1 mile N through Outer Roadstead (3.97) and between Maritime and Coastguard Agency [NP37/No.5/Wk.29/17] Mumbles Head (513401N 35827W) and Outer Green Grounds, an area containing a large number of Wales – Swansea Bay — Directions; buoy shoal patches 2 miles E. 2 A current buoy, SW Inner Green Grounds Light 94 Buoy (E cardinal) (513421N 35712W), is moored close W of the entrance. Paragraph 3.95 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: ...(512875N 34790W). There is a... Paragraph 3.114 1 lines 1--8 Replace by:

Trinity House Notice 13/17 [NP37/No.1/Wk.27/17] 1 From the vicinity of 513415N 35695W, the entrance channel, dredged over a width of 122 m, Wales -- Swansea — Depth leads NNE for a distance of 2½ miles across Green Grounds, foul ground which encumbers the greater 94 part of the W side of Swansea Bay with detached patches of rock and stones over which there are Paragraph 3.102 1 line 1 Replace by: frequently changing depths. Light buoys (lateral) mark 1 The entrance channel has a maintained depth of the edges of the channel. 05m. For... Trinity House Notice 24/18 [NP37--No 27--Wk 05/19] BA Chart 1161/19 [NP37--No 28--Wk 08/19] The following notice is to be implemented at 0000 UTC on 1st April 2019 Wales--PortofNeath—Depths

Wales -- Port of Swansea — Pilotage 97

95 Paragraph 3.125 1 lines 1--2 Replace by:

Paragraph 3.106 Replace by: 1 The entrance channel is dredged to 20 m above 1 Pilotage district. The Swansea pilotage district chart datum (1998). Depths shoaler than charted have corresponds to the port limits. been found at the entrance to the channel during a Associated British Ports (ABP), provides pilotage for survey (2018). Berthing is determined... Swansea. Pilotage is compulsory as follows: All vessels or tows over 85 m LOA. H102 MV Titan Discovery [NP37--No 17--Wk 24/18]

2--169 NP37

Wales -- Port of Neath — Vertical clearances The following notice is to be implemented at st 97 0000 UTC on 1 April 2019

Paragraph 3.126 1 line 3 For 29 m Read 28 m Wales -- Port of Cardiff — Pilotage Paragraph 3.126 1 line 8 For 27 m Read 26 m 115 Paragraph 3.126 2 line 5 For 42 m and 28 m Read 41 m and 27 m Paragraph 4.62 1 Replace by:

BA Chart 1161/19 [NP37--No 29--Wk 08/19] 1 Associated British Ports (ABP) pilotage service is based at Pierhead, Barry Docks. For details of Wales -- Port of Neath — Training wall pilotage, pilot boarding position and pilot vessel, see 4.28. See also ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals 98 Volume 6(1). Paragraph 3.136 1 line 5 Replace by: ABP South Wales Notice 16/19 ...NE and lies between two rock training walls 76 m apart, [NP37--No 33--Wk 14/19] that dry from 2 to 5 m. UKHO [NP37--No 25--Wk 51/18] Wales -- Cardiff -- Lavernock Point — Directions; obstructions Wales -- Porthcawl -- Tusker Rock — Directions; obstruction 116 103

After Paragraph 3.173 2 line 8 Insert: Paragraph 4.69 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:

Clear of an obstruction (512651N 34025W) 2 Caution. An outfall, marked by a light buoy H102, Gardline Surveys [NP37--No 18--Wk 24/18] (special), extends 6 cables SE from Lavernock Point (4.41). An obstruction lies close E of the buoy and a The following notice is to be implemented at second obstruction lies E of Ranny Point at st 0000 UTC on 1 April 2019 (512465N 30933W). Strong currents can be experienced in this area, particularly on spring tides. Wales -- South coast -- Approaches to Porthcawl — Directions; caution H102 [NP37--No 19--Wk 24/18] 104 The following notice is to be implemented at After Paragraph 3.173 3 line 8 Insert: 0000 UTC on 1st April 2019 4 Caution. A dangerous wreck (512326N 33245W) lies about 1 mile SE of Nash Passage. A Wales -- Port of Newport — Pilotage second dangerous wreck (512376N 33451W) lies about 4 cables SW of East Nash Light Buoy (E cardinal). 120

GB Chart 1152/19 [NP37--No 35--Wk 24/19] Paragraph 4.98 1 Replace by:

Wales -- Port of Barry — Pilotage 1 Pilotage. Associated British Ports (ABP) based at Cardiff, provides pilotage for Newport. For details of 110 pilotage, pilot boarding position and pilot vessel see Paragraph 4.28 1 lines 1--8 Replace by: 4.28.

1 Associated British Ports (ABP) provides the pilotage ABP South Wales 1Notice 6/19 service for Barry, Cardiff and Newport, including the [NP37--No 34--Wk 14/19] River Usk. Pilotage is compulsory as follows: All vessels or tows over 85 m LOA. All vessels or tows over 20 m LOA carrying Wales -- Bristol Channel -- Newport — dangerous or noxious liquids, 12 or more Directions; light sector passengers, or explosives. All vessels engaging the assistance of tugs. All vessels or tows of more than 60 m but less than 120 85 m LOA where a bona fide deck officer has not navigated the port on that vessel or a vessel of a Paragraph 4.101 1 line 3 For 018 Read 016 similar class in the past 12 months.

ABP South Wales Notice 16/19 Correspondence Associated British Ports [NP37--No 32--Wk 14/19] [NP37--No 30--Wk 10/19]

2--170 NP37

England -- Bristol Channel -- Bridgwater Bay -- England -- River Severn -- Chepstow — Hinkley Point — Pilotage Vessels handled

124 140

Paragraph 4.135 3 lines 1--7 Replace by: Paragraph 4.226 1 lines 3--4 Delete 3 Hinkley Point Development. Ajetty(511275N 30945W), with an alongside depth of 25 m, has been established as part of the development of Gloucester Harbour Trustees [NP37/No.2/Wk.28/17] Hinkley Point C nuclear power station. Pilotage is compulsory for vessels greater than 85 m LOA and is provided by Bristol Port Company. England -- River Severn -- An UKC of 10 m must be maintained within the Sharpness Dock — Pilotage harbour limits and approaches. 142 Hinkley Point Notice 6/19 [NP37--No 38--Wk 35/19] Paragraph 4.247 2 lines 1--10 Replace by: England -- Bristol Channel -- Bridgwater Bay — Light buoy 2 All vessels of 30 m LOA and over.

126 Paragraph 4.247 4 lines 1--5 Replace by:

Paragraph 4.141 2 line 5 Replace by: Dock pilots, if required, board in the lock for berthing in Sharpness. ...from the vicinity of 511400N 30980W to... Gloucester Harbour Trustees [NP37/No.3/Wk.28/17] Paragraph 4.141 3 lines 1--4 Replace by:

3 Regulations concerning entry. Vessels bound for berths within the River Parrett should pass the vicinity Wales -- Milford Haven — Depths of 511400N 30980W no earlier than 2¼ hours and no later than 2 hours before HW. 154

Trinity House Notice 11/2018 [NP37--No 23--Wk 29/18] Paragraph 5.53 Replace by:

England -- Bristol Channel -- Bridgwater Bay — 1 Channel Depth Directions; light buoy; shoal West Channel 157 m (2017) 126 East Channel 99 m (2017) Main Channel 161 m (2017) Paragraph 4.143 2 line 2 Replace by: South Channel 96 m (2017) ...(511102N 31972W), the... Milford Shelf swinging 93 m (2018) Paragraph 4.143 3 lines 4--8 Replace by: ground (Vessels > 275 m LOA) N of a shoal area (511376N 30996W), least 2 Milford Shelf swinging 110 m (2018) depth 19 m, lying on Cobbler Patch. ground (Vessels < 275 m LOA) Trinity House Notice 11/2018 [NP37--No 24--Wk 29/18]

Milford Haven Port Authority England -- Bridgwater Bay -- Burnham--on--Sea — Leading lights [NP37--No 22--Wk 28/18]

126 Wales -- Milford Haven -- Milford Docks — Depth Paragraph 4.143 4 lines 10--13 Replace by: Burnham Seafront Leading Lights: 164 Front light (red light on pole, 6 m in height) (511439N 25995W). Daymark (red stripe on Paragraph 5.94 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: white square daymark on sea wall). Rear light (red light on church tower) (75 m from front 2 The sea lock has a length of 1676 m and a least light). depth over the sill of 32 m. The maximum allowable Alignment 117. beam is 189m.

Port of Bridgwater Notice 10/17 Correspondence Milford Haven Port Authority [NP37--No 10--Wk 48/17] [NP37--No 14--Wk 22/18]

2--171 NP37

Wales – Menai Strait to South Stack — Wales -- Mostyn Docks — General information; traffic regulations Directions; directional light

206 237 After Paragraph 7.49 1 line 5 Insert:

Paragraph 8.43 3 lines 1--2 Replace by: Traffic regulations 7.49a 1 Restricted area. Entry is prohibited within an area, 3 Inner Directional Light (yellow framework tower) radius 500 m, around a Micro Grid System (MGS) (531955N 31569W), located on the breakwater light buoy (special) (531780N 44776W), marking a head,... seabed structure.

AWJ Marine correspondence [NP37--No 20--Wk 25/18] Correspondence Port of Mostyn 04/18 [NP37--No 12--Wk 19/18]

Wales – Menai Strait to South Stack — Directions

207 Wales -- Mostyn Docks — Directions; buoys; light sector After Paragraph 7.53 4 line 9 Insert: Clear of a restricted area (7.49a), thence: 237 AWJ Marine correspondence [NP37--No 21--Wk 25/18] Paragraph 8.43 including existing Section IV Notice Week England -- Liverpool Bay — Wind farm 19/18. Replace by:

231 1 Approaches. From Dee Light Buoy (532190N 31820W) to the entrance to Mostyn Docks, the track Paragraph 8.3 1 line 5 Replace by: leads SE through Wild Road (8.48) and Mostyn Deep, Wind Farm. The Burbo Bank Wind Farm and the passing: Burbo Bank Wind Farm Extension lie S of... NE of North East Mostyn Light Buoy (starboard hand) (532150N 31780W), moored at the NE Dong Energy [NP37/No.6/Wk.30/17] edge of Mostyn Bank, thence: NE of an obstruction (532121N 31712W), with a depth of 33 m, thence: England -- River Dee -- Hilbre Island — Directions; wreck 2 SW of Salisbury Middle Light Buoy (port hand) (532137N 31653W), moored at the WSW 236 extremity of Salisbury Middle, a bank which dries 55 m, thence: After Paragraph 8.39 2 line 7 Insert: NE of M1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (532093N 31655W). W of a stranded wreck (532326N 31347W), The track then leads S through Mostyn Channel or thence: continues to lead SE to Mostyn Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (532098N 31564W), from where BA Chart 1953 [NP37--No 15--Wk 23/18] Salisbury Channel can be followed into the harbour. 3 Mostyn Channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), River Dee -- Mostyn Channel — leads S, then SE, into the turning basin. Directions; light; channels Salisbury Channel leads S from Mostyn Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (532098N 31564W) and is 237 marked by light buoys (lateral). Inner Directional Light (yellow framework tower) Paragraph 8.43 2 lines 9--11 Replace by: (531955N 31569W), located on the breakwater The track then leads S through Mostyn Channel or head, indicates the centre line of the initial S leg of continues to lead SE to Mostyn Fairway Light Buoy Salisbury Channel and leads close E of S1 Light Buoy. (safe water) (532098N 31564W), from where 4 Caution. The Harbour Master should be consulted Salisbury Channel can be followed into the harbour. for the latest depth information in Mostyn and Mostyn Channel, marked by light buoys (lateral) Salisbury Channels and alongside berths. The buoys leads S, then SE into the turning basin. are moved and Inner Directional Light sectors adjusted to best mark the channel. Paragraph 8.43 3 line 7 Replace by: ...Salisbury Channels and alongside berths. The buoys are (Directions continue at 8.50) moved and Inner...

Port of Mostyn Notice 10/18 [NP37--No 13--Wk 19/18] Port of Mostyn Notice 11/18 [NP37--No 16--Wk 23/18]

2--172 NP37

England -- Liverpool Bay — Wind farm extension England – Port of Lancaster – Glasson Dock — Times 239 272--273 Paragraph 8.54 4 line 1 Replace by: Paragraph 9.58 2 lines 3--9 Replace by: 4 Burbo Wind Farm Extension (32 turbines) stands on Three and Four Fathom Tongue, between South outer The dock gate is manned on one tide per day anchorage (8.68) and Burbo Wind Farm. Burbo Wind throughout the year, this being the tide with HW Farm (25 turbines) stands on... nearest to noon using local time. A vessel wishing to enter or leave the dock on another tide must give at Dong Energy [NP37/No.7/Wk.30/17] least 48 hours notice to the Harbour Master

United Kingdom -- England -- Liverpool -- LPC Notice 6/18 [NP37--No 11--Wk 16/18] Birkenhead — Directions; light buoy 244 Scotland -- Kirkcudbright Bay — Outer anchorages Paragraph 8.83 2 lines 6--7 Replace by: 300 NE of Rock Ferry Jetty (disused) (532248N 25969W) (8.92), marked by a light buoy (E Paragraph 10.87 1 and 2 Replace by: cardinal), thence: 1 Outer anchorages. Anchorage with good holding Port of Liverpool Notice 33/19 [NP37--No 36--Wk 30/19] ground can be found between the 5 and 10 m depth contours in the entrance to Kirkcudbright Bay (10.82), inward of the firing range limit (10.3). South winds England -- Liverpool — Berths cause an uneasy swell during which time it would be 244 unwise to anchor. 2 A gas pipeline passes close N and E of Little Ross Paragraph 8.87 1 line 4 For 396m Read 570m (10.80). An outfall extends 1½ cables SSW from the shore from a position 1 cable SE of Torrs Point Port of Liverpool Notice 28/17 [NP37/No.4/Wk.28/17] (10.78).

H.102 Kirkcudbright Harbour for Dumfries and Galloway United Kingdom -- Liverpool -- Council 28/08/2017 [NP37/No.9/Wk.40/17] Birkenhead — Light buoy 247 NP38 West Coast of India Pilot (2019 Edition) Paragraph 8.92 1 line 3 Replace by:

...for 305 m thence ESE for 200 m. The jetty is marked by a India -- West coast -- Badagara — Wrecks light buoy (E cardinal). 176 Port of Liverpool Notice 33/19 [NP37--No 37--Wk 30/19] Paragraph 5.134 6 line(s) 1--3 Delete England -- Liverpool Bay — Directions; wind farm extension Indian Notice 15/185/19 [NP38--No 1--Wk 49/19] 248 India -- West coast -- Badagara — Anchorage Paragraph 8.98 3 line 1 Replace by: 177 3 S of Burbo Wind Farm Extension (32 turbines) (532918N 31651W) and S of a dangerous Paragraph 5.138 3 lines 1--5 Replace by: wreck (532747N 31158W), thence: N of a light buoy (special) (532700N... 3 Anchorage may be obtained abreast the town about 2¼ miles WSW of the above flagstaff in a depth Dong Energy [NP37/No.8/Wk.30/17] of about 9 m, mud.

Indian Notice 15/185/19 [NP38--No 2--Wk 49/19] England -- River Mersey -- Runcorn Sands — Vertical clearance India -- West coast -- New Mangalore — Wreck 251 184 After Paragraph 8.109 1 line 7 Insert:

2 The Mersey Gateway Bridge (532121N Paragraph 6.38 1 lines 3--5 Replace by: 24287W) spans the river at Runcorn Sands, with a ...between 16 and 18 m. A dangerous wreck (125635N vertical clearance above HAT of 1202 m through the 744620E), position approximate, lies E of the anchorage N span and 1809 m through the S span. area.

Photoplot PG3412 11/18 [NP37--No 26--Wk 02/19] Indian Notice 19/221/19 [NP38--No 6--Wk 49/19]

2--173 NP38

India -- West coast -- Approaches to TheHighRiskArea(HRA)isanareawithinthe Gulf of Khambhºt-- UKMTO VRA where it is considered there is a higher Southerland Channel — Light risk of piracy and within which self--protective 234 measures are most likely to be required. The high risk area is bounded by: After Paragraph 8.38 3 line 4 Insert: 3 Parallel 15N in the Red Sea. The territorial waters off the coast of E Africa at Valsºd Khadi Light (white tower, red bands, 48 m in latitude 05S. Then to positions: height) (203779N 812822E) 000000N 550000E. Indian Notice 15/184/19 [NP38--No 3--Wk 49/19] 100000N 600000E. 140000N 600000E. Then a bearing 310 to the territorial waters of the India -- West coast -- Approaches to . Gulf of Khambhºt-- Southerland Channel — Light 4 The HRA does not infringe on the territorial waters of any state except for Somalia. 236 For further information, see The Mariner’s Handbook. Paragraph 8.42 3 line(s) 3--5 Delete Recommended practises Indian Notice 15/184/19 [NP38--No 4--Wk 49/19] 1.10a 1 Recommended practices, including anti--attack plans, reporting, use of AIS, radio procedures and India -- West coast -- Approaches to Gulf of Khambhºt--ValsºdBay—Light responses are outlined on chart Q6099 and The Mariner’s Handbook. A list of anti--piracy contacts is 239 published in ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 1(2). Additional guidance can be found in Best Paragraph 8.62 2 line(s) 2--3 Replace by: Management Practices for Protection against Somalia ...patches lie 4½ miles SW and 3½ miles W Valsºd Khadi Based Piracy, available from the Maritime Security Light (8.38) Centre (Horn of Africa) website (www.mschoa.org). 2 Details of the current prevalence of reported piracy Indian Notice 15/184/19 [NP38--No 5--Wk 49/19] and armed robbery for all may be found on the website (www.icc--ccs.org) of the International Chamber of Commerce Commercial Crime Services. NP39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2017 Edition)

Paragraph 1.11 1--2 including heading Replace by: Comores Archipelago -- Mayotte — Volcanic activity Reporting 2 1.11 1 Piracy warnings are received and issued by the After paragraph 1.5 Add: Piracy Reporting Centre at Kuala Lumpur for the area covered by this volume. Details of the current reported Volcanic activity piracy and armed robbery for all regions may be 1.5a found on the International Chamber of Commerce 1 Underwater volcanic activity was reported in 2019, Crime Services website www.icc--ccs.org. E of Mayotte, in the vicinity of 125400S 454300E. 2 The IMB has a maritime security hotline. This Given the risk of gaseous emissions, mariners are enables mariners to report information or suspicions advisedtoavoidthisarea. about serious maritime crimes, anonymously and confidentially to: Hydropac 3072/19 [NP39--No 21--Wk 43/19] IMB Piracy Reporting Centre Tel: +60 3 2078 5763 / +60 3 2031 0014 Arabian Sea and Indian Ocean — Piracy E--mail: [email protected] / [email protected] 2 For further information, see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 1 and The Mariner’s Handbook. Paragraph 1.10 1--4 Replace by: GB Chart Q6099 [NP39--No 17--Wk 21/19] 1 The British Maritime and Coastguard Agency has brought to the attention of shipowners, masters and crews, the risk of acts of piracy on the high seas or France -- Indian Ocean -- Île Amsterdam and armed robbery against ships at anchor, off ports or Île Saint--Paul — Nature reserves; EEZs when underway through the territorial waters of certain coastal states. 6 2 The UKMTO (United Kingdom Maritime Trade Paragraph 1.53 2 lines 2--3 Replace by: Operations) has established a designated Voluntary Reporting Area (VRA) covering all the waters of Red Protection of wildlife. Both islands, including their Sea, Gulf of Oman, Arabian Sea and Indian Ocean S territorial waters and EEZs, have been declared of Suez and Straits of Hormuz to 10S and 78E. national nature reserves.

2--174 NP39

After Paragraph 1.53 2 line 5 Insert: Comores Archipelago -- Mayotte — Marine nature reserve For further details contact the District Officer. 89 French Chart 7171/2017 [NP39--No 9--Wk 02/18] Paragraph 3.81 1 lines 1--10 Replace by: 1 Mayotte Marine Nature Reserve encompasses all Comores Archipelago — Marine nature reserves of Mayotte and extends, approximately, to the limits of the EEZ. Within this area multiple restrictions and 73 prohibitions apply. These include, but are not limited After Paragraph 2.10 1 line 1 Insert: to, the following: Anchoring or mooring outside designated areas is restricted. Regulations Fishing is restricted. 2.10a Discharging or disposal of any waste likely to harm 1 Marine nature reserves. For details of Mayotte the marine environment is prohibited. Marine Nature Reserve see 3.81; for Îles Glorieuses 2 For further details contact local authorities. Marine Nature Reserve see 3.115a. Passe Longogori, also known as Passe en S French SD L9 [NP39--No 18--Wk 35/19] (125235S 451682E), lies within a nature reserve, the limits of which are marked by buoys (special). Numerous mooring buoys for small craft line either Comores – Ndzuani – Mouillage d’Ouani — Leading beacons side of the channel. Within the nature reserve anchoring and fishing are prohibited. 87 Chissioua Mbouzi (124871S 451402E) and the waters surrounding it out to the 10 m contour, have Paragraph 3.66 1 lines 4--11 Replace by: been declared a nature reserve. Approach. The berth (3.67) lies only 1 cable off a French SD L9 [NP39--No 19--Wk 35/19] steep--to coastal bank with depths of less than 11 m, Comores Archipelago – Mayotte – and should be approached with care. Port de Longoni — Port information Paragraph 3.67 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: 95

1 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 35 m Paragraph 3.110 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: with Maison Wilson (red roof), on... 1 General information. Port de Longoni (124324S 450980E) comprises an LPG berth, two quays, a French Notice 10/153/17 [NP39/No.1/Wk.25/17] jetty, and a floating pier within the harbour area. Paragraph 3.111 2 and 3 Replace by: Comores -- Ndzuani -- Mouillage d’Ouani — Berths; mooring buoys 2 Alongside berths. In the NW part of the port, Commercial Pier (QP), 130 m in length with depths 87 alongside between 85 and 118 m, is capable of berthing vessels up to 185 m in length. Coaster Berth Paragraph 3.67 1 and 2 including existing Section IV Notice (QS), close SSE, is 47 m in length and 15 m wide Week 25/17 Replace by: with a depth alongside of 72m.Itisusedby 1 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 35 m coasters, barges, and other service boats up to 60 m with Maison Wilson (red roof), on Pointe Patsy length. (120857S 442520E), bearing 081 and Pointe 3 On the S side of the port is a container berth, Ouani bearing 030. 226 m in length, with a depth alongside of 14 m. Pier (120874S 442513E). There are two An LPG terminal lies on Pointe de Longoni. It mooring buoys, capable of accommodating vessels up consists of a T--headed jetty 94 m in length, flanked to 6 000 dwt, off the head of the pier and a group of by dolphins, and has a depth alongside of 95m. oil tanks near its root. An obstruction, depth 48m, French Notice 23/272/17 [NP39/No.4/Wk.28/17] lies alongside the pierhead. Comores Archipelago -- Îles Glorieuses — French Chart 7495/17 [NP39--No 6--Wk 48/17] Marine nature reserve 95 Comores Archipelago -- Mayotte — Volcanic activity After Paragraph 3.115 1 line 1 Insert: Marine nature reserve 88 3.115a After paragraph 3.76 Add: 1 Îles Glorieuses Marine Nature Reserve encompasses all of the islands and extends, approximately, to the limits of the EEZ. Within this Volcanic activity 3.76a area multiple restrictions and prohibitions apply. These include, but are not limited to, the following: 1 See 1.5a for information on reported volcanic activity E of Mayotte. Anchoring or mooring outside designated areas is restricted. Hydropac 3072/19 [NP39--No 22--Wk 43/19] Fishing is restricted.

2--175 NP39

Discharging or disposal of any waste likely to harm Paragraph 5.58 2 lines 1--2 Replace by: the marine environment is prohibited. For further details contact local authorities. 2 Thence, from a position about 6¼ cables WNW of an outfall (153827S 462008E), marked by buoys French SD L9 [NP39--No 20--Wk 35/19] (special) and surrounded by mooring buoys, the line of bearing 217 of Massif de Kandrany (154712S Madagascar -- Approaches to Mahajanga -- 461238E) leads through the S... Banc du Cavalier — Depths French Chart 7684/17 [NP39--No 12--Wk 11/18] 131

Paragraph 5.42 2 lines 4--7 Replace by: Madagascar -- North--west coast -- Mahajanga — ...10 miles with depths of 3 to 10 m (9¾ to 32 ft). Directions; buoy

Paragraph 5.45 1 lines 1--7 Replace by: 133 1 Depths within the area are reported (2008) to vary by several meters due to siltation. Paragraph 5.58 2 including existing Section IV Notice Least charted depths: Week 11/18. Replace by: Chenal du Nord--Ouest: 53m(17¼ ft) over several shoals in the S part of the channel. 2 Thence, from a position about 6¼ cables WNW of Chenal du Nord--Est: 91m (29¾ ft) (154043S Mahajanga Gas Terminal (153827S 462008E) 461756E); at this position the channel is... (5.64a) marked by a buoy (special), the line of bearing 217 of Massif de Kandrany (154712S 461238E) French Chart 7684/17 [NP39--No 11--Wk 11/18] leads through the S part of the channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), passing: Madagascar -- Mahajanga -- NW of the coastal bank on which there is a drying Chenal du Nord--Ouest — reef, thence: Directions; depths; lights; outfall NW of Roche Antsahambingo (154148S 133 461719E), thence: NW of Digue Schneider (154270S 461768E). Paragraph 5.56 1 line 5 For 4 miles Read 2½ miles The track then leads into the inner end of the main channel. Paragraph 5.56 1 line 6 For 9 miles Read 10 miles French Notice SD L9 49/18 [NP39--No 14--Wk 01/19] Paragraph 5.56 2 line 1 For 161 Read 157

Paragraph 5.56 2 line 2 For 5½ miles Read 7½ miles Madagascar -- North--west coast -- Mahajanga — Directions; gas terminal Paragraph 5.56 2 line 3 For 3½ miles Read 2½ miles 134 Paragraph 5.56 3 line 1 For 120 Read 111 After Paragraph 5.64 1 line 4 Insert: Paragraph 5.56 3 lines 4--5 Replace by: ...461802E), leads 3¾ miles ESE through... Mahajanga Gas Terminal Paragraph 5.56 4 line 8 Replace by: General information From a position 2¾ miles ENE of Katsépé Light, 5.64a the... 1 Position and function. The terminal (153827S Paragraph 5.56 4 line 9 For 4 miles Read 3¼ miles 462008E) is situated off the coast N of Mahajanga and consists of four mooring buoys and a submarine Paragraph 5.56 5 lines 5--8 Replace by: pipeline connected to a PLEM (Pipeline End Manifold) buoy. SW of Pointe Anorombato Light (154293S 2 Approach and entry. The terminal is approached 461802E), thence: from Chenal du Nord--Est (5.58). SW of Pointe de Sable Light (5.57). Terminal operator. VITOGAZ, Mahajanga Paragraph 5.58 1 lines 2--4 Replace by: Amborovy Depot, BP552. Website. www.vitogaz.mg From a position (153025S 462180E), W of Pointe Maromanjo (153064S 462959E) (5.72), the Limiting conditions line of bearing 196 of Pointe Anorombato Light... 5.64b 1 Local weather. The berth is particularly sensitive to Paragraph 5.58 1 line 7 Replace by: the effects of W winds and the swell accompanying ...a bank with depths of about 9 m (29½ ft) or less that them. For further information contact the terminal fringes... operator.

2--176 NP39

Arrival information Paragraph 11.216 1 lines 3--9 Replace by: 5.64c Port Mathurin Sector Light: 1 Port operations. Berthing during daylight hours From a position 2½ miles NNW of the harbour only. For further information contact the terminal entrance, the white sector (163--167)of operator. Mathurin Sector Light (194076S 632534E) Pilotage is compulsory. leads into the harbour, passing: Speed limit in the approach is 8 kn. Maximum size of vessels handled is 106 m in Paragraph 11.216 2 Delete length and 7 m in draught. Directions for entering harbour Indian Notice 22/155/17 [NP39--No 7--Wk 50/17] 5.64d 1 Principal marks. See 5.54. Rodriguez Island -- Port Mathurin -- The chart is sufficient guide. Inner entrance — Directions; light Useful marks. See 5.57. 281 French Notice SD L9 49/18 [NP39--No 15--Wk 01/19] Paragraph 11.217 1 lines 6--7 Replace by:

Madagascar -- Cap Andavaka — ...the white sector of Port Mathurin Sector Light described Directions; depth at 11.216, bearing 167. Thence the bearing 200 of the power... 171 Indian Notice 22/155/17 [NP39--No 8--Wk 50/17] After Paragraph 7.14 3 line 6 Insert: SSE of an 110 m patch (251463S 463232E), Republic of Mauritius -- Rodriguez Island -- reported, thence: Port Mathurin — Directions 281 French Chart 7489/17 [NP39--No 13--Wk 11/18] Paragraph 11.217 1--2 including existing Section IV Notice Madagascar -- Port De La Nièvre -- Week 50/17 Replace by: Port de Commerce and Port Militaire — Berths 1 The track leads through the channel, marked by 214 light beacons (lateral), to a position within the white sector (163-- 1 6 7 ) of Port Mathurin Sector Light Paragraph 8.132 1 line 9 Replace by: (11.216). Thence the bearing 200 of the power station chimney (11.214) leads for about 2 cables Anchorages in Port de... through the S part of the channel into the turning French Notice 43/152/17 [NP39/No.5/Wk.47/17] basin, 260 m in diameter, marked on the N, E and W sides by light beacons. 2 Cautions: Île de La Réunion – Saint--Pierre — Directions; In the turning basin, a strong current builds up during leading line a falling tide; 263 Navigation at night in the channel is not recommended. Paragraph 11.74 2 line 1 For 355¼ Read 344 Indian Notice 21/235/19 [NP39--No 23--Wk 49/19] French Notice 09/185/2019 [NP39--No 16--Wk 12/19] British Indian Ocean Territory — General information; traffic regulations ÎledeLaRéunion--Saint--Pierre— Directions; leading lights 289

263 Paragraph 12.7 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: 1 Prohibited entry. It is an offence to approach or Paragraph 11.74 4 lines 1--4 Delete anchor within 3 miles of Danger Island (62323S 711435E), Cow Island (61407S 711770E), Three French Notice 6/154/17 [NP39/No.2/Wk.19/17] Brothers, including Resurgent Island (60925S 713100E) and Nelson’s Island (54090S Rodriguez Island -- Port Mathurin -- 721880E). Western Pass — Directions; light 2 It is an offence to approach, land or anchor within 200 m of all islands to the E of a line drawn between 280 the E--most point of Moresby Island (51420S 71 49 55E) and the E--most point of Île Fouquet Paragraph 11.207 1 lines 2--4 Replace by:   (52774S 714866E). ...just outside Western Pass on the white sector of Port Mathurin Sector Light (11.216), mud and sand, good BIOT Correspondence dated 25/05/17 holding ground. [NP39/No.3/Wk.26/17]

2--177 NP39

France -- Indian Ocean -- Île Amsterdam and Northern Ireland -- Strangford Narrows — Île Saint--Paul — Nature reserves; EEZs Underwater turbine

301 188

Paragraph 13.4 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 6.168 3 lines 9--11 Delete

Marine nature reserve SIMEC Atlantis Energy [NP40--No 4--Wk 45/19] 13.4 1 The areas surrounding Île Saint--Paul and Île Amsterdam, including their territorial waters and EEZs, NP41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 (2018 Edition) have been declared national nature reserves. See 1.53. Japan -- North--west coast -- Hamada Ko — Vertical clearance French Chart 7171/2017 [NP39--No 10--Wk 02/18] 91

After Paragraph 3.48 1 line 5 Insert: NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2019 Edition) A bridge (345262N 1320352E), with a vertical clearance of 85 m, spans the E side of the S basin in Ireland -- East coast -- Dublin Bay — Restricted Shoko Ku. area Japanese Notice 23/393/18 [NP41--No 5--Wk 27/18] 153 Japan -- Honshu -- Tako Hana — Directions; light After Paragraph 5.160 1 line 9 Insert: 94 2 Restricted area. Entry is prohibited within 150 m of light buoys (special) in the following positions: Paragraph 3.70 2 lines 8--9 Delete 531760N 60420W; 531913N 60248W; Japanese Notice 21/353/18 [NP41--No 4--Wk 25/18] 531963N 60246W; 532010N 60240W. Japan -- Niigata — Arrival information; outer Dublin Port Company Notice 45/19 anchorages and pilotage [NP40--No 1--Wk 41/19] 144

Ireland – Howth Harbour to Lambay Island and Paragraph 5.135 1 lines 2--7 Replace by: Rogerstown Inlet — Anchorages; ...is situated WSW of Nishi Ku harbour entrance. Vessels submarine cables waiting for a berth should anchor in an area W of the breakwaters, in 20 m or more, sand. 169 Attention is drawn to a dangerous wreck in position Paragraph 6.34 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: 375852N 1390394E, NE of the quarantine anchorage. 1 Anchorages. In fine weather, a vessel may anchor Paragraph 5.135 3 and 4 Delete temporarily, anywhere clear of submarine cables and a wreck (532670N 60104W), between Howth Paragraph 5.136 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: (532359N 60407W) and Lambay Island, 6 miles N. For Nishi Ku: Paragraph 6.35 3 line 6 Replace by: 375796N 1390192E; ...depth 3 m, clear of a submarine cable. 375835N 1390253E. For Higashi Ku: IMA Notice 20/2019 [NP40--No 2--Wk 41/19] ENC JP44RL0C/JP44S8HC [NP41--No 1--Wk 08/18]

Northern Ireland -- Strangford Narrows — Japan -- Honshu -- Akita Funakawa Ko — Underwater turbine Depth caution

186 153

Paragraph 6.161 1--2 including heading Replace by: After Paragraph 5.190 1 line 10 Insert: Caution. Less water than charted has been Spare reported in various locations throughout Akita Ku; see 6.161 chart for details.

SIMEC Atlantis Energy [NP40--No 3--Wk 45/19] Japanese Chart 148 [NP41--No 6--Wk 52/18]

2--178 NP41

Japan -- Honshu -- Akita Ku — Depth caution Honshu -- East coast -- Izu Shima — Vertical clearance 155 198 After Paragraph 5.205 3 line 4 Insert: Paragraph 7.192 2 line(s) 3--5 Replace by: Caution. Less water than charted has been reported in various locations throughout Akita Ku; see ...its widest part, and has depths in it of over 29 m. Two chart for details. power cables with a least safe vertical clearance of about 19 m span the channel. Japanese Chart 148 [NP41--No 7--Wk 52/18] Japanese Notice 16/5186(P)/19 [NP41--No 10--Wk 21/19] Japan -- Honshu -- Kashima Ko — Vertical clearance Japan -- Honshu -- Kuji Ko — 180 Breakwater construction 209 Paragraph 7.24 1 line 7 For 56 m Read 45 m After Paragraph 7.253 1 line 16 Insert: Japanese Notice 19/319/18 [NP41--No 3--Wk 22/18] Development. Works are in progress (2019) to construct a breakwater in an area extending about Japan -- Honshu -- East coast -- Ishinomaki Wan 1½ miles SSE from Ushi Shima (401309N -- Sendai -- Shiogama Ko — Directions 1415004E).

193 Japanese Notice 42/5483(T)/19 [NP41--No 15--Wk 47/19] Paragraph 7.149 1 line(s) 6 For S cardinal Read starboard hand Japan -- Hokkaido -- Ishikariwan Ko — Directions; depths Paragraph 7.149 5 line(s) 7--8 Replace by: 226 The track then continues W following the fairway, marked by light buoys and light beacons (lateral), into After Paragraph 8.94 1 line 12 Insert: Shiogama Ko. Caution. Depths in the harbour are reported (2018) Japanese Notice 17/348/19 [NP41--No 11--Wk 21/19] as less than charted. Japanese Notice 18/5217(T)/18 [NP41--No 2--Wk 21/18] Japan -- Honshu -- East coast -- Ogatsu Wan -- Ogatsu Ko — Directions; leading lights Russia -- Ostrov Shikotan — Marine reserve 197 280 Paragraph 7.187 2 line(s) 10--11 Replace by: After Paragraph 11.24 2 line 6 Insert: ...141 31 35E), a rock.   Ostrov Shikotan is a designated nature reserve The track then leads NW into Ogatsu Wan, passing within which fishing, landing, dredging and the NE of Aka Saki Light (white round concrete tower, discharge of garbage and oily waste are prohibited 10 m in height) (383000N 1412976E). within 1 mile of the coast. Paragraph 7.187 3 line(s) 1--10 Delete Russian ENC RU3M8WE0 [NP41--No 14--Wk 33/19]

Japanese Notice 17/344/19 [NP41--No 12--Wk 21/19] Russia -- Ostrov Shikotan -- Bukhta Malokuril’skaya — Submarine cable Japan -- Honshu -- East coast -- Kinkasan To -- Shishi Watari — Vertical clearance; caution 280

198 Paragraph 11.26 2 Replace by: 2 Russian Regulated Area No 253 lies across the Paragraph 7.190 1 line(s) 9--12 Replace by: inlet. Anchorage Area No 284 lies close E of the ...mainland. Shishi Watari (381781N 1413234E) is the entrance to the inlet. Anchorage Area No 285 lies narrowest part, and an overhead power cable with a safe close W of the entrance to the inlet. Attention is vertical clearance of 26 m spans the channel at this point. drawn to a submarine cable laid between the W limit of the anchorage and the waiting area farther W After Paragraph 7.190 2 line(s) 7 Insert: (11.10). Russian Regulated Area No 226 lies on the E Caution. Submarine power cables are laid across inner side of the inlet. For further information, see Shishi Watari, extending W from Kinkasan Ko. Appendix 1.

Japanese Notice 17/346/19 [NP41--No 13--Wk 21/19] Russian Notice 2/95/19 [NP41--No 8--Wk 06/19]

2--179 NP41

Russia -- Sea of Okhotsk -- Ostrov Iturup -- Shikoku -- South coast -- Tosa Wan and Kuril’skiy Zaliv — Anchorage approaches — Directions; superbuoy

288 68

Paragraph 11.74 3--4 Replace by: Paragraph 2.38 4 line 17 Replace by: 3 Anchorage berths are established as follows: ...the river close NW of Ka Shima. And: No 1 451481N 1475179E Clear of No 9 Superbuoy (special) (2.37).

No 2 451441N 1475179E Japanese Notice 16/265/18 [NP42A--No 10--Wk 20/18] No 3 451531N 1475229E No 4 451531N 1475199E Shikoku -- South coast -- Tosa Wan — No 5 451511N 1475159E Directions; superbuoy No 6 451481N 1475159E 69 No 7 451441N 1475109E Paragraph 2.47 1 line 10 Replace by: No 9 451551N 1475119E 4 Caution. Local knowledge is required and no No 8 Superbuoy (324740N 1333760E) shelter is provided from W and NW winds. During Paragraph 2.48 1 line 3 Replace by: strong N winds, heavy seas will enter the bay, and vessels are advised to leave the anchorage and put to NW of No 8 Superbuoy (324740N 1333760E)... sea. A submarine cable lies SW of the anchor berths. Japanese Notice 14/5176(P)/18 [NP42A--No 7--Wk 18/18] Russian Notice 03/129/19 [NP41--No 9--Wk 07/19] Shikoku -- Susaki Ko -- Daibo Quay — Depth

NP42A Japan Pilot Volume 2 (2017 Edition) 69

Paragraph 2.54 1 line 6 For 7 8m Read 7 0m Shikoku -- South coast -- South of Oki--no--Shima   — Directions; superbuoy ENC JP54MEV5 [NP42A--No 1--Wk 49/17] 62

Paragraph 2.9 2 lines 4--5 Replace by: Honshu -- South coast -- South--east of Kantori Saki — Directions; buoy No 11 Superbuoy (special) (323450N 1323222E). 84 Japanese Notice 16/267/18 [NP42A--No 8--Wk 20/18] Paragraph 4.9 2 line(s) 2 Replace by:

Shikoku -- South coast -- South of Oki--no--Shima ...(4.24), and: — Direction; superbuoy Clear of an ODAS light buoy (lit) (333067N 1360572E), thence: 63 Japanese Notice 46/930/19 [NP42A--No 17--Wk 52/19] Paragraph 2.10 4 lines 8--9 Replace by:

...rocky bank, lie 6 cables NW of Kushi--ga--Hana. Honshu -- Ise Wan -- Yokkaichi Ko — Bridge No 11 Superbuoy (2.9) is moored 7¾ miles S of Kushi--ga--Hana. 109

Japanese Notice 16/267/18 [NP42A--No 9--Wk 20/18] Paragraph 5.84 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:

1 Two pipeline bridges with vertical clearances of Shikoku -- South coast -- Tosa Wan — 21 m span the channel between the SW corner of Directions; superbuoys Kasumi (345863N 1363904E) and the NE corner 67 of Umaokoshi (345848N 1363903E).

Paragraph 2.37 2 line 4 Replace by: After Paragraph 5.84 1 line 9 Insert: No 9 Superbuoy (325217N 1332125E) 2 A fixed bridge with vertical clearances of 20 m and 18 m under the N and S spans of the bridge, Paragraph 2.37 2 line 8 Replace by: respectively, spans the channel between Kasumigaura No 8 Superbuoy (324740N 1333760E) North Wharf and Ama--ga--Suka (350020N 1364022E). Japanese Notice 14/5176(P)/18 [NP42A--No 6--Wk 18/18] Japanese Notice 5/72/18 [NP42A--No 4--Wk 09/18]

2--180 NP42A

Honshu -- Mikawa Wan -- Kinuura Ko — Paragraph 7.20 5 lines 1--2 Delete Prohibited area; reclamation area

123 Japanese Notice 1/1/18 [NP42A--No 5--Wk 17/18]

Paragraph 5.171 1 line(s) 8--10 Replace by: Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited into an area Honshu -- South coast -- Shimoda Ko — Directions; line of bearing (5.173), marked by light buoys (special), N of the W breakwater. Entry is prohibited into an area of reclamation work 152 (5.173) W of the Central Wharf. Paragraph 7.23 2 lines 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 5.173 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: 2 The line of bearing (039) of Shimodo Ko E 1 Reclamation work is in progress (2019) on the N Breakwater Head (343994N 1385730E) leads side of West Breakwater (344927N 1365595E). through the outer breakwaters. Reclamation work is in progress (2019) in the Thence the alignment (010) of the following marks vicinity of (345268N 1365688E), W of the Central leads through the outer harbour: Wharf (5.179). Japanese Notice 37/651/18 [NP42A--No 11--Wk 41/18] Japanese Notice 46/5443(P)/19 [NP42A--No 18--Wk 52/19] Honshu -- South coast -- Uraga Suido -- Sagami Nada -- West and north--west of O Shima Kurihama Wan — Obstructions — Directions; recommended route 168 The following notice is to be implemented at 0000 UTC on 1st January 2018 Paragraph 8.20 1 line 3 Replace by: 150 ...berths. Caution. There exist numerous reported obstructions shoaler than the maintained depth within the Paragraph 7.20 4 lines 9--14 Replace by: dredged area, particularly in the approach to SE Kurihama The track then continues to lead NE following the Quay. recommended route, passing: NW of Senba Saki (344217N 1392156E) (7.10), Japanese Chart 91/18 [NP42A--No 12--Wk 52/18] thence: SE of Kadowaki Saki (345343N 1390824E), where the recommended route ends. The coast Honshu -- South coast -- Uraga Suido -- 7½ cables SSW of Kadowaki Saki is fringed with Kurihama Wan — Obstructions; pilotage black rocks and is very steep--to; depths in excess of 200 m lie within 3 cables of the shore. A light 168 (7.18) is exhibited from the headland. Thence: Paragraph 8.21 1 lines 6--7 Replace by: Paragraph 7.20 5 lines 1--2 Delete Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 300 gt and is provided by Yokosuka Pilots; pilot boards in position Japanese Notice 46/5634(P)/17 351320N 1394431E. [NP42A--No 2--Wk 50/17] Japanese Chart 91/18 [NP42A--No 13--Wk 52/18] Sagami Nada -- West and north--west of O Shima — Directions; recommended route Honshu -- South coast -- Approaches to 150 Uraga Ko — Directions; clearing bearing; light

Paragraph 7.20 4 lines 8--14 including existing Section IV Notice Week 50/17 Replace by: 170 ...Misaki. Paragraph 8.32 4 Replace by: The track then continues to lead NE following an IMO recommended route, 8 miles in length, the 4 Anchorage. Large vessels may obtain anchorage in beginning and end marked by V--AIS (safe water), about 25 m, approximately 7½ cables E of Tomyo passing: Saki. However, holding ground here is moderate, sand NW of Senba Saki (344217N 1392156E) (7.10), shell and mud over rock, and Oki--no--Kayama Ne thence: (351436N 1394461E) must be given sufficient sea SE of Kadowaki Saki (345343N 1390824E), room. where the recommended route ends. The coast Vessels of less than 2000 tonnes may obtain 7½ cables SSW of Kadowaki Saki is fringed with anchorage in 13 m, sand and mud, about 2½ cables black rocks and is very steep--to; depths in excess NNE of Tomyo Saki but clear of the leading line. of 200 m lie within 3 cables of the shore. A light (7.18) is exhibited from the headland. Thence: Japanese Chart 91/18 [NP42A--No 14--Wk 52/18]

2--181 NP42A

Honshu -- Tokoyo Wan -- Seto Naikai -- Osaka Wan -- Kobe Ku — Yokohama--Ku — Anchorage Outer anchorages

178 347--348 Paragraph 13.23 1--3 Replace by: After Paragraph 8.86 2 line 18 Insert: 1 Anchor berths lie throughout the outer port area; Caution. A number of obstructions are charted berths are allocated by the Harbour Master and within the anchorage areas. should only be used with his permission; the letter Japanese Notice 32/641/19 [NP42A--No 16--Wk 40/19] designation of the berth indicates the suitable size, or type, of vessel that may use the berth: M -- (medium) vessels under 200 m in length; Japan -- Tokyo Wan -- Tokyo--Ku — L -- (large )vessels under 300 m in length; Traffic regulations; prohibited area F -- (ferry) car ferries. 2 Dangerous cargo anchorages are available in 193 Section 4 and Section 6; contact harbour authorities for instructions. After Paragraph 8.188 1 line 15 Insert: Kobe Ku Quarantine Anchorage (343853N Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited to an area, 1351052E) lies in Section 4 of the port, depths from marked by light buoys (special), centred on about 130to156 m, mud. 353669N 1394777E. Caution. Numerous fouls, obstructions and wrecks lie within the anchorage areas. Japanese Notice 51/893/18 [NP42A--No 15--Wk 03/19] Japanese Notice 46/938/19 [NP42B--No 3--Wk 52/19]

South of Honshu -- Nanpo Shoto -- Nishi--no--Shima (Nishino Shima) — Shoal NP42C Japan Pilot Volume 4 (2015 Edition)

213 Nansei Shoto -- Sakishima Gunto -- Miyako Shima -- Hirara Ko — Vertical clearance After Paragraph 9.65 2 line 6 Insert: 75 In 2018 an 18 m shoal (271410N 1404600E) was reported, 6 miles W of the island. Paragraph 2.75 1 line(s) 6--8 Replace by:

Correspondence HYDROPAC 216/18 Vertical clearance. Irabu O--hashi bridge, vertical [NP42A--No 3--Wk 07/18] clearance 27 m, spans Nagayama Suiro between the SE extremity of Irabu Shima (2.61) and Nogawa Saki, 2¼ miles ESE.

NP42B Japan Pilot Volume 3 (2019 Edition) ENC JP54C2T4 [NP42C--No 12--Wk 24/19]

Seto Naikai -- Harima Nada -- West side -- Okado Japan -- Okinawa Shima -- Itoman Gyoko — Hana to Inge Shima — Directions; obstruction Bridge; vertical clearance 97 294 Paragraph 3.90 1 lines 11--12 Replace by: Paragraph 11.28 2 line 27 Replace by: ...4 cables to an inner E basin. The E basin entrance is ...1342199E). An obstruction (343910N spanned by a bridge with a vertical clearance of about 1342200E), position approximate, lies 15 m. Naha airport lies about 4 miles N. 2¾ cables N of the wreck. Japanese Notice 11/222/19 [NP42C--No 8--Wk 14/19] Japanese Notice 43/871/19 [NP42B--No 1--Wk 49/19] Nansei Shoto -- Okinawa Shima -- Toguchi Ko — Vertical clearances; directions Seto Naikai -- Harima Nada -- North side -- IshimaSuidotoHimejiKo— 99 Directions; obstruction Paragraph 3.103 1 line(s) 7--10 Replace by: 298 Sesoko road bridge has a vertical clearance of about 22 m. Paragraph 11.58 4 line 2 Replace by: A bridge with a vertical clearance of about 13 m ...1342199E), lying close to track. An spans the entrance to Kyu Ko. obstruction (343910N 1342200E), position Paragraph 3.106 1 line(s) 5--17 Replace by: approximate, lies 2¾ cables N of the wreck. Thence: ...1275180E) marking the SE extremity of the coral reef extending S from the S extremity of Japanese Notice 43/871/19 [NP42B--No 2--Wk 49/19] Sesoko Shima, thence:

2--182 NP42C

ESE of an area of fish havens (263773N Paragraph 6.214 including heading Replace by: 1275214E), thence: Clear of a detached breakwater (263798N Spare 1275256E). 6.214 Thence as required for the allocated basin and 206 berth. Paragraph 6.256 including heading Replace by: Japanese Chart W240 [NP42C--No 13--Wk 27/19] Spare Okinawa Shima -- South--west side -- Naha Ko — 6.256 Traffic regulations; prohibited area 209 102 Paragraph 6.280 including heading Replace by:

After Paragraph 3.121 1 line(s) 6 Insert: Spare 6.280 2 Prohibited area. A prohibited area is centred on the E extremity of Urasoe No 1 breakwater (3.124). 214 This area protects construction work on the Paragraph 7.9 including heading Replace by: breakwater, expected to be completed in 2020. Spare Japanese Notice 14/5154(T)/19 7.9 [NP42C--No 9--Wk 18/19] Japanese Notice 2/37/17 [NP42C/No.2/Wk.10/17] Okinawa -- Nakagusuku Shinko — Harbour; development Kyushu -- Yatsushiro Kai -- Yatsushiro Ko — Berths 113 244

After Paragraph 3.200 2 line 3 Insert: Paragraph 8.139 1 lines 5--6 Replace by: A new basin (261985N 1275151E) is under ...reclaimed land. The berths and approaches are dredged development (2017). in sectors from 10 m to 14 m. Mariners should exercise caution as shallower patches exist within the 10 m and Japanese Notice 46/728/2017 14 m sectors. An obstruction (323209N 1303247E), [NP42C--No 5--Wk 48/17] with a depth of 129 m lies within the 14 m sector. Alongside depths in the 10 m sector are from 88m to 96m. Kyushu – Kagoshima Ko — Anchorage and pilotage positions Japanese Notice 37/591/2017 [NP42C/No.4/Wk.42/17]

192 Yatsushiro Ko — Basins and berths

Paragraph 6.153 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: 246

1 The quarantine anchorage is in position 313352N Paragraph 8.144 2--3 Replace by: 1303540E, approximately 5 cables S of Kan Se, in 2 Berths. The outer harbour has six berths (Gaiko 1 depths of 11--30 m. to 6); the inner harbour entrance channel has five berths (Gaiko 11 to 13; Naiko 9 to 10); the inner Paragraph 6.154 1 line 5 For 313341N 1303540E harbour has eight berths (Naiko 1 to 8). The largest Read 313321N 1303536E. berths are: Outer harbour (Gaiko Wharf): After Paragraph 6.154 1 line 8 Insert: No G1 and No G2 berths: total length 290 m; depths LNG vessels embark the pilot at position 312900N from 84to96m. 1303387E. No G3 and No G4 berths: total length 460 m; depth 120m. No G5 berth: length 280 m; depth 14 0m. Japanese Chart W221 [NP42C/No.1/Wk.24/15]  No G6 berth: length 200 m; depth 120 m; capacity 30 000 dwt. Kyushu -- South--West coast -- East of 3 Inner harbour entrance channel (Gaiko Wharf): Koshikijima Retto -- Koshiki Kaikyo -- Naka Se — No G11 to No G13 berths: total length 400 m; depths Other aids to navigation; racon from 73to86 m; capacity 10 000 dwt. Inner harbour (Naiko Wharf): 199 No N9 and No N10 berths: length 260 m; depths around 7 5 m; capacity 2 x 5000 dwt. Paragraph 6.210 including heading Replace by:  No N1 to No N8 berths: length 720 m; depths from 04to58 m; capacity 8 x 2000 dwt. Spare 6.210 Japanese Notice 13/216/18 [NP42C--No 6--Wk 17/18]

2--183 NP42C Shimabara Wan – Misumi Ko — NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Bridge; vertical clearance Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2018 Edition) 257

After Paragraph 9.55 1 line 11 Insert: South Korea -- Jejudo -- Aewol Hang — Pilotage 89 TheMisumi--KoBridge(323673N 1302754E), with a vertical clearance of 39 m, lies between the Paragraph 2.29 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: overhead cable and road bridge. 1 Description. Aewol Hang (332808N 1261950E), situated 6 cables E of Aewolgot, is a small harbour 259 protected by breakwaters with the entrance open E. Pilotage. Pilot boards in position 333100N After Paragraph 9.69 2 line 11 Insert: 1262130E. Under the Misumi--Ko Bridge (323673N Korean Notice 41/945/19 [NP43--No 86--Wk 45/19] 1302754E) (9.55), thence: South Korea -- Jejudo -- North--west coast -- Japanese Notice 15/257/2017 [NP42C/No.3/Wk.19/17] Aewol Hang — Directions; light 89

Japan -- Approaches to Sasebo Ko -- After Paragraph 2.29 1 line 6 Insert: Terashima Suido — Marine farms Directions. Aewol Hang is approached within the 288 white sector (2306-- 2 3 5 5) of Aewol Hang E Breakwater Light (white round concrete tower, 15 m in height) (33 28 18N 126 19 67E), and thence entered Paragraph 10.99 5 lines 1--6 Replace by:     by passing close S of the head of Aewol Hang N 5 Marine farms. Fish havens are situated within this Breakwater. area. Paragraph 2.29 3 line(s) 1--3 Delete

Japanese Chart W1232 [NP42C--No 7--Wk 21/18] Korean Notice 47/1108/19 NP43--No 93--Wk 52/19]

South Korea -- South coast -- Jejudo -- Jeju Hang Kyushu -- North--west side -- to Gwangjochwi — Directions; wreck Hakata Ko — Anchorage 91 357--358 After Paragraph 2.53 3 line 4 Insert:

Paragraph 13.99 1 line(s) 1--11 Replace by: NNW of a dangerous wreck (333473N 1263642E), position approximate, thence: 1 Quarantine anchorage (333777N 1301920E) lies on the E side of Nokono Shima (13.106); traffic is Korean Chart 2711/19 [NP43--No 88--Wk 48/19] heavy through the NE part of the anchorage. Hatsu Se (333764N 1301914E), a shoal patch with a South Korea -- Jejudo -- South coast -- least depth of 62 m marked by a light buoy (N Gaeminpogot to Marado — Directions; wrecks cardinal), lies near the centre of the anchorage. An 94 obstruction (anchor), position approximate, lies on the N limit of the anchorage. After Paragraph 2.73 2 line 10 Insert: 2 Anchorage, sheltered from N winds, may also be SSE of a dangerous wreck (331248N obtained off the S side of Shika Shima (13.90) in up 1263501E), position approximate, thence: to 20 m, sand. After Paragraph 2.73 4 line 6 Insert: Japanese Chart 1227/19 [NP42C--No 10--Wk 18/19] Clear of a dangerous wreck (330790N 1262603E), position approximate. South Korean Chart 2714 [NP43--No 90--Wk 49/19] Kyushu -- North--west side -- Hakata Ko — Pilotage South Korea -- Cheju Do -- Seogwipo Hang — Pilotage 358 94 Paragraph 13.100 1 line(s) 2--5 Replace by: Paragraph 2.76 1 line 8 Replace by: ...vessels entering Hakata Ko. Pilots board in position Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board at 331200N 333870N 1301834E, NNE of Ara Saki (13.106). 1263100E.

Japanese Chart 1227/19 [NP42C--No 11--Wk 18/19] Korean Notice 8/141/18 [NP43--No 7--Wk 12/18]

2--184 NP43

South Korea -- Jejudo -- Seogwipo Hang — Korea -- South west coast -- Arrival information; VTS Cheongsando — Anchorage 94 104 Paragraph 2.76 1 lines 1--8 including existing Section IV Wk 12/18 Replace by: Paragraph 2.141 2 line(s) 1--6 Delete

1 Vessel traffic service. A VTS is in operation for Korean Notice 17/115/19 [NP43--No 62--Wk 21/19] Seogwipo Hang and its approaches. See 2.35 and ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). South Korea -- Korea Strait -- Outer anchorage. Temporary anchorage may be Geomundo — Directions; buoy obtained outside the harbour according to draught, but thereisnoprotectionfromtheS.Thebottomissand 104--105 and mud. Quarantine anchorage. A quarantine anchorage Paragraph 2.148 1 line 3 For E--going Read W--going 2 cables in diameter, centred on 331400N 1263475E, lies E of the harbour entrance. Paragraph 2.148 3 line 12 Replace by: Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board at 331200N ...extremity of Chodo. An ODAS buoy is moored 1263100E. close NNW of the exit from the W--going lane. Korean Notice 27/163/18 [NP43--No 23--Wk 32/18] Thence: South Korean Notice 48/1062/18 South Korea -- Yeoseodo — Directions; light [NP43--No 45--Wk 51/18] 96

Paragraph 2.93 2 line(s) 3 For 2.135 Read 2.94 Korea -- South--west coast -- Heugildo — Light buoys; position

Paragraph 2.94 4 line(s) 2 Replace by: 106

...Yeoseodo (335875N 1265537E), from whose N side Paragraph 2.152 1 line(s) 3--4 Replace by: a light (white round concrete tower, 8 m in height) (335927N 1265510E) is exhibited. The island is very...... light buoys (safe water), leads initially SE for 2 miles to a position 8½ cables SW of the SW... Korean Notice 15/299/19 [NP43--No 59--Wk 20/19] Korean Notice 21/429/19 [NP43--No 63--Wk 25/19]

South Korea -- Yeoseodo — Light Korea -- South--west coast -- Heugildo — 97 Directions; light buoys; position

Paragraph 2.99 1 line(s) 9--10 Replace by: 106 Useful mark: Paragraph 2.158 1 line 6 Replace by: Yeoseodo Light (335927N 1265510E) (2.94). ...high, stands 5 cables NNW of it. It is recommended that Korean Notice 15/299/19 E--going traffic keeps to the S, and W going traffic keeps to [NP43--No 60--Wk 20/19] the N, of the light buoys (safe water), marking the centre of the recommended track. The track passes:

South Korea -- South coast -- Geomundo — Paragraph 2.158 2 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: Vertical clearance 2 Thence when a position is reached about 98 8½ cables SW of the SW end of Heugildo, the Paragraph 2.104 6 lines 1--3 Replace by: recommended track leads E, passing:

6 Vertical clearance. The N entrance to Tonae Hae Korean Notice 21/429/19 [NP43--No 64--Wk 25/19] is spanned by overhead power cables with a least vertical clearance of 26 m, and a bridge (340339N South Korea – South coast – Jangjingno — 1271812E) with a vertical clearance of 22 m. Bridge

South Korean Notice 46/997/18 111 [NP43--No 42--Wk 49/18] Paragraph 2.185 2 lines 8--9 Replace by: South Korea -- Yeoseodo — Light ...safe vertical clearance of 42 m. A bridge (lit) 103 (342090N 1264698E), vertical clearance 30 m, lies close W of... Paragraph 2.135 1 line(s) 4--5 Delete Paragraph 2.185 4 lines 7--8 Replace by: Paragraph 2.137 2 line(s) 6 For 2.135 Read 2.94 ...which mark the track leading under the central span of the bridge (see above). The... Korean Notice 15/299/19 [NP43--No 61--Wk 20/19] Korean Notices 48/888; 889/17 [NP43--No 1--Wk 02/18]

2--185 NP43

South Korea -- South coast -- Geogeum Sudo — South Korea – Yeosu Haeman — Directions; marine farm General information; VTS

115 127

Paragraph 2.213 5 line 5 Replace by: Paragraph 3.18 1 and 2 Replace by:

...by a light beacon (W cardinal). Thence: 1 VTS is in operation for Yeosu Haeman and its Clear of a marine farm lying over an isolated 84m approaches. The service also covers Yeosu Hang and shoal (343045N 1270485E). Gwangyang Hang. Participation in the service is compulsory for the following vessels: Korean Notice 30/203/18 [NP43--No 29--Wk 34/18] Vessels engaged in international voyages; Vessels over 300 gt (excluding fishing vessels in the South Korea -- South coast -- Geogeum Sudo — inner harbour); Directions; marine farm 2 Vessels carrying hazardous cargo; Towing vessels equipped with AIS manoeuvring 116 barges or floating structures by pushing or towing; Passenger ships; Paragraph 2.220 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: Ferries greater than 2 gt equipped with AIS; Clear of the marine farm lying over an isolated 84m Fishing vessels 45 m or more in length; shoal (343045N 1270485E) which lies 3 Any vessel less than 300 gt equipped with AIS 7 cables W of Sorokdo (343085N 1270705E) and engaged in harbour services, construction (2.213), thence: works or administration. For details and a list of reporting points Korean Notice 30/203/18 [NP43--No 30--Wk 34/18] see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).

H102 Yeosu VTS Center [NP43--No 51--Wk 12/19] South Korea -- South coast -- Naro Yeoldo — Vertical clearances South Korea – Yeosu Haeman — 118 General information; pilotage

Paragraph 2.235 5 lines 1--3 Replace by: 129 5 The channel between Sayangdo and Naenarodo, Paragraph 3.34 1 line(s) 5--11 Replace by: 3 cables NE, is spanned by a bridge (342881N 1272694E) with a safe vertical Pilot station Purpose Category clearance of 20 m; a power cable with a safe vertical clearance of 40 m also spans the 2 No 1 Embarkation Ships with draught of channel. A... (344110N 14 m or more; 1275592E) ships carrying Korean Notice 24/430/18 [NP43--No 20--Wk 28/18] dangerous cargo or passenger ships of 50 000 gt or more; South Korea -- South coast -- any ship of 70 000 gt Yeoja Man — Vertical clearances or more; container vessels of 120 100 000 gt or more Paragraph 2.250 1 line 5 For 35 m Read 36 m 3 No 2 Disembarkation As above (344231N After Paragraph 2.250 1 line 8 Insert: 1275149E)

2 Abridge(343730N 1273267E) with a vertical No 3 Embarkation/ Vessels other than clearance of 16 m spans the channel between the N (344449N Disembarkation those listed above extremity of Nangdo (2.248) and Dunbyeongdo. 1274959E) See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6) Korean Notice 24/428/18 [NP43--No 21--Wk 28/18] for details.

H102 Yeosu VTS Center [NP43--No 52--Wk 12/19] South Korea -- South coast -- Gamang Man -- Hoenggan Sudo — Vertical clearance South Korea -- South coast -- 123 Yeosu Hang — Anchorage

After Paragraph 2.266 2 line 10 Insert: 131 A bridge (34 35 98N 127 44 15E),withasafe     Paragraph 3.48 2 lines 1--7 Replace by: vertical clearance of 22 m, spans the main channel from the NE end of Hwataedo to 2 Area W (344380N 1274815E). Quarantine Dolsando, 6½ cables NNE. anchorage.

Korean Chart 2439/19 [NP43--No 83--Wk 44/19] Korean Notice 28/593/19 [NP43--No 71--Wk 33/19]

2--186 NP43

South Korea – Gwangyang Hang — South Korea – South coast – Samcheonpo Hang Limiting conditions; depths — Directions; leading lights

134 140 Paragraph 3.122 1 lines 6--8 Replace by: Paragraph 3.71 1 lines 7--8 Replace by: Front light (4--sided metal tower, 31 m in height) Myodo Sudo (34 51 97N 127 42 81E); 5 7mSEof      (345468N 1280626E). Sodangdo. Rear light (8--sided metal tower, 39 m in height)... Paragraph 3.71 2 lines 1--2 For less than 215 Read 210 Korean Notice 45/808/17 [NP43--No 2--Wk 03/18]

Paragraph 3.71 3 line 3 For 101 Read 102 South Korea -- Jinju Man -- Namhaedo — Vertical clearance Paragraph 3.71 3 line 5 For 75 Read 70 141

Paragraph 3.71 3 line 7 For 163 Read 165 Paragraph 3.126 5 line 4 For 27 m Read 25 m

BA Chart 3390/18 [NP43--No 46--Wk 03/19] South Korean Chart 2412/18 [NP43--No 48--Wk 04/19]

South Korea – South coast – Jinju Man – South Korea -- South coast -- Gwangyang Hang Noryang Sudo — Vertical clearances — Vertical clearance 141 134 Paragraph 3.126 5 line 8 For 26 m Read 24 m Paragraph 3.72 2 line 2 For 80 m Read 76 m Korean Notice 9/147/19 [NP43--No 53--Wk 12/19] Korean Notice 16/271/18 [NP43--No 14--Wk 20/18] South Korea -- Gwangyang Hang -- Noryang Sudo — Vertical clearance South Korea -- South coast -- Gwangyang Hang — Directions; fish haven 141

135 Paragraph 3.126 5 line 9 Replace by: ...Noryang Sudo. Another bridge (345663N Paragraph 3.87 1 lines 9--10 Replace by: 1275204E), with a vertical clearance of 35 m spans the W part of the strait. WNW of a fish haven (345254N 1274885E) with a depth of 34 m, thence: South Korean Notice 29/539/18 [NP43--No 24--Wk 33/18] South Korean Chart 2431 [NP43--No 43--Wk 51/18] South Korea – Jinju Man and approaches — South Korea -- South coast -- Gwangyang Hang General information; overhead cable — Berths; anchorage 141 136 Paragraph 3.126 7 line(s) 4 Replace by: Paragraph 3.90 3 lines 3--5 Replace by: ...and the mainland NE. An overhead transporter cable (345577N 1280290E), with a vertical ...the channel NW of Myodo. K--12 (345390N clearance of 31 m, spans the channel close NW of 1274185E) is the deepest, with depths from 105to Samcheonpo Bridge. There is also a power... 126m. Korean Notice 23/473/19 [NP43--No 69--Wk 27/19] South Korean Chart 2431 [NP43--No 44--Wk 51/18] South Korea -- South coast -- Araetdaehoseom to South Korea -- Samcheonpo Hang — Nam Man — Directions; wreck; rock Depth; vertical clearance 143

139 Paragraph 3.140 1 lines 7--8 Replace by:

Paragraph 3.119 1 line(s) 2--9 Replace by: Clear of a dangerous wreck (345167N 1281645E), and: ...of 145 m in the channel leading to the power station Clear of an isolated 98 m rock (345180N wharf (3.124). 1281692E), thence:

Korean Chart 2235/19 [NP43--No 89--Wk 48/19] Korean ENC KR5G3E12 [NP43--No 31--Wk 34/18]

2--187 NP43

South Korea -- South coast -- Approaches to South Korea -- South coast -- Geojedo — Tongyeong Hang — Wreck Vertical clearance 143 152 After Paragraph 3.140 2 line 5 Insert: Paragraph 3.193 1 line 6 For 40 m Read 38 m Clear of a wreck (345094N 1281969E), thence:

After Paragraph 3.140 2 line 11 Insert: Korean Notice 36/787/19 [NP43--No 78--Wk 42/19] Clear of a wreck (345093N 1282056E), thence:

Korean Notice 34/644/18 [NP43--No 33--Wk 38/18] South Korea -- South coast -- Geojedo — Vertical clearance South Korea -- South coast -- Nodae Gundo — Depth 153

146 After Paragraph 3.200 3 line 3 Insert:

Paragraph 3.155 2 lines 5--6 Replace by: A bridge with a vertical clearance of 22 m spans Modo (343963N 1281560E) lies 3 cables SE of the channel N of Sandaldo. Hanodaedo. A 03 m rocky shoal, marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), lies 3 cables E of Modo. Korean Notice 44/950/18 [NP43--No 41--Wk 47/18] Sodubang...

Korean ENC KR4G3E10 [NP43--No 72--Wk 33/19] South Korea -- South coast -- South--west side of Geojedo -- Jungnimpo — Vertical clearance South Korea -- Approaches to Tongyeong Hang -- Bijindo — Vertical clearance 153

148 Paragraph 3.200 3 lines 1--3 including existing Section IV Week 47/18 Replace by: Paragraph 3.164 2 line 2 For 69 m Read 59 m 3 Vertical clearance. Two power cables, in the Korean Chart 2164/18 [NP43--No 84--Wk 44/19] vicinity of 344908N 1283175E, with a least vertical clearance of 26 m, span the channel NW of Sandaldo. South Korea -- South coast -- Janggang Sudo — A bridge with a vertical clearance of 22 m spans Vertical clearance the channel N of Sandaldo. 148 Korean Notice 36/787/19 [NP43--No 79--Wk 42/19] Paragraph 3.165 3 lines 2--5 Replace by:

Janggang Sudo. A power cable (344522N South Korea -- Busan New Port -- 1282951E) with a safe vertical clearance of Todo — Prohibited area 36 m spans the W end of the channel between Yongchodo and Hansando. 159 Korean Notice 36/789/19 [NP43--No 77--Wk 42/19] After Paragraph 3.239 1 line 13 Insert:

South Korea -- South coast -- A prohibited area surrounds the island of Todo Gyeonnaeryang Haehyeop — Vertical clearance (3.237), extending about 1½ cables from the island 149 and is marked by light buoys (special).

Paragraph 3.168 1 line 14 For 32 m Read 24m Korean Notice 51/958/2017 [NP43--No 5--Wk 04/18]

Korean Notice 8/126/19 [NP43--No 54--Wk 12/19] South Korea -- South coast -- Busan New Port — South Korea -- South coast -- Directions; directional light Gyeonnaeryang Haehyeop — Directions; wreck 159 149 Paragraph 3.241 2 lines 5--6 Replace by: Paragraph 3.168 3 line(s) 10 Replace by: ...and: Useful mark: WNW of a dangerous wreck (345064N Busan New Port Directional Light (white round metal 1282752E), thence: tower, 36 m in height) (350446N 1284610E) marking the fairway on the N side of the harbour. Paragraph 3.168 4 line(s) 1 For ESE Read WNW South Korean Notice 45/1052/19 ENC KR5G3E12 [NP43--No 67--Wk 26/19] [NP43--No 91--Wk 51/19]

2--188 NP43

Korea--Southcoast--BusanNewPort— South Outer Harbour (350350N 1290200E). Directions; leading lights Depths in the No 2 Fairway leading through the 159 anchorages vary from 230 m, at the S end, to 57 m at the N end. Paragraph 3.241 3 lines 1--7 Delete Paragraph 3.331 2 lines 3--5 Replace by: Korean Notice 38/839/19 [NP43--No 82--Wk 43/19] North Outer Harbour (350540N 1290560E). In No 1 Fairway there is an obstruction (350606N 1290417E) with a depth of 139 m in the vicinity South Korea -- Jinhae Man -- of No 7 Light Beacon. Hwangdeokdo — Directions; light 165 Korean Chart 2153; ENC KR5G3B33 [NP43--No 81--Wk 43/19] Paragraph 3.294 including heading Replace by: South Korea -- Busan -- Sueomal — Principal marks Vertical clearance 3.293a 1 Major lights: 171 Hwangdeokdo Light (white round concrete tower, After Paragraph 3.332 1 line(s) 8 Insert: 16 m in height) (350067N 1283724E). Cable Car. Acablecar(350426N 1290135E), Other aids to navigation with a safe vertical clearance of 33 m, spans the 3.294 entrance to a small cove close SW of Sueomal 1 Racons: (3.347) in the South Harbour. It is supported by two Gadeok Sudo No 2 Light Buoy (350280N metal towers (white). 1284035E). Baegam Light Beacon (350251N 1283770E). Korean Notice 14/234/19 [NP43--No 57--Wk 18/19] Anjeong Fairway No 1 Light Buoy (350030N 1283478E). South Korea -- South coast -- Busan Hang — For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Vertical clearance Volume 2 (2). 171 Paragraph 3.295 4 line 3 For see below Read 3.293a Paragraph 3.332 2 lines 1--5 Delete Paragraph 3.295 4 lines 5--7 Delete Korean Notice 28/589/19 [NP43--No 73--Wk 33/19] Korean Notice 01/26/18 [NP43--No 6--Wk 05/18] South Korea -- South coast -- Busan Hang — Vertical clearance South Korea -- South coast -- Approaches to Busan — Directions; wreck 171

169 After Paragraph 3.332 2 line 12 Insert: After Paragraph 3.323 3 line 7 Insert: Gwangan Bridge (350877N 1290774E), with a vertical clearance of 33 m, spans the NW part of Clear of a dangerous wreck (35 00 68N   Suyeong Man. 1290782E), thence: Korean Chart 2153 [NP43--No 80--Wk 43/19] Korean ENC KR5G3B33 [NP43--No 74--Wk 37/19]

South Korea -- South coast -- Busan Hang — South Korea -- South coast -- West of Busan -- Traffic regulations; prohibited area Nakdongpo — Vertical clearance 170 172 After Paragraph 3.338 3 line 4 Insert: Paragraph 3.326 4 line(s) 7 For 54 Read 50m Prohibited area. Unauthorised vessels over 300 gt ENC KR5G3A44 [NP43--No 68--Wk 26/19] are prohibited from entering or crossing the Entry Prohibited Line in the vicinity of Gwangan Bridge (3.332). Korea -- South coast -- Busan Hang — Depths 171 Korean Notice 32/694/19 & Korean ENC KR5G3B33 [NP43--No 75--Wk 37/19] Paragraph 3.331 1 lines 1--10 Replace by: South Korea -- Busan Hang — Light 1 Controlling depths for the harbours of Busan are as follows: 173 Depths in Dadaepo (350309N 1285924E) range from 20to125m. Paragraph 3.343 2 lines 8--9 Delete Depths in Gamcheon Hang (350400N 1290010E) range from 70to157m. Korean Notice 17/280/18 [NP43--No 15--Wk 21/18]

2--189 NP43

South Korea -- South coast -- Busan -- Dadaepo South Korea -- East coast -- Ulsan Sin Hang — — Directions; light buoys Directions; fairway 174 186

Paragraph 3.345 3 line 9 Replace by: Paragraph 4.43 Replace by: ...(350250N 1285936E). Two obstructions (350252N 1285946E and 350240N 1 From a position (352120N 1292770E) in the 1285946E), 117 and 127 m in depth, lie about pilot boarding area, the track leads initially WNW to 1 cable ENE and 1¼ cables SE of the head of the the entrance of the fairway and then generally N, breakwater respectively. Both obstructions are passing: marked by light buoys (special). Thence: SSW and W of Ulsan Hang E (SBM) (352318N 1292358E), thence: Korean Notice 21/424/19 [NP43--No 65--Wk 25/19] W of Ulsan Hang F (SBM) (352380N 1292359E). South Korea -- South coast -- Busan Hang — Directions; directional light 2 The track then follows the buoyed channel to Ulsan Sin Hang. 175 Korean Notice 6/89/19 [NP43--No 50--Wk 09/19] Paragraph 3.348 3 line 6 Replace by: The alignment (3048) of these lights and the white sector (3038--3058) of No 1 Fairway Directional South Korea -- East coast -- Approaches to Light (350678N 1290311E) (white 4--sided metal Ulsan Hang — Directions; SBM tower, 23 m in height) leads through... 186 South Korean Notice 45/1049/19 [NP43--No 92--Wk 51/19] After Paragraph 4.44 1 line 3 Insert:

South Korea -- South coast -- Dadaepo — ENE of Ulsan Hang E (SBM) (352318N Anchorage 1292358E) and Ulsan Hang F (SBM) (352380N 1292359E), thence: 177 Paragraph 4.44 2 lines 1--2 Delete Paragraph 3.351 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:

1 Alongside berths. There is a fishing harbour on... Paragraph 4.48 2 lines 4--6 Replace by: Korean Notice 26/538/19 [NP43--No 70--Wk 30/19] SBM E (Korea Oil) (352318N 1292358E). For South Korea -- Busan -- tankers up to 300 000 dwt; depth of 40 m at the South Outer Harbour — Cable car terminal.

177 Korean Notice 01/01/19 [NP43--No 47--Wk 04/19] After Paragraph 3.353 1 line(s) 3 Insert: Caution. A cable car (3.332) spans the entrance to South Korea -- Onsan Hang — Berths the cove close W of the quarantine anchorage centred on 350424N 1290163E. 187

Korean Notice 14/234/19 [NP43--No 58--Wk 18/19] After Paragraph 4.50 8 line 3 Insert:

South Korea -- Ulsan Hang — Port authority 9 North--East Oil--hub (352796N 1292267E). First phase in Onsan Hang consists of 184 six berths for tankers, comprising three 60 000 ton Paragraph 4.27 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: berths, one 10 000 ton berth, one 30 000 ton berth and one 120 000 ton berth. 1 Ulsan Port Authority, 271 Jangsaengpo gorae--ro, Nam--gu, Ulsan, South Korea. UPA Brochure -- www.upa.or.kr Website. www.upa.or.kr [NP43--No 18--Wk 22/18] UPA Brochure -- www.upa.or.kr [NP43--No 16--Wk 22/18] South Korea -- Ulsan Hang -- Outer basin berths South Korea -- Ulsan Hang — Development — Berth information 187 185 1 Paragraph 4.38 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: After Paragraph 4.52 line 4 Insert:

1 Land reclamation works are in progress (2018) for Namhwa Wharf (352896N 1292313E). Consists the North--East Asia Oil--hub second phase, in Ulsan of a jetty 110 m in length; depths from 58to63m Sin Hang. alongside. Korean Notice 18/308/18 [NP43--No 17--Wk 22/18] South Korean Chart 1816 [NP43--No 25--Wk 33/18]

2--190 NP43

South Korea -- Ulsan Hang -- Inner basin — Paragraph 5.12 4 lines 5--6 Replace by: Alongside depths NE of Amyong Kkut(390784N 1274479E), a 187--188 black rocky point on which stands a light (5.11). From it a low sandy... Paragraph 4.54 1 lines 3--4 For 33to61mRead 39to 49m Chinese Notice 34/1395/2017 [NP43--No 8--Wk 18/18]

Paragraph 4.54 2 line 5 For 103 Read 102 North Korea -- North--east coast -- Baegandan — Directions; major light

South Korean Chart 1816 [NP43--No 26--Wk 33/18] 219

After Paragraph 5.37 1 line 2 Insert: South Korea -- East coast -- Mipo Hang — Wreck Baegandan Light (393572N 1273447E).

190 Paragraph 5.38 1 line 10 Replace by:

Paragraph 4.71 2 line 6 Replace by: ...4 miles ENE of Baegandan, on which stands a light (5.37). Seogeunam, a...... vessels less than 2000 gt. A wreck (353173N 1292760E) lies in the NE part of the anchorage. Chinese Notice 34/1392/2017 [NP43--No 9--Wk 18/18]

BA Chart 898 [NP43--No 40--Wk 47/18] North Korea -- North--east coast -- Ogar Am — Directions; major light South Korea -- Pohang Hang -- Yeongilman Hang — Development 225

193 After Paragraph 5.72 3 line 8 Insert: Major lights: After Paragraph 4.93 1 line 3 Insert: Ogar Am Light (402399N 1285405E).

Reclamation works and construction of new berths Paragraph 5.73 3 lines 6--9 Replace by: are in progress (2017) in Yeongilman Hang. SE of Ogar Am (402440N 1285472E), a rock South Korean Notice 37/643/17 which is prominent. A light (5.72) is exhibited [NP43--No 27--Wk 33/18] about 6¾ cables SE of the rock. Thence:

Chinese Notice 23/942/2017 [NP43--No 10--Wk 18/18] South Korea -- East coast -- Pohang Hang — Directions; shoal North Korea -- North--east coast -- Yujindan — 194 Directions; major light 226 After Paragraph 4.97 1 line 7 Insert: Clear of an isolated shoal (360577N 1293117E), After Paragraph 5.83 2 line 7 Insert: marked by V--AIS (isolated danger), thence: Yujindan Light (404090N 1291788E).

Korean Chart 1753/19 [NP43--No 76--Wk 37/19] Chinese Notice 23/942/2017 [NP43--No 11--Wk 18/18]

South Korea -- East coast -- North Korea -- North--east coast -- Yujindan — Donghae Gang — Depth Directions; major light

205 227

Paragraph 4.168 4 line 7 For depth of 106toRead depths Paragraph 5.84 3 lines 5 Replace by: of 87to ...(404063N 1291813E), on which stands a light. A dangerous wreck lies... Korean Notice 40/903/19 [NP43--No 85--Wk 44/19] Chinese Notice 23/942/2017 [NP43--No 12--Wk 18/18]

North Korea -- Amyong Kkut -- North--east coast North Korea -- North--east coast -- Sajindan — — Directions; major light Directions; major light

216 233

After Paragraph 5.11 2 line 8 Insert: After Paragraph 5.137 1 line 5 Insert: Amyong Kkut Light (390775N 1274470E). Sajindan Light (415983N 1300187E).

2--191 NP43

Paragraph 5.139 1 line 6 Replace by: Russia – Pacific Coast – Zaliv Ussuriyskiy -- Bukhta Sukhodol — Anchorage ...in grass. A light stands on the point. A reef with above--water rocks on it... 256 After Paragraph 6.100 1 line 4 Insert: Chinese Notice 23/942/2017 [NP43--No 13--Wk 18/18] The bay is reported to be free from the fog which prevails in Zaliv Ussuriyskiy during summer. The W and SW winds to Russia – Pacific Coast – Zalev Petra Velikogo -- which the bay is exposed, are reported to be experienced Bukhta Bol’shogo Kamnya — Anchorages; on only one or two days during summer. pilotage; directions Paragraph 6.100 3 line(s) 1 to 7 Replace by: 255 3 Caution. The S side of the bay is encumbered with marine farms and a submarine cable is laid across the Paragraph 6.99 4--6 Replace by: entrance.

1 General information. Bukhta Bol’shogo Kamnya Russian Chart RU 65005 [NP43--No 56--Wk 14/19] (430750N 1322001E) is entered between Mys Palets and Mys Maksimova, 8 cables NE. The town of Russia -- Vladivostok -- Bukhta Diomid — Bol’shoy Kamen’ stands on the SE shore and Submerged dock; buoy breakwaters extend NNE from Mys Palets and SW from a spit S of Mys Maksimova to form an entrance 259 1½ cables wide. The port is small, shallow and Paragraph 6.120 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: obstructed, but small vessels can obtain some shelter behind Mys Palets. ...depths of 11to134 m alongside. Four floating docks and a submerged floating dock (430527N 1315327E), 2 Outer anchorage. A quarantine anchorage marked at the SE point by a light buoy (isolated danger), (430682N 1321576E) lies on the NW limit of are located within the base. Approach Area No 3. Pilotage. Pilots board in position 430727N Russian Notice 24/3261/18 [NP43--No 19--Wk 27/18] 1321706E. Directions. From a position about 2 miles W of Russia -- Pacific Coast -- Vladivostock — Mys Sedlovidnyy (6.97) the track leads NE through Berths; obstruction Approach Area No 3 (430680N 1321652E) for about 4 miles, passing: 259 3 NE of the shoal spit (430570N 1321787E) extending from Mys Sedlovidnyy and marked Paragraph 6.120 1 lines 1--4 including Section IV Notice by a light buoy (N cardinal), thence: Week 27/18 Replace by: NE of Kamen’ Aleut (430678N 1321866E), a 1 The Trawler Base (430544N 1315350E) in shoal marked by a light buoy (W cardinal), thence: Bukhta Diomid has 10 numbered berths. There are NE of the reef fringing Mys Palets (430733N depths of 11to134 m alongside. Four floating docks 1321915E), marked by a buoy (W cardinal). and a submerged floating dock (430527N 4 Bukhta Bol’shoy Kamen’ Leading Lights: 1315327E), marked at the SE point by a light buoy Front light (white 4--sided masonry tower, black (isolated danger), are located within the base. stripe, 14 m in height) (430678N 1322105E). 2 A submerged pontoon lies at 430538N Rear light (white 8--sided masonry tower, black 1315340E. stripe, 13 m in height) (6½ cables from front light). 5 The alignment (1249) of these lights leads SE, Russian Notice 32/4287/18 [NP43--No 32--Wk 36/18] passing: SW of a shallow patch (430823N 1321908E) Russia -- Zaliv Nakhodka — Vessel Traffic marked by a light buoy (S cardinal), thence: Service; speed restrictions; fairways SW of a stranded wreck (430787N 1321960E), lying close S of Mys Maksimova, thence: 268 Close SW of an obstruction (430758N Paragraph 7.37 1 lines 6--7 Replace by: 1321951E) and between the breakwaters into the bay. ...and one--way traffic, regulated by Zaliv Petra Velikogo 6 Useful marks: VTS, in Fairways No 3, 5, 6 and 6A. North Breakwater Head Light (red 4--sided stone Paragraph 7.37 3 lines 1--9 Replace by: tower, white band, with platform, 5 m in height) (430758N 1321959E). 3 Vessel Traffic Service. Zaliv Petra Velikogo VTS is South Breakwater Head Light (green round metal in operation for Zaliv Nakhodka and its approaches. tower, white band, with platform, 8 m in height) For further details, see ADMIRALTY List of Radio (430757N 1321941E). Signals Volume 6(6). Mys Maksimova Light (white 4--sided stone tower, 4 Speed restrictions: red band, 8 m in height) (430806N In Fairways No 1, No 7 and in the eastern part of 1321961E). Fairway No 6, the speed must not exceed 10 kn for vessels up to 150 m in length and 8 kn for Russian Chart RU 65005 [NP43--No 55--Wk 14/19] vessels over 150 m in length.

2--192 NP43

In Fairways No 5, No 6A and in the western part of Paragraph 8.103 2 lines 5--7 Replace by: No 6 the speed must not exceed 6 kn. In Bukhta Nakhodka and Bukhta Novitskogo, the Anchorages. Russian Regulated Area No 174 speed must be the minimum sufficient to maintain (Appendix II) is the quarantine anchorage and lies the course for vessels with length greater than 2 miles SE of De--Kastri pier. Russian regulated Area 50 m and must not exceed 10 kn for vessels with No 174D (Appendix II) is the anchorage for STS length of less than 50 m. operations. Russian Notice 39/5148; 5173/18 Russian Notice 40/5288/18 [NP43--No 37--Wk 43/18] [NP43--No 34--Wk 42/18]

Russia -- Approaches to Zaliv Nakhodka — Russia -- Gulf of Tartary -- Outer anchorages; buoy Zaliv Chikhacheva — Pilotage 304 271 Paragraph 8.103 4 lines 5--8 Replace by: Paragraph 7.49 3 lines 7--9 Replace by: Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. The Bukhta Popova Anchorage area (424452N pilot boards in Russian Regulated Area No 175. 1325358E) for STS operations. Special pilots for tankers board and disembark in Large vessel anchorage (424535N 1325791E). position 512715N 1405537E. Tankers (424476N 1330016E). The Nakhodka--1 Roadstead Transhipment area Russian Notice 39/5173/18 [NP43--No 35--Wk 42/18] (424448N 1325468E), radius 458 m, lies SW of Anchorage No 10; a mooring buoy has been moored Russia – Proliv Nevel’skogo — close SE of the area. Traffic regulations

After Paragraph 7.50 1 Insert: 328

After Paragraph 10.10 1 line 3 Insert: Tugs 7.50a No 324, WSW of Mys Uangi (10.13). 1 Tug assistance is mandatory for STS operations in Bukhta Popova Anchorage area and the Nakhodka--1 Russian Notice 43/5627/17 [NP43--No 3--Wk 04/18] Roadstead Transhipment area. Within the port, all movements of ships more than 50 m in length must Russia -- Amurskiy Liman -- Mys Khussi — be carried out with the use of tugs. Directions; wreck

Russian Notice 40/5256; 5288/18 333 [NP43--No 38--Wk 43/18] Paragraph 10.47 3 lines 9--12 Replace by: ...Mys Khussi passing ENE of a stranded wreck Russia -- Pacific Coast -- Zaliv Nakhodka -- (524345N 1411551E). After midday the leading Koz’mino — Restricted area beacons on Mys Dzhaore are difficult to see.

273 Russian Notice 2/96/19 [NP43--No 49--Wk 06/19]

After Paragraph 7.71 1 line 6 Insert: Russia -- Sea of Okhotsk -- Udskaya Guba -- Restricted area. Navigation, anchoring and fishing Guba Lebyazh’ya — Anchorage; depths are not recommended within an area, radius 50 m, 367 centred on a submerged obstruction in position 424322N 1330050E. Paragraph 12.62 2 lines 1--7 Replace by:

Russian Chart 68026 [NP43--No 39--Wk 44/18] 2 Depths in the entrance to Guba Lebyazh’ya extending E from Ostrovok Arka to Ostrov Sukhotina are from 11 to 24 m, but immediately within there is a Russia -- Gulf of Tartary -- Zaliv Chikhacheva — ridge, which stretches nearly across the bay, with Arrival information depths from 7 to 110 m and shoaling rapidly to the W at the entrance to Bukhta Engel’ma. Depths N of this 304 ridge increase to 10 to 16 m; the bottom throughout is ooze. After Paragraph 8.103 1 line 6 Insert: Paragraph 12.62 5 line 8 For Reyd Engel’ma Read Bukhta Vessel Traffic Service. A VTS is in operation for Engel’ma the control of shipping within the port waters and its approaches. For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Paragraph 12.62 6 line 1 For Reyd Engel’ma Read Signals Volume 6(6). Bukhta Engel’ma

2--193 NP43

Paragraph 12.62 7 lines 1--5 Replace by: Russia -- Gulf of Tartary -- Zaliv Chikhacheva — Appendix II; STS anchorage 7 Depths in the entrance to Bukhta Engel’ma are about 5 to 110 m. Banka Gaykovskogo, with a least 428 depth of 16 m lies close inside the entrance. A channel, in which there is a least depth of 38m, Left hand column: leads along the N side of this shoal. After Zaliv Chikhacheva -- Area No 174 line 9 ...of cargo Paragraph 12.62 8 line 1 For 73 Read about 5 to 6 m ships. Insert:

Russian Chart 68155/18 [NP43--No 22--Wk 30/18] Zaliv Chikhacheva -- Area No 174D The area bounded by the line joining the following Russia -- Sea of Okhotsk -- Udskaya Guba -- positions: Severo--Vostochnaya Gavan’ — Depths; position (1) 512717 1404820 367 (2) 512717 1404920 (3) 512653 1404940 Paragraph 12.63 1 line(s) 5--6 Replace by: (4) 512653 1404820 Note. The area is the anchorage for STS Topography. Mys Peshchernyy (551035N operations. 1355106E), a small point with a cave at its base, lies about 6 cables WSW of Mys... Russian Notice 39/5149; 5173/18 Paragraph 12.63 2 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: [NP43--No 36--Wk 42/18]

2 Anchorage (550986N 1354971E) in Severo--Vostochnaya Gavan’ can be obtained in 10 m, East coasts of Korea and Siberia and gravel, 9 cables WSW of Mys... Sea of Okhotsk — Index

Russian Chart 63131 [NP43--No 66--Wk 25/19] 432--449 Replace Index by: Russia -- Sea of Okhotsk -- Rybnyy Port — Pilotage NP 43 Index should be replaced with the new Index available for downloading at: 373 http://bit.ly/2Ay55LE Paragraph 12.95 2 line 10 For 591983N 1431057E UKHO [NP43--No 28--Wk 33/18] Read 591903N 1431060E

UKHO [NP43--No 87--Wk 46/19] NP44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera Pilot (2019 Edition) Appendix II – Areas prohibited for anchoring and fishing — Amurskiy Liman Indonesia -- Sumatera -- North--east coast -- 410 Belawan — Pilotage Left hand column 99

After Proliv Nevel’skogo --north--east of Mys Ekateriny Paragraph 4.62 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: line (8) 515400 1412689 Insert: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 500 gt Proliv Nevel’skogo -- west--south--west of Mys Uangi and available 24 hours. Pilots board in position Area No 324: 35422N 984500E. Northern limit: (1) 520570 1412074 Indonesian Notice 29/392/19 [NP44--No 3--Wk 40/19] (2) 520569 1412174 (3) 520460 1413554 Indonesia -- Sumatera -- North--east coast -- (4) 520465 1413686 Belawan — Anchorages (5) 520492 1413780 Southern limit: 99 (1) 520462 1412045 (2) 520460 1412065 Paragraph 4.65 1 Replace by: (3) 520387 1412980 (4) 520350 1413415 1 There are 15 designated anchorage areas in the (5) 520347 1413550 approaches to Belawan as follows: (6) 520370 1413692 Zone 1. Cargo vessels (35457N 984711E); (7) 520408 1413812 Zone 2. Container vessels (35597N 984736E); Zone 3. Chemical carriers (35540N 984479E); Russian Notice 43/5627/17; ENC RU4N5W30 Zone 4. Oil and gas vessels (35612N 984479E); [NP43--No 4--Wk 04/18] Zone 5. Dry bulk carriers (35457N 984637E);

2--194 NP44

2 Zone 6. Liquid bulk carriers (35575N Paragraph 4.72 4 lines 1--6 Replace by: 984478E); Zone 7. Car carriers (35520N 984661E); 4 W of a dangerous wreck (35126N 984489E), Zone 8. Passenger ships (35558N 984699E); reported (2002). Zone 9. Vessels bound for Pertamina SBM (4.75) Thence the track leads to a position close W of (35138N 985067E); No 6 Light Buoy (port hand) (35055N 984446E). Zone 10. Quarantine anchorage (35409N GB Chart 3584; 3921 [NP44--No 12--Wk 43/19] 984815E); Zone 11. Trial vessel anchorage (35454N 984838E); Malaysia -- North channel leading to 3 Zone 12. Transfer anchorage (35415N Pinang Harbour — Directions 984703E); Zone 13. Emergency anchorage (35409N 134 984905E); Zone 14. Dead ship anchorage (35407N Paragraph 5.161 including heading Replace by: 984856E); Zone 15. Naval anchorage (35489N 984673E). Spare 5.161 Indonesian Notice 29/392/19 [NP44--No 4--Wk 40/19] ENC MY4C5536 [NP44--No 7--Wk 41/19]

I n d o n e s i a -- S u m a t e r a -- E a s t c o a s t -- B e l a w a n — Directions; buoyage Malaysia -- South Channel leading to Pinang Harbour — Vertical clearance 99 135 Paragraph 4.69 1--2 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 5.169 3 line(s) 3--6 Replace by:

Approaches to Belawan Channel Sultan Abdul Halim Muadzam Shah Bridge 4.69 (51714N 1001829E) is 24 km in length, with the 1 From a position NNE of Nipahlarangan Light longest span over the South Channel being 250 m. It (35417N 984077E) (4.55), the track leads S to the is a cable stayed box girder bridge with a vertical vicinity of a light buoy (safe water) (35853N clearance of 33 m. 984763E). Thence the approaches lead SW on a ENC MY4C5536 [NP44--No 8--Wk 41/19] recommended track to a position close W of No 2 Light Buoy (port hand) (35411N 984493E) and the pilot boarding station (4.62). Malaysia -- South Channel -- Inner Part — Directions; alignment GB Chart 3584; 3921 [NP44--No 11--Wk 43/19] 136

Indonesia -- Sumatera -- East coast -- Paragraph 5.172 2 line(s) 7 For (0446) Read (044) Belawan — Directions ENC MY4C5536 [NP44--No 9--Wk 41/19] 99--100

Paragraph 4.70 1--2 including heading Replace by: Malaysia -- Pinang Harbour — Limiting conditions; bridge

Spare 137 4.70 Paragraph 5.182 1 line(s) 2 For Pinang Second Bridge Paragraph 4.71 1--2 Replace by: Read Sultan Abdul Halim Muadzam Shah Bridge 1 From a position in the vicinity of the light buoy (safe water) (35853N 984763E), the track leads S, ENC MY4C5536 [NP44--No 10--Wk 41/19] passing E of the outer anchorages (4.65), to the terminal. Malaysia – Malacca Strait -- Paragraph 4.72 1 line 1 Replace by: Approaches to Lumut — Depths

1 From a position close W of No 2 Light Buoy (port 147 hand)... Paragraph 6.36 2 lines 4--5 Replace by: Paragraph 4.72 2 lines 6--9 Replace by: There is a minimum depth of 116m (40838N W of four dangerous wrecks, marked by light buoys 1003476E) in the approaches to Lekir Bulk Terminal. (emergency wreck), which lie ESE of No 2 Light Buoy, thence: Malaysian Notice 6/147/19 [NP44--No 1--Wk 40/19]

2--195 NP44

Malaysia – Malacca Strait -- Approaches to 4 Furthermore, spear fishing and the use of fishing Lekir Bulk Terminal — Directions; depths gear such as set bottom lines, trammel nets, gill nets and entangling nets, encircling nets, 150 demersal pots and traps are prohibited in these areas. Only surface fishing is allowed Paragraph 6.43 2 lines 1--2 Replace by: including trolling lines and angling for pelagic fish. 2 Clear of a patch (40838N 1003476E) with a The locations of conservation areas around wrecks depth of 116 m, thence: are detailed within the geographic chapters.

Paragraph 6.43 2 line 8 Replace by: Maltese Notice 51/19 [NP45--No 57--Wk 33/19] Thence the terminal can be approached directly, keeping clear of an isolated shoal patch (40824N Spain -- Approaches to Cartagena — 1003691E) with a depth of 133m. Approach and entry

Malaysian Notice 6/147/19 [NP44--No 2--Wk 40/19] 112

Paragraph 2.173 1 lines 1--7 Replace by: Malaysia -- Malacca Strait -- Pulau Pisang — Directions; light buoy Spare 2.173 173 Spanish Notice 26/231/18 [NP45--No 9--Wk 31/18] Paragraph 6.225 3 lines 1--2 Replace by: Spain -- Approaches to Cartagena — 3 SW of an obstruction (12622N 1031642E). Regulations; buoyage

Malaysian Notice 107/19 [NP44--No 5--Wk 40/19] 112--113

Paragraph 2.178 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: Malaysia -- Johor -- Pelabuhan Calder — Directions; wreck 1 All vessels over 500 gt must head for the Landfall Point (Punta de Recalada) in position 373200N 264 10000W. This position, marked by SADA Light Buoy (ODAS), is considered as the End of Passage for Paragraph 9.168 4 line 3 Replace by: reporting purposes. For further details on reporting see ADMIRALTY ...(12400N 1040300E), passing W of a dangerous List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). wreck (12382N 1040565E), until a position SW of Tankers with a draught of more than 18 m can Karang... berth during daylight hours only. Entry into Dársena de Cartagena is generally Malaysian Notice 7/174/19 [NP44--No 6--Wk 40/19] limited to vessels of 300 m or less and maximum draught of 1125 m. Larger vessels wishing to enter should contact the port authority before arrival.

Spanish Notice 26/231/18 [NP45--No 10--Wk 31/18] NP45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1 (2018 Edition) Spain -- Approaches to Cartagena — Regulations; buoyage

Malta — National regulations; 112 conservation areas Paragraph 2.178 1 including existing Section IV Week 10 31/18 Replace by:

After Paragraph 1.50 2 line 6 Insert: 1 All vessels over 500 gt must head for the Landfall Point (Punta de Recalada) in position 373200N 3 Conservation areas around wrecks: 10000W. The Veterinary and Fisheries Affairs Division (VAFD) For further details on reporting see ADMIRALTY has set a number of conservation areas around List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). wrecks. These areas are considered as no 2 Tankers with a draught of more than 18 m can stopping areas. Anchoring is allowed to divers’ berth during daylight hours only. vessels only after pre--notification to the Valletta Entry into Dársena de Cartagena is generally VTS. Masters of diving support vessels are to limited to vessels of 300 m or less and maximum ensure that the appropriate signals in accordance draught of 1125 m. Larger vessels wishing to enter with the International Regulations for Preventing should contact the port authority before arrival. Collisions at Sea (1972) and the International Code of Signals are shown at all times. Spanish Notice 9/73/19 [NP45--No 42--Wk 13/19]

2--196 NP45

Spain -- Approaches to Cartagena — South Anchorage Area. Designated anchorages Directions; buoyage centred on 392365N 01487W are situated S of the approach fairways. 113 2 Prohibited area. A prohibited anchorage area and trawling area lies N of the harbour; it protects Paragraph 2.184 1--2 Replace by: submarine cables and a sewage outfall. Beaching area. An emergency beaching area is 1 Track. From a position SE of Cabo Tiñoso available S of the port area, about 2½ miles WSW of (373213N 10651W) (2.129), the track leads NE for the pilot boarding position (3.40) in the vicinity of about 5½ miles, passing: Playa de Pinedo. 2 SE of a shoal spit, with a depth of 65m, extending 1½ cables SW of Isla de Las Paragraph 3.40 1 line(s) 5 For 392487N 01698W Read Palomas (373424N 10250W), a rocky islet 392519N 01590W with a wreck lying 1 cable off its WNW side; a patch, with a depth of 44 m, lies a similar Paragraph 3.46 1--3 Replace by: distance off the SE side of the islet. Thence: NW of SADA Light Buoy (373200N 10000W) 1 Main harbour. From the pilot boarding position (ODAS), thence: (392519N 01590W) (3.40), ESE of Nuevo Dique del Este Light (3.47), the track leads W, then NW, for Paragraph 2.184 3 lines 1--2 Replace by: about 2¼ miles through South Channel fairway to the entrance to the harbour, passing: 3 SE of La Terrosa (373439N 10108E), a rock 2 Between the head of Nuevo Dique del Este, and connected to the shore N by a spit of sand, thence: the N elbow of the S breakwater (3½ cables SW). A light stands at the elbow. A light buoy Spanish Notice 26/231/18 [NP45--No 11--Wk 31/18] (special) is moored on the SW side of the channel ¾ cables NE of the light. Thence as required for the allocated berth. Spain -- Approaches to Cartagena — 3 Outer harbour. From the pilot boarding position Directions; buoyage (3.40) ESE of Nuevo Dique del Este Light (3.47), the track leads W, then NW and N, through North 113 Channel fairway for about 2¼ miles to the outer harbour entrance, between the head of the outer Paragraph 2.184 1--2 including existing Section IV Week breakwater (392666N 01753W) and the elbow of 31/18 Replace by: the NNE extension of Dique del Este 3 cables W. A 1 Track. From a position SE of Cabo Tiñoso wreck (392641N 01765W), depth 153 m, lies (373213N 10651W) (2.129), the track leads NE for 3 cables SSW of the extremity of the outer about 5½ miles, passing: breakwater. 2 SE of a shoal spit, with a depth of 65m, extending 1½ cableSWofIsladeLas Spanish Notice 43/339/19; 43340/19 Palomas (373424N 10250W), a rocky islet [NP45--No 66--Wk 48/19 with a wreck lying 1 cable off its WNW side; a patch, with a depth of 44 m, lies a similar Spain -- Cabo de Oropesa to Cabo Tortosa -- distance off the SE side of the islet. Thence: Sant Carles de la Ràpita — Pilotage Paragraph 2.184 3 line(s) 1--2 including existing Section IV Week 31/18 Replace by: 144

3 SE of La Terrosa (373439N 10108E), a rock Paragraph 3.116 1 line(s) 3--6 Replace by: connected to the shore N by a spit of sand, Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot vessel is white thence: withablackP on its side and the pilot boards 3 cables S of the fairway buoy (403438N 03435E). Spanish Notice 9/73/19 [NP45--No 43--Wk 13/19] See also 1.28.

Port of Sant Carles de la Ràpita Spain -- East coast -- Valencia — [NP45--No 50--Wk 25/19] Outer anchorage; pilotage; directions

133 Spain -- East coast -- Puerto de Blanes — Directions; buoy Paragraph 3.37 1--3 including heading Replace by: 165

Outer anchorages Paragraph 3.243 2 line 1 Replace by: 3.37 1 North Anchorage Area. Designated anchorages 2 SE of Puerto de Blanes (6¾ cables WSW). centredon392671N 01375W are situated NE of the approach fairways. Spanish Notice 19/150/18 [NP45--No6--Wk 23/18]

2--197 NP45

Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Ibiza and Formentera — Spain -- Isla de Ibiza -- Ibiza -- Marine reserve Isla Grossa — Pilotage

179--180 192 Paragraph 4.9 Replace by: Paragraph 4.68 3 Replace by: 1 Los Freus Marine Reserve has been established enclosing a large area between the S end of Isla de 3 The pilot vessel is painted white with a black letter Ibiza and the N part of Isla Formentera. On the W P on both sides. side it extends from Punta Jondal (Punta Yondal) Pilot boarding place “E” (385350N 12840E) is situated 1 mile SE of Isla Grossa. Pilot boarding place (385134N 11922E) SSE and SSW to Punta “S” (385280N 12680E) is situated 6½ cables SSW Gabina (384310N 12282E), following the general of Dado Grande. See also 1.28. line of the coast. On the E side, it extends from a Tug. A tug is available. position close N of Isla Sal Rosa (385230N 12438E), to include Islote Malvins del Sur, Islote Malvins del Norte (4.64) and Islotes los Dados (4.63), Spanish Notice 48/398/18 [NP45--No 28--Wk 52/18] then SW to a position 4 cables ESE of Islote La Esponja (4.64), then SE and SW, passing close E of Spain -- Isla de Ibiza -- Puerto de Ibiza — Isla Espardell, to the coast close S of Punta Prima Regulations (384367N 12836E). 2 Integral reserve. A reserve has been established 192 almost surrounding Isla Espardell (384775N 12865E), within the Los Freus Reserve described Paragraph 4.68 3 including existing Section IV Notice above. Week 52/18 Replace by: An additional marine reserve area lies between Ensendada de Tramontana (4.77) and Punta Single 3 The pilot vessel is painted white with a black letter Ma (4.64). P on both sides. 3 Within the marine reserves, fishing and the removal Pilot boarding place “E” (385350N 12840E) is of marine flora or fauna, is prohibited. Within the situated 1 mile SE of Isla Grossa. Pilot boarding place integral reserve, anchoring, fishing, diving and the ’S’ (385280N 12680E) is situated 6½ cables SSW removal of marine flora or fauna is prohibited. The of Dado Grande. See also 1.28. areas may be marked by light buoys (special). Tugs. A tug is available. 4 Ibiza--Tagomago Marine Reserve has been 4 Speed restrictions. Maximum speed in the outer established enclosing a large area between the E end harbour area in the vicinity of Dique Botafoc is 8 kn, of Isla de Ibiza and Isla Tagomago. or the minimum required to maintain steerage. Integral reserve has been established surrounding Maximum speed in the inner port area is 6 kn, or Losa Figueral (390296N 13722E), within the the minimum required to maintain steerage. Ibiza--Tagomago Marine Reserve described above. See 1.14 for further details. Spanish Notice 50/18 [NP45--No 29--Wk 02/19] Spanish Notice 4/31/19 [NP45--No 35--Wk 08/19] Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Mallorca -- Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Ibiza — Marine reserve South coast — Marine reserves

185 195

After Paragraph 4.39 2 line 4 Insert: Paragraph 4.87 1--2 Replace by:

Marine nature reserve 1 The Isla Cabrera Archipelago (391000N 4.39a 25800E) (4.96) lies within a Marine--Terrestrial 1 Ibiza--Tagomago Marine Reserve and Integral National Park. Navigation, fishing, diving and the Reserve. See 4.9. collection of flora and fauna is prohibited unless authorised by the Director of the National Park in Spanish Notice 4/31/19 [NP45--No 36--Wk 08/19] Palma. A marine reserve lies between Cabo Blanco (4.93) and Cala Figuera (4.122). An integral marine reserve Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Ibiza — Marine reserve encompasses Bajo de Ses Orelletes (4.197). 2 A marine reserve lies between Isla Dragonera 189 (393500N 21900E) and Mallorca. An integral marine reserve also encompasses Punta After Paragraph 4.58 1 line 2 Insert: de Sas Barbinas and Islote El Toro (4.94). Ibiza--Tagomago Marine Reserve and Integral For further details on restrictions see 1.14 and Reserve. See 4.9. contact local authorities.

Spanish Notice 4/31/19 [NP45--No 37--Wk 08/19] UKHO [NP45--No 44--Wk 14/19]

2--198 NP45

Spain -- South--west coast of Isla de Mallorca -- Spain -- Isla de Menorca -- Isla del Aire — Freu de Cabrera — Buoy Marine reserve 223 196 After Paragraph 4.245 1 line 3 Insert: Paragraph 4.93 3 line 1 Delete Marine reserve 4.245a 1 A marine reserve encompasses the waters of Isla Spanish Notice 18/143/18 [NP45--No 5--Wk 22/18] del Aire and the SE extremity of Isla de Menorca, between Punta Rafalet (4.250) and Cala de Binibeca (4.264). Mariners should contact the local authorities Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Mallorca -- for details on restrictions. Ensenada de Santa Ponça — Anchorage Spanish Notices 18/162;163/19 [NP45--No 48--Wk 22/19] 199 Spain – Isla de Menorca – Paragraph 4.108 6 lines 1--3 Delete East coast — Anchorage 224 Spanish Notice 4/29/19 [NP45--No 38--Wk 08/19] Paragraph 4.249 2 lines 10--11 Replace by: ...extremity of the island. Spain -- Mallorca -- Palma — Outer anchorages Spanish Notice 42/352/18 [NP45--No 24--Wk 47/18]

205 Spain – Islas Baleares -- Isla de Menorca – Mahón — Submarine cables; pipelines Paragraph 4.136 1--2 Replace by: 225

1 Dangerous cargo anchorage. A designated Paragraph 4.253 2 line(s) 2 Replace by: dangerous cargo anchorage is centred on 393197N ...almost anywhere, the greatest area... 23987E,withdepthsfrom17to30m,sandand shells. Paragraph 4.253 3 line(s) 3 Replace by: Nuclear vessels. Anchorage A (393193N ...power cables laid across the channel. A submarine 23993E), lying near the centre of the dangerous power cable is also laid across the channel between Isla cargo anchorage is reserved for nuclear vessels. del Rey (4.255) and Punta de Villacros (4.255). 2 Non dangerous cargo anchorage, centred on Pipelines lie in the channel between Isla 393267N 23989E, with depths of 12 to 24 m, Quarantena (4.255) and Isla del Llatzeret (4.255), and sand, shells and stone. between Isla del Llatzeret and Cala Padera Caution. Advice from the local authority and certain (395255N 41782E), a small inlet. precautions must be taken to avoid damaging the sea grass ecosystem throughout Bahía de Palma. Spanish Notice 23/205/19 [NP45--No 51--Wk 28/19] 3 Prohibited anchorage areas lie close W and E of the anchorage area. A prohibited anchorage area Spain – Isla de Menorca – centred on 393220N 24021E lies within the East coast — Anchorage anchorage areas. 226 Anchoring and trawling are prohibited in an area on the W side of the approaches to the port. Anchoring Paragraph 4.258 including heading Replace by: is also prohibited within the harbour. Spare 4.258 Spanish Notice 44/347/19 [NP45--No 67--Wk 49/19] Spanish Notice 42/352/18 [NP45--No 25--Wk 47/18]

Spain -- Islas Baleares -- Palma -- Spain -- Isla de Menorca -- Isla del Aire — Porto Pi — Wreck Marine reserve 226 206 After Paragraph 4.261 1 line 1 Insert: After Paragraph 4.145 1 line 7 Insert: Marine reserve Caution. A dangerous wreck lies close off the SW 4.261a end of the berth. 1 See 4.245a. Spanish Notices 18/162;163/19 Spanish Notice 46/364/19 [NP45--No 69--Wk 52/19] [NP45--No 49--Wk 22/19]

2--199 NP45

Spain – Isla de Menorca – Algeria -- Golfo d’Arzew to Cap Ténès -- South coast — Anchorage Pointe Rouge — Directions; obstruction 227 264

Paragraph 4.266 including heading Replace by: After Paragraph 6.106 2 line 10 Insert: Clear of an obstruction (363280N 10749E), Spare thence: 4.266 Algerian Notice 06/01/18 [NP45--No2--Wk 15/18] Spanish Notice 42/352/18 [NP45--No 26--Wk 47/18] Algeria -- Port de Ténès — Morocco -- Al Hoceïma — Pilotage Outer anchorage; direction; depths 239 265

Paragraph 5.48 2 lines 5--6 Replace by: Paragraph 6.109 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: ...arrival and boards in position 351490N 35460W. See 1 Notice of ETA required: 24 hours. also 1.28. Outer anchorage in summer can be obtained about 5 cables WSW of the W end of the detached French Notice 42/18 [NP45--No 23--Wk 46/18] breakwater, in depths of 25 to 30 m, mud and sand, good holding, clear of the charted wrecks in the area. Morocco -- Al Hoceïma — Directions; leading lights French Notice 40/D6 4.6.4.3/18 [NP45--No 18--Wk 43/18] 239 Algeria -- Alger — Directions; light Paragraph 5.50 1 lines 1--10 Delete 266 Paragraph 5.50 3 lines 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 6.119 9 lines 2--4 Delete 3 From the Pilot Station (351490N 35460W) the approach heads SSW and then turns onto the Algerian Notice 22/01/18 [NP45--No 30--Wk 04/19] alignment (330) of the above lights to lead into the harbour, passing: Algeria -- Alger — Directions; light Spanish Notice 46/384/18 [NP45--No 27--Wk 50/18] 271

Morocco -- North coast -- Baie Betoya -- Paragraph 6.147 4 lines 3--4 Delete Anse d’Azanen — Prohibited area Algerian Notice 22/01/18 [NP45--No 31--Wk 04/19] 240

After Paragraph 5.55 3 Insert: Algeria -- Alger — Light 272 Prohibited area 5.55a Paragraph 6.156 1 line 5 For (6.119) Read (6.167) 1 A prohibited area is situated in Anse d’Azanen (5.62). The prohibited area occupies most of Anse Algerian Notice 22/01/18 [NP45--No 32--Wk 04/19] d’Azanen, including the approaches to the development of a new port, West Nador Med (5.62). Algeria -- Alger — Directions; light French Notice 24/150/19 [NP45--No 52--Wk 28/19] 273

Paragraph 6.167 3 Replace by: Morocco -- North coast -- Baie Betoya -- Anse d’Azanen — Prohibited area; development 3 ESE of Jetée Kheir Eddine Light (white round tower, 16 m in height) (364662N 30468E). 241 After Paragraph 6.167 6 line 5 Insert: Paragraph 5.62 4 lines 1--6 Replace by: 7 Useful marks: 4 Prohibited area. See 5.55a. Jetée Kheir Eddine Spur Light (white truncated Development. There are works in progress (2017), tower, 8 m in height) (364677N 30430E) in an area centred on 351543N 31011W to exhibited from the head of Musoir Nord, a spur construct the port of West Nador Med. Once extending a short distance SW from the mid--point complete, the port will be protected by two of Jetée Kheir Eddine. breakwaters, the larger of which will be 7500 m in Jetée du Vieux Port Light (white tower, 7 m in height) length. It is planned to have two basins, 7300 m of (364669N 30423E) exhibited from the N head container quays, five tanker berths and RoRo berths. of Jetée du Vieux Port. French Notice 24/150/19 [NP45--No 53--Wk 28/19] Algerian Notice 22/01/18 [NP45--No 33--Wk 04/19]

2--200 NP45

Algeria -- Cap Carbon to Cap Bougaroun -- An anchorage area exists, centred on 365530N Djen-- Djen — Directions; major lights 65545E, with depths from 35 to 76 m, sand and mud. The SE part of the anchorage is reserved for 279 tankers. A wreck (365533N 65466E), position approximate, lies in the W part of the anchorage. Paragraph 6.202 5 lines 4--8 Replace by: Small vessels can obtain anchorage off the breakwater at Stora, about 9 cables NW of Skikda. Djen--Djen N Breakwater Light (365014N 55425E). BA Chart 855 [NP45--No 15--Wk 34/18] Cap Bougaroun Light (white octagonal tower, 10 m in height) (370519N 62803E) exhibited from the point (6.205). Algeria -- Golfe de Stora -- Stora — Prohibited anchorage

Algeria Notice 23/04/18 [NP45--No 34--Wk 04/19] 288

Paragraph 6.273 1 line 9 Replace by: Algeria -- Cap Carbon to Cap Bougaroun -- Djen-- Djen — Directions; major light Anchorage. See 6.259. BA Chart 855 [NP45--No 16--Wk 34/18] 279

Paragraph 6.202 5 lines 4--6 including existing Section IV Algeria -- Annaba — Directions; wreck Notice Week 08/19 Replace by: 291 Djen--Djen N Breakwater Light (365014N 55425E). Paragraph 6.297 1 line(s) 6--7 Replace by: Cap Bougaroun Light (white octagonal tower, 10 m in ...2 miles S. Thence: height) (370519N 62803E) exhibited from the NNW of a dangerous wreck (365430N 75050E), point (6.205). thence:

Algerian Notice 23/04/18 [NP45--No 39--Wk 12/19] Algerian Notice 15/02/19 [NP45--No 63--Wk 43/19]

Algeria -- Annaba — Outer anchorage; Algeria – Skikda and Port Méthanier — controlling depths Anchorages 291 287 Paragraph 6.299 lines 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 6.259 Replace by: 1 Controlling depths. The approach channel is 1 GolfedeStoraaffords good protection from W but reported to be dredged to 150 m (2015) and the not NW winds. In bad weather heavy seas set into entrance, 245 m in width, to 145 m (2016). the bay. Local weather. During NE gales, which are rare, An unspecified anchorage has been established, heavy seas are experienced off the harbour entrance. defined by the following positions: French Notice 40/D6 5.8.5/18 [NP45--No 19--Wk 43/18] 365627N 65406E 365627N 65682E 365431N 65682E Tunisia -- Golfe de Tunis -- Djamour el Kébir — 365431N 65406E. Prohibited area 2 Small vessels can obtain anchorage off the 299 breakwater at Stora, 1 mile NW of Skikda, clear of the prohibited anchorage area. Paragraph 7.29 1 lines 4--7 Replace by: Prohibited anchorage. In order to protect a An area within which fishing and anchoring are submarine cable, a prohibited anchorage area extends prohibited surrounds the islands of Djamour el Kébir NE from Baie de Stora (365417N 65310E) (6.273). (370775N 104809E) and Djamour es Srir (7.33). Landing on the islands is also prohibited. Algerian Chart 1212/15 [NP45--No1--Wk 15/18] Tunisian Notice 11/01/18 [NP45--No8--Wk 28/18] Algeria -- Golfe de Stora -- Skikda and Port Méthanier — Anchorages Tunisia -- Bizerte — Obstruction

287 302 Paragraph 7.49 1 line(s) 5 Replace by: Paragraph 6.259 1&2including existing Section IV Notice week 15/18 Replace by: …a wreck charted about 2½ cables SW. An obstruction is reported (2019) to lie in the vicinity of 371765N 1 GolfedeStoraaffords good protection from W but 95810E. not NW winds. In bad weather heavy seas set into the bay. H102 MV Blue Gate [NP45--No 47--Wk 22/19]

2--201 NP45

Tunisia – Cap Bon to Cap Afrique – Malta -- North--east coast — Sousse — Traffic regulations Conservation areas around wrecks 342 312 After Paragraph 8.72 2 line 7 Insert: After Paragraph 7.119 1 line 4 Insert: 3 Conservation areas around wrecks are located as 2 Restricted area. Anchoringandfishingare follows: prohibited on account of submarine pipelines within Within 100 m of a wreck (355918N 142370E) two areas centred on 355170N 103738E and which lies 9½ cables E of Daħlet ix--Xilep; 355005N 103880E. Within 100 m of a wreck (355894N 142680E) which lies 1½ miles NNE of Il--Ponta tal--Qawra French Notice 31/130/18 [NP45--No 17--Wk 35/18] (8.77); Within an area close NE of Il--Ponta tal--Qawra, centred on 355783N 142604E; Tunisia -- Gulf of Gabès — Directions; wreck 4 Within 250 m of a wrecked aircraft (355848N 142798E) which lies about 2 miles ENE of 326 Il--Ponta tal--Qawra (8.77); Within 100 m of a wreck (355868N 142873E) Paragraph 7.207 3 lines 5--6 Replace by: which lies 2½ miles NE of Il--Ponta tal--Qawra; Within 100 m of a wreck (355874N 142961E) Clear of a dangerous wreck (341900N which lies 3¼ miles NE of Il--Ponta tal--Qawra; 102700E), position approximate, thence: 5 Within 100 m of a wreck (355697N 143047E) which lies 1½ miles NNE of Il--Ponta ta’ San Correspondence Hydrolant 1823/18(52) ”orÓ (8.77); [NP45--No 7--Wk 28/18] Within an area 5 cables ESE of Il--Ponta ta’ San ”orÓ; Within 250 m of an aircraft wreck (355610N Tunisia -- Gulf of Gabès -- La Skhirra — 143065E) which lies about 1 mile ENE of Directions; light Il--Ponta ta’ San ”orÓ(8.77).

326 Maltese Notice 51/19 [NP45--No 58--Wk 33/19]

After Paragraph 7.206 3 line 6 Insert: Malta -- Approaches to Valletta Harbour — Conservation areas around wrecks La Skhirra Light (341730N 100560E) lies 33 miles WSW of Oil Terminal Jetty. 345 Paragraph 8.90 1 line(s) 6 Replace by: French Notice 28/126/18 [NP45--No 12--Wk 32/18] …taÿ-- onqor (355203N 143450E). Two conservation areas (8.109), which protect historic Italy -- Sicilian Channel – Isola di Pantelleria – wrecks, lie within the anchorage. Porto di Pantelleria — Arrival information; prohibited anchorage and fishing area Maltese Notice 51/19 [NP45--No 59--Wk 33/19]

335 Malta -- Il--Belt Valletta -- Il--Port ta’ Marsamxett — Directions After Paragraph 8.22 3 line(s) 7 Insert: 349--350 Entry is prohibited into an area, radius 200 m, Paragraph 8.104 1--6 Replace by: centredon365036N 115682E, due to unexploded ordnance. 1 Landmarks: Two towers, aligned N/S ½ cable apart, behind Saint Italian Notice 5/5.4/2019 [NP45--No 40--Wk 13/19] Luke’s Hospital (355365N 142973E). Chimney ½ cable NNW of the hospital. For other landmarks in the city of Il--Belt Valletta, Malta -- North coast -- see 8.96. Sikka il Bajda — Anchorage Major light: Grand Harbour Light (355416N 143114E) 342 (8.74). 2 Track. From a position SE of Dragut Shoal After Paragraph 8.71 1 line 9 Insert: (355456N 143120E) (8.78), the track leads 1 mile WSW, passing: 2 Anchoring is prohibited within an area (360030N SSE of shoal water fringing Il--Ponta ta’ Dragut 142600E) centred on a marine farm lying on the NE (355442N 143091E) and Il--Ponta ta’ Tigne limit of Bunkering Area 1 (8.90). (355437N 143088E), and: NNW of Il--Fossa (355415N 143093E), a shallow Maltese ENC MT300194 [NP45--No 61--Wk 37/19] bay W of Il--Fortizza Sant’ Jiermu (8.97), thence:

2--202 NP45

3 SSE of the unnamed E extremity of Il--Gżira ta’ 5 A conservation area is centred on 355010N Forti Manoel (355422N 143017E), an 143447E, which lies 3½ cables SSE of Xorb island connected to the mainland by a shoal il--GħaÓin (8.112). flat spanned by a bridge. Il--Fortizza Manoel For further details on conservation areas around and the disused Manoel Hospital stand on the wrecks, see 1.50. island which separates Id--Daħla ta’ tas--Sliema from Id--Daħla ta’ L--Azzarett. Maltese Notice 51/19 [NP45--No 60--Wk 33/19] Thence: 4 NNW of a shoal spit (355403N 143048E), with a least charted depth of 4 m; a fuelling Italy -- -- North coast of Sicilia -- barge moored between two buoys lies Capo Rasocolmo — Prohibited areas ½ cable WSW. The track then leads SW to the entrance to 402 Id--Daħla ta’ L--Imsida (8.105), passing: Clear of a light buoy (special) (355392N After Paragraph 10.111 3 line(s) 3 Insert: 143013E), thence: 5 SE of a small marina of two pontoons (seasonal) Anchoring, fishing and all underwater activity are off Il--Ponta ta’ L--Imsida (355385N prohibited within a 200 m radius of a wreck that lies in 143001E). position 381810N 153319E, about 1½ miles ENE The track then continues to a position S of the of Capo Rasocolmo Lighthouse (10.114). head of a breakwater extending S from Il--Ponta ta’ L--Imsida; a light stands at the head of the Italian Notice 8/8.14/19 [NP45--No 45--Wk 20/19] breakwater. Msida and Ta’ Xbiex Marinas lie on the W side of the breakwater in Id--Dahla ta’ L--Iimsida; the Royal Malta Yacht Club is located at the root of the Sicilia -- North coast -- Capo Peloro — Wrecks; prohibited areas breakwater. 402 Maltese Notice 58/19 [NP45--No 62--Wk 38/19] Paragraph 10.111 3--4 including existing Section IV Notice Week 20/19 Replace by:

Malta -- East coast — 3 A prohibited anchorage area extends in a semicircle Conservation areas around wrecks of radius 17 miles centred on Capo Rasocolmo Lighthouse (10.114) to the 10 m depth contour. 350 Anchoring, fishing and all underwater activities are prohibited within a 200 m radius of a wreck that lies in position 381810N 153319E, about 1½ miles ENE Paragraph 8.109 including heading Replace by: of Capo Rasocolmo Lighthouse (10.114). 4 Anchoring, fishing, and all underwater activities are are prohibited within a 200 m radius of a wreck that Prohibited areas lies in position 381659N 153883E3, 6 cables ENE 8.109 of Punta Mazzone (381634N 153812E). 1 See 8.71. Anchoring, fishing, and all underwater activities are Conservation areas are located within 500 m of the prohibited within a 100 m radius of a historic wreck following: that lies in position 381646N 153772E, about Wreck (355554N 143392E) which lies about 3½ cables WNW of Punta Mazzone. 2½ miles ENE of Grand Harbour Light (8.74); Wreck (355429N 143286E) which lies about Italian Notices 20/10/19 & 20/26/19 1½ miles E of Grand Harbour Light (8.74); [NP45--No 64--Wk 44/19] 2 Wreck (355439N 143337E) which lies about 1¾ miles E of Grand Harbour Light (8.74); Wreck (355419N 143647E) which lies about Sicily -- North coast -- Capo di Milazzo — 2¾ miles NE of Il--Ponta taÿ-- onqor (8.112); Marine Reserve Wreck (355329N 143848E) which lies about 3½ miles ENE of Il--Ponta taÿ-- onqor (8.112); 402 3 Wreck (355243N 143584E) which lies about 1 mile ENE of Il--Ponta taÿ-- onqor (8.112); After Paragraph 10.112 1 line(s) 6 Insert: Wreck (355235N 143586E) which lies about 1 mile ENE of Il--Ponta taÿ-- onqor (8.112); 2 Capo Milazzo Marine Reserve (381630N Wreck (355147N 143630E) which lies about 151415E) has been established in the waters W, N 1½ miles ESE of Il--Ponta taÿ-- onqor (8.112); and E of Capo di Milazzo (10.117). Activities that 4 Wreck (355145N 143639E) which lies about could alter the environment are not permitted within 1¾ miles ESE of Il--Ponta taÿ-- onqor (8.112); this area. The area is divided into zones that are Wreck (355364N 144261E) which lies about subject to different environmental protection regimes: 2 miles W of Hurd Bank (8.60); Zone A is subject to full reserve regime. Rescue Wreck (354746N 143546E) which lies about operations and activities authorised by the 2¼ miles SE of Il--Ponta ta’ Delimara (8.112). managing body are permitted.

2--203 NP45

3 Zone B is subject to general reserve regime. Entry is prohibited within 5 cables from the oil Access is permitted to sailing vessels, rowing refinery jetties (381274N 151620E) (10.148). boats or vessels with electric propulsion. Access is permitted to leisure vessels Italian Notice 14/14.17/19 [NP45--No 54--Wk 32/19] equipped with tanks for the collection of liquid sewage or equipped with motor in line with Sicilia -- North coast -- Porto Di Milazzo — Directive 2003/44/EC or Annexes IV and VI of Regulations MARPOL 73/78. Navigation is permitted, exclusively in displacement mode, at a speed 407 not exceeding 5 kn within 300 m of the coast, Paragraph 10.141 2 line(s) 7 Replace by: and at a speed not exceeding 10 kn between 300 and 600 m from the coast. Anchoring is ...permitted for manoeuvring, not exceeding 6 kn authorised as indicated by the managing body. within the port. Approaching within 100 m of marine mammals Keep a minimum distance of 2 cables from any is not allowed and in the event that cetaceans vessel at anchor. should approach the vessels voluntarily, the latter are required to maintain a constant Italian Notices 14/14.17/19; 14/14.18/19 speed not exceeding 5 kn and to follow a [NP45--No 55--Wk 32/19] steady course. 4 Zone C is subject to partial reserve regime. Sicilia -- North coast -- Porto Di Milazzo — Access is permitted to leisure vessels Directions; prohibited area equipped with tanks for the collection of liquid 408 sewage or equipped with motor in line with Directive 2003/44/EC or Annexes IV and VI of Paragraph 10.146 3 Replace by: MARPOL 73/78. For further details contact the local authorities. 3 NNW of a prohibited area (about 3½ miles E) See 1.14. (10.139), thence: Italian Notice 15/15.12/18 [NP45--No 14--Wk 34/18] Italian Notice 8/8.9; 8.42/19 [NP45--No 46 Wk 20/19]

Italy -- Stretto di Messina -- Sicilia -- North coast -- Porto di Villa San Giovanni — Arrival information Capo d’Orlando — Anchorage 439 404 Paragraph 12.31 1 including heading Replace by: After Paragraph 10.119 6 line 5 Insert: Arrival information 7 Anchorage may be obtained for cruise and 12.31 recreation vessels up to 5 m in draught as follows: 1 Prohibited area. Anchoring and fishing are N1 (38 09 88N 14 46 27E), 300 m in radius.     prohibited within the vicinity of the port. N2 (380972N 144680E), 300 m in radius. Regulations concerning entry. Harbour regulations Italian Notices 20/11/19 & 20/24/19 for Porto di Villa San Giovanni are the same as those [NP45--No 65--Wk 44/19] for Porto di Reggio Calabria (12.38). Italian Chart 145/19 [NP45--No 56--Wk 32/19] Sicilia -- North coast -- Porto Di Milazzo — Prohibited area Italy – Porto di Augusta — Directions; wreck

406 460

After Paragraph 10.139 2 line 8 Insert: Paragraph 13.65 3 line 5 Replace by: 3 Entryisprohibitedto an area centred on ...blocks. A dangerous wreck lies ¾ cable SSW from the 381324N 151935E. head of the N breakwater.

Italian Notice 15/15.12/18 [NP45--No 13--Wk 34/18] Italian Notice 3/9/18 [NP45--No3--Wk 17/18]

Sicilia -- North coast -- Porto Di Milazzo — Italy -- Sicilia – South--east coast – Prohibited areas Santa Panagia Oil Terminal — Prohibited areas; pipeline

406 465

Paragraph 10.139 2 line(s) 7--8 including Existing Section Paragraph 13.94 1 line(s) 8--11 Replace by: IV Notice Week 34/18 Replace by: Entry is prohibited into an area surrounding a gas Entry is prohibited in an area centred on pipeline, marked by a light buoy (special) (370747N 381324N 151935E. 151492E). Entry is prohibited in an area, in which lies an obstruction, centred on 381537N 152572E. Italian Notice 5/5.6/2019 [NP45--No 41--Wk 13/19]

2--204 NP45

Italy -- South--east coast -- Golfo di Taranto — Caution. An extensive area of obstructions lies Prohibited areas between Capo Spulico and Torre Albidona (14.105). A fish farm marked by light buoys (special) is located 491 within the area above, about 2 miles SSE of Capo Spulico. Paragraph 14.98 1--2 Replace by: Italian Notice 21/21.11/18 [NP45--No 22--Wk 45/18] 1 Entry is prohibited to an area (393738N 164310E) centred on a marine farm. Trawling is prohibited in a rectangular area Italy -- Golfo di Taranto -- Taranto — centred on 394950N 164160E, about 3 miles SW Prohibited area of Banco di Amendolara (14.103). 2 Entry is prohibited to an area, 5 cables radius, 498 centredon402572N 165765E. Paragraph 14.134 5 lines 1--3 Replace by: ENC IT300026 & IT300027 [NP45--No 20--Wk 45/18] Entry is prohibited to an area (402974N 170990E) which lies SE of Jetty No 5 (V Sporgente). Italy -- South--east coast -- Golfo di Taranto — Directions; prohibited area; obstructions Italian Notice 23/23.11/19 [NP45--No 68--Wk 50/19]

492 Italy -- Golfo di Taranto -- Gallipoli — Paragraph 14.104 1--8 Replace by: Prohibited area

1 From a position about 5 miles NE of Capo Trionto 511 the track leads W, passing: N of the marine farm (393738N 164310E) After Paragraph 14.199 8 line 11 Insert: marked by a light buoy (special) and the associated prohibited area, thence: An entry prohibited area, radius 100 m, surrounds a 2 N of artificial concrete structures (393738N wreck in position 400367N 175858E. 164195E), placed inshore near Zolfara (not charted), to discourage illegal fishing, thence: Italian Chart 149/17 [NP45--No4--Wk 19/18] N of Sant’Angelo di Rossano (14.109). 3 The track then continues N, passing: E of Porto di Corigliano Calabro (14.111). A number NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2 of marine farms marked by light buoys (special) lies NE of the port. Thence: (2018 Edition) 4 E of Punta Coscio (394320N 163168E), where Fiume Crati flows into the sea. The river mouth, 30 m wide with depths of 18to France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions — 3 m, is divided into two channels by a small Directions; ODAS buoys island. After heavy rain, the water off the mouth of this river is discoloured for about 55 1 mile seaward. The coast in the vicinity of the point is flat and covered with thick Paragraph 2.17 2 line 11 Replace by: vegetation. …the fort. Thence: 5 The track then continues NE, passing: Clear of two restricted areas, 200 m radius, centred SE of the Porto di Corigliano Calabro designated on ODAS light buoys (special) (425074N outer anchorages (14.111), thence: 31492E and 425095N 31492E). SE of an extensive area of obstructions (395570N 163800E) lying between Capo Spulico and French Notice 26/85/19 [NP46--No 56--Wk 30/19] Torre Albidona. A fish farm marked by light buoys (special), lies within the obstruction area. Thence the track leads to a position 6 miles ENE of France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions -- Capo Spulico and rejoins the coastal route. Cap Béar — Anchorage

Italian Notice 21/21.11/18 [NP45--No 21--Wk 45/18] 58

Paragraph 2.27 5 lines 5--9 Delete Italy -- Golfo di Taranto -- Capo Spulico — Anchorage; caution Paragraph 2.28 3 lines 1--9 Replace by: 495 3 A regulated anchorage area (1.50), is centred on position 42 31 80N 3 05 70E. Paragraph 14.115 3 lines 3--5 Replace by:    

...Spulico. The bottom is mud. French Notice 25/84/19 [NP46--No 54--Wk 29/19]

2--205 NP46

France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions -- France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions -- Golfe d’Aigues Mortes — Port de Fos — Entry regulations Seaplane operating area 72

67 Paragraph 2.132 1 line 5 Replace by:

After Paragraph 2.96 1 line 3 Insert: ...Control approval. Further authorisation from Fos Port Control is required to enter the port beyond No 8 Light Buoy (lateral) (43 23 71N 4 54 82E). Seaplane operating area     2.96a French Notice 24/86/19 [NP46--No 51--Wk 28/19] 1 Golfe d’Aigues Mortes (2.95) is used by seaplanes to draw water for fighting forest fires. The S limit of France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions -- the seaplane operating area is approximately 4329N. Port--de--Bouc — Regulations

French Notice 46/81/18 [NP46--No 19--Wk 49/18] 77 After Paragraph 2.165 2 line 6 Insert: France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions — Vessels are prohibited from entering Port Pétrolier Directions; light de Lavéra (2.171) without permission from Fos Port Control. 67 French Notice 24/86/19 [NP46--No 52--Wk 28/19] Paragraph 2.98 2 line(s) 4 Replace by: France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions -- Pointe de Beauduc Old Lighthouse (white truncated Canal de Caronte — Traffic regulations tower... 79 Paragraph 2.99 1 line(s) 7 Delete After Paragraph 2.182 1 line 6 Insert:

Paragraph 2.100 2 line(s) 2 For Light Read Old Lighthouse Vessels are prohibited from approaching Quai de l’Établissement Maritime de Caronte (2.186) without permission from Fos Port Control. French Notice 41/84/19 [NP46--No 68--Wk 45/19] French Notice 24/86/19 [NP46--No 53--Wk 28/19]

France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions — France -- South coast -- Port de Toulon — Directions; light Prohibited area

69 97 After Paragraph 2.303 1 line 10 Insert: Paragraph 2.114 2 line(s) 5 For Light Read Old Lighthouse A prohibited area, marked by light buoys (special), surrounds Grande Jetée (430569N 55555E). French Notice 41/84/19 [NP46--No 69--Wk 45/19] French Notice 25/91/19 [NP46--No 55--Wk 29/19]

France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions — France -- Toulon -- Îles d’Hyères — Regulations Directions; light 102 70 After Paragraph 3.9 1 line 7 Insert: Paragraph 2.119 1 line(s) 2 For Lighthouse Read Old Lighthouse Regulations 3.9a 1 All vessels of 300 gt and above must use a route Paragraph 2.121 1 line(s) 4 For Light Read Old Lighthouse that passes 2 miles S of Île du Porquerolles (430001N 61363E), Île de Port--Cros (430031N French Notice 41/84/19 [NP46--No 70--Wk 45/19] 62367E) and Ile du Levant (430190N 62820E). If the wind exceeds 20 kn and the swell exceeds 2 m; or if the firing practice areas S of the islands are active, France -- South coast -- Gulf of Lions -- Golfe de Fos — Seaplane operating area vessels may use Petite Passe, after reporting to the signal station located on Île du Porquerolles. Speed 71 through Petite Passe is limited to 12 kn. Vessels may also use Grande Passe provided they maintain a After Paragraph 2.130 3 Insert: distance of at least 2 miles from the coast. The speed limit within Grande Passe is 16 kn. Between the 4 Caution. Golfe de Fos is used by seaplanes to mainland and Port--Cros National Park (3.16) the draw water for fighting forest fires. The S limit of the speed limit is 20 kn. seaplane operating area is approximately 4320N. UKHO; H102 Benjamin Heslop 01/19 French Notice 46/81/18 [NP46--No 20--Wk 49/18] [NP46--No 29--Wk 06/19]

2--206 NP46

France -- South coast -- Rade D’Hyères — France -- Pointe de l’Aiguille to Prohibited anchorages Port de Mandelieu--La Napoule — Prohibited anchorages 102 116

Paragraph 3.14 3 lines 1--5 Replace by: After Paragraph 3.97 4 line 5 Insert: Authorised vessels anchoring between Pointe de 3 Entry is prohibited to an area, radius 500 m, l’Aiguille (3.97) and Port de Mandelieu--La Napoule centred on a mooring buoy in position 430510N (3.105) must do so outside of the 20 m depth contour. 61678E. Restrictions apply within the areas lying SE of the French Notice 30/D22(2015)6.3/19 airport at Hyères (430580N 60875E) as follows: [NP46--No 60--Wk 36/19] Navigation and anchoring are prohibited for vessels with air draught greater than 7 m within Restricted France -- South coast -- Area 1, which extends about up to 2½ cables from Golfe de la Napoule — Pilotage the coast. 116 4 Anchoring is prohibited for vessels with air draught greater than 15 m within Restricted Paragraph 3.97 4 line(s) 6--8 Replace by: Area 2, which extends about up to 2 cables ½ Pilotage. Golfe de la Napoule lies within Cannes off Area 1. NW, NE and SE corners of the compulsory pilotage area. Pilots board about 1½ miles area are marked by buoys (special). WSW of Île Sainte--Marguerite, in position 433050N Anchoring is prohibited for vessels with air draught 70020E. See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals greater than 22 m within Restricted Area 3, which Volume 6(3) for details and procedures. extends about up to 1½ miles off Area 2. French Notice 18/D22/19 [NP46--No 42--Wk 22/19] UKHO [NP46--No 21--Wk 02/19] France -- South coast -- Golfe de la Napoule -- Cannes — Anchorage France -- Baie des Anges -- Nice — 118 Prohibited anchorages After Paragraph 3.107 5 line 3 Insert: 114 When the Mistral is active, vessels subject to pilotage (3.109) that normally call at Cannes should Paragraph 3.92 1 line(s) 3--7 Replace by: anchor in the SW part of Gulf Juan in Île Sainte--Marguerite Anchorage (3.115). Golfe Juan (433340N 70600E). Baie des Anges (433700N 71500E) (see 3.124) UKHO [NP46--No 71--Wk 45/19] and within the approaches to the Port of Nice and the vicinity of Cap Ferrat. France -- South coast -- Golfe de la Napoule -- Cannes — Pilotage French Notice 30/93/19 [NP46--No 59--Wk 36/19] 118

After Paragraph 3.109 3 line 9 Insert: France -- South coast -- Baie de la Figueirette -- Pilotage. The Cannes compulsory pilotage area lies Port de Miramar — Directions between the lines of longitude 65900E and 70730E bounded by the line of latitude 432900N. 115 Pilotage is compulsory for entry into the port and anchorages for the following: Paragraph 3.95 2 line(s) 1--9 Replace by: Commercial vessels over 50 m LOA; Pleasure craft over 80 m LOA. 2 Directions. From a position SW of La Vaquette Pilots board in the following positions: (432898N 65716E), marked by a light beacon (E 433050N 70020E, 1 mile W of Îles de Lérins cardinal), the track leads NW through Baie de la (3.97); Figueirette in the white sector (285-- 3 4 8 )ofPortde 433090N 70580E, 1 mile E of Île de la Tradelière Miramar Mole Light (white column, green top, 9 m in (3.100). height) (432899N 65599E), passing: SW of La Petite Vaquette (432897N 65672E), UKHO; ALRS Vol 6(3) [NP46--No 72--Wk 45/19] thence: NE of Pointe du Trayas (432870N 65597E), France -- South coast -- Golfe Juan — thence: Prohibited area; seaplane area NE of Pointe Notre Dame (432882N 65599E), 119 and: SW of a marine farm (432898N 65623E), After Paragraph 3.112 3 line 10 Insert: marked by a light buoy (S cardinal). Prohibited area. There is a prohibited area, centredon433297N 70372E, on the W side of French Notice 27/93/19 [NP46--No 57--Wk 32/19] Golfe Juan. It is marked by buoys (special).

2--207 NP46

After Paragraph 3.112 5 line 3 Insert: Paragraph 3.124 2 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: Seaplane operating area. Seaplanes collecting Anchoring is prohibited in an area extending about seawater to fight forest fires may be encountered in 2¾ cables from the E limit of Zone 1 towards the Golfe Juan. approach to Nice (3.129). French Notice 36/83/18; BA Chart 2247 French Notice 30/93/19 [NP46--No 61--Wk 36/19] [NP46--No 12--Wk 41/18] France -- South coast -- Baie des Anges -- France -- South coast -- Golfe Juan — Pilotage Port de Nice — Pilotage 119 122

Paragraph 3.112 5 line(s) 1--3 including Existing Section IV Paragraph 3.131 1 line(s) 5--7 Replace by: Notice Week 41/18 Replace by: Pilotage and tugs. Baie des Anges lies within the 5 Pilotage. Golfe Juan lies within Cannes compulsory Nice, Villefranche--sur--Mer and Saint--Hospice pilotage area. Pilots board 1 mile E of Île compulsory pilotage area. Pilotage is mandatory for Sainte--Marguerite, in position 433090N 70580E. vessels greater than 50 m in length. There are no See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3) for tugs. See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals details and procedures. Volume 6(3) for details and procedures. Seaplane area. Seaplanes collecting seawater to French Notice 18/D22 7.2.8.2/19 fight forest fires may be encountered in Golfe Juan. [NP46--No 44--Wk 22/19] French Notice 18/D22/19 [NP46--No 43--Wk 22/19] France -- South coast -- Cap D’Antibes -- Anse de la Garoupe — Anchorage France -- South coast -- Golfe Juan — Anchorages; depths; wrecks 123 119 After Paragraph 3.136 2 line 3 Insert: Paragraph 3.115 1 line(s) 7 Replace by: Anchoring is prohibited for vessels greater than ...Sainte--Marguerite in charted depths from 26 to 77 m. 20 m in length. Two wrecks lie within the anchorage as follows: French Notice 35/90/19 [NP46--No 64--Wk 41/19] 433195N 70383E, position doubtful; 433218N 70350E. France -- South coast -- Baie des Anges -- This anchorage is used by vessels subject to the Port Vauban — Pilotage Cannes compulsory pilotage limit (3.109) when the Mistral is active. There are four designated 123 anchorages with a radius of 90 m, centred on: 433200N 70354E; After Paragraph 3.139 1 line(s) 13 Insert: 433186N 70395E; Pilotage. See 3.131. 433175N 70333E; 433161N 70366E. French Notice 18/D22 7.2.3.1/19 [NP46--No 45--Wk 22/19] UKHO [NP46--No 73--Wk 45/19] France -- South coast -- Baie des Anges -- France -- Baie des Anges -- Nice — Marina Baie des Agnes — Pilotage Restricted area; prohibited anchorage 124 120 After Paragraph 3.140 2 line(s) 6 Insert: Paragraph 3.124 1 line(s) 1--6 Replace by: Pilotage. See 3.131. 1 Navigation is restricted in an area which surrounds the Nice--Côte d’Azur Airport (433990N 71287E) in French Notice 18/D22 7.2.4/19 the Baie de Anges. The restricted area is divided into [NP46--No 46--Wk 22/19] zones: Zone 1 — prohibited to all unauthorised vessels. France -- South coast -- Baie des Anges -- Zone 2 — prohibited to vessels with an air draught of Port de Cros--de--Cagnes and 3mormore. Port de Saint--Laurent--du--Var — Pilotage Zone 3 — prohibited to vessels with an air draught of 124 10 m or more. Zone 4 — prohibited to vessels with an air draught of After Paragraph 3.141 1 line(s) 7 Insert: 43 m or more. Pilotage. See 3.131. Zone 5 — prohibited to vessels with an air draught of 49 m or more. After Paragraph 3.142 1 line(s) 8 Insert: Zone 6 — prohibited to vessels with an air draught of Pilotage. See 3.131. 50 m or more. Zone 7 — prohibited to vessels with an air draught of French Notice 18/D22 7.2.4/19 80 m or more. [NP46--No 47--Wk 22/19]

2--208 NP46

France -- South coast -- France -- West--south--west of Port de Monaco -- Rade de Villefranche — Pilotage Cap Roux -- L’Isoletta — Anchorage

124 125

Paragraph 3.143 3 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: After Paragraph 3.148 1 line 6 Insert: Pilotage. Rade de Villefranche lies within the Nice, Anchoring is prohibited in the following areas: Villefranche--sur--Mer and Saint--Hospice compulsory SW of Cap Roux (434292N 72107E); pilotage area. Pilotage is mandatory for vessels over SW of L’Isoletta (434318N 72205E). 50 m in length. See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3) for details and procedures. French Notice 35/91/19 [NP46--No 65--Wk 41/19]

French Notice 18/19 7.2.9/D22 [NP46--No 48--Wk 22/19] Monaco -- Port de Monaco — Protected area

125 France -- Rade de Villefranche — Prohibited anchorages Paragraph 3.148 2 Replace by:

2 A marine reserve lies within Anse Larvotto 125 (434470N 72620E). Spélugues protected area After Paragraph 3.143 4 line 7 Insert: (434427N 72582E) lies NE of Jetée Lucciana. Anchoring, fishing and the navigation of From April to October inclusive, vessels 20 m or propeller--driven vessels are prohibited within these more in length are prohibited from anchoring within areas which are marked by buoys. the Rade de Villefranche N of a line joining Môle de la Santé (3.145) and Anse de Passable. BA Chart 2244/18 [NP46--No 17--Wk 46/18]

French Notice 30/D22(2015)7.29/19 [NP46--No 62--Wk 36/19] Monaco -- Port de Monaco — Prohibited area

127 France -- Rade de Villefranche — Prohibited anchorage Paragraph 3.153 5 line 4 Replace by:

125 ...Port de Fontvieille (3.154). Entry is prohibited to an irregular shaped area Paragraph 3.143 4 including existing Section IV Notice (434455N 72628E) lying NE of the entrance to Week 36/19 Replace by: Port de Monaco and marked by buoys.

4 Moorings. Two mooring buoys lie within Rade de BA Chart 2244/18 [NP46--No 18--Wk 46/18] Villefranche. The S buoy, about 4 cables SSE of the citadel, can accept vessels up to 35 000 tonnes; the N buoy is suitable for vessels up to 10 000 tonnes. France -- South coast -- Prohibited anchorages. Anchoring is prohibited in Baie de Beaulieu — Pilotage the centre of Rade de Villefranche unless vessels are secured to the mooring buoys described above. 127 Anchoring is also prohibited within an area centred on 434160N 71933E. After Paragraph 3.155 1 line(s) 4 Insert: From April to October inclusive, vessels 20 m or Pilotage. Baie de Beaulieu lies within the Nice, more in length are prohibited from anchoring within Villefranche--sur--Mer and Saint--Hospice compulsory the Rade de Villefranche N of a line joining Môle de pilotage area. Pilotage is mandatory for vessels la Santé (3.145) and Anse Grassuet. greater than 80 m in length. See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3) for details and procedures. French Notice 38/91/19 [NP46--No 66--Wk 43/19] After Paragraph 3.156 1 line(s) 12 Insert:

France -- South coast -- Pilotage. See 3.155. Port de Villefranche--sur--Mer — Pilotage After Paragraph 3.157 2 line(s) 5 Insert: 125 Pilotage. See 3.155.

Paragraph 3.144 1 line(s) 7--8 Replace by: After Paragraph 3.158 1 line(s) 7 Insert: Pilotage. See 3.143 Pilotage. See 3.155.

French Notice 18/19 7.2.9/D22 French Notice 18/D22 7.3.4/19 [NP46--No 49--Wk 22/19] [NP46--No 50--Wk 22/19]

2--209 NP46

Italy -- Gulf of Genoa -- San Bartolomeo al Mare -- Italy – La Spezia — Outer anchorages; wrecks Capo Mele — Submarine pipelines 160 132 Paragraph 4.176 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: Paragraph 4.14 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: 1 There are numbered anchor berths in the Outer 2 Anchoring is prohibited within 200 m of the Roads of Golfo di La Spezia lying between Centre submarine pipelines extending about 7 cables from the and East Routes, in depths of 12 to 17 m; anchor coast, SE and SSE respectively from positions close berths are allocated by the Harbour Master. E and W of San Bartolomeo. Restrictions apply to some berths. Anchoring is prohibited within 200 m of a Caution. Three wrecks lie in the following positions: submarine pipeline extending generally NE from the 440206N 95537E coast, close N of Capo Mele (435732N 81033E). 440202N 95600E 440360N 95390E. Italian Notice 19/4/19 & 19/18/19 [NP46--No 67--Wk 44/19] Italian Notice 16/16.2/18; ENC IT400115 [NP46--No 2--Wk 41/18] Italy -- Gulf of Genoa -- Imperia — Wrecks Italy -- South--east of La Spezia -- Forte dei Marmi 134 — Wreck; prohibited area

Paragraph 4.22 4 lines 4--5 Replace by: 168

...also within two circular areas, radius 500 m, centred on Paragraph 5.12 1 line(s) 1--8 including heading Replace by: historic wrecks, 1¾ miles SSW and 1½ miles SE of Porto Maurizio. Traffic regulations 5.12 BA Chart 351 [NP46--No 31--Wk 07/19] 1 Restricted areas. For FRSU Toscana see 5.58. Protection zones have been established by the Italy – Gulf of Genoa -- Arenzano — Italian Government as follows: Restricted area Secche della Meloria (5.50). Isola Gorgona (5.90). 141 Isola Capraia (8.15). 2 Prohibited areas. Entry is prohibited within 250 m After Paragraph 4.66 3 line 5 Insert: of the wave meter buoy (435580N 94960E) Anchoring, fishing and underwater activities are located about 6 miles S of Isola del Tino. prohibited within an area, radius 100 m, centred on Entry is also prohibited within 300 m of a 442330N 84141E, on account of unexploded dangerous wreck (435592N 100568E). ordnance on the seabed. After Paragraph 5.15 4 line 7 Insert: Italian Notice 15/15.3/18 [NP46--No 1--Wk 41/18] WSW of a dangerous wreck (435592N 100568E) (5.12), thence:

Italy -- Genova — Regulations; speed limit Italian Notice 23/23.3/19 [NP46--No 77--Wk 50/19] 148 France – Corse – North--west coast – Paragraph 4.110 3 lines 7--8 Replace by: Port de I’Île--Rousse — Pilotage

Speed limit. There is a speed limit of 6 kn 187 throughout the harbour reduced to 3 kn when in the vicinity of the small craft moorings in Porto Vecchio, Paragraph 6.37 1 line 4 Replace by: Porticciolo Duca degli Abruzzi and Sestri Ponente. ...in length. Pilots are provided from Bastia and board in Italian Notice 21/21.19/18 [NP46--No 14--Wk 45/18] position 423980N 85740E. French Notice 26/84/18 [NP46--No 3--Wk 41/18] Italy -- Genova — Directions; wreck

150 France – Corse – North--west coast – Port de Calvi — Pilotage Paragraph 4.115 3 line 9 Replace by: 188 Voltri--Prà, and: Paragraph 6.45 2 line 6 Replace by: After Paragraph 4.115 3 line 9 Insert: ...in length. Pilots are provided from Bastia and board in Clear of a dangerous wreck (442501N 84659E). position 423680N 84450E.

Italian Notice 3/3.3/19 [NP46--No 33--Wk 09/19] French Notice 26/84/18 [NP46--No 4--Wk 41/18]

2--210 NP46

Italy -- Sardegna -- Bonifacio Strait — France -- Corse -- East coast -- Marine reserve Lucciana Oil Terminal — Prohibited area 217 205 After Paragraph 7.41 1 line 8 Insert: Paragraph 6.167 1 Replace by: Prohibited area. When a tanker is moored at the buoys, vessels must keep at least 500 m away from 1 The waters in the N part of the Bonifacio Strait, the terminal. including Îles Lavezzi (412200N 91500E), lie within two designated marine reserves that extend up to French Notice 45/93(F707)/19 [NP46--No 76--Wk 49/19] 9¼ miles off shore between Les Moins (412700N 85400E) and Punta di a Chiappa (413571N Italy -- West coast -- Corsican Channel TSS to 92193E). Occupational and recreational restrictions Isola Giannutri — Routes are in place for vessels entering this area. 229 2 The waters in the S part of the Bonifacio Strait, between Capo Testa (6.170) and Punta Falcone Paragraph 8.30 1 Replace by: (6.170), lie within a designated marine reserve that 1 A route leads generally SE for 63 miles from a extends up to the two--way route. Activities that could position in the precautionary area (425100N alter the environment are not permitted within this 94000E) at the S end of the Corsica Channel TSS area. The area is divided into zones that are subject (7.11), through Arcipelago Toscano (8.7), to a position to different environmental protection regimes: about 15 miles WSW of Isola di Giannutri (8.40). Zone A is subject to full reserve regime. Rescue Coastal routes lead E passing N and S of Isola operations and activities authorised by the d’Elba (424600N 101600E). managing body are permitted. 3 Zone B is subject to general reserve regime. BA Chart 1999/15 [NP46--No 22--Wk 04/19] Access is permitted to sailing vessels, rowing boats or vessels with electric propulsion. Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio — Navigation is permitted, exclusively in Directions; light displacement mode, at a speed not exceeding 5 kn within 300 m of the coast, and at a 230 speed not exceeding 10 kn between 300 and Paragraph 8.32 3 lines 6--8 Delete 600 m from the coast. Anchoring is authorised as indicated by the managing body. Italian Notice 26/26.4/18 [NP46--No 23--Wk 04/19] Approaching within 100 m of marine mammals is not allowed and in the event that cetaceans Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio -- should approach the vessels voluntarily, the Punta del Capel Rosso — Major light latter are required to maintain a constant speed not exceeding 5 kn and to follow a 230 steady course. After Paragraph 8.32 3 line(s) 5 including Existing Section 4 Zone C is subject to partial reserve regime. IV Week 04/19 Re--insert: Access is permitted to leisure vessels equipped with tanks for the collection of liquid Punta del Capel Rosso (Isola del Giglio) (white sewage or equipped with motor in line with tower, red bands, 20 m in height) (421924N Directive 2003/44/EC or Annexes IV and VI of 105518E). MARPOL 73/78. For further details contact the local authorities. Italian Notice 7/7.4/19 [NP46--No 38--Wk 18/19] 5 A national park lies between Isola Razzoli (411800N 92100E) and Isola Santa Maria, Italy -- West coast -- Corsican Channel TSS to 1½ miles E. Entry to the area is prohibited. Isola del Giglio — Directions 230 Italian Notice 2/213/19 [NP46--No 32--Wk 07/19] Paragraph 8.33 1--3 Replace by:

1 From a position in the precautionary area France -- Corse -- East coast -- Bastia — (425100N 94000E) at the S end of the Corsica Prohibited area Channel TSS (7.11) the track leads ESE, passing: SSW of Punta Polveraia Light (424767N 100662E) (8.12). Seamounts with depths of 38 215 to 49 m rise between 5 and 8 miles W of Isola d’Elba. Thence: After Paragraph 7.25 1 line 2 Insert: 2 NNE of Banco di Mezzo Canale, which has a leastdepthof23m(424038N 100339E), Prohibited area. When a tanker is moored at the thence: buoys, vessels must keep at least 500 m away from SSW of Punta di Fetovaia (424354N 100949E), the terminal. the headland of a narrow peninsula which has the appearance of a mole extending SSE from Isola French Notice 45/93(F707)/19 [NP46--No 75--Wk 49/19] d’Elba.

2--211 NP46

The track then leads SE, passing: Italy -- West coast -- Corsican Channel TSS to 3 NE of Isola Pianosa Light (423513N Isola d’Elba — Light 100577E) (8.12), thence: 232 NE of Isola di Montecristo (422000N 101900E) (8.27), thence: Paragraph 8.50 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: SW of Punta del Capel Rosso Light (Isola del Giglio) (white tower, red bands, 20 m in height) 1 From a position in the precautionary area (421924N 105518E). (425100N 94000E) at the S end of the Corsica Thence the track leads to a position about 15 miles Channel TSS (7.11), the track leads ENE, passing WSW of Isola di Giannutri (8.40). with positions relative to Punta Polveraia Light (424767N 100662E): Italian Notice 26/26.4/18 [NP46--No 24--Wk 04/19] SSE of Isola Capraia (8.14), thence: Italian Notice 26/26.4/18 [NP46--No 27--Wk 04/19] Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio -- Punta del Capel Rosso — Major light Italy – Portovecchio di Piombino — Berths; draught restrictions 230 241

Paragraph 8.100 2 lines 2--3 Replace by: Paragraph 8.33 3 Existing Section IV Week 04/19 Replace ...155 m in length with a depth of 73m.TheSberthis by: 105 m in length with a depth of 82m.Themaximum 3 NE of Isola Pianosa Light (423513N authorised draughts for the N and S berths are 7 and 8 m 100577E) (8.12), thence: respectively. NE of Isola di Montecristo (422000N 101900E) Italian Notice 14/15/18 [NP46--No 5--Wk 41/18] (8.27), thence: SW of Punta del Capel Rosso Light (Isola del Giglio) (421924N 105518E) (8.32). Italy – Golfo di Follonica -- Torre del Sale — Thence the track leads to a position about 15 miles Restricted area WSW of Isola di Giannutri (8.40). 241

Italian Notice 7/7.4/19 [NP46--No 39--Wk 18/19] After Paragraph 8.105 2 line 10 Insert: Entry is prohibited within 100 m of the marine farm Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio to situated 1 mile SE of the entrance to Torre del Sale. Isola di Giannutri — Directions; useful marks Italian Chart 71/18 [NP46--No 6--Wk 41/18] 230 Italy – West coast -- Promontorio Argentario — Paragraph 8.34 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Prohibited area

1 Disused signal station (424644N 100701E) 243 standing on the flattish summit of Campo alle After Paragraph 8.114 1 line 6 Insert: Serre. Entry is prohibited within an area, 100 m radius, Italian Notice 26/26.4/18 [NP46--No 25--Wk 04/19] centred on 422524N 110496E, close NNE of Scoglio Argentarola.

Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio — Light Italian Notice 16/16.5/18 [NP46--No 7--Wk 41/18]

231 Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio — Directions; light Paragraph 8.39 4 line 5 For 8.32 Read 8.33 243

Paragraph 8.117 5 line 8 For 8.32 Read 8.33 Italian Notice 26/26.4/18 [NP46--No 26--Wk 04/19] Italian Notice 26/26.4/18 [NP46--No 28--Wk 04/19] Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio -- Punta del Capel Rosso — Major light Italy -- West coast -- Isola del Giglio -- Punta del Capel Rosso — Major light 231 243 Paragraph 8.39 4 line(s) 5 including Existing section IV Paragraph 8.117 5 line(s) 8 including Existing section IV week 04/19 For 8.33 Read 8.32 week 04/19 For 8.33 Read 8.32

Italian Notice 7/7.4/19 [NP46--No 40--Wk 18/19] Italian Notice 7/7.4/19 [NP46--No 41--Wk 18/19]

2--212 NP46

Italy – Porto Santo Stefano — Italy -- Sardegna -- Golfo Spurlatta — Basins and berths; depth Restricted area 299 244 After Paragraph 10.102 1 line 13 Insert: Paragraph 8.124 1 lines 1--7 Replace by: Restricted area 1 Porto del Valle (42 26 20N 11 07 40E) is     10.102a protected by two moles. Molo Garibaldi extends ENE 1 A security zone (405295N 93870E), which from the shore and has been recently extended includes the NATO pier (10.105), has been established (2014). Molo di Sottoflutto extends WNW; a light (red between Porto San Paolo and Isola Piana. Speed is column, 5 m in height) is exhibited from the head of limited to 5 kn except for official vessels. Molo di Sottoflutto. Banchina Toscana has a length of 120 m. Italian Notice 21/21.25/18 [NP46--No 16--Wk 45/18]

BA Chart 131 [NP46--No 8--Wk 41/18] Italy – Sardegna – North--west coast -- Isola Tavolara — Anchorage

Italy -- Sardegna -- Capo Teulada — 300 Prohibited area After Paragraph 10.107 3 line 8 Insert: 270 Anchorage 10.107a Paragraph 9.151 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: 1 Spalmatore di terra. Anchorage can be obtained 1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within an area within an area centred on 405322N 94095E, in 20 enclosing Capo Teulada, the coast 6 miles NW and to 36 m, mud and sand. the coast 4¾ miles NE, including Isola Rossa ENC IT400322 [NP46--No 13--Wk 41/18] (401726N 82843E). The area contains explosive devices. Sardegna -- East coast -- Capo San Lorenzo — Prohibited area Italian Notice 21/21.7/18 [NP46--No 15--Wk 45/18] 305

Italy – Sardegna – South coast -- Paragraph 10.146 1 lines 3--5 Replace by: Golfo di Teulada -- Porto Zafferano — ...39 33 78N 9 44 50E due to unexploded ordnance. Directions; wreck     Entry is prohibited within an area (392877N 94248E), 250 m in radius, lying 3 miles ESE of 270 Capo San Lorenzo due to unexploded ordnance. Anchoring and fishing are also prohibited within Paragraph 9.154 1 lines 7--10 Replace by: 2 miles from this area. SSE of Porto Zafferano (8½ miles W). A wreck with a Istituto Idrografico Della Marina Mar Tirreno No 17 depth of 123 m lies in the entrance to the bay. [NP46--No 30--Wk 06/19] Thence: Italy -- West coast -- Isole Pontine -- Italian Notice 15/15.7/18 [NP46--No 9--Wk 41/18] Isola di Ponza — Restricted areas 328 Italy -- Sardegna -- La Maddalena — Obstruction After Paragraph 12.30 6 line 6 Insert:

282 7 Restricted areas. The following areas are reserved for the use of tankers supplying water to the island: After Paragraph 10.9 1 line 8 Insert: Area A (405380N 125800E), radius 80 m. Area B (405520N 125820E), radius 150 m. 411267N 92521E (water pipeline). Area C (405551N 125804E), radius 80 m. Italian Chart 281/19 [NP46--No 58--Wk 32/19] Portolano P4 Ed. 2018 [NP46--No 34--Wk 14/19]

Italy -- West coast -- Gaeta — Prohibited area Italy -- Sardegna -- Porto di Olbia — Pilotage 331 295 After Paragraph 12.44 2 line 3 Insert: Paragraph 10.76 4 line 1 For 600 gt Read 500 gt Entry is prohibited within 100 m radius of a wreck (411140N 133240E). Olbia Pilots [NP46--No 74--Wk 46/19] Italian Notice 17/5/19 [NP46--No 63--Wk 40/19]

2--213 NP46 Italy -- West coast -- Gaeta — Anchorages NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3 (2017 Edition) 336

Paragraph 12.71 1 line 10 Replace by: Albania — Former mined areas

G1, G2 Vessels entering Gaeta 1 Paragraph 1.4 Replace by: Portolano P4 Ed. 2018 [NP46--No 35--Wk 14/19] 1 Danger from mines exists in a small area NW of Otok −krda (442888N 145160E). For details see Italy -- West coast -- Isole Pontine -- 9.348. Isola di Ventotene — Restricted area UKHO [NP47--No 49--Wk 46/19] 338 Greece — Regulations; historic wrecks After Paragraph 12.88 2 line 7 Insert: 6 Restricted area. The area centred on 404794N 132609E, radius 80 m, is reserved for the use of After Paragraph 1.52 1 line 7 Insert: tankers supplying water to the island. Historic wrecks Portolano P4 Ed. 2018 [NP46--No 36--Wk 14/19] 1.52a 1 The sites of historic wrecks are protected. Unauthorised interference is prohibited within an area Italy – Porto di Procida — Prohibited anchorage with a radius of 300 m, centred on the wreck. Only historic wrecks of navigational significance are 345 described in this volume.

After Paragraph 12.130 3 line 4 Insert: Greek ENC GR3CFMAC [NP47--No 24--Wk 28/18] Anchoring is prohibited in an area defined by the following postions: Albania — Former mined areas 404594N 140204E 404638N 140233E 63 404608N 140276E 404587N 140222E. Paragraph 2.10 1 Replace by: 1 After passing Kepi i Gjuhëzës, care should be Italian Notice 14/14.4/18 [NP46--No 10--Wk 41/18] taken along the generally low, sandy and featureless coast of Albania. See also 1.53 relating to regulations concerning navigation in Albanian territorial waters and Italy -- Golfo di Napoli -- Castellammare di Stabia — Anchor berths harbours. UKHO [NP47--No 50--Wk 46/19] 354

Paragraph 12.181 1 line 13 Replace by: Albania — Former mined areas

Bravo/FB1 335 6 cables 180--220 65 Vessels carrying dangerous cargo are not to use Paragraph 2.31 including heading Replace by: the above anchor berths and must contact the Harbour Master, waiting at a distance of not less than Spare 25 miles from the head of Molo Foraneo. 2.31

Portolano P4 Ed. 2018 [NP46--No 37--Wk 14/19] UKHO [NP47--No 51--Wk 46/19]

Italy – West coast -- Marina di Camerota — Greece -- West coast -- Pelopónnisos -- Anchorage Stenó Prótis — Directions; historic wreck 77 378 After Paragraph 3.45 1 line 6 Insert: Paragraph 13.82 4 line 4 Replace by: A historic wreck (370269N 213354E) lies close ...Cala Bianca, 1 mile farther E, noting the pipeline off the E coast of Nisída Próti. For further information extending 5 cables S from the vicinity of Torre del Poggio. see 1.52a.

Italian Notice 15/15.10/18 [NP46--No 11--Wk 41/18] Greek ENC GR3CFMAC [NP47--No 25--Wk 28/18]

2--214 NP47

Greece -- West coast -- Pelopónnisos -- Greece -- Patraïkós Kólpos — Marathópolis — Anchorage Regulations; historic wrecks 113 77 After Paragraph 4.4 1 line 4 Insert: Paragraph 3.51 2 lines 1--4 Delete Regulations 4.4a 1 Anchoring, fishing, trawling, dredging, diving are Greek ENC GR3CFMAC [NP47--No 26--Wk 28/18] restricted and removal of historic artefacts prohibited within 300 m of historic wrecks in the following positions: Greece -- West coast -- Pelopónnisos -- Stenó Prótis — Anchorage 381200N 211874E 381712N 212319E 381703N 212969E 78 381708N 214509E 381963N 215312E Paragraph 3.52 1--2 Replace by: For further information on historic wrecks, see 1.52a. 1 It has been reported that vessels can find good anchorage about 5 cables N or W of Nisída Próti, Greek ENC GR4APP14 [NP47--No 28--Wk 28/18] depending on weather. Greece -- West coast -- Patraïkós Kólpos — Seaplane landing area Greek ENC GR3CFMAC [NP47--No 27--Wk 28/18] 115 Paragraph 4.19 including heading Replace by: Greece -- Nísos Zákynthos -- Órmos Alykés — Wreck Spare 4.19 85 Greek Notice 11/195/17 [NP47--No 9--Wk 04/18] Paragraph 3.103 1 line 13 Replace by: Greece -- West coast -- Pátrai Harbour — ...Ákra Katastári in depths of 18 to 26 m, good holding, Seaplane operating areas keeping clear of a dangerous wreck (375143N 118 204678E). After Paragraph 4.49 Insert:

Greek Notice 3/53/2018 [NP47--No 16--Wk 21/18] Seaplanes 4.49a 1 Two seaplane landing and take off strips, 2½ cables Greece -- West coast – Kólpos Argostolíou — in length, are located within the harbour centred on Restricted area positions 381518N 214392E and 381553N 214408E. 86 Greek Notice 11/196/17 [NP47--No 10--Wk 04/18] After Paragraph 3.112 2 line 10 Insert: Albania -- Stenó Kérkyras -- Northern part — Restricted area to which entry is prohibited for Directions; historic wrecks vessels with an air draught greater than 10 m in the 150 vicinity of the airport (380725N 202997E). After Paragraph 5.95 3 line 8 Insert: Greek Notice 9/177/18 [NP47--No 36--Wk 47/18] 4 Clear of two historic wrecks (394910N 195880E and 394903N 195876E) (positions approximate). The wrecks lie within a zone, radius 300 m, and are Greece -- Préveza -- West--south--west of Fort protected from unauthorised interference. Áktion — Directions; wreck Greek Notice 06/138/18 [NP47--No 31--Wk 37/18] 108 Albania — Former mined areas Paragraph 3.252 2 line 3 Replace by: 156 ...lights leads 4 miles ENE over the bar, clear of a Paragraph 5.145 including heading Replace by: dangerous wreck (385620N 204260E), through Díavlos... Spare 5.145 Greek Notice 3/56/2018 [NP47--No 17--Wk 21/18] UKHO [NP47--No 52--Wk 46/19]

2--215 NP47

Albania — Former mined areas Montenegro -- Kotor — Directions; pilotage

158 188 Paragraph 6.182 3 Replace by: Paragraph 5.165 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: 3 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 1000 gt. 1 Entry is only permitted in daylight. Pilot boards 1 mile SE of Rt Oðtra (422359N 183188E) (6.116) or, in bad weather, in UKHO [NP47--No 53--Wk 46/19] Hercegnovski Zaliv (422600N 183300E) (6.139). Tugs are available from Bijela (6.163) or Bar (6.79) providing sufficient notice is given. Albania — Former mined areas Correspondence Kotor Port [NP47--No 40--Wk 11/19] 163 Croatia -- PloÅe— Paragraph 6.9 including heading Replace by: Limiting conditions; vessel size

Spare 234 6.9 Paragraph 7.348 1 line(s) 1 For 92m Read 102m UKHO [NP47--No 54--Wk 46/19] Paragraph 7.348 1 line(s) 2 For 27 m Read 28.5 m

Albania — Former mined areas Croatian Notice 6/13/19 [NP47--No 41--Wk 32/19]

164 Croatia -- PloÅe — Regulations

Paragraph 6.14 3 lines 6--9 Delete 234

Paragraph 7.352 3-- 4 Replace by: UKHO [NP47--No 55--Wk 46/19] 3 Vessels leaving the channel take precedence over vessels entering. A speed limit of 6 kn exists N of the head of Gat Albania — Former mined areas OsloboËenja. The following rules apply in Kanal Vlaðka: 165 Navigation is permitted in only one direction at a time. Maximum permitted dimensions see 7.348. Paragraph 6.22 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: 4 Navigation in the channel is prohibited in NW, N ...submarine cables. or E winds exceeding 10 m/s, and SW, S or SE winds exceeding 15 m/s. UKHO [NP47--No 56--Wk 46/19] Tankers up to 120 m in length must have two tugs in assistance. Tankers more than 120 m in length must have three Albania — Former mined areas tugs in assistance when arriving and two when departing. If berthing at night, an additional pilot may be 166 required for tankers more than 150 m in length.

Paragraph 6.29 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Croatian Notice 6/20/19 [NP47--No 42--Wk 32/19] 1 From the vicinity of 410000N 190000E, the approach channel leads ENE and NNE to the pilot Croatia -- PloÅe -- Rijeka Neretva — boarding position or outer anchorage (6.21) in Gjiri i Directions; buoyage Durrësit. 237 UKHO [NP47--No 57--Wk 46/19] Paragraph 7.376 Replace by:

1 From a position in the vicinity of a light buoy (safe Albania — Former mined areas water) (430132N 172422E), the fairway to the entrance leads generally E, passing: 167 S of a light buoy (starboard hand) (430150N 172497E) marking the channel for entering Paragraph 6.32 1 line 1 Replace by: Kanal Vlaðka, thence: SofPliÅina Gumanac (430160N 172540E), 1 Gjiri i Durrësit... shoal ground which extends 2 cables SW from the SW extremity of Sridnji Gumanac, thence: UKHO [NP47--No 58--Wk 46/19] 2 S of a dangerous rock (430155N 172575E).

2--216 NP47

The track then leads E, then ESE, through a An area W and S of Rt Rat (433135N 162526E) channel marked by light buoys (lateral), to a position extending through the N part of Luka Poljud to between the moleheads. Charted depths exceed 5 m Poljud Marina (433127N 162560E). throughout but the channel is subject to silting. An area extending about 1½ cables offshore A vessel may then round the N molehead at a between Marjan Marina (433107N 162558E) distance of about 15 m to enter the river between the and a jetty 2 cables NE of Rt Marjan (7.615). moleheads, both of which exhibit lights. 3 Caution. Both when entering and leaving, the Croatian Notice 1/2/18 [NP47--No 13b--Wk 10/18] current in the vicinity of the moleheads must be anticipated. Croatia -- West of Split -- Trogirski Kanal — Useful marks: Vertical clearance N molehead (red column on red hexagonal hut, 5 m in height). 269 S molehead (green hut and column). After Paragraph 7.635 1 line 5 Insert: Croatian Notice 08/10/19--08/18/19 [NP47--No 45--Wk 42/19] Vertical clearance 7.635a 1 An opening bridge (433093N 161512E) spans Croatia -- Splitski Kanal — Anchorage that canal between Trogir and Ciovo. A bridge (433112N 161590E), with a vertical clearance of 263 48 m, also spans the canal 6 cables ENE. Paragraph 7.600 2 lines 2--11 Replace by: Croatian Notice 10/4/19 [NP47--No 61--Wk 50/19] Vessels carrying dangerous substances and of less than 75 m draught anchor in an area centred on Croatia -- SedmovraÆe — Pilotage 432860N 163032E, 3½ miles ESE of Gradska Luka E molehead light. 328

Croatian Notice 2--12/17 [NP47/No.2/Wk.32/17] After Paragraph 8.446 2 line 4 Insert:

Croatia -- Split -- Kaðtelanski Zaljev — Pilotage Prohibited anchorage; modification of area 8.446a 1 Pilot boarding positions are at 441260N 264 145630E (E) and 441150N 145000E (W).

Paragraph 7.602 1 lines 9--11 Delete Croatian Notice 5/5/18 [NP47--No 20--Wk 26/18]

Croatian Notice 1/2/18 [NP47--No 13a--Wk 10/18] Croatia -- Tihi Kanal — Pilotage 419 Croatia -- Split -- Kaðtelanski Zaljev — Prohibited anchorage After Paragraph 9.655 1 line 7 Insert:

264 Pilotage 9.655a After Paragraph 7.604 1 line 6 Insert: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gt. Pilot boarding positions are at 45 15 00N 14 31 00E (N) An area extending about 1½ cables offshore     and 45 09 90N 14 40 80E (S). between Marjan Marina (433107N 162558E)     and a jetty 2 cables NE of Rt Marjan (7.615). Paragraph 9.656 1 line 3 Delete

Croatian Notice 8/4/2017 [NP47/No.5/Wk.40/17] Croatian Notice 5/3/18 [NP47--No 21--Wk 26/18]

Croatia -- Split -- Kaðtelanski Zaljev — Prohibited anchorage; modification of area Croatia -- Faýanski Kanal — Pilotage

264 423 After Paragraph 10.20 4 line 6 Insert: Paragraph 7.604 1 including existing Section IV Week 40/17 Replace by: Pilotage 1 Prohibited anchorage areas exist in: 10.20a Gradska Luka (433025N 162610E), N of the 1 The pilot boarding position is at 445670N harbour entrance. 134600E. Sjeverna Luka. West and N of Luka Lora (433160N 162560E); fishing is also prohibited. Croatian Notice 5/2/18 [NP47--No 22--Wk 26/18]

2--217 NP47

Slovenia -- Gulf of Trieste -- Koper — Anchorages Italy -- Trieste -- Porto Industriale — Directions; light 444 450 Paragraph 10.128 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 10.170 2 line 1 Replace by: 1 There are four designated anchorage areas, each 2 Thence the white sector (0633--0643)ofthe with designated anchor berths as follows: light... Anchorage No of berths Centred on Italian Notice 5/5.9/18 [NP47--No 14--Wk 14/18] Area A 2 453435N 134300E Italy -- Strait of Otranto -- Area B 4 453455N South of Capo d’Otranto — Prohibited area 134205E 460 2 Area C 4 453455N 134070E After Paragraph 11.11 2 line 3 Insert: Area E 3 453360N Entry is prohibited to an area, radius 5 cables, in 134100E whichawrecklies,centredon395893N 183031E. 3 Anchorage in Koprski Zaliv is over a bottom of soft GB Chart 187 [NP47--No 47--Wk 44/19] yellow mud or sand, in depths from 15 to 21 m. The holding is not good and is exposed to winds between Italy -- Strait of Otranto -- Castro — W and N. Shelter from the bora (1.170) and S winds Directions; marine farm may be found by anchoring under the lee of the sides of the bay. 460 4 Vessels carrying flammable or dangerous cargoes Paragraph 11.17 2 lines 6--7 Replace by: must anchor at least 5 cables W of the W extremity of Pier II. ESE of a marine farm (395980N 182713E), A restricted area in which anchorage is prohibited, marked by light buoys (special), fronting Castro surrounds an unmarked submarine pipeline Marina from where a light (red post, 5 m in height) (453292N 134259E) extending 2¼ cables NNE is exhibited, and: from the shore. Clear of a prohibited area (395893N 183031E) (11.11), thence: Slovenian Notice 5/3/18 [NP47--No 19--Wk 26/18] Italian Notice 19/14/19 [NP47--No 48--Wk 44/19]

Slovenia -- Koprski Zaliv — Italy -- Otranto — Development Marine protected areas 461 445 Paragraph 11.22 2 lines 1--4 Delete Paragraph 10.131 1 line(s) 1--7 Replace by:

1 Restricted areas. Marine protected areas have Italian Notice 26/6/17 [NP47--No 11--Wk 05/18] been established in the vicinity of Debeli RtiÅ (453540N 134220E) and Stunjan Nature Reserve Italy -- Brindisi — Arrival information; (453220N 133745E). Anchoring and navigation by regulations concerning entry powerdrivencraftareprohibitedintheseareas. 466 A restricted area in which anchorage is prohibited, surrounds an unmarked submarine pipeline After Paragraph 11.63 2 line 9 Insert: (453292N 134259E) extending 2¼ cables NNE A speed limit of 10 kn is in force for all vessels from the shore. transiting Porto Medio and Porto Esterno. Slovenian Chart 01 [NP47--No 43--Wk 33/19] Paragraph 11.63 3 lines 1--2 Replace by: 3 A speed limit of 6 kn is in force for all vessels Slovenia -- Koprski Zaliv — Directions transiting Canale Pigonati and Porto Interno.

445 HMS ECHO [NP47/No.3/Wk.35/17]

Paragraph 10.137 1 line(s) 1--6 Replace by: Italy -- Brindisi — Directions; light sector 1 From a position in the Gulf of Trieste TSS, NW of 467 Rt Madona (453181N 133380E) (10.110), the track leads generally E for about 6 miles through the Paragraph 11.71 1 lines 7--8 Replace by: precautionary area and the Koper TSS (2.25) to the NNW of a light beacon (E cardinal) (403975N pilot boarding position (10.129) 1¾ miles SSW of 180220E) within the white sector (2612--2618)of Debeli RtiÅ(453540N 134220E). Isola di Saint’ Andrea Light (11.69), thence: Slovenian Chart 01 [NP47--No 44--Wk 33/19] HMS ECHO [NP47/No.4/Wk.35/17]

2--218 NP47

Italy -- Monopoli — Depths; berths After Paragraph 11.245 6 line 3 Insert: 470 Vertical clearance. Overhead power cables with a vertical clearance of 15 m span the channels between Paragraph 11.93 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: the islands of San Domino, Il Cretaccio and San Nicola. 1 Controlling depth. The centre of the entrance channel to the harbour has a least depth of 75m Italian Chart 204/2017 [NP47/No.7/Wk.45/17] whilst the centre of the basin has depths of 65m.

Paragraph 11.97 1--2 Replace by: Italy -- South east coast -- South east of Vasto — Restricted area; marine farm 1 In the S part of the harbour there is a total of 295 m of berthing space on the commercial quays of 489 Banchina della Solfatara, the longest of which is After Paragraph 11.251 3 line 12 Insert: 110 m in length with depths alongside between 4 and 7 m. Used by fishing vessels. Restricted area In Cala Batterie, close W, there is 60 m of berthing 11.251a space with depths alongside between 55and68m. 1 A firing practice area, centred on 420600N 2 The W side of Molo Margherita has 100 m of 144545E, extends N from the coast SE of Vasto. berthing space. For the use of fishing vessels. Diga di Tramontana is 340 m in length with depths Paragraph 11.257 2 line 6 Replace by: alongside from 56to92m. Used by commercial NNE of a marine farm (4 miles NW), and: vessels. Clear of an area of obstructions (420550N A concrete jetty, 50 m in length with depths of 145770E) marked by a buoy (special), thence: about 45 m, lies 5 cables NW of the root of the N mole. It serves an oil storage facility. ENC IT300033 [NP47--No 29--Wk 35/18]

Italian Notice 23/23.9/17 [NP47--No 8--Wk 49/17] Italy -- South east coast -- Approaches to Ortona — Prohibited entry; directions; obstructions Italy -- East of Bisceglia — Marine farm; 492 restricted area After Paragraph 11.278 1 line 8 Insert: 476 2 Torre--Fattoria production platform (422799N Paragraph 11.140 2 lines 8--12 Delete 141926E) is established 4 miles E of Pescara. Entry is prohibited within the limits of the gasfield. Italian Notice 12/12.13/18 [NP47--No 23--Wk 28/18] Paragraph 11.279 Replace by:

1 Entry is prohibited within 200 m of the submarine Italy--AdriaticSea--IsolaPianosa— Prohibited areas pipelines centred on: 422230N 142448E; 487--488 422500N 141968E; 422740N 141595E. Paragraph 11.243 2 lines 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 11.286 2 lines 3--5 Delete 2 Prohibited areas. A marine nature reserve has been established in the area around the islet, the Paragraph 11.286 3 lines 3--7 Replace by: limits...... direction and noting a further area of After Paragraph 11.243 2 line 6 Insert: obstructions (421770N 143038E) lying 9 cables SE, thence: Entry is prohibited into an area extending 500 m from the coast, due to the presence of unexploded ENC IT300033 [NP47--No 30--Wk 35/18] ordnance on the seabed. Italy – Pescara — Anchorages; pilotage Italian Chart 204/2017 [NP47/No.6/Wk.45/17] 494 Italy -- -- Isole Tremiti — Restricted areas; overhead cables Paragraph 11.297 1 lines 1--8 Replace by: 1 Anchorages. Two designated anchorage areas, 488 radius 5 cables, are established off the port, as Paragraph 11.245 5 lines 2--4 Replace by: follows: A -- Mixed cargoes (423006N 141591E). ...100 m either side of the submarine pipelines between B -- Dangerous cargoes (422926N 141640E). Isola San Domino and Isola San Nicola. Anchoring and Pilots and tugs. Pilots are available and trawling are prohibited within this area. compulsory for vessels over 1500 gt or vessels over A restricted area is established extending 100 m 500 gt carrying dangerous cargoes. either side of the submarine pipeline lying NE of Punta Secca (11.246). Anchoring and trawling are Italian Notices 21/21.41; 21.53/18 prohibited within this area. [NP47--No 34--Wk 45/18]

2--219 NP47

Italy -- East coast -- Pescara to Pedaso — Italy -- East coast -- Falconara Marittima -- Restricted area API Refinery Pier — Obstruction

510 498 Paragraph 12.100 1 line 11 Replace by: After Paragraph 12.14 1 line 9 Insert: ...operations apply; contact the Port Authority for details. Caution. An obstruction (433896N 132326E) Restricted area close SW of a mooring dolphin, with a depth of 29m 12.14a marked by a light buoy (special), lies 2¾ cables WNW 1 An area of obstructions, marked by light buoys of the pierhead berth. (special), is centred on 423172N 141797E. Vessels should maintain a least safety distance of Italian Chart 210 [NP47/No.1/Wk.32/17] ¼ mile and speed must not exceed 10 kn. Italy -- North Adriatic -- Rimini — Prohibited area Italian Notice 4/4.10/19 [NP47--No 39--Wk 11/19] 513

After Paragraph 12.124 6 line 9 Insert: Italy -- East coast -- Pescara — Directions; obstruction Prohibited area 12.124a 498 1 A prohibited area, marked by a light buoy (special), exists with a radius of 3 cables centred approximately After Paragraph 12.18 1 line 4 Insert: on 440859N 123426E.

ENE of an obstruction (423170N 141810E), Italian Notice 26/7/17 [NP47--No 12--Wk 05/18] thence: Italy -- East coast -- Approaches to Ravenna — Italian Notice 6.8/2018 [NP47--No 15--Wk 16/18] Directions; wrecks

514 Italy -- East coast -- Approaches to Ancona and Falconara — Traffic regulations Paragraph 12.132 1--7 Replace by: 1 Pesaro to Cervia. From a position 6 miles NNE of 501 Pesaro the track leads 16 miles WNW and 11 miles NNW to Cervia, passing: Paragraph 12.41 1 line 2 For 15 Read 12 SSW of production platform Brenda A--T (42 m in height) (440704N 130263E), from which a After Paragraph 12.41 3 line 3 Insert: light is exhibited, thence: 2 SSW of production platform Basil (35 m in Entry is prohibited into an area, radius 500 m, height) (440801N 130004E), from which a surrounding a dangerous wreck (433009N light is exhibited, thence: 134020E). NNE of Cattolica Light (12.129), thence: SSW of production platforms Regina and Regina 1 Italian Portolano P7; ENC IT300036 (440619N 125010E), from which lights are [NP47--No 32--Wk 41/18] exhibited, thence: 3 NNE of Riccione (440000N 123955E) a small harbour from which a light is exhibited, Italy -- East coast -- Ancona — Outer anchorages clear of shellfish beds, marked by light buoys (special), thence: SSW of production platform Giulia 1 (440781N 505 124519E), from which a light (platform, 15 m in height) is exhibited, thence: Paragraph 12.66 3 lines 4--5 Replace by: 4 Clear of dangerous wrecks (440643N Area 2C. For use by cargo ships of less than 190 m in 124303E and 440671N 124184E), length and maximum draught 91 m. A patch of thence: foul ground (433880N 132810E) lies within SSW of production platforms Azalea B and Azalea A the anchorage. (441003N 124315E), from which lights (platforms) are exhibited, thence: Paragraph 12.66 3 lines 9--10 Replace by: Clear of a dangerous wreck (440862N 123817E), thence: Area 4ST.For use by small tankers waiting to berth at NNE of Rimini (12.135), a small port from which lights Pontile A.P.I. at Falconara Marittima. A patch of are exhibited. foul ground (433900N 132530E) lies within 5 Thence the track leads NNW, passing: the anchorage. ENE of Bellaria (440895N 122765E), clear of shellfish beds marked by light buoys (special), Italian Notice 18/06/19 [NP47--No 46--Wk 42/19] and:

2--220 NP47

Clear of dangerous wreck (440999N 123549E) Italy – Venezia — Depths and production platform Benedetta 1 (441073N 123492E) from which a light is exhibited, 533 thence: Paragraph 12.282 including existing Section IV Notice 6 WSW of production platform Anemone B Week 45/18 Replace by: (441370N 124234E), from which a light (platform) is exhibited, thence: 1 Via Porto di Malamocco. Maximum authorised ENE of Cesenatico (12.142), a small port where draughts, depending on the width of the vessel: lights are exhibited, clear of a dangerous wreck Entrance to Porto di Malamocco; 120m; (441460N 123247E), and shellfish beds, Canale Malamocco--Marghera from Turning Basin thence: No 4 to Turning Basin No 3; 102to105m; 7 WSW of production platform Arianna A Canale Vittorio Emanuele from Darsena IROM to (441837N 123769E), from which a light Porticciolo Petroli; 85m; (two platforms, 35 m in height) is exhibited. Canale Vittorio Emanuele from Porticciolo Petroli to The track then leads to a position 10 miles ENE of Bacino di Marittima; 46to61m; Cervia (441600N 122100E) (12.157), a small 2 Canale Vittorio Emanuele from Darsena IROM to harbour. Turning Basin No 1; 95m; Canale Industriale Ovest; 115 m, reducing to a ENC IT300037 [NP47--No 33--Wk 41/18] minimum of 25m; Canale Industriale Sud; from 60to104m; Canale Industriale Brentella; from 24to62m; Italy -- Laguna Di Venezia — Canale Industriale Nord (entrance); 90m; Vessel traffic service 3 Via Porto di Lido. Nominal dredged depth at the entrance is 110m. Caution. As the harbour and canals are subject to 528 silting, mariners are advised that lesser depths may be encountered. Substantial changes to depths have After Paragraph 12.248 1 line 12 Insert: been reported (2019). Mariners should proceed with caution and consult port authorities for details of the Vessel traffic service latest depth information. 12.248a Italian Notice 3/3.21/19 [NP47--No 37--Wk 09/19] 1 Venice VTS with full radar surveillance is maintained for the control of shipping. For details, and list of reporting points, see ADMIRALTYListofRadio Italy -- Venezia — Authorised draughts Signals Volume 6. 533

Venice VTS User Manual Sep 17 Paragraph 12.282 including existing Section IV Notice [NP47--No 18--Wk 22/18] Week 09/19 Replace by:

1 Via Porto di Malamocco. Maximum authorised draughts, depending on the width of the vessel: Italy – Venezia — Depths Entrance to Porto di Malamocco; 120m; Canale Malamocco--Marghera from Turning Basin 533 No 4 to Turning Basin No 3; 107to111m(108to 112mwith02 m tide); Paragraph 12.282 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Canale Vittorio Emanuele from Darsena IROM to Porticciolo Petroli; 85m; 1 Via Porto di Malamocco: 140 m to Darsena San Canale Vittorio Emanuele from Porticciolo Petroli to Leonardo; 120 m to Turning Basin No 3 Porto Bacino di Marittima; 46to61m; Marghera; 12 m in Canale Industriale Ovest reducing 2 Canale Vittorio Emanuele from Darsena IROM to to 105 m and 9 m beyond the turning basin and in Turning Basin No 1; 95m; Darsena della Rana respectively; 110 m in Canale Canale Industriale Ovest; 115 m, reducing to a Industriale Sud; 7 m in Canale Industriale Brentella; minimum of 25m; 105 m to Porto Commerciale. Canale Industriale Sud; from 60to104m; Canale Industriale Brentella; from 24to62m; Paragraph 12.282 1 line 7 Replace by: Canale Industriale Nord (entrance); 90m; 3 Via Porto di Lido. Maximum authorised draught is ...depths (2015). As the harbour and canals are subject 91m. to... Caution. As the harbour and canals are subject to silting, mariners are advised that lesser depths may Paragraph 12.282 1 lines 10--12 Replace by: be encountered. Substantial changes to depths have been reported (2019). Mariners should proceed with ...been reported (2018) in the channels. Mariners should caution and consult port authorities for details of the proceed with caution and... latest depth information and authorised draughts.

Italian Notices 21/21.17; 21.18/18 Italian Notices 22/15/19; 22/16/19; 22/17/19 [NP47--No 35--Wk 45/18] [NP47--No 60--Wk 47/19]

2--221 NP47

Italy -- Venezia — Traffic regulations After Paragraph 12.293 Insert:

534 12.293a 1 Dredgers, when engaged in dredging operations, Paragraph 12.293 Replace by: display the following signals: By day — Two black balls disposed vertically on the 1 General remarks. Special regulations are in force side on which passage is clear; one black ball on in Venezia, particularly for vessels carrying dangerous the side on which passage is foul. or inflammable cargoes, for local craft, and during fog. By night — The black balls are replaced by white Selected extracts are given below, but mariners should lights. note that the full text of the law is the only 2 Dangerous cargoes. Special regulations are in authoritative statement and can be obtained from local force; see 1.66. authorities. Vessels carrying dangerous or flammable cargoes may, at the discretion of the Port Authority, be 2 Special regulations in the vicinity of Porto di prohibited from navigating in the port at night, or in Malamocco and Porto di Lido include the following: fog. Small craft of any type must give way to vessels 3 Prohibited anchorages: entering or leaving the channels within a radius of Anchoring is prohibited in two areas to seaward of 2 miles from the head of the N breakwaters at both Isola di Pellestrina; see 12.249 and 12.260. entrances. Anchoring, fishing and diving are prohibited within an Vessels for which pilotage is compulsory are area radius 1 mile, containing wrecks and prohibited from waiting within 2 miles of the head of the N breakwater at both entrances. explosive material, centred 12 miles ESE of Forte Rocchetta Light. 3 Small craft are prohibited from loitering within 1 mile of the head of the N breakwater at Anchoring, fishing and mooring are prohibited within a radius of 200 m of an oceanographic platform both entrances, and within the approach channel (defined as the area bounded by the (451882N 123080E) (12.301). 4 Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of two extension to seaward of the breakwaters at submarine pipelines which extend respectively both entrances) at a distance of between ESE from a position on Isola di Malamocco 1 and 2 miles from the respective N 2 miles NNE of Porto di Malamocco, and SSE breakwater heads. from a position on Litorale del Cavallino 4 Vessels are required to proceed at the minimum speed necessary for manoeuvring and, where 3 miles ENE of Porto di Lido. A light buoy possible, to keep to the starboard side of the (special) and a light beacon are moored near the extremity of the pipelines. centre line of the channel. 5 Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of a Mariners are required to adjust their navigation so as submarine power cable extending ESE from to avoid meeting in the entrances. Vessels the head of Porto di Malamocco N departing have priority. breakwater. A light beacon (special) marks the 5 Approach and entry. Vessels entering or leaving extremity of the submarine power cable. the port must comply with the rules established by 6 Light buoys and buoys (special) are moored Venice VTS (12.248a) and the Port Authority. Any from 1¾ to 2½ miles S of Porto di Piave vessel approaching Porto di Venezia must reach the Vecchia Light (452872N 123499E). They line delimiting the roadstead at a speed not exceeding mark the perimeters of two marine farms. 25 kn, slowing down gradually so as to reach a 7 Anchoring is prohibited within the lagoon waters distance of 3 miles from the coast at a speed not in Porto di Lido, except in emergencies. If it greater than 12 kn. should become necessary to anchor in the 6 Vessels must proceed into the entrance channels at areas of San Nicolò di Lido and Sant’ Andrea, a speed not exceeding 10 kn, slowing down between Punta Sant’ Elena and Santa Maria progressively to 6 kn. Vessels are required to further Elisabetta, San Pietro di Castello and Certosa, reduce speed in the vicinity of moored vessels, large in the Canale della Giudecca abeam of the vessels navigating in the opposite direction or at Chiesa dei Gesuati and wherever submarine crossing points. Overtaking is prohibited. cables (specially marked by poles surmounted 7 Navigation in the lagoon. Vessels navigating by black and white spherical marks) are within the waters of the lagoon must: present, the Harbour Master and the Pilot’s Keep the centre line of the channel proceeding at the Office should be immediately informed. permitted speed. Overtaking is prohibited. 8 Anchoring is prohibited within Porto di Proceed at the minimum speed necessary to retain Malamocco and within 50 m of any submarine manoeuvrabilty when in vicinity of moored tankers cable or pipeline (specially marked by poles and gas carriers with hazardous cargoes or surmounted by black and white spherical vessels handling out--sized cargoes. marks). Keep the anchor ready to drop if necessary. 8 Precedence. Local vessels and craft of any kind, Regulations concerning entry which are crossing a major navigation canal, or 12.293b entering from side channels, must give way to those 1 The normal entrance to be used is through Porto di vessels navigating the major canals. Malamocco. Secondary channels also permit approach Vessels leaving the port or the major channels have for entry at Porto di Chioggia (451400N 121800E) precedence. (12.269).

2--222 NP47

Transit via the entrance to Porto di Lido is for Greece – South Aegean – Nísos Léros -- vessels bound to/from the docks and moorings at Órmos Lakkí — Prohibited area; historic wrecks Marittima or located between Marittima and the 270 entrance. Vessels must keep strictly to starboard when transiting in the port entrances. Paragraph 7.336 1 line 1 Replace by: 2 It is prohibited for vessels of more than 60 m LOA 1 Anchorage may be obtained in Órmos Lakkí, clear transiting through Porto di Lido entrance to make of prohibited areas, in... manoeuvres other than those necessary in order to Paragraph 7.337 3 line 2 For Wreck Read Historic wreck continue to their assigned berth. This limit is increased to 110 m for vessels with bow thrusters. Within the Paragraph 7.337 3 line 3 For Wreck Read Historic wreck channel, any reversals of course that may become After Paragraph 7.337 3 line 3 Insert: necessary are only authorised in the turning basin. 3 Vessels laden with flammable cargoes, or unladen Historic wreck (370675N 265006E). but not yet certified gas free must enter through Porto Greek Chart 451 [NP48--No 2--Wk 34/19] di Malamocco. Greece -- North Aegean -- Thessaloníki — Italian Notice 21/22/19; 21/24/19 & 21/21.27/19 Prohibited anchorage; wrecks [NP47--No 59--Wk 46/19] 356 After Paragraph 9.275 1 line 4 Insert: Italy – Venezia -- Anchoring is prohibited within the vicinity of two Canale Vittorio Emanuele — Depths historic wrecks (403756N 225508E and 403792N 225546E) (see 1.56). 536 Greek Notice 6/114/19 [NP48--No 3--Wk 34/19]

Paragraph 12.296 7 lines 1--2 Replace by: Turkey -- West coast -- AliaÔa— Outer anchorages 7 Canale Vittorio Emanuele leads NW from the vicinity of Porto... 429--430 Paragraph 11.274 1--2 Replace by: Italian Notice 3/3.21/19 [NP47--No 38--Wk 09/19] 1 There are eight designated anchorage areas within AliaÔa port limits: Area No 1 (384935N 265811E), for tankers and NP48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 4 naval tankers. (2019 Edition) Area No 2 (385256N 265852E), for vessels not carrying dangerous cargoes and naval vessels. Area No 3 (385290N 265700E), for nuclear naval vessels and vessels waiting to be gas free. Greece -- Saronikós Kólpos -- Stenó Nafstáthmou 2 Area No 4 (384618N 265309E), an — Directions; obstruction unrestricted anchorage. Area No 5 (384813N 265314E), for vessels not 151 carrying dangerous cargoes and naval vessels. Area No 6 (384869N 265284E), an explosives Paragraph 5.127 1 line 4 Replace by: and quarantine anchorage. Area No 7 (38 51 30N 26 53 64E), for vessels ...the limits of the dredged channel, and:     bound for AliaÔa Ship Recycling Yard (11.293). Clear of an obstruction (375789N 233278E) with Area No 8 (38 52 73N 27 00 05E), an explosives a depth of 82m.     anchorage. Greek Notice 8/145/19 [NP48--No 4--Wk 42/19] Turkish Notice 44/209/19; ENCs TR402147 (6.004); TR502148 (2.002); TR502150 (2.000); TR502151 (4.004); [NP48--No 5--Wk 50/19] Greece – South Aegean – Nísos Léros -- Órmos Lakkí — Prohibited area; historic wrecks Turkey -- Approaches to Ayvalik -- Dalyan BoÔazÝ — Directions 268 438 Paragraph 11.333 8--10 Replace by: After Paragraph 7.325 1 line 3 Insert: 8 Dalyan BoÔazÝ. From a position in the vicinity of An area in which anchoring is seasonally prohibited 391850N 263650E, the track leads ENE, passing: lies near the head of the bay. 9 NNW of Körkut Burnu (391873N 263760E), Historic wrecks are situated within this bay. the S entrance point of the passage. Körkut Activities including anchoring are prohibited within a Burnu Light (white metal framework tower, radius of 300 m of an historic wreck. For further 9 m in height) is exhibited from the point, information see 7.7. thence: SSE of a light buoy (S cardinal) (391915N Greek Chart 451 [NP48--No 1--Wk 34/19] 263783E), thence:

2--223 NP48

10 SSE of Dalyan BoÔazÝ Light Beacon (S cardinal, 2 Directions. From a position about 4 cables ESE of 4 m in height) (391928N 263806E), and: a light buoy (safe water) (313158N 263889E) the NNW of a dangerous rocky patch (391913N track leads SW, then W, through a channel, marked 263818E). by light buoys (lateral), passing: Thence the track continues to lead ENE, between SE of Shaelah Island (313121N 263836E) three pairs of light beacons (white metal towers, (3.26). lateral bands) marking the limits of AyvalÝk KanalÝ, into The track then leads into the basin, passing S of AyvalÝkLimanÝ. the breakwater. 3 Anchorage. Four anchorage berths (B1 to B4) are ENC TR502143 (3.000) [NP48--No 6--Wk 52/19] situated within a waiting area centred on 313259N 263891E; depth of about 40 m.

Egyptian Chart M10 Ed. 1 (2019) NP49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 5 [NP49--No 38--Wk 52/19] (2018 Edition) Egypt -- MØnº’AlIskandarØyah — Anchorage; wreck Libya -- ®arºbulus — Pilotage 111 67 Paragraph 3.83 2 lines 5--6 Replace by: Paragraph 2.60 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: Three berths in the North Waiting Area; radii of ...approach channel. 140 m. A wreck lies between berths NA 1 and NA 2, marked by a light buoy (special).

Correspondence State of Libya, Ministry of Transport -- ENC EG5EGM18 [NP49--No 29--Wk 46/19] Ports and Maritime Transport Authority [NP49--No 10--Wk 04/19] Egypt -- MØnº’AlIskandarØyah — Directions; wreck; buoys Egypt -- North coast -- Port of Gargoub to Râs ‘Alam el--Rûm — Directions 115 Paragraph 3.96 5 Replace by: 104 5 SSW of a dangerous wreck (310992N Paragraph 3.26 1 lines 1--9 including heading Replace by: 294919E) which lies close S of North Shoal, thence: SSW of a dangerous wreck (310987N Port of Gargoub to Râs ‘Alam el--Rûm 294955E), thence: 3.26 NNE of a dangerous wreck (310957N 294962E), 1 From the position NNE of Port of Gargoub to a position in the vicinity of No 7 Light Buoy (313025N 263415E) (3.37) the track continues (starboard hand) (310960N 294972E). ESE, passing: NNE of Shaelah Island (313121N 263836E), on GB Chart 3119/19 [NP49--No 14--Wk 11/19] which stands a light. A light buoy (safe water) (313158N 263889E) is moored about Egypt -- MØnº’AlIskandarØyah — 5 cables NE of the island. And: Directions; buoy NNE of the Port of Gargoub anchorage area (313259N 263891E) (3.37), thence: 115

Egyptian Chart M10 Ed. 1 (2019) Paragraph 3.97 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: [NP49--No 37--Wk 52/19] 1 From the position in the vicinity of No 7 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (310960N 294972E), at the SE end of Al Bøghºz al Akbar, the track leads E and NE, Egypt -- North coast -- Port of Gargoub — Directions; development; anchorage passing: GB Chart 3119/19 [NP49--No 15--Wk 11/19] 105

Paragraph 3.37 1 lines 1--5 including heading Replace by: Egypt -- MØnº’ Al IskandarØyah — Wreck 115 Port of Gargoub 3.37 Paragraph 3.97 2 lines 3--4 Replace by: 1 General information. Works are in progress (2019) ...framework tower, white stripes) is exhibited. A at the Port of Gargoub (313025N 263415E), a wreck (311005N 295090E) lies 1½ cables NE new harbour consisting of a basin protected by a of the breakwater head. Thence: breakwater, which extends about 2 miles NE, then E, from 313036N 263350E. ENC EG5EGM18 [NP49--No 30--Wk 46/19]

2--224 NP49

Egypt – Port Said — Prohibited anchorage area Turkey -- Taîucu Körfezi — Pilotage

127 175 After Paragraph 5.186 1 line 5 Insert: After Paragraph 3.194 1 line 4 Insert: Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board in Anchoring and fishing are also prohibited in a position 361817N 335300E. circular area, radius about 1¼ miles, centred on production platform Zohr 1 (311884N 321753E). Turkish Notice 42/200/19 [NP49--No 31--Wk 46/19]

Egyptian ENC 5EGM22 [NP49--No 1--Wk 23/18] Turkey -- OvacÝk Körfezi — Pilotage; anchorage 176 Egypt – Port Said — Prohibited anchorage area After Paragraph 5.191 1 line 6 Insert: 127 Pilotage. Pilots board in position 361000N 333800E. Paragraph 3.194 1 including existing Section IV Notice Week 23/18 Replace by: Paragraph 5.191 2 lines 1--5 Replace by: 2 Anchorage. The designated anchorage area, 1 Anchoring is prohibited between the E limits of the exposed to winds from between SSE and WSW, is anchorage areas and the approach channels. Anchoring and fishing are also prohibited in the centredon360972N 333679E. Bight of Dibah, to the W of the anchorage areas. Turkish Notice 42/200/19 [NP49--No 32--Wk 46/19] BA Chart 241/18 [NP49--No 8--Wk 38/18] Turkey -- -- OvacÝkKörfezi— Alongside berths; useful mark Turkey -- Antalya Körfezi to ™skenderun Körfezi 176 — Vessel traffic service After Paragraph 5.191 2 line 5 Insert: 174 Alongside berths. A small port enclosed by breakwaters lies in the NE corner of the bay. The After Paragraph 5.177 2 line 6 Insert: inner side of the S breakwater has about 300 m of berthing space. Medcem Terminal extends SW for Vessel traffic service about 700 m from the outer side of the S breakwater. 5.177a The terminal has three berths, 154 to 190 m in length, 1 Mersin VTS is in operation. Its use is mandatory for which can accommodate vessels with draughts from all vessels carrying dangerous goods and for all 10 to 17 m. Cement and dry cargo handled. vessels of more than 20 m LOA in Turkish territorial waters covered by Mersin VTS. Additionally, any After Paragraph 5.191 3 line 3 Insert: vessel in these categories operating in international Light (yellow mast) (361084N 333918E), waters covered by Mersin VTS, and intending to call exhibited from the head of the Medcem jetty. at any Turkish port or anchorage in the Merisin VTS area, shall also participate. ENC TR300331/18 [NP49--No 11--Wk 08/19] For full details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). Turkey -- ™ncekum Burnu to Mersin — Vessel traffic service 176

After Paragraph 5.179 2 line 7 Insert: After Paragraph 5.194 3 line 7 Insert:

Vessel traffic service Vessel traffic service 5.179a 5.194a 1 See 5.177a 1 See 5.177a Turkish Notice 31/155/19 [NP49--No 21--Wk 37/19] Turkish Notice 31/155/19 [NP49--No 20--Wk 37/19] Turkey -- South coast -- ™ncekum Burnu to Mersin Turkey -- South coast -- Approaches to — Directions; wreck Taîucu Körfezi — Directions; marine farm 177

175 Paragraph 5.198 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by:

After Paragraph 5.185 1 line 4 Insert: 1 From a position S of ™ncekum Burnu (361382N 335730E) the track leads NE, passing: Clear of a marine farm (360908N 334845E), SE of a dangerous wreck (361520N 340043E), thence: thence: Turkish Notice 03/009/19 [NP49--No 12--Wk 09/19] Turkish Notice 45/213/19 [NP49--No 34--Wk 50/19]

2--225 NP49

Turkey -- Mersin — Vessel traffic service Turkey -- South coast -- Karataî — Pilotage

177 182 Paragraph 5.242 3 lines 1--3 Delete Paragraph 5.206 1 line(s) 1--8 including Existing Heading Replace by: ENC TR300334 [NP49--No 17--Wk 29/19] Vessel traffic service 5.206 Turkey -- South--east coast -- ™skenderun Körfezi — Outer anchorages 1 See 5.177a 183 Outer anchorages 5.206a Paragraph 5.250 1--2 Replace by: 1 There are three designated outer anchorage areas in the open roadstead, centred as follows: 1 There are seven anchorage areas at the head of No 1; general anchorage (364350N 343800E). ™skenderun Körfezi, as follows: No 2; explosives and quarantine anchorage Anchorage area No 1 (364900N 355875E); (364300N 344300E). vessels carrying dangerous cargo, vessels No 3; quarantine anchorage (364150N gas--freeing, nuclear powered naval vessels and 344850E). quarantine vessels. Anchorage area No 2 (364900N 355450E); Turkish Notice 31/155/19 [NP49--No 22--Wk 37/19] unrestricted anchorage. 2 Anchorage area No 4 (364625N 360800E); vessels not carrying dangerous cargo and Turkey -- Mersin Körfezi -- Mersin — Anchorages naval vessels. Anchorage area No 5A (364940N 360740E); 177 vessels carrying dangerous cargo and quarantine vessels. Paragraph 5.206a 1 existing Section IV Notice Week 37/19 Anchorage area No 5B (365130N 360530E); Replace by: vessels carrying dangerous cargo. 3 Anchorage area No 6 (365260N 360090E); 1 Designated outer anchorages are as follows: unrestricted anchorage. No 1 (364293N 343787E); for vessels not Anchorage Area No 7 (355290N 355900E); carrying hazardous materials and naval vessels. vessels carrying dangerous cargo and quarantine No 2 (364199N 344466E); explosives and vessels. quarantine anchorage. No 3 (364150N 344850E); quarantine Turkish Notice 31/149/18 [NP49--No 7--Wk 37/18] anchorage. Turkey -- South--east coast -- Turkish Notice 43/205/19 [NP49--No 33--Wk 48/19] Head of ™skenderun Körfezi — Anchorages; pilotage

Turkey -- Mersin Körfezi — Prohibited area 183 Paragraph 5.250 1--2 including existing Section IV Notice 178 Week 37/18 Replace by: Paragraph 5.207 including heading Replace by: 1 Several designated anchorage areas lie at the head of ™skenderun Körfezi. Anchorages within the port limits of ™skenderun (see also 5.268) are as follows: Spare No 4 (364573N 360800E); vessels not carrying 5.207 dangerous cargo and naval vessels. No 5A (364940N 360740E); vessels carrying US Notice 31/54441/18 [NP49--No 6--Wk 35/18] dangerous cargo and quarantine. No 5B (365130N 360530E); vessels carrying dangerous cargo. Turkey -- Mersin to Karataî Burnu — Vessel traffic service 2 Anchorages within the port limits of Botaî are as follows: 179 No 1 (364938N 355967E); vessels carrying dangerous cargo and quarantine. After Paragraph 5.225 3 line 6 Insert: No 2 (364900N 355450E); unrestricted anchorage. 3 No 3 (365260N 360090E); unrestricted Vessel traffic service anchorage. 5.225a No 4 (364685N 355329E), unrestricted 1 See 5.177a anchorage. No 7 (365290N 355900E); vessels carrying Turkish Notice 31/155/19 [NP49--No 23--Wk 37/19] dangerous cargo and quarantine.

2--226 NP49

Paragraph 5.252 1 line(s) 1--12 Replace by: Turkey -- South coast -- ™sdemir — Jetties

1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign flagged 186 vessels over 500 gt Pilots boarding stations are charted in positions Paragraph 5.276 1 line 1 Replace by: 364800N 360500E and 364600N 355200E. 1 Atakaî Port (364200N 361168E) owned by Pilot boarding stations for Botaî are as follows: Atakaî Corporate Group consists of two jetties each No 1 (365250N 355880E). 716 m in length extending WSW from the shore with a No 2 (365135N 355730E). light (white round tower with green bands, 5 m in No 3 (365030N 355640E). height) exhibited from the end of each jetty. No 4 (364700N 355600E). The port handles dry bulk and general cargo and 2 Pilots may board within a 5 cable radius of the can accept vessels up to 400 m LOA, maximum above positions. For pilotage at MMK Metallurji draught of 195m. Terminal see 5.287 Ekinciler Steel Factory Jetty (364119N... For further information see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). ENC TR300334 [NP49--No 19--Wk 29/19]

Turkish Notice 45/214/19 [NP49--No 35--Wk 50/19] Turkey -- ™skenderun Körfezi -- ™skenderun — Berths; depths

Turkey -- ™skenderun Körfezi -- Botaî(Dörtyol) 187--188 Oil Terminal — General information Paragraph 5.288 1 lines 11--14 Replace by: 184 ...the head of Deepwater Jetty. The depth in the entrance to the harbour is between 142 and 151m. Paragraph 5.261 2 lines 1--9 Replace by: ENC TR53344B [NP49--No 4--Wk 32/18] 2 Botaî (Dörtyol) Oil Terminal. The terminal (365110N 360769E) consists of two berths on a pier projecting 1¼ miles from the shore. A tower, with Turkey -- ™skenderun Körfezi -- ™skenderun — an oil storage tank close SE, stands near the root of Berths; depths the pier. A light (white round tower, yellow bands) is 188 exhibited from the head of the jetty. Entry to the terminal, which is currently under Paragraph 5.291 Replace by: development (2019), is prohibited. 1 The main harbour consists of the following quays and jetty on the E side of the harbour, from S to N: Turkish Notice 03/012/19 [NP49--No 13--Wk 09/19] General purpose quay, length 370 m. Container quay, length 550 m, depths 74to138m. Turkey -- South coast -- ™sdemir — Deepwater (TMO) Jetty, general purpose, length Port development 370 m, depths 76to97 m. There are RoRo berths on each side of the root of the jetty. 186 Development. Future dredging (reported 2012) is expected to increase alongside depths in the port to Paragraph 5.273 1 Replace by: 155m.

1 Work is in progress (2017) in an area 5 cables N of ENC TR53344B [NP49--No 5--Wk 32/18] Atakaî Port (364200N 361168E). Cyprus -- South coast -- Vasilikos — Anchorages ENC TR300334 [NP49--No 18--Wk 29/19] 200

Turkey -- ™skenderun Körfezi -- ™sdemir — Paragraph 6.74 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Berths; depths 1 Outer anchorages are as follows: VTTV Jetty Anchorage Areas (344150N 186 332050E), comprises of six designated berths, located about 1½ miles SE of the VTTV Jetty Paragraph 5.275 2 Replace by: (6.77). Vassiliko Cement Terminal Anchorage, centred on 2 The largest berth is the outer berth on the inside of 344263N 332060E, located about 1¼ miles the N breakwater; length 500 m; depth alongside 110 ESE of the harbour entrance. to 179 m. The inner berth is 240 m long with a depth An anchorage area, centred on 344155N alongside of 98to110 m. The berths on the broad 331742E, 1 mile SSW of the SBM berth (6.77). mole have depths alongside of 79m to120m.The A reported anchorage exists 1 mile S of the tanker berth has depths alongside of 14 m; vessels breakwater in about 30 m, noting a marine farm moor stern--to with both anchors out. 8½ cables farther S.

ENC TR53344A [NP49--No 3--Wk 32/18] GB Chart 850 [NP49--No 16--Wk 19/19]

2--227 NP49

Lebanon -- Sel’ Ata -- Ra’s Kubbº — Shoal Israel -- •efa — Directions

229 240 Paragraph 7.201 3 lines 1--8 Replace by: Paragraph 7.104 3 lines 5--6 Replace by: 3 SSW of a shoal, with a least depth of 123m ...which is steep--to and surmounted by a tower. A (325168N 350083E), marked by a light depth 10 m shoaler than charted has been buoy (isolated danger), thence: reported (2018) 6½ cables W of the cape. Thence: Paragraph 7.201 4 including existing Section IV Notice Week 41/19. Replace by:

H102 [NP49--No 9--Wk 49/18] 4 To the vicinity of the pilot boarding position (7.194) the track then leads SE, then S in the fairway marked by light buoys (lateral), into Israel -- •efa -- Qishon Harbour — Controlling depths the harbour, passing: E of the Main Breakwater head (325011N 350115E), thence: 238 W of the E Breakwater head (324989N 350141E), marked by a light. After Paragraph 7.190 1 line 3 Insert: Thence as required to the desired berth.

Controlling depth ENC I1400305 [NP49--No 28--Wk 43/19] 7.190a 1 The entrance channel and turning circle have a Israel -- •efa — Directions least dredged depth of 180 m (2019). The approach channel (324904N 350138E) to Qishon Harbour 240 (7.196) has a least dredged depth of 122 m (2019). Contact local authorities for information on the latest Paragraph 7.201 4--6 Replace by: controlling depths. 4 From the pilot boarding position (7.194) the track leads SE, then S in the fairway marked by light buoys GB Chart 1585 Ed. 4 (2019) [NP49--No 36--Wk 50/19] (lateral), into the harbour, passing: E of the Main Breakwater head (325011N 350115E), thence: Israel -- •efa — Anchorages W of the E Breakwater head (324989N 350141E), marked by a light. 239 Thence as required to the desired berth.

Paragraph 7.192 1--2 Replace by: Israeli Notice 114/19; ENC I1400305 [NP49--No 24--Wk 41/19] 1 Anchorage areas have been established, centred on the following positions: Area A (325110N 345980E), eight circular Israel – Ashdod — Pilotage berths of 260 m to 360 m radius, located SSW of 245 the two--way route; vessels up to 250 m. Area B (325250N 350025E), five circular berths Paragraph 7.246 1 line 2 For 315182N 343712E Read of 360 m radius, located NNE of the two--way 315113N 343725E route; vessels up to 250 m. 2 Area C (32 53 20N 35 01 00E); chemical     Israel ENC 400323 [NP49--No 2--Wk 23/18] tankers and tankers up to 180 m. Area D (325400N 350000E); vessels over 250 m. Israel -- Ashdod — Directions Area G (325295N 345938E); 480 m radius. 246 Area T (325490N 350030E); tankers over 180 m. Paragraph 7.251 1--2 Replace by:

Israeli Notice 126/19 [NP49--No 26--Wk 43/19] 1 From the pilot boarding position the track leads 9 cables ENE to the harbour entrance. A recommended track, marked by light buoys Israel -- •efa — Pilotage (lateral), then leads generally S into the harbour, passing: 239 E of the head of the Main Breakwater, from which a light is exhibited. Paragraph 7.194 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: Thence to the required berth. The route into the S part of the harbour is covered by the white sector ...board in position 325118N 350090E, 1½ miles N of (1935-- 1 9 8 5) of Ashdod Breakwater Light the Main Breakwater. The pilot boat is grey. (314939N 343814E).

ENC I1400305 [NP49--No 27--Wk 43/19] UKHO; ENC I1400323 [NP49--No 25--Wk 41/19]

2--228 NP50 NP50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot Canada -- Newfoundland -- (2016 Edition) Placentia Bay — Depths 130

Canada — Regulations Paragraph 3.150 1 Replace by: 13 1 Between the dangers off--lying Jude Island and those farther to seaward in Placentia Bay there is a Paragraph 1.67 1--3 including heading Replace by: channel about 3½ miles wide with depths of 37 m or more, except for Joe Rock (471083N 544674W) Protection of the environment which lies on a small bank, with a least depth of 1.67 166 m, near the middle of the channel, and two 1 Conservation of Marine Mammals and aquatic patches reported to be 274m 6cables SSW and species. The Canadian Federal Department of 2½ miles SW respectively from Joe Rock. Fisheries (DFO) and Oceans is responsible for 2 A depth of 161 m lies in position 470857N ensuring the protection and conservation of listed 545126W. Spicer Rock (471470N 544145W) lies aquatic species (including marine mammals and sea on another small bank, with a least depth of 149m, turtles) and for protecting the identified critical habitat at the N end of the channel, with another patch with a of any species listed under the Species at Risk Act least depth of 146m, 1½ miles farther E. (SARA). The Fisheries Act prohibits any form of disturbance of cetaceans except when fishing for them Canadian Notice 6/4016/18 [NP50--No 5--Wk 30/18] under the authority of those regulations. 2 Disturbance includes repeated attempts to pursue, Canada -- Newfoundland -- South coast -- disperse, herd whales and any repeated intentional act Placentia Bay -- North Harbour — Fish haven of negligence resulting in the disruption of their normal 145 behaviour. Harassing whales may force them away from their habitat at critical times in their annual Paragraph 3.230 2 lines 4--5 Replace by: reproductive and feeding cycles and may cause them ...havens have been established 4 cables WSW and injury. 6 cables SSW of Charley Rock (475176N 540482W) Any collision with marine mammals or sightings of respectively. entangled, injured or dead marine mammals must be reported to the appropriate marine animal response Canadian Eastern Notice 7/4839/18 organisation, including DFO. [NP50--No 6--Wk 35/18] 3 Ballast water Control and Management Regulations as contained in the Canada Shipping Act 2001 applies France -- Île Saint--Pierre and Miquelon — to most vessels arriving in Canadian waters. The Directions; depth purpose of the Regulations is to prevent the 149 introduction to local ecosystems of potentially damaging pathogens or organisms. See also Paragraph 4.17 1 line 9 For 22 m (12 fm) https://laws--lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/regulations/SOR--2011 Read 157m (51ft) --237/. 4 National Wildlife Areas (NWAs) are protected and French Notice 42/268/18 [NP50--No 11--Wk 47/18] managed according to the Wildlife Area Regulations under the Canada Wildlife Act. The primary purpose of Canada – Newfoundland -- Burin Peninsula — NWAs is the protection and conservation of wildlife Directions; buoy and their habitat. Canadian and foreign vessels are not allowed to enter these protected areas without a 149 permit. Any master who is planning to enter any of Paragraph 4.17 2 line 11 Replace by: these protected areas, claiming a right of innocent passage, is strongly advised to communicate with ...And: Environment and Climate Change Canada (Canada Clear of a submerged buoy (ODAS) (465278N 56 01 62W) with a depth of 4 8 m, thence: Wildlife Service) at least two weeks in advance.    5 Marine Protection Areas (MPAs) have been ENC CA376164 [NP50--No 12--Wk 47/18] designated under The Oceans Act for the conservation and protection of all fishery resources, endangered or France -- Île Saint--Pierre and Miquelon – threatened species, and their habitats. Port de Saint--Pierre — Speed limit 6 National Parks have been established under the Canada National Parks Act. Various restrictions and 152 exclusion zones apply. See also After Centre heading Arrival information Insert: www.parkscanada.gc.ca. For further details on protected areas, restrictions Port operations and contact information consult Annual Edition of 4.33a Canadian Notices to Mariners, see www.notmar.gc.ca. 1 The speed limit within the port is 5 kn.

Canadian Eastern Notice 3/306/19 French Notice 50/G4 (2009) 2.4.5/17 [NP50--No 17--Wk 17/19] [NP50--No 4--Wk 02/18]

2--229 NP50

France -- Île Saint--Pierre and Miquelon — France -- Newfoundland -- Anse de Miquelon — Pilotage Anchorage

152 156

Paragraph 4.35 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Paragraph 4.56 3 lines 7--9 Replace by: Anchorage is not recommended, however, because of the 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of more than numerous marine farms, and two submarine cables that 35 m in length. The pilot boards at 464837N have been laid through the centre of the bay. Vessels 560773W or, in bad weather, 5 cables within the should be ready to leave immediately when strong NE and roadstead. E winds occur, sending a sea into the bay.

French Notice 42/275/19 [NP50--No 19--Wk 46/19] French Notice 34/267/18 [NP50--No 9--Wk 38/18]

France -- Île Saint--Pierre and Miquelon — Canada -- Newfoundland -- South coast -- Directions; buoy Fortune Harbour — Anchorage

155 158

Paragraph 4.52 1 line 5 Replace by: Paragraph 4.68 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: ...the S extremity of Miquelon, and: 1 Anchorage. Vessels can obtain anchorage in fine Clear of a submerged buoy (ODAS) (464545N weather in The Bight (4.66) in depths from 11 to 562662W) with a depth of 48 m, thence: 18 m, keeping clear of a submarine cable laid to the E, but... After Paragraph 4.53 2 line 4 Insert: Canadian Eastern Notice 1/4832/19 ESE of an isolated shoal (465940N 561248W) [NP50--No 16--Wk 08/19] with a depth of less than 10 m, thence:

French Notice 42/268/18 [NP50--No 13--Wk 47/18] Canada -- Newfoundland -- North--east coast -- Bide Arm — Directions; obstruction

France -- Newfoundland -- Petite Miquelon — 362 Directions; depth Paragraph 10.68 3 line(s) 4 Replace by: 155 ...entrance point. An 8 m (26 ft) obstruction (504736N 560613W), reported (2018), lies about 2½ miles NNE of Paragraph 4.53 1 line 12 For 10 4m Read 9 0m   Bide Head.

French Chart 7640 [NP50--No 10--Wk 40/18] Canadian Eastern Notice 4/19, ATL 101/13 [NP50--No 18--Wk 21/19]

France -- Île Saint--Pierre and Miquelon — Labrador -- Strait of Belle Isle Approaches — Anchorage Caution; ODAS

156 375

After Paragraph 4.55 1 line 7 Insert: After Paragraph 11.2 4 line 7 Insert:

2 An anchorage area for vessels carrying dangerous Caution. There is a subsurface Ocean Data cargoes has been established, centred on 465755N Acquisition System (ODAS), with a depth of 25 m, NE 563265W. of Belle Island in position 524239N 534687W.

French Notice 42/268/18 [NP50--No 14--Wk 47/18] Canadian Eastern Notice 11/4006/18 [NP50--No 15--Wk 01/19]

France -- Île Saint--Pierre and Miquelon — Pilotage Canada – Labrador -- East coast -- Lake Melville — Dumping ground

156 428

After Paragraph 4.56 1 line 5 Insert: Paragraph 12.185 1 lines 5--6 Replace by: Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory within the Anse de ...anchor in this area. Miquelon for all vessels of more than 35 m in length. Canadian Eastern Notice 7/4728/18 French Notice 42/275/19 [NP50--No 20--Wk 46/19] [NP50--No 7--Wk 35/18]

2--230 NP50 Canada – Labrador -- East coast -- NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2015 Edition) Goose Bay — Dumping ground Navigation and regulations – Radio facilities — 432 Radio navigational warnings

Paragraph 12.209 including heading Replace by: 5 Paragraph 1.36 1 line 3 Replace by: Spare ...New Zealand are responsible for navigation... 12.209 Paragraph 1.36 1 lines 6--12 Replace by:

Canadian Eastern Notice 7/4728/18 Address: Maritime New Zealand, [NP50--No 8--Wk 35/18] RCCNZ 41 Percy Cameron Street Avalon Studios Level 1, PO Box 30050, Canada – Labrador – Goose Bay Narrows — Directions; buoyage; depths; controlling depths Lower Hutt 5040, New Zealand. E--mail: [email protected] 433 Website. www.maritimenz.govt.nz

Paragraph 12.214 1 lines 10--12 Replace by: Corr. Maritime NZ 4.6.17 [NP51/No.32/Wk.27/17]

SSE of the W extremity of shoal water extending W North Island -- Cape Maria van Diemen — from Rabbit Island. H20 Light Buoy (starboard Directions; light sector hand) (532307N 601130W) and H21 Light Buoy (port hand) mark the limits of the shoal water 72 to the N and S of the channel, respectively. A shoal Paragraph 2.32 2 line 6 For 130 to 146 Read 141 and depth of 8 5 m is reported (2016) to lie close ESE  145 of H21 Light Buoy. Thence: New Zealand Notice 10/81/18 Canadian Notices 8/4728 & 5052/16 [NP51--No 42--Wk 23/18] [NP50/No.1/Wk.39/16] North Island -- West coast -- Manukau Harbour — Regulations Canada – Labrador – Goose Bay Narrows to Terrington Basin — Directions; shoal 81

Paragraph 2.127 1 lines 5--10 Replace by: 433 ...Co--ordinator, Onehunga. In general, the Port Authority Paragraph 12.214 1 lines 10--12 including existing Section strongly advises against entry or departure by night. IV Notice Week 39/16. Replace by: Specifically, vessels of 40 m LOA or more and vessels of 500 gt or greater, may not cross the bar between the hours SSE of the W extremity of shoal water extending W of sunset and sunrise. from Rabbit Island. H20 Light Buoy (starboard New Zealand Notice 14/108/18 hand) (532307N 601130W) and H21 Light [NP51--No 49--Wk 32/18] Buoy (port hand) mark the limits of the shoal water to the N and S of the channel, respectively. A shoal depth of 73 m (24ft) lies close NNW of H21 Light North Island -- West coast -- Manukau Harbour — Prohibited anchorage Buoy. Thence: 82 Canadian Notice 3/4728/17 [NP50/No.2/Wk.18/17] Paragraph 2.129 1 lines 2--3 Delete

Canada – Labrador – Goose Bay Narrows — New Zealand Notice 14/108/18 Directions; buoyage; depths; controlling depths [NP51--No 50--Wk 32/18]

North Island -- West coast -- Manukau Harbour — 454 Signal station

Paragraph 13.111 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: 82

1 There is a least charted depth along the inshore Paragraph 2.136 1 lines 1--7 including heading Replace by: route of 55m (562720N 613393W) in The Bridges Passage (13.118). Spare 2.136 Canadian Notices 8/4728 & 5052/16 New Zealand Notice 14/108/18 [NP50/No.3/Wk.39/16] [NP51--No 51--Wk 32/18]

2--231 NP51

North Island -- West coast -- Port Taranaki — 2 From a position in the harbour entrance 1¾ miles Anchorage; pilotage SSW of Somes Island Light (411558S 1745182E), the alignment (168) of these lights and the white 94 sector (165--170) of Hinds Point Light, leads 1 mile SSE, passing: Paragraph 2.229 1 line 6 Replace by: ENE of Point Gordon (411775S 1745020E) ...and mud, 1 mile N of the... (4.67) and: WSW of Hope Shoal Light (411779S 1745185E) After Paragraph 2.229 2 Insert: (4.64). 3 Caution. Extreme caution is advised when 3 Thence the track leads 1½ miles S within the white anchoring within the vicinity of Port Taranaki due to sector (1765--1875) of Pencarrow Head Light (white the poor nature of the holding ground. tower, concrete base, 17 m in height) (412157S 1745087E), passing: Paragraph 2.230 1 lines 5--6 Replace by: Close E of Falcon Shoals Light Beacon (411826S 174 51 03E) (4.64), thence: ...by the law. Ships may not anchor within the harbour limits   W of Main Entrance Front light (4.64), thence: unless under pilotage instruction. The notice required for a E of Steeple Rock Light Beacon (41 19 46S pilot is the same as that for ETA.   1745074E) (4.64). New Zealand Chart 4432 [NP51--No 60--Wk 26/19] 4 Thence the track leads generally SSW within the white sector (014–019), astern, of Hope Shoal Light (411779S 1745185E) (4.64), passing: North Island – West coast – ESE of Barrett Reef (412065S 1745015E), Port Taranaki — Pilotage thence: WNW of Pencarrow Head Light. 94 The track then continues to a position in the vicinity of the pilot boarding areas (4.54). Paragraph 2.230 2 line 1 For 390054S Read 390000S New Zealand Notice 23/83/19; ENC NZ546341; New Zealand Notice 26/209/17 NZ404633 [NP51--No 64--Wk 52/19] [NP51--No 41--Wk 03/18] North Island -- Wellington Harbour -- Evans Bay North Island -- Wanganui — Entry; light — Directions; berths 130 104 Paragraph 4.70 1 line(s) 3 For 103m Read 91m Paragraph 3.49 2 lines 4--7 Replace by:

Close SSE of the head of North Mole (395692S CentrePort Wellington Marine Brochure 1745880E), thence: [NP51--No 65--Wk 52/19]

NZ Notice 18/186/16 [NP51/No.1/Wk.39/16] South Island – Tory Channel — Pilotage

North Island -- Wellington — Limiting conditions; 139 under--keel clearance Paragraph 4.164 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:

123 2 Pilot boarding place. In view of the heavy ferry traffic in Tory Channel, all foreign vessels... Paragraph 4.46 1 line(s) 3 For 09m Read 06m New Zealand Notice 12/92/18 [NP51--No 43--Wk 29/18] CentrePort Wellington Marine Brochure [NP51--No 63--Wk 52/19] South Island – Tory Channel — Traffic regulations North Island -- Wellington Harbour — Directions; leading lights 140 Paragraph 4.165 2 line 4 For Controlled Read Critical 128

After Paragraph 4.66 3 line 10 Insert: Paragraph 4.165 2 line 7 For 38 Read 35

Paragraph 4.165 2 line 8 For 41 12 7S 174 19 1E Directions for leaving harbour     Read 41 12 70S 174 19 10E 4.66a     1 Hinds Point Leading Lights: Paragraph 4.165 3 line 1 For Controlled Front light (Main Entrance Front Light) (411906S Read Tory Channel Critical 1745135E) (4.64). Rear light (Hinds Point) (white aluminium tower, 6 m in height) (1 mile from front light). New Zealand Notice 12/92/18 [NP51--No 44--Wk 29/18]

2--232 NP51

South Island -- Queen Charlotte Sound -- Paragraph 7.11 1 line 10 Replace by: Perano Shoal — Directions; buoy; anchorage Caution. There exists a rock (344673S 1732378E) depth 3.7 m, in the channel between 142 Rocky Island and Cape Karikari. Thence:

Paragraph 4.182 2 line 2 Replace by: NZ Notice 244(P)/24/15 [NP51/No.3/Wk.51/15]

...marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), North Island -- Parengarenga Harbour — around which anchoring is prohibited, thence: Directions

New Zealand Chart 6153/18 [NP51--No 48--Wk 31/18] 211 After Paragraph 7.13 3 line 8 Insert: South Island – West Cape to S of an unnamed drying bank (343124S Windsor Point — Directions 1725969E), thence: S of a stranded wreck (343120S 1725944E) to 177 the N of a line of breakers, and: N of a drying bank (343142S 1725945E). Two Paragraph 5.184 Replace by: stranded wrecks lie on the S side of the bank. Thence:

1 From a position not less than 2 miles off West Paragraph 7.13 4 lines 5--9 Replace by: Cape (455427S 1662560E), the coastal route leads S, then SE across the entrances to Chalky and ...Kokota (343151S 1725782E). Preservation Inlets, to a position SW of Windsor Point Paragraph 7.13 5 line 1 Replace by: (5.182). The cautions given at 5.99 should be 5 Once W of Parengarenga Harbour Light, the observed, passing: harbour opens out... 2 W of Cape Providence Light (white GRP tower, 4 m in height) (455989S 1662703E), New Zealand Chart 5111 [NP51/No.4/Wk.05/17] standing 1 mile NW of Cape Providence (460068S 1662828E), thence: North Island – North Cape to W of a dangerous rock (460149S 1662674E), Karaui Point — Directions which lies to the W of Providence Rocks (460120S 1662800E), extending 1¼ miles S 212 from Cape Providence, thence: After Paragraph 7.19 2 line 10 Insert: 3 Wofa121 m depth (460210S 1662632E), upon which the sea may break; a 162m An 8 m shoal (345657S 1732962E). depth lies 4¼ cables SSW. Thence: A rock (345663S 1732961E), depth 16m. W of Chalky Island (46 03 00S 166 31 30E), which     NZ Notice 244(P)/24/15 [NP51/No.5/Wk.51/15] lies in the entrance to Chalky Inlet (5.186). The track then leads SE, passing: North Island – Bay of Islands — 4 SW of Table Rock (46 05 69S 166 30 86E),     Pilotage, anchorages which is like a brown box and is conspicuous from all directions, thence: 217 SW of Balleny Reef (460635S 1663296E), lying on the NW side of the entrance to Preservation Paragraph 7.51 1 line 1 For 351290S 1740780E Read Inlet (5.196); the sea breaks heavily over the reef 351255S 1740802E and is evident even in fair weather. Thence: 5 SW of Puysegur Point (460938S 1663659E), NZ Notice 240/24/15 [NP51/No.6/Wk.51/15] long and sloping, on which stands a light (5.183), thence: 219 SW of Marshall Rocks (461052S 1663657E), the Paragraph 7.60 1 lines 7--9 Replace by: above--water part of which is flat--topped and easily distinguished, thence: ...of the pilotage area (7.51). To a position SW of Windsor Point (5.182). Caution. Attention is drawn to the following (Directions continue for the coastal route at 6.22) detached dangers: (Directions are given, for Chalky Inlet at 5.187 2 An underwater rock (351484S 1740858E), and for Preservation Inlet at 5.197) depth 64m. An underwater rock (351490S 1740862E), depth 44m. NZ Notice 18/187(P)/16 [NP51/No.2/Wk.39/16] Oturori Rock (351499S 1740868E), depth 11 m, a dangerous rock lying to the S of the anchorage. North Island – North Cape to An underwater rock (35 15 05S 174 08 71E), Karaui Point — Directions     depth 44m. An underwater rock (351517S 1740836E), 210 depth 65m.

Paragraph 7.11 1 line 9 For Island, Read Island. NZ Notice 246(P)/24/15 [NP51/No.6/Wk.51/15]

2--233 NP51

North Island -- Whangarei Harbour — Auckland approaches -- Tamkai Strait — Anchorages Local knowledge

230 263 1 Paragraph 7.126 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: Paragraph 8.136 Replace by: 1 Approaching from NE through the main Waiheke 1 Outer anchorage. The following anchorages have Channel is possible at all times. Local knowledge is been established: required at night for Sandspit Passage (8.147), Ruthe 355240S 1743450E Passage (8.146), and between Pakatoa and Rotoroa Islands (8.142). Area A 355240S 1743610E Correspondence NZ Hydrographic Office 10/17 (anchor berths A1 to A4) 355340S 1743610E [NP51/No.38/Wk.46/17] 355340S 1743450E 355580S 1743230E North Island -- Auckland Approaches -- Area B Tamaki Strait — Directions; wreck 355580S 1743390E (anchor berths B1 to B3) 355780S 1743390E 263 Paragraph 8.143 2 lines 3--4 Replace by: New Zealand Notice NNE of a 52m patch(365113S 1750160E), 15/136/2017 [NP51/No.35/Wk.39/17] thence: Clear of a wreck (365026S 1750122E), thence: North Island -- East coast -- Mahurangi Harbour — Restricted area New Zealand Notice 24/148/18 [NP51--No 56--Wk 51/18] 243 North Island – East coast – After Paragraph 8.39 1 line 8 Insert: Tauranga approaches — Exclusion zones Restricted area. Vessels greater than 500 gt or 274 40 m LOA are required to seek permission from the After Paragraph 9.12 1 line 6 Insert: Regional Harbour Master before entering the area. Exclusion zone Chart NZ 5321 [NP51--No 54--Wk 41/18] 9.12a 1 An exclusion zone of 2 miles radius, applicable to Hauraki Gulf -- Auckland approaches — all vessels of 500 gt and over, has been established Traffic regulations; reporting at Volkner Rocks (372862S 1770801E). 245 276

Paragraph 8.53 1 line 1 Replace by: After Paragraph 9.20 1 line 5 Insert:

1 Reporting. All vessels over 40 m LOA and any Exclusion zone vessel of 500 grt or greater, entering the... 9.20a 1 An exclusion zone of 1 mile radius, applicable to all Correspondence NZ Hydrographic Office 10/17 vessels of 500 gt and over, has been established at [NP51/No.36/Wk.46/17] Penguin Shoal (372675S 1762016E). NZ Notice 10/103(P)/16 [NP51/No.8/Wk.25/16] Auckland approaches -- Motuihe Channel — Directions North Island – East coast – 249 Tauranga — Anchorages

Paragraph 8.58 3 line 2 For NW Read NE 282 Paragraph 9.50 1 lines 10--11 Delete Correspondence NZ Hydrographic Office 10/17 [NP51/No.37/Wk.46/17] Paragraph 9.50 2 lines 1--6 Replace by: 2 Anchor berths: North Island -- Auckland — Wreck Quarantine anchorage -- 373680S 1761434E. No 1 -- 373749S 1761521E. (Note -- No 1 252 anchorage lies in the E corner of Spoil Ground ’G’) After Paragraph 8.83 1 line 5 Insert: No 2 -- 373749S 1761521E. No 3 -- 373829S 1761621E. Caution. Awreck(364347S 1745256E), No 4 -- 373340S 1761000E. (reported 2016), with a least depth of 181 m, lies No 5 -- 373270S 1760900E. between outer anchorage No 4 and No 6. No 6 -- 373060S 1760820E. NZ Notice 24/236P/16 [NP51/No.7/Wk.51/16] New Zealand chart NZ 541 [NP51/No.9/Wk.03/16]

2--234 NP51

North Island -- Bay of Plenty -- North Island – Tauranga – Western Channel — Tauranga — Anchorages Directions; buoyage

282 286 Paragraph 9.50 2 lines 1--6 including existing Section IV Notice Week 03/16 Replace by: Paragraph 9.66 2 lines 1--12 Replace by:

2 Anchor berths: 2 Directions. From a position about 2½ cables SE of Quarantine anchorage -- 373680S 1761434E. Panepane Point (373812S 1760972E) the track No 1 -- 373648S 1761371E. (This anchorage through Western Channel leads SW, passing: lies in the E corner of a spoil ground). Between No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) No 2 -- 373749S 1761521E. (373830S 1760982E) and No 3 Light Buoy (N No 3 -- 373829S 1761691E. cardinal) (373840S 1760999E), thence: No 4 -- 373340S 1761000E. Over a 28 m patch (373845S 1760980E) lying No 5 -- 373240S 1761000E. on a bar at the entrance of the channel, thence: No 6 -- 373040S 1760920E. NW of WC2 Light Buoy (port hand) (373868S 1760969E), thence: New Zealand Notice 22/138/18 [NP51--No 55--Wk 47/18] Paragraph 9.66 3 lines 1--4 Replace by:

North Island – Tauranga – Maunganui Roads and 3 SE of WC3 Light Buoy (starboard hand) Stella Passage — Directions; beacons (373857S 1760951E), whence the track is generally W through the marked channel, 285 passing: S of the S point of Matakana Island. A small wharf Paragraph 9.63 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: extends SSW from the point. Thence:

1 From the vicinity of P7 Light Beacon the track leads S through Maunganui Roads and Stella NZ Notice 26/262(P)/16 [NP51/No.13/Wk.24/17] Passage, which are marked by light beacons, passing E of No 17 Light Beacon (starboard hand) (373931S 1761060E), which stands at the N entrance point to North Island – Tauranga – Otumoetai Channel — Otumoetai Channel. Thence the track leads to a Directions; beacons position E of Town Reach Light Beacon (special) (373996S 1761059E), which marks the S limit of the dredged, deep--water channel. 286

NZ Notice 26/262(P)/16 [NP51/No.10/Wk.24/17] Paragraph 9.67 1 lines 1--12 Replace by:

1 General information. Otumoetai Channel leads W North Island – Tauranga – Town Reach — Directions; beacons from Maunganui Roads in the vicinity of No 17 Light Beacon (starboard hand) (373931S 1761060E) to 285 Tauranga Marina (373966S 1760998E), and thence generally WNW to connect with Western Paragraph 9.65 2 lines 1--7 Replace by: Channel NW of W Otumoetai Light Beacon (W cardinal) (373907S 1760892E). A swashway, 2 Directions (continued from 9.63). From E of Town entered opposite the marina connects the two Reach Light Beacon (special) (373996S channels. Otumoetai Channel has a least charted 1761059E) the track leads SSW through Town depth of 56 m over a width of about ½ cable for the Reach, passing: first 1½ miles, whence it shoals to 21 m towards its WNW of No 10 Light Beacon (port hand) (374012S junction with Western Channel and the swashway has 1761060E), and: a least charted depth of 18m. WNW of No 12 Light Beacon (port hand) (374026S 1761054E). Paragraph 9.67 3 lines 1--12 Replace by: NZ Notice 26/262(P)/16 [NP51/No.11/Wk.24/17] 3 Directions. From a position ¾ cable SSE of No 17 Light Beacon the track through Otumoetai Channel North Island – Tauranga – Town Reach — leads generally W, passing: Directions; useful marks S of Otumoetai A Light Beacon (starboard hand) (373938S 1761013E), thence: 286 N of a breakwater at the seaward end of which a light (platform) is exhibited (373954S 1760992E), Paragraph 9.65 4 lines 1--5 Delete on the N side of the entrance to Tauranga Marina.

ENC NZ505412 [NP51/No.12/Wk.24/17] NZ Notice 26/262(P)/16 [NP51/No.14/Wk.24/17]

2--235 NP51

North Island – East coast – North Island – East coast – Tauranga approaches — Exclusion zones Gisborne — Anchorages 290 298

After Paragraph 9.81 2 line 7 Insert: Paragraph 9.133 including heading and existing Section IV Week 02/16 Replace by: Exclusion zones 9.81a Anchorages 1 Exclusion zones, applicable to all vessels of 500 gt 9.133 and over, have been established at: 1 Outer anchorages. The port of Gisborne has three designated anchorages, all in depths from 17--20 m, Name Position Radius fine sand, in the following positions: 373491S No 1: 384326S 1775860E Okaparu Reef 15 miles 1762167E No 2: 384326S 1775930E 373414S No 3: 384326S 1780000E Brewis Shoal 1.5 miles 1762283E A spoil ground lies in the N sector of these anchorages. 373245S Astrolabe Reef 20 miles 2 Prohibited anchorage exists in the vicinity of a 1762562E submarine pipeline, which extends 6 cables SW from 372862S a position on the shore 1 mile ESE of S Breakwater Volkner Rocks 20 miles 1770801E Head Light (384068S 1780112E). Anchorage is also prohibited in the N part of NZ Notice 10/103(P)/16 [NP51/No.15/Wk.25/16] Poverty Bay within an area enclosed by the arc of a circle, radius 1½ miles, centred on the front harbour leading light (384049S 1775927E), and the shore. North Island – East coast – Whakatane River — Description New Zealand Notice 14/133/17 [NP51/No.34/Wk.35/17]

291 North Island – East coast – Gisborne — Directions; lights Paragraph 9.89 1 line 3 For 21m Read 11m 300

NZ Notice 22/02/16 [NP51/No.16/Wk.06/16] Paragraph 9.139 1 lines 5--12 Delete

North Island -- East coast – East Cape to Paragraph 9.139 2 lines 3--4 Replace by: Mahia Peninsula – Gisborne — Anchorages ...entrance to Poverty Bay, the white sector (329--331)of the directional light leads through the bay to the vicinity of 298 the... Paragraph 9.133 Replace by: New Zealand Chart 5571/16 [NP51/No.18/Wk.30/16]

Anchorages North Island -- Gisborne — Directions; entry 9.133 1 Outer Anchorages. The port of Gisborne has three 300--301 designated anchorages, all in 17--20 m, fine sand, in Paragraph 9.140 1--5 Replace by: the following positions: No 1: 384326S 1775860E 1 Entrance Channel Leading Lights: No 2: 384326S 1775930E Front light (orange triangle point up, on black metal No 3: 384326S 1780000E tower, 7 m in height) (384038S 1780159E), A spoil ground lies 3 cables NE of this position. near the training wall. 2 Prohibited anchorage exists in the vicinity of a Rear light (orange triangle point down, on black submarine pipeline, which extends 6 cables SW from metal tower, 11 m in height) (1½ cables from front a position on the shore 1 mile ESE of S Breakwater light). Head Light (384068S 1780112E). 2 From a position WSW of the light buoy (starboard Anchorage is also prohibited in the N part of hand) (384110S 1780038E), the alignment (0545) Poverty Bay within an area enclosed by the arc of a of these lights leads NE through the centre of the circle, radius 1½ miles, centred on the front harbour entrance channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), leading light (384049S 1775927E), and the shore. between rocks or shoals with a least swept depth of 3 Passenger vessels conducting tendering however, 62 m, into the harbour, passing: may anchor within the prohibited anchorage area at 3 NW of the S breakwater head (384068S the following position: 1780112E), from where a light (9.139) is Inner Anchorage: 384100S 1780000E exhibited. Rocky shoals, with a least depth of Anchorage obtained in this area must be such that 31 m, extend ½ cable SW of the head of the vessels remain 500 m clear of the channel entrance breakwater. Thence: buoy (port hand) (384101S 1780030E). 4 SE of the S end of Butlers Wall (384057S 1780119E), on which stands a light (red New Zealand Chart NZ505571 [NP51/No.17/Wk.02/16] tubular structure, 4 m in height).

2--236 NP51

The track then leads through the swinging basin South Island -- East coast – Cape Campbell to (384048S 1780129E), E of Butlers Wall, to the Conway Flat — General information; depths berths (9.141) and the channel leading to Kaiti Basin (384020S 1780178E). 314 After Paragraph 10.8 1 line 11 Insert: New Zealand Notice 23/85/19; ENC NZ505571 [NP51--No 66--Wk 52/19] Depths 10.8a North Island -- Hawke Bay — 1 Due to seismic activity (2016), depths significantly Rocket launch precautionary area shoaler than charted have been reported between Cape Campbell (414374S 1741656E) (4.211) and 302 Conway Flat (423722S 1732759E). After paragraph 9.145 Add: NZ Notice 9/96/17 [NP51/No.21/Wk.22/17]

Precautionary rocket launch area 9.145a South Island -- Cook Strait -- Cape Campbell — Directions; rocks 1 Rocket launch operations are conducted from Mahia Peninsula. A rectangular precautionary area has been 315 established within the following points: 391017S 1783700E, Paragraph 10.16 2 lines 4--6 Replace by: 395650S 1783700E, 395650S 1772500E, ESE of a 87 m rocky patch (414594S 391017S 1772500E. 1741720E) lying about 1 mile SSW of Temporary launch hazard areas, marked by V--AIS, Shepherdess Reef, thence: will be formed within the precautionary area during ESE of a 55 m rocky patch (414900S launch operations. Entry into the temporary hazard 1741455E), position approximate, off Long areas is prohibited. For further information, see Annual Point. A rock, with a depth of 35 m, lies 3 cables New Zealand Notice to Mariners No 19. WNW. New Zealand Notice 15/113/18 New Zealand Notice 19/77/19 [NP51--No 62--Wk 43/19] [NP51--No 52--Wk 34/18]

North Island – Hawke Bay — South Island – Lyttelton – Godley Head — Light Directions; pilotage; anchorages 317 303 Above Paragraph 10.31 heading Insert: Paragraph 9.161 2 line 2 For 392508S 1765857E Read 392450S 1765940E Principal mark 10.30a Paragraph 9.161 2 line 4 For 3¼ Read 4 1 Major light: Godley Head (grey steel pole, 4 m in height) Paragraph 9.162 2 line 9 For 392508S 1765857E Read (433522S 1724843E). 392450S 1765940E NZ Notice 04/37/16 [NP51/No.22a/Wk.10/16] 304 South Island -- East coast -- Pegasus Bay -- Paragraph 9.166 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: Approaches to Lyttelton — Directions; wreck

2 Prohibited anchorages exist at the seaward end 318 of two submarine pipelines, both marked by two light buoys (special), in the following positions: After Paragraph 10.32 2 line 8 Insert: 393464S 1765805E. Clear of a dangerous wreck (432789S 393247S 1765620E. 1731197E), position approximate.

New Zealand Chart 56 [NP51/No.19/Wk.12/17] New Zealand Chart 63 [NP51--No 61--Wk 33/19]

Napier – Breakwater Harbour — Directions; light South Island -- Lyttelton Harbour — Depth

307 319

Paragraph 9.183 1 line 3 For (392847S 1765470E) Paragraph 10.41 1 line 3 For 119m Read 133m Read (392846S 1765480E) New Zealand Notice 25/152(P)/18 New Zealand Chart 5612 [NP51/No.20/Wk.16/16] [NP51--No 57--Wk 02/19]

2--237 NP51

South Island -- Lyttelton Harbour — Anchorage Akaroa Harbour — Arrival information 324 319 Paragraph 10.80 1 lines 1--7 Replace by: Paragraph 10.47 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: 1 Port Radio. After gaining permission from the 1 Vessels which require to anchor, should do so Harbourmaster to enter or depart, all vessels must about 2½ miles NNE of Godley Head (433527S transmit a message to “All Ships” on VHF 06 stating: 1724850E), in the quarantine anchorage in position vessel name, position and whether in/outbound. The 433300S 1725000E. requirements for reporting are as follows: On passing abeam of Akaroa Head. New Zealand Notice 25/152(P)/18 On passing abeam of Cape Three Points. [NP51--No 58--Wk 02/19] On completion of anchorage manoeuvres (inbound vessels). On commencement of weighing anchor (outbound South Island -- Lyttelton Harbour — Pilotage vessels). 2 Submarine pipelines. A sewer outfall pipe extends 320 about 1 mile S from the head of Duvauchelle Bay, marked at its outer end by a buoy (special). A Paragraph 10.49 1 lines 6--8 Replace by: submarine pipeline extends 3 cables SE from a point Pilot boarding positions are 2 miles and 2¼ miles close NE of Otutereinga, (434880S 1725470E), ENE of Godley Head (433527S 1724850E). the N entrance point of Wainui Bay; its outer end is marked by a buoy (special). New Zealand Notice 25/152(P)/18 New Zealand Chart 6324 [NP51/No.26a/Wk.22/16] [NP51--No 59--Wk 02/19] South Island -- East coast -- Akaroa Harbour — 320 Marine reserve 324 After Paragraph 10.58 3 line 1 Insert: Paragraph 10.80 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: Godley Head (grey steel pole, 4 m in height) 2 Akaroa Marine Reserve. A marine reserve has (433522S 1724843E). been established in the entrance to Akaroa Harbour, within which all marine life and habitats are totally NZ Notice 04/37/16 [NP51/No.22b/Wk.10/16] protected. See 1.49 NZ Notice 10/107(P)/2016 [NP51/No.27a/Wk.25/16] South Island – East coast – Lyttelton Harbour — AIS Akaroa Harbour — Arrival information

320 324 Paragraph 10.80 including existing Section IV NMs Wks After Paragraph 10.58 3 line 9 Insert: 22/16 and 25/16 Replace by: Arrival information Other aids to navigation 10.80 10.58a 1 Port Radio. After gaining permission from the 1 AIS: Harbourmaster to enter or depart, all vessels must Light buoy (special) (433438S 1725345E). transmit a message to “All Ships” on VHF 06 stating: For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals vessel name, position and whether in/outbound. The Volume 2. requirements for reporting are as follows: NZ Notice 02/25/17 [NP51/No.23/Wk.07/17] On passing abeam of Akaroa Head. 2 Submarine pipelines. A sewer outfall pipe extends about 1 mile S from the head of Duvauchelle Bay, East coast of South Island – Banks Peninsula — marked at its outer end by a buoy (special). A General information; marine reserves; submarine pipeline extends 3 cables SE from a point marine mammal sanctuary close NE of Otutereinga, (434880S 1725470E), the N entrance point of Wainui Bay; its outer end is 323 marked by a buoy (special). Paragraph 10.74 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: 3 Akaroa Marine Reserve. A marine reserve has been established in the entrance to Akaroa Harbour 1 Marine mammal sanctuary is established within within which all marine life and habitats are totally 12 miles of the coast around Banks Peninsula protected. See 1.49 for further details. between Waipara River (430925S 1724790E) and Regulations concerning entry. Access to Akaroa Rakaia River (435400S 1721255E); see the chart. Harbour N of the existing harbour limit, between Certain fishing and acoustic seismic survey activities Timutimu Head and Akaroa Head, is restricted. are restricted. No vessel of 500 gt or greater or 40 m LOA or longer may enter into or remain within the harbour New Zealand Chart 64 [NP51/No.24/Wk.52/16] without the prior permission of the harbourmaster.

2--238 NP51

4 Vessels granted permission to enter or remain South Island -- East coast -- Otago Harbour -- within the area must operate in accordance with the Port Chalmers — Wharf development Akaroa Harbour Navigation Safety Operating Requirements. 337

NZ6324 [NP51/No.25/Wk.26/16] After Paragraph 10.169 1 line 9 Insert: Caution. Works are in progress (2017) in the Akaroa Harbour — vicinity of the multi--purpose wharf. Berths; anchorages and moorings New Zealand Notice 24/197(P)/17 325 [NP51--No 40--Wk 50/17] Paragraph 10.84 1 lines 1--5 Replace by:

1 Anchorages and moorings: Kermadec Islands — Directions There are five designated anchor berths in Akaroa harbour as follows: 344 No. Position Min. Depth Paragraph 11.11 1 lines 7--8 For (291489S 1775134W) 1434930S 1725535E 105m Read (291390S 1775216W) 2434980S 1725568E 112m 3434936S 1725612E 90m Paragraph 11.11 2 lines 1--2 For (291461S 1775261W) 5434830S 1725610E 77m Read (291394S 1775250W) 6434874S 1725585E 95m New Zealand Chart 2225 [NP51/No.29a/Wk.16/16] New Zealand Chart 6324 [NP51/No.26b/Wk.22/16] Raoul Island -- Denham Bay — South Island – East coast – Directions; obstruction Canterbury Bight — Wreck 326 344

After Paragraph 10.97 2 line 7 Insert: Paragraph 11.12 1 line 2 Replace by: A wreck of unknown depth is located at 440432S ...the track leads SSE, passing: 1721396E. WSW of an obstruction (291585S 1775851W), thence: NZ Notice 10/110(P)/16 [NP51/No.27b/Wk.25/16] New Zealand Notice 13/126/17 [NP51/No.33/Wk.30/17] South Island -- East coast -- Timaru Harbour — Pilot boarding place Kermadec Islands — Directions 328 344 Paragraph 10.116 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 11.15 Replace by: 2 Pilot boarding place (442288S 1712227E) is 2 miles E of Fairway Light Beacon. Vessels should 1 Passage west of Meyer Islands. From the vicinity remain 4½ miles to seaward of... of Howard Rock (291640S 1775275W), the track leads NNW through a channel with a least charted New Zealand Notice 24/195/17 depth of 76 m in the fairway, passing: [NP51--No 39--Wk 50/17] ENE of Lava Point (291626S 1775318W), thence: South Island – East coast – Otago Harbour — ENE of Egeria Rock (291496S 1775370W), and: Arrival information; pilotage WSW of Meyer Islands (291470S 1775265W), thence: 334 WSW of Napier Island (291394S 1775250W). Paragraph 10.157 Replace by: New Zealand Chart 2225 [NP51/No.29b/Wk.16/16] 1 Pilotage is compulsory for merchant vessels over 500 gt and 40 m LOA, unless the master is exempted by law. Kermadec Islands — Anchorages and landing places Pilot boards at one of two positions: Alpha. (454283S 1704482E). The preferred 344 boarding place for vessels greater than 225 m. Bravo. (454361S 1704371E). Paragraph 11.16 1 lines 3--4 For (291470S 1775265E) The notice required for a pilot is the same as that Read (291470S 1775265W) for ETA.

New Zealand Chart NZ 661/16 [NP51/No.28/Wk.30/16] New Zealand Chart 2225 [NP51/No.30/Wk.16/16]

2--239 NP51

Chatham Island -- Hanson Bay — E of a reef (434382S 1761572W) which is Restricted area surrounded by shoals and dangerous rocks, thence: 347 Wofa49 m patch (434381S 1761544W). Thence the track to the jetty leads W, in a least After Paragraph 11.35 2 line 10 Insert: depth of 20 m, passing S of rocks which extend E from the W entrance point of the harbour to the Traffic regulations middle of the entrance. 11.35a Caution. Craypot buoys which may present a 1 Entry is restricted within 6 cables of a wreck hazard to small craft will be encountered in Kaingaroa (435962S 1762258W) which lies in the S of Harbour. Hanson Bay (11.44). 4 Anchorage. Small craft can anchor in the harbour in about 5 m, but space for manoeuvre in strong New Zealand Chart NZ268 [NP51--No 45--Wk 30/18] winds is limited by rocks extending from both entrance points and by a foul area which extends about 1 cable from the E shore of the harbour. Chatham Islands -- Port Waitangi — Directions; lights Wharf. A wharf, about 120 m long, is situated 1 cable S of the W entrance point of the harbour. 349 ENC NZ526851 [NP51--No 46--Wk 30/18] Paragraph 11.43 3 lines 8--11 Delete Pitt Island -- Motutapu Point — Directions Paragraph 11.43 4 lines 1--4 Replace by: 350--351 4 The track then leads S in the white sector Paragraph 11.48 Replace by: (1835-- 1 9 5 5) of Waitangi Wharf Sector Light (post, 15 m in height) (435720S 1763351W) to the 1 From a position on the recommended route through vicinity of Hanson Point, passing clear of kelp beds Pitt Strait NNW of Motutapu Point (441351S which border the E and S shores of Waitangi Bay to a 1761342W), the coastal passage around Pitt Island distance of up to 7 cables. leads initially SE, noting the cautions given at 11.32, Leading lights: passing: Front light (yellow triangle, apex up, on concrete NE of a shoal (441328S 1760977W) with a depth post, 8 m in height) (435678S 1763360W). of 60 m, thence: Rear light (similar structure, apex down, 14 m in 2 SW of numerous dangers (441300S height) (146 m from front light). 1760400W), including a small islet on which The alignment (2597) of these lights leads to the the sea breaks and a 91 m shoal, which wharf; vessels berth bows N. Kelp, on a rocky 3 m terminate in Star Keys (Motuhope), a group of shoal, extends 1¼ cables SE from the pierhead. five small islands of which the largest is Useful mark: Round Island, thence: Waitangi Wharf Breakwater Trunk Light (wooden NE of a shoal (441508S 1760705W) with a depth post, 2 m in height) (435672S 1763358W). of 119 m, thence: Clear of a shoal (441520S 1760511W) with a New Zealand Notice 17/122/18; ENC NZ602685 ...... depth of 215m. [NP51--No 53--Wk 38/18] 3 The track then leads SSW around North--East Reef (Terangi--taumaewa) (441600S 1760800W), passing: Chatham Island -- Kaingaroa Harbour — Clear of a 90 m rocky patch (441815S Directions; anchorages; depth 1760404W), thence: WNW of a dangerous rock (441994S 350 1760032W) and Ahuru (11.29), 6 miles E of the Paragraph 11.45 2--4 Replace by: rock. A 91 m obstruction lies 1 mile SSE of the rock. 2 Directions. The harbour is approached from E of 4 The track then leads to a position ESE of South The Lure (434360S 1761610W) and entered from East Island (Rangatira) (442100S 1761050W), on N on the alignment of leading lights. the NE side of which is an old whaling station. The Leading lights: track then leads SW, passing: Front light (white triangle, orange stripe, on beacon Clear of Fancy Rock (442275S 1760896W), 4 m in height) (434419S 1761540W), over which the sea breaks heavily, thence: standing on a hill, 12 m in elevation, at the head of Clear of Peter Ruas Reef (442416S 1761157W). the harbour. 5 The track then leads W, passing: Rear light (similar structure) (53 m from front light). N of The Pyramid (442600S 1761450W), 3 The alignment (1701) of these lights leads into the thence: harbour, passing: S of South Reef (442260S 1761600W), thence: W of a dangerous rock (434355S 1761536W), S of an above--water rock (442270S which breaks occasionally, thence: 1761762W), situated at the outer end of a foul E of a rock awash (434364S 1761564W). A area and above--water rocks which extend SW second rock lies close SSW. Thence: from Murumuru, the S extremity of Pitt Island.

2--240 NP51

6 The track then leads NW passing clear of Round 2 The Beatrice site is also being utilised for wind Rock (Rangituka) (442218S 1761974W), whence turbine trials. Two wind turbines have been the track leads NNW, passing: established to the S of the central platform as follows: 7 WSW of a 146m shoal (441836S Turbine A, height 148 m, position 580602N 1761861W), the outermost of a chain of 30494W. shoals which extends SW from Pitt Island, Turbine B, height 148 m, position 580575N thence: 30440W. WSW of a reef (441730S 1762070W), extending Both turbines, on which lights (special) are 6 cables WSW from The Castle (11.36), and: exhibited, have a 500 m exclusion zone around them. ENE of a shoal (441950S 1762910W), with a 3 Moray East Wind Farm (581140N 24242W) is depth of 14 m, which breaks. under construction (2019) to the E of the Beatrice 8 Thence the track passes either side of Sail Rock Wind Farm. It will consist of 100 turbines and (441720S 1762360W) (11.36) and leads to a transformer platforms. position on the recommended route through Pitt Strait, A meteorological mast (581093N 24922W), from as shown on the chart. which a light is exhibited, has been established.

New Zealand Chart NZ268 [NP51--No 47--Wk 30/18] Corr. Moray East Marine [NP52--No 7--Wk 21/19]

Auckland Islands — General information; prohibited area Scotland -- North--east coast -- Moray Firth — Wind farms 353

After Paragraph 11.68 3 line 8 Insert: 83

Traffic regulations Paragraph 4.18 3 line(s) 12 For 4.11 Read 4.12 11.68a 1 Prohibited area. The Auckland Islands are legally protected as nature reserves. Entry to the islands, Corr. Moray East Marine [NP52--No 8--Wk 21/19] including any landings, is strictly prohibited except under permit. Scotland -- East coast -- Wick — Traffic signals NZ Chart 2862 [NP51/No.31/Wk.06/17] 84

NP52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot (2018 Edition) Paragraph 4.23 4 Replace by:

United Kingdom -- North Sea — 4 Traffic Signals. Wick Harbour is closed to traffic Statutory safety zones when a light beacon (orange triangle, point down, on metal post, 19 m in height) (582641N 30498W) is 4 lit.

After Paragraph 1.23 1 line 6 Insert: Paragraph 4.23 4 diagram titled Wick --traffic signals (4.23) Delete Statutory Safety Zones, with a radius of 500 m, have been established in the UK sector of the North Sea. These are indicated on the appropriate charts. Wick Harbour Notice 9/19 [NP52--No 12--Wk 41/19] Statutory Instruments Notice 807/2018 [NP52--No 1--Wk 32/18] Scotland -- North--east coast -- Wick Harbour — Directions; buoyage Scotland -- North--east coast -- Moray Firth — Wind farms 85 82 Paragraph 4.24 5 Replace by: Paragraph 4.11 2 line(s) 1--16 Delete 5 NNE of a shallow spit, parts of which dry, Paragraph 4.12 1 line(s) 1--4 including heading Replace by: extending 1½ cables NE from the S shore of the bay. A light buoy (port hand) lies Wind farms 1¼ cables E. The spit lies in the red sector 4.12 (286–329) of South Pier Light. The ruins of 1 Beatrice Offshore Wind Farm (581520N a breakwater lie on the spit. The alignment 25330W) lies to the NE of the Jacky Oilfield. The (285) of the clearing transit marks (4.25) wind farm is expected to be fully commissioned in passes clear NNE of the spit. Thence: 2019. Once completed it will consist of 88 turbines and two transformer platforms. Wick Harbour Notice 08/19 [NP52--No 10--Wk 29/19]

2--241 NP52

Scotland -- North--east coast -- Wick — Scotland -- East coast -- Directions; clearing marks Cromarty Firth — Regulations

85 109 After Paragraph 4.174 3 line 3 including existing Section IV Paragraph 4.25 3 Replace by: Notice Week 31/19 Insert: 3 To facilitate passage through this narrow entrance a Minimum safe passing distances. All vessels, head rope may be secured to the head of Commercial other than those under pilotage and servicing MODUs Pier (North Pier) and the vessel swung into Outer (4.176), are required to observe a minimum safe Harbour; this procedure is usually unnecessary for passing distance of 100 m from the following: small craft and vessels fitted with bow propulsion Vessels alongside a berth; units. Vessels or MODUs at anchor within the firth; 4 Clearing marks: Vessels involved in discharging or loading cargo Front mark (black pole with orange triangle, apex whilst at anchor. down, 13 m in height) (582640N 30493W). 4 All classes of vessels are not allowed to approach Rear mark (similar structure, apex up, 10 m in within 250 m of a naval vessel when underway or height) (43 m from front light). 150 m of a naval vessel whilst alongside or at anchor. The alignment (285) of these marks indicates the S limit of the safe approach to the Outer Harbour. Port of Cromarty Firth Notice SD01/19 5 Caution. As the storm parapet on South Pier [NP52--No 13--Wk 44/19] obscures a view either side of the pier all vessels, and small craft in particular, must take care to give The Shetland Islands -- North Approach to the head of South Pier a wide berth when entering or Lerwick -- Cat Firth -- Directions; depth leaving. 213 Wick Notice 1/19 [NP52--No 5--Wk 08/19] Paragraph 6.162 3 line 10 Replace by: ...11109W) with a least depth of 48m. Scotland -- North--east coast -- Moray Firth — Wind farms BA Chart 3272/19 [NP52--No 4--Wk 04/19]

87 Shetland Isles -- Stepping Stones -- Muckle Fladdicap — Directions; depth Paragraph 4.38 1 line(s) 13 For 4.11 Read 4.12 219

Paragraph 4.39 1 line(s) 7 For 4.11 Read 4.12 Paragraph 6.199 1 line 3 For 40m Read 16m

Paragraph 4.39 1 line(s) 8--9 Replace by: BA Chart 3284/19 [NP52--No 6--Wk 08/19]

Moray Offshore Wind Farm, under construction (2019), marked by light buoys (special and Faroe Islands -- Tórshavn — Development cardinal) (4.12). 267

Corr. Moray East Marine Paragraph 7.157 2 lines 6--7 Replace by: [NP52--No 9--Wk 21/19] 3 Development. Port expansion works are in progress (2017) to add an additional 900 m of Scotland -- East coast -- quayside in the area between, and surrounding, the Cromarty Firth — Regulations Outer Breakwater and the East Breakwater. Climate information for Tórshavn see 1.147 and 109 1.160.

After Paragraph 4.174 3 line 3 Insert: Danish Notice 30/392/18 [NP52--No 3--Wk 36/18]

Minimum safe passing distances. All vessels, Faroe Islands -- SkálafjørÉur -- other than those under pilotage and servicing MODUs Runavík — Development (4.176), are required to maintain a minimum distance of 100 m from the following: 272 Vessels alongside a berth; Vessels or MODUs at anchor within the firth; After Paragraph 7.186 1 line 7 Insert: Vessels involved in discharging or loading cargo Development. Reclamation works are in progress whilstatanchor. (2018) in an area centred on 620715N 64357W, close N of the existing berth. Port of Cromarty Firth Notice 16/19 [NP52--No 11--Wk 31/19] Danish Notice 27/549/18 [NP52--No 2--Wk 32/18]

2--242 NP52

Faroe Islands -- Eysturoy -- FuglafjørÉur — Scotland – River Tay — Directions; Submarine cable light sector; buoyage

278 73

Paragraph 7.237 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: Paragraph 3.144 4 line 2 For 268--270 Read 2685–269 The best berth is in mid--fjord, in a depth of about 24 m, avoiding charted submarine cables. Paragraph 3.145 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:

Danish Notice 42/527/19 [NP52--No 14--Wk 47/19] 1 Deep water channel. A channel, marked by V–AIS (lateral) and the white sector (2685–269) of Tayport High Light, leads through the main channel S of Lady Bank until clear of Horse Shoe. This channel is NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2018 Edition) designed to assist vessels constrained by their draught whilst under pilotage through the main United Kingdom -- North Sea — channel, described as follows: Statutory safety zones Main channel. From a position in the channel S of Buddon Ness (562790N 24420W) the route leads 3 W, remaining in the white sector of Tayport High Light, passing: After Paragraph 1.18 1 line 6 Insert: Port of Dundee Notice 18/19 [NP54--No 24--Wk 34/19] Statutory Safety Zones, with a radius of 500 m, have been established in the UK sector of the North Sea. These are indicated on the appropriate charts. Scotland -- East coast -- Dundee — Under keel clearance Statutory Instruments Notice 807/2018 [NP54--No 13--Wk 31/18] 74

After Paragraph 3.150 1 Insert: United Kingdom -- North Sea -- Marine exploitation — OREIs Under keel clearance 3 3.150a 1 Vessels should generally maintain a UKC of 10% of After Paragraph 1.18 2 line 2 Insert: the maximum draught with a minimum clearance of 05 m. At ebb tide, a minimum clearance of 075 m is Offshore Renewable Energy Installations (OREIs) required at The Bar and at Lady Shoal (3.145). 1.18a Mariners should contact the port authority for further 1 Wind farms are to be found in the area covered by details. this book, both on and offshore. All wind farms are charted, and general information may be found in The Port of Dundee Notice 09/19 [NP54--No 22--Wk 21/19] Mariner’s Handbook.

Correspondence KOWL 05/18 [NP54--No 8--Wk 25/18] Scotland -- East Coast -- Dundee — Depth

74 Scotland -- South--east of Aberdeen — Offshore wind farm Paragraph 3.155 1 line 7 For 9.5 m Read 9.0 m 61 GB Chart 1481 [NP54--No 26--Wk 44/19] Paragraph 3.76 1 line 3 Replace by: Development. The Kincardine Offshore Wind Farm Scotland -- Methil — Under--keel clearance; is under construction in the region of 570040N navigable width 15207W. Also see 3.58. 85 Correspondence KOWL 05/18 [NP54--No 9--Wk 25/18] After Paragraph 4.18 2 line 2 Insert: Scotland – Montrose — Pilotage Under--keel clearance. The minimum UKC required is 10 m in the approaches and 05 m at the berths. 65 Navigable width. The entrance to No 2 Dock is 152m wide. Paragraph 3.108 1 line 2 For 25 Read 40 Correspondence Forth Ports Limited 05/17 Montrose Port Authority [NP54--No 15--Wk 45/18] [NP54--No 1--Wk 23/18]

2--243 NP54

Scotland -- East coast -- Firth of Forth -- Scotland -- Burntisland — Under--keel clearance; Kirkcaldy — Limiting conditions navigable width 92 87 After Paragraph 4.74 1 line 7 Insert: After Paragraph 4.29 2 line(s) 4 Insert: Under--keel clearance. The minimum required UKC is 05m. Limiting conditions. The maximum size of vessel Navigable width. The width between the normally accepted is 85 m in length and 14 m in breakwaters is 76 m. width. The minimum required UKC is 07m. Correspondence Forth Ports Limited 05/17 Correspondence Forth Ports Limited [NP54--No 4--Wk 23/18] [NP54--No 18--Wk 13/19] Scotland -- Firth of Forth -- Hound Point Marine Terminal — Scotland -- Leith — Under--keel clearance; Under--keel clearance navigable width 98

89 After Paragraph 4.119 2 line 2 Insert: Under--keel clearance. Vessels must maintain a After Paragraph 4.46 1 line 3 Insert: minimum UKC of 21m. Correspondence Forth Ports Limited 05/17 Under--keel clearance [NP54--No 5--Wk 23/18] 4.46a 1 An UKC of 10 m should be maintained in the Scotland -- East coast -- Firth of Forth -- approach channel. An UKC of 05 m should be Hound Point Marine Terminal — maintained at the berths. Under--keel clearance

After Paragraph 4.47 1 line 2 Insert: 98 After Paragraph 4.119 2 line(s) 2 including existing Section Imperial Passage has a width of 316m. Albert Passage has a width of 18.2 m. IV Notice Week 23/18 Insert: Edinburgh Cut has a width of 18.2 m. Under--keel clearance. On departure, vessels must maintain a minimum UKC of 21and25 m above the Correspondence Forth Ports Limited 05/17 aforementioned patch and the bar NE of Inchkeith [NP54--No 2--Wk 23/18] Island respectively. Correspondence Forth Ports Limited [NP54--No 20--Wk 13/19] Scotland -- East coast -- Firth of Forth -- Leith — Under--keel clearance Scotland -- Firth of Forth -- Inverkeithing — Pilotage; depths 89 99 Paragraph 4.46a 1 line(s) 1--3 existing Section IV Notice Paragraph 4.126 3 lines 1--2 Replace by: Week 23/18 Replace by: 3 Controlling depth is 04 m in the harbour 1 An UKC of 10and15 m should be maintained in approach. the approach channel, at flood and ebb tide Pilotage. See 4.3. respectively. An UKC of 05 m should be maintained The pilot service to East Ness Pier, within the at the berths. compulsory Firth of Forth waters, has been withdrawn (2019) due to the unsound condition of Correspondence Forth Ports Limited the pier. [NP54--No 19--Wk 13/19] Forth Ports Ltd [NP54--No 23--Wk 34/19]

Scotland -- Rosyth — Under--keel clearance Scotland -- Leith — Lock width 100 90 After Paragraph 4.133 1 line 7 Insert:

Paragraph 4.52 1 line 6 Replace by: Under--keel clearance 4.133a ...lock is 259 m long and 316 m wide between fenders. 1 The minimum required UKC is 05m. Correspondence Forth Ports Limited 05/17 Correspondence Forth Ports Limited 05/17 [NP54--No 3--Wk 23/18] [NP54--No 6--Wk 23/18]

2--244 NP54

Scotland -- East coast -- Firth of Forth -- England -- East coast -- River Trent — Rosyth — Under--keel clearance Vertical clearance 100 182 Paragraph 4.133a 1 existing Section IV Notice Week 23/18 Replace by: Paragraph 7.150 2 line 3 For 39 m Read 35 m 1 The minimum required UKC is 05 m, although larger vessels may be required to have 10m. BA Chart 3497 [NP54--No 16--Wk 48/18] Correspondence Forth Ports Limited [NP54--No 21--Wk 13/19] England -- East coast -- King’s Lynn — Scotland -- Grangemouth — Pilotage; tugs Under--keel clearance 104 197

After Paragraph 4.166 1 line 4 Insert: After Paragraph 8.99 3 line 4 Insert: Under--keel clearance All vessels over 80 m LOA and less than 25m 4.166a allowance on draught (see Local Notices to Mariners) 1 Vessels should maintain a minimum UKC of 06m will require a tug for manoeuvring. (2018) in the approach channel and locks. In other Vessels under 100 m LOA sailing to or from areas of the harbour the minimum UKC may be Riverside Quay (8.111) that do not need to swing will reduced. The port authority should be contacted for up not require a tug. to date information.

Correspondence Forth Ports Limited 05/17 King’s Lynn Conservancy Board Notice 18/2019 [NP54--No 7--Wk 23/18] [NP54--No 25--Wk 38/19]

England -- Tynemouth -- Whitley Bay — Directions; wreck England -- The Wash -- King’s Lynn — Regulations; tugs 130

After Paragraph 5.142 2 line 4 Insert: 197 NE of a dangerous wreck (550310N 12380W), reported (2019), thence: Paragraph 8.99 3 line(s) 1--4 including existing Section IV Notice Week 38/19 Replace by: UKHO [NP54--No 27--Wk 44/19] 3 Tugs are available. The attendance of a tug is compulsory for tankers over 73 m in length and other England -- East coast -- Port of Tyne -- vessels over that length not fitted with bow thrusters Tynemouth — Regulations or suitable manoeuvering aids. 131 All outward bound vessels from the dock between 8000 m LOA and 9999 m LOA, and which have less After Paragraph 5.153 1 line 8 Insert: than 22 m allowance on draught (see Local Notices to In order to reduce the risk of close quarters Mariners), will require a tug for manoeuvering. situations developing in the seaward approaches, Vessels under 100 m LOA sailing to or from vessels approaching the port from S or E should: Riverside Quay (8.111) that do not need to swing will Be within the N section of, or to the N of the not require a tug for manoeuvering assistance in the seaward approaches at a distance of no less river. than 1½ miles from the entrance, and; Avoid setting a course that crosses outbound King’s Lynn Conservancy Board Notice 21/19 traffic for a distance from the entrance of [NP54--No 29--Wk 45/19] 1½ miles.

Port of Tyne Notice 13/19 [NP54--No 30--Wk 52/19] England – East coast – Great Yarmouth approaches — Directions; obstruction England -- River Humber -- Skitter Channel — Light float 174 205

Paragraph 7.93 1 line 7 Replace by: Paragraph 9.32 4 line 2 For 45m Read 19m ...(starboard hand) (534253N 02629W).

BA Chart 3497 [NP54--No 17--Wk 49/18] BA Chart 1534/17 [NP54--No 10--Wk 29/18]

2--245 NP54

England – East coast – Great Yarmouth and 3 Thence the track leads S and joins the approaches Lowestoft approaches — Depth to Holm Channel described at 9.41. (Directions continue for the outer approach to 206 Great Yarmouth and Lowestoft at 9.47 and coastal passage S at 9.109) Paragraph 9.37 1 line 3 Replace by: BA Chart 1504/17 [NP54--No 12--Wk 29/18] ...and 153 m S of Newarp Banks.

BA Chart 1504/17 [NP54--No 11--Wk 29/18] England – Great Yarmouth — Arrival information; pilotage

England – East coast – Great Yarmouth and 209 Lowestoft approaches — Directions Paragraph 9.63 1 lines 1--7 Replace by:

206 1 Pilotage is compulsory within the port limits for all vessels of 40 m in length and over, except warships Paragraph 9.41 5 lines 1--16 and 6 lines 1--10 Replace by: and vessels exempt by law. 5 Thence the track leads S, passing: E of the E extremity of Newarp Banks, where depths Great Yarmouth Notice 24/2018 of 87mexist,thence: [NP54--No 14--Wk 43/18] Over or clear of a patch (524269N 20253E), with a least depth of 134 m, thence: England -- Approaches to Lowestoft — E of the S extremity of Newarp Banks, where there Directions; depths are depths of about 16 m (523960N 20015E). The bank shoals N of this position. 214 The track then leads SW, passing: Paragraph 9.97 1 line 1 Replace by: SE of the S extremity of Newarp Banks, thence: Over a bank (523822N 20037E) with a least 1 Caution. Depths shoaler than charted have been depth of 153 m. Deeper water lies to the N of this reported (2019) in the vicinity of 522856N 14594E. bank and S of Newarp Banks. Thence: Depths may be reduced by about 05m. 6 Clear of Cross Sand Light Buoy (safe water) Track. From a position about 1 mile NE of the (523706N 15913E), 4 miles ESE of the S habour... end of Middle Cross Sand (523950N 15280E). ABP Lowestoft 27/19 [NP54--No 28--Wk 44/19] Thence the track leads to a position NE of Holm Sand (523080N 14800E), marked on its E side by Holm Approach Light Buoy (E cardinal). The sea NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2018 Edition) breaks over the shoal in all but the calmest weather and it dries in places. Holm Channel (9.49), the Netherlands -- Zeegat van Texel — Lighthouse principal approach channel to Great Yarmouth and Lowestoft, is entered NE of Holm Sand. 89

Paragraph 4.20 2 line 2 For Schilbolsnol Read Licht van Troost After Paragraph 9.41 6 line 10 Insert: Netherlands Notice 4/52/19 [NP55--No 3--Wk 07/19] Side channel 9.41a 1 A channel leads SSE between Cross Sand and Netherlands -- Zeegat van Texel — Directions; lighthouse Newarp Banks. The channel passes over the N point of Newarp Banks from Haisborough Gat (9.41), with 90 depths of about 12 m and leads SSE, passing: 2 ENE of Cross Sand, a series of banks extending Paragraph 4.30 2 lines 3--4 Replace by: 12 miles S from Newarp Banks to merge with Licht van Troost Lighthouse (green post, 28 m in the SE extremity of Corton Sand (9.32). It has height) (530050N 44570E). three shallow areas, namely North Cross Sand (524380N 15100E), marked on its E Paragraph 4.30 3 line 5 Delete side by NE Cross Sand Light Buoy (E cardinal); Middle Cross Sand (523950N Netherlands Notice 4/52/19 [NP55--No 4--Wk 07/19] 15280E), marked on its E side by E Cross Sand Light Buoy (port hand), and at its S end by Barley Light Buoy (S cardinal); and South Netherlands -- Zeegat van Texel — Directions; lighthouse Cross Sand (523540N 15060E), marked to its S by S Corton Light Buoy (S cardinal). 93 These banks may be indicated by overfalls. They are continually altering and should not Paragraph 4.55 2 line 4 For Schilbolsnol Read Licht van be approached without local knowledge. Troost

2--246 NP55

Paragraph 4.55 3 line 3 Delete Germany -- Alte Weser — Directions; light buoy

166 Netherlands Notice 4/52/19 [NP55--No 5--Wk 07/19] Paragraph 6.129 including existing Section IV Notice Netherlands -- Zeegat van Texel — Week 15/19 Replace by: Directions; lighthouse 1 Alte Weser Light leading bearing and light sector. From the vicinity of ST Light Buoy (safe 98 water) (535637N 75560E), Alte Weser, marked by Paragraph 4.92 2 line 9 For Schilbolsnol Read Licht van light buoys and buoys (lateral; numbers prefixed A) Troost leads 7½ miles ESE with Alte Weser Light (535180N 80766E) (6.126), bearing 123, or, at night in the white sector (121--126) of the light, passing: Netherlands Notice 4/52/19 [NP55--No 6--Wk 07/19] SSW of Nordergründe (535500N 80800E) (4.232), and: Germany -- North Sea -- Alte Weser — 2 NNE of Roter Sand (535300N 80000E). Directions; light buoy Upon passing between A7 and A8 Buoys, the boundary (126) of the white and red sectors of Alte 113 Weser Light clears the NE extremity of Roter Grund where a depth of less than 5 m extends into the white Paragraph 4.218 1 line(s) 8--9 For (535626N 75482E) sector of Alte Weser Light, close SW of A9 Light Buoy Read (53 56 37N 7 55 60E)     (starboard hand) (535265N 80624E). Thence, from A9 Light Buoy, the track leads SSE German Notice 11/2/19 [NP55--No 10--Wk 15/19] for about 1½ miles to a position SSW of Alte Weser Light. 3 Alte Weser Light leading bearing and light Germany -- The Jade — Regulations; sector. From a position about 5 cables SSW of Alte extraordinarily large vessels Weser Light, the bearing 010, astern, of the light, or, 151 at night a white sector (003--017), astern, leads 2 miles S to the junction with Hohewegrinne. Paragraph 6.17 3 lines 3--4 Replace by: German Chart DE2/19 [NP55--No 21--Wk 42/19] Length: 430 m; bulk carriers 350 m. Beam: 65 m; bulk carriers 60 m. Germany -- Alte Weser — Light sector German Notice 35/20061/18 [NP55--No 1--Wk 39/18] 166

Germany -- North Sea -- Approaches to the Paragraph 6.129 2 including existing Section IV Notice Jade and Weser — Directions; Week 42/19 Replace by: light buoy; light sectors 2 NNE of Roter Sand (535300N 80000E). 166 Upon passing between A7 and A8 Buoys, the boundary (126) of the white and red sectors of Alte Paragraph 6.129 1--2 Replace by: Weser Light clears the NE extremity of Roter Grund 1 Alte Weser Light leading bearing and light where a depth of less than 5 m extends into the white sector. From the vicinity of ST Light Buoy (safe sector of Alte Weser Light, close SW of A9 Light Buoy water) (535637N 75560E), Alte Weser, marked by (starboard hand) (535265N 80624E). light buoys and buoys (lateral; numbers prefixed A) Thence, from A9 Light Buoy, the track leads SSE, in the white sector (148 3 --150 3 )ofTeglerPlate leads 7½ miles ESE with Alte Weser Light (535180N     Light (534787N 81147E) (6.126), for about 80766E) (6.126), bearing 123, or, at night in the 1½ miles to a position SSW of Alte Weser Light. white sector (121--126) of the light, passing: 2 SSW of Nordergründe (535500N 80800E) German Notice 41/2/19 [NP55--No 22--Wk 46/19] (4.232), and: NNE of Roter Sand (535300N 80000E). Upon passing between A7 and A8 Buoys, the Germany--Cuxhaven--Medemrinne— boundary (126) of the white and red sectors of Alte Prohibited area Weser Light clears the NE extremity of Roter Grund where a depth of 46 m extends into the white sector 198 of Alte Weser Light, close SW of A9 Light Buoy After Paragraph 7.70 2 line 6 Insert: (starboard hand) (535259N 80592E). Thence, from close NE of A9 Light Buoy, the track Prohibited area. An area into which entry is leads SSE for about 1½ miles. prohibited is charted in the area N and E of Medemgrund (7.66). This area includes the E part of Paragraph 6.129 3 line(s) 1--5 Delete the side channel of Medemrinne (7.82).

German Notice 11/2/19 [NP55--No 11--Wk 15/19] German Notice 10/1610/19 [NP55--No 8--Wk 14/19]

2--247 NP55

Germany -- The Elbe -- Brunsbüttel — Germany--Cuxhaven--Medemrinne— Prohibited areas Prohibited area; buoyage 200 198 Paragraph 7.82 1 Replace by: After Paragraph 7.70 2 line(s) 6 including Existing Section IV Notice Week 14/19 Insert: 1 Medemrinne (535400N 85000E) lies between Medemgrund (535150N 85000E) (7.66) and Prohibited areas. An area into which entry is Medemsand (7.66), close N. The channel leaves the prohibited is charted in the area N and E of main fairway in the vicinity of Medem--Reede Medemgrund (7.66). This area includes the E part of anchorage (7.83) and sets in a generally ESE the side channel of Medemrinne (7.82). direction for about 8½ miles to rejoin the main fairway A prohibited area (535051N 85665E) is located in the vicinity of Neufeld--Reede anchorage (7.84). The S of Neufeld--Reede West anchorage (7.84), on the S E part of this channel lies within a prohibited area side of the channel. (7.70).

German Notice 13/44/19 [NP55--No 12--Wk 17/19] German Notice 10/1610/19 [NP55--No 9--Wk 14/19]

Germany -- Elbe -- Cuxhaven to Brunsbüttel -- Germany -- Elbe -- Cuxhaven to Brunsbüttel -- Neufeld--Reede — Prohibited area Neufeld--Reede — Prohibited area 200

198 Paragraph 7.84 1 line(s) 7 Replace by:

After Paragraph 7.70 2 line(s) 6 including Existing Section ...by light buoys. A prohibited area (7.70) is charted directly IV Notice Week 17/19 Insert: N of this anchorage area.

Prohibited areas. An area into which entry is German Notice 17/46/19 [NP55--No 14--Wk 21/19] prohibited is charted in the area N and E of Medemgrund (7.66). This area includes the E part of Germany -- The Elbe -- Brunsbüttel — the side channel of Medemrinne (7.82). Prohibited area A prohibited area (535051N 85665E) is located 200 S of Neufeld--Reede West anchorage (7.84), on the S side of the channel. After Paragraph 7.85 2 line 9 Insert: A prohibited area is situated directly N of the Neufeld--Reede West and Neufeld--Reede Ost See 7.70 for prohibited areas. anchorages (7.84). German Notice 34/46/19 [NP55--No 17--Wk 40/19]

German Notice 17/46/19 [NP55--No 13--Wk 21/19] Germany -- The Elbe -- Brunsbüttel — Anchorage 200 Germany -- The Elbe -- Brunsbüttel — Prohibited areas Paragraph 7.85 1 line(s) 13 Replace by: ...further information see 7.235. Multiple obstructions lie 198 within the anchorage area.

After Paragraph 7.70 2 line 6 including Existing Section IV German Notice 27/46/19 [NP55--No 15--Wk 32/19] Notice Week 21/19 Insert: Germany -- The Elbe -- Brunsbüttel — Anchorage 3 Prohibited areas. An area into which entry is prohibited is charted in the area N and E of 207 Medemgrund (7.66). This area includes the E part of the side channel of Medemrinne (7.82). After Paragraph 7.121 1 line 9 Insert: A prohibited area (535051N 85665E) is located 2 Freiburg--Reede West (535185N 91667E), an S of Neufeld--Reede West anchorage (7.84), on the S unrestricted anchorage, lies about 2 miles NW of side of the channel. Freiburg--Reede. 4 A prohibited area is situated directly N of the Neufeld--Reede West and Neufeld--Reede Ost German Notice 34/46/19 [NP55--No 18--Wk 40/19] anchorages (7.84), extending through the Neufeld--Reede Ost anchorage. Germany -- The Eider -- Eiderstedt — A prohibited area (535315N91325E) is situated Directions; light directly E of the Nordostreede anchorage (7.85). 243 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in the fairway S of the approach area for Paragraph 8.92 1 line 5 For (055–068) Read (052–080) Nord--Ostsee--Kanal and between Nordostreede (7.85) and Südreede (7.84). Paragraph 8.93 1 line 3 For (035–055) Read (334–052)

German Notice 34/46/19 [NP55--No 16--Wk 40/19] German Notice 6/87/19 [NP55--No 7--Wk 10/19]

2--248 NP55

Denmark -- Skagerrak -- Thyborøn to Norway -- Approaches to Åna--Sira — Hanstholm — Prohibited area Vertical clearance

301 77

Paragraph 9.296 1 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 2.77 4--5 Replace by:

4 Speed limit. There is a speed limit of 5 kn in Spare Åna--Sira. 9.296 Vertical clearance: 5 An overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of Danish Notice 35/577/19 [NP55--No 19--Wk 41/19] 13 m spans the channel W of Sletta (581746N 62654E). Denmark -- Skagerrak -- Thyborøn to Hanstholm —Prohibitedarea Norwegian Notice 19/59430/18 [NP56--No 4--Wk 45/18]

301 Norway -- Mandal -- Mannefjorden -- Nordre Havneholmen — Directions; light Paragraph 9.301 1 line(s) 4 Replace by: 112 ...the chart. The track leads NNE... Paragraph 3.71 1 lines 1--14 Replace by: Paragraph 9.301 1 line(s) 10--12 Delete 1 From a position in the vicinity of 575935N 7 27 37E, the track leads NE for 1½ miles across Danish Notice 35/577/19 [NP55--No 20--Wk 41/19]   Mannefjorden, following the directions at 3.49 for the first leg of the approach to the deep water berths at Denmark -- North coast -- Hanstholm — Gismerøya and Kleven, to a position SSE of Directions; light Kalkskjær Light (580017N 72946E). Thence the track continues NE in the white sector (035-- 0 3 8 )of 302 Havneholmen Light (580033N 72987E), passing: NW of an underwater rock (580020N 72987E), Paragraph 9.306 2 lines 2--3 Replace by: marked by a spar buoy (W cardinal), thence: ...(safe water) (57 08 24N 8 36 09E), the white     Paragraph 3.71 2 lines 1--5 Replace by: sector (205--210) of a directional light (570753N 83542E) leads to the... 2 The track then leads ENE for 2 cables, passing SE of Nordre Havneholmen and NNW of Havneholmen Danish Notice 42/492/18 [NP55--No 2--Wk 47/18] (580021N 73005E) and SSE of the mainland, before altering ESE, passing:

NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2018 Edition) Norwegian Notice 9/60213/19 [NP56--No 16--Wk 24/19]

Norway -- Mandal-- Nordfjorden -- Skjernøya -- Norway -- South--west coast -- North--east side — Directions; light Egersund — Submarine pipeline 112 72 Paragraph 3.71 7 line(s) 7--9 Replace by: After Paragraph 2.47 5 line 7 Insert: …generally ESE for 2½ cables, passing: Caution. A submarine pipeline is laid across the S part of the outer harbour of Egersund. Paragraph 3.71 8 line(s) 8 Replace by: …Spegelaksen Light (starboard hand, floodlit) Norwegian Notice 14/60444/19 (575992N 73262E) is exhibited, thence: [NP56--No 17--Wk 36/19] Norwegian Notice 8/60145/19 [NP56--No 15--Wk 22/19] Norway -- South--west coast -- Egersund — Berths Norway -- South coast -- Tregdefjorden to Songvårfjorden -- Skogsøy — Directions; light 72 114 Paragraph 2.49 3 lines 2--4 Replace by: Paragraph 3.74 4 line(s) 7 For (2532--2568) Read Concrete quay, about 160 m long, with depths (2544-- 2 5 6 ) from about 77to86 m alongside. The RoRo ramp is 20 m wide. Norwegian Notice 16/60611/19; ENC NO5E0615 Norwegian Notice 01/59698/19 [NP56--No 7--Wk 07/19] [NP56--No 18--Wk 41/19]

2--249 NP56

Norway -- South coast -- Songvårfjorden — Norway -- Kristiansand -- Topdalsfjorden — Directions; depth Directions; lights 114 120

Paragraph 3.74 9 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: Paragraph 3.107 3 lines 6--10 Replace by: ...Uvårboen (580135N 74277E), an underwater rock The track then leads to a position under Varodden with a least depth of 76 m which lies in the centre of... Bridges (3.88). A light is exhibited from the N bridge. Norwegian Notice 21/60800/19 Norwegian Notice 2/59789/19 [NP56--No 21--Wk 51/19] [NP56--No 8--Wk 09/19]

Norway -- South coast -- Songvårfjorden -- Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Horten — Depth Helgøya — Directions; light 189 115 Paragraph 6.60 1 lines 6--7 Replace by: Paragraph 3.76 6 line(s) 3--5 Replace by: Inner harbour. The least charted depth in the ...continues NE through Herøyfjorden for 5½ cables, entrance channel is 68m. passing: Norwegian Notice 17/59337/18 Norwegian Notice 21/60815/19 [NP56--No 2--Wk 42/18] [NP56--No 22--Wk 51/19] Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Horten — Norway -- South coast -- Kristiansand — Directions; underwater rocks Directions; light 120 190--191 Paragraph 6.72 3 lines 3--10 Replace by: Paragraph 3.104 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: ...extending 2 cables N from Vealøs and clear of an 1 From the vicinity of 58 01 00N 7 55 10E, a white     underwater rock (592684N 102921E) with a sector (0169-- 0 2 3 1)ofSvartskjærLight(580484N depth of 125 m, thence: 75775E) leads NNE for 3¾ miles, passing: Close E of a shoal patch (592679N 102913E) Paragraph 3.104 4 lines 5--6 Replace by: with a depth of 68 m and clear of an underwater rock (592673N 102919E) with a depth of Thence the track leads to a position about 3 cables 39 m, thence: SSW of Svartskjær Light. 4 Between the breakwater (592665N 102916E) on the NW extremity of Vealøs, and the E Paragraph 3.106 1 lines 1--10 Replace by: edge of foul ground (592668N 102903E), 1 When Svartskjær Light (580484N 75775E) is fringing the E side of Østøya, marked by an distant 3 cables, a white sector (0471-- 0 5 1 5)of iron pole with a light, thence: Jøngeholmskjæret Light (white lantern) (580552N Close E of an underwater rock (592650N 75956E) leads NE for about 1 mile, passing: 102902E) with a depth of 65m. SE of the foul ground extending from Torsteinsneset (580460N 75700E). Kobbernaglen Norwegian Notice 17/59337/18 (580447N 75688E), marked by an iron perch, [NP56--No 3--Wk 42/18] lies at the SW end of the foul ground. Thence: Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Fagerstrand — Depths Norwegian Notice 17/60645/19 [NP56--No 19--Wk 43/19] 199

Paragraph 6.131 1 line(s) 4 For 82to120mRead 51to Norway -- South coast -- Flekkerøya — 116m Directions; light 120 Norwegian Notice 4/59798/19 [NP56--No 13--Wk 13/19]

Paragraph 3.106 1 lines 1--10 including existing Section IV Notice Week 43/19 Replace by: Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Løperen — Directions; light sector; positions 1 When Svartskjær Light (580484N 75775E) is distant 3 cables the track leads NE for about 1 mile, 225 passing: Paragraph 7.53 1--3 Replace by: SE of the foul ground extending from Torsteinsneset 1 From a position 3 cables SE of Vidgrunnen Light (580460N 75700E). Kobbernaglen (580447N 75688E), marked by a light (port Beacon (590155N 105763E) (7.22), clear of hand, floodlit), lies at the SW end of the foul Duken, an isolated shoal 5 cables SE of the light, with ground. Thence: Kvernskjærgrunnen Light (column, 15 m in height) (590228N 105835E) bearing 0095 the route Norwegian Notice 20/60755/19 leads generally N for about 8 cables into Løperen [NP56--No 20--Wk 48/19] (7.55), passing:

2--250 NP56

2 E of Vidgrunnen Light (590155N 105763E), 4 Thence course should be altered to pass between which stands on a rock with a depth of 2 m Lubbegrunnen, a shoal with a least depth of 6 m, on or less, thence: which stands Lubbegrunnen Light (column, 18 m in E of an underwater rock depth about 111m height, floodlit) (590408N 105807E), and (590175N 105803E), and: Dødvikpynten Light (white lantern, 3 m in height, 3 W of Galtene (590173N 105905E), a group floodlit) (2 cables W) which stands on the E coast of of above and below--water rocks which lie Asmaløy. A buoy (starboard hand) is moored close close off Rødshuet (7.52); they are marked at SW of Lubbegrunnen Light. their S end by an iron perch. Thence: W of Kvernskjær (590203N 105850E), an islet in Norwegian Notice 2/59742/19 the middle of the entrance that is foul to the S and [NP56--No 9--Wk 09/19] E, thence:

Paragraph 7.53 4 line 1 Replace by: Norway – Oslofjorden -- Sarpsborg — Depths

4 E of Fugleskjær, a rock near the... 233

Norwegian Notice 21/59524/18 [NP56--No 5--Wk 50/18] Paragraph 7.104 2 line 3 Replace by: ...from 56to63 m alongside.

Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Løperen — Norwegian Notice 7/60078/19 [NP56--No 14--Wk 19/19] Directions; leading lights

225 Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Svalerødkilen — Anchorage

After Paragraph 7.55 4 line 7 Insert: 235

5 Useful marks: Paragraph 7.125 including heading Replace by: Russebukta Leading Lights: Front light (tripod structure, 10 m in height) Spare (590455N 105808E). Rear light (similar structure, 6 m in height) 7.125 (2¼ cables from front light). Norwegian Notice 14/59134/18 [NP56--No 1--Wk 39/18] The alignment (3585) of these lights leads through the centre of the channel. Sweden -- Skagerrak -- Hakefjord -- Norwegian Notice 20/59505/18 [NP56--No 6--Wk 52/18] Mitholmarna — Directions; light 277 Norway -- Oslofjorden -- Asmaløy — Paragraph 9.148 1 line(s) 5 For (037--0409) Read Directions; lights (0365-- 0 4 0 5) 225 Swedish Notice 744/13815(P)/19 Paragraph 7.55 1--5 including existing Section IV Notice [NP56--No 10--Wk 12/19] Week 52/18 Replace by: Sweden -- Skagerrak -- Hakefjord -- Mitholmarna 1 Russebukta Leading Lights: — Directions; light Front light (tripod structure, 10 m in height) (590455N 105808E). 277 Rear light (similar structure, 6 m in height) (2¼ cables from front light). Paragraph 9.149 3 line(s) 6 For (018--028) Read When clear of Kvernskjærgrunnen Light, the (0175–0235) alignment (3585) of these lights leads N, passing: 2 W of Hestrompa (590282N 105874E), a rock Swedish Notice 744/13815(P)/19 awash marked on its SW side by an iron [NP56--No 11--Wk 12/19] perch, and: E of Håbutangen Light (lantern on metal column, 7 m in height, floodlit) (590281N 105804E) Sweden -- Skagerrak -- Hakefjord -- exhibited from the E coast of Asmaløy (7.46), Mitholmarna — Directions; light thence: 3 WofKråka(590332N 105846E), a small 277 islet near the middle of the channel, and of Paragraph 9.150 1 line(s) 5 For (138--144) Read the rocks awash which extend 2 cables N and (1375–1440) 1½ cables S from the islet, both of which are marked by an iron perch. A light (floodlit) is exhibited from a position 1 cable NNW of the Swedish Notice 744/13815(P)/19 islet. [NP56--No 12--Wk 12/19]

2--251 NP57A NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2019 Edition) Hjeltefjorden -- Småvikane — Anchorage

304 North--west of Bergen -- Toftøyna -- Toftevågen — Anchorage Paragraph 9.105 including heading Replace by: 269 Spare 9.105 Paragraph 8.115 3 line(s) 4--7 Delete Norwegian Notice 16/60591/19 Norwegian Notice 16/60589/19 [NP57A--No 6--Wk 50/19] [NP57A--No 1--Wk 50/19] Sogn og Fjordane -- East of Florø -- Blomøyna -- Dalsvågen — Anchorage Eikefjorden -- Helgøya — Light 290 438

Paragraph 9.17 1 line(s) 1--7 Replace by: Paragraph 11.305 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by:

1 The inlet of Blomvåg (603174N 45277E) affords 1 At night, the track leads initially within the white good anchorage close N of Stridsholmen (603166N sector (0717--0756) of Helgøy Light until 4 cables 45279E). There are several quays in Blomvåg; the from it. Thence, having passed through Helgøysundet largest, situated WSW of Stridsholmen, consists of a the track leads E through Leversundet. When a... stone quay 22 m long, with depths from 20to171m on its S side. Norwegian Notice 20/60791/19 [NP57A--No 7--Wk 50/19] Norwegian Notice 16/60591/19 [NP57A--No 2--Wk 50/19] Sogn og Fjordane -- East--north--east of Florø -- Breidvika -- Fjord Base — Development; Hordaland -- Kollsnes -- Osundet — directions Directions; leading lights 450 290 After Paragraph 11.376 1 line 9 Insert: Paragraph 9.19 1 lines 1--8 Replace by:

1 From a position (603150N 44850E) about Harbour 1½ miles SW of the entrance, the track leads initially 11.376a NE, passing: 1 General layout. The harbour of Fjord Base contains several quays arranged along the N side of Norwegian Notice 17/60612/19 Botnaneset (613670N 50445E) and within [NP57A--No 3--Wk 50/19] Breidvika, WSW of Botnaneset. Development. Land reclamation and development Alvøyna -- Heggøyvågen and Dåvøysundet — is taking place (2019) W of the offshore supply base, Anchorages on the islands of Perholmen and Gulholmen. Development. Land reclamation and development 291 is taking place (2019) W of the offshore supply base, Paragraph 9.25 including heading Replace by: on the islands of Perholmen and Gulholmen. Spare Paragraph 11.378 1--3 including paragraph number 9.25 Replace by:

Norwegian Notice 16/60591/19 Spare [NP57A--No 4--Wk 50/19] 11.378

Alvøyna -- Søre Selsvågen — Anchorage ENC NO5E1310 (14.003) [NP57A--No 8--Wk 50/19] 294 NP57B Norway Pilot Volume 2B (2017 Edition) Paragraph 9.41 1 line(s) 1--8 Replace by:

1 Description. Entered close SE of Vardneset, Søre Navigation and Regulations – Pilotage — Selsvågen (603810N 44786E) is spanned by an Pilotage boarding places overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of 19 m, and in its N part there is small harbour with three quays; 9 the largest, at a shell sand drying plant, consists of an angled concrete quay with a total length of 28 m and After Paragraph 1.45 1 line 9 Insert: depths up to 36 m alongside. Raudøyleia* 642400N 101400E Norwegian Notice 16/60591/19 [NP57A--No 5--Wk 50/19] Norwegian Chart 309/15 [NP57B--No 1--Wk 02/18]

2--252 NP57B

Raudøyholmen -- Ørstafjorden — West coast -- Ellingsøya -- Taftasundet — Directions; light Vertical clearance

81 133

Paragraph 3.131 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 4.77 1 line 4 Replace by: 2 The track then leads SSE to a position SW of...... vertical clearance of 45 m, reported (2018), and has a navigable width... Norwegian Notice 8/58748/18 [NP57B--No 4--Wk 22/18] Norwegian Notice 17/59298/18 [NP57B--No 9--Wk 41/18] Møre og Romsdal -- Holmefjorden — Sector light 95 West coast -- Romsdalsfjorden -- Tomrefjorden -- Bårsneset — Directions; light sectors Paragraph 3.234 3 lines 7--8 Delete 147

Norwegian Notice 21/59559/18 Paragraph 4.198 2 line 2 For (140¼--144 and [NP57B--No 11--Wk 50/18] 148½--157½) Read (140-- 1 4 4  and 1485-- 1 5 7 5)

Møre og Romsdal -- Holmefjorden — Paragraph 4.198 3 line 6 Replace by: Directions; sector light ...covered by a red sector (144--147) of... 97 Paragraph 4.198 6 line 3 For (332¾-- 3 5 0 ) Read Paragraph 3.242 2 lines 2--4 Replace by: (3325-- 3 5 0 ) ...Grønnholmen Light, and thence SE, passing: Norwegian Notice 10/60259/19 Norwegian Notice 21/59559/18 [NP57B--No 27--Wk 26/19] [NP57B--No 12--Wk 50/18] South of Molde -- Tresfjorden — Directions; light Storfjorden -- Velteneset — Overhead power cables 152

104 Paragraph 4.253 3 lines 1--7 Replace by:

After Paragraph 3.307 2 line 4 Insert: 3 Thence the track continues SSE to a position W of Daugstad (623380N 70919E) and then S in Vertical clearance mid--channel to the head of the fjord. 3.307a 1 Two overhead power cables, with a least vertical Norwegian Notice 2/58407/18; ENC NO4E1514 clearance of 60 m, span Storfjorden between [NP57B--No 8--Wk 35/18] Velteneset (3.307) and Gausneset, 1 mile NE.

Norwegian Notice 8/58730/18 West coast -- Romsdalsfjorden -- Hovdeneset — Directions; light sectors [NP57B--No 5--Wk 22/18] 153 Åsefjorden -- Veddevika — Submarine pipeline Paragraph 4.267 3 line 7 For (126-- 1 3 8 ) Read 116 (1265-- 1 3 8 )

Paragraph 3.392 1 line 9 Replace by: Paragraph 4.267 4 line 3 For (246-- 2 4 9 ) Read ...30 m, sand, taking care to avoid a submarine pipeline. (2465-- 2 4 9 5)

Norwegian Notice 14/59112/18 [NP57B--No 7--Wk 35/18] Norwegian Notice 10/60263/19 [NP57B--No 28--Wk 26/19]

Møre og Romsdal -- Sula -- Mauseidvågen — Submarine cables West coast -- Romsdalsfjorden -- Hovdeneset — Directions; light sector 117 154 Paragraph 3.403 1 line 1 Replace by: Paragraph 4.281 1 line 7 For (302-- 3 3 5 ) Read 1 Anchorage may be obtained, avoiding charted (304-- 3 3 5 5) submarine cables, in Mauseidvågen...

Norwegian Notice 21/60797/19 Norwegian Notice 10/60263/19 [NP57B--No 45--Wk 51/19] [NP57B--No 29--Wk 26/19]

2--253 NP57B

West coast -- East--south--east of Molde -- West coast -- Hustadvika -- Kvitholmen — Langfjorden -- Åfarnes — Directions; light sector Directions; light sectors 187 154 Paragraph 5.70 2 line 10 For 230--235 Read 2315--236 Paragraph 4.289 1 line(s) 3--4 Replace by: ...sectors (0530-- 0 5 8 0 or 0640--0735)of Norwegian Notice 11/60331/19 Herjeskjæret Light (624022N 73032E), passing: [NP57B--No 31--Wk 29/19]

Paragraph 4.289 1 line(s) 8 For (058--064½) Read North--west coast – Ramngapet-- (058--0643) Stavneset — Directions; light

Paragraph 4.289 2 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: 193 Paragraph 5.111 4 line 7 For 090 5 Read 091 5 2 Either side of Hestholmen (623938N     72690E), covered by the green sector (0600-- 0 6 4 0) of Herjeskjæret Light, thence: Norwegian Notice 6/60020/19 [NP57B--No 17--Wk 18/19] Norwegian Notice 5/59973/19 [NP57B--No 14--Wk 15/19] West coast -- Lauvøyfjorden -- Vevangstraumen — Directions; light Nogvafjorden -- Flemsøya — 197--198 Directions; light sector Paragraph 5.154 3 lines 1--8 Replace by: 158 3 ENE of Vevang Light (starboard hand, floodlit) Paragraph 4.334 1 line 3 For (1265--135) Read (630040N 71851E). (1275-- 1 3 5 5) Thence the track continues into Lauvøyfjorden leading either ENE to pass N of Mannsholmen Norwegian Notice 12/58954/18 (630040N 71930E), or SE to pass SW of [NP57B--No 6--Wk 31/18] Mannsholmen. Norwegian Notice 16/60572/19 West coast -- Gossa -- Røssøyvågen — [NP57B--No 38--Wk 42/19] Directions; lights 164--165 West coast -- Kornstadfjorden -- Averøya -- Grønmyr — Directions; light sectors Paragraph 4.372 1 lines 7--9 Replace by: 199 Directions. From a position S of Kjølingen Light (4.370), the track leads SE, passing: Paragraph 5.164 1 line(s) 4 For (101½--105) Read (1015-- 1 0 6 0) Paragraph 4.372 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: Paragraph 5.164 2 line(s) 2 For (321½-- 3 4 2 ½) Read 2 NE of Sinkelen (62 49 42N 6 46 72E), marked     (3200-- 3 4 2 5) by an iron perch, thence:

Norwegian Notice 17/60616/19 Norwegian Notice 5/59966/19 [NP57B--No 41--Wk 43/19] [NP57B--No 15--Wk 15/19]

West coast -- Freifjorden -- Freines — Approaches to Budadjupet -- Directions; light Bjørnsund — Directions; light 166 204 Paragraph 5.214 3 line(s) 3--4 Replace by: Paragraph 4.386 1 line(s) 3 For (138--164) Read (138--1615) At night, a track leads SE with the line of bearing 321, astern, of Freines Light into the N part of... Norwegian Notice 4/59825/19 Norwegian Notice 11/30343/19 [NP57B--No 13--Wk 13/19] [NP57B--No 32--Wk 29/19]

North--west coast -- Hustadvika -- North--west coast -- Ytrefjorden -- Kråksundet — Directions; light sector Griphølen — Directions; light 183 209

Paragraph 5.49 1 line 4 For (140-- 1 4 2 ) Read Paragraph 5.262 3 lines 3--5 Replace by: (141--1425) ...danger), and covered by a red sector (2779-- 2 8 3 2), astern, of Grip Light and a green Norwegian Notice 7/60119/19 sector (124--1271), ahead, of [NP57B--No 20--Wk 20/19] Lyktlangholmen...

2--254 NP57B

Paragraph 5.262 5 line 2 For (113--123 and 126--130) West coast -- Trongfjorden -- Torjulvågen — Read (1131--1228 and 1271--1307) Directions; light 222 Paragraph 5.262 5 line(s) 6 For (285--291½ and 275½--278) Read (2845--2906 and 2743--2779) Paragraph 5.350 1 line(s) 6--8 Replace by: ...track leads SW, passing: Norwegian Notice 13/60453/19 Norwegian Notice 16/60613/19 [NP57B--No 34--Wk 34/19] [NP57B--No 40--Wk 42/19]

West coast -- Kristiansund -- Talgsjøen -- North--west coast -- Surnadalsfjorden -- Kvitneset — Directions; light sector Torvika — Directions; light sectors

211 223 Paragraph 5.369 1 line 3 For (074-- 0 9 8 ) Read Paragraph 5.274 1 line(s) 5 For (157½--178) Read (0745-- 0 9 8 5) (1585-- 1 7 8 5)

Paragraph 5.369 2 line 5 For (250-- 2 6 0 ) Read Norwegian Notice 5/60006/19 (2505-- 2 6 1 ) [NP57B--No 16--Wk 15/19] Norwegian Notice 7/60092/19 [NP57B--No 21--Wk 20/19] West coast -- Freifjorden -- Årsundøya — Directions; light sectors North--west coast -- Trongfjorden -- Askneset — 218 Directions; light sector 223 Paragraph 5.319 1 line 3 For (121--170) Read (137--1695) Paragraph 5.369 4 line 3 For (264-- 2 7 4 ) Read (263-- 2 6 6 5) Paragraph 5.319 2 line 2 For (030--042½) Read (0295-- 0 4 2 5) Norwegian Notice 7/60096/19 [NP57B--No 22--Wk 20/19] Norwegian Notice 10/60263/19 [NP57B--No 30--Wk 26/19] North--west coast -- Trongfjorden -- Askneset — Directions; light sector

North--west coast – Halsafjorden -- 224 Fåråneset — Directions; light Paragraph 5.379 1 line 3 For (246-- 2 5 4 ) Read (246-- 2 5 3 ) 220

Paragraph 5.337 1 line 3 For 204 Read 202 Norwegian Notice 7/60096/19 [NP57B--No 23--Wk 20/19]

Norwegian Notice 6/60056/19 Møre og Romsdal -- Vinjefjorden — Directions; [NP57B--No 18--Wk 18/19] light

228 West coast -- Trongfjorden -- Bøfjorden — Directions; light Paragraph 5.417 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by:

221 1 From a position SE of Arøya (631083N 83538E), the track leads E, passing:

Paragraph 5.342 1 line(s) 5--7 Replace by: Paragraph 5.417 2 line(s) 1--10 Replace by:

NNW of Stakkneset (630053N 82079E). 2 Nofanislet(631116N 84410E) at the entrance to Engdalen (5.420), thence: Paragraph 5.342 4 line(s) 1--7 Delete N of Hovdehammeren Light (post, 10 m in height) (631178N 85035E), standing on the N side of Paragraph 5.343 1 line 3 Replace by: an elongated hill on the S side of the fjord. Thence the track continues E to the head of the ...Bøfjorden, in depths of 19 m and... fjord.

Norwegian Notice 16/60613/19 Norwegian Notice 21/60814/19 [NP57B--No 39--Wk 42/19] [NP57B--No 46--Wk 51/19]

2--255 NP57B

Norway – North--west coast – Nordmørsfjordane North--west coast -- Dromnessundet — -- Edøyfjorden — Directions; light Directions; light sectors

230 252 --253 Paragraph 6.108 2--5 Replace by: Paragraph 5.433 2 line 4 For 147 Read 148 2 At night tracks lead NNW and N in white sectors, astern, of Rognannes Light (632295N 83884E) Norwegian Notice 6/60030/19 through two of the channels into Trondheimsleia as [NP57B--No 19--Wk 18/19] follows: 3 Track NNW, in white sector (155--1605), North of Kristiansund -- Grip — astern, passes ENE of Galtfluin (632412N Directions; light sector 83745E), marked by an iron perch, and WSW of Storflua, 2½ cables ENE, marked by 237 an iron perch and by Storflua Light Beacon (framework tower, 13 m in height). Paragraph 6.14 1 line(s) 3 For 132--182 Read 4 Track N, in white sector (169 5 -- 1 7 8 ), astern, 1332--182.9    passes E of Storflua (632425N 83800E) and W of shoal ground fronting Skarpneset, Norwegian Notice 20/60750/19 3½ cables ESE, noting that a rock with a [NP57B--No 43--Wk 48/19] depth of 80 m lies within the white sector 1¼ cables E of Storflua Light Beacon. West coast -- Tustna -- Klakken — 5 Also, a track WNW in a red sector (110--128), Directions; light sector astern, of Rognannes Light and in a white sector (2845-- 2 8 7 ), ahead, of Værøyene Light (632467N 241 82731E) passes NNE of Skipnesodden (632350N 83510E), the N--most point of Skardsøya, and SSW Paragraph 6.31 3 line 7 Replace by: of Skipnestaren, 3 cables NE, marked by an iron ...lies within a green sector (2335-- 0 0 6 5) of... perch, noting that a rock with a depth of 60 m lies within the white sector of Værøyene Light 1¼ cables Norwegian Notice 17/59202/18 SSE of Skipnestaren. [NP57B--No 10--Wk 41/18] (Directions for Trondheimsleia are given at 6.125)

North--west coast -- Ytrefjorden -- Hammarsundet Norwegian Notice 7/60085/19 — Directions; light sector [NP57B--No 26--Wk 20/19]

241 West coast -- Trondheimsleia -- South--west part -- Edøya to Værøyane — Directions Paragraph 6.31 3 line 7 including existing Section IV Notice Week 41/18. Replace by: 253 Paragraph 6.113 3 line(s) 5--6 Replace by: …lies within a red sector (233--007)of… ...dangers are covered by a green sector Norwegian Notice 7/60088/19 (0435-- 0 5 1 5) of Klakksbroren Light [NP57B--No 24--Wk 20/19] (632130N... Norwegian Notice 14/60499/19 North--west coast -- Trondheimsleia -- [NP57B--No 36--Wk 36/19] Gjerdavika -- Morøya — Directions; light West coast -- Trondheimsleia -- South--west part 250 -- Lesundet — Directions Paragraph 6.84 2 line(s) 2--3 For (133-- 1 3 7  and 254 235-- 2 4 4 ) Read (134-- 1 3 6  and 2347-- 2 4 3 9) Paragraph 6.116 2 line(s) 6 Replace by: Norwegian Notice 13/60453/19 ...a white sector (3185--3265), astern, of Klakksbroren... [NP57B--No 35--Wk 34/19] Norwegian Notice 14/60499/19 [NP57B--No 37--Wk 36/19] North--west coast -- Dromnessundet -- Rogntangan — Directions; light sector West coast -- Trondheimsleia -- Hamnvik — Directions; light sector 252 257 Paragraph 6.107 3 line 6 For (313--315) Read Paragraph 6.145 2 line(s) 2 For (1425--157) Read (313 --314 )   (1436-- 1 5 7 3)

Norwegian Notice 7/60085/19 Norwegian Notice 12/60362/19 [NP57B--No 25--Wk 20/19] [NP57B--No 33--Wk 32/19]

2--256 NP57B

West coast -- Trondheimsfjorden -- Bindalsfjorden -- Fiskarosen and Skjelsviksjøen Hindremsbukta — Submarine cable — Anchorages

281 91 Paragraph 3.185 2 lines 1--2 Delete After Paragraph 6.355 1 line 6 Insert: Caution. A submarine cable is laid within Paragraph 3.186 2 lines 1--2 Delete Hindremsbukta, about 6 cables NNE of Amborneset. Norwegian Notice 23/54567/15 [NP58A/No.2/Wk.01/16] Norwegian Notice 19/60736/19 [NP57B--No 42--Wk 46/19] Bindalsfjorden -- Sørfjorden -- Terråk — Anchorage; submarine cables

Beitstadfjorden -- Beitstadsundet -- 93 Hjellbotn — Vertical clearance Paragraph 3.200 2 line(s) 7--8 Replace by: 288 ...immediately WSW of Terråk, avoiding submarine cables, in depths from 15 to 20 m, sand and clay. After Paragraph 6.444 1 line 7 Insert: Norwegian Notice 12/60392/19 2 A bridge (640577N 112005E), with a vertical [NP58A--No 69--Wk 32/19] clearance of 23 m, spans the entrance to Hjellbotn (6.452). Melsteinen – Helgelandsflesa — Directions; racon Norwegian Notice 20/60772/19 [NP57B--No 44--Wk 48/19] 96

After Paragraph 3.232 2 line 2 Insert: Halten and Kaura to Vikna – General information — Pilotage Other aids to navigation 3.232a 331 1 Racon: Helgelandsflesa Light (tower, 7 m in height) Paragraph 8.4 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: (651300N 115319E). For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals 1 Pilots board, with prior agreement, at: Volume 2. Raudøyleia (642400N 101400E); Grinna (644400N 105800E). 99 Norwegian Chart 309/15 [NP57B--No 2--Wk 02/18] Paragraph 3.251 heading Replace by:

Namsos – Arrival information — Pilotage Directions Other aids to navigation 360 3.250a 1 Racon: Paragraph 8.249 1 lines 1--2 For Grinna (644400N Helgelandsflesa Light (tower, 7 m in height) 105800E) Read Raudøyleia (642400N 101400E) (651300N 115319E). For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Norwegian Chart 309/15 [NP57B--No 3--Wk 02/18] Norway Coastal Administration [NP58A/No.3/Wk.07/17]

NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2015 Edition) Ylvingsfjorden -- Rørøya — Anchorage 129

Gjerdinga -- Korsholmen — Light Paragraph 4.42 6 lines 4--6 Delete

73 Norwegian Notice 8/55276/16 [NP58A/No.4/Wk.21/16]

Paragraph 3.54 1 lines 5--8 Replace by: Mindværfjorden -- Trosundet — Directions; light NNW of a rock awash marked by Korsholmen N Light (floodlit) (645656N 112862E), fronting the N 140 side of Korsholmen (645646N 112864E), Paragraph 4.123 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: thence: 1 From a position about 1 mile SW of Stokkaskjæret Norwegian Notice 16/55896/16 [NP58A/No.1/Wk.38/16] (654591N 123118E) the track leads N, passing:

2--257 NP58A

Paragraph 4.123 5 lines 3--5 Replace by: Nordfjorden -- Hellarvika — Overhead cable

Thence the track continues N, passing: 215

Norwegian Notice 9/55336/16 [NP58A/No.5/Wk.23/16] Paragraph 5.108 2 line 5 For 40 m Read 35 m

Norwegian Notice 14/53775/15 [NP58A/No.11/Wk.34/15] Vefsnfjorden -- Bjørga — Overhead cable North part of Kvarøyfjorden and Rødøfjorden to 142 Skarsfjorden – Tjongsfjorden — Anchorage

Paragraph 4.142 including heading Replace by: 219

Paragraph 5.133 1 lines 1--4 including heading Replace by: Spare 4.142 Spare Norwegian Notice 12/53625/15 [NP58A/No.6/Wk.29/15] 5.133 Norwegian Notice 5/56985/17 [NP58A/No.12/Wk.15/17] Dønna -- Sørøyvågen — Overhead cable Ternholmfjorden -- Ternholmen -- 170 Kalsholmen Light — Directions

Paragraph 4.320 1 lines 6--7 Replace by: 224 ...harbour. Paragraph 5.162 1 lines 4--5 Delete Vertical clearance. The inner harbour is spanned by an overhead power cable with a safe vertical clearance of 13 m. Norwegian NM 3/54949/16 [NP58A/No.13/Wk.09/16]

Norwegian Notice 14/55784/16 [NP58A/No.7/Wk.33/16] Meløyfjorden -- Jektvika — Directions; light; buoyage

Tomma -- Alsøyvågen — Overhead cable 229

175 Paragraph 5.191 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:

Paragraph 4.349 1 lines 3--5 Replace by: 2 E of Grønøybåen (664780N 132694E) lying at the end of a spit extending from the NW entrance Vertical clearance. The inlet is spanned by an point of Jektvika; it is marked by Grønøybåen Light overhead power cable with a safe vertical clearance of (664780N 132695E) (floodlit). And: 17 m, 8 cables NNE of the entrance. Norwegian Notice 11/55509/16 [NP58A/No.14/Wk.27/16] Norwegian Notice 14/55740/16 [NP58A/No.8/Wk.33/16] Ternholmfjorden -- Ternholmen -- Kalsholmen Ternholmfjorden -- Ternholmen -- Light — Directions Kalsholmen Light — Directions 231 194 Paragraph 5.209 2 lines 1--2 Delete Paragraph 5.10 lines 1--4 Replace by: Norwegian NM 3/54949/16 [NP58A/No.15/Wk.09/16] Spare 5.10 Gåsværfjorden -- Gåsvær — Directions; light Paragraph 5.11 5 lines 1--3 Replace by: 231 5 The track then leads to a position WNW of After Paragraph 5.209 2 line 2 Insert: Ternholman (17 miles NE), from which Kalsholmen Light (tower, 13 m in height) (665481N 130552E) Other aids to navigation is exhibited. 5.209a Norwegian NM 3/54949/16 [NP58A/No.9/Wk.09/16] 1 Racon: Gåsværbåen Light (665235N 132221E).

Træna -- Husøyhamn — Anchorage 232

201 Paragraph 5.213 3 lines 4--5 Replace by:

Paragraph 5.26 2 lines 1--5 Delete W of Gåsværbåen Light (1 mile ENE), marked on its W side by a buoy (W cardinal).

Norwegian Notice 5/55052/16 [NP58A/No.10/Wk.14/16] Norwegian NM 20/54356/15 [NP58A/No.16/Wk.48/15]

2--258 NP58A

Gåsværfjorden -- Gåsvær — Directions; buoy Fugløyfjorden -- Haggeren — Light

232 249 Paragraph 7.43 2 line 3 Replace by: Paragraph 5.213 3 lines 4--5 including existing Section IV Notice Week 48/15 Replace by: ...the E side of Fleina. Haggeren Light (670611N 135589E) is exhibited from the above--water rock. W of Gåsværbåen Light (665235N 132221E). Thence: Norwegian Notice 11/55473/16 Norwegian Notice 14/53864/15 [NP58A/No.17/Wk.27/16] [NP58A/No.21/Wk.34/15]

Ternholmfjorden -- Ternholmen -- Fleinsundet -- Stabben — Light Kalsholmen Light — Directions 249 234 Paragraph 7.43 2 lines 7--9 Replace by: Paragraph 5.229 1 lines 6--7 Delete ESE of Stabben (9 cables NW), from which a light (post) (670665N 135759E) is exhibited. A 235 rock with a depth of 9 m, lies 4 cables NE of Stabben. And: Paragraph 5.230 4 line 4 For 5.10 Read 5.11 Norwegian Notice 15/53882/15 [NP58A/No.22/Wk.37/15] 238

Paragraph 6.9 2 line 1--2 Delete Fugløyfjorden -- Hestøya and Stongholmgrunnen — Light

241 250

Paragraph 7.48 3 lines 4--6 Replace by: Paragraph 7.7 2 lines 3--4 Delete ENE of a rock (670739N 135820E) with a depth of 18 m, lying off the N side of Gjellarholmen, and 242 Hestøya Light (post) (670743N 135789E) 1 cable ENE, thence: Paragraph 7.12 2 line 1 Delete Norwegian Notice 15/53889/15 Norwegian NM 3/54949/16 [NP58A/No.18/Wk.09/16] [NP58A/No.23a/Wk.37/15]

Støttvær -- Svenningen and Støtt — Light Fugløyfjorden -- Hestøya and Stongholmgrunnen — Light 248 250

Paragraph 7.38 3 line 7 Replace by: Paragraph 7.48 4 lines 3--5 Replace by: ...rock awash to the NW, from which Bonetskjær WSW of Stongholmgrunnen (670766N NW Light (floodlit) (665613N 132706E) is 135844E) from which a light (post) is exhibited. exhibited. The... Norwegian Notice 14/53808/15 Norwegian Notice 14/53858/15 [NP58A/No.23b/Wk.37/15] [NP58A/No.19/Wk.34/15] Saltfjorden east part -- Sennvika — Fugløyfjorden -- Røssøya — Light Directions; light 249 258

Paragraph 7.43 1 lines 5--7 Replace by: Paragraph 7.109 1 lines 8--10 Replace by: WNW of Røssøyskjæran (2¾ miles SSW), the NW ...for a farther 4 miles, to a position off Vikan (67181N skerry from which Røssøyskjæran Light (post) 14423E) (7.121), near the head of the fjord. (670422N 135517E) is exhibited. A beacon Paragraph 7.114 4 lines 3--4 Replace by: (black tower) stands on the islet close SSE. Thence: The track then leads to a position off Vikan (67181N 14423E) (7.121). Norwegian Notice 15/53888/15 [NP58A/No.20/Wk.37/15] Norwegian NM 20/54296/15 [NP58A/No.24/Wk.48/15]

2--259 NP58A

Bodø and approaches -- Alternative south--west Vågøyan -- Akseløya — Submarine pipeline approach -- Hernesskagleia and Røssøyleia — Directions; lights 279

272 Paragraph 7.254 3 lines 6--7 Replace by:

Paragraph 7.212 3 lines 1--6 Replace by: Between Akseløya (1½ miles E) and Brattholmen, in depths from 14 to 17 m, sand and clay. A 3 NW of Lyngholman (3½ cables NE), a small islet submarine pipeline lies close S of this anchorage. from which Nordre Lyngholmen Light (floodlit) (671556N 141730E) is exhibited, thence: Norwegian Notice 14/57550/17 SE of Røssøya (5 cables NNE), an elongated island [NP58A/No.54/Wk.34/17] from which Røsøyskjær Southwest Light (floodlit) (671572N 141717E) is exhibited, and: Karlsøyfjorden -- Helløya -- Helløyskjær — NW of Nordskagskjæran (7½ cables NE), an islet Directions; light sectors and foul ground marked by Hernesskagen North Light (floodlit) (671576N 141820E). 282

Paragraph 7.212 6 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 7.270 4 lines 1--4 Replace by:

6 NW of Kvitrøskallen (8 cables NE), marked by a 4 Thence, on passing clear of Helløyskjæret, the light beacon (floodlit) (671635N 141991E), track leads NW, passing: thence: Norwegian Notice 13/57533/17 [NP58A/No.53/Wk.32/17] Paragraph 7.213 1 lines 1--11 Replace by:

1 At night the track leads initially NE within the Vestfjorden -- Grøtøya — Route; light white sector (0165--0875) of Hernesskagen Light (671528N 141676E) into the 297 Hernesskagleia channel; the track then Paragraph 8.33 Replace by: continues to lead NE between Lyngholmen Light (floodlit) and Røsøyskjær Southwest 1 From a position close E of Sildeskjær (674838N Light (floodlit); thence between Hernesskagen 144353E) the route leads initially NNW, for a short North Light (floodlit) and Røsøyskjær Light. distance, and thence NE through Grøtøysundet Thence, when abreast of Røsøyskjær Light, (67500N 14460E), for 2½ miles, to a position the track leads NE within the white sector 1 cable E of Kattlorten Light (floodlit) (675058N (0448-- 0 4 8 2) of Nyholmen Light (671718N 144718E). The narrow and shallow channel through 142190E) to a position off the entrance to Grøtøysundet connects the inner part of the inner harbour, SW of the light. Andholmfjorden with Breidsundet (67530N 14440E) and Vestfjorden; it forms a critical part of Indreleia Norwegian Notices 20/56165, 56166, 56169, 56170, (2.1), and is much used. 56172/16 [NP58A/No.25/Wk.48/16] 2 Thence from Kattlorten Light, the following two channels lead out into Breidsundet, clear water being Bodø -- Nyholmsundet — reached about 1 mile NW of Kjuklingan (675138N Directions; light sectors 144732E): Kjuklingleia, the channel, passing between 272 Kjuklingflu Light (675121N 144733E) and Paragraph 7.215 1 Replace by: Kjuklingan Beacon. 3 Helligholmleia, the channel passing S of 1 At night, Hjartøysundet and Nyholmsundet are Kjuklingflu Light. approached from the N within a white sector Thence from the position NW of Kjuklingan the (151--187) of Lille Hjartøy NE Point Light, if passing route leads NW through Breidsundet, for 4½ miles, out W of Løpsholmen (672032N 142389E) and into Vestfjorden, joining the coastal route (8.52) WNW Løpsholmtaren, or within a white sector of Flatøya (67553N 14461E). (1975-- 2 0 1 5) of the same light, if passing E of Løpsholmen and Løpsholmtaren. Norwegian Notice 22/58202/2017 [NP58A--No 57--Wk 02/18] Norwegian Notice 24/59657/18 [NP58A--No 61--Wk 05/19] Måløy Skarholmen and Folda to Flatøya -- Main Inshore Route -- Sildeskjær to Vestfjorden by way of Grøtøysundet and Bodø -- Nyholmsundet — Directions; light sector Breidsundet — Depths

276 298

Paragraph 7.238 3 line 3 For (1981--202) Read Paragraph 8.34 2 line 1 Delete (1975-- 2 0 1 5) Paragraph 8.34 2 line 2 For 45m Read 40m Norwegian Notice 24/59657/18 [NP58A--No 62--Wk 05/19] Norwegian Chart 67 [NP58A/No.26/Wk.10/17]

2--260 NP58A

Vestfjorden -- Heligholmen — Depths 4 NW of Løkskjær Light (cairn, 7 m in height, floodlit) (674960N 144512E), thence: 298 To a position 1½ cables SW of Lille Manshausen Light (floodlit) (674996N 144589E). Paragraph 8.34 including existing Section IV Notice week 10/17 Replace by: Paragraph 8.41 including heading Replace by: Lille Manshausen to Kattlorten 1 Grøtøysundet, which is 30 m wide, has a dredged 8.41 depth of 49 m. Controlling depths in the N entrance channels to Grøtøysundet are as follows: 1 From a position 1½ cables SW of Lille Manshausen (674996N 144589E) the track leads ENE, passing: Kjuklingleia -- least depth 40 m, abreast Kjuklingflu Light. SSE of Lille Manshausen Light, thence: NNW of Lille Manshausholmen Light (67 49 98N Helligholmleia -- least depth 70 m, abreast   14 46 26E), thence: Helligholmøra Light (675102N 144786E).   SSE of the islet of Mannshausen (675009N Norwegian Notice 22/58202/2017 144636E), thence: [NP58A--No 58--Wk 02/18] 2 NNW of Morøy Light (675005N 144676E), thence: NNW of the mainland shore (675006N Måløy Skarholmen and Folda to Flatøya -- 144693E), close W of the berths at Nordskot Main Inshore Route -- Sildeskjær to Vestfjorden (8.47). by way of Grøtøysundet and Breidsundet — Directions; caution Thence the track leads N, passing: 3 E of Manshaussnaget Light (metal column, 298 floodlit) (675016N 144684E), thence: E of Maltsekken (675033N 144679E), marked After Paragraph 8.39 1 line 7 Insert: by two iron perches, thence: W of a light (floodlit) (675041N 144703E), Caution exhibited from a position on the 2 m contour line, 8.39a close W of Nordskotskjæret, an area of foul 1 Fairway deepening project is in progress (2017) ground. A beacon stands on the NW side of from the vicinity of Sildeskjær (8.28) to Kjuklingan Nordskotskjæret. (8.43), planned to complete mid 2017. Temporary 4 The track then leads NE, passing NW of marks will be deployed until permanent marks are Nordskotskjæret, the NE end of which is marked by established. Mariners are advised to navigate with an iron perch, to a position 1 cable E of Kattlorten caution. Light (8.33), from which point two channels lead out into Breidsundet. Norwegian Notice 23/56356(T)/16 Paragraph 8.42 including heading Replace by: [NP58A/No.27/Wk.10/17] Spare 8.42 Vestfjorden -- Grøtøysundet — Directions Paragraph 8.43 Replace by: 298--299 Kattlorten to Breidsundet 8.43 Paragraph 8.40 Replace by: 1 Kjuklingleia -- caution. Depending on the sea 1 From a position close E of Sildeskjær (674838N conditions in Kjuklingleia, there is a risk of running 144353E) the track leads initially NNW, passing aground on light sand. ENE of rocks awash lying on the W side of the Track. From a position 1 cable E of Kattlorten Light fairway, NNW of Sildeskjær. The track then leads N, (675058N 144718E) the track leads initially NNE passing: for about 3¾ cables to a position 1½ cables SSE of W of Andersdraget (674874N 144351E), an Steigtinden (675113N 144790E). The track then above--water rock marked by a beacon (black leads NW, passing: tower), and: 2 SW of Nordskotflaket (675109N 144816E), 2 E of Skipvollholmane (674882N 144297E), marked by a buoy (port hand), thence: consisting of three small islets lying on drying NE of Helligholmøra Light (post, 14 m in height, ground. Skipvollholmen Light (post, 7 m in floodlit) (675102N 144786E); a beacon height, floodlit) (674885N 144312E) is stands at the NE end of Helligholmen, close WSW exhibited close ENE. And: of the light. Thence: W of Andersdraget Light (post, 5 m in height, floodlit) 3 Between a rock (675126N 144759E) with a (674881N 144350E). depth of 30 m, lying on the NE side of the 3 The track then leads NE through the shallow part fairway, and Kjuklingflua Light (tripod, 11 m in of Grøtøysundet, marked by floodlit posts, passing: height), to the SW, thence: NW of Andersøya (674892N 144377E), an islet, SW of Kjuklingan (675138N 144732E), marked thence: by a beacon (post). SE of Langholmen Light (674904N 144367E), The track then leads to a position about 1 mile NW exhibited off the SE side of Langholmen. of Kjuklingan (675138N 144732E). SE of Astreaholmen Light (post, 5 m in height, (Directions continue, for Breidsundet at 8.45 floodlit) (674924N 144416E), thence: and for Flagsundet at 8.61)

2--261 NP58A

Paragraph 8.44 Replace by: Skjettenfjorden -- Husøyvær -- Bolsøygalten — Directions; light sector 1 Helligholmleia, the W channel, is the safest exit in rough seas, but it is tortuous. From a position 1 cable 304 E of Kattlorten Light (675058N 144718E) the track leads initially NNE for about 4 cables to a position Paragraph 8.80 2 line 3 For (017--020) Read ½ cable ESE of Helligholmøra light (8.43). (0165-- 0 2 0 ) 2 The track then leads NW, for about 2 cables. Thence Helligholmleia is entered by making a sharp Norwegian Notice 24/59658/18 alteration of course W, passing S and then W of [NP58A--No 64--Wk 05/19] Kjuklingflua Light (8.43). The track then leads to a position about 1 mile NW Skjettenfjorden -- Husøyvær -- Bolsøygalten — of Kjuklingan. Directions; light sector (Directions continue, for Breidsundet at 8.45 305 and for Flagsundet at 8.61) Paragraph 8.85 3 line 8 For (089--093) Read Norwegian Notices 22/58137; 58143; 58199; 58182; (089-- 0 9 2 5) 58183; 58200; 58202; 58157/17 & ENC NO5D2529 [NP58A--No 59--Wk 02/18] Norwegian Notice 24/59658/18 [NP58A--No 65--Wk 05/19] Vestfjorden -- Grøtøysundet — Anchorage Tysfjorden -- Kjøpsviksundet — 299 Vertical clearance

Paragraph 8.46 including heading Delete 327

Paragraph 9.83 1 line 2 For 38 m Read 35 m Norwegian Notice 3/56761/17 [NP58A/No.28/Wk.10/17]

Norwegian NM 21/54443/15 [NP58A/No.30/Wk.49/15] Grøtøysundet – Nordskot — Anchorage Tysfjorden -- Hellmofjorden -- 299 Musken — Anchorage

Paragraph 8.47 1 line 4 Replace by: 330 ...harbour. Paragraph 9.104 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: Anchorage can be obtained 1 cable N of the harbour, in a depth of 17 m, shells. 1 Description. Musken (675346N 161315E), a A second anchorage is located 1½ cables E of the cove with an alongside berth, is situated on the W harbour, in a depth of 7 m, mud. side of the fjord. A marine farm is moored ENE of the cove with ground tackle extending up to 3½ cables Norwegian Notice 10/57197/17 from it. [NP58A/No.29/Wk.26/17] Norwegian Notice 2/54822/16 [NP58A/No.31/Wk.07/16] Skjettenfjorden -- Husøyvær -- Bolsøygalten — Directions; light sector Tysfjorden -- Grunnfjorden — Directions

302 331

Paragraph 8.65 4 line 2 For (043-- 0 5 2 ) Read Paragraph 9.115 2 lines 4--6 Replace by: (043--0515) WSW of Glettigrunnen (11 miles SSW), marked by an iron perch, thence:

Norwegian Notice 24/59658/18 Paragraph 9.115 3 lines 3--4 Delete [NP58A--No 63--Wk 05/19]

Norwegian Notice 16/53925/15 [NP58A/No.32/Wk.39/15] Skjettenfjorden -- Bogen — Anchorage Mannfjorden -- Verka — Overhead cable 304 331 Paragraph 8.79 1 lines 4--8 Delete Paragraph 9.118 1 line 8 For 65 m Read 48 m Norwegian Notice 13/60402/19 [NP58A--No 70--Wk 34/19] Norwegian Notice 14/53795/15 [NP58A/No.33/Wk.34/15]

2--262 NP58A

Tysfjorden -- Hulløysundet -- After Paragraph 9.190 1 line 4 Insert: Hamnvika — Anchorage Regulations concerning entry 331 9.190a 1 Wind and waves. The following restrictions apply Paragraph 9.123 including heading Replace by: to anchoring: Anchoring is not permitted when the average wind Spare speed is 18 m/s or when such wind has been 9.123 forecast within the next 24 hours. When the average windspeed exceeds 18 m/s, Norwegian NM 3/54942/16 [NP58A/No.34/Wk.09/16] vessels at anchor must have a tug available or leave their anchorage position. Efjorden -- Straumøya and Hellarneset — 2 At the Framnes North anchorage (682652N Overhead cable 172150E), the above applies for an average windspeed of 19 m/s. At the Vidrek anchorage 334 (682440N 170990E), the above applies for an average windspeed of 20 m/s. Paragraph 9.132 4 line 7 For 16 m Read 12 m 343 Norwegian Notice 13/53764/15 Paragraph 9.196 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: [NP58A/No.35/Wk.34/15] 1 There is good anchorage for large vessels in the centre of Narvikbukta, with depths from 22 to 25 m, in Ofotfjorden -- Geiskevika — Anchorage the following positions: 335 Ytre Straumen (682552N 172381E). Kleiva (682527N 172495E). Paragraph 9.142, including heading Replace by: Pilots will advise on the selection of berths. See also 9.190a for restrictions on anchoring. Spare 344 9.142 After Paragraph 9.203 5 line 6 Insert: Norwegian Notice 7/55217/16 [NP58A/No.36/Wk.20/16] Outer anchorages Narvik -- Vidrek -- Herjangsfjorden — Anchorages 9.203a 1 Outer anchorages for Narvik, with depths from 20 340 to 60 m, are available in the S part of Herjangsfjorden as follows: After Paragraph 9.174 2 line 9 Insert: Herjangen One (682950N 172585E). Herjangen Two (682892N 172560E). Vidrek Herjangen Three (682820N 172510E). 9.174a The Herjangen anchorages are outside the Narvik 1 There is an outer anchorage for Narvik, with depths Port Authority’s jurisdiction, but the pilot should be from 50 to 70 m, in position 682440N 170990E, consulted. NNE of Vidrek. For further information and anchorage restrictions see 9.188a and 9.190a. Norwegian Notice 03/52893/15 [NP58A/No.37/Wk.22/15] 341 Ofotfjorden -- Rombaken — Vertical clearances After Paragraph 9.188 1 line 1 Insert: 345 Outer anchorages Paragraph 9.209 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: 9.188a 1 Outer anchorages for Narvik are as follows: 1 Hålogalands Bro, a suspension bridge with a Vidrek (682440N 170990E) (9.174a). vertical clearance of 40 m, spans the entrance to Framnes North (682652N 172150E). Rombaken in the vicinity of Øyjordneset (682788N Framnes South (682606N 172160E). 172860E). Herjangen One (682950N 172585E). 2 Straumen (682650N 174236E) is spanned by a Herjangen Two (682892N 172569E). road bridge with a vertical clearance of 405m andby Herjangen Three (682820N 172510E). two overhead cables with safe vertical clearances of 2 Permission is required from Narvik Port Authority to 32 and 43 m. A third overhead cable, with a safe use the Vidrek, Framnes North and Framnes South vertical clearance of 44 m, spans Rombaksbotn, anchorages; the Herjangen anchorages are outside 7 cables SE of the road bridge. the Narvik Port Authority’s jurisdiction, but the pilot should be consulted. For restrictions applying to the Norwegian Notice 1/59721/19 Vidrek and Framnes North anchorages see 9.190a. [NP58A--No 66--Wk 07/19]

2--263 NP58A

Sørlandsvågen – Røssnesvågen — Lofoten -- Sørvagen and Moskenes — Beacon Directions; leading lights 368 357 Paragraph 11.23 1 lines 7--8 Replace by: NW of Kråka, from which a light (11.22) is exhibited, Paragraph 10.67 1 Replace by: thence: 1 Røssnesvågen. From a position about 1½ cables E Norwegian Notice 13/53698/15 of Ytre Seiklakken Light (10.66) the track initially leads [NP58A/No.41/Wk.33/15] NW passing (with positions relative to Ytre Seiklakken Light): Lofoten -- Nappstraumen -- Haugbukta — Directions; light sector Norwegian Notice 22/56348/16 [NP58A/No.38/Wk.01/17] 376 Paragraph 11.62 2 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: Værøy -- Sørlandsvågen -- Røssnesvågen — Directions; leading lights ...the white sector (2489-- 2 5 8 4), astern, of Napp Light, passing (with positions relative to Napp Light): 357 Paragraph 11.62 4 line(s) 4--7 Replace by:

Paragraph 10.67 1 lines 1--8 including existing Section IV ...marked by a buoy (starboard hand) (680853N Notice Week 01/17. Replace by: 133081E).

1 Røssnesvågen. Værøy Molo Leading Lights: Norwegian Notice 15/60510/19; ENC NO4F2626 Front light (post, floodlit, 14 m in height) (673902N [NP58A--No 80--Wk 38/19] 124322E). Rear light (post, 8 m in height) (50 m from front light). Lofoten -- Buksnesfjorden -- Leirværet to Ramsvikholmen — Directions; light sector From a position about 1½ cables E of Ytre Seiklakken Light (10.66) the track initially leads NW 377--378 on the alignment (317 ) of these lights, passing:  Paragraph 11.73 1--6 Replace by: Norwegian Notice 18/57769/17 1 From the position W of Leiværsbaren (680445N [NP58A--No 56--Wk 48/17] 133658E) the track continues to lead N through Buksnesfjorden, passing: Either side of Fjordbåen (680474N 133602E), Lofoten south--east side -- Moskenes — Light sector marked by a light beacon (isolated danger), which lies within the red sector (3463--3544)of 368 Buksnes Light (680706N 133499E), thence: 2 W of a patch (680506N 133715E), with a Paragraph 11.22 1 line 4 For (314--3257) Read depth of 63 m. Østre Skata, a rock awash (3177-- 3 2 7 0) marked by an iron perch, lies 1¾ cables ESE of this patch. Thence: W of Sandsundbåen (680514N 133737E), Norwegian Notice 20/60749/19 marked by an iron perch, lying off the W side of [NP58A--No 83--Wk 49/19] Bærøya, and: Lofoten -- Sørvagen and Moskenes — Beacon 3 E of an above--water rock (680515N 133532E), fringed on its W side by two 368 drying rocks, thence: E of a rock (680542N 133540E), with a depth of Paragraph 11.22 2 lines 4--5 Replace by: 90m,lying¾ cable NE of a small islet; Skata, ...light (post) is exhibited. Kråkungan,... marked by an iron perch, lies 1 cable SSW of the islet. Thence: Norwegian Notice 13/53698/15 4 E of a rock (680565N 133538E), with a [NP58A/No.39/Wk.33/15] depth of 4 m, fronting the W shore of the fjord, thence: Lofoten -- Moskenesøya -- Sørvågen — W of a rock (680586N 133701E), with a depth of Directions; leading line 08 m, lying on the W side of an area of foul ground, NW of Selneset, thence: 368 5 E of a rock (680622N 133544E), with a depth of 62 m, marked by a light buoy (port Paragraph 11.23 1 lines 3--5 Replace by: hand), and: Woftworocks(680624N 133686E), with depths ...13031E). Thence the track leads SW, passing (with of 55 and 50 m, lying in the approaches to Arvika. positions... 6 The track then leads to a position W of a patch Within Diagram Sørvågen and Moskenes, between (680677N 133656E), with a depth of 60m,lying Paragraphs 11.24 and 11.25, Delete leading lights and line off the SW side of Ramsvikholmen; this danger is for Sørvågen marked by a buoy (isolated danger). Norwegian Notice 15/60504/19; ENCs NO5E2627; Norwegian NM 20/54362/15 [NP58A/No.40/Wk.48/15] NO4E2627 [NP58A--No 81--Wk 38/19]

2--264 NP58A

Lofoten -- Vestvågøya -- Ballstad — Lofoten -- Henningsvær — Directions; light Directions; light 386 378 Paragraph 11.116 6 lines 4--5 Delete Paragraph 11.78 1 line 4 For (3093--3167) Read (314--3205) Norwegian NM 20/54297/15 [NP58A/No.42A/Wk.48/15]

Paragraph 11.78 2 line(s) 1--6 Replace by: Lofoten -- Henningsværstraumen -- Stamsund approaches — Directions; light sector 2 SW of Teistbåen Light (680388N 133411E) (11.72), thence: 388 SW of a shoal patch (680392N 133371E), and: Paragraph 11.123 2 line(s) 4 For (313½-- 3 1 9 ) Read Norwegian Notice 14/60475/19 (3145-- 3 1 9 ) [NP58A--No 78--Wk 37/19] Norwegian Notice 14/60479/19 Lofoten -- Vestvågøya -- Mortsund — [NP58A--No 77--Wk 37/19] Directions; light sector 381 Vestfjorden -- Henningsvær -- Festvåg — Directions; light sector Paragraph 11.83 10 line(s) 6 For (248--252) Read (1345-- 1 7 6 ) 391 Paragraph 11.131 3 line 4 For 052¾--067½ Read Norwegian Notice 14/60497/19 056-- 0 6 7 5 [NP58A--No 75--Wk 37/19] Norwegian Notice 13/60414/19 Lofoten -- Buksnesfjorden -- Leknes — [NP58A--No 71--Wk 34/19] Directions; light sector 381 Lofoten -- Gimsøya -- Kristenskjæran — Buoy

Paragraph 11.85 2 line(s) 6--7 Replace by: 394 ...(2052--2088), astern, of Buksnes Light, passing: Paragraph 11.152 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: 1 Description. There are several anchorages in the Norwegian Notice 15/60504/19; ENC NO5E2627 channel W of Kristenskjæran (68 19 1N 14 15 7E), [NP58A--No 82--Wk 38/19]     which is marked by iron perches.

Vestfjorden -- Brandsholmsfallan — Notice 11/58900/18 [NP58A--No 60--Wk 29/18] Directions; light buoys 382 Lofoten -- Henningsvær — Directions; light

Paragraph 11.89 1 lines 5--10 Replace by: 398 SSE of Brandsholmsfallan (680315N 133998E) Paragraph 12.11 5 lines 5--6 Delete (2¼ miles SW), an area of foul ground marked by a light buoy (S cardinal) and perches. 399 Brandsholmbåen (680331N 134075E), a drying patch marked by a buoy (N cardinal) lies Paragraph 12.15 1 lines 2--3 Delete 3 cables ENE and Grimsskallen, an isolated patch, lies 4½ cables farther ENE. Thence: Paragraph 12.20 4 lines 6--9 Replace by: SE of the S end (1 cable S) of Hellandsøya. Norwegian Notices 14/57560/17; 14/57561/17 [NP58A/No.55/Wk.34/17] Norwegian NM 20/54297/15 [NP58A/No.42B/Wk.48/15]

Lofoten -- Vestvågøya -- Steine — Lofoten -- Austvågøya -- Brørne — Directions; light sectors Directions; light 385 400

Paragraph 11.105 1 line(s) 4 For (313½-- 3 1 9 ) Read Paragraph 12.21 1 line 4 For (337½--034½) Read (3145-- 3 1 9 ) (339-- 0 3 4 5)

Paragraph 11.106 1 line(s) 5 For (313½-- 3 1 9 ) Read Paragraph 12.21 4 line 3 For (106-- 11 4 ) Read (3145-- 3 1 9 ) (1085-- 11 4 )

Norwegian Notice 14/60479/19 Norwegian Notice 14/60475/19 [NP58A--No 76--Wk 37/19] [NP58A--No 79--Wk 37/19]

2--265 NP58A

Vestfjorden -- Kabelvåg -- Bremholmsundet Vestfjorden -- Austnesfjorden -- Ørsvåg — Directions; light sector Sildpollen — Anchorage

402 417 Paragraph 12.112 1 lines 6--8 Delete Paragraph 12.34 2 line 4 For (048¼--053¼) Read (048--0525) Norwegian Notice 3/56716/17 [NP58A/No.45/Wk.10/17]

Paragraph 12.35 1 line 4 For (024½-- 0 3 1 ) Read Vestfjorden -- Raftsundet — Vertical clearance (024--0305) 419

Norwegian Notice 13/60454/19 Paragraph 12.129 1 line 4 For 55 m Read 45 m [NP58A--No 72--Wk 34/19] Norwegian Notice 2/54843/16 [NP58A/No.46/Wk.07/16] Vestfjorden -- Kabelvåg -- Bremholmsundet Ørsvåg — Directions; light sector North side of Vestfjorden -- South approach to Raftsundet — Directions; beacon 403 420 Paragraph 12.41 1 line 4 For (352¼-- 3 5 6 ) Read Paragraph 12.143 2 lines 4--6 Replace by: (352--3555) WNW of Vesthallen (68140N 14575E) (1½ miles Paragraph 12.41 3 line 4 For (352¼--3561) Read SSW), thence: (352--3555) Norwegian Notice 20/54366/15 [NP58A/No.47/Wk.48/15]

Paragraph 12.42 1 lines 4--5 For (314¾--318¼ and Lofoten west side -- Torvøya -- Ramberg — 305-- 3 0 9 ) Read (314-- 3 1 8  and 3045-- 3 0 7 5) Light sector 434 Paragraph 12.42 3 line 5 For (305--309) Read (3045-- 3 0 7 5) Paragraph 13.28 2 line 3 For (280-- 3 2 5 ) Read (2768-- 3 2 5 2) Norwegian Notice 13/60454/19 [NP58A--No 73--Wk 34/19] Norwegian Notice 20/60792/19 [NP58A--No 84--Wk 49/19]

Vestfjorden -- Kabelvåg — Lofoten west side -- Selfjorden -- Directions; light sector Krystadpynten — Light sector 404 435

Paragraph 12.50 1 line 3 For (315--354) Read Paragraph 13.30 1--4 Replace by: (314--3545) 1 From a position SW of Kubbholmen (680476N 131144E) the track leads initially SSW, and at night Paragraph 12.50 3 line 3 For (315--354) Read within the white sector (1856-- 1 9 7 7)ofKrystad (314--3545) Light (680355N 131013E), passing: WNW of Lyngøya (680452N 131136E), thence: Norwegian Notice 13/60413/19 2 WNW of Flatholmen (680412N 131088E), [NP58A--No 74--Wk 34/19] thence: WNW of a patch (680400N 131049E) with a depth of 58 m; this danger lies on the E limit of the Skrova -- Skrova Havn — Overhead cable white sector (1856--1977) of Krystad Light. 3 Thence the track leads S, passing: 408 E of a patch (680381N 131006E), with a depth of Paragraph 12.66 2 lines 5--8 Delete 40 m, thence: W of a marine farm (680364N 131098E) moored off the S side of Revsholmen, thence: Norwegian Notice 11/55496/16 [NP58A/No.43/Wk.27/16] 4 E of Krystadpynten from which Krystad Light (pile, 3 m in height) (680355N 131013E) is North side of Vestfjorden -- Svolvær — exhibited, thence: Anchorage E of two rocks (680340N 130991E) awash, both 414 marked by iron perches. The track then leads SSW, and at night within the Paragraph 12.92 1 lines 4--8 Delete white sector (0029--0173), astern, of Krystad Light, passing (with positions relative to Krystad Light): Norwegian Notice 23/54551/15 Norwegian Notice 20/60790/19 [NP58A/No.44/Wk.01/16] [NP58A--No 85--Wk 49/19]

2--266 NP58A

Vesterålen -- Langøysundet -- Rå — Anchorage 3 Thence the track leads WSW through the entrance channel marked by iron perches, passing: 471 SSE of the head of the N mole (684911N 143343E), on which stands Hovden Light, Paragraph 14.122 1 lines 1--7 including heading Replace thence: by: NNW of the head of the S mole (684905N 143333E). Spare 14.122 Norwegian Notice 18/56049/16 [NP58A/No.50/Wk.44/16] Norwegian Notice 4/55022/16 [NP58A/No.48/Wk.11/16] Vesterålen -- Børøyfjorden -- Børøya — Vesterålsfjorden to Bergodden -- Flatholmen — Directions; marine farm Directions; light sector 485 475 Paragraph 14.206 3 line 1 For 68505N 14511E Read Paragraph 14.151 1 line(s) 4 For (339-- 0 0 6 ) Read 685066N 145128E (3390-- 0 0 2 0) Norwegian Notice 10/60249/19 Norwegian Notice 5/59980/19 [NP58A--No 68--Wk 26/19] [NP58A--No 67--Wk 15/19] Prestfjorden -- Andvæbåan and Brusfluan — Directions; lights Vesterålen -- Malnesfjorden -- Hovden — Directions; leading lights 487

481 Paragraph 14.223 6 line 3 Replace by:

Paragraph 14.183 2 lines 1--5 and 3 lines 1--5 Replace by: ...from which a light is exhibited.

2 Directions. From a position about 5 cables ENE of Paragraph 14.224 3 lines 1--3 Replace by: Hovden Light (tripod, 7 m in height) (68 49 05N   3 ENE of Brusflua Light (685654N 145768E) 143333E) the track leads WSW, and at night within (1½ miles NW), thence: the green sector (2288--2732) of Hovden Light, passing: Norwegian Notice 20/54264; 54266/15 SSE of a patch (684917N 143359E), with a [NP58A/No.51a/Wk.48/15] depth of 14 m, lying at the S end of a bank which extends 1 cable N. An above--water rock, marked Prestfjorden -- Skjåneset — Directions; light by an iron perch, lies on the N end of the bank. Thence: 488 3 SSE of the head of the N mole (684911N 143343E). Paragraph 14.224 5 lines 1--5 Replace by: Thence the track leads into the harbour, passing Between Fjellgrimstadbåen (68 54 4N 15 00 3E) between the head of the S mole (684905N     143333E), from which Hovden Light is exhibited, (8¾ cables S), marked by an iron perch, and and two iron perches marking the N edge of the Skjåneset (68545N 15023E) (1 mile SE), a harbour entrance channel. point from which a light is exhibited. A marine farm is moored off the N side of Skjåneset. Thence: Norwegian NM 3/54928/16 [NP58A/No.49/Wk.09/16] Norwegian Notice 19/54244/15 [NP58A/No.52/Wk.46/15] Vesterålen – Langøya – Hovden — Directions; light Prestfjorden -- Andvæbåan and Brusfluan — Directions; lights 481 488 Paragraph 14.183 2 lines 1--5 and 3 lines 1--5 including existing sect IV notice week 09/16 Replace by: Paragraph 14.225 4 line 3 Replace by: 2 Directions. From a position about 5 cables ENE of ...Geitholman Light, passing (with positions relative Hovden Light (floodlit) (684911N 143341E) the to the same light): track leads WSW within the green sector (2360-- 2 6 9 5) of Hovden Light, to a position 1 cable Paragraph 14.225 4 lines 7--8 Replace by: ENE of Hovden Light, passing: NNE of Brusflua Light (685654N 145768E) SSE of a patch (684917N 143359E), with a (6¾ cables WSW) (14.224). depth of 14 m, lying at the S end of a bank which extends 1 cable N. An above--water rock, marked Norwegian Notice 20/54264; 54266/15 by an iron perch, lies on the N end of the bank. [NP58A/No.51b/Wk.48/15]

2--267 NP58B

NP58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B (2018 Edition) W of Sandsholmgrunnen (685682N 163818E), marked by an iron perch, thence: CloseEoftworocks(685716N 163780E), with North--west coast -- Vågsfjorden -- depths of 47 m, thence: Rollnesholmene — Directions; light Close W of Store Dyna Light (pile structure) (685722N 163817E), thence: 77 5 E of Sandssund (685741N 163775E), and under the bridge, the centreline of which is Paragraph 3.71 2 line 1 For 194 Read 1925 marked by a light (685737N 163821E), thence: Norwegian Notice 10/60278/19 E of a rock awash, marked by Steingrunnen Light [NP58B--No 11--Wk 26/19] (post, 7 m in height) (685747N 163821E); a shoal extends 100 m W.

North--west coast -- Vågsfjorden -- Paragraph 3.113 6 line 2 For NNW Read NNE Rollnesholmene — Directions; light

78--79 Paragraph 3.114 1 line 2 For NNW Read NNE

Paragraph 3.81 1 line 5 For (1117-- 11 3 7) Read Paragraph 3.115 1 line 2 For NNW Read NNE (1120-- 11 3 5)

Paragraph 3.81 2 line 7 For (1177-- 11 3 7) Read Paragraph 3.116 1 line 2 For NNW Read NNE (1120-- 11 3 5) Norwegian Notice 11/60313 & 60322/19 Norwegian Notice 10/60278/19 [NP58B--No 16--Wk 29/19] [NP58B--No 12--Wk 26/19]

Vågsfjorden -- South of Senja -- Ytterpollen — North--west coast -- Vågsfjorden -- Directions; light sector Sandssundet — Vertical clearance 84 82 Paragraph 3.129 1 line 3 For 352-- 0 2 4  Read After Paragraph 3.111 2 line 5 Insert: 3534-- 0 2 1 3 Vertical clearance. A bridge (685737N 163821E) with a vertical clearance of 12 m spans Sandssundet. Norwegian Notice 19/60730/19 [NP58B--No 23--Wk 46/19] Norwegian Notice 11/60313/19 [NP58B--No 15--Wk 29/19] Grovfjorden -- Grov — Directions; light sector

Norway -- Vågsfjorden -- Sandssundet — 87 Directions; buoys Paragraph 3.146 1 line 3 For (135-- 1 5 9 ) Read 82 (144-- 1 5 9 5)

Paragraph 3.113 4 line 8 Replace by: Norwegian Notice 18/59365/18 5 E of Sandssund (685741N 163775E), thence: [NP58B--No 1--Wk 43/18]

Paragraph 3.113 5 lines 1--5 Delete Vågsfjorden -- Sagfjorden — Directions; light sector Norwegian Notice 2/59790/19 [NP58B--No 4--Wk 09/19] 91

North--west coast -- Vågsfjorden -- Paragraph 3.182 2 line 7 For 078½ Read 080 Sandssundet — Directions; bridge Paragraph 3.182 4 line 8 For 145 Read 144 82--83

Paragraph 3.113 4--5 including Existing Section IV Notice Paragraph 3.183 1 line 9 For (320-- 3 2 7 ) Read Week 09/19 Replace by: (3205-- 3 2 6 )

4 The track then leads generally N in the white sector (0075--0235) of Sandssund Bridge Light (post) Norwegian Notice 20/59475/48 (685738N 163813E), passing: [NP58B--No 2--Wk 48/18]

2--268 NP58B

North coast of Norway -- Senja -- Teistneset — North--west coast -- Malangen -- Directions; light sector Stønnesbotnen — Light sector

126 139

Paragraph 5.22 1 line(s) 5 For (047--1065) Read Paragraph 5.98 1 line 3 For (171--186) Read (0470-- 0 9 7 3) (1712-- 1 8 4 9)

Norwegian Notice 12/60363/19 Norwegian Notice 13/60410/19 [NP58B--No 18--Wk 32/19] [NP58B--No 20--Wk 34/19]

North coast of Norway -- Senja -- Okseneset — Directions; light sector North--west coast -- Tranøyfjorden -- Tranøybotn — Directions; light 128 142 Paragraph 5.39 1 line(s) 3 For (1035--2235) Read (1050-- 2 2 3 6) Paragraph 5.117 3 line 6 For (1985--2045) Read (201-- 2 0 4 )

Norwegian Notice 12/60372/19 [NP58B--No 19--Wk 32/19] Norwegian Notice 10/60255/19 [NP58B--No 13--Wk 26/19]

North--west coast -- Senja -- Øyfjorden -- Husøy — Directions; light sectors North--west coast -- Dyrøysundet — Directions; light 132 144 Paragraph 5.58 1 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: ...and thence in either of the white sectors (1380--1465 Paragraph 5.124 6 line 2 For (334-- 0 2 1 ) Read and 1530-- 1 5 4 5) of Øyfjord Light (693283N... (3395-- 0 2 2 )

Paragraph 5.58 4 line(s) 8 For (147--152) Read Paragraph 5.124 8 line 2 For (1838-- 2 1 7 7) Read (146 5 -- 1 5 3 0 )     (184-- 2 1 7 5)

Norwegian Notice 5/59997/19 [NP58B--No 7--Wk 15/19] Norwegian Notice 10/60262/19 [NP58B--No 14--Wk 26/19]

North--west coast of Norway -- Øyfjorden -- Trælvika — Anchorage; marine farm Norway – North coast – Sandlandsfjorden — 132 Directions; light

After Paragraph 5.60 1 line 3 Insert: 261

Caution. A marine farm (693111N 174123E), Paragraph 8.253 4 line 5 For 1415-- 1 4 8 5 Read with extending ground tackle, is moored WNW of the 141-- 1 4 8  recommended anchorage.

Norwegian Notice 19/60733/19 Norwegian Notice 6/60040/19 [NP58B--No 8--Wk 18/19] [NP58B--No 24--Wk 46/19]

Norway – North coast – Bergsfjorden — North coast of Senja -- Baltsfjorden — Directions; light Directions; marine farm 262 133 Paragraph 8.260 3 line 2 For 198-- 2 11  Read Paragraph 5.66 2 line(s) 4 Replace by: 1975-- 2 1 0 5 ENE of Selvågneset (693282N 174538E), thence: Paragraph 8.260 3 line 6 For 198-- 2 11  Read ENE of a marine farm (693278N 174618E). 1975-- 2 1 0 5 Norwegian Notice 16/60582/19 [NP58B--No 21--Wk 41/19] Norwegian Notice 6/60040/19 [NP58B--No 9--Wk 18/19]

2--269 NP58B

Norway – North coast – Langfjorden — Norway -- Tanafjorden -- Skardholmen — Directions; light Directions; sector light 263 361 Paragraph 8.266 4 line 1 For 3095 Read 309 Paragraph 11.195 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:

Paragraph 8.266 4 line 2 For 296--3095 Read 295--309 1 From a position 3¼ miles ESE of Segelneset (704733N 281354E) the track leads initially S, and Norwegian Notice 6/60040/19 at night in the white sector (168--199)of [NP58B--No 10--Wk 18/19] Skardholmen Light (703634N 282252E) passing:

Paragraph 11.196 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Vargsund -- Korsfjorden -- Vannes to Korsfjordbotnen — Directions 1 From the position ESE of Skjæret (703526N 300 281133E) the track leads SW and at night in the white sector (2158--230) of Bergholmen Light (post) Paragraph 9.235 2 line(s) 8--9 Delete (703107N 280272E), passing:

Paragraph 9.236 1--2 Replace by: Norwegian Notice 21/59531/18 [NP58B--No 3--Wk 50/18] 1 Vannes to Korsfjorden Havn and Korsfjordbotnen. From a position N of Vannes the track leads ENE, and at night in the white sector Norway -- Berlevåg -- Kjølnes — Directions; light (0545-- 0 6 4 5) of Goppi Light (white lantern, 3 m in height) (701482N 232532E), passing: 366 SSE of dangerous rock (701461N 232406E), thence: Paragraph 12.10 1 lines 2--4 Delete SSE of Eidsnesøyra (701466N 232402E), from where a light (port hand) is exhibited, thence: Paragraph 12.11 2 lines 1--2 Replace by: NNW of an iron perch marking the N side of Flatskjæret (701448N 232473E), a drying flat 2 NNE of Kjølnes Light (white tower, 6 m in height) on which stands a beacon (black tower). (705118N 291415E), with an auxiliary light 2 The track then leads E to a position about 1 cable at the foot of the same tower, thence: NW of Indrerevet (701453N 232665E), marked by an iron perch. Thence the track leads ESE, and at Norwegian Notice 2/59751/19 night in the white sector (2945--299), astern, of [NP58B--No 05--Wk 09/19] Goppi Light, passing: NNE of Indrerevet, and: North coast -- Båtsfjorden — Paragraph 9.237 1--2 including heading Replace by: Directions; leading lights

Spare 368 9.237 Paragraph 12.31 5 line(s) 6--8 Delete Norwegian Notice 20/60758/19 [NP58B--No 25--Wk 49/19] Paragraph 12.31 6 Replace by:

North coast -- Entrance to inshore waters 6 Indre Havn. The inner harbour is entered through a between Ingøya and Hjelmsøya — channel, marked by buoys (lateral), that leads NNW Directions; light between Laukholmen (703743N 294197E) and Holmen. 311

Paragraph 10.28 6 lines 5--7 Replace by: Norwegian Notice 17/60615/19 [NP58B--No 22--Wk 43/19] Clearing line. Thelineofbearing1755of Havøygavlen Light clears W of Geitingfallet. North coast -- Varangerfjordan -- Norwegian Notice 3/59831/19 [NP58B--No 6--Wk 11/19] Ytre Kiberg — Directions; light

Vest--Finnmark -- Ryggefjorden -- 376 Hamna — Anchorage Paragraph 12.92 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: 326 …approach the alignment (0685) of Ytre Kiberg Havn Paragraph 10.127 3 line(s) 1--3 Delete Leading Lights (posts) (701701N 310001E) leads…

Norwegian Notice 21/60826/19 Norwegian Notice 11/60326/19 [NP58B--No 26--Wk 51/19] [NP58B--No 17--Wk 29/19]

2--270 NP59 NP59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot Canada -- East coast -- Offshore waters -- (2013 Edition) Sable Island — Protected area 58

After Paragraph 2.20 1 line(s) 5 Insert:

Canada — Regulations; protection Marine Protected Area of the environment 2.20a 1 The Gully Marine Protected Area (435160N 585440W) is located E of Sable Island. See also 11--12 1.68. Canadian Eastern Notice 3/306/19 Paragraph 1.68 1--4 including heading Replace by: [NP59--No 10--Wk 17/19]

Canada – Sambro Harbour — Directions; light buoys Protection of the environment 94 1.68 Paragraph 4.21 1and2Replace by: 1 Conservation of Wildlife, Environment and Marine Mammals. The Canadian Federal Department 1 Preferred approach from south--western of Fisheries and Oceans (DFO) is responsible for quadrant. From a position about 2½ miles SSE of ensuring the protection and conservation of listed Pennant Point (4.19), the preferred approach from the aquatic species (including marine mammals and sea SW quadrant leads NNE through a channel marked turtles) and for protecting the identified critical habitat by light buoys (lateral), passing: of any species listed under the Species at Risk Act WNW of Smithson Rock (442447N 633634W), (SARA). The Fisheries Act prohibits any form of thence: disturbance of cetaceans except when fishing for them 2 In mid--channel between Thrumcap Rock under the authority of those regulations. (442555N 633720W) and Mare Shoal 2 Disturbance includes repeated attempts to pursue, (442509N 633573W), thence: disperse, herd whales and any repeated intentional act ESE of Paddle Rock (442607N 633680W), and: of negligence resulting in the disruption of their normal Canadian Notice 8/4237/16; ENC CA476009 behaviour. Harassing whales may force them away [NP59/No.1/Wk.52/16] from their habitat at critical times in their annual reproductive and feeding cycles and may cause them Canada – Indian Harbour — Overhead cable injury. Any collision with marine mammals or sightings of 95 entangled, injured or dead marine mammals must be reported to the appropriate marine animal response Paragraph 4.26 1 lines 1--8 Replace by: organisation, including DFO. 1 Indian Harbour (442839N 633653W), almost 3 National Wildlife Areas (NWAs) are protected and landlocked, is entered between Bull Point and Cook managed according to the Wildlife Area Regulations Head (442822N 633620W). A public pier, 76 m under the Canada Wildlife Act. The primary purpose of long with a depth of 03 m alongside the outer end, is NWAs is the protection and conservation of wildlife situated on the N side of the entrance, 4 cables WSW and their habitat. Canadian and foreign vessels are of Bull Point. not allowed to enter these protected areas without a permit. Any master who is planning to enter any of Canadian Notice 8/4237/16; ENC CA476009 these protected areas, claiming a right of innocent [NP59/No.2/Wk.52/16] passage, is strongly advised to communicate with Environment and Climate Change Canada (Canada Canada -- Halifax — Vertical clearances Wildlife Service) at least two weeks in advance. 97 For further details on protected areas, restrictions and contact information consult Annual Edition of Paragraph 4.37 1 line 8 For 52 m Read 49 m Canadian Notices to Mariners, see www.notmar.gc.ca. 4 Ballast water Control and Management Regulations Canadian Eastern Notice 2/4201/18 as contained in the Canada Shipping Act 2001 applies [NP59--No 6--Wk 12/18] to most vessels arriving in Canadian waters. The purpose of the Regulations is to prevent the Canada – Halifax — Arrival information; pilotage introduction to local ecosystems of potentially 97 damaging pathogens or organisms. See also https://laws--lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/regulations/SOR--2011 Paragraph 4.43 1 lines 5--8 Replace by: --237/. Outer position 442900N 632850W. Inner position 443040N 632950W. Canadian Eastern Notice 3/306/19 Canadian Eastern Notice 8/4237/14 [NP59--No 9--Wk 17/19] [NP59/No.3/Wk.39/14]

2--271 NP59

Canada – Nova Scotia – Halifax — Clear of an underwater turbine (441583N Directions; wreck 662021W), marked by a light buoy (special), and: 104 2 E of Passage Shoal (441585N 662039W), a rock, marked by HAA Buoy (isolated danger). Paragraph 4.68 2 line(s) 5--8 Replace by: The channel W of Passage Shoal is deeper, ...Zone (1.61), thence: but tortuous. Thence: NE of a dangerous wreck (443732N 633134W), W of Sand Point (441638N 662013W). A light, thence: (pipe swing pole, 7 m in height) (441646N SW of the berths (4.73) extending from the N side of 662014W) is exhibited from a pierhead close N. the channel. Thence:

Paragraph 4.68 3 line(s) 1 Replace by: Canada East Notice 2/4118/19 [NP59--No 8--Wk 12/19]

3 From a position NE of HP 13 Light Buoy... Canada – Petit Passage — General information; Paragraph 4.68 3 line(s) 3 For 1415 Read 134--136 overhead power cables 168 Canadian Eastern Notice 7/4202/19; ENC CA576002 [NP59--No 11--Wk 36/19] Paragraph 7.126 4 line 1 For 43 m Read 39 m

Canadian Eastern Notice 8/4118/14 Canada – Luneburg Harbour — Arrival information; pilotage [NP59/No.5/Wk.39/14]

126 Canada -- Bay of Fundy -- Saint John Harbour — Berths; alongside depths Paragraph 5.99 1 line 2 For coast Read maritime 180

Paragraph 5.99 1 lines 4--9 Replace by: After Paragraph 8.50 2 line 32 Insert: By arrangement, the pilot boards at 441950N Caution. Depths alongside are subject to constant 641350W (local); 441500N 641900W (La Have silting and mariners are advised to obtain the latest River) (6.5); 443040N 632950W (Halifax) (4.33). information from the Port Authority. For further details see ADMIRALTYListofRadio Signals Volume 6(5). After Paragraph 8.51 2 line 8 Insert: Caution. Depths alongside are subject to constant Canadian Eastern Notices 8/4237/14 and 9/14 silting and mariners are advised to obtain the latest [NP59/No.4/Wk.44/14] information from the Port Authority. Canadian Eastern Notice 7/4117/18 Canada -- Nova Scotia -- South--east approaches to the Bay of Fundy -- Mavilette Shoal — [NP59--No 7--Wk 35/18] Directions; wreck United States of America -- Maine -- Jonesport -- 165 Moosabec Reach -- Eastern part — Bridge

After Paragraph 7.111 4 line(s) 3 Insert: 195 Clear of a dangerous wreck (440369N Paragraph 8.149 3 line(s) 5--7 Replace by: 661609W), thence: Abridge(443146N 673688W) which spans Moosabec Reach is under construction (2019); vertical Canadian Eastern Notice 10/4230/19 and horizontal clearances unknown. Contact local [NP59--No 12--Wk 48/19] authorities for the latest information.

Nova Scotia -- Approaches to Bay of Fundy -- US Notice 44/13326/19 [NP59--No 13--Wk 49/19] Brier Island -- Grand Passage — Directions

167 NP60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1 (2018 Edition) Paragraph 7.123 1--2 Replace by:

1 Mariners approaching the passage from S should Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island -- make for HA2 Light Buoy (starboard hand) moored Otua Island — Directions; light 3 cables SW of Dartmouth Point from where the 134 fairway leads generally N, passing: E of South Point (441522N 662054W), thence: Paragraph 3.98 3 lines 6--10 Replace by: E of Peter Island (441546N 662029W) from Thence the track continues WNW, across the N which a light (white rectangular tower, red top, entrance to Bougainville Strait, to a position NE of 12 m in height) (441544N 662025W) is Otua Island (62750S 1555830E). exhibited, noting that a drying reef extends 1 cable N from the island, thence: Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 1--Wk 04/18]

2--272 NP60

Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island -- 2 Once inside the entrance, suitable vessels may Otua Island — Directions; light follow the line of bearing 087 of Pananiu Island (104712S 1520012E) (5.201) which leads E to a 155 passage NW of Muniara Island at the E end of the lagoon, passing: Paragraph 4.158 2 lines 5--7 Replace by: S of Kesal (Quesal) Island (104694S The track then continues NW to a position NE of 1514971E), 3½ miles ESE of Itamarina Island, Otua Island (62750S 1555830E). thence: 3 Clear of a shoal patch (104747S 1515072E), Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 2--Wk 04/18] about 1 mile ESE of Kesel Island, with a reported depth of 34m. Thence remaining clear of a 33 m shoal patch in Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island -- Otua Island — Directions; light the entrance NW of Muniara Island, the track leads out of the lagoon. 156 4 From a position N of Panasesa Island (104440S 1514350E), a track for small vessels leads SE Paragraph 4.162 5 lines 4--5 Delete through the passage between Panasesa Island and Gabugabutau Island, 7 cables NE, which has a depth Paragraph 4.163 2 line 2 Delete of 37 m in the middle, and is reported to have been used by a vessel of 300 tonnes. From there, the track leads across the lagoon, passing: Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 3--Wk 04/18] Close N of Itamarina Island, thence: S of Kesal (Quesal) Island. Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island -- The track then leads to the entrance NW of Otua Island — Directions; light Muniara Island, remaining clear of a 33 m shoal patch in the entrance and a shoal ledge WNW of the island. 157 Australian Chart PNG 509 [NP60--No 20--Wk 28/19] Paragraph 4.166 2 lines 1--2 Delete Papua New Guinea -- D’Entrecasteaux Islands -- Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 4--Wk 04/18] Dawson Strait — Directions 244 Papua New Guinea -- Louisiade Archipelago -- Jomard Entrance — PSSA Paragraph 6.114 1 Replace by:

201 1 From a position on the preferred route in the vicinity of 95665S 1503435E, SW of Cape Paragraph 5.198 including heading Replace by: Keibinisi (6.101) the route leads NNE for about 18 miles to the W entrance of Dawson Strait Traffic regulations (94178S 1504589E), which lies between the 5.198 mountainous NW end of Normanby Island (6.110) and 1 Two--way route. The Two--way Route leading the SE end of Fergusson Island 2 miles N. through Jomard Entrance, between Panuwaiyayapuna 2 The route then continues ESE through Dawson Island and Maneidul Reef, has been adopted by IMO. Strait, ENE through Dobu Passage (6.117), then Where safe and practicable, vessels are advised to generally N along the E side of Fergusson Island, to keep to starboard of the routes centrelines. the Gumasila Group (6.112). Particularly Sensitive Sea Area. Jomard Entrance After Paragraph 6.116 1 line 3 Insert: andBrambleHaven(111342S 1520000E) (5.189) lie in an IMO approved PSSA. For details see AHP20 Tower (94171S 1505156E), near the summit of Mariner’s Handbook for Australian Waters. Deidei dormant volcano.

Australian Notice 19/999/19 [NP60--No 22--Wk 44/19] Paragraph 6.117 including heading Replace by:

Cape Keibinisi to Salaubwaina Point Papua New Guinea -- Louisiade Archipelago -- 6.117 Panabwal Group — Directions; depths 1 Caution. The approaches to Dawson Strait (6.114) are largely unsurveyed, with the exception of a 204 channel about 1¼ miles in width, W of Normanby Paragraph 5.220 Replace by: Island (6.110). Track. From a position on the preferred route in the 1 From a position SW of Ship Pass (104842S vicinity of 95665S 1503435E, the route leads NNE 1514373E), the line of bearing 046 of Itamarina for about 18 miles passing: Island, in the centre of the lagoon encircled by 2 WNW of a reef (94466S 1504320E), position Panabwal Group, leads NE through Ship Pass, approximate, reported (1986), to be clearly situated 2½ miles SE of Irai Island, the W--most of the visible breaking slightly in a moderate sea, group. thence:

2--273 NP60

WNW of Guletabutabu (Observation) Island Papua New Guinea -- North--east coast -- (94385S 1504430E), steep, rocky and Holnicote Bay — Anchorage; submarine cable densely wooded; it lies about 3 cables offshore and is connected to the main island by a 258 below--water ledge. Thence: After Paragraph 6.233 3 line(s) 10 Insert: 3 To a position W of Gigipwala Point. The route then leads about 2½ miles ENE on the alignment (065)of Caution. A submarine power cable lands in the Saramo Point (94089S 1504679E), steep and vicinity of the mission station at Gona. rocky, which is also the SE termination of the slopes UKHO MGDMT [NP60--No 18--Wk 21/19] of Edagwaba Range (6.70), and the peak (93796S 1505314E), 410 m high, S of Lamonai Crater (6.116), 7 miles ENE, passing: Papua New Guinea -- Huon Gulf — FADs SSE of an isolated shoal patch (94126S 262 1504294E) with a depth of 48 m, thence: 4 NNW of Gigipwala Point (Cape Dawson) After Paragraph 6.269 1 line 8 Insert: (94276S 1504544E), a well--marked bluff and the S entrance point to Dawson Strait 2 Caution. A number of FADs, marked by buoys (6.114). (special), lie in the area. Thence the line of bearing 117 of the summit of Dobu Island (94499S 1505167E) leads ESE; Dobu Australian Notice 13/520/2018 Island is of volcanic origin, with flat land and low hills [NP60--No 11--Wk 30/18] on the S side of the island which are covered with coconut palms. Papua New Guinea -- Huon Gulf -- 5 Thence from a position WNW of the NW point of North of Cape Roon — Directions; shoals Dobu Island, the line of bearing 074 of the N extremity of Waiope Island (94325S 1505439E), 262 leads ENE through the W end of Dobu Passage, lying After Paragraph 6.273 1 line 9 Insert: between Dobu Island and the S extremity of Fergusson Island to the N, passing: Clear of a 53 m shoal (71740S 1471248E), SSE of dangerous reefs off Sebulugomwa Point reported (2018), thence: (94322S 1505069E). H102 MV BGP Explorer [NP60--No 14a--Wk 37/18] 6 Thence, on approaching Neumara Island, on the same reef and close SW of Waiope Island, the line of bearing 069 of the SE extremity of Sanaroa Island Papua New Guinea -- Huon Gulf — (93700S 1510000E) (6.62) leads ENE, passing: Directions; FADs; buoys Between the reef fringing the N side of Waiope Island 262 and a 67 m patch (94258S 1505447E), thence: Paragraph 6.273 2 line 8 Replace by: 7 SSE of a 50 m drying reef and a spit, extending about 8 cables S from Salaubwaina Point E of a conspicuous cliff (71105S 1470623E), (94165S 1505462E). and: The track then continues ENE to a position about W of a buoy (special) (71032S 1471284E) 1½ miles ESE of Salaubwaina Point. marking a FAD. After Paragraph 6.273 3 line 7 Insert: UKHO [NP60--No 28--Wk 46/19] Clear of a buoy (special) (70332S 1470900E) marking a FAD, thence: Papua New Guinea -- D’Entrecasteaux Islands -- -- Esa’ala — Anchorage Australian Notice 13/520/2018 [NP60--No 12--Wk 30/18] 245

Paragraph 6.124 3 lines 1--2 Replace by: Papua New Guinea -- Huon Gulf -- North of Cape Roon — Directions; shoals 3 Anchorage may be obtained in position 94428S 1504957E, in about 40 m. 262

UKHO [NP60--No 29--Wk 46/19] Paragraph 6.273 2 including existing Section IV Notice Week 30/18 Replace by:

Papua New Guinea -- North east coast -- 2 E of Lababia Island (71457S 1470940E), Dyke Ackland Bay — Directions; shoal conical and wooded, lying 1 mile E of Gossler Point and possibly connected thereto by a 255 below--water reef on which there is a rock awash, thence: Paragraph 6.203 5 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: Eofa01mpatch(71390S 1470920E) NNW of 5 Nofa03 m shoal (85853S 1490573E). Lababia Island, thence: E of a conspicuous cliff (71105S 1470623E), Australian Chart PNG 520 [NP60--No 19--Wk 22/19] and:

2--274 NP60

W of a buoy (71032S 1471284E) (special) Papua New Guinea -- North coast -- markingaFAD,thence: Madang Harbour — Pilotage Clear of a 75 m shoal (70974S 1470846E), reported (2018). 297

H102 MV BGP Explorer [NP60--No 14b--Wk 37/18] Paragraph 8.85 1 Replace by: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for anchoring, berthing/ Papua New Guinea -- Huon Gulf — unberthing and is available during daylight hours only. Directions; FAD; buoy Pilots board in position (51328S 1455022E), about 1¼ miles to seaward of Dallman Pass entrance, on 263 the leading line.

Paragraph 6.276 2 lines 11--13 Replace by: UKHO [NP60--No 25--Wk 44/19] S of a rock (64489S 1472741E), which almost dries, the position of which is doubtful, and: Papua New Guinea – New Britain – Kimbe — Clear of a buoy (special) (64828S 1472625E) Arrival information; pilotage markingaFAD,thence: 326 Australian Notice 13/520/2018 [NP60--No 13--Wk 30/18] Paragraph 9.86 1 line 4 Replace by: ...at 53050S 1501350E. Papua New Guinea -- Huon Gulf -- Port Lae — Pilotage Australian Notice 5/213/19 [NP60--No 17--Wk 14/19]

265 Papua New Guinea -- New Britain -- Paragraph 6.294 1 Replace by: North--west coast -- Borgen Bay — Directions

1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards in position 328--329 64525S 1470010E. Paragraph 9.108 1--3 Replace by: Australian Chart PNG 642 [NP60--No 23--Wk 44/19] 1 Description. Borgen Bay, entered between Ulo Point (53045S 1483542E) and Silimate Point, Papua New Guinea -- New Britain -- 4 miles W, is obstructed with reefs, but affords Thilenius Harbour — Depth anchorage. Directions. From a position about 8 miles N of 282 Cape Gloucester (52661S 1482509E) (8.16), the track leads about 7 miles SE to an opening in the Paragraph 7.112 2 line 8 For 18 Read 09 outer reef. The track then leads SSE passing: 2 Through the broken barrier reef (52345S Australian Notice 24/1073/18 1483105E), thence: [NP60--No 15--Wk 52/18] Close ENE of a shoal patch (52549S 1483100E) with a depth of 34 m, thence: ENE of a shoal patch (52776S 1483140E) with a Papua New Guinea -- North coast -- depth of 95m. Madang Harbour — Anchorages; regulations From a position about 2 miles E of Nip Island (5 28 18S 148 29 95E), the track then leads generally 296     S into the bay, passing: After Paragraph 8.84 1 line 3 Insert: 3 E of Silimate Point (53003S 1483119E), thence: Vessels with an air draught of 24 m or more are Between a 28 m patch (53056S 1483155E) and prohibited from using the quarantine anchorage due to a03mpatch(53046S 1483224E), lying SE restrictions related to the airport. These vessels should of Silimate Point. wait outside the harbour and contact the port authority The track then leads as required into the bay. for further instruction. Useful mark: Cape Gloucester Light (52415S 1482217E) After Paragraph 8.84 1 line 9 Insert: (8.13). Tab Anchorage (51042S 1454920E) lies to the 4 Anchorage may be obtained about 1 mile NE of N of the Quarantine anchorage and has depths in the Silimate Point in 11 to 25 m. Vessels may also obtain central part of about 20 m, mud. anchorage within Borgen Bay; local knowledge is Malamal Anchorage. See 8.98. required. Caution. Depths shoaler than charted have been Berth. Two small jetties lie in the vicinity of reported (2019) in Tab and Malamal anchorages. 53078S 1483110E.

Australian Chart PNG646, ENC AU5646P0, UKHO Australian Hydrographic Office; ENC AU406148 [NP60--No 24--Wk 44/19] [NP60--No 27--Wk 45/19]

2--275 NP60

Papua New Guinea -- Vitu Islands -- Paragraph 10.105 2 lines 1--5 Replace by: Mundua Islands — General information; depth 2 From a position SE of Takanupei Island (10.95), the 331 track leads WNW, inside the barrier reef, passing: SSW of Takanupei Island, and: After Paragraph 9.118 1 line 3 Insert: Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 8--Wk 04/18] Depths 9.118a Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island -- 1 Depths shoaler than charted have been reported Cape Laverdy — Directions; light (2019) in the waters around the Mundua Islands. 369 Vessels are advised to navigate with caution in the area. Paragraph 10.105 6 lines 9--10 Replace by: ...NE of Cape Laverdy (53249S 1550388E) (10.104). Australian Notice 2/80(P)/19 [NP60--No 16--Wk 08/19] Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 9--Wk 04/18] Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island -- Otua Island — Directions; light Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island -- Cape Laverdy — Directions; light 357 370 Paragraph 10.9 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 10.114 2 lines 1--4 Replace by:

1 From the vicinity of 62705S 1561000E, E of 2 Directions. From a position E of Cape Laverdy Otua Island (62750S 1555830E), the track leads (53249S 1550388E) the track into the harbour NW, passing: leads SSW, passing:

Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 5--Wk 04/18] Paragraph 10.117 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: ...1550388E) (10.104) the coastal passage, which Papua New Guinea -- Bougainville Island -- appears clear of... Otua Island — Directions; light Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 10--Wk 04/18] 364

Paragraph 10.63 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Papua New Guinea -- New Ireland -- Nabuto Bay -- Namatanai Roads — Directions 1 From a position NE of Otua Island (62750S 374 1555830E), the track along the barrier reef leads NW, passing: Paragraph 10.149 2 1--8 Replace by: 2 Directions. From a position in the vicinity of Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 6--Wk 04/18] 33843S 1522659E, the line of bearing 185 of a communication tower (25 m in height) (33975S Papua New Guinea – Bougainville Island -- 1522656E) leads about 1½ miles S, passing: Arawa Bay — Directions; light E of a shoal patch (33868S 1522633E) with a depth of 96 m, thence: 367 W of a coral patch (33881S 1522677E) with a Paragraph 10.86 1 line 7 Replace by: least depth of 12 m, and: ...(60868S 1553417E) (10.95), on the... Paragraph 10.149 3 lines 1--6 Replace by:

Paragraph 10.95 3 lines 3--6 Replace by: 3 Close W of a shoal patch (33913S 1522668E) with a depth of 89 m, and: SE of Takanupei Island (60868S 1553417E), E of Trapez Reef (33914S 1522638E), over from which a reef extends 3 cables SE. which the sea usually breaks. The track then leads as required towards the Australian Notice 22/899/17 [NP60--No 7--Wk 04/18] anchorage or the inner harbour.

Papua New Guinea – Bougainville Island -- Australian Hydrographic Office [NP60--No 26--Wk 45/19] North--east coast — Directions; light Federated States of -- Kosrae Island -- 368 Lelu Harbour — Directions; wrecks

Paragraph 10.99 2 line 2 Replace by: 384--385 ...Island, (60868S 1553417E) (10.95), the... Paragraph 11.20 1--6 Replace by: 1 Paragraph 10.103 1 lines 7--9 Delete Landmarks: Flagstaff (51982N 1630148E), position approximate. Paragraph 10.104 2 lines 10--11 Replace by: Church (51992N 1630125E). ...white chalk cliffs, densely wooded. Radio tower (51981N 1630178E).

2--276 NP60

2 Harbour Leading Lights: Nouvelle--Calédonie – Nouméa — Front light beacon (red rectangle, white stripe, on Prohibited anchorages pile) (51956N 1630143E), standing on the reef extending 4½ cables from the W shore of the 87 harbour. After Paragraph 2.140 2 line 3 Insert: Rear light beacon (red rectangle, black--stripe, on pile) (2½ cables from front light). Anchoring is prohibited in Baie de Numbo 3 Track. From a position ESE of Lelu Island (221465S 1662478E), except for small craft, (51990N 1630164E), the alignment (277) of these within an area located in the W part of the bay and lights leads W through the entrance channel, marked marked by buoys (special). by beacons (lateral), passing: S of the reef extending 1 cable from Foko Lik French Notice 42/206/18 [NP61--No 26--Wk 47/18] (51969N 1630192E), thence: 4 N of the reef extending 2¼ cables from Yepan Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Nouméa -- Point (51929N 1630179E), thence: Grande Rade — Leading line N of Eripou Reef (51945N 1630168E), awash at LW, marked on its NE side by No 4 beacon (port 88 hand). Thence the line of bearing 311 of Bezin Point Paragraph 2.149 2 line 5 For 117 Read 1158 (51994N 1630119E), the W extremity of Lelu Island, leads NW to the anchorage, passing: 5 SW of No 5 Beacon (starboard hand) (51965N French Chart 7643 [NP61/No.1/Wk.11/17] 1630163E), thence: NE of the front leading light beacon (51956N Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Noumea — 1630143E), thence: Directions; leading lights Clear of two wrecks (51966N 1630148E), with depths of 97 m, thence: 88 6 Clear of a reef (51974N 1630144E), reported (1996), lying 1 cable N of the front leading Paragraph 2.148 3 lines 6--7 Delete light beacon, extending NW for 1¼ cables, thence: Paragraph 2.151 1 lines 1--6 Delete Clear of a dangerous wreck (51977N 163 01 48E).   Paragraph 2.151 2 lines 1--5 Replace by: Thence as required for a convenient anchorage or the berth. 2 From a position about 2½ cables W of the NW extremity of îlot Brun (22 17 29S 166 25 48E) the ENC US456570; US556570 [NP60--No 21--Wk 43/19]     track leads ENE through Petite Passe, passing:

Paragraph 2.151 4 lines 2--3 Delete NP61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 2 (2017 Edition) French Notice 40/220/19 [NP61--No 47--Wk 45/19]

Nouvelle--Calédonie -- South coast -- Nouméa — Limiting conditions; depths Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Nouméa -- Petite Passe — Directions; leading marks 87 88 Paragraph 2.138 1 line 4 Replace by: ...on the leading line at the inner end between the Mineral Paragraph 2.151 1--4 including existing Section IV Notice Terminal and Grand Quai at Pointe Lambert (221583S Week 45/19 Replace by: 1662557E), is 92m. 1 Petite Passe Leading Marks: French Chart 7644 (2017) [NP61/No.6/Wk.32/17] Front light (orange triangle, point up, on white framework tower, 3 m in height) (221697S 166 26 00E). Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Nouméa —   Outer anchorage Rear mark (Croix de Lorraine, black monument) (8 cables from front mark). 87 From a position about 2¾ cables WNW of the NW extremity of îlot Brun (22 17 40S 166 25 60E), the Paragraph 2.140 1 Replace by:     alignment (0755) of these marks leads ENE through 1 Anchorage may be obtained in Grande Rade within Petite Passe, passing: designated areas, but keep clear of the prohibited 2 NNW of a buoyant light beacon (starboard anchorage, see below. The NE part of Grande Rade hand), (221718S 1662555E) marking the is encumbered with numerous coral heads and the edge of the channel, thence: bottom is foul with obstructions on the S side of SSE of a buoyant light beacon (port hand), Banc des Japonais. (221700S 1662566E), marking rocks close SE of Pointe Denouel. French Notice 22/206/18 [NP61--No 20--Wk 26/18] The track then leads N into Petite Rade, passing:

2--277 NP61

3 W of a buoyant light beacon (starboard hand) Paragraph 3.189 1 line 4 Replace by: (221694S 1662586E), marking the channel, thence: Anchorage may be obtained in 12 m, sand, good... W of Banc de l’Infernal, marked on its W side by a Paragraph 3.189 1 line 5 For 58 Read 57 buoyant light beacon (starboard hand) (221659S 1662597E), and on its E side by a Paragraph 3.189 1 line 6 For 5 Read 5½ light buoy (port hand). The track then leads to the berths as required. 4 Caution. French Chart 7758/18 [NP61--No 21--Wk 27/18] Small craft may be encountered in Petite Passe, as marinas are situated in Petite Rade (2.146). Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Île Pott -- Anse Ammoian — Anchorage French Notice 46/220/19 [NP61--No 48--Wk 51/19] 119 Nouvelle--Calédonie – West coast — Marine reserve Paragraph 3.196 1 line 7 For 30 m Read 25 m 92 French Chart 7758/18 [NP61--No 22--Wk 27/18] After Paragraph 3.13 1 line 4 Insert:

Marine nature reserve Nouvelle--Calédonie – East coast – 3.13a Port Ounia — Anchorage; wreck 1 The Zone Côtière Ouest marine reserve 125 encompasses Réserve de Ouano (215180S 1654625E) and extends about 5¼ miles SSW from Paragraph 4.33 4 lines 6--7 Replace by: the shore in the vicinity of 215210S 1655300E, continues 4¼ miles W and then about 53 miles A rock with a depth of 13 m lies 1¼ cables SSE of generally WNW, finishing in Baie de Poya (3.63). the anchorage and a wreck lies about ½ cable NW. For details on marine reserves and the regulations governing them, see Appendix III. French Notice 8/204/18 [NP61--No 14--Wk 12/18]

French ENC FR367680 [NP61--No 12--Wk 01/18] Nouvelle--Calédonie – Baie de Ouinné — Anchorage Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Baie de Saint Vincent — Anchorages 125

95--96 Paragraph 4.35 3 lines 1--2 Replace by:

Paragraph 3.38 1 lines 4--7 Replace by: 3 A mooring buoy is moored 2¼ cables E of the front leading beacon. ...of Île Mathieu, in 12 m, sand and mud, good Anchor Berth U2, with a swinging circle of radius holding. 3 cables, can only be used by day. Baie Centrale: 5½ cables NW of Île Page (3.35), in 11 m, mud and shells. FrenchNotice15/K1020082.1.5.2/17 French Chart 6540 [NP61/No.10/Wk.43/17] [NP61/No.2/Wk.20/17]

Nouvelle--Calédonie – West coast — Nouvelle--Calédonie – Port de Thio — Marine reserve Directions; leading lights 98 130

After Paragraph 3.51 1 line 4 Insert: Paragraph 4.75 1 lines 10--12 Delete

Marine nature reserve 3.51a French Notice 15/17 15 212/17 [NP61/No.3/Wk.20/17] 1 See 3.13a. Nouvelle Calédonie -- Baie de Canala — Depths French ENC FR367680 [NP61--No 13--Wk 01/18] 132 Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Île Art -- Baie de Waala — Anchorage After Paragraph 4.92 1 line 11 Insert: 118 Depths on the recommended track exceed 20 m as far as Les Trois Frères (4.93). Coral shoals with Paragraph 3.189 1 line 1 For 194303S Read 194287S depths less than 10 m lie outside the recommended track. Paragraph 3.189 1 line 2 For 1633829E Read 1633796E French Chart 6589 [NP61--No 35--Wk 35/19]

2--278 NP61

Nouvelle Calédonie -- Baie de Canala -- Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Î l e L i f o u -- N o r t h c o a s t -- Presqu’île Bogota — Anchorages Cap Escarpé — Position 133 166 Paragraph 4.94 1 line(s) 1--4 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 5.63 1 line(s) 4 For (202810S 1663974E) Spare Read (204089S 1671357E) 4.94

Paragraph 4.95 1 line(s) 1--3 including heading Replace by: French Chart 7218/19 [NP61--No 39--Wk 35/19] Spare 4.95 Nouvelle--Calédonie – Îles Loyauté – Atoll d’Ouvéa — Passages; general information Paragraph 4.97 1 line(s) 1--3 including heading Replace by:

Spare 168 4.97 Paragraph 5.78 1 line(s) 1--6 Replace by: French Chart 6589 [NP61--No 36--Wk 35/19] 1 There are five allocated passages into Atoll d’Ouvéa with charted fairway limits. Nouvelle Calédonie -- Baie de Canala -- île Adam There are three passages between Pléïades du and Pic des Morts — Anchorage; wharves Sud (named from SE to NW): 133 PasseduCoëtlogon(5.79); Passe du Styx (5.82); Paragraph 4.99 1 line(s) 1--5 including heading Replace by: Passe de la Meurthe (5.84). 2 There are a further two passages between Pléïades Spare du Nord (named from SW to NE): 4.99 Passe du Taureau (5.88); Paragraph 4.100 1 line(s) 1--3 including heading Replace Passe de la Baleine (5.89). by: The passages between Pléïades du Sud are wider and are reported to be more easily navigated than Spare those of Pléïades du Nord. 4.100 3 Caution. Areas outside of the described fairways cannot be considered adequately surveyed; large French Chart 6589 [NP61--No 37--Wk 35/19] depth anomalies may be expected. It is not recommended to transit outside of the described Nouvelle--Calédonie – Baie Laugier — fairways within Atoll d’Ouvéa. Directions; leading lights 135 French Chart 7218/19 [NP61--No 40--Wk 35/19]

Paragraph 4.110 4 lines 1--2 Delete Nouvelle--Calédonie – Îles Loyauté – Atoll d’Ouvéa – Passe du Styx — Directions French Notice 15/17 15 212/17 [NP61/No.4/Wk.20/17] 168 Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Baie de Poro — Leading beacons Paragraph 5.83 1 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: 138 ...through a channel 6 cables wide where it joins a track... Paragraph 4.137 2 line 1 For 1402 Read 1365 French Chart 7218/19 [NP61--No 41--Wk 35/19] French Notice 44/204/17 Block F.577 [NP61--No 11--Wk 48/17] Nouvelle--Calédonie – Îles Loyauté – Atoll d’Ouvéa — Passe d’Anêmata Nouvelle--Calédonie -- Île Lifou -- North coast -- Cap Escarpé — Position 169 164 Paragraph 5.87 1 line(s) 1--7 including headings Replace Paragraph 5.51 1 line(s) 4 For (202810S 1663974E) Read (204089S 1671357E) by:

Paragraph 5.56 1 line(s) 6 For (202810S 1663974E) Spare Read (204089S 1671357E) 5.87

French Chart 7218/19 [NP61--No 38--Wk 35/19] French Chart 7218/19 [NP61--No 42--Wk 35/19]

2--279 NP61

Nouvelle--Calédonie–ÎlesLoyauté– Fiji -- Lautoka — Directions; floating dock Atoll d’Ouvéa – Passe du Taureau — Directions 272 169 After Paragraph 8.214 1 line 7 Insert:

After Paragraph 5.88 2 line 8 Insert: N of a floating dock (173688S 1772570E), thence:

Directions Correspondence MSAF [NP61--No 46--Wk 39/19] 5.88a 1 From the vicinity of 202610S 1662730E, the Fiji Islands -- Viti Levu Bay — Directions; rocks track leads SSE for 1½ miles in the centre of the channel between the two islands. Thence the fairway, 281 approximately 5 cables wide, leads SE for 5 miles, passing: After Paragraph 8.307 2 line 6 Insert: NE of a 2 8 m shoal (20 30 18S 166 30 61E),      SSE of two dangerous rocks (172504S marked by a buoy (W cardinal). 1781659E), thence: Thence the track joins the fairway leading SSE to the jetty at Hwaadrila (5.93). BA Chart 387 [NP61/No.7/Wk.40/17]

French Chart 7218/19 [NP61--No 43--Wk 35/19] Fiji Islands -- Yasawa Islands -- Tamasua Passage — Directions; depth

Nouvelle--Calédonie–ÎlesLoyauté– 284 Atoll d’Ouvéa – Passe de la Baleine — Directions After Paragraph 8.337 1 line 5 Insert: 169 Depths. It has been reported (2019) that shoals with depths of less than 4 m lie in the E entrance. Paragraph 5.90 1 line(s) 1--10 Replace by: UKHO correspondence; H102 MV Island Sky 1 Caution. Local knowledge is required. [NP61--No 49--Wk 51/19] Track. From the vicinity of 202482S 1662910E, the track through Passe de la Baleine leads SE for 1 mile, keeping towards the SW side. Thence the Fiji Isands -- Levuka Wharf — Wreck fairway leads SSE for 8 miles towards the jetty at 295 Hwaadrila (5.93). Depths generally exceed 5 m within the fairway, with the exception of a 39m shoal Paragraph 8.427 3 lines 10--12 Replace by: (202730S 1663074E) which encroaches upon the fairway limit. ...130 m ENE of the light near the knuckle of Levuka Wharf, in position 174104S 1785028E. A French Chart 7218/19 [NP61--No 44--Wk 35/19] dangerous wreck, depth 7 m, marked at its extremities by buoys (special), lies 90 m E of the light exhibited from the head of Levuka Wharf. Nouvelle--Calédonie–ÎlesLoyauté– Atoll d’Ouvéa – Hnyimwele — Pilotage BA Chart 1244 [NP61/No.8/Wk.41/17]

169 Fiji -- Viti Levu -- Rewa Roads — Submarine cable

After Paragraph 5.93 1 line 4 Insert: 300

Pilotage. Pilot for Hnyimwele boards in position Paragraph 8.462 1 line 10 Replace by: 203630S 1661440E, at the entrance to Passe de ...river. A submarine cable is laid through Rewa Roads and la Meurthe (5.84). uncharted coral pinnacles may exist in the area.

French Chart 7218/19 [NP61--No 45--Wk 35/19] BA Chart 1674 [NP61--No 19--Wk 16/18]

Fiji -- Exploring Isles -- Qilaqila Passage — Fiji Islands -- Viti Levu -- Approaches to Suva — Leading Beacons Anchorage; wreck 346 266 Paragraph 10.36 1 lines 2--4 Replace by: Paragraph 8.162 1 line 2 Replace by: Front beacon (white pillar) (170969S 1790223W). ...Tamavua Light Beacon (8.153); a wreck, reported Rear beacon (white pillar) (2 cables from front (2018), lies 1 cable NNW of the anchorage. beacon).

Fijian NAVWARN 22/18 [NP61--No 23--Wk 28/18] MV Tenacious [NP61/No.9/Wk.43/17]

2--280 NP61

Fiji Islands -- Balmoral Reef — Shoal Tonga Islands – North coast of Tongatapu — Directions 360 377 Paragraph 11.10 Replace by: Paragraph 12.42 2 line(s) 1--9 Replace by:

1 Depth/Position Description and remarks 2 Sofa61 m shoal (205569S 1750085W), which breaks in moderate weather, thence: (date reported) Nofa92 m shoal (205930S 1750159W), thence: 10 7m Shoal (2001).  S of a 9 m isolated shoal (205636S 1750363W), 155700S 1753800E thence: 7m Balmoral Reef; S of Hyäne Shoal (205620S 1750450W), a small 153900S 1755200E 2½ miles long, 1¾ miles coral patch on which the sea breaks, thence: wide. Reported (1991) N of a shoal (205818S 1750506W) with a least to lie 5 miles NE of its depth of 84 m, thence: Nofa73 m shoal (20 58 04S 175 06 37W), and: charted position.      136m Shoal (2018). Paragraph 12.42 3 line 2 For 73m Read 58m 145653S 1745077E New Zealand Chart 827 [NP61--No 33--Wk 25/19] Fijian Notice 48/18 [NP61--No 24--Wk 42/18] Tonga -- Approaches to Nuku’alofa Harbour — Limiting conditions Île Futuna -- Ava Leava — Anchorage 377 365 Paragraph 12.48 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 11.40 3 line 3 Replace by: 1 Ava Lahi (210000S 1751000W) (12.64): 95m. ...bearing (028). Caution. A submarine cable is laid through this anchorage. New Zealand Chart 8275/19; Tongan Chart 8275/19 [NP61--No 28--Wk 20/19] BA Chart 968 [NP61--No 17--Wk 16/18] Tonga -- Approaches to Nuku’alofa Harbour -- Egeria Channel — Directions Îles Wallis -- Mouilage de Mata Utu — Anchorage 379 368 Paragraph 12.62 2 line(s) 2 For (1413) Read (1416) Paragraph 11.59 1 line 4 For 34 m Read 20 m Paragraph 12.62 3--7 Replace by: Paragraph 11.59 1 line 5 For 22 m Read 13 m 3 NE of Hakauiki Hahake (210250S 1751700W), a detached drying reef, and: After Paragraph 11.59 1 line 8 Insert: SW of the SW extremity (210220S 1751640W) of Hakau Loa, an extensive drying reef with a Caution. A submarine cable lies close to the number of rocks awash within 1½ cables S of the anchorage positions. S side. 4 From a position S of the SW extremity Hakau Loa, BA Chart 968 [NP61--No 18--Wk 16/18] the track leads ENE, passing: NNW of ’Atatº (210286S 1751523W), an island with some trees on it, the tops of which have an – Îles Wallis – Mata Utu — Anchorage elevation of 33 m; the E side of the island is bordered by cliffs 3 to 4 m high. 368 5 Thence, from a position N of ’Atatº, the track leads ESE, passing: Paragraph 11.59 1 lines 1--8 including existing Section IV SSW of a 39 m patch (210227S 1751502W); a Notice Week 16/18 Replace by: 34 m patch lies 2 cables NNE. Thence: SSW of Friday Shoal (210220S 1751450W), 1 Anchoring is available in Mouillage de Mata Utu thence: (131770S 1760960W), except within 250 m of a SSW of Johnnie Shoal (210244S 1751460W). submarine cable. Two patches with depths of 55and19 m lie The swinging room is restricted by reefs and banks. 1½ cables W and 1 cable NNW respectively, and additional patches lie E and ESE of Johnnie French Notice 43/207/18 [NP61--No 25--Wk 47/18] Shoal. Thence:

2--281 NP61

6 SSW of a shoal patch (210267S 1751425W) Paragraph 12.66 Replace by: with least depth of 37 m at the N end, thence: Spare NNE of Sumner Shoal (210305S 1751421W), 12.66 thence: NNE of Campbell Rock (210355S 1751420W), Paragraph 12.67 Replace by: thence: Clear of a 7 9 m shoal patch (21 03 35S    Spare 175 13 29W) marked by a light buoy (starboard   12.67 hand). 7 Thence the track leads to the inner pilot boarding Paragraph 12.68 Replace by: position (12.54) NE of ’Alakipeau (210521S 175 14 66W), a small island on the reef fringing the   Spare W side of the harbour. 12.68

New Zealand Chart 8275/19; Tongan Chart 8275/19 New Zealand Chart 8275/19; Tongan Chart 8275/19 [NP61--No 29--Wk 20/19] [NP61--No 31--Wk 20/19]

Tonga -- Approaches to Nuku’alofa Harbour -- Tonga -- Inner approaches to Egeria Channel — Directions Nuku’alofa Harbour — Directions

379 380

Paragraph 12.63 3 line(s) 5--7 Replace by: Paragraph 12.69 Replace by:

(Directions continue for the harbour at 12.69) 1 From the inner pilot boarding position the track initially leads along the line of bearing 215 of the SE New Zealand Chart 8275/19; Tongan Chart 8275/19 extremity of Polo’a islet through the final part of Ava [NP61--No 30--Wk 20/19] Lahi, for about 8 cables, in a least depth of 119m, passing: SE of a 79 m shoal patch (210335S 1751329W) Tonga -- Approaches to Nuku’alofa Harbour -- marked by a light buoy (starboard hand). Ava Lahi — Directions 2 Thence the track leads on the line of bearing 150, ahead, of a light beacon (starboard hand) (210692S 379--380 1751183W) on the E side of Ualanga ’Uta (12.48) until SW of Ualanga Lalo (210607S 1751127W), Paragraph 12.65 2 line(s) 9 Replace by: from where a light (12.73) is exhibited on its W side. The track then leads to a position 2¾ miles NW of 3 The anchorage (12.76), Vuna Wharf or Queen Malinoa Light. Salote Wharf (12.77) may be approached as required, 3 Thence with ’Alakipeau (12.62), an islet close N of passing: Polo’a (210539S 1751466W) on the fringing reef, WSW and S of Ualanga Lalo, thence: bearing 220, the track leads through the second part Clear on either side of Ualanga ’Uta and Mounu of Ava Lahi, for 5 miles, in a least depth of 95m, (12.48) reefs, both of which are marked by light passing: beacons. NW of Telemachus Reef (210107S 1750977W), Paragraph 12.70 Replace by: which breaks, thence: 4 SE of shoal patches (210150S 1751180W) with depths from 42to86 m and a rock Spare awash, marked on their NE side by a light 12.70 buoy (starboard hand), thence: SE of a 37 m patch (210172S 1751227W). A New Zealand Chart 8275/19; Tongan Chart 8275/19 dangerous rock and a 39 m patch lie close W and [NP61--No 32--Wk 20/19] SW respectively. Thence: 5 SE of a rock (210208S 1751225W), with a Tonga -- Ha’apai Group -- depth of 50 m, thence: Ava Vahaa Fonua — Directions; rock NW of a shoal patch with a depth of 38 m marked by a light buoy (W cardinal) (21 02 82S   394 1751215W); several shoal patches less than 10 m lie close NW and SW of the patch and After Paragraph 12.190 1 line 5 Insert: Nautilus Shoal lies 5 cables ESE. Thence: 6 SE of a shoal patch (210256S 1751270W), ESE of an isolated rock (195397S 1743328W) depth 59m. with a depth of 55 m, position approximate, The track then leads SE of an extensive shoal area thence: (210270S 1751300W) marked by a light buoy (starboard hand) to the inner pilot boarding position New Zealand Notice 25/153/18 (12.54). [NP61--No 27--Wk 02/19]

2--282 NP61 Tonga -- Vava’u Group -- Neiafu — NP62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 3 Anchorage; submarine cables (2016 Edition) 400

Paragraph 12.235 1 line(s) 4--6 Replace by: French -- Archipel des Tuamotu -- Taenga — Directions; alignment ...anchorage can be obtained off Lotuma (183966S 1740056W) (12.229), avoiding charted submarine 130 cables, in depths of about 55 m. Paragraph 5.130 4 line 2 For 049 Read 052 New Zealand Notice 14/61/19 [NP61--No 34--Wk 33/19] French Notice 39/K11 1.5.2.1/18 Samoa -- Savai’i Island -- Salelologa Harbour — [NP62--No 17--Wk 43/18] Directions; depths 410 French Polynesia -- Archipel des Tuamotu -- Fakarava — Anchorages Paragraph 13.32 2--4 Replace by:

2 Directions. Leading lights: 134 Front light (white concrete column) (134513S Paragraph 5.142 1--2 Replace by: 1721281W) on the edge of the W reef. Rear light (similar structure) (1¾ cables from front 1 Anchorages. Small vessels can anchor off light) on a reef. Rotoava, at anchorage A (160335S 1453752W). 3 From a position 1½ miles from the front light the This anchorage is marked to the N by a beacon alignment (312) of these lights leads into the channel, (reported missing 2008), on Récif Tatapiri, and to the passing: S by a light beacon (lateral) standing on an unnamed SW of a shoal with a depth of 05m (134527S reef with a depth of 47m. 1721260W). 2 Larger vessels can anchor in 11 to 30 m at 4 The track then leads NNW, passing: anchorage B (160353S 1453785W). Récif WSW of a shoal with a depth of 01m(134518S Kopuapiro, lying 3½ cables S of the flagstaff is 1721268W). marked by a light beacon (N cardinal). The mariner’s The track then continues generally NNW to attention is drawn to the unmarked and unnamed reef Salelologa Wharf (134471S 1721303W), through a (160389S 1453749W) with a depth of 09m. channel marked by light buoys, passing: Clear of numerous reefs and shoals. French Notice 41/210/2018 [NP62--No 18--Wk 44/18] The chart is the best guide.

New Zealand Chart 8645/18 [NP61--No 15--Wk 16/18] French Polynesia -- Rangiroa -- Passe d’Avatoru — Regulations; prohibited area Samoa -- Upolu Island -- Mulifanua Harbour — Directions; depths 140 410 Paragraph 5.162 1 line(s) 1--3 including heading Replace Paragraph 13.34 3 line 4 For 58m Read 5.4 m by:

Paragraph 13.34 3 line 6 For 29m Read 31m Traffic regulations 5.162 Paragraph 13.34 3 line 8 For 64m Read 5.5 m 1 Prohibited areas. Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of a submarine cable laid across Passe de Paragraph 13.34 5 lines 4--7 Replace by: Tiputa. Anchoring is also prohibited in the vicinity of a W of the front light (148 alignment), thence: submarine cable laid in Passe d’Avatoru. Clear of a 28mpatch(134943S 1720265W). New Zealand Chart 8645/18 [NP61--No 16--Wk 16/18] French Notice 19/231/19 [NP62--No 20--Wk 23/19]

Samoa -- Upolu Island -- Cape Tapaga — French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société -- Tahiti -- Shoal depth Mouillage Vairao — Anchorage 411 150 Paragraph 13.42 1 Replace by: Paragraph 6.54 1 lines 4--5 Replace by: 1 A channel lies between Cape Tapaga (140285S 1712611W) and Nu’utele Islet (13.36); it should not ...regional administrative centre, stands on the E be used by large vessels as a shoal depth of 14m shore. It is reported that French aircraft... (140360S 1712649W) was reported (2017) to lie in Paragraph 6.54 2 lines 1--6 Delete the approaches to the channel.

NZ Notice 6/66(P)/17 [NP61/No.5/Wk.15/17] French Chart 6717 [NP62/No.1/Wk.11/17]

2--283 NP62

French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société -- Tahiti -- French Polynesia -- Îles du Vent -- Tahiti -- Port Phaéton — Directions; depth Mouillage de Bougainville — Prohibited area

151 165

Paragraph 6.59 3 lines 3--4 Delete After Paragraph 6.123 2 line 7 Insert: Prohibited area. Anchoring is prohibited within an French Chart 6717 [NP62/No.2/Wk.11/17] area (173617S 1491794W) surrounding a submarine cable in Passe de la Boudeuse. French Polynesia -- Tahiti -- Passe Aifa — Depth French Notice 19/231/19 [NP62--No 21--Wk 23/19] 154

Paragraph 6.74 3 line 2 For 47m Read 38m French Polynesia -- Îles du Vent -- Tahiti -- Mouillage de Bougainville — Directions; shoal depths; anchorage position French Notice 24/206/17 [NP62/No.11/Wk.35/17] 165 French Polynesia -- Tahiti -- Mouillage d’Aifa — Depth Paragraph 6.123 5 line 3 For 4m Read 23m

154 Paragraph 6.123 6 lines 1--5 Replace by:

Paragraph 6.74 5 line 8 For 5m Read 4m 6 W of shoals (173583S 1491795W), with depths of 30m and 09m, marked by French Notice 50/208 (Block F767)/16 beacons (starboard hand), and: [NP62/No.3/Wk.03/17] E of shoals (173575S 1491819W), with depths from 18to41m.

Îles de la Société -- Port de Papeete -- Paragraph 6.123 9 line(s) 3--4 Replace by: Lagon de Punaauia — Directions; anchorage Anchorage. The anchorage berth is about 6 cables 157 SSE of Pointe Mataorio. Only moderate shelter is afforded by the... After Paragraph 6.86 5 line 5 Insert: Anchoring is prohibited in the E side of Lagon de French Notice 19/231/19; French SD K11/18 Punaauia bounded approximately by the [NP62--No 22--Wk 23/19] shoreline and the following points: 1) 173445S 1493718W French Polynesia -- Tahiti -- Passe de Papenoo — 2) 173505S 1493704W Prohibited anchorage 3) 173504S 1493702W 168 French Notice 23/230/19 [NP62--No 30--Wk 28/19] Paragraph 6.145 1 line 4 Replace by: French Polynesia -- Tahiti -- Lagon de Punaauia ...Pointe de Papenoo (173045S 1492573W). — Anchorages; wrecks; beacon Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of a submarine cable, 158 which extends NE from Pointe de Papenoo (6.137) and through Passe de Papenoo (6.143). Paragraph 6.89 2 lines 1--11 Replace by: French Notice 25/225/19 [NP62--No 31--Wk 29/19] 2 Name Position Remarks A Centred 173480S Depths 42to201m. French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société -- Tahiti -- 1493732W Wreck, depth 134m Bassin de Taunoa — Anchorage at 173467S 1493737W; wreck, 171 depth 33m,1cableN B Centred 173506S Depth 10 m. A 95m Paragraph 6.162 2--3 Replace by: 1493720W patch lies in the S part with a wreck, depth 2 Directions. The basin is approached from N and 48m,closeSSW;a entered through Passe de Taunoa (173120S drying rock lies in the 1493310W) (6.158). The basin may also be entered N part of the through a marked channel from Bassin de Papaoa anchorage. (6.161). C Centred 173541S Depths 10 to 18 m. 3 Landing places in the basin are unusable in strong 1493703W NW winds.

French Notice 27/206/17 [NP62/No.7/Wk.31/17] French Notice 40/228/19 [NP62--No 39--Wk 45/19]

2--284 NP62

French Polynesia -- Moorea — Regulations French Polynesia -- Îles Sous le Vent -- Raiatea – Uturoa — Anchorage berths 176 201 Paragraph 6.210 2 lines 5--6 Replace by: Paragraph 7.77 1 lines 1--8 Replace by: Anchorage regulations apply for Baie de Cook and Baie d’Opunohu. These regulations include required 1 Anchorage berths. There are three anchorage notice and limitation of stay at the designated berths available for vessels waiting to berth alongside. anchorage areas. Vessels less than 90 m are not The swinging room is limited, but the two N authorized to use the designated anchor berths anchorage berths, in depths of about 27 m (15 fm), without permission. are recommended, as the holding ground is good. The For further information, contact Port Autonome de S anchorage berth, in similar depths, is affected by a Papeete (6.167) and consult large scale national strong current, usually NW--going. charts. French Notice 5/208/17 [NP62/No.4/Wk.09/17] French SD Notice K11 2.1.3.0.37/17 [NP62/No.8/Wk.31/17] Îles de la Société -- Raiatea -- Passe Toamaro — Depth French Polynesia -- Moorea -- Baie de Cook — Anchorage berths 204 179 Paragraph 7.98 1 line 7 For 82m(27ft)Read 72 m (23 ft) Paragraph 6.227 1--2 Replace by: French Notice 45/207/17 [NP62--No 12--Wk 49/17] 1 Anchorage berths. Baie de Cook affords excellent anchorage on a muddy bottom, except in certain places, where it is coral. Anchorage regulations apply, French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société -- see 6.210. Small vessels may anchor as convenient, Bora--Bora -- Baie Haamaire — but with NW winds, it is necessary to proceed some Prohibited anchorages distance into the bay to avoid some heavy sea which 210 enters through Passe Avaroa. 2 Vessels of 90 m to 220 m in length may use anchor After Paragraph 7.138 3 line 7 Insert: berth MO 2, situated about 3 cables ENE of Pointe Nuura (172926S 1494957W) in depths of 31 m to Within 200 m of submarine cables laid within Baie 34 m. Haamaire (162915S 1514280W) (7.141) and Vessels over 90 m in length may use anchor berth the minor channel between Baie Haamaire and MO 3 situated at the intersection of the alignment Baie Paorie (7.141). (191) of the inner leading lights and the alignment (259) of the anchoring beacons (white concrete with French Chart 7466/19 [NP62--No 34--Wk 41/19] red bands) (172962S 1494956W) in depths of about 32 m, mud. French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société -- Vessels less than 90 m in length may anchor in the Bora--Bora -- Baie Paorie — S part of the bay, good holding, mainly mud. Prohibited anchorages Alongside berths: Pier on the E coast 3 cables SSW of Pointe Paveau 211 which is usually occupied during the day by small Paragraph 7.141 1 line 5 Replace by: ferries. ...1514430W. The chart is the best guide. For prohibited French SD Notice K11 2.1.3.2.36;37;41/17 anchorages see 7.138. [NP62/No.9/Wk.31/17] French Chart 7466/19 [NP62--No 35--Wk 41/19] French Polynesia -- Moorea -- Baie d’Opunohu — Anchorages French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société -- Bora--Bora -- Rade de Vaitape and Baie de Povai 179 — Prohibited anchorages

Paragraph 6.231 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: 211 1 Vessels over 90 m in length may use anchor berth Paragraph 7.144 4 line 7 Replace by: MO 1 situated about 3 cables E of Pointe Taïri, on the line of bearing (2465) of the anchoring beacons 5 Within 200 m of a submarine pipeline in Baie de (white) and the alignment (1568)ofPasseTareu Povai (7.151). Leading Lights, in depth of 40 m, sand and mud. Within 200 m of the submarine pipeline and cable Regulations apply, see 6.210. laid between the main island of Bora--Bora and the SE coast of Île Toopua (7.127). French SD Notice K11 2.1.3.2.71/17 [NP62/No.10/Wk.31/17] French Chart 7466/19 [NP62--No 36--Wk 41/19]

2--285 NP62

French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société -- Kiribati -- Southern Line Group -- Bora--Bora -- Baie de Povai — Anchorages Vostok Island — Position

212 235 Paragraph 9.9 1 line 4 For 100615S 1522326W Read Paragraph 7.148 1 Replace by: 100375S 1521875W 1 Anchorages. Three anchorages are available; BO--1 (163048S 1514548W) for vessels 90 to French Notice 19/233/19 [NP62--No 23--Wk 23/19] 200 m LOA, BO--2 (163088S 1514533W) for vessels over 200 m LOA, and BO--3 (163137S Kiribati -- Southern Line Group -- Vostok Island 1514526W). Vessels intending to use the — Position; caution anchorages are required to give 72 hours notice. 236 French Notice 41/208/2018 [NP62--No 19--Wk 44/18] Paragraph 9.16 1 Replace by:

1 Vostok Island (100375S 1521875W), situated French Polynesia -- Îles de la Société -- Bora--Bora -- Baie de Povai — 88 miles NNW of Flint Island, is an uninhabited coral Prohibited anchorages island fringed by a reef. Caution. A dangerous rock lies about 4¾ miles 212 WSW of the island. French Notice 19/233/19 [NP62--No 24--Wk 23/19] Paragraph 7.151 1 line(s) 7 For 7.138 Read 7.144

Palmyra Atoll — Explosives dumping ground French Chart 7466/19 [NP62--No 37--Wk 41/19] 244

French Polynesia -- Îles--Sous--le--Vent -- Manuae After Paragraph 9.88 2 line 9 Insert: and Motu One — Marine reserves Dumping ground 215 9.88a 1 A dumping ground, used for disposal of explosives, After Paragraph 7.164 2 line 8 Insert: lies about 16 miles WSW of Palmyra Atoll (55300N 1620500W). 3 Marine reserve. Manuae and Motu One (7.166) are enclosed within a marine reserve, extending about BA Chart 4652 [NP62--No 13--Wk 49/17] 3 miles from each atoll. Anchoring is prohibited by unauthorised vessels within the marine reserve. French Polynesia -- Îles Marquises -- Hiva--Oa -- After Paragraph 7.166 2 line 8 Insert: Baie Taaoa — Anchorage; prohibited area

3 Marine reserve. See 7.164. 252

Paragraph 7.167 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 10.48 3 line 5 Replace by: ...cove affords landing for Atuona. 1 Moorings. There are a number of large rocks to whichasmallvesselcansecureingoodweather. After Paragraph 10.48 3 line 5 Insert: Landing place. The concrete platform affords a landing. A surf boat is required. Traffic regulations 10.48a French Chart 6688/19; SD K11 (2018) 1 Prohibited area. In order to secure commercial [NP62--No 29--Wk 26/19] operations at the wharf and due to a submarine cable laid across the cove, anchoring is prohibited within Baie Tahauku. For further details on restrictions Cook Islands -- Penrhyn Island Lagoon — Depths mariners should contact the local authorities. French Notice 19/231/19 [NP62--No 25--Wk 23/19] 224

Paragraph 8.60 3 lines 2--3 Replace by: French Polynesia -- Îles Marquises -- Hiva--Oa -- Baie Taaoa — Anchorages; depths ...Gudgeon Bay takes the form of a lane, the central track of which has a swept depth of 5 m. The least depth within the 252 lane is 35 m which lies close N of the central track in the Paragraph 10.50 1 line 2 Replace by: vicinity of 85763S 1580296W. ...Tahauku in a depths of 03to35m(09to11ft).The New Zealand Chart 945 [NP62--No 15--Wk 29/18] berth is...

2--286 NP62

After Paragraph 10.50 1 line 4 Insert: French Polynesia -- Îles Marquises -- Nuku--Hiva -- Baie de Taiohae — Anchorage A training wall (ruined) extends across the entrance to the anchorage. 258

French Chart 7354/2017 [NP62--No 14--Wk 11/18] Paragraph 10.95 1 including existing Section IV Notice Week 10/17 Replace by:

French Polynesia -- Îles Marquises -- Hiva--Oa -- 1 Anchorage can be obtained in Baie de Taiohae, in Baie Taaoa — Anchorage depths of 15 to 20 m (8 to 11 fm), sand, about 3¾ cables off Fort Collet, with the light bearing 060. 252 Anchorage, reserved for vessels more than 90 m in length, may be obtained centred on 85543S Paragraph 10.50 1--3 including Existing Section IV Notices 1400604W with 72 hours notice (see also 10.92). Week 11/18 Replace by:

1 Larger vessels can anchor temporarily in good French Notice 38/231/19 [NP62--No 38--Wk 43/19] holding ground, in a depth of 28 m (15 fm), sand and coral, with Atuona Light (10.49) bearing 002, distant Hawaiian Islands – Oahu Island – Pearl Harbor — 3½ cables. Controlling depth If remaining overnight it is advisable, on account of wind and sea, to anchor farther to seaward in depths 312 of 35 m (19 fm), with Atuona Light bearing 334 and the S side of Motu Anakee 270. Paragraph 13.66 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: Local vessels anchor off Atuona village. 1 The project depth is 122 m in the entrance Caution. Disused submarine pipelines and a channel. For the latest controlling depths, charts and submarine cable lie off Pointe Feki (10.48). local harbour and pilotage authorities should be consulted. French Notice 19/231/19 [NP62--No 26--Wk 23/19] US Notice 38/19366/18 [NP62--No 16--Wk 42/18] French Polynesia -- Îles Marquises -- Nuku--Hiva -- Baie de Taiohae — Prohibited area Hawaii -- Oahu -- Kaneohe Bay — Directions; wreck 258

Paragraph 10.92 2 line(s) 6--7 Replace by: 323 Traffic regulations. Anchoring is prohibited within Paragraph 13.169 7 line 2 Replace by: an area (8 55 22S 140 05 87W), in which a     multi--pile structure) (215 m from front light). submarine cable is laid, in the E part of the bay. Local Caution. A dangerous wreck (212700N regulations are in force for policing Baie de Taiohae. 1574800W), position approximate, lies in the main channel about 3 cables WNW of the junction with French Notice 19/231/19 [NP62--No 27--Wk 23/19] Sampan Channel (13.170).

French Polynesia -- Îles Marquises -- Nuku--Hiva US Notice 13/19359/17 [NP62/No.6/Wk.26/17] -- Baie de Taiohae — Directions; shoal Hawaiian Islands -- Kauai Island -- 258 Nawiliwili Bay — Pilotage

After Paragraph 10.93 4 line 8 Insert: 330 WNW of a detached shoal (85587S 1400592W), least depth 99 m, lying close SW of Pointe Paragraph 14.33 1 line(s) 2 Replace by: Arquee, thence: ...pilot boards in the vicinity of 215650N 1591880W. The... French Notice 19/231/19 [NP62--No 28--Wk 23/19] ENC US3HA60M [NP62--No 32--Wk 32/19] French Polynesia -- Îles Marquises -- Nuku--Hiva -- Baie de Taiohae — Anchorage Hawaiian Islands -- Kauai Island -- Port Allen — Pilotage 258 333 Paragraph 10.95 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: Paragraph 14.67 1 line(s) 2 Replace by: 1 Anchorage can be obtained in Baie de Taiohae, in depths of 15 to 20 m (8 to 11 fm), sand, about ...pilot boards in the vicinity of 215230N 1593510W. 3¾ cables off Fort Collet, with the light bearing 060. The...

French Notice 7/207/17 [NP62/No.5/Wk.10/17] ENC US3HA60M [NP62--No 33--Wk 32/19]

2--287 NP63 NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2018 Edition) United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi — Regulations; Marine Protected Area

5 Persian Gulf and Gulf of Oman — Piracy After Paragraph 1.40 1 line 6 Insert: 2 2 Marine protected areas. Restrictions and prohibitions concerning entry, anchoring, mooring, Paragraph 1.10 1--3 Replace by: hazardous materials, fishing and disturbing wildlife are 1 The British Maritime and Coastguard Agency has established within certain Marine Reserves, Protected brought to the attention of shipowners, masters and Areas and National Parks. For detailed information crews, the risk of acts of piracy on the high seas or contact local authorities. armed robbery against ships at anchor, off ports or when underway through the territorial waters of certain Environment Agency--Abu Dhabi coastal states. [NP63--No 72--Wk 33/19] 2 The UKMTO (United Kingdom Maritime Trade Operations) has established a designated Voluntary Western approaches to the Strait of Hormuz -- Reporting Area (VRA) covering all the waters of Red JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Name Sea, Gulf of Oman, Arabian Sea and Indian Ocean S of Suez and Straits of Hormuz to 10S and 78E. 61 3 Although there have been no reports of piracy and Paragraph 2.5 1 lines 7--8 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg armed robbery in Persian Gulf since 2007, a vessel Read Greater Tunb was hijacked and several vessels reported attempted attacks during 2012 in the approaches to Strait of Hormuz and Gulf of Oman. Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 47--Wk 11/19] For further information, see The Mariner’s Handbook. Western approaches to the Strait of Hormuz -- JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Name Recommended practices 1.10a 61 1 Recommended practices, including anti--attack plans, reporting, use of AIS, radio procedures and Paragraph 2.9 3 line 1 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg responses are outlined on charts Q6099, Q6111 and Read Greater Tunb The Mariner’s Handbook. A list of anti--piracy contacts is published in ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 48--Wk 11/19] Volume 1. Additional guidance can be found in Best Management Practices for Protection against Somalia Western approaches to the Strait of Hormuz -- Based Piracy, available from the Maritime Security JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Directions; name Centre (Horn of Africa) website (www.mschoa.org). 2 Details of the current prevalence of reported piracy 62 and armed robbery for all regions may be found on the website (www.icc--ccs.org) of the International Paragraph 2.10 1 line 16 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg Chamber of Commerce Commercial Crime Services. Read Greater Tunb

Paragraph 1.11 1--2 including heading Replace by: Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 49a--Wk 11/19]

Reporting Oman -- Strait of Hormuz -- West Bukha Oilfield 1.11 — Directions; racon 1 Piracy warnings are received and issued by the Piracy Reporting Centre at Kuala Lumpur for the area 62 covered by this volume. Details of the current reported Paragraph 2.11 2 line 1 Delete piracy and armed robbery for all regions may be found on the International Chamber of Commerce Crime Services website www.icc--ccs.org. H102 MV Hydra Voyager 08/18 2 The IMB has a maritime security hotline. This [NP63--No 21--Wk 37/18] enables mariners to report information or suspicions about serious maritime crimes, anonymously and Western approaches to the Strait of Hormuz -- confidentially to: JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Directions; name IMB Piracy Reporting Centre Tel: +60 3 2078 5763 / +60 3 2031 0014 62 E--mail: [email protected] / [email protected] For further information, see ADMIRALTY List of Paragraph 2.11 2 line 3 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg Radio Signals Volume 1 and The Mariner’s Handbook. Read Greater Tunb

GB Chart Q6099 [NP63--No 62--Wk 20/19] Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 49b--Wk 11/19]

2--288 NP63

Oman -- Muscaò-JazØrat Muscaò — Oman -- Muscaò-JazØrat Muscaò — Directions; position Directions; position

62 77 Paragraph 3.63 2 line 17 For (33734N 583596E) Read Paragraph 2.12 1 line 11 For (33734N 583596E) Read (233734N 583596E) (233734N 583596E) H102 Maersk Supply Service [NP63--No 31--Wk 49/18] H102 Maersk Supply Service [NP63--No 30--Wk 49/18] Oman -- Muscaò-JazØrat Muscaò — Directions; position Western approaches to the Strait of Hormuz -- JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Directions; names 79

63 Paragraph 3.82 1 line 3 For (33734N 583596E) Read (233734N 583596E) Paragraph 2.15 2 line 1 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg Read Greater Tunb H102 Maersk Supply Service [NP63--No 32--Wk 49/18]

Paragraph 2.15 3 line 1 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Køchek Oman -- Muscaò-JazØrat Muscaò — Read Lesser Tunb Directions; position

82 Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 50--Wk 11/19] Paragraph 3.101 1 line 2 For (33734N 583596E) Read (233734N 583596E) Western approaches to the Strait of Hormuz -- JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Directions; names H102 Maersk Supply Service [NP63--No 33--Wk 49/18] 64 Gulf of Oman -- Oman -- As Suwayq -- Paragraph 2.16 2 line 7 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Køchek Said Bin Sultan Naval Base — Anchorages Read Lesser Tunb 86

Paragraph 2.16 2 line 11 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg Paragraph 3.131 1 lines 4--8 Replace by: Read Greater Tunb Outer anchorages. Three anchorage areas lie NNW of As Suwayq (235076N 572652E): Paragraph 2.16 3 line 4 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg Anchorage A (235269N 572552E) for small Read Greater Tunb craft; Anchorage B (235408N 572515E) for medium size vessels; Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 51--Wk 11/19] Anchorage C (235716N 572462E) for deep--draught vessels.

Western approaches to the Strait of Hormuz -- Omani Notice 10/41/19 [NP63--No 84--Wk 49/19] JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg — Name

64 Oman -- Shinºî — Anchorage 89 Paragraph 2.18 1 line 1 including heading For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg Read Greater Tunb After Paragraph 3.162 1 line 5 Insert: Anchorage. An anchorage area, with a radius of Paragraph 2.18 3 line 8 For JazØreh--ye Tonb--e Bozorg 1mile,iscentredon244500N 563500E. Read Greater Tunb Omani Notice 5/15/18 [NP63--No 1--Wk 27/18] Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 52--Wk 11/19] United Arab Emirates -- Gulf of Oman -- Port of Fujairah — Prohibited anchorage Western approaches to the Strait of Hormuz -- JazØreh--ye Tonb--eKøchek — Name 91 After Paragraph 3.177 2 line 8 Insert: 64 Anchorage is prohibited in the area between the Paragraph 2.19 1 line 1 including heading For JazØreh--ye designated anchorages and the shore. Tonb--e Køchek Read Lesser Tunb Anchorage is prohibited within the SPM Channel (251910N 563000E). Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 53--Wk 11/19] GB Chart 3708 [NP63--No 67--Wk 29/19]

2--289 NP63

United Arab Emirates -- Gulf of Oman -- Iran -- South--east coast -- Port of Fujairah — Directions; light Chºbahar — Anchorages 107 92 Paragraph 4.21 1--2 Replace by:

Paragraph 3.184 1 line(s) 7--8 Replace by: 1 Anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained in the following areas: ...4 m in height) are exhibited. The service harbour is Outer Anchorage (251399N 603651E); depths entered 5 cables SSE. The N harbour is entered 1 mile NE of between 29 to 55 m. in the white sector (351--353)oftheNBreakwater Inner Anchorage (251923N 603225E); depths of Directional Light (white mast) (251162N 562271E). between 11 to 13 m, mud. 2 During the SW Monsoon, when a heavy SSE swell GB Chart 3708 [NP63--No 68--Wk 29/19] is entering the bay, sheltered anchorage may be obtained on the W side of the bay, about 3½ miles E of the village of Konºrak (252150N 602400E) United Arab Emirates -- Gulf of Oman -- Ra’s Dibº (4.26); this berth also affords good shelter from the — Prohibited anchorage shamºl. 3 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels; pilots board 96 in position 251729N 603400E. For further information, see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Paragraph 3.232 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: Volume 6(8)

1 Anchoring is prohibited off Khawr Fakkºn and Iranian Notice S. 15/2019 [NP63--No 88--Wk 51/19] subsequently N to Ra’s Dibº, except in charted Iran -- South--east coast -- Chºbahar — designated anchorages. Vessels are requested not to Directions anchor N of 253700N due to the presence of 107 submarine cables in this area. Paragraph 4.23 2 line(s) 1--7 Replace by: Port of Fujairah Notice 259 [NP63--No 63--Wk 21/19] 2 Approach and entry. From the vicinity of a light buoy (safe water) (251634N 603323E) the track leads NE for about 2½ miles through a channel, Oman -- Strait of Hormuz -- West Bukha Oilfield marked by light buoys (lateral), to Shahid Beheshti — Directions; racon Port (4.24), passing: NW of breakwater head (251817N 603558E) 102 (4.22). 3 Thence the track leads either SE into Shahid Paragraph 3.291 1 line 3 Delete Beheshti Port or continues ENE, thence E, for about 2 miles, through the buoyed channel to Shahid Kalantari Port (4.24). H102 MV Hydra Voyager 08/18 Iranian Notice S. 16/2019 [NP63--No 87--Wk 51/19] [NP63--No 22--Wk 37/18] Oman -- Strait of Hormuz -- West Bukha Oilfield — Directions; racon Iran -- South--east coast -- Chºbahar — Directions 122 Paragraph 5.87 1 lines 1--5 including heading Replace by: 106 Spare 5.87 Paragraph 4.18 1--2 Replace by: H102 MV Hydra Voyager 08/18 1 From a position SSW of Damºgheh--ye Chºbahºr [NP63--No 23--Wk 37/18] (4.12) the approach to KhalØj--e Chºbahºr leads N, passing: Iran – Bandar--e Pºrs — Anchorages Clear of a light buoy (safe water) (251634N 134 603323E), thence: Paragraph 6.43 2 lines 1--5 Replace by: WofDamºgheh--ye Chºbahºr(251730N 603755E), and: 2 Anchorages: 2 EofDamºgheh--ye Puzim (251734N Outer anchorage is centred at 273330N 602816E) (4.31) and through to the Inner 522400E, with depths from 30 to 53 m. The SE Anchorage area (4.21) or the pilot boarding corner is marked by a light buoy (safe water) position (251729N 603400E). (273219N 522807E). Useful mark: Inner anchorage is centred at 273380N Kalantari breakwater head light (251890N 522880E. There is a depth of 25 m (existence 603690E). doubtful) in the SE corner. Iranian Notices 8/2017; 1/2018 Iranian Notice S. 16/2019 [NP63--No 86--Wk 51/19] [NP63--No 4--Wk 27/18]

2--290 NP63

Iran -- Bøshehr — Dredged depths United Arab Emirates -- Ra’s al Khaymah -- RAK Maritime City -- RAK Khor Port — 138 Directions; control tower; buoy; anchorages 148 Paragraph 6.75 1 Replace by: Paragraph 7.29 1 lines 6--7 Delete 1 The approach channel is dredged to 85 m (2019); however silting is liable to occur. The harbour authorities should be consulted for the latest Paragraph 7.36 1 Replace by: information on channel depths. 1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours; pilot boards in vicinity of the fairway buoy (255050N Paragraph 6.81 1 line(s) 6--7 Replace by: 555605E). See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals …basin lies within the entrance to Khowr-e SolòºnØ,Sofan Volume 6(8). area of reclaimed land. Outer anchorage. RAK Kor Port anchorage lies in an area centred on 255418N 554998E with depths Iranian ENC IR5FGC09 [NP63--No 71--Wk 29/19] from 27 to 30 m. Correspondence RAK Ports 05/18; MENAS Navigation Iran -- North--west coast -- Bøshehr — Warning 066/18 [NP63--No 2--Wk 27/18] Directions; leading lights United Arab Emirates -- Al Jazeera Port — 138 Anchorages; pipeline; buoy

Paragraph 6.84 1--2 Replace by: 149

1 Track. From a position SW of the outer end of the Paragraph 7.42 Replace by: entrance channel, the track leads NE for about 5 miles through Khowr-e Deyreh, marked by light buoys 1 Outer anchorage. Al Jazeera Port anchorage lies (lateral). in an area centred on 255167N 554378E with When abeam the inner anchorage (6.85), the track depths from 27 to 34 m. then leads SE into Khowr-e BaÖrºnØ, also marked by Anchoring and fishing is prohibited within the light buoys (lateral), for 2½ miles until reaching the fairway and approaches. turning basin. 2 Pilotage is compulsory; pilot boards close to the 2 Useful marks: fairway buoy (254492N 554665E). Khowr-e Deyreh Leading Lights (piles) (290145N See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8). 504841E and 290214N 5049110E). MENAS Navigation Warning 066/18; Correspondence RAK Ports 05/18 [NP63--No 3--Wk 27/18] Iranian ENC IR5FGC13 [NP63--No 79--Wk 38/19]

United Arab Emirates – Umm al Quwain — United Arab Emirates -- Saqr Port — Anchorage Directions; pilotage; terminal 150 147 Paragraph 7.49 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: Paragraph 7.20 2 lines 2--3 Replace by: ...anareacentredon254092N 553156E, depth 22 m.

...pilot boards in position 260100N 560248E. For the Umm al Quwain Port Authority Deepwater Bulk Terminal the pilot boards at 260180N [NP63--No 25--Wk 47/18] 560021E. See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8). Western approaches to the Strait of Hormuz -- Paragraph 7.21 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: Abø Møsá — Name

1 General layout. The port consists of four quays 153 within a basin enclosed by breakwaters. The Deepwater Bulk Terminal is located on the outer side Paragraph 7.86 1 line 1 including heading For Abø Møsá of Saqr Port main lee breakwater. Read Abu Musa

After Paragraph 7.22 2 line 4 Insert: Correspondence UKHO [NP63--No 54--Wk 11/19] Deepwater Bulk Terminal. From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position the track leads SE then into the United Arab Emirates -- Dubai — Anchorage centre of the white sector (3223) of the Deep Water Terminal sector light (255847N 560275E). The 157 channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), has a minimum depth of 18 m. Paragraph 7.128 2 lines 1--3 Delete

MENAS Notice 21/18 [NP63--No 24--Wk 44/18] BA Chart 3414 [NP63--No 29--Wk 49/18]

2--291 NP63

United Arab Emirates -- Jebel Ali to Khalifa Port United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi — — Hassyan Clean Coal Power Plant Restricted area 162 165 After Paragraph 7.187 1 line 9 Insert:

After Paragraph 7.218 1 line 3 Insert: Hassyan Clean Coal Power Plant General information 7.187a Restricted area 7.218a 1 Position and function. Hassyan Clean Coal Power 1 Al Saadiyat Marine National Park (243498N Plant (245490N 545400E) has been built to serve the Dubai Municipality. It consists of an L--shaped W 542558E) extends about 4¼ miles N from the NW breakwater extending NW from the coast and a shore of JazØrat as Sa‘dØyºt. Anchoring, mooring, straight E breakwater lying parallel. fishing and disturbing wildlife is restricted within the park. See 1.40. Arrival information 7.187b Environment Agency--Abu Dhabi 1 Outer anchorages. There is a deepwater [NP63--No 74--Wk 33/19] transhipment area centred on 250656N 544650E having depths between 19 m and 24 m; the holding is poor and extra cable is recommended. See 7.114. 2 The anchorage for lightering vessels is centred on United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi — Restricted area 245850N 545050E with depths of about 7 m. Directions for entering harbour 167 7.187c 1 From the vicinity of the lightering anchorage the track leads SE following a channel marked by light After Paragraph 7.237 1 line 3 Insert: buoys (lateral). Restricted area. Restrictions apply within Mangrove Berths Marine National Park (242740N 542584E). See 7.187d 1.40. 1 The coal import berth with a length of 185 m lies alongside the W breakwater. An ash export berth with Environment Agency--Abu Dhabi a length of 95 m lies on the SE wall of the basin. [NP63--No 75--Wk 33/19] Correspondence Dubai Maritime City Authority [NP63--No 45--Wk 11/19] United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi -- MuîaffaÖ Port — Restricted area United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi -- Khalifa Port — Restricted area 163 168

After Paragraph 7.197 1 line 2 Insert: After Paragraph 7.244 5 line 6 Insert:

Restricted area Restricted area. Restrictions apply within Bul 7.197a Syayeef Marine Reserve (241825N 542112E). 1 Ras Ghanada Marine Reserve (245135N See 1.40. 544296E) extends about 3½ miles NW from the NW shore of GhanºÊah. Anchoring, mooring, fishing and Environment Agency--Abu Dhabi disturbing wildlife is restricted within the reserve. [NP63--No 76--Wk 33/19] See 1.40.

Environment Agency--Abu Dhabi [NP63--No 73--Wk 33/19] United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi to Jabal Aþ ¹annah -- Dºs deep--water approach — Directions; wreck United Arab Emirates – Abu Dhabi — Arrival information; pilotage 169 165

Paragraph 7.217 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: After Paragraph 7.254 2 line 2 Insert:

2 Pilot boards in position 243950N 541380E, SW of a wreck (252860N 531329E), reported 5 cables NW of Mina Zayed Fairway Light Buoy. (2019), thence: Abu Dhabi Ports Correspondence 03/18 [NP63--No 11--Wk 27/18] UKHO [NP63--No 85--Wk 51/19

2--292 NP63

United Arab Emirates -- Abu Dhabi -- United Arab Emirates -- Approaches to JazØreh--ye SirrØ to Jabal Aþ¹annah — Ar Ru’ays (Ruwais) and Restricted area Jabal Aþ¹annah — Depths

175 171 Paragraph 7.298 1 lines 1--4 Replace by:

After Paragraph 7.268 1 line 10 Insert: 1 The DW channel serves both ports. Dredged depths are as follows: Yºs Channel. 150 m (2016) (7.315); Restricted area Ruwais Channel. 149 m (2016) (7.319); 7.268a East Gashº Channel. 120 m (2016) (7.316). 1 Marawah Marine Reserve extends N from the mainland between the positions 240185N 533444E BA Chart 3779; ADNOC 04/18 and 240600N 525773E and encompassing Bø [NP63--No 26--Wk 48/18] ®Ønah (243700N 530500E), Ruqq al –alj (243200N 531900E), Al Bazm al GharbØ United Arab Emirates -- Jabal Aþ¹annah — (242000N 530500E), and the islands which lie on Vessel traffic information service Fasht al Bazam (7.250). Anchoring is restricted to 176 areas clear of coral cover and mooring is prohibited outside of designated sites. Other restrictions apply, After Paragraph 7.304 1 line 5 Insert: see 1.40. Vessel traffic information service 7.304a Environment Agency--Abu Dhabi 1 Jebel Dhanna Ruwais VTIS is in operation for the [NP63--No 77--Wk 33/19] control of shipping. Participation is mandatory for the following: Vessels of 50 m LOA or above. United Arab Emirates -- Zirku Oil Loading All vessels carrying dangerous cargo. Terminal — Vessel traffic information service All passenger vessels. For further information see ADMIRALTY List of 172 Radio Signals Volume 6(8). ADNOC Petroleum Ports Authority Paragraph 7.276 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: [NP63--No 39--Wk 05/19]

2 Vessel traffic information service. Das Zirku United Arab Emirates -- Ar Ruways -- Mubarraz VTIS is in operation for the control of Ghasha Oilfield — Development; shipping. Participation is mandatory for the following: reclamation works Vessels of 50 m LOA or above. All vessels carrying dangerous cargo. 176 All passenger vessels. After Paragraph 7.309 1 line 10 Insert: For further information see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8). Development 3 Approach and entry. The terminal is usually 7.309a approached through the TSS Between Zaqqum and 1 Reclamation works are in progress (2019) for the Umm Shaif (7.255); if approaching from N, the construction of an artificial island centred on terminal authorities must be advised, see 7.260. 243395N 525700E.

ADNOC Petroleum Ports Authority Correspondence Abu Dhabi National Oil Company [NP63--No 37--Wk 05/19] [NP63--No 65--Wk 25/19]

United Arab Emirates – Arzanah Oilfield — Directions; platforms United Arab Emirates -- –ºlat al Mubarraz Oil Loading Terminal — 177 Vessel traffic information service Paragraph 7.314 3 lines 5--7 Delete 174 Paragraph 7.314 6 lines 2--11 Replace by:

After Paragraph 7.286 1 line 3 Insert: JazØrat Arzanah (244731N 523342E) is an island which rises to 63 m at its N end, its S part formed Vessel traffic information service. See 7.276. by a plain terminating in a sandy spit; lights are exhibited from a jetty near its S end and from a beacon standing S of the sandy spit. ADNOC Petroleum Ports Authority [NP63--No 38--Wk 05/19] Correspondence [NP63--No 36--Wk 02/19]

2--293 NP63

United Arab Emirates -- Approaches to 2 WNW of JazØrat Yabr (241919N 524316E), a Ar Ru’ays (Ruwais) and small sandy islet, 1 m high, surrounded by a Jabal Aþ¹annah — Directions drying reef steep--to on its S side. The islet lies on the S edge of an extensive reef with 177 foul ground on its W side, marked by No 16 Light Buoy (W cardinal) (242000N Paragraph 7.315 1 lines 1--8 including heading Replace by: 524231E). Thence: To a position W of No 16 Light Buoy, which marks the W side of the reef. Yºs Channel 3 The route then continues generally NW through the 7.315 channel, marked by light buoys (lateral and special), 1 Approach. Vessels approaching from the NW are to a position SW of Najwat Light Buoy (S cardinal) to use this channel, which is for inbound traffic only. (242541N 523571E). Track. From a position W of Ghashº Light Buoy (242589N 523449E), the track leads generally SE BA Chart 3779; ADNOC 04/18 [NP63--No 28--Wk 48/18] keeping to the SW part of the DW channel for 13 miles through to Jabal Aþ¹annah Oil Loading Berths (7.320), the waiting anchorages (7.305) or Ar United Arab Emirates -- Jabal Aþ¹annah to Ru’ays Approach Channel (7.318), passing: Ra’s Rakan — Restricted area

182 Paragraph 7.315 4 lines 4--7 and 5 lines 1--5 Replace by: After Paragraph 7.346 2 line 7 Insert: ...(242261N 523900E) and N–Yºs Light Buoy (special) (242256N 523935E). 5 The track then continues SE and SSE to a position Restricted area between S--Yºs Light Buoy (special) (241830N 7.346a 524094E) and No 19 Light Buoy (starboard hand) 1 The Yasat Marine Reserve encompasses many of (241785N 524064E), passing: the off--lying islands, islets and reefs lying between JazØrat Makºsib (243985N 514913E) (7.377), Jazº’ir Ghºghah (24 25 00N 51 33 00E) (7.375) and BA Chart 3779; ADNOC 04/18     [NP63--No 27--Wk 48/18] JazØrat MuÖammalØyah (240677N 515377E). Anchoring is restricted to areas clear of coral cover and mooring is prohibited outside of designated sites. United Arab Arab Emirates -- Ar Ruways -- Other restrictions apply, see 1.40. Ghasha Oilfield — Directions; reclamation works Environment Agency--Abu Dhabi 178 [NP63--No 78--Wk 33/19]

After Paragraph 7.316 3 line 4 Insert: Qatar – Doha — Arrival information; pilotage NW of an extensive area of reclamation (243395N 525700E) (7.309a), to which entry is prohibited, 187 thence: Paragraph 7.390 1 lines 1--3 Replace by:

Correspondence Abu Dhabi National Oil Company 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all passenger and bulk [NP63--No 66--Wk 25/19] vessels and is available day and night; pilot boards 2 cables SE of Doha Light Float (251641N 514506E). For... United Arab Emirates -- Approaches to Ar Ru’ays (Ruwais) and Jabal Aþ¹annah — Directions Qatar Management Company Correspondence [NP63--No 16--Wk 27/18] 178 Qatar – Hamad Port — Limiting conditions; UKC Paragraph 7.319 including heading Replace by: 188 Ruwais Channel 7.319 After Paragraph 7.410 2 line 4 Insert: 1 From a position W of Price Shoal (7.315), the Ruwais Channel is entered between S--Yºs Light Buoy Under--keel clearance (special) (241830N 524094E) and No 20 Light 7.410a Buoy (241790N 524141E). The channel, strictly for 1 An UKC of 10 m is required. outbound vessels after No 14 Light Buoy (special) (242057N 524176E), leads initially NNE, passing: Qatar Management Company Correspondence ESE of S--Yºs Light buoy (7.315), thence: [NP63--No 17--Wk 27/18]

2--294 NP63

Qatar – Hamad Port — The track then continues to lead SE through Al Arrival information; pilotage Ruwais Channel, which is 100 m wide and has been dredged to 50m. 189 2 Anchorage. Al Ruwais Port Anchorage, with depths from 60to90 m, is centred on 261301N Paragraph 7.412 1 lines 1--2 Replace by: 510605E. 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels except Berths. There are a total of eight berths; largest is offshore support vessels and tugs/barges. The pilot Berth No 1, which is 512 m in length with a depth boards in position 251070N 514280E. alongside of 70m.

Qatar Management Company Correspondence Qatar Management Company Correspondence [NP63--No 18--Wk 27/18] [NP63--No 19--Wk 27/18]

Qatar – Ra’s Laffºn— Qatar – Mesaieed — General information; Limiting conditions; local weather approach and entry 196 190 After Paragraph 7.478 1 line 3 Insert: Paragraph 7.422 1 lines 1--10 including heading Replace by: Local weather and sea state 7.478a Spare 1 At wind speeds of over 33 kn, berthing operations 7.422 will be suspended in accordance with Ra’s LaffºnPort Regulations. UKHO [NP63--No 9--Wk 27/18] At wind speeds greater than 38 kn, unberthing operations will be suspended. Qatar – Mesaieed — Rasgas CLLNG Terminal Regulations Directions; approach and entry [NP63--No 8--Wk 27/18] 191 Qatar – Ra’s Laffºn — Outer anchorages Paragraph 7.441 1 lines 1--10 including heading Replace by: 196 Paragraph 7.480 1 lines 4--7 Replace by: Spare 7.441 ...port. It is sub--divided into 50 anchor berths, in depths of 10 m to 25 m, spaced about 1 mile apart. The Port UKHO [NP63--No 10--Wk 27/18] Authority should be contacted for berth allocation. A non--hydrocarbon anchorage area for small vessels is centred on 255200N 514200E. Qatar – Outer approaches to Ra’s Laffºn— Directions; wreck Paragraph 7.480 2 line 2 For 260170N 521235E Read 255458N 521670E 194 Ra’s LaffºnPort [NP63--No 34--Wk 51/18] After Paragraph 7.466 1 line 3 Insert: Clear of a dangerous wreck (264759N Bahrain -- Outer approaches — Prohibited area 512224E), thence: 200 BA Chart 2886/18 [NP63--No 15--Wk 27/18] After Paragraph 8.14 2 Insert:

3 Navigation is prohibited within 5 miles of a Qatar – Al Ruwais Port — Port information dangerous wreck (263740N 505895E) which forms part of an underwater dive site. 195 Menas Notice 151/19 [NP63--No 69--Wk 29/19] After Paragraph 7.472 2 line 14 Insert:

Bahrain -- Outer approaches — Prohibited area Al Ruwais 7.472a 200 1 Position and function. Al Ruwais (Ar Ru’ays) (260860N 511240E) is located SSW of Ra’s After Paragraph 8.14 2 line(s) 6 including Existing Section Rakan (7.458). The port can handle vessels with a IV Notice Week 29/19 Insert: maximum draught of 48m. 3 Navigation is prohibited within 5 miles of a Directions. From the vicinity of a light buoy (safe dangerous wreck (263593N 505848E), which water) (261150N 511016E), the track leads SE for forms part of an underwater dive site. about 2 miles through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral). MENAS 17/19 [NP63--No 80--Wk 41/19]

2--295 NP63

Bahrain -- Bahrain approaches — Bahrain -- Port of Bahrain — Directions; wreck Restricted areas; submarine cable 202 201 After Paragraph 8.35 2 line(s) 7 Insert: After Paragraph 8.18 2 line 2 Insert: An area in which anchoring is prohibited lies either Clear of a dangerous wreck (264759N side of a submarine cable extending generally NE, 512224E), thence: then N, from the Khalifa Bin Salmºn Port breakwater.

BA Chart 2886/18 [NP63--No 12--Wk 27/18] Bahrain Chart Correction 02/19 [NP63--No 56--Wk 13/19]

Bahrain -- Port of Bahrain — Anchorages Bahrain -- Port of Bahrain — Inner anchorages; berths 202 204 Paragraphs 8.33 3--4 Replace by: Paragraph 8.45 1 line 1 including headings Replace by: 3 Prohibited anchorages. Anchoring is prohibited in the open roadstead SW of Sitrah Light Buoy Basins and berths (261045N 504335E). Within Khawr al Qulay’ah Anchorages and moorings and DawÖat al QuÊabØyah anchorage is prohibited in 8.44a the restricted areas 8.35. 1 Sitrah Inner Anchorage (261070N 504080E) lies in the approaches to ASRY (8.48); the shipyard UKHO [NP63--No 5--Wk 27/18] and MØnº’Salmºn Approach Light Buoy (261023N 504083E) mark its N and SW limits. Anchoring is only permitted on instruction of the Port Authority; any Bahrain -- Port of Bahrain — vessel using the anchorage is under 1 hour’s notice of Pilotage; obstruction movement. 2 Khawr al Qulay’ah. Good anchorage, sheltered 202 from the shamºl, may be obtained in H1 (261233N 503898E) to H5 anchorages within Khawr al Paragraph 8.34 1 Replace by: Qulay’ah clear of the dredged channels and the shoal areas; see 8.28. 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 250 gt MØnº’Salman. Anchorage may be obtained in M1 and available day and night; pilot boards in position (261171N 503766E) to M4 anchorages, in depths 262130N 504621E or 261047N 504437E. of about 5 to 6 m. 2 Pilotage is co--ordinated through Bahrain Port Control. Bahrain Pilots handle all vessels for Alongside berths Mina’ Salmºn (Khawr al Qulay’ah) and the BLNG, 8.45 Bahrain Steel (BS), ALBA and BAPCO Terminals. 1 Khalifa Bin SalmºnPort(KBSP) (261100N ASRY pilots handle all vessels bound for the ship 504300E), also known as... building and repair yard. Bahrain Chart 1501/18 [NP63--No 6--Wk 27/18] For further information, see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8). Mina’ Salman -- Khawr al Qulay’ah — Anchorage; wreck and buoy Bahrain Chart Correction 01/19 [NP63--No 55--Wk 13/19] 204

Paragraph 8.44a 2 including Existing Section IV Notice Bahrain -- Approaches to Week 27/18 Replace by: Port of Bahrain — Pilotage 2 Khawr al Qulay’ah. Good anchorage, in depths of 5 m, sheltered from the shamºl, may be obtained in 202 H1 (261233N 503898E) to H5 anchorages, within Khawr al Qulay’ah clear of the dredged channels and Paragraph 8.34 1 including existing Section IV Notice the shoal areas; see 8.28. Vessels should note South Week 13/19 Replace by: Khor Light Buoy (isolated danger) (261190N 503914E) and a dangerous wreck (261225N 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 250 gt 50 38 85E) when approaching the anchorage. and available day and night; pilot boards in position   MØnº’Salmºn. Anchorage may be obtained in M1 261047N 504437E. Bahrain LNG pilot station is (261171N 503766E) to M4 anchorages, in depths situated at 262030N 504650E. of about 5 to 6 m. Bahrain Chart Correction 05/19 Middle East Navigation Aids Service Notice 1/19 [NP63--No 58--Wk 14/19] [NP63--No 46--Wk 11/19]

2--296 NP63

Bahrain -- Port of Bahrain — Berths 3 The Inner Holding Anchorage (263270N 501040E) has a dredged depth (2016) of 15 m and 204 is entered from the W side of the channel in the vicinity of D 13 Light Buoy (starboard hand); the Paragraph 8.46 1 line 1 including heading Replace by: extent of the anchorage is marked by light buoys (special). Its use is restricted to vessels less than 8.46 10 m in draught and container vessels. Vessels with 1 Gulf Industrial Investment Company (GIIC) an overall length of between 200 m and 350 m are Jetty... required to use anchor berths designated A, B, C or D. Paragraph 8.47 1 line 1 including heading Replace by: BA Chart 3777/18 [NP63--No 35--Wk 02/19] 8.47 1 Arab Shipbuilding and Repair Yard (ASRY)... Kuwait -- MØnº’‘abdAllºh — Restricted area UKHO [NP63--No 7--Wk 27/18] 227

After Paragraph 8.283 1 line 13 Insert:

2 Restricted area. MØnº’‘abdAllºh Sea Island Saudi Arabia -- Ra’s al Ju‘aymah — Terminal lies within a restricted area, marked by light Directions; buoys; shoals buoys (special), in which navigation is only permitted with prior permission. The light buoys are prefixed 210 by S.

Paragraph 8.101 Replace by: MENAS Notice 20/19 [NP63--No 81--Wk 47/19]

1 From the vicinity of Ra’s al Ju‘aymah Oil Terminal Kuwait -- MØnº’ ash Shu‘aybah — Restricted area pilot boarding position (8.98) the track leads WSW, passing: 229 NNW of a detached shoal (265724N 500982E) with a depth of 113 m, thence: After Paragraph 8.301 1 line 1 Insert: SSE of a 55 m shoal (265960N 500440E) and Restricted area. MØnº’ ash Shu‘aybah terminals lie through to the oil terminal berths. within a restricted area, marked by light buoys (special), in which navigation is only permitted with Paragraph 8.102 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: prior permission. The light buoys are prefixed by S.

1 From a position NW of the detached 113m shoal MENAS Notice 20/19 [NP63--No 82--Wk 47/19] (265724N 500982E) the track leads SSW to the anchorage, passing: Kuwait -- MØnº’alAÖmadØ — Light buoys Paragraph 8.103 1 lines 7--8 Replace by: 230

WNW of the detached 113 m shoal (265724N Paragraph 8.323 1 lines 3--6 Replace by: 500982E), thence: ...including SPMs, lie within a restricted area, marked by Paragraph 8.103 2 lines 1--9 Replace by: light buoys (special) which are prefixed by S. Navigation is only permitted to vessels under compulsory pilotage and 2 ESE of J1 Light Beacon (black and white) with prior permission. All other vessels shall use the (270228N 500788E) standing on the E appropriate TSS. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited. side of a detached shoal, least depth 09m, thence: MENAS Notice 20/19 [NP63--No 83--Wk 47/19]

GB Chart 2883/19 [NP63--No 57--Wk 14/19] Kuwait -- MØnº’ ash Shuwaykh -- Al Hishan — Vertical clearance

232

Saudi Arabia -- Ad Dammºm — Anchorages After Paragraph 8.345 1 line 6 Insert:

211 Vertical clearance 8.345a Paragraph 8.118 1 lines 7--14 Replace by: 1 Doha Link Causeway. The Doha Link Causeway (292218N 475242E), with a vertical clearance of ...8.76. 13 m, spans Al Hishan (8.373) between Al ‘Akºz 2 The Outer Anchorage (263640N 501700E) has (8.361) and the Ra’s ad DawÖah peninsula (8.342). It depths of about 19 m and its use is restricted to has a width of 50 m with the central span marked by vessels with a draught greater than 100m.Vessels lights. with an overall length of between 200 m and 350 m are required to use anchor berths designated A or B. Kuwaiti Notice 7/19 [NP63--No 64--Wk 21/19]

2--297 NP63

Kuwait -- Al Kuwayt Harbour — Wreck Iraq -- Approaches to Khawr ‘Abd Allºh— Security zones 232 245 Paragraph 8.349 2 line 5 Replace by: Paragraph 9.59 1 line 7 For above Read below ...light buoy (S cardinal) is moored close E. A stranded wreck (isolated danger), marked by a light, lies in the N part After Paragraph 9.59 1 line 15 Insert: of the anchorage. For further information see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8). BA Chart 1214 03/18 [NP63--No 20--Wk 32/18] Paragraph 9.59 2--3 Replace by:

Kuwait -- KhalØj al Kuwayt — Development 2 Security Zone. A Security Zone extends 3000 m from the outer edges of the Khawr al Amaya Terminal 233 structures in all directions. See 9.51a for details. Correspondence UKHO 02/19 After Paragraph 8.355 1 line 7 Insert: [NP63--No 41--Wk 10/19] 2 The Sheikh Jaber Bridge has been opened on the NNE causeway, between 292604N 475782E and Iraq -- Approaches to Khawr ‘Abd Allºh— 292598N 475777E, vertical clearance unknown. Security zones The waterway below the bridge is marked by light buoys (lateral); an arch pylon stands in the middle of 245 the waterway. Paragraph 9.65 1 lines 4--6 Replace by: Kuwait Notice 05/18; mainlink.sheikhjabercauseway.com Security Zones. See 9.51a. [NP63--No 13--Wk 27/18] Correspondence UKHO 02/19 [NP63--No 42--Wk 10/19] Kuwait – MØnº’ ash Shuwaykh — Directions Iraq -- Approaches to Khawr ‘Abd Allºh— 234 Security zones

After Paragraph 8.361 1 line 5 Insert: 247

Caution: An obstruction (292486N 475890E) Paragraph 9.69 3 line 3 Replace by: and an underwater rock (292484N 475884E) lie close NW of the leading line, outside of the dredged Clear of the Security Zone surrounding SPM 3 area. (293830N 485150E), thence:

SHOM Correspondence [NP63--No 14--Wk 27/18] Correspondence UKHO 02/19 [NP63--No 43--Wk 10/19]

Iraq -- Approaches to Khawr ‘Abd Allºh— Iraq -- Khawr ‘Abd Allºh—Pilotage Security zones 247 243 Paragraph 9.70 1 line(s) 5--6 Replace by: After Paragraph 9.51 2 line 14 Insert: ...or continue farther NW to Khawr ‘Abd Allºh pilot boarding position (294413N 483798E). A 77m... Security Zones 9.51a GB Chart 1235 [NP63--No 59--Wk 19/19] 1 Security Zones, into which entry is restricted, extend in all directions from the outer edges of the Iraq -- Approaches to Al Baîrah Oil Terminal — following: STS anchorage 3000 m around the Khawr al Amaya Terminal (294695N 484851E) (9.57) structures. 247 4000 m around the Al Baîrah Oil Terminal (294098N 484843E) (9.72) structures. After Paragraph 9.74 2 line 13 Insert: 2000 m around SPM 3 (9.69). Three ship--to--ship transfer anchorages lie in the 2 Only tankers and vessels authorised by the terminal following positions: operators or Iraqi Security Forces are allowed to enter 291300N 490400E, these Security Zones. 293960N 484285E, 294049N 484247E. Correspondence UKHO 02/19 [NP63--No 40--Wk 10/19] UKHO [NP63--No 70--Wk 29/19]

2--298 NP63

Iraq -- Approaches to Khawr ‘Abd Allºh— Paragraph 1.7 1 line(s) 2--3 Replace by: Directions; security zones …plans, reporting, use of AIS, radio procedures and 247 responses are outlined on charts Q6099, Q6111 and The Mariner’s Handbook. A list of anti--piracy contacts… Paragraph 9.74 3 line 11 Replace by: After Paragraph 1.7 2 line(s) 4 Insert: Security Zones. A Security Zone extends 4000 m from the outer edges of the Al Baîrah Terminal Reporting structures in all directions. A Security Zone extends 2000 m around SPM 3. 1.7a 1 Piracy warnings are received and issued by the See 9.51a. Piracy Reporting Centre at Kuala Lumpur for the area Correspondence UKHO 02/19 covered by this volume. Details of the current reported [NP63--No 44--Wk 10/19] piracy and armed robbery for all regions may be found on the International Chamber of Commerce Crime Services website www.icc--ccs.org. Iraq -- Khawr ‘Abd Allºh—Pilotage 2 The IMB has a maritime security hotline. This 258 enables mariners to report information or suspicions about serious maritime crimes, anonymously and Paragraph 9.174 1 line(s) 2--4 Replace by: confidentially to: IMB Piracy Reporting Centre ...vessels; river pilots board in position 294413N Tel: +60 3 2078 5763 / +60 3 2031 0014 483798E, in the vicinity of No 5 Light Buoy. Harbour E--mail: [email protected] / [email protected] pilots board in position... For further information, see ADMIRALTY List of GB Chart 1235 [NP63--No 60--Wk 19/19] Radio Signals Volume 1 and The Mariner’s Handbook. GB Chart Q6099 [NP64--No 8--Wk 20/19] Iraq -- Khawr ‘Abd Allºh—Pilotage

260 Egypt -- Red Sea -- BarnØs— Directions; buoyage; recommended route Paragraph 9.194 1 line 3 For 294100N 484600E Read 294413N 483798E 124--125

Paragraph 5.16 1--3 Replace by: GB Chart 1235 [NP63--No 61--Wk 19/19] 1 Position and function. BarnØs(Berenice) (235637N 352946E) is a small port and naval NP64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot base in the NW corner of Foul Bay, with dry bulk (2018 Edition) facilities. Development. Works are in progress (2018) for the construction of new berths in the vicinity of 235638N Red Sea, Gulf of Aden and Arabian Sea — Piracy 353440E. 2 2 Directions. (continued from 5.14) From a position ENE of JazØrat Mukawwa‘ (5.14), the recommended Paragraph 1.6 2--4 Replace by: route leads SW to a position about 2 miles SE of JazØrat Mukawwa‘. The track then leads initially NW 2 The UKMTO (United Kingdom Maritime Trade for about 2¾ miles through the Middle Channel, Operations) has established a designated Voluntary passing: Reporting Area (VRA) covering all the waters of Red NE of Horseshoe Reef (234873N 354759E). Sea, Gulf of Oman, Arabian Sea and Indian Ocean S Endeavor Rock (234871N 354819E) lies of Suez and Straits of Hormuz to 10 S and 78 E.   2 cables NE of the reef: TheHighRiskArea(HRA)isanareawithinthe 3 From a position W of the S extremity of JazØrat UKMTO VRA where it is considered there is a higher Mukawwa‘ the tracks leads W for about 4½ miles to a risk of piracy and within which self--protective position onto the alignment of Farida Point Leading measures are most likely to be required. The high risk Lights, passing: area is bounded by: S of the coral reef extending up to 3¾ miles SE of 3 Parallel 15N in the Red Sea. The territorial waters off the coast of E Africa at Ra’s Banºs (4.14) latitude 05S. Then to positions: Farida Point Leading Lights: 000000N 550000E. Front light (white metal tower, green stripes) 100000N 600000E. (235602N 353505E). 140000N 600000E. Rear light (similar structure) (2¼ cables from front Then a bearing 310 to the territorial waters of light). the Arabian Peninsula. 4 The alignment (314) of these lights leads NW for 4 The HRA does not infringe on the territorial waters about 5½ miles passing: of any state except for Somalia. NE of a 97 m isolated shoal (235065N For further information, see The Mariner’s 354056E), marked by a light buoy (isolated Handbook. danger), thence:

2--299 NP64

Close NE of a shoal (235306N 353800E) with 7 Thence the track continues WSW to a position depths less than 5 m and marked by a light buoy about 1 mile ESE of El Morewood Light Beacon (port hand), and: (264207N 335976E). The track then leads W, SW of a 55 m isolated shoal (235389N keeping at a distance of not less than 3 cables from 353924E) El Morewood Light Beacon, to a position about 5 From a position about 3 miles from Farida Point 4 cables SW of El Morewood Light Beacon. front light the recommended route continues WNW and then W to a position onto the alignment of Inner ENC EG4RGR17 (1.001) [NP64--No 18--Wk 52/19] Port Leading Lights, passing: SSW of a rocky patch (235546N 353494E) Egypt -- Red Sea -- Safaga — Directions; lights marked by a light buoy (S cardinal), and: NNE and N of an extensive coral reef, thence: 127 S of the sand and coral spit extending 3½ miles SW After Paragraph 5.37 1 line 5 Insert: from the shore close NE of an area under development (2018). Caution. The leading lights were reported as out of 6 Inner Port Leading Lights: alignment (2018). Front light (white triangle daymark, apex up, on metal H102 HMS Bangor/18 [NP64--No 5--Wk 37/18] tower) (235647N 352940E). Rear light (white triangle daymark, apex down, similar structure) (1 cable from front light). Sudan -- Port Sudan — Cautionary area The alignment (316) of these lights leads NW to 139 the berth, passing: 7 SW of Sandy Light Beacon (235550N After Paragraph 6.44 1 line 6 Insert: 353056E), marking the SW extremity of the Cautionary area. Vessels are advised not to enter coral spit above, thence: an area extending about 1 mile SE, 6 cables SW, SW of Khour El--Wadi reef, marked by a light beacon 1½ miles NW and 2 miles NE of a dangerous wreck (metal tower) (235617N 352983E), and: (193714N 371674E), owing to the existence of NE of two shoal patches (235600N 352980E and explosives within the wreck. 235612N 352948E), the latter marked by a light buoy (port hand). Sudan Sea Ports Corporation 8 Caution. Mariners should navigate with caution [NP64--No 2--Wk 30/18] when approaching BarnØs, as numerous uncharted coral heads exist within the area. It Sudan -- Port Sudan — Directions; wreck is also reported that aids to navigation may be unreliable. 140 Anchorage can be obtained with depths reported Paragraph 6.52 2 line 10 Replace by: from 22 m, about 1 mile SE of BarnØs. A second anchorage with depths reported from 12 m is found SSE of a dangerous wreck and cautionary area 3½ cables E of the berth. (6.44), thence: 9 Berth. The terminal consists of a single quay, about To the pilot boarding position. 300 m in length, connected to the shore by a bridge. Depths alongside are reported to be from 2 to 10 m. Sudan Sea Ports Corporation [NP64--No 3--Wk 30/18]

ENC EG4EGR18 [NP64--No 6--Wk 02/19] Saudi Arabia -- Jeddah — Arrival information; anchorage 236

Red Sea -- Egypt -- Approaches to Safaga — Paragraph 9.221 1 line(s) 6--9 Replace by: Directions A dangerous area (212741N 390849E) lies in the NW part of the anchorage. An obstruction 127 (212709N 390866E) lies near the centre of the anchorage. Shoals, with least depths from 8 to 9 m, lie on the E side of the N part of the anchorage. After Paragraph 5.36 5 line 9 Insert: GB Chart 2577 [NP64--No 11--Wk 28/19] The track then leads to a position about 4 cables SW of El Morewood Light Beacon. Saudi Arabia -- Abu Kulør Reef to Oreste Point — 6 Middle Channel. From a position about 11 miles Offshore passage; directions; buoy ESE of Ra’s Abø Sawmah Light (5.10) the recommended track leads about 10 miles WSW 250 passing: Paragraph 10.45 including heading Replace by: SSE of Panorama Reef (264534N 340475E), thence: Spare NNW of Middle Reef (264235N 340592E) (5.12), 10.45 thence: NNW of Fellowes Rocks (264187N 340387E) GB Chart 15/19 [NP64--No 12--Wk 36/19]

2--300 NP64

Saudi Arabia -- Abu Kulør Reef to Oreste Point — Saudi Arabia -- JØzºn and approaches — Offshore passage; directions; buoy Approach; buoy

251 259

Paragraph 10.47 2 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 10.102 1 Replace by:

2 WSW of No 101 Light Buoy (safe water) 1 From a position about 10 miles SSW of No 101 (165677N 411737E) which is moored… Light Buoy (safe water) (165677N 411737E) the route leads initially NNE, for about 24 miles, to a GB Chart 15/19 [NP64--No 13--Wk 36/19] position NW of No 108 Light Buoy (10.113), thence ENE, for about 22 miles, to a position NE of No 112 Light Buoy (10.114), thence SE and ESE, for about Saudi Arabia -- Farasºn Bank -- Southern part -- Inner Channel -- middle part — 48 miles to a position NNE of Hibar (10.115). Directions; caution GB Chart 15/19 [NP64--No 15--Wk 36/19] 252

Paragraph 10.57 including heading Replace by: Saudi Arabia -- JØzºn and approaches — Directions; buoy Caution 259 10.57 Paragraph 10.110 1 line(s) 2 Delete 1 Mariners should be aware that uncharted shoals may exist along this section of the Inner Channel. See both the caution regarding depths and also the Source GB Chart 15/19 [NP64--No 16--Wk 36/19] Diagram on Chart 15. Saudi Arabia -- JØzºn and approaches — GB Chart 15/19 [NP64--No 14--Wk 36/19] Directions; track 260 -- 261 Saudi Arabia -- Red Sea -- Jazº‘ir Farasºn group — Farasºn — Port information Paragraph 10.113 Replace by:

255 1 Track. From a position about 10 miles SSW of No 101 Light Buoy (safe water) (165677N After Paragraph 10.75 Insert: 411737E) the track leads initially NNE, through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral and cardinal), Port of Farasºn passing: 10.75a Clear of No 101 Light Buoy (10.47) which marks the 1 Position and function. The Port of Farasºn outer end of JØzºn Northern Approach Route, (164500N 421000E) is situated on the E side of thence: FarasºnalKabØr. It serves as a terminal for a ferry 2 Clear a shoal (165972N 411928E), marked service from Jizan and supports fishing and tourism. by No 104 Light Buoy (isolated danger), Depths. The channel has been dredged to 9 m thence: (2018). WNW of a shoal (170593N 412438E) by N4 Harbour. The port lies inside the reefs and is Light Buoy (S cardinal). further sheltered by a breakwater to the E. 3 Thence, from the vicinity of 170940N 412340E, 2 Directions. The port is approached from the NW NW of a shoal (170841N 412440E) marked by through the JØzºn Northern Approach Route (10.111). No 108 Light Buoy (starboard hand), the track leads From a position about 6 miles WSW of Sha‘Ørah ENE, through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral (170254N 421820E) the track leads S, passing: and cardinal), passing: W of Abu Shuqar Bank (165327N 421698E), SSE of an isolated 11 m shoal (171333N thence: 412881E), reported 1983, thence: E of Abulad Islands (164792N 421160E), 4 SSE of a dangerous rock (171473N thence: 413320E), marked by No 111 Light Buoy To the fairway light buoy (164767N 421422E). (port hand), and: The track then leads WSW through a channel, NNW of a shoal (171341N 413465E), marked by marked by light buoys and light beacons (lateral), and No 110 Light Buoy (starboard hand), thence: thence S through another channel into the port. 5 SSE of No 2 Middle Light Beacon (red daymark) 3 Berths. The commercial quay is 504 m long and (171683N 413345E) which stands within can accommodate ships up to 15 000 DWT. There are an area of shoal water. A detached 55m also ferry terminals in the harbour and berths, 711 m shoal, position approximate, lies 8 cables SE long, for the Coast guard. Two fishing harbours lie to of the light. Thence: the W of the commercial berths. SSE of a dangerous rock (171832N 413850E), Port services. Unknown. Jizan (10.99), ENE of the and: Port of Farasºn, is the main port. NNW of a 58 m shoal (171480N 414050E), thence: Saudi Ports Authority Notice A--389/19 SSE of an 87 m shoal area (171927N [NP64--No 7--Wk 17/19] 413872E).

2--301 NP64

Paragraph 10.114 Replace by: Anchorage D (165500N 540475E); for large vessels awaiting a berth. 1 The track rounds No 112 Light Buoy (N cardinal) North Anchorage (165750N 540150E); shelter (171741N 414237E) and leads SE through a for vessels with maximum draught 9 m and LOA channel, marked by light buoys (lateral and cardinal), not exceeding 150 m. passing: 3 Depths within southern anchorage areas vary from NE of No 112 Light Buoy moored about 1¾ miles about 23 to 42 m, while North anchorage has depths NW of a 66 m shoal (171595N 414372E), from 10 to 16 m; the anchorage is reported to have which lies at the NE end of a line of dangerous good holding except during the SW monsoon, when rocks and shoals which lie along the SW side of STS operations and boat services are suspended; the the fairway, and: anchorages are exposed and dragging has been 2 SW of a detached 87 m shoal (172000N experienced. 414624E), which lies between two larger Generally good anchorage may be obtained, about areas of shoal water, thence: 8 cables off the coast, between MØnº Raysøt NE of a detached shoal area (171350N (165632N 535984E) and Ra’s Mirbºò (13.17) in 414682E), depth unknown, through which it is depths from 10 to 13 m. There is usually surf breaking considered dangerous to navigate, thence: along this beach even in calm weather. SW of a detached 91 m shoal (171329N 415421E), position approximate, thence: Paragraph 13.37 Replace by: 3 Clear of No 115 Light Buoy (safe water) 1 Compulsory for vessels over 200 gt; pilots are (171045N 415364E), thence: available 24 hours. Pilots embark in position NE of ‘Akbayn (170500N 415530E) (10.81) and the chain of reefs and small islets which extend 165680N 540960E from a tug or launch. about 7 miles SE, thence: Omani Notices 5/12/18 & 6/16/18 Paragraph 10.115 1--4 Replace by: [NP64--No 1--Wk 30/18]

1 SW of North Ghurºb(170632N 420397E), a Oman -- Port Salalah — Pilotage small islet surrounded by a reef. No 117 Light Buoy (starboard hand) is moored about 310 2 cables SW of the island. Thence: Paragraph 13.37 1 line(s) 1--3 including Existing Section IV SW of the No 120 Light Buoy (S cardinal) Notice Week 30/18 Replace by: (170460N 420750E), marking the SE end of the shoal bank on which stands North Ghurºb. 1 Compulsory for vessels over 200 gt; pilots are 2 Thence the track leads ESE to the start of the available 24 hours. Pilots embark in position JØzºn Approach Channel, passing: 165680N 540500E from a tug or launch. NNE of a shoal patch (165910N 420840E), marked at its NW extremity by No 119 Light Buoy GB Chart 2896/19 [NP64--No 9--Wk 22/19] (starboard hand), thence: 3 SSW of the detached 35m shoal bank Oman -- Gulf of Masirah -- (170363N 421403E), which lies between Ad Duqm Port — Pilotage Sha‘Ørah and North Ghurºb, thence: SSW of Sha‘Ørah (170254N 421820E), a small 317 islet, thence: Paragraph 13.95 2 line(s) 1--8 Replace by: 4 NNE of Abø Shuqar (165544N 421741E), the NE--most islet on Abø Shuqar Bank, thence: 2 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 200 gt and is available 24 hours. Pilots board vessels with a GB Chart 15/19 [NP64--No 17--Wk 36/19] draught of more than 85 m in position 194250N 575000E, about 1 mile ESE of the Fairway Light Buoy (safe water). Vessels with a lesser draught are Oman -- Port Salalah — Anchorages; pilotage boarded 2½ miles ENE of the breakwater, in position 194225N 574630E. 310 See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(8) for more information. Paragraph 13.36 Replace by: Omani Notice 4/08/19 [NP64--No 10--Wk 22/19] 1 Six designated anchorage areas have been established: Djibouti -- Djibouti Port — Anchorages Contingency Anchorage (165625N 540300E); for any vessel in case of emergency. 332 Anchorage A (16 55 50N 54 03 00E); for small     Paragraph 14.61 1 lines 1--4 Replace by: vessels awaiting a berth. Anchorage B (165450N 540300E); for vessels 1 A waiting anchorage (113784N 430699E) is requiring offshore services. situated S of Banc du Pingouin (113840N 2 Anchorage C (165450N 540100E); for 430690E). vessels carrying hazardous cargo and STS operations. French Notice 24/168/18 [NP64--No 4--Wk 30/18]

2--302 NP65

NP65 St Lawrence Pilot (2016 Edition) 2 Mariners are cautioned not to navigate at excessive speeds in the St Lawrence River above Québec, as the vessels wash can cause damage on the river St Lawrence Waterway Vessel Traffic banks and may be a danger to persons on the shore. Services Zone — Regulations Special danger points are mentioned in the 10 appropriate geographical chapters of this book. 3 During the winter season, speed limits may be Paragraph 1.57 3 line(s) 6 Replace by: imposed on vessels navigating between Trois--Rivières ...available. Selected extracts are given in Appendix V but and Montréal, due to the effects of wash on ice (1.11). mariners should refer to the Annual Edition of Canadian Details of any speed restrictions are promulgated in Notices to Mariners for the latest information. See Canadian Notices to Mariners, see www.notmar.gc.ca. www.notmar.gc.ca. Canada E Notice 6/Section I General and Safety Canadian Eastern Notice 7/709/19 Information/19 [NP65--No 44--Wk 31/19] [NP65--No 50--Wk 36/19]

Gulf of St Lawrence — Regulations; speed Gulf of St Lawrence — Regulations; speed restrictions; protection of wildlife restrictions; protection of wildlife 13 13 After Paragraph 1.84 1 line 11 Insert: Paragraph 1.83 1 lines 10--11 Replace by: 2 Vessels within the speed restriction area of the Gulf 2 In order to promote navigation safety and protection of St Lawrence and St Lawrence River (1.83), are to of the marine environment in the Gulf of St Lawrence report all observations of live, dead or injured whales and the St Lawrence River due to an increase of to the Canadian Coast Guard on VHF ch 16, or by North Atlantic right whales, all vessels of 198m or calling the Marine Animal Response Society at longer are instructed to proceed at a speed not 1--866--567--6277 or the Réseau québécois d’urgences exceeding 10 kn over the ground in an area between pour les mammifères marins at 1--877--722--5346. the following coordinates: 4710N6200W; 4710N 6500W; 5020N6500W; 5020N6200W. Failure Canada E Notice 08/4002/17 [NP65/No.7b/Wk.41/17] to comply could lead to enforcement action. Details of any speed restrictions are promulgated in St Lawrence — Regulations Canadian Notices to Mariners, see www.notmar.gc.ca. 13 Canada E Notice 08/4002/17 [NP65/No.7a/Wk.41/17] Paragraph 1.84 1 after line 11 including existing Section IV Week 41/17 Replace by: St Lawrence — Regulations 2 Vessels within the Gulf of St Lawrence and St 13 Lawrence River, are to report all observations of live, dead or injured whales to the Canadian Coast Guard Paragraph 1.83 1 lines 10--11 including Existing Section IV on VHF Ch 16, or by calling the Marine Animal Week 41/17 Replace by: Response Society at 1--866--567--6277 or the Réseau Details of any speed restrictions are promulgated in québécois d’urgences pour les mammifères marins at Canadian Notices to Mariners, see www.notmar.gc.ca. 1--877--722--5346.

Canada E Notice 01/109/18 [NP65--No 23a--Wk 08/18] Canada E Notice 01/109/18 [NP65--No 23b--Wk 08/18]

Canada — Regulations Canada — Regulations 13 13 Paragraph 1.84 including heading and Existing Section IV Paragraph 1.83 1 line(s) 1--11 including Existing Section Week 08/18 Replace by: IVs Week 41/17 and Week 08/18 Replace by:

1 Seasonal mandatory and voluntary speed restriction Protection of the environment zones exist in certain parts of the Gulf of St 1.84 Lawrence, St Lawrence River and Saguenay Fjord for 1 Conservation of Marine Mammals and aquatic theprotectionofmarinemammals.Thesezonesare species. The Canadian Federal Department of defined and activated through Navigational Warnings Fisheries (DFO) and Oceans is responsible for (NAVWARN) broadcasts or Notices to Mariners. In ensuring the protection and conservation of listed general, speed must not exceed 10 kn within specified aquatic species (including marine mammals and sea zones, subject to safe operation of the vessel. Where turtles) and for protecting the identified critical habitat known, additional information is provided in the of any species listed under the Species at Risk Act appropriate geographical chapters of this book. For (SARA). The Fisheries Act prohibits any form of more information on conservation of marine mammals disturbance of cetaceans except when fishing for them and aquatic species, see 1.84. under the authority of those regulations.

2--303 NP65

2 Disturbance includes repeated attempts to pursue, Gulf of St Lawrence, North Shore – disperse, herd whales and any repeated intentional act StraitofBelleIsletoCapWhittle— of negligence resulting in the disruption of their normal General information; navigation behaviour. Harassing whales may force them away 73 from their habitat at critical times in their annual reproductive and feeding cycles and may cause them After Paragraph 3.4 3 line 7 Insert: injury. Any collision with marine mammals or sightings of 4 CAUTION. Due to significant distortions on the entangled, injured or dead marine mammals must be following Canadian reference charts, shoreline and reported to the appropriate marine animal response other chart features can be offset by more than 150 m organisation, including DFO. from their true positions. Mariners are requested to be 3 Ballast water Control and Management Regulations very cautious. as contained in the Canada Shipping Act 2001 applies Canadian charts 4470; 4472; 4473 and 4474. to most vessels arriving in Canadian waters. The purpose of the Regulations is to prevent the Canadian E Notice 4/4470/16 [NP65/No.1/Wk.21/16] introduction to local ecosystems of potentially damaging pathogens or organisms. See also Quebec – Chenal à la Baleine — https://laws--lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/regulations/SOR--2011 Directions; depths --237/. 4 National Wildlife Areas (NWAs) are protected and 77 managed according to the Wildlife Area Regulations Paragraph 3.27 1 lines 8--9 Replace by: under the Canada Wildlife Act. The primary purpose of NWAs is the protection and conservation of wildlife Eofa49 m rocky patch (512076N 574297W), and their habitat. Canadian and foreign vessels are thence: not allowed to enter these protected areas without a permit. Any master who is planning to enter any of Canadian Chart 4970/17 [NP65--No 27--Wk 29/18] these protected areas, claiming a right of innocent passage, is strongly advised to communicate with Quebec – Chenal de l’Ouest — Environment and Climate Change Canada (Canada Directions; depths Wildlife Service) at least two weeks in advance. 5 Marine Protection Areas (MPAs) have been 78 designated under The Oceans Act for the conservation Paragraph 3.30 1 line 8 For 67m (22ft) Read 57m and protection of all fishery resources, endangered or threatened species, and their habitats. 6 National Parks have been established under the Canadian Chart 4970/17 [NP65--No 28--Wk 29/18] Canada National Parks Act. Various restrictions and exclusion zones apply. See also Quebec–BaiedeBonne--Espérance— www.parkscanada.gc.ca. Directions; depths For further details on protected areas, restrictions and contact information consult Annual Edition of 78 Canadian Notices to Mariners, see www.notmar.gc.ca. Paragraph 3.32 2 line 5 For 14 m (46 ft) Read 113m Canadian Eastern Notice 3/306/19 NP65--No 42--Wk 17/19] Canadian Chart 4970/17 [NP65--No 29--Wk 29/18]

Gulf of St Lawrence — Traffic regulations Gulf of St Lawrence — Traffic regulations

65 87 After Paragraph 4.2 1 line 4 Insert: After Paragraph 2.5 2 line 6 Insert:

3 Speed restrictions. See 1.83 and 1.84. Traffic regulations 4.2a Canada E Notice 08/4002/17 [NP65/No.8/Wk.41/17] 1 Speed restrictions. See 1.83 and 1.84.

Canada E Notice 08/4002/17 [NP65/No.9/Wk.41/17] Canada -- St Lawrence River -- Baie des Anglais -- Baie--Comeau — Anchorage Gulf of St Lawrence — Traffic Regulations

68 87

Paragraph 2.34 1 lines 3--5 Delete After Paragraph 4.2 1 line 4 including existing Section IV Week 41/17 Delete Canadian East Notice 08/1226/18 [NP65--No 32--Wk 39/18] Canada E Notice 01/109/18 [NP65--No 24--Wk 08/18]

2--304 NP65

Gulf of St Lawrence -- Baie Coacoachou -- St Lawrence River -- Sept--Îles -- Île du Large — Directions; depth Pointe Noire — Berths

88 106

Paragraph 4.12 3 line(s) 1--2 Replace by: After Paragraph 5.42 2 line 9 Insert: Quai Multiusager (50 10 05N 66 28 10W); length of 3 E of a patch (500866N 601982W) with a least     depth of 28 m, thence: dredged berth 320 m. The quay is used for iron ore loading. Berth No 35 (outer) has a least depth alongside of 202m Canadian Eastern Notice 4/4025/19 (2017). Berth No 36 (inner) has a least depth alongside of [NP65--No 43--Wk 21/19] 160 m (2017). Canadian Chart 1220 [NP65/No.13/Wk.45/17] Canada -- Sept--Îles — Arrival information; outer anchorages Canada -- St Lawrence River -- Baie des Anglais — Anchorage 103 111 Paragraph 5.27 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 5.88 including heading Replace by: 1 A triangular--shaped anchorage area is situated in the middle of the bay. The SW part of this area is for Spare transhipment and special operations. Only vessels 5.88 authorised by the harbour master may anchor in this area. After Paragraph 5.89 1 line 7 Insert: During strong SW winds, the swell in the anchorage in Baie des Sept Îles, can be significant for vessels Prohibited anchorage area smaller than 30 000 dwt. 5.89a 1 Anchoring is prohibited in an area extending about Canadian East Notice 10/ATL110 para 280/17 3½ miles SE from the breakwater (491407N [NP65/No.16/Wk.47/17] 680773W). A submarine cable is laid through the area. Sept--Îles -- Pointe aux Basques — Directions; wreck Canadian East Notice 08/1226/18 [NP65--No 33--Wk 39/18] 104 Rivière Saguenay and approaches – Saguenay – Paragraph 5.38 2 line 1 For SW Read SSW St Lawrence Marine Park — Seasonal whale protection Paragraph 5.38 2 line 3 For NE Read NNE 117

Paragraph 5.38 3 lines 2--5 Replace by: Paragraph 5.141 3 line 12 For (April 2013 to March 2014) Read (April 2016 to March 2017) ...du Basque, passing about 1 cable S of a stranded wreck and breakwaters at Pointe aux Paragraph 5.141 4--8 Replace by: Basques (501112N 662182W); the channel is marked by light buoys (lateral). 4 Seasonal voluntary protection measures (May 1 to October 31), to reduce the risk of ship strikes with BA Chart 4776 [NP65--No 22--Wk 05/18] whales and to minimize the impact of noise on the beluga whales are in force. These take the following form: St Lawrence River -- Sept--Îles — Berths A precautionary area within the park and extending NE and SW beyond its boundaries. 105 A speed restriction area where vessels should proceed at 10 kn or less through the water and After Paragraph 5.41 1 line 10 Insert: post an additional lookout exists between Îles Quai des Crosières 117, 11 Penchées (482225N 692217W) and (No 12) extended Haut--fond Prince Light (480649N 693686W). (501184N 662297W). by dolphins 5 An ATBA, lies within the inshore traffic zone Berth on S side. to 315 between Pointe au Boisvert (483385N Passengers and general 690870W) and Îles Penchées (482225N cargo. 692217W). If impossible to avoid passage of this area, vessels should proceed at 10 kn or Paragraph 5.41 1 line 11 For 117 Read 119 less through the water. Canada East Notices 05/1203 & 1236/16 Canadian Chart 1220 [NP65/No.12/Wk.45/17] [NP65/No.2/Wk.26/16]

2--305 NP65

St Lawrence River -- Saguenay -- 1½ miles WNW of Pointe aux Crêpes (481302N St Lawrence Marine Park — 695369W), vertical clearance 47 m. Seasonal whale protection Canadian Notice 10/1203/16 [NP65/No.3/Wk.48/16] 117

Paragraph 5.141 3 lines 11--12 including Existing Section Gulf of St Lawrence — Traffic regulations IV Notice Week 26/16 Replace by: 125 ...Canadian Annual Edition of the Notices to Mariners. After Paragraph 6.2 1 line 5 Insert: Paragraph 5.141 4--8 including Existing Section IV Notice Week 26/16 Replace by: Traffic regulations 6.2a 4 Regulatory protection measures for beluga 1 Speed restrictions. See 1.83 and 1.84. whales are as follows: Within the entire marine park vessel must proceed Canada E Notice 08/4002/17 [NP65/No.10/Wk.41/17] between 5 and 10 kn when less than ½ mile from beluga whales, keeping a minimum distance of Gulf of St Lawrence -- Îles de la Madeleine -- 400 m at all times. Vessels must also continue to Cap--aux--Mueles — Berths move forward and maintain their course. Maximum speed at the mouth of the Saguenay 131 between buoys S7 and S8 and the ferry docks Paragraph 6.51 1 line 4 Replace by: between Baie Sainte--Catherine and Tadoussac is 15 kn (May 1 to October 31). ...depths from 31mto53 m alongside. Entry is prohibited to an area lying NE of a line joining Paragraph 6.51 1 line 6 For 56m Read 52m Cap Nord--Ouest (481536N 695932W) and Cap Sainte--Marguerite (481441N 695729W) Paragraph 6.51 1 line 8 For 4 9mto72mRead 5 4mto (June 21 to September 21).    61m 5 Seasonal voluntary protection measures (May 1 to October 31), to reduce the risk of ship strikes with whales and to minimize the impact of noise on the Canadian E Notice 11/4956/17 [NP65--No 18--Wk 51/17] beluga whales, are in force. These take the following form: Québec -- St Lawrence River -- A precautionary area within the park and extending Rimouski Harbour — Berths NE and SW beyond its boundaries. A speed restriction area where vessels should 152 proceed at 10 kn or less through the water and Paragraph 7.78 2 line(s) 4--10 Replace by: post an additional lookout exists between Îles Penchées (482225N 692217W) and Berth Length Depth Haut--fond Prince Light (480649N 693686W). (m) (m) 6 An ATBA, lies within the inshore traffic zone between Pointe au Boisvert (483385N East Wharf -- Berths 3, 4 and 5 430 48to50 (2018) 690870W) and Îles Penchées (482225N 692217W). If impossible to avoid passage of West Wharf -- Berth 1 (closed) 213 50 (2013) this area, vessels should proceed at 10 kn or Cross Wharf -- Berth 2 (closed) 184 40 (2015) less through the water. 7 Seasonal voluntary protection measures (June Paragraph 7.78 3 line(s) 1 Replace by: 21 to September 21). A transit area is established bounded by the following coordinates: 3 Caution. Due to risk of collapse, vessels are not to 481536N 695932W. approach within 20 m of Cross Wharf or West Wharf, 481441N 695729W. and berthing is prohibited. 481494N 695976W. Canada East Notice 2/19 [NP65--No 40--Wk 12/19] 481399N 695771W. Navigation in this area is recommended at a speed between 5 and 10 kn without stopping. Québec -- St Lawrence River -- Rimouski Harbour — Berths Canada Eastern Notice 7/18 [NP65--No 30--Wk 35/18] 152

Pointe Noire to Pointe au Boeuf — Paragraph 7.78 3 including existing Section IV Notice Vertical clearance Week 12/19 Replace by: 119 3 Caution. Due to risk of collapse, vessels are not to approach within 20 m of Cross Wharf or West Wharf, Paragraph 5.155 1 lines 1--8 Replace by: and berthing is prohibited. The deck elevation at all berths is 21 m. Depths 1 Power transmission lines span the river as follows: are not maintained by regular dredging. 3 cables W of Cap de la Boule (480888N 694822W), vertical clearance 89 m. Canada East Notice 2/19 [NP65--No 41--Wk 14/19]

2--306 NP65

St Lawrence River -- Chenal du Nord -- St Lawrence River -- Saint--Siméon — Pier depth Sorel to Contrecoeur — Anchorages 197 159 Paragraph 10.57 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:

Paragraph 8.18 2 line 5 For 77m Read 67m 1 There are several designated anchorages in St Lawrence River between the upstream limit of Port of Sorel (460091N 731038W) and Lanoraie Canadian East Notice 9/1234/17 [NP65/No.14/Wk.46/17] (455751N 731322W), in depths from 10 to 14 m. These are the only anchorages between Sorel and Pointe--aux--Trembles in the Port of Montréal. St Lawrence River -- Québec to Montréal — Traffic regulations; speed Canadian Chart 1311/19 [NP65--No 49--Wk 35/19]

173 Canada -- Cape Breton Island -- Sydney — Pilotage Paragraph 9.4 1 line(s) 5 Replace by: 214

...available. For further details, see 1.57. Paragraph 11.27 1 lines 2--4 Replace by: The pilot boards in position 46 20 50N 60 07 00W. Canadian Eastern Notice 7/709/19     The pilot vessel is equipped with VHF; [NP65--No 51--Wk 36/19] see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals, Volume 6(5). Canadian East Notice 08/4367/18 St Lawrence River -- Port of Québec — [NP65--No 34--Wk 39/18] Vertical clearance Canada -- Cape Breton Island -- 178 St Anns Bank — Restricted area 217 Paragraph 9.47 4 lines 1--7 Replace by: Paragraph 11.50 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: 4 Overhead cables. Power transmission lines with a vertical clearance of 56 m span the river between the ...unexploded ordnance, lies 14 miles E of Flint Island. two bridges. Other power transmission lines with a Restricted area vertical clearance of 44 m span the river close above 11.50a the Pont Pierre--Laporte. 1 An ESSA (460665N 590020W) is established in See 1.14 for information concerning the effects of an area of Saint Anns Bank (460400N 591600W), icing and atmospheric conditions on overhead cables. centred ENE of Scatarie Island (11.49). Ballasting restrictions apply to all vessels. Canadian Chart 1315/19 [NP65--No 48--Wk 35/19] After Paragraph 11.52 1 line 7 Insert: The described route passes through an ESSA. See St Lawrence River -- Québec to Montréal — 11.50a for further information. Traffic regulations; speed restrictions Canadian Notice 08/4001/2017 [NP65/No.6/Wk.40/17] 191 Canada -- Cape Breton Island -- LittleBrasd’Or—Pilotage Paragraph 10.4 1 line(s) 6 Replace by: 221 ...available. For further details, see 1.57. Paragraph 11.73 1 line 3 Replace by: Canadian Eastern Notice 7/709/19 ...Lake and Saint Peters Inlet. Pilot boards in position [NP65--No 52--Wk 36/19] 462200N 601750W. Canadian East Notice 08/4277/18 [NP65--No 35--Wk 39/18] St Lawrence River -- Lac Saint Pierre — Directions; lights Canada -- Gulf of St Lawrence -- St Georges Bay -- Canso Lock — Vertical clearance 192 240 Paragraph 10.16 1 line 3 For 0052 Read 056 Paragraph 12.76 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by:

1 Overhead power cables span Canso Lock Paragraph 10.16 1 line 9 For orange Read red (453892N 612487W). See 12.99. Canada Eastern Notice 6/4302/19 Canadian Chart 1313 [NP65--No 26--Wk 21/18] [NP65--No 45--Wk 31/19]

2--307 NP65

Nova Scotia -- Canso Lock — Canada -- Gulf of St Lawrence -- Northumberland General information; vertical clearance Straight -- Egmont Bank — Directions; wreck 276 243 Paragraph 13.222 2 line(s) 2 Replace by: Paragraph 12.99 1 line 10 For 457m Read 43 m ...depth 94 m, thence: Clear of a dangerous wreck (462484N Canadian East Notice 10/4302/17 641652W) reported (2011), lying NW of Egmont [NP65/No.17/Wk.47/17] Bank, thence: Canada Eastern Notice 6/4905/19 Canada -- Gulf of St Lawrence -- St Georges Bay [NP65--No 47--Wk 31/19] -- Canso Lock — Vertical clearance Gulf of St Lawrence — Traffic regulations 243 283 Paragraph 12.99 1 line(s) 9--10 including existing Section IV Notice Week 47/17 Replace by: After Paragraph 14.1 2 line 3 Insert:

Vertical clearance. Overhead power cables span Traffic regulations Canso Lock with a vertical clearance of 41 m. 14.1a Canada Eastern Notice 6/4302/19 1 Speed restrictions. See 1.83 and 1.84. [NP65--No 46--Wk 31/19] Canada E Notice 08/4002/17 [NP65/No.11/Wk.41/17]

Nova Scotia -- Strait of Canso -- Shediac Valley -- Miramichi Bay — Canso Lock — Depth Limiting draught 244--245 284

Paragraph 12.100 Replace by: Paragraph 14.10 1 line 2 Replace by: ...was reported (2017) as 55matHW. 1 Cape Porcupine (453842N 612506W) Quarry wharf, also known as Martin Marietta wharf, is Canadian East Notice 9/4911/17 [NP65/No.15/Wk.46/17] privately owned, and is situated on the W side of the strait about 3 cables E of the W end of the causeway. Gulf of St Lawrence -- West shore -- The berth, with a face 220 m long, consists of five Miramichi Bay to Birch Point — Wreck concrete piers connected by catwalks, and is used for the export of aggregates and the import of coal. The 288 depth alongside is about 11 m. The port authorities After Paragraph 14.43 2 line 6 Insert: should be contacted for the latest depth information. Clear of a dangerous wreck (475535N Canadian Notice 8/4302/18 [NP65--No 53--Wk 42/19] 642280W), reported 2017, thence: Canadian E Notice 11/4024/17 [NP65--No 20--Wk 51/17] Strait of Canso – Canso Lock to North Canso — General information; vertical clearance Gulf of St Lawrence – Baie de Lamèque — Directions; lights 245 292 Paragraph 12.105 1 line 2 For 490 m (161 ft) Read 410m (134 ft) Paragraph 14.68 3 lines 1--6 Replace by: 3 Pointe à Marcelle Leading Lights: Canadian E Notice 9/4302/16 [NP65/No.4/Wk.43/16] Front light (white trapezium daymark, red stripe,...

After Paragraph 14.68 3 line 13 Insert: Prince Edward Island -- Charlottetown -- From close E of the E edge of Pokesudie Shoal North River — Depths (475072N 644481W), the alignment (194)of 268 these lights, visible on the leading line only, leads through the first reach of Shippegan Channel. Paragraph 13.168 1 line 1 For (461421N 600954W) Paragraph 14.68 4 lines 1--6 Replace by: Read (461363N 630917W) 4 Pointe à Bernache Leading Lights: Paragraph 13.168 1 line 3 Replace by: Front light (black trapezium daymark, red stripe,... After Paragraph 14.68 4 line 11 Insert: ...buoys, has a least depth of 37m (461326N 630923W) at its entrance, and then depths more than The alignment (1795) of these lights leads S 55masfaras... through the central part of Baie de Shippegan. Canadian E Notice 11/4460/17 [NP65--No 19--Wk 51/17] Canadian Notice 3/4920/17 [NP65/No.5a/Wk.19/17]

2--308 NP65

New Brunswick -- Baie de Lamèque — Depths Baie des Chaleurs -- Baie de Shippegan -- Shippegan Harbour — Vertical clearance

292 293

Paragraph 14.70 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 14.75 1 line 5 Replace by:

1 Depths of less than 5 m (2019) are charted in the ...clearance is 12 m when the bridge is raised and 24m... final approach to Lamèque village (474758N Canadian Eastern Notice 7/4920/18 643906W). [NP65--No 31--Wk 36/18] Canadian Chart 4920/18 [NP65--No 36--Wk 10/19] New Brunswick -- Bathhurst -- Carron Point — Lights

GulfofStLawrence–BaiedeLamèque— 296 Directions; lights Paragraph 14.95 1 lines 1--9 Replace by:

292 1 Outer anchorage. The recommended anchorage position is 5 miles NNE of the harbour entrance. Paragraph 14.71 1--3 Replace by: Pilotage is not compulsory. The pilot boards in 1 The track for Baie de Lamèque, marked by light position 474376N 653369W. See ADMIRALTY List buoys (lateral), leads SE from Baie de Shippegan of Radio Signals Volume 6(5). across a bar of sand and mud with a charted depth of Local knowledge is essential, as the buoys may be moved to meet changing conditions and channels. 49 m (1992), between Pointe Alexandre (474702N 644158W) and Pointe Brûlé (474608N Canadian Chart 4920/18 [NP65--No 38--Wk 10/19] 644456W), 2 miles SW. 2 The track then leads E and ENE to a point about New Brunswick -- Bathurst Harbour — 7¾ cables SE of Pointe Alexandre. The track then Directions; berths; pilotage; anchorage leads NE through a dredged channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), with reported depth of 55 m (2017), to 296 the harbour entrance. Paragraph 14.95 1 including existing Section IV Notice Paragraph 14.71 4 lines 2--4 Replace by: Week 10/19 Replace by: 1 Local knowledge is essential, as the buoys may Lamèque Wharf Light (red, white and red triangular be moved to meet changing conditions and channels daymark, point up, on pipe swing pole SE of harbour entrance) (474743N 643954W) on Canadian E Notice 09/4486/19 the SE side of the entrance. [NP65--No 54a--Wk 44/19]

Canadian Notice 3/4920/17 [NP65/No.5b/Wk.19/17] New Brunswick -- Approaches to Bathhurst harbour — Directions

New Brunswick -- Baie de Lamèque — 296 Directions; directions Paragraph 14.97 1 lines 1--10 Replace by:

292 1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position (14.95) the track leads SSW and thence through a Paragraph 14.71 1--4 including existing Section IV Notice channel, marked by buoys and light buoys (lateral), Week 19/17 Replace by: which leads to the harbour entrance. Local knowledge is essential; see 14.95. 1 The track for Baie de Lamèque, marked by light buoys (lateral), leads SE from Baie de Shippegan Paragraph 14.97 2 lines 1--6 Delete across a bar of sand and mud with a charted depth of 49 m, between Pointe Alexandre (474702N Canadian Chart 4920/18 [NP65--No 39--Wk 10/19] 644158W) and Pointe Brûlé (474608N 64 44 56W), 2 miles SW.   New Brunswick -- Bathurst Harbour — 2 The track then leads E and ENE to a point about Directions; berths; pilotage; anchorage 7¾ cables SE of Pointe Alexandre. Thence the track leads NE through a channel, marked by light buoys 296 (lateral), towards the harbour entrance. Paragraph 14.97 1--3 including existing Section IV Notice Useful mark: Week 10/19 Replace by: Lamèque Wharf Light (red, white and red triangular daymark, point up, on pipe swing pole SE of 1 From a position about 4 miles N of Belloni Point harbour entrance) (474743N 643954W) on (474015N 653408W) the track leads SSW and the SE side of the entrance. thence through a channel, marked by buoys and light buoys (lateral), which leads to the harbour entrance. Canadian Chart 4920/18 [NP65--No 37--Wk 10/19] See remarks on buoyage at 14.95.

2--309 NP65

2 Alongside berths: NP66A South west coast of Scotland Pilot A wharf, situated on the W bank has a length of (2019 Edition) 150 m and a least depth alongside of 38m;the Mi’K Mag Port of Bathurst wharf on the E bank has a length of 123 m and an alongside depth of 24to Firth of Clyde -- Irvine Bay -- Irvine — Directions 32 m. Berths at other wharves have depths alongside of between 12 and 34m. 62--63

Paragraph 2.131 2--5 Replace by: Canadian E Notice 09/4486/19 [NP65--No 54b--Wk 44/19] 2 Entrance channel. The channel is not maintained, local knowledge is essential. Entry is made across Irvine Bar, passing between groynes only some of Gulf of St Lawrence — Belledune — which are marked with posts. It is reported (2019) that Outer anchorage; pilotage aids to navigation are not lit. Track. The track leads NE from a position 1½ miles 297 SW of the harbour entrance, passing: 3 SE of the seaward end (553560N 44382W) Paragraph 14.105 1 lines 3--8 Replace by: of an outfall pipe, extending 1¼ miles from the coast, marked by IB--B Light Buoy (special), ...breakwater thence: Temporary anchorages can be found 1½ miles NW of an isolated shoal patch (553534N (depth 27 m) or 3 miles (depth 33 m) NE of the 44292W), with a least charted depth of 96m, breakwater, if the vessel has to wait for a berth. identified by Lappock Rock (2.119), lying 1 mile Pilotage and tugs. Pilotage is compulsory; pilot SE. boards in position 475600N 654800W. Two tugs Thence the track leads over the bar, between the are available. groynes, and along the channel marked by poles to the harbour area and berths. Canada E Notice 01/4486/18 [NP65--No 25--Wk 08/18] 4 Caution. The harbour is not maintained and there are reports of numerous underwater obstructions in the area. Canada -- East coast -- Gulf of St Lawrence -- BirchPointtoCapGaspé— Correspondence Irvine Harbour Marine nature reserve [NP66A--No 12--Wk 45/19]

301 Firth of Clyde -- Irvine Bay -- Irvine — Berths

After Paragraph 14.141 Insert: 63

Paragraph 2.132 1 line(s) 1--11 Replace by: Marine Nature Reserve 14.141a 1 Main Berth (553649N 44119W) lies 1 An ESSA is established centred on Banc des immediately E of Visitors Wharf, with a length of Américains (483587N 635495W), extending from E 130 m and reported depths of between 13 and 20m of Île Bonaventure (482970N 640976W) (14.152) alongside. to E of Cap Gaspé (484507N 640976W) (7.11). Visitors Wharf (553648N 44128W) is a For more information see the Fisheries and Oceans two--level wharf, with depths of 20 m reported Canada website at www.dfo--mpo.gc.ca. alongside. The lower level is 03 m above MHWS and the upper level is 11 m above MHWS. Canadian SD ATL 108 CH04 [NP65--No 55--Wk 48/19] Garnock Wharf (553670N 44157E) is closed to marine traffic.

Gulf of St Lawrence -- West shore -- Correspondence Irvine Harbour Havre de Gaspé — Berths [NP66A--No 13--Wk 45/19]

304 Scotland -- West coast -- Ardrossan — Traffic lights Paragraph 14.165 1 line 3 Replace by: 64 ...and 34 m wide, has a least depth of... Paragraph 2.137 2 lines 1--5 Replace by: Paragraph 14.165 1 line 4 For 105m Read 93m 1 Traffic signals are exhibited by day and at night from lights in positions 553850N 44938W and Paragraph 14.165 1 line 5 For 86m Read 94m 553842N 44957W.

Peel Ports Clydeport Notice 66/18 Canadian E Notice 11/4416/17 [NP65--No 21--Wk 51/17] [NP66A--No 1--Wk 03/19]

2--310 NP66A

Scotland -- Firth of Clyde -- Loch Long — West coast -- Sound of Jura -- Loch Sween -- Traffic signals Caol Scotnish — Rocks

101 141

After Paragraph 3.89 1 line 5 Insert: Paragraph 4.139 1 lines 1--6 Replace by:

Traffic signals. When Coulport (3.111) is closed, 1 Caol Scotnish (560237N 53550W), is a narrow port closure signals are shown from Barons Point inlet extending 2 miles NE and is, in places, less than (555942N 45118W). ½ cable wide with sheer rocky sides, having a least QHM Clyde 16/19 [NP66A--No 8--Wk 45/19] reported depth of 23 m in the fairway. A rock awash (560230N 53562W) and a 16 m rock (560184N Firth of Clyde -- Loch Long — Prohibited area 53617W), reported (2019), encumber the centre of the inlet. This loch, with a bottom of mud, is used in 101 summer as an anchorage for small vessels.

Paragraph 3.89 5 lines 1--3 Replace by: Correspondence Antares Charts 5 Entry is prohibited into an area which extends [NP66A--No 6--Wk 32/19] about 2 cables W from Glenmallan Jetty (560785N 44911W). An area in which both anchoring and Firth of Lorn -- Kerrera Sound — Directions; fishing are prohibited extends about 3 cables W from buoyage Glenmallan Jetty. 172 QHM Clyde Notice 13/19 [NP66A--No 7--Wk 40/19] Paragraph 5.78 5 lines 1--2 Replace by:

Scotland -- Firth of Clyde -- Loch Long -- 5 Thence the track leads generally S, between light Coulport Jetty — Traffic signals buoys (lateral), in mid--channel, passing:

105 Paragraph 5.78 6 lines 1--4 Replace by:

After Paragraph 3.111 2 line 5 Insert: 6 W of Corran Ledge (562518N 52903W), 3 Traffic signals. See 3.89. which is fronted by shoal ground. An outfall, pipe leads WSW across the ledge. QHM Clyde 16/19 [NP66A--No 9--Wk 45/19] Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 10/19 Scotland -- Firth of Clyde -- Gareloch -- [NP66A--No 3--Wk 18/19] Faslane—Trafficsignals Firth of Lorn -- Oban — Directions; small vessel 107 route After Paragraph 3.120 5 line 3 Insert: 173 When Faslane Restricted Area is closed, port closure signals are shown from the head of Naval After Paragraph 5.78 8 line 4 Insert: Jetty (56 03 15N 4 49 25W) in Faslane Base (3.135)     Small vessel route. The small vessel two--way QHM Clyde 16/19 [NP66A--No 10--Wk 45/19] route lies to the S of the Large Vessel Channel. Approach is made on the line of bearing (116½)of Dunollie Sector Light, passing close NE of N Spit of Scotland -- Firth of Clyde -- Gareloch -- Faslane—Trafficsignals Kerrera Light. Thence the route leads SE and S keeping W of the buoyed channel between Rubh’ a’ 110 Chruidh and Corran Ledge.

After Paragraph 3.135 1 line 4 Insert: GB Chart 1790 [NP66A--No 4--Wk 28/19] Traffic signals. See 3.120. QHM Clyde 16/19 [NP66A--No 11--Wk 45/19] Oban Harbour — Anchorages 174 West coast -- Jura -- Loch Tarbert — Directions; rock Paragraph 5.84 1 line(s) 2--8 Replace by: 136 ...lie within the approaches to Oban and Oban Bay as follows: After Paragraph 4.108 2 line 6 Insert: No1(562559N 53069W); Clear of a 34 m rock (555756N 55647W), No 2 (562519N 52947W), in Ardantrive Bay reported (2019), which lies close S of the leading (5.86); line, thence: No3(562616N 53007W); Correspondence Antares Charts Oban Bay Harbour Manager [NP66A--No 5--Wk 32/19] [NP66A--No 2--Wk 11/19]

2--311 NP66B NP66B North--West Coast of Scotland Pilot Scotland -- Outer Hebrides -- Isle of Lewis -- (2019 Edition) Stornoway — Pilotage 194 South Harris -- Leverburgh — Directions; light Paragraph 5.167 1 line(s) 3--7 Replace by: 133 ...Harbour Master, to board vessels at the Pilot Station Paragraph 3.195 2 lines 1--11 Replace by: (581060N 62100W). For details see ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1). 2 Thence the alignment (063) of the leading marks on Leverburgh Pier leads ENE towards the pier, over Correspondence Stornoway Port Authority 03/19 a shoal with a depth of 28m,2¼ cables NE of Jane’s [NP66B--No 4--Wk 16/19] Tower. 3 At night, from a position 1 cable NNW of Jane’s Scotland -- Outer Hebrides -- Isle of Lewis -- Tower (3.180), the track leads ENE towards the pier in Stornoway — Directions; light sector the fixed green sector (063-- 0 6 6 ) of the port entry 195 light (metal post, 4 m in height) (574600N 70155W), exhibited from Leverburgh Pier spur, over Paragraph 5.174 6 line 3 For (282-- 2 9 0 ) Read a shoal (above) and close SSE of Leverburgh Reef (287-- 2 9 0 ) Light Beacon. Stornoway Notice 06/19 [NP66B--No 5--Wk 16/19] Comhairle Nan Eilean Siar Notice 03/19 [NP66B--No 1--Wk 07/19] Isle of Lewis -- Breivig — Directional light

Scotland -- Outer Hebrides -- Benbecula -- 198 Loch Uiskevagh — Rock; caution Paragraph 5.190 1 line 4 Replace by: 141 ...and W sides. A sectored port entry light (metal post, 2 m After Paragraph 3.241 1 line 8 Insert: in height) (581602N 61773W) aids entry with vessels using the white sector (334-- 3 4 2 ). Caution. Numerous dangerous rocks and marine farms lie within Loch Uiskevagh and approaches; a Comhairle Nan Eilean Siar Notice 04/19 dangerous rock was reported (2019) in position [NP66B--No 3--Wk 07/19] 572643N 71225W. UKHO [NP66B--No 6--Wk 22/19] NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot (2018 Edition) Scotland -- Outer Hebrides -- Benbecula -- Loch Uiskevagh — Rock; caution Spain -- Ferrol -- Islas Gabeiras — 141 Directions; shoal

Paragraph 3.241 1 existing Section IV Notice Week 22/19 66 Replace by: After Paragraph 3.31 4 line 8 Insert: Caution. Numerous dangerous rocks and marine Clear of an isolated 87m shoal (433106N farms lie within Loch Uiskevagh and approaches; a 82110W), noting a 132 m shoal lying 4 cables dangerous rock was reported (2019) in position N, thence: 572643N 71243W. Spanish Notice 26/228/18 [NP67--No 1--Wk 31/18] Sølvtrans Management AG [NP66B--No 7--Wk 43/19] Spain -- West coast -- Vigo — Restricted area Inner Sound -- Loch Kishorn — Berths 112 150 Paragraph 4.151 3 line 1 Replace by: Paragraph 4.36 1 Replace by: Restricted area. A marine nature reserve (Parque... 1 A pier, which extends from the W side of the loch in position 572374N 53807W, and a quay, UKHO [NP67--No 7--Wk 06/19] 4 cables NE, form the facilities of Kishorn Port Ltd. It also includes a 160 m diameter with depth Spain -- West coast -- Puerto de Vigo — up to 138 m at MHWS. Vessels up to 160 m may Prohibited area; general layout berth on the drydock gates, which are concrete 113 caissons. Presently (2019) it can only be recommended for approach in daylight conditions and After Paragraph 4.151 5 line 5 Insert: in good weather unless a Master is already familiar Entry is prohibited to an area surrounding the withtheareaorwithaPilot’sadvice. abandoned ore loading berth (421725N 83923W), 3 cables ENE of Punta de Rande. Correspondence Kishorn Port Ltd 01/19 [NP66B--No 2--Wk 07/19] Spanish Notice 45/373/18 [NP67--No 4a--Wk 49/18]

2--312 NP67

Spain -- West coast -- Vigo — Prohibited area Portugal -- Rio Minho to Rio Lima -- Viana do Castelo — 113 Directions; scientific platform

Paragraph 4.151 5 line 5 including existing Section IV 124 Week 49/18 Replace by: Paragraph 5.14 1--3 including Existing Section IV Notice Prohibited areas. Entry is prohibited within an area Week 32/19 Replace by: surrounding the abandoned ore loading berth 1 From a position W of Ilha Ínsua (415154N (421725N 83923W), 3 cables ENE of Punta de 85243W) (4.184) the coastal passage leads Rande. generally S to the entrance to Rio Lima, passing: Entry is prohibited within an area N and S of the W of Lagoal (414791N 85282W), a rocky shoal channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), which passes which extends 5 cables offshore, thence: under the Punta de Rande suspension bridge (4.164). 2 WofBoi(414567N 85312W), an underwater Spanish Notice 2/11/19 [NP67--No 8--Wk 06/19] rock, thence: W of Baixo da Sumalha (414309N 85703W), an off--lying bank which breaks occasionally in heavy Spain -- West coast -- Puerto de Vigo — weather, lying close to the 50 m depth contour. Prohibited area; general layout 3 Thence the track continues S to a position W of Molhe Exterior (414046N 85066W), the outer 113 breakwater at Viana do Castelo from the head of Paragraph 4.153 2 lines 4--6 Replace by: which a light (white column, red bands) is exhibited. The designated anchorage (5.18) for Viana do Castelo ...industries, along with a shipyard and slipways. lies 2 miles W of the breakwater.

Spanish Notice 45/373/18 [NP67--No 4b--Wk 49/18] UKHO [NP67--No 13--Wk 41/19]

Spain -- West coast -- Vigo — Portugal -- Porto do Douro — Vertical clearances Directions; light buoy 133 115 After Paragraph 5.72 1 line 6 Insert: Paragraph 4.164 4 Replace by: Vertical clearance 4 Ensenada de San Simon is entered through a 5.72a channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), which passes 1 Two fixed bridges span the stretch of the Rio Douro under the suspension bridge spanning Estrecho de navigable by seagoing vessels: Rande, from Punta de Bestia on the N shore to Punta Ponte da Arrábida (single white arch) (410884N de Rande on the S shore. 83842W), with a vertical clearance of 62 m; Ponte Don Luis (double deck, road/railway) Spanish Notice 2/11/19 [NP67--No 9--Wk 06/19] (410840N 83657W), with a vertical clearance of 94m. Portugal -- Viana do Castelo — Directions 2 Several more bridges span the Rio Douro upriver of Ponte Don Luis. Local knowledge is required for 124 navigation beyond Ponte Don Luis.

Paragraph 5.14 1--3 Replace by: Paragraph 5.79 3 lines 1--7 Delete

1 From a position W of Ilha Ínsua (415154N Portuguese Notice 4/137/19 [NP67--No 10--Wk 22/19] 85243W) (4.184) the coastal passage leads generally S to the entrance to Rio Lima, passing: Spain -- Strait of Gibraltar -- W of Lagoal (414791N 85282W), a rocky shoal Puerto de Algeciras--la Línea — Anchorages which extends 5 cables offshore, thence: WofBoi(414567N 85312W), an underwater 220 rock, thence: Paragraph 7.105 2--4 Replace by: 2 W of Baixo da Sumalha (414309N 85703W), an off--lying bank which breaks occasionally in 2 Four anchorage areas have been established: heavy weather, lying close to the 50 m depth Area A (361016N 52351W), situated in the N contour, thence: part of Gibraltar Bay, extends 7½ cables W and Clear of a scientific platform (414119N 90330W) 1 mile SE from the centre position. Anchorage from which a light is exhibited. may be obtained in depths from 22 to 100 m. An 3 Thence the track continues S to a position W of obstruction (361016N 52411W) lies in the NW Molhe Exterior (414046N 85066W), the outer part of the anchorage. breakwater at Viana do Castelo from the head of 3 Area B (360957N 52540W), situated between which a light (white column, red bands) is exhibited. the prohibited anchorage around the SBM and The designated anchorage (5.18) for Viana do Castelo the NE entrance to Puerto de Algeciras, in lies 2 miles W of the breakwater. depths from 10 to 100 m. An outfall pipe (361014N 52535W) lies in the N part of GB Chart 3634 [NP67--No 11--Wk 32/19] the anchorage.

2--313 NP67

Area C (360760N 52465W), situated E of the NP68 East Coast of the United States Pilot detached mole (360758N 52507W), in depths Volume 1 (2018 Edition) from 39 to 137 m. Area D (360556N 52463W), situated NE of Punta Carnero in depths from 19 to 81 m. A Maine – Frenchman Bay – Bar Harbor — Wreck marine farm (360550N 52568W), marked by 60 light buoys (special), extends into the W part of the anchorage and an obstruction (360600N Paragraph 2.50 1 lines 9 and 10 Delete 52406W) lies in the W part of the area. 4 Cautions. Depths decrease rapidly as the shores US Notice 9/13312/19 [NP68--No 8--Wk 12/19] are approached and regular sounding should be made before dropping anchor. New -- Portsmouth — Vessels using Areas C and D, especially those in Vertical and horizontal clearances ballast, should allow for the frequency of winds from the E and SE, which may reach or exceed gale force. 108

Spanish ENCs ES504453; ES504451; GB Chart 1455/16; Paragraph 3.224 1 line(s) 5--10 Replace by: ES Derrotero Num 5 Edt 3 2018 Sarah Mildred Long Lift Bridge (430520N [NP67--No 12--Wk 38/19] 704567W). A lift span bridge with a vertical clearance of 49 m (16 ft) when closed and 411m Portugal -- Arquipélago dos Açores -- (135 ft) when open. Ilha de São Jorge — Directions; major light Paragraph 3.225 1 line(s) 3--4 Replace by: 250 Sarah Mildred Long Lift Bridge -- Horizontal After Paragraph 8.137 2 line 5 Insert: clearance 774 m (254 ft). Ponta dos Rosais Light — as above. US Notice 27/13283/19 [NP68--No 20--Wk 33/19]

Portugal Notice 11/263/18; BA Chart 1956 New Hampshire -- Portsmouth — [NP67--No 5--Wk 03/19] Vertical and horizontal clearances

Arquipélago dos Açores – Canal de São Jorge — 108 Traffic regulations After Paragraph 3.224 2 line 4 Insert: 250 Overhead power cables span the river at 43 05 98N 70 46 95W with vertical clearance of 50 m After Paragraph 8.143 1 line 3 Insert:     (165 ft). 3 Little Bay Bridges (430710N 704955W). Traffic regulations Vertical clearance of 14 m (46 ft) for the central span 8.143a and 10 m (33 ft) for the lateral spans. 1 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing is prohibited within an area of submarine cables lying SW of Porto After Paragraph 3.225 1 line 4 Insert: das Velas. The area is marked by the red sector Little Bay Bridges -- Horizontal clearance 305m (033-- 0 6 1 ) of Cabos Velas Light (384069N (100 ft) under the central span, otherwise 609m 28 12 30W) (white post, red bands, 5 m in height).   (200 ft).

Portuguese Notice 7/207/18 [NP67--No 2--Wk 36/18] US Notice 40/13285/18 [NP68--No 5--Wk 43/18]

Portugal -- Arquipélago dos Açores -- Massachusetts -- Approaches to Ilha de São Jorge — Directions; major light Salem Harbour — Depths

251 118

After Paragraph 8.144 3 line 3 Insert: Paragraph 4.24 1 line 3 Replace by: Ponta dos Rosais Light — as above. ...depths of 85 m (28 ft) (2017) in the channel and 82m... Portugal Notice 11/263/18; BA Chart 1956 US Notice 24/13275/18 [NP68--No 3--Wk 29/18] [NP67--No 6--Wk 03/19] Massachusetts -- East approaches to Arquipélago dos Açores – Canal de São Jorge -- Nantucket Sound — Depth Porto das Velas — Anchorage 142 251 Paragraph 5.33 1 line(s) 2 Replace by: After Paragraph 8.150 5 line 9 Insert: ...36 m (12 ft) (413300N 695475W) over a shoal, Restricted area. See 8.143a. reported (2019), SSW of No 4 Light Buoy (5.37).

Portuguese Notice 7/207/18 [NP67--No 3--Wk 36/18] US Chart 13237 (2019) [NP68--No 26--Wk 50/19]

2--314 NP68

Massachusetts -- Nantucket Sound — Depths Block Island Sound -- Montauk Point and Little Gull Island — Directions; light 143 172 Paragraph 5.42 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by:

1 Main Channel has a least depth of 82m (27ft), Paragraph 6.14 2 line(s) 1--3 Delete but the draught of vessels using this channel seldom exceeds 73m (24ft). Paragraph 6.14 2 line(s) 6--8 Delete North Channel has a least depth of about 45m (15 ft). US Notice 23/5161/19 US Chart 13237 (2019) [NP68--No 27--Wk 50/19] [NP68--No 10--Wk 27/19]

Massachusetts -- Nantucket Sound -- Martha’s Vineyard — Wreck Block Island Sound -- Little Gull Island — Directions; light 143 173 Paragraph 5.45 2 line 8 Replace by: ...by buoys, lies at the W end of this area. A After Paragraph 6.16 3 line(s) 10 Insert: dangerous wreck (412718N 702772W) lies in the centre of the anchorage. Little Gull Island Light (grey granite tower, red dwelling, 28 m in height) (411238N US Notice 36/13237/18 [NP68--No 4--Wk 40/18] 720641W).

US Notice 23/5161/19 Rhode Island -- Providence — [NP68--No 11--Wk 27/19] Caution; pipelines; wreck

166 Long Island Sound -- Stratford Point and After Paragraph 5.239 1 line 5 Insert: Penfield Reef — Directions; lights

2 Caution. Three pipeline areas, centred on 179 414811N 712339W, 414832N 712362W and 414879N 712396W, extend across the channel Paragraph 6.81 1 line(s) 6--7 Delete between Fields Point and Fox Point. A dangerous wreck (414822N 712375W), position approximate, lies within the channel limits. Paragraph 6.81 2 line(s) 3--6 Delete

US Chart 13224 [NP68--No 19--Wk 31/19] US Notices 23/5161; 12354; 12363/19 [NP68--No 12--Wk 27/19] Block Island Sound -- Montauk Point — Directions Long Island Sound -- Stratford Point and 171 Penfield Reef — Directions; light Paragraph 6.9 1 line(s) 1--13 Replace by: 180 1 Block Island Sound has two entrances from the Atlantic. The S entrance leads between Block Island Paragraph 6.91 1 line(s) 2--5 Delete and Montauk Point (410426N 715143W), a high sandy bluff, from which a light (white conical tower, red band, 51 m in height) is exhibited. US Notices 23/12354; 12363/19 2 The deepest passage in this entrance is just W of [NP68--No 13--Wk 27/19] Southwest Ledge (410710N 713980W) and is 2 miles wide. The E entrance from Rhode Island Sound lies between the N part of Block Island and Connecticut -- New London Harbor -- Point Judith, 9 miles NNE, and is used by vessels New London Ledge — Directions; light with a draught in excess of 115 m (38 ft) and those coming from the bays and sounds E of Block Island 182 Sound. The Race (411420N 720350W) is the main entrance to Long Island Sound from Block Island Paragraph 6.108 1 line(s) 7--9 Delete Sound.

US Notice 23/5161/19 US Notice 23/12372/19 [NP68--No 9--Wk 27/19] [NP68--No 14--Wk 27/19]

2--315 NP68

Connecticut -- New London Harbor — Connecticut -- Long Island Sound -- Directions; light Approaches to New Haven — Directions; buoy 184 183 Paragraph 6.130 1 line(s) 6--7 Replace by: Paragraph 6.110 2 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: From the vicinity of 411213N 725379W the alignment (3336) of... 2 W of New London Ledge Light (red brick dwelling on square pier, 18 m in height) US Notice 27/12354/19 [NP68--No 23--Wk 33/19] (411835N 720465W), which stands on the NW corner of New London Ledge and Connecticut -- Long Island Sound -- 3 cables W of Black Ledge, thence: New Haven — Directions; buoy 184 US Notice 23/12372/19 [NP68--No 15--Wk 27/19] Paragraph 6.130 1 lines 6--7 including Existing Section IV Notice Week 33/19. Replace by: From the vicinity of NH Light Buoy (safe water) Connecticut -- Long Island Sound -- (411213N 725379W) the alignment (3336) of... New Haven Harbor — Bridge clearance US Notice 30/12354/19 [NP68--No 24--Wk 35/19] 184 Long Island Sound -- Stratford Point and Paragraph 6.121 1 lines 8--10 Replace by: Penfield Reef — Directions; light 186 The twin span Pearl Harbor Memorial Road Bridge, close N of Tomlinson Bridge, has a vertical Paragraph 6.146 2 line(s) 2--8 Delete clearance of 192m(63ft). Paragraph 6.155 1--2 Replace by: Paragraph 6.122 1 lines 3--4 Replace by: 1 From a position about 1½ miles ESE of Penfield The fixed Pearl Harbor Memorial Road Bridge, Reef Light (white tower on granite dwelling, 16 m in close N of Tomlinson Bridge, has a horizontal height) (410703N 731333W) the outer approach to clearance of 1457 m (478 ft). Black Rock Harbor leads NNW to the entrance of the dredged channel, passing: US Notice 18/12371/18 [NP68--No 1--Wk 21/18] 2 ENE of Black Rock (410721N 731305W), marked by a beacon, and The Little Cows, 1½ cables N, the outermost dangers of Penfield Reef, marked by LC Light Buoy (port Connecticut -- Long Island Sound -- Approaches to New Haven — Anchorage hand). Penfield Reef Light stands on the reef 4 cables SSW of these dangers. Thence: 184 US Notice 23/12363/19 [NP68--No 16--Wk 27/19] Paragraph 6.124 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: Long Island Sound -- Housatonic River -- 1 The following anchorage areas are situated in the Stratford Point — Directions approaches to New Haven: 188 New Haven North Anchorage Ground (411125N 725090W), depths around 14 to 18 m, mud and Paragraph 6.170 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: shells. A wreck (411087N 725183W) is situated within this area. 1 From a position SE of Stratford Point (410920N New Haven South Anchorage Ground (410905N 730620W), from which a light (white conical tower, 724950W), depths around 19 to 25 m, mud. red band, 11 m in height) (410912N 730619W) is exhibited, the route into Housatonic River leads NW to the entrance channel, which is narrow and crooked US Chart 12354 [NP68--No 21--Wk 33/19] with little depth on either side, passing: US Notice 23/12354/19 Connecticut -- Long Island Sound -- [NP68--No 17--Wk 27/19] Approaches to New Haven — Pilotage Block Island Sound -- Long Island -- 184 Montauk Point — Directions; light 201 Paragraph 6.125 1 Replace by: Paragraph 7.21 1 line(s) 6--7 Delete 1 See 6.4. US Notice 23/5161/19 US Chart 12371 [NP68--No 22--Wk 33/19] [NP68--No 18--Wk 27/19]

2--316 NP68

New York -- Ambrose Channel -- Paragraph 3.107 3 line(s) 1--3 including existing Section IV Gravesend Bay — Anchorage; wrecks Week 49/19 Replace by:

208 3 Anchorage No 3 (393240N 753290W), a general anchorage, lies on the W side of the main Paragraph 7.79 1 line 8 Replace by: channel NNE of Reedy Island (3.99). ...a number of wrecks and obstructions which lie within this Caution. Numerous obstructions lie within the area. anchorages. A submarine pipeline area extends across the S end of Anchorage No 2. US Chart 12334 [NP68--No 6--Wk 10/19] US Notice 46/12304/19 [NP69--No 33--Wk 51/19] New York -- Upper Bay -- Anchorage Channel — Anchorages; obstructions Delaware -- Chesapeake and Delaware Canal -- Delaware River — Anchorage 210

Paragraph 7.101 1 line 3 Replace by: 73

...Hudson River. Numerous obstructions lie within these Paragraph 3.107 3 lines 1--3 Replace by: anchorages: 3 Anchorage No 3 (393240N 753290W), a US Chart 12334 [NP68--No 7--Wk 10/19] general anchorage, lies on the W side of the main channel NNE of Reedy Island (3.99). Obstructions lie New York -- Staten Island -- Arthur Kill — within the anchorage. Vertical clearances US Notice 44/12311/19 [NP69--No 32--Wk 49/19] 212

Paragraph 7.106 1 line(s) 1--12 Replace by: Delaware River -- Marcus Hook — Anchorage; obstruction 1 Outerbridge Crossing Bridge (403149N 741489W), a fixed bridge 1¾ miles above the S entrance with a vertical clearance of 436 m (143 ft), 78 connects Tottenville and Perth Amboy. Paragraph 3.158 1 line 7 Replace by: Goethals Bridge (403813N 741184W), a fixed road bridge comprised of two spans with a vertical ...20 ft) below the sea bed. A submerged obstruction clearance of 427 m (140 ft), is situated at (394791N 752507W) lies in the S part of the Elizabethport 1 mile from the N entrance. anchorage. A lift rail bridge (403825N 741174W), 1 cable above Goethals Bridge, has a vertical clearance of US Notice 11/12312/18 [NP69--No 5--Wk 15/18] 95 m (31 ft) when closed and 411 m (135 ft) when open. New Jersey -- Delaware River -- US Notice 31/12327/19 [NP68--No 25--Wk 37/19] Gloucester City — Obstruction

East coast -- New Jersey -- 82 Port Elizabeth — Berths Paragraph 3.198 2 line 4 Replace by: 215 ...18 m (20 to 59 ft). An obstruction lies near the centre of Paragraph 7.135 2 lines 8--11 Replace by: the anchorage. Berths. Maher Terminal has 3087 m of berthing space. APM Terminal has 1829 m of berthing space. US Notice 5/12312/18 [NP69--No 4--Wk 09/18] Alongside depths generally exceed 9 m.

BA Chart 3457/18 [NP68--No 2--Wk 27/18] New Jersey -- Delaware River -- Whitehill Range — Leading lights

88 NP69 East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 2 (2017 Edition) Paragraph 3.251 1 lines 1--7 Replace by:

1 From a position about 1½ cables WNW of Delaware -- Chesapeake and Delaware Canal -- Newbold Directional Light (3.250), the track Delaware River — Anchorage continues 1 mile NE through the dredged 73 channel, marked by light buoys (lateral).

Paragraph 3.107 2 line(s) 8--9 Delete US Notice 42/12314/17 [NP69/No.2/Wk.45/17]

2--317 NP69

Chesapeake Bay entrance -- entrance -- Cape Charles — Lighthouse Cape Charles — Lighthouse

91 98

Paragraph 3.276 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: Paragraph 4.37 1 lines 2--3 Replace by:

Cape Charles Lighthouse (disused) (370738N Cape Charles Lighthouse (disused) (370738N 755439W) (4.25). 755439W) (4.25).

Paragraph 3.276 2 line 5 Delete US Notice 6/12200/19 [NP69--No 16--Wk 10/19] US Notice 6/12200/19 [NP69--No 11--Wk 10/19] Virginia -- Chesapeake Bay -- Chesapeake Bay entrance -- Hampton Roads Approach -- Cape Charles — Lighthouse Thimble Shoal — Directions; light

93 100

Paragraph 4.8 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: Paragraph 4.37 1 line(s) 6--8 Replace by: …the waters within a line drawn from Cape Charles Thimble Shoal Lighthouse (disused) (red conical Lighthouse (disused) (4.25) to Cape Henry Light (4.25), tower, brown round base, 20 m in height) and also a… (370087N 761439W).

US Notice 6/12200/19 [NP69--No 12--Wk 10/19] Paragraph 4.37 2 line(s) 7 Delete

Paragraph 4.39 2 line(s) 4--5 Replace by: Chesapeake Bay entrance -- Cape Charles — Lighthouse SSW of Thimble Shoal on which stands Thimble Shoal Lighthouse (disused) (4.37). 95 US Notice 22/12221/19 [NP69--No 22--Wk 26/19] Paragraph 4.13 3 lines 5--6 Replace by: …10½ miles SSE of Cape Charles Lighthouse (disused) (4.25), the route leads 3½ miles WSW, thence 2¼ miles W Chesapeake Bay entrance -- Cape Charles — Lighthouse to the…

US Notice 6/12200/19 [NP69--No 13--Wk 10/19] 100

Paragraph 4.37 2 line 5 Delete Chesapeake Bay entrance -- Cape Charles — Lighthouse US Notice 6/12200/19 96 [NP69--No 17--Wk 10/19]

Paragraph 4.18 2 lines 2--4 Replace by: Virginia -- Chesapeake Bay -- …lanes in the NE approach is 10½ miles SSE of Cape Newport News — Depth Charles Lighthouse (disused) (4.25), in the vicinity of NCA Light Buoy (special) (365750N 754821W). 108

US Notice 6/12200/19 Paragraph 4.100 1 line(s) 4 Replace by: [NP69--No 14--Wk 10/19] Newport News Channel — 152m(50ft).

Chesapeake Bay entrance -- US Notice 46/12245/19 [NP69--No 34--Wk 52/19] Cape Charles — Lighthouse

97 Virginia -- Newport News -- James River — Depths Paragraph 4.25 1 lines 2--4 Replace by: 109 Cape Charles Lighthouse (disused) (white 8--sided pyramidal framework tower, black top, 58 m in Paragraph 4.113 1 line 2 For 106m (35ft) Read 76m height) (370738N 755439W). (25ft)

US Notice 6/12200/19 [NP69--No 15--Wk 10/19] US Notice 25/12248/19 [NP69--No 26--Wk 29/19]

2--318 NP69

Chesapeake Bay entrance -- North Carolina -- East of Pamlico Sound -- Cape Charles — Lighthouse Wimble Shoals — Directions; wreck

114 169--170

Paragraph 4.164 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: Paragraph 7.23 2 lines 2--5 Replace by: Cape Charles Lighthouse (disused) (370738N ...over which the sea breaks in E gales. A wreck 755439W) (4.25). with a depth of 21 m (11 fm) lies 7½ miles ESE. Thence: Paragraph 4.164 2 line 2 Delete US Notice 25/11555/18 [NP69--No 7--Wk 30/18] US Notice 6/12200/19 [NP69--No 18--Wk 10/19] North Carolina -- Morehead City and Virginia -- Chesapeake Bay -- Beaufort Inlet — Directions; lights; alignment Hampton Roads Approach -- Thimble Shoal — Directions; light 179

114 Paragraph 7.94 1 line(s) 4--7 Replace by: Middle light (white diamond, orange border, on Paragraph 4.164 1 line(s) 6--7 Replace by: multi--pile structure) (3¾ cables from front light). Thimble Shoal Lighthouse (disused) (370087N Rear light (framework tower on platform) (9½ cables 761439W) (4.37). from front light). From the vicinity of BM Light Buoy (safe water) Paragraph 4.164 2 line(s) 4 Delete (343482N 764156W), the alignment (0112)of these lights, visible... US Notice 22/12221/19 [NP69--No 23--Wk 26/19] ENC US5NC17M [NP69--No 35--Wk 52/19] Chesapeake Bay entrance -- Cape Charles — Lighthouse North Carolina -- Morehead City — Directions; light 116 179 Paragraph 4.170 2 lines 2--4 Replace by: Paragraph 7.96 1 lines 1--9 Replace by: ...Lighthouse (disused) (370738N 755439W) (4.25) the track leads about 10 miles NNW through a channel, 1 Range B (Morehead City Channel). The line of marked by a light buoy and numbered buoys (lateral), bearing (127), astern, of Morehead City Channel passing: Warning Light A (344146N 763972W) leads through the centre of Morehead City Channel. Thence US Notice 6/12200/19 [NP69--No 19--Wk 10/19] the track leads NNW to the chosen destination.

Chesapeake Bay -- Choptank River -- US Notice 24/11541/19 Cambridge — Directions; leading lights [NP69--No 25--Wk 28/19]

142 South Carolina -- Long Bay — Directions; wrecks Paragraph 5.176 3 lines 3--5 Replace by: 182 ...(starboard hand) (383481N 760375W). The track then leads generally SSW through a dredged channel, Paragraph 7.113 1 lines 3--6 Replace by: marked by buoys (lateral), to the turning basin. SSE of a wreck (331686N 774136W) with a depth of 14 6 m, thence: Paragraph 5.176 4 lines 1--7 Delete  Paragraph 7.113 2 lines 1--2 Delete US Notice 48/12263/18 [NP69--No 10--Wk 51/18] US Notice 22/411/18 [NP69--No 6--Wk 26/18] Chesapeake Bay entrance -- Cape Charles — Lighthouse North Carolina -- Willmington -- Smith Island — Directions; leading lights 169 184 Paragraph 7.20 1 lines 2--3 Replace by: Paragraph 7.131 3 lines 3--6 Replace by: Cape Charles Lighthouse (disused) (370738N 755439W) (4.25). ...(335279N 780008W). Rear light (framework tower on multi--pile structure) Paragraph 7.20 4 line 2 Delete (2¼ cables from front light). Cape Charles Light — as above. The alignment (0419) of these lights leads...

US Notice 6/12200/19 [NP69--No 20--Wk 10/19] US Notice 36/11534/18 [NP69--No 8--Wk 40/18]

2--319 NP69

Charleston-- Wando River — Georgia -- Savannah — Directions; lights General information; vertical and horizontal clearances 212

206 Paragraph 8.114 1 line(s) 1--9 Replace by:

Paragraph 8.66 4 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: 1 From the vicinity of 315650N 803650W, the track leads WNW in the entrance channel to a 4 A fixed bridge (325542N 794955W), with a position WNW of T Light Buoy (safe water) vertical clearance of 167 m (55 ft), spans the (31 57 86N 80 43 16W). river at Cainhoy, about 9 miles above the     entrance. Tybee Leading Lights: Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework Paragraph 8.66 5 Replace by: tower) (320043N 804874W). Rear light (2 miles from front light). 5 Horizontal clearances: 2 The alignment (298) of these lights leads WNW for The fixed bridge 3 miles above the entrance has an about 3¾ miles through the centre of Tybee Range, horizontal clearance of 1066m(350ft); marked by light buoys (lateral), to the beginning of The fixed bridge at Cainhoy has an horizontal Bloody Point Range. clearance of 274m(90ft). US Notice 35/11505/19 [NP69--No 31--Wk 41/19] US Notice 23/11524/19 [NP69--No 24--Wk 28/19] Florida -- Saint Marys Entrance -- South Carolina -- Port Royal Sound — Amelia River — Depths Limiting conditions; depths 208 224 Paragraph 9.24 1 line(s) 1--6 Replace by: Paragraph 8.81 1 Replace by: 1 Project depths. Entrance channel has a project 1 Controlling depths. Project depths for the depth of 140 m (46 ft) for about 8 miles, then 137m channels are as follows: (45 ft) for the next 2 miles, then a minimum of 134m From Entrance Channel to Bay Point Reach, about (44 ft) to Kings Bay (304790N 813073W). The 12½ miles: 82 m (27 ft), thence: channel has least width of 147 m (482 ft). From Fort Fremont Reach to Port Royal Reach, 2 Amelia River (9.33) channel has a project depth of about 8 miles: 73 m (24 ft), thence: 110 m (36 ft) to No 10 Light Buoy (304053N In the turning basin: 82m(27ft). For the latest controlling depth the charts and the 812800W), then 85 m (28 ft) for the remainder of port authorities should be consulted. the dredged channel. The channel has a least width 2 Tidal levels. At Beaufort the mean spring range is of 91 m (300 ft). about 25 m; mean neap range about 18m. See US Notice 26/11503/19 [NP69--No 27--Wk 30/19] information in ADMIRALTY Tide Tables.

US Notice 40/11516/18 [NP69--No 9--Wk 43/18] St Marys Entrance — Pilot boarding position 225 Georgia -- Savannah — Controlling depths Paragraph 9.26 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: 210 2 Pilots board vessels in the vicinity of STM Light Paragraph 8.98 1--2 Replace by: Buoy (304290N 811464W), or N of the entrance channel in the vicinity of 304330N 812000W. The 1 Project depth for the main channel from Tybee pilot boat has a black... Range to the entrance breakwaters is 149m (49ft). Thence from New Channel Range to Whitehall ENC US5GA18M [NP69/No.1/Wk.39/17] Channel (8.124) the project depth reduces to 128m (42 ft). Georgia -- Saint Marys Entrance — For the latest controlling depth the charts and the Restricted area port authorities should be consulted. 225 US Notice 35/11512/19 [NP69--No 29--Wk 41/19] Paragraph 9.27 2 line 2 For area is Read areas are

Georgia -- Savannah — Paragraph 9.27 2 lines 5--6 Replace by: Development; entrance channel ...required to maintain steerage. 211 A second regulated navigation area is established, Paragraph 8.110 1 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: from 1 mile N, to 1 mile S of the entrance channel centre line, extending from the shore to the STM Light 1 Works are in progress (2019) to widen sections of Buoy (safe water). the channel and increase the project depth in the See Appendix V for general rules governing inner harbour. regulated navigation areas. US Notice 35/11512/19 [NP69--No 30--Wk 41/19] ENC US5GA18M [NP69/No.3/Wk.45/17]

2--320 NP69

Florida -- Jacksonville — Channel; depths Belize -- Placencia Lagoon -- Big Creek — Directions 229 103--104

Paragraph 9.72 1 lines 3--7 Replace by: Paragraph 5.35 1--3 including existing Section IV Notice Week 26/19 Replace by: Jacksonville Harbor Barcut–3 (302387N 812209W); 122mto128m(40to42ft); 1 Description. There are two small ports on the Main channel from Jacksonville Harbor Barcut–3 to shores of Placencia Lagoon (163190N 882255W), Lower Terminal Channel (302124N described below. 813714W); 122m(40ft); Big Creek (163086N 882428W), situated at the Upper Terminal Channel (301966N 813745W); W side of the entrance to the lagoon, has a quay and 104m(34ft); turning basin reached by a dredged channel from deep water. Paragraph 9.72 2 lines 1--6 Replace by: Placencia fishing harbour (163078N 882187W) lies NE of Placencia Point (163051N 882243W), 2 Mayport Entrance Channel (302382N also at the entrance to the lagoon. 812393W); 152m (50ft); 2 Controlling depth. The channel (162947N Old River (Cut–A (302395N 813061W), Cut–G 882381W) leading to Big Creek has a dredged (302382N 813302W), Cut–F (302462N depth of 109m. 81 32 67W); 11 6m(38ft);    Tidal levels. Mean maximum range about 02m; Blount Island Marine Terminal Entrance Channel mean minimum range about 01 m. See information in (302375N 813100W); 116m(38ft). ADMIRALTY Tide Tables Volume 2. Paragraph 9.72 3 lines 1--3 Delete 3 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board in the vicinity of 162624N 882156W. 4 Directions. From the pilot boarding place US Notice 33/11491/19 [NP69--No 28--Wk 40/19] (162624N 882156W) the track leads WNW for about 1½ miles, passing: NNE of Middle Shoal (162643N 882297W), Florida -- Jacksonville -- Saint Johns River — marked close NNW by 1B Light Buoy (non--IALA). Vertical and horizontal clearances Thence the track leads NNW for about 1¾ miles to the start of the dredged channel, passing: 230 5 ENE of a shoal (162781N 882359W), marked close S by 1C Light Buoy (non--IALA). Paragraph 9.73 4 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: Thence the track continues NNW to Big Creek through the dredged channel, marked by light buoys 4 Acosta Bridge (301931N 813985W), a fixed (lateral). bridge with a vertical clearance of 225m (74 ft), 3 cables above Main Street Bridge. Anchorage may be obtained 4 cables SSE of Placencia Point, in 6 m. Paragraph 9.74 2 line(s) 5--8 Replace by: 6 Berths: Big Creek has two berths with a dredged depth Acosta Bridge has a horizontal clearance of 524m alongside of 109m. (172 ft). A small jetty (6 cables NE of Placencia Point), well Florida East Coast Railway Company Bridge has a sheltered by Placencia Cay, has a depth horizontal clearance of 530 m (174 ft). alongside of 4 m. Supplies: fish; limited quantities fresh water and US Notice 13/11491/19 [NP69--No 21--Wk 16/19] fuel. GB Chart 1797/19 [NP69A--No 22--Wk 46/19]

NP69A East coasts of Central America and Mexico -- East coast -- Dos Bocas — Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2019 Edition) Directions; beacons; lights 125 Belize -- Punta Gorda to Belize Harbour -- Paragraph 6.94 Replace by: Big Creek — Directions 1 Approaches. From the vicinity of Dos Bocas Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (182774N 104 931280W) the track leads SE through a buoyed channel (lateral and cardinal) for about 8½ cables to a Paragraph 5.35 2 line(s) 6--11 Replace by: position about 3 cables WSW of the E breakwater Directions. Big Creek is approached from The head (182718N 931192W). Narrows. The approach is via a recommended track 2 Directions for Multi--purpose Terminal. From a marked intermittently by buoys and light buoys position 3 cables WSW of the E breakwater head, the (lateral); thence entry is through a channel dredged to track leads S on the following leading line: 11 m and marked by light buoys (lateral). TUM Leading Line: Front beacon (grey lattice beacon, 12 m in height) Big Creek Group [NP69A--No 6--Wk 26/19] (182587N 931222W).

2--321 NP69A

Rear sector light (similar structure, 15 m in height) Veracruz — 3 miles E of Isla Verde Light (6.162) in (43 m from front light). the vicinity of 191200N 960100W; The alignment (1805) of these beacons, or at New Port of Veracruz — in the vicinity of the light night, the white sector (180-- 1 8 1 ) of the rear sector buoy (safe water) (191520N 960850W). light, leads S through a channel marked by light 2 Anchoring within the reefs and inside the harbour buoys (lateral) towards the Multi--purpose Terminal. must be carried out with the assistance of a pilot. 3 Directions for Oil Terminal. From a position See ADMIRALTY List of Radio Signals Volume 6(7). 3 cables WSW of the E breakwater head, the track Tugs leads ESE on the following leading line: 6.154 TAB Leading Beacons First Course: 1 Tugs are available and their use is compulsory for Front Beacon (red and white horizontal stripes, 13 m berthing and unberthing. Vessels over 2500 gt require in height) (182661N 931135W). two or more tugs, depending on size. Rear Beacon (similar structure, 14 m in height) (20 m from front beacon). Traffic regulations The alignment (120) of these beacons, or at night 6.155 the white sector (1197--1203) of the sector light 1 Traffic separation schemes. A TSS is established (182661N 931134W), leads ESE to a position in the approaches to Veracruz. This TSS is between No 3 and 4 Light Buoys (lateral) (182670N IMO--adopted and Rule 10 of the International 931148W). Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) 4 TAB Leading Beacons Second Course: applies. Front Beacon (red with white horizontal stripes, 11 m 2 A TSS is also established in the approaches to in height) (182595N 931149W). New Port of Veracruz. This TSS is not IMO--adopted. Rear Beacon (similar structure) (120 m from front The Mexican authorities advise that the principles for beacon). the use of the routeing system defined in Rule 10 of Thence the alignment (1795) of these beacons, or the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at night the white sector (180--181)oftheEast at Sea (1972) apply. Harbour Directional Light (white metal post, 20 m in Precautionary Areas are established between the height) (18 25 89N 93 11 49W), leads S into the East     TSSs and the islands and reefs surrounding the Harbour. approaches to the port. 5 Useful marks: 3 Prohibited area. Anchoring in the main approach E Breakwater Light (green metal post, 6 m in height) channels or harbour entrances is prohibited. (182713N 931181W). Marine reserves encompass the islands and reefs W Breakwater Light (red metal post) (182677N surrounding the approaches to the port. Entry into the 931285W). marine reserves is affected by numerous restrictions ENC MX683211 [NP69A--No 7--Wk 28/19] and prohibitions. For further details contact the port authority. ATBA. See 6.136. Mexico – – Veracruz — Limiting conditions; controlling depths Regulations concerning entry 6.155a 131 1 All vessel movements inside the harbour require Paragraph 6.150 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: permission from the Port Captain. Vessels must give advance notice if wishing to 1 The least charted depth along the recommended enter at night. track to Veracruz is 121m (191216N 960720W). Water levels are lowered during N winds. Quarantine The least charted depth within the buoyed channel 6.156 to New Port of Veracruz is 137m (191323N 1 Personnel are not permitted to land from vessels or 960967W). Depths of less than 10 m exist outside boats until cleared by the Port Health Officer. the buoyed channel. ENCs MX582110; MX482100; H102 MV Minerva ENCs MX682112; MX682111 [NP69A--No 13--Wk 34/19] [NP69A--No 14--Wk 34/19]

Mexico – Bay of Campeche – Veracruz — Mexico – Bay of Campeche – Veracruz — Harbour; general layout; development Arrival information; pilotage; tugs; traffic regulations; quarantine 132

131 After Paragraph 6.157 1 line 11 Insert:

Paragraphs 6.153, 6.154, 6.155 and 6.156 including 2 New Port of Veracruz has been built on reclaimed headings Replace by: land in Bahia Vergara (191410N 960880W). It consists of a single basin protected by a breakwater. Pilotage Paragraph 6.158 1 line(s) 1--4 Replace by: 6.153 1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels more than 500 gt 1 Works are in progress (2019) for the construction of and all vessels carrying dangerous goods. Pilots are new berths and infrastructures within New Port of available 24 hours. Pilot boarding stations are as Veracruz. It is expected to have 35 berths and be follows: capable of handling vessels up to 160 000 dwt.

2--322 NP69A

A breakwater is under construction (2019) in the Paragraph 6.162 heading Replace by: vicinity of 191343N 960817W;itisexpectedtobe completed in 2024. Entrance channel to Veracruz

Paragraph 6.162 2 line(s) 1--8 Replace by: ENC MX582110; H102 MV Minerva 2 Track. From a position about 3 miles E of Isla [NP69A--No 15--Wk 34/19] Verde Light (red truncated conical concrete tower, 6 m in height) (191192N 960408W), the route leads WSW to a position S of Isla Verde Light, passing clear of a light buoy (safe water) (191139N Mexico – Bay of Campeche – Veracruz — 960345W). Directions; approaches; entrances ENC MX582110 [NP69A--No 16--Wk 34/19]

132 Mexico – Bay of Campeche – Veracruz — Directions; entrances

Paragraph 6.161 1 and 2 including heading Replace by: 133

Paragraph 6.162 3 line(s) 1--7 Replace by:

Approaches to Veracruz 3 Thence the track leads NW, passing: 6.161 SW of Isla Verde, thence: 1 From east. From a position about 6¾ miles NNE of NE of Arrecife Pájaros, marked by lights at its NW Isla Santiaguillo (190857N 954848W) the route and SE ends. N1 Light Buoy (port hand) is moored leads 8 miles W through the appropriate traffic lane of near the reef’s N extremity. Thence: the TSS into a Precautionary Area, passing: SW of a 94 m detached shoal (191236N N of Isla Santiaguillo Light (6.138), thence: 960475W), marked by N2 Light Buoy N of Arrecife Anegada de Afuera Light (white round (starboard hand). concrete tower, 12 m in height) (191031N Paragraph 6.162 4 line(s) 5 For 5½ cables Read 5¾ cables 955222W), exhibited from the NW end of the reef. Paragraph 6.162 4 line(s) 8 For 2633 Read 2631 2 Thence the track continues to lead W to a position about 4¼ miles NNW of Arrecife Anegada de Afuera Light at the termination of the traffic lane. The track ENC MX582110; H102 MV Minerva then leads WSW through the Precautionary Area, [NP69A--No 17a--Wk 34/19] passing: NNW of Isla de Enmedio Light (truncated conical Mexico – Veracruz — Directions; leading lights concrete tower, hut, 14 m in height) (190607N 955632W). 133 3 Thence the track continues to lead WSW to a position about 3 miles E of Isla Verde Light Paragraph 6.162 5 line 6 For 2839 Read 285 (191192N 960408W) (6.162) in the vicinity of the pilot boarding station (6.153). Mexican Notice 8/92/19 [NP69A--No 3--Wk 22/19] 4 From north. From a position about 10 miles NNE of Isla Sacrificios (191052N 960552W), from which Isla Sacrificios Light (6.161) is exhibited, the route Mexico – Bay of Campeche – Veracruz — leads S through the TSS; passing E of Arrecife Directions; entrances Anegada de Adentro SE Light (galvanised steel post) (191336N 960297W), to a position about 3 miles E 133 of Isla Verde Light. After Paragraph 6.162 6 line 9 Insert: (Directions continue at 6.162) Entrance channel to New Port of Veracruz Approaches to New Port of Veracruz 6.162a 6.161a 1 From the vicinity of a light buoy (safe water) 1 From north. From a position about 12 miles NNW (191520N 960850W), the track leads S to a of Isla Sacrificios (6.161), the track leads S through position close W of N1 Light Buoy (port hand) the appropriate traffic lane of the TSS to a position (191387N 960864W). Thence the track leads SW about 4½ miles NNW of La Galleguilla Light (white through a channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), to round concrete tower, 9 m in height) (191389N a position in the turning circle about 3½ cables SW of 960729W) at the termination of the traffic lane. the breakwater head (191359N 960947W). The Thence the track leads SSE through a Precautionary track then leads NNW to the berths. Area to the vicinity of a light buoy (safe water) (191520N 960850W). ENC MX582110; H102 MV Minerva (Directions continue at 6.162a) [NP69A--No 17b--Wk 34/19]

2--323 NP69A

Mexico – Bay of Campeche – Veracruz — United States of America -- Texas -- Basins and berths Houston — Bridge position

133 172

Paragraph 6.163 heading Replace by: Fred Hartman Bridge photograph caption For (292423N 950099W) Read (294223N 950099W) Veracruz LPG/C Nova [NP69A--No 20--Wk 37/19] ENC MX582110; H102 MV Minerva [NP69A--No 18--Wk 34/19] United States of America -- Gulf of Mexico -- Houston -- Barbours Cut — Berths

Mexico – Bay of Campeche – Veracruz — 174 Basins and berths Paragraph 7.214 1 line(s) 1--12 Replace by: 134 1 Barbours Cut: After Paragraph 6.163 7 line 4 Insert: LASH berth (294098N 945912W) is 240 m in length, maintained depth 97m. RoRo berth (294094N 945934W) is 19 m in New Port of Veracruz length, maintained depth 97 m, deck height 6.163a 21m. 1 Hutchison Ports ICAVE (191426N 961017W), a Six container berths (294091N 945987W); each container berth, is 700 m in length with depths from is 304 m in length. around 6 to 14 m. It is reported (2019) that vessels Two tanker berths (294094N 950057W) each is may have a maximum draught of 133m. 150 m in length, maximum depth alongside about 14 m. ENC MX582110; H102 MV Minerva [NP69A--No 19--Wk 34/19] ENC US5TX55M [NP69A--No 11--Wk 32/19]

Mexico -- East coast -- Tampico — United States of America -- Gulf of Mexico -- Directions; fairway buoy Galveston to Sabine Pass -- Sabine Bank — Anchorages

138 177

Paragraph 6.209 2 line 7 For (221642N 974325W) Paragraph 7.230 1 Replace by: Read (221630N 974390W) 1 Sabine Bank Offshore (S) Anchorage Area (291570N 934207W)in13to15m(43to49ft). H102 MV Maersk Cancun [NP69A--No 2--Wk 16/19] Sabine Bank Offshore (E) Anchorage Area (292509N 933793W)in13to14m(43to46ft). United States of America -- Gulf of Mexico -- An obstruction lies in the SW part of the anchorage. Freeport — Outer anchorages Sabine Bank Offshore (N) Anchorage Area (292510N 934208W)in10to13m(33to43ft). 161 Sabine Pass Inshore Anchorage Area (293600N 933800W) in 8 to 11 m (27 to 38 ft). An obstruction After Paragraph 7.106 1 line 7 Insert: lies in the E part of the anchorage.

Caution. Numerous obstructions exist within both ENC US3GC02M [NP69A--No 29--Wk 52/19] anchorages. United States of America -- Texas -- Port Arthur ENC US3GC02M [NP69A--No 28--Wk 52/19] — Directions

180 United States of America – Galveston Bay – Bayport — Depths Paragraph 7.252 1 line 2 For 294663N Read 294563N 170 UKHO [NP69A--No 23--Wk 46/19] Paragraph 7.190 1 lines 1--3 Replace by: United States of America -- Louisiana -- 1 Controlling depth. Bayport Ship Channel is Port of Lake Charles — Vertical clearance dredged to a depth of 128 m (42 ft) (2018) and the turning basin to a depth of 137 m (45 ft) (2018). 184 Bayport Channel Flare at the entrance to Bayport Ship Channel is dredged to a depth of 119m (39ft) Paragraph 7.300 1 line 2 For 411 m (135 ft) Read 405m (2018). (132 ft)

US Notice 19/11326/19 [NP69A--No 4--Wk 22/19] US ENC US5LA16M [NP69A--No 12--Wk 34/19]

2--324 NP69A

United States of America -- New Orleans -- Paragraph 9.149 2 line 1 For S Read SSE Mississippi River — Anchorage Paragraph 9.149 2 line 5 For SE Read SSE 199

Paragraph 8.91 1 Replace by: Paragraph 9.149 3 lines 1--9 Replace by: 3 SE of N3 Light (pile) (29 32 30N 84 37 00W), 1 A General Anchorage (295614N 895994W), lies     on the W side of the river at New Orleans, several thence: obstructions lie within and near the anchorage. The SE of a dangerous wreck (292997N 844092W), position approximate. Coast Guard District Commander may also allocate SE of N4 Light (pile) (292476N 845138W), other anchorages, on a temporary basis. Anchoring is thence: prohibited in the areas of submerged revetment SE of a dangerous wreck (291902N 845501W), located on the river bottom, on both sides of the river. and: SE of the S limit of shoals S of Cape Saint George, ENC US5LA37M [NP69A--No 8--Wk 28/19] thence: S of a dangerous wreck (291499N 851819W), United States of America -- New Orleans -- position approximate, thence: Mississippi River -- S of the SSW limit of shoals SW of Cape San Blas Poland Avenue Wharf — Wreck (293940N 852080W), a low wooded point.

199 US Chart 11401; ENC US3GC06M [NP69A--No 10--Wk 31/19] After Paragraph 8.93 1 line 5 Insert:

A dangerous wreck lies close off the berth United States of America – Florida – Port Saint Joe — Directions; depths ENC US5LA37M [NP69A--No 9--Wk 28/19] 235

United States of America -- Baton Rouge — Paragraph 10.22 5 line 9 Replace by: Depths; obstruction ...Joseph Point. Two rocks with a least depth of 85m 207 (28 ft) lie at the edge of the fairway at 295208N 852288W and 295165N 852293W. Paragraph 8.142 5 lines 4--5 Replace by: Paragraph 10.22 6 line 4 Replace by: ...914 m in length, depths alongside 140m to 195 m. An obstruction (302900N 911167W) ...wharf area. A rock with a depth of 82m(27ft)liesatthe with a depth of 134 m lies at the N end of the edge of the fairway in position 295034N 852211W. berth. US Notice 19/11389/19 [NP69A--No 5--Wk 22/19] US Notice 11/11370/19 [NP69A--No 1--Wk 14/19] United States of America -- Florida -- Panama City — Depth United States of America -- Florida -- Tampa Bay -- Big Bend — Controlling depths 236

226 Paragraph 10.28 1 line(s) 1--2 Replace by:

Paragraph 9.113 1 Replace by: 1 The project depth for all channel reaches in the approaches to Panama City is 109m (36ft),withthe 1 Dredged depths as follows: exception of Outer Bar Entrance Channel Reach 1, Entrance channel depth 13 6m(44½ ft) (2019);  which is 116 m (38 ft). Turning basin depth 133m(43½ ft) (2019); Channel leading S from the turning basin 104m US Notice 46/11391/19 [NP69A--No 24--Wk 52/19] (34 ft) (2018). The chart and port authority should be consulted for the latest controlling depths. United States of America -- Florida -- Panama City -- Saint Andrew Bay — Directions; caution US Notice 33/11416/19 [NP69A--No 21--Wk 40/19] 236 United States of America -- Florida -- Lighthouse Point to Cape San Blas — Paragraph 10.40 1 line(s) 8--10 Replace by: Directions; wrecks ...Safety Fairway, to a position NE of SA Light Buoy (safe water) (300550N 854643W). (10.20). 230 2 Caution. Numerous dangers to navigation lie both Paragraph 9.149 1 line 1 Replace by: within and near the Safety Fairway, including dangerous wrecks and fish havens. 1 From a position S of Lighthouse Point (295385N 842095W), the route... US Chart 11389/19 [NP69A--No 25--Wk 52/19]

2--325 NP69A

United States of America -- Florida -- 2 SSW of Bunkers Point (300871N 853944W). Approach to Panama City — Directions; channel Shoal water extends 1½ cables SSW from the point, marked at its extremity by No 19 Light 237 Buoy (port hand). Thence the track leads generally SW, passing: Paragraph 10.41 1 line(s) 1--8 including paragraph number SW of Town Point (300813N 853884W). No 21 Replace by: Light Buoy (port hand) is moored W of a drying spit that extends 1 cable SSW from the point. Outer Bar Entrance Channel 3 Thence the track leads ESE, passing: 10.41 NNE of No 24 Light Beacon (red triangle, yellow 1 From a position NE of SA Light Buoy (safe water) square, on pile) (300758N 853855W), (300550N 854643W), the track leads NE to a standing at the extremity of shoal water that position at the start of Outer Bar Entrance Channel. extends 4 cables ENE from Palmetto Point Entrance A Leading Lights: (300747N 853898W). A dangerous wreck Front light (red vertical mark, white stripe, on (300767N 853903W), position approximate, framework tower, on piles) (300876N lies in surrounding depths of about 7 m (23 ft). 854157W). 4 Thence the track leads generally ENE, passing: Rear light (similar structure) (1¼ miles from front SSE of the entrance to Watson Bayou (300826N light). 853814W) The alignment (0525) of these lights then leads Thence as required to the berths. NE through the channel for 2¾ miles. US Notice 46/11391/19; ENC US5FL66M Paragraph 10.41 2 line(s) 8--9 Replace by: [NP69A--No 27--Wk 52/19] ...lights leads 1¾ miles ENE to a position in Harbor Channel Reach 4, WNW of Redfish Point (300851N NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 (2018 Edition) 854018W) (10.43). Dominican Republic — Marine reserve US Notice 45/11391/19 [NP69A--No 26--Wk 52/19] 6

United States of America -- Florida -- Approach to After Paragraph 1.52 1 line 9 Insert: Panama City — Directions; buoys; Marine reserves, protected areas and parks are 237 located throughout the waters of the Dominican Republic, including the extensive offshore Silver Bank Paragraph 10.42 1--2 including paragraph number Replace and Navidad Bank. These reserves and parks have by: numerous restrictions and penalties apply for violations.

Harbor Channel BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 10--Wk 09/19] 10.42 1 From a position WNW of Redfish Point (30 08 51N   Dominican Republic — Marine reserve 854018W), the track to the alongside berths at Dyers Point (10.45) initially leads 2 miles WNW 79 through Harbor Channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), passing: After Paragraph 3.4 3 line 4 Insert: NNE of Courtney Point (300883N 854263W), 4 Marine parks and reserves. Navidad Bank, Silver thence: Bank, the S part of Mouchoir Bank and associated SSW of Buena Vista Point (300997N 854215W). waters are situated within an extensive marine reserve 2 The track then continues NW and W through of the Dominican Republic; restrictions and penalties Harbor Channel, passing between Buena Vista Point apply. See 1.52. and Bear Point (300970N 854348W) to the berths at Dyers Point. BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 11--Wk 09/19]

Paragraph 10.43 1--4 including paragraph number Replace by: Bahamas -- Great Bahama Bank -- Ocean Cay — Port development

Terminal Channel 116 10.43 Paragraph 4.268 1--2 Replace by: 1 From a position WNW of Redfish Point (300851N 854018W), the track to Bay Harbor (10.45) leads 1 Position and function. Ocean Cay (252525N ESE through Terminal Channel, marked by light 791233W) is a private island operated by MSC beacons and light buoys (lateral), passing: Cruises. NNE of No 18 Light Beacon (starboard hand) Topography. Ocean Cay is a man--made cay which (300858N 854005W), standing on the N side was developed from Sandy Cay. of a spit that extends 1½ cables ENE from Redfish 2 Controlling depth. Entry Channel is 140 m in width Point (300851N 854018W), thence: with depths generally exceeding 12 m.

2--326 NP70

Pilotage is available from Nassau upon request. United States of America -- East coast -- Florida -- Pilots board 2 miles SW of the entrance to Entry Port Canaveral — General layout; Channel. directions; basins Directions. From a position in the vicinity of 125 252448N 791426W, the track leads ENE through Entry Channel, marked by light beacons (lateral), in Paragraph 5.47 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: the white sector (074--075) of PEL Light Beacon (252504N 791198W). 1 An E--W channel, consisting of Cut--2, Cut--3, Berths. The berth is 173 m in length with a Middle Turning Basin Access Channel, West Access breasting dolphin and two mooring dolphins. The berth Channel, West Turning Basin Lower and the is fronted by a turning basin with a radius of 200 m. Canaveral Barge Canal connects the with the Intracoastal Waterway (1.40). The city of GB Chart 461; MSC Cruises Canaveral stands on the S side of the channel; on the [NP70--No 37--Wk 44/19] N side lie Trident, Middle and West Basins.

Paragraph 5.51 1 line 8 For Outer Reach Read Cut--1A, United States of America -- Straits of Florida -- Cut--1B and Cut--1 Through route — Data collecting buoy Paragraph 5.51 2 line 2 For Outer Reach Channel Read 119 Cut--1B Paragraph 5.9 1 line 5 For 283130N 801130W Read 283040N 801110W Paragraph 5.51 3--4 Replace by: 3 The alignment (2698) of these lights leads through US Notice U1 5/11009/19 [NP70--No 9--Wk 09/19] Cut--2, Cut--2 (44), Cut--3, Middle Turning Basin Access Channel, West Access Channel and West Turning Basin Lower, marked by light buoys and light United States of America -- Straits of Florida — beacons, passing S of Trident Basin, Middle Basin Data collection buoy and West Basin. Trident Basin Leading Lights: 119 Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework tower) (28 25 16N 80 35 89W). After Paragraph 5.9 1 line 6 Insert:     4 Rear light (similar structure) (1¾ cables from ODAS A CDIP STA 244 (242443N 815801W). front light). The alignment (3261) of these lights leads into US Notice 32/4148/19 [NP70--No 35--Wk 38/19] Trident Basin. From the W side of Middle Basin, the Canaveral Barge Canal runs past West Basin to join the United States of America -- East coast -- Florida -- Intracoastal Waterway in Banana River passing S of Port Canaveral — Depths the West Access Channel.

123 Paragraph 5.52 1 line 1 For East Read Trident

Paragraph 5.37 1 lines 1--7 Replace by: US Charts 11478; 11481 [NP70--No 3--Wk 49/18] 1 Project depths: Cut--1A, 1B, Cut--1, Cut--2 14 m (46 ft) United States of America -- East coast -- Florida -- Port Canaveral — Basins and berths Cut--2 (44), Cut--3 134m(44ft) Middle Turning Basin Access 107m(35ft) 125 Channel Paragraph 5.52 1 lines 5--7 Replace by: West Access Channel 131m(43ft) This basin (28 24 72N 80 36 53W) is for cargo West Turning Basin Lower 107m(35ft)     and military purposes: North piers 1--2 (282472N 803653W), US Chart 11478 [NP70--No 1--Wk 49/18] multipurpose, with a combined berthing space of 393 m and depths alongside of about 116m.A United States of America -- East coast -- Florida -- RoRo facility is situated at the N end of North Port Canaveral — Traffic regulations Pier 1. Poseidon Pier is restricted, for military use only. See 124 5.43. After Paragraph 5.52 1 line 11 Insert: Paragraph 5.43 2 line 2 For East Read Trident Container terminal, on the E side of the basin Paragraph 5.43 2 line 13 For East Read Trident includes North Cargo Berths 5/6 with 571 m continuous quay length, least depth about 109m.

US Chart 11478 [NP70--No 2--Wk 49/18] BA Chart 3692/19 [NP70--No 7--Wk 06/19]

2--327 NP70

United States of America -- East coast -- Florida -- From a position in the vicinity of M Light Buoy (safe Port Canaveral — Basins and berths water) (254610N 800500W), the alignment (2495) 125--126 of these lights leads through Cut 1, towards the dredged area S of No 6 and No 8 Light Buoys. Paragraph 5.53 Replace by: 2 Cut 2 Leading Lights: Front light (254525N 800663W). 1 Access Channels, south side: Rear light (6½ cables from front light). Cruise terminal berth 1 (282452N 803671W) is 3 The alignment (1148), astern, of these lights leads 432 m in length and has a maximum permitted between the training walls to a position NNE of Fisher draught of 111 m alongside. Island. Cruise terminal berths 2--4 (282453N 803590W) have a combined length of 656 m with depth Thence the track either continues WNW though Cuts 2 to 4 of the main entrance channel, or leads W alongside of 97 m (2016). through Fishermans Channel, to the requisite berth. 2 Tanker berth 1 (282454N 803646W), with 104 m of berthing space and depths alongside Caution. Identification of the entrance to Miami is difficult at night due to the extent and brilliance of the from 121to124m. city lights. South cargo piers 1--3 (282454N 803626W) have a combined length of 492 m with depths Paragraph 5.131 including heading Replace by: alongside from 109to121m.No4cargopier,W of the tanker berth, has a depth alongside of 124m. Spare 3 West Access Channel, north side: 5.131 North piers 3--4, each with 122 m of berthing space and maximum draught alongside of 96m. US Notice 27/11465/19 [NP70--No 34--Wk 33/19]

BA Chart 3692/19 [NP70--No 8--Wk 06/19] United States of America -- Florida -- Key West — Pilotage United States of America -- East coast -- Florida -- Miami — Limiting conditions 139 132 Paragraph 5.175 1 line(s) 4 For 1½ miles Read 2 miles Paragraph 5.117 1 Replace by:

1 Project depths: USNotice32/USCoastPilot4;USChart11/19 Cut 1 (Outer Bar Cut) 158 m (52 ft) [NP70--No 36--Wk 38/19] Cut 2 (Widener) 158 m (52 ft) Cut 3 (Bar Cut) 152m--110m United States of America -- Florida -- (50 ft -- 36 ft) Dry Tortugas — Directions; buoyage Cut 4 (Government Cut) 110m(36ft) 143 Fisher Island Turning Basin 152 m (50 ft) (Main Channel) Paragraph 5.204 2 lines 1--10 Replace by: Fishermans Channel 152 m (50 ft) (South Ship Channel) 2 SSW of a tower (disused lighthouse) (243474N (Lummus Island Cut) 823512W) which stands on Rebecca Shoal, a coral bank, thence: Lummus Island Turning Basins 15 2 m (50 ft)  SSW of Dry Tortugas (243900N 825200W) Dodge Island Cut 104 m (34 ft) (5.209). An ATBA surrounds the Dry Tortugas National Park (see 5.139).

Paragraph 5.118 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: US Notice 16/1113/19 [NP70--No 26--Wk 20/19] 1 The least project width for Cuts 1 to 4, Fishermans Channel and Dodge Island Cut is 122 m (400 ft). Dominican Republic — Marine reserve US Notice 27/11465/19 [NP70--No 33--Wk 33/19] 147

United States of America -- East coast -- Florida -- After Paragraph 6.6 1 line 12 Insert: Miami — Directions 134--135 Regulations

Paragraph 5.130 1 lines 1--8 including heading Replace by: 6.6a 1 Marine reserves. The following areas lie within Main entrance channel marine reserves, protected areas or parks within 5.130 Dominican Republic waters. Restrictions and penalties 1 Cut 1 Leading Lights: for violations apply. Local authorities should be Front light (254522N 800730W). consulted, especially if anchoring or waiting off. See Rear light (3¼ cables from front light). also 1.52.

2--328 NP70

2 Bahía de Samaná (6.8) and coastal areas from After Paragraph 6.61 1 line 9 Insert: the vicinity of Punta Rey (190182N Caution, see 6.6a. 685809W) to the vicinity of Cabo Francés Viejo (19 40 01N 69 56 24W), and extending     BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 16--Wk 09/19] seaward to the off--lying banks (3.4), lie within a marine reserve where restrictions and penalties apply. Cuba -- North coast -- Bahía de Levisa — 3 Banco de Monte Cristi (6.37), portions of which Limiting conditions; controlling depth comprise a marine park extending generally between the vicinity of Punta de Buren 163 (195228N 711268W) to the vicinity of Isla Paragraph 7.24 1 line(s) 1--3 Replace by: Cabras (195332N 714013W). Cayos Siete Hermanos (The Seven Brothers) 1 Controlling depth. Depths within the buoyed (195370N 715000W) (6.45). entrance channel generally exceed 20 m. Depths in the fairway leading W towards Nicaro pier generally BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 12--Wk 09/19] exceed 9 m.

Paragraph 7.26 2 line(s) 6 For 10 m Read 9m Dominican Republic — Marine reserve

148 Cuban Chart 11879/16 [NP70--No 31--Wk 27/19]

After Paragraph 6.14 1 line 6 Insert: Cuba -- North coast -- La Habana — Caution, see 6.6a. Basins and berths; alongside depths

After Paragraph 6.15 1 line 11 Insert: 179 Caution, see 6.6a. Paragraph 7.135 5 line(s) 3 For 94to99mRead 78to After Paragraph 6.16 1 line 5 Insert: 88m Caution, see 6.6a. Cuban Chart 11830/19 [NP70--No 32--Wk 27/19] BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 13--Wk 09/19] Dominican Republic — Marine reserve Dominican Republic — Marine reserve 185 149 After Paragraph 8.6 1 line 19 Insert: After Paragraph 6.17 3 line 2 Insert: Regulations Caution, see 6.6a. 8.6a After Paragraph 6.18 1 line 4 Insert: 1 In addition to the regulations regarding coastal anchorages (8.3), extensive areas of Dominican Caution, see 6.6a. Republic waters lie within marine reserves, protected After Paragraph 6.19 1 line 5 Insert: areas or parks. Restrictions and penalties for violations apply. Local authorities should be consulted, Caution, see 6.6a. especially if anchoring or waiting off. See also 1.52. After Paragraph 6.25 2 line 7 Insert: BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 17--Wk 09/19] Caution, see 6.6a.

BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 14--Wk 09/19] Dominican Republic — Marine reserve 187 Dominican Republic — Marine reserve After Paragraph 8.25 1 line 2 Insert: 150 Caution, see 1.52. After Paragraph 6.26 1 line 6 Insert: BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 18--Wk 09/19] Caution, see 6.6a.

BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 15--Wk 09/19] Dominican Republic -- South coast -- San Pedro de Macorís — Berths; terminal

Dominican Republic — Marine reserve 188

155 Paragraph 8.29 2 lines 5--7 Delete

After Paragraph 6.60 1 line 9 Insert: Dominican Chart 25849 (Plan B1)/18 Caution, see 6.6a. [NP70--No 27--Wk 22/19]

2--329 NP70

Dominican Republic -- South coast -- Dominican Republic — Marine reserve San Pedro de Macorís — Berths; terminal 189 188 After Paragraph 8.41 1 line 5 Insert: After Paragraph 8.30 1 Insert: Caution. Vessels should not approach, wait or anchor close W of Cape Caucedo where a marine Puerto La Cana park is situated. See 8.6a and 1.52. 8.30a BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 20--Wk 09/19] 1 General information. Puerto La Cana (182650N 691525W) is an oil and LPG facility located about 2 miles E of Punta Pescadero (8.13). It consists of an Dominican Republic — Marine reserve angled pier with dolphins and a CBM. Port authority. See 8.23. 196 Pilotage. Pilots board in position 182533N After Paragraph 8.105 1 line 4 Insert: 691585W. 2 Directions. The terminal is approached from S in Caution, see 1.52. waters clear of dangers. CBM leading lights: BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 21--Wk 09/19] Front light (182652N 61532W). Rear light (about 1¼ cables from front light). Dominican Republic — Marine reserve The alignment (355) of these lights leads N to the CBM. 197 3 Pier leading lights: Front light (182631N 691509W). After Paragraph 8.113 1 line 2 Insert: Middle light (1½ cables from front light). Caution, see 1.52. Rear light (3¼ cables from front light). The alignment (309) of these lights leads NW to After Paragraph 8.115 1 line 4 Insert: the berth. The approach is marked by light buoys (starboard hand). Caution, see 1.52. 4 Berths. The pier (182636N 691516W) has two After Paragraph 8.117 1 line 8 Insert: berths with charted depths alongside of about 16 m. It has been reported that vessels up to 80 000 tonnes Caution, see 1.52. and 255 m in length can be accommodated. The CBM After Paragraph 8.118 2 line 5 Insert: (182610N 691528W) is suitable for vessels up to 125 m in draught, 227 m in length and 72 000 dwt. Caution, see 1.52. For further details, the port authority should be After Paragraph 8.119 2 line 4 Insert: consulted. Caution, see 1.52. Dominican Chart 25849 (Plan B1)/18 [NP70--No 28--Wk 22/19] BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 22--Wk 09/19]

Dominican Republic — Marine reserve Dominican Republic — Marine reserve 199 188 After Paragraph 8.136 1 line 4 Insert: After Paragraph 8.31 1 line 2 Insert: Caution, see 1.52.

Caution, see 1.52. After Paragraph 8.138 1 line 4 Insert:

After Paragraph 8.32 1 line 6 Insert: Caution, see8.7and1.52.

Caution, see 1.52. After Paragraph 8.139 1 line 4 Insert: Caution, see8.7and1.52. After Paragraph 8.33 1 line 3 Insert: After Paragraph 8.140 1 line 5 Insert: Caution, see 1.52. Caution, see8.7and1.52. After Paragraph 8.34 2 line 3 Insert: After Paragraph 8.141 1 line 8 Insert: Caution, see 1.52. Caution, see8.7and1.52. After Paragraph 8.35 1 line 4 Insert: After Paragraph 8.142 1 line 8 Insert: Caution, see 1.52. Caution, see 1.52.

BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 19--Wk 09/19] BA Chart 3001 [NP70--No 23--Wk 09/19]

2--330 NP70

Cuba -- South coast -- Bahía Santiago de Cuba — Arrival information Anchorage; depths 10.165b 214--215 1 Pilotage is compulsory.

Paragraph 9.45 1--4 Replace by: Basins and berths 10.165c 1 Anchor berths with good holding ground, are 1 Berth. The terminal is an offshore structure in available as follows: depths of 15 m with the FSRU Golar Freeze acting as No 1 (195910N 755283W), in depths from 13 to floating storage. LNG bunkering from the facility is 15 m, clay. Vessels should anchor on the planned (2018). alignment (146) of the church on Cayo Granma (9.38) and Morro de Santiago de Cuba Light (9.42). New Fortress Energy [NP70--No 4--Wk 49/18] No 2 (200019N 755164W), in depths from 8 to 10 m, mud and clay. Jamaica -- Portland Bight; Approaches to 2 No 3 (200039N 755161W), in depths from 6 Port Esquivel — Terminal name to 8 m, mud and chalk. No 4 (200072N 755131W) (WNW of Punta de la Cruz), in depths from 6 to 10 m, mud and chalk. 256 No 5 (200113N 755081W) (W of Espigón Romero (9.46)), in depths from 4 to 6 m, mud and Paragraph 10.165a 1 Existing Section IV Notice Week chalk. 49/18 Replace by: 3 No 6 (200125N 755060W) (WNW of Espigón Romero), in depths from 5 to 12 m, mud and chalk. New Fortress LNG Terminal Cuban Chart 11905/19 [NP70--No 30--Wk 27/19] General information 10.165a Cuba -- South coast -- Casilda — Berths 1 Position and function. New Fortress LNG Terminal (175068N 770698W) is an LNG reception facility 224 serving Old Harbour Power Station. Paragraph 9.124 2 line(s) 1--5 Replace by: GB Chart 457/19 [NP70--No 25--Wk 12/19] 2 Alongside berths. An L--shaped pier with two berths. No 1 on the W side is 105 m in length with depths alongside of about 7 m. An obstruction with a Jamaica -- South coast -- depth of 55 m lies close W of the berth; No 2 on the Portland Bight — Anchorage S side is 85 m in length with depths alongside of about 6 m. 257 Cuban Chart 11731; ENC CU511935 [NP70--No 29--Wk 25/19] Paragraph 10.175 2 line 3 Replace by: ...of fine grey sand over mud, clear of a pipeline that Jamaica -- Portland Bight -- Approaches to transverses the bay. Care must be taken to... Port Esquivel — Directions 255 New Fortress Energy [NP70--No 5--Wk 49/18]

Paragraph 10.158 1 line 2 Replace by: ...track leads NNE, passing ESE of New Fortress LNG Cayman Islands — Restricted marine areas and marine parks Terminal (175068N 770698W), to the approaches to Port Esquivel... 261 GB Chart 457/19 [NP70--No 24--Wk 12/19] Paragraph 10.213 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: Jamaica -- South coast -- Portland Bight — Old Harbour LNG Terminal 1 Several marine parks have been established around the coast of Grand Cayman, Cayman Brac and Little 256 Cayman. Within these parks, various regulations After Paragraph 10.165 1 line 2 Insert: including anchoring restrictions have been implemented in order to protect the coral reef. It is an offence to anchor where it would cause damage to Old Harbour LNG Terminal coral anywhere in Cayman waters. See Appendix IX. General information For further details the local authorities should be 10.165a consulted. 1 Position and function. Old Harbour LNG Terminal (175068N 770698W) is a LNG reception facility Correspondence Cayman Islands 12/18 serving Old Harbour Power Station. [NP70--No 6--Wk 03/19]

2--331 NP71

NP71 West Indies Pilot Volume 2 (2017 Edition) 2 E of Colquhoun Reef (183083N 642310W), which extends nearly 6 cables SE from Mosquito Rock. This reef, which dries and on Dominican Republic — Marine reserve which the sea breaks, is reported to be visible at all tides and to be steep--to on its NE side. 7 Thence: W of Cactus Reef (183073N 642267W), thence: After Paragraph 1.53 1 line 9 Insert: 3 When clear of the channel, pass E of the bank Marine reserves, protected areas and parks are extending S from Colquhoun Reef, thence: located throughout the waters of the Dominican From this position the track leads SE for about Republic, including the islands and offshore banks. 3½ cables to the anchorage. These reserves, protected areas and parks have Paragraph 3.57 5 line 1 Replace by: numerous restrictions and penalties apply for violations. 4 Anchorages. BA Chart 3001 [NP71--No 43--Wk 09/19] GB Chart 2020/19 [NP71--No 46--Wk 16/19]

Anguilla -- Sombrero Island — Directions; light Virgin Islands -- The Narrows — 62 Directions; depths

Paragraph 2.17 1 lines 5--7 Replace by: 90

Sombrero Light (white column) (183520N Paragraph 3.142 2 lines 6--12 Replace by: 632559W), reported unreliable (2016), situated near the centre of Sombrero Island (2.14). SSW of an isolated shoal patch with a depth of 77m (182248N 644150W), reported (2016), Paragraph 2.18 including heading Replace by: thence: NNE of Gowed Point (182113N 644085W) Spare the bluff end of a spur from a hill which 2.18 projects prominently between Mennebeck Bay (182130N 644100W) and Haulover Bay Anguilla Maritime Administration (182100N 644065W), thence: [NP71--No 18--Wk 16/18] SSW of an isolated shoal patch, with a depth of 94m (182275N 643958W), thence: SSW of an isolated shoal patch with a depth of Dominican Republic -- South coast -- 55m (182205N 643940W), reported Punta Palmillas to Bayahibe — (2016), thence: Anchorage; marine reserve

68 BA Chart 2005 [NP71/No.6/Wk.40/17]

Paragraph 2.52 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: Virgin Islands -- Tortola -- 1 Anchorage with permission may be obtained Road Harbour — Alongside berths almost anywhere off the W coast of Isla Saona and the SE extremity of Hispaniola, between Punta 96 Palmillas (181225N 684515W) and Bayahibe (Bayajibe) (182200N 685050W). See 1.53. Paragraph 3.190 2 lines 1--6 Replace by: Particular positions are as follows: 2 Road Town Jetty (182513N 643708W) has After Paragraph 2.53 1 line 6 Insert: two jetties, offering a total of 190 m of berthing space with a depth alongside of Caution, see 1.53. 365 m, providing berths for ferries and small cruise vessels. The passenger terminal lies BA Chart 3001 [NP71--No 44--Wk 09/19] between the jetties.

Paragraph 3.190 3 lines 1--9 Replace by: British Virgin Islands -- Virgin Gorda -- North Sound — Directions; buoyage 3 Cruise Ship Jetty (182530N 643674W) extends 400 m SE from the E corner of 80 Wickhams Cay 1 (182528N 643689W), with a width of 18 0 m, and a lighted dolphin Paragraph 3.57 1--4 Replace by:  at the seaward end. Depths alongside range 1 When Gnat Point (182981N 642283W) bears from 10 m at the landward end to 15 m to 177, the track leads 170 to the entrance of the seaward, and vessels up to 130 000 gt and deep--water channel, passing: 340 m in length have used the jetty. E of Mosquito Rock (183106N 642334W) (3.46), thence: Oceanside Solutions [NP71/No.1/Wk.18/17]

2--332 NP71

Virgin Islands -- Saint Croix -- Anguilla -- Seal Island — Directions; depth Hams Bluff — Directions; light 181 111 Paragraph 5.32 3 lines 5--6 Replace by: Paragraph 3.293 including heading Replace by: ...SW of Seal Island. A 94 m patch (181493N Spare 630827W) lies in the channel ESE of North 3.293 Wager. Thence:

US Notice 40/25640/2017 [NP71/No.8/Wk.44/17] Paragraph 5.32 4 lines 1--2 Delete

Virgin Islands -- Saint Croix -- BA Chart 2047 [NP71--No 16--Wk 16/18] Hams Bluff — Light

115 Anguilla -- Crocus Bay — Wreck; depth

Paragraph 3.333 1 lines 8--10 Delete 182

Paragraph 3.334 2 line 4 Replace by: Paragraph 5.43 2 lines 2--6 Replace by: NNW of Hams Bluff Light (white round tower) ...within 1 mile SW of Flat Cap Point but, with the exception (174615N 645225W), exhibited from Hams of a 51 m coral patch (181354N 630502W) and a Bluff (3.333). wreck (181281N 630559W), the bay is clear of dangers. US Notice 40/25640/2017 [NP71/No.9/Wk.44/17] BA Chart 2047 [NP71--No 17--Wk 16/18] Puerto Rico -- West coast -- Bahía de Mayagüez — Directions; obstruction Sint Maarten -- Cole Bay — Anchorage 139 184 Paragraph 4.126 2 lines 1--4 Replace by: After Paragraph 5.66 2 line 2 Insert: 2 N of an obstruction with a depth of 48m (16ft) (181295N 670980W), marked by Bahía de Outer anchorage lies S of the terminal as follows: Mayagüez Light Buoy No 6 (starboard hand). Cole Bay Anchorage (180070N 630520W), in depths of about 13 m. US Notice U1 5/11009/19 [NP71--No 42--Wk 09/19] Netherlands Notice 39/347/19 [NP71--No 53--Wk 44/19] Puerto Rico – Bahía de Ponce — Basins and berths; anchorage Sint Maarten -- Simson Baai — Anchorage 169 184 After Paragraph 4.393 2 line 1 Insert: A pipeline area extending S from the shore in the After Paragraph 5.68 1 line 5 Insert: vicinity of 175884N 663875W. Outer anchorages lie S of Simson Baai as follows: US Notice 23/25683/19 [NP71--No 47--Wk 27/19] Anchorage 1 (180050N 630650W), in depths of about 30 m; Anchorage 2 (180100N 630700W), in depths of Saint Barthélémy -- Baie de Saint--Jean — about 26 m; Restricted area Netherlands Notice 39/347/19 [NP71--No 54--Wk 44/19] 179

After Paragraph 5.21 2 line 7 Insert: Antigua -- Saint Johns — Directions; oil terminal

Restricted area 212 5.21a 1 Restrictions apply within an area E of the airport Paragraph 5.326 4 lines 1--6 Replace by: (175427N 625061W) as follows: Entry to Baie de Saint--Jean (175437N 4 Thence adjust track to pass clear of the oil terminal 625022W) is prohibited to all vessels with an air (5.337) and associated CBMs, and N of Warrington draught greater than 10 m. The N limit of the Bank (170890N 615320W), marked on its N side prohibited area is marked by SJ1 and SJ2 Light by a light buoy (N cardinal), into Saint John’s Road; Buoys (special). or pass W of the bank to a position 2 miles WNW of For further details, contact local authorities. James Bluff, where the Pilot embarks (5.321).

French Notice 8/264/19 [NP71--No 45--Wk 11/19] West Indies Oil Company [NP71--No 49--Wk 40/19]

2--333 NP71

Antigua -- Saint Johns — Oil terminal; buoyage At night the anchorage lies within the lines of bearing, 173 to 183, of Port du Moule W Light. 213 -- 214 French Chart 7102/2018 [NP71--No 11--Wk 11/18] Paragraph 5.337 1--3 Replace by:

1 The terminal consists of the Sea Island Jetty (Oil Guadeloupe -- Grand Terre -- Le Moule — Directions; position; bearings Berth) (170903N 615214W) and CBM berths about 5 cables NW (outer) and 1½ cables NNW (inner). 236--237 The terminal approach lies within the white sector of a light (170858N 615040W) which leads Paragraph 6.82 1 line 1--8 Replace by: through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to 1 From the vicinity of 162200N 612150W, the line the jetty turning basin or inner CBM berth. of bearing, 157, of Port du Moule West--side Light 2 Sea Island Jetty has a length of about 236 m and (white pylon, red top, on hut, 11 m in height) depths of 106m to125 m alongside and is situated (161994N 612060W) leads towards the vicinity of midway along a pipeline extending from the coast. It Passe Hastings, with the outer anchorage to the E. is reported to accommodate vessels with a maximum At night, the line of bearing, 157, remains within draught of 97 m. The berth consists of a steel and the red sector of the light, but leads towards a concrete jetty, about 60 m in length, flanked by position 1½ cables W of the outer anchorage (6.81). dolphins which are joined by catwalks. The line of the jetty is 286–106, with vessels berthed either side--to French Chart 7102/2018 [NP71--No 12--Wk 11/18] on its S side. Working lights are used at night, permitting night berthing. Guadeloupe -- Pointe de Folle Anse — Berths 3 It is advised that the jetty should not be approached via the channel from the S between 242 Middle Ground and James Ground. Tugs may be Paragraph 6.121 1 Replace by: required as the jetty is exposed to swell and prevailing winds. 1 Description. A T--shaped pier extends about Mooring buoys of the CBM berths are positioned in 1 cable WNW from Pointe de Folle Anse (155650N depths of about 13 m (outer) and about 11 m (inner). 612020W). The head of the pier is 79 m in length, The berths are reported to accommodate vessels with onalineof023, with a depth of about 10 m a maximum draught of about 134 m (outer) and 90m alongside. Mooring buoys, positioned off the N and S (inner). ends of the pierhead, assist in securing larger vessels alongside. Maximum draught allowed is 9 m. West Indies Oil Company [NP71--No 50--Wk 40/19] French Notice 36/H5/18 [NP71--No 25--Wk 40/18] Guadeloupe -- Basse--Terre — Marine reserve; prohibited anchorage Guadeloupe -- Pointe--à--Pitre — Alongside berths 231 244 After Paragraph 6.39 1 line 4 Insert: Paragraph 6.140 1 lines 6--7 Replace by:

Traffic regulations ...No 4) have a combined length of 283 m, minimum depth 6.39a alongside 37m. 1 Restricted Area. A marine reserve, marked by light Paragraph 6.140 2 lines 4--8 Replace by: buoys (special), has been established SW of Mahaut. Fishing and diving are restricted in an area from ...No 8) have a combined length of 306 m; least depth Pointe Mahaut (161172N 614725W) (6.42), SW to alongside 14 m. A RoRo Terminal, positioned between No 6 and No 7 berths, has a depth alongside of 5 5m. 161010N 614853W, thence SE to Pointe à Lézard  (160838N 614680W) (6.42). Paragraph 6.140 3 line 7 For 10 m Read 70m 2 Prohibited Anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited within approximately 300 m around Îlets à Goyaves ENC FR571000 [NP71--No 10--Wk 52/17] (161010N 614740W). Martinique — Regulations French Notice 41/255/2018 [NP71--No 26--Wk 44/18] 253 Guadeloupe -- Grand Terre -- Le Moule — After Paragraph 7.1 2 line 3 Insert: Outer anchorage; depths; bearings

236 Regulations 7.1a Paragraph 6.81 1 lines 1--5 Replace by: 1 Anchoring in the coastal waters of Martinique is strictly regulated. For further details, see Appendix IX. 1 A reported fine weather anchorage, with good holding, in depths of about 6 to 11 m, exists 4 cables Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18 N of Port du Moule, W Light. [NP71--No 31--Wk 01/19]

2--334 NP71

Martinique -- Rade de Saint--Pierre — Martinique -- Pointe du Bout — Anchorages Prohibited area; anchorages 258 255 After Paragraph 7.53 1 line 9 Insert: Paragraphs 7.21--7.22 including headings Replace by:

Arrival information West of Pointe du Bout 7.21 7.53a 1 Prohibited area. Rade de Saint--Pierre is 1 Three anchorages are available for vessels over encumbered by wrecks of archaeological interest. To 50 m in length as follows: ensure the protection of the site, anchoring is Within an area, with a radius 1 cable, centred on prohibited in an area bounded by the end of the 143320N 610397W. Saint--Pierre jetty (144451N 611064W) and three Within an area, with a radius of 1 cable, centred on buoys (special marks) situated in the following 143341N 610406W. positions: Within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables, centred on 14 33 19N 61 04 33W. 144421N 611075W     For further details, see Appendix IX. 144437N 611095W 144464N 611069W Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18 Basins and berths [NP71--No 34--Wk 01/19] 7.22 1 Anchorages and moorings. Vessels over 50 m in length may anchor within an area, with a radius of Martinique -- Mouillage des Trois Îlets — Anchorage 1 cable, centred on 144417N 611088W. For further details see Appendix IX. 259 Mooring buoys, for the use of lighters and barges, are situated near the head of the pier. Paragraph 7.58 3 lines 5--7 Replace by: Alongside berths. Apier(144451N 611064W) extends from the coast about 5 cables NNE of Pointe Anchorage, for vessels over 50 m in length, is Sainte--Marthe (144400N 611073W). Surf affects availablewithinanarea,witharadiusof1½ cables, the berths at the pier. centredon143298N 610191W. For further details see, Appendix IX. Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18 [NP71--No 32--Wk 01/19] Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18 [NP71--No 35--Wk 01/19] Martinique -- Baie de Fort--de--France — Outer anchorages M a r t i n i q u e -- B a i e d e F o r t -- d e -- F r a n c e -- 256 Mouillage des Trios Îlets — Anchorage

Paragraph 7.34 1 lines 4--9 Replace by: 259 West of Pointe du Bout (143372N 610312W) Paragraph 7.58 3 line(s) 5--7 including Existing Section IV (7.53a). Week 01/19 Replace by: Mouillage des Flamands (143565N 610465W) (7.54). Anchorage, for vessels over 50 m in length, is Mouillage de la Dillon (143545N 610340W) available within Area No 2, radius 1½ cables, centred (7.55). on 143298N 610191W. There are mooring buoys Mouillage des Trois Îlets (143298N 610191W) within the anchorage area. (7.56). For further details see, Appendix IX. After Paragraph 7.34 2 line 6 Insert: French Notice 31/253/19 [NP71--No 48--Wk 36/19] For further details on anchorages in the coastal waters of Martinique, see Appendix IX. Martinique -- Sainte--Luce — Restricted area Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18 [NP71--No 33--Wk 01/19] 261

Paragraph 7.67 1 lines 1--3 including heading Replace by: Martinique -- Baie de Fort--de--France — Pilotage

256 Restricted area 7.67 2 Paragraph 7.37 lines 1--6 Replace by: 1 Anchoring is prohibited in an area inshore of a line 2 Pilots board at 143540N 610600W, or, for deep joining Pointe Philippeaux (142790N 605568W), draught vessels, at 143500N 610700W. MA2...

French Chart FR6892 [NP71--No 24--Wk 34/18] French Notice 18/257/17 [NP71/No.4/Wk 30/17]

2--335 NP71

Martinique – Culde--de--Sac du Marin — Martinique -- Sainte--Luce — Anchorage Directions for entering harbour; channels 262 262 Paragraph 7.78 1, 2 and 3 including headings Replace by:

Paragraph 7.75 1 lines 7--9 Delete Spare 7.78 Paragraph 7.75 2 Replace by: French Notice 18/257/17 [NP71/No.5/Wk.30/17] 2 The track, in depths decreasing to less than 5 m, then divides into three directions: Martinique -- Havre de la Trinité — Anchorages Continuing NE in a channel marked by light buoys (lateral) for the marina facilities, or; 265 NNE for the anchorage and dock at Le Marin, W of Paragraph 7.93 Replace by: Banc de la Douane (142807N 605222W), which dries in places, or: 1 Anchorage off the port for vessels over 50 m in N in a buoyed channel with dredged depth of 4 m, length is available, in about 16 m, within 1½ cables of passing W of a wreck (142810N 605246W), to position 144526N 605747W. It is recommended an L--shaped pier for small craft. that both anchors should be used if the wind is well established. French Notice 18/257/17 [NP71/No.2/Wk 23/17] 2 Anchorage inside the port is available, with the E side of Îlet Saint--Aubin (7.89) bearing 349 and Pointe Martinique --Cul--de--Sac du Marin and Sainte Catherine bearing 310, clear of the submarine Anse d’Arlets — Anchorages outfall extending 4 cables NNE from the S end of the bay to 1 cable W of TR8 buoy (7.92). 262 For further details, see Appendix IX.

Paragraph 7.76 including heading Replace by: Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18 [NP71--No 37--Wk 01/19] Basins and berths Martinique -- Havre du Robert — Anchorages 7.76 1 Anchorages for vessels over 50 m in length are 266 available as follows: Within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables, centred Paragraph 7.105 2 lines 3--5 Replace by: on 142730N 605290W. Commercial anchorages. The commercial Within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables centred on anchorages (144025N 605555W), for vessels over 142747N 605275W. 50 m in length, lie in the bay W of Pointe Royale For further details, see Appendix IX. (7.98), in about... 2 Alongside berths. The fishing and commercial dock, at the W end of Le Marin, is enclosed by two After Paragraph 7.105 3 line 8 Insert: piers, each with a length of 30 m and marked by a 4 The anchorages are positioned as follows: light at its outer end. There are depths of 25to30m Within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables, of position within the dock. 144025N 605497W. Within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables, of position Paragraph 7.78 including headings and existing Section IV 144022N 605519W. Notice Week 30/17. Replace by: Within an area, with a radius of 1½ cables, of position 143998N 605538W. For further details, see Appendix IX. Anchorages and harbours Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18 Anse d’Arlets [NP71--No 38--Wk 01/19] 7.78 1 Two anchorages are available for vessels over 50 m in length within Grande Anse d’Arlets Martinique -- Îlet Long — Anchorages (143007N 610557W) as follows: 267 Within an area, with a radius of 1 cable, centred on 143020N 610575W. After Paragraph 7.113 1 line 8 Insert: Within an area, with a radius of 1 cable, centred on Three anchorages for vessels over 50 m in length 14 30 07N 61 05 57W.     are available N of Îlet Long (143675N 605124W) 2 A further anchorage is available for vessels over as follows: 50 m in length in Petite Anse d’Arlets as follows: Within 1 cable of position 143717N 605104W. Within 1½ cables of a position centred on Within 1 cable of position 143688N 605157W. 142904N 610523W. Within 1 cable of position 143679N 605172W. For further details, see Appendix IX. For further details, see Appendix IX. Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18 Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18 [NP71--No 36--Wk 01/19] [NP71--No 39--Wk 01/19]

2--336 NP71

Martinique -- Baie du Vauclin — The Grenadines – Carriacou and Grenada – Directions; anchorages Northern channel — Directions; rock 299 268 After Paragraph 8.153 2 line 4 Insert: After Paragraph 7.118 1 line 9 Insert: S of an isolated rock with a depth of 52m (122342N 612940W), 1½ cables SE of the Baie du Vauclin 30 m contour line which fringes the chain of 7.118a Bonaparte Rocks, thence: 1 Directions. From a position ENE of V2 Light Buoy Fugro LiDAR Survey [NP71/No.3/Wk.18/17] (starboard hand) (143421N 604865W), the track leads SW within the white sector (230--232)ofPort Vauclin N Point Light (white tower, red top, 7 m in The Grenadines -- Ronde Island — height) (143309N 605017W) to a position NE of Directions; rock; depths V4 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (143320N 299 604979W). Anchorage for vessels over 50 m in length is Paragraph 8.154 1 lines 10--11 Replace by: available within an area, with a radius of 1 cable, ...which is a rock with a hole in it. Several centredon143332N 604958W. above--water rocks lie close to London Bridge and For further details, see Appendix IX. a96 m patch lies about 3½ cables NW.

Paragraph 8.154 2 lines 1--3 Replace by: Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18 [NP71--No 40--Wk 01/19] 2 S of a detached patch with a depth of 103m (121732N 613578W), thence: S of a shoal with a least depth of 5 m... Saint Lucia -- Laborie Bay — Directions; rock BA Chart 795 [NP71--No 29--Wk 45/18] 276 The Grenadines -- Carriacou -- Southwest Point Paragraph 7.173 2 line 5 Replace by: — Directions; rock 300 ...calm weather. Thence: SSW of a rock (134421N 605968W) with a depth Paragraph 8.172 3 line 8 Replace by: of 20 m, reported (2018). ...1½ cables S and a 72 m rock lies 2½ cables S. Thence: UKHO [NP71--No 27--Wk 44/18] BA Chart 795 [NP71--No 30--Wk 45/18] Saint Lucia -- Laborie Bay — Rock St Vincent and the Grenadines -- Canouan -- Charlestown Bay — Submarine cable 277 301 Paragraph 7.182 1 lines 7--8 Replace by: After Paragraph 8.178 1 line 8 Insert: Buoys (lateral) have been laid inshore of the 5 m Caution. A submarine cable is laid across the S of contour to guide small craft to the pier. Charlestown Bay. 2 Caution. Depths shoaler than charted have been reported (2018) in the approach to the bay. A rock GB Chart 1043 [NP71--No 52--Wk 43/19] (134421N 605968W) with a depth of 20m, reported (2018), lies about 7½ cables S of the head of The Grenadines -- Carriacou -- Hillsborough Bay the bay. — Directions; depth 302 UKHO [NP71--No 28--Wk 44/18] Paragraph 8.180 2 line 4 For 67m Read 59m

St Vincent and the Grenadines -- BA Chart 794/18 [NP71--No 23--Wk 19/18] Canouan — Depths

Grenada -- South coast -- Woburn Bay — 293 Prohibited area Paragraph 8.111 Replace by: 307

1 The coastal bank (8.65), 5 miles E of Canouan has After Paragraph 8.219 1 line 4 Insert: a least depth of about 20 m. Prohibited area. The Woburn Clarkes Court Bay Marine Protected Area (MPA) is bounded by the GB Chart 1043 [NP71--No 51--Wk 43/19] following positIons:

2--337 NP71

Mount Hartman Point (115983N 614484W). Grenada -- Saint George’s Harbour — 115941N 614437W. Anchorages 115918N 614333W. Point Egmont (115997N 614316W). 309 Within the MPA the following prohibitions apply: Paragraph 8.240 1 lines 5--7 Replace by: Anchoring, except in cases of emergency. Fishing. Southern anchorage is established in position Diving without the supervision of an authorized local 120310N 614610W, depths from 15 to 30 m, coral dive operator. and sand.

After Paragraph 8.240 2 line 4 Insert: BA Chart 790 [NP71--No 19--Wk 18/18] Northern anchorage is established in position 120440N 614560W, depths from 12 to 21 m, coral Grenada -- South coast -- Prickly Bay — Depths and sand.

307 Correspondence 04/01/2018 [NP71--No 13--Wk 13/18]

After Paragraph 8.220 3 line 4 Insert: Grenada -- Saint George’s Harbour — Pilotage; landmark; light Clear of a rock (115928N 614596W) with a depth of 38 m. A second rock (115940N 614601W) 310 with a depth of 39 m lies 1 cable NNW and a 46 m isolated shoal (115935N 614594W) lies Paragraph 8.242 1 lines 1--6 Replace by: close N. Thence: 1 Compulsory for vessels in excess of 200 tons and also for the tanker terminals and outer anchorages BA Chart 790 [NP71--No 20--Wk 18/18] (8.240). Pilots board in position 120360N 614620W.

Grenada -- West coast -- Beauséjour Bay — Correspondence 04/01/2018 [NP71--No 14a--Wk 13/18] Marine Protected Area Grenada -- West coast -- 308 Grande Anse Bay — Prohibited area

Paragraph 8.225 1 including heading Replace by: 310

After Paragraph 8.243 1 line 3 Insert: Traffic regulations 8.225 Traffic regulations 1 Prohibited area. The Moliniere Beauséjour Marine 8.243a Protected Area (MPA) extends about 1 cable offshore 1 Prohibited area. The Grand Anse Marine Protected between Beauséjour Bay (120592N 614527W) and Area (MPA) is bounded by the following positions: the N part of Grand Mal Bay (8.240). Within the MPA 120276N 614505W the following prohibitions apply: 120287N 614732W Anchoring, except in cases of emergency. 115995N 614926W Fishing. 115993N 614727W Diving without the supervision of an authorized local Within the MPA the following prohibitions apply: dive operator. Anchoring, except in cases of emergency. 2 Exclusion zone. A permanent exclusion zone, Fishing. radius 8 cables, has been established around the Diving without the supervision of an authorized local Kick ’em Jenny Volcano (121795N 613820W) and dive operator. an outer exclusion zone, radius 2¾ miles, will be declared at times of increased or dangerous volcanic BA Chart 790 [NP71--No 22--Wk 18/18] activity, see 8.150. Grenada -- Saint George’s Harbour — BA Chart 797; Correspondence Pilotage; landmark; light [NP71--No 15--Wk 14/18] 310

Grenada -- Saint George’s Harbour — Depth Paragraph 8.249 1 lines 4--8 Replace by: Fort George (120297N 614522W). A flagstaff, 309 with an elevation of 77 m, stands near the NE corner. Paragraph 8.237 1 line 5 For 132m Read 115m Paragraph 8.249 2 line 7 Delete

BA Chart 790 [NP71--No 21--Wk 18/18] Correspondence 04/01/2018 [NP71--No 14b--Wk 13/18]

2--338 NP71

Barbados -- Bridgetown — Obstruction; depth Russia -- Pechorskaya Guba — Regulations

327 -- 328 173 Paragraph 9.82 1 lines 2--8 Replace by: After Paragraph 6.5 1 Insert: ...side of reclaimed land, is a dolphin berth equipped to handle bulk grain and flour. Length of berth is 152 m and can accommodate a vessel with a Regulations maximum length of 183 m and up to 30 000 tonnes 6.5a displacement. The reported depth alongside is 115m. 1 Nenetskiy State Nature Reserve. Amarine Caution. A shoal exists on the W end of the berth reserve exists around the peninsula of Poluostrov withaleastdepthof43 m. An obstruction Russkiy Zavorot (6.7) and within the waters of (130660N 593771W), with a depth of 108 m, lies Pechorskaya Guba (6.29), specifically: alongside the centre of the berth. The waters of Guba Korovinskaya (6.35) and Guba Bolvanskaya (6.44); UKHO; BA Chart 502 [NP71/No.7/Wk.44/17] An area extending approximately 5 miles offshore from the coast of Zakhar’in Bereg (6.35); Appendix IX An area extending approximately 1 mile off Poluostrov Russkiy Zavorot; 368 An area extending approximately 1 mile off all of the After Appendix VIII Insert new Appendix IX which is printed sea islands within Pechorskaya Guba. at the end of Section IV of this week’s notices. 2 Within the reserve there is a prohibition on all activities opposing the objectives of the reserve and the special regime prevailing in the area. Vessels Port Authorities Préfect of La Martinique 11/18 transiting the area should contact the Ministry of [NP71--No 41--Wk 01/19] Natural Resources and Environment for further information. NP72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot (2019 Edition) Russian Notice 25/3105/19 [NP72--No 1--Wk 40/19]

Russia -- Murmanskiy Bereg -- Guba Voron’ya — Russia -- Pechorskaya Guba — Regulations Restricted area

101 177

After Paragraph 3.36 2 line 2 Insert: After Paragraph 6.32 1 line 4 Insert: Restricted area. Anchoring, fishing and underwater operations are prohibited within Regulated Area No 93 Regulations (691295N 354485E) (see Appendix I), situated 6.32a about 2 miles NNW of Guba Voron’ya. A wreck 1 Nature reserve. See 6.5a. (691301N 354381E), marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), lies within the restricted area. Russian Notice 25/3105/19 [NP72--No 2--Wk 40/19] Russian Chart 12001/19 [NP72--No 4--Wk 46/19]

Russia -- Pechorskaya Guba — Regulations Russia -- Murmanskiy Bereg -- Guba Yarnyshnaya — Restricted area 184 101 After Paragraph 6.77 6 line 5 Insert: After Paragraph 3.39 1 line 8 Insert: Restricted area. Anchoring, fishing and underwater Traffic regulations operations are prohibited within Regulated Area No 94 6.77a (690847N 360226E) (see Appendix I), situated 1 Nature reserve. See 6.5a. within the entrance to Guba Yarnyshnaya.

Russian Chart 12001/19 [NP72--No 5--Wk 46/19] Russian Notice 25/3105/19 [NP72--No 3--Wk 40/19]

2--339 NOTES

2--340 UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS

PART 3 CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS

NP No Title Edition Published / correct from Weekly Edition Number 100 The Mariner’s Handbook 11th (2016) 50/16 136 Ocean Passages for the World Volume 1 1st (2018) 10/18 136 Ocean Passages for the World Volume 2 1st (2018) 50/18 350(1) ‡ ADMIRALTY Distance Tables -- Atlantic Ocean 2nd (2011) 07/12 350(2) ‡ ADMIRALTY Distance Tables -- Indian Ocean 3rd (2008) 15/08 350(3) ‡ ADMIRALTY Distance Tables – 2nd (2009) 39/09 735 IALA Maritime Buoyage System. 8th (2018) 42/18 5011 Symbols and Abbreviations used on ADMIRALTY Paper Charts 7th (2018) 35/18 5012 ADMIRALTY Guide to ENC Symbols used in ECDIS 2nd (2015) 34/15 133A Paper Chart Maintenance Record 4th (2013) 49/13 133C ENC Maintenance Record 2nd (2017) 48/17 231 ADMIRALTY Guide to the Practical Use of ENCs 3rd (2019) 42/19 232 ADMIRALTY Guide to ECDIS Implementation, Policy and Procedures 3rd (2019) 12/19 294 How to Keep Your ADMIRALTY Products Up--to--Date 10th (2017) 22/17 Volume 1A ADMIRALTY Tide Tables United Kingdom – 201A to River Humber (including Isles of Scilly, Channel Islands and European 2020 18/19 Channel Ports) Volume 1B ADMIRALTY Tide Tables United Kingdom and Ireland 201B (excluding Isles of Scilly, English Channel to River Humber, 2020 23/19 Channel Islands and European Channel Ports) Volume 2 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables North Atlantic Ocean and 202 2020 25/19 Arctic Regions Volume 3 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables Indian Ocean 203 2020 29/19 (including Tidal Stream Tables) Volume 4 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables South Pacific Ocean 204 2020 33/19 (including Tidal Stream Tables) Volume 5 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables South China Sea and Indonesia 205 2020 37/19 (including Tidal Stream Tables) Volume 6 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables North Pacific Ocean 206 2020 41/19 (including Tidal Stream Tables) 207 Volume 7 ADMIRALTY South West Atlantic Ocean and South America 2020 46/19 Volume 8 ADMIRALTY Tide Tables South East Atlantic Ocean, 208 2020 48/19 West Africa and Mediterranean (including Tidal Stream Tables) 164 Dover, Times of High Water and Mean Ranges (published annually) 2020 50/19 209 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Orkney and Shetland Islands, 1986 4th ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas North Coast of Ireland and West Coast of 218 5th Scotland, 1995 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Portsmouth Harbour and Approaches, 219 2nd 1991 220 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Rosyth Harbour and Approaches, 1991 2nd ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Plymouth Harbour and Approaches, 221 2nd 1991

3--1 NP No Title Edition Published / correct from Weekly Edition Number 222 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Firth of Clyde and Approaches, 1992 1st 233 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Dover Strait, 1995 3rd ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Thames Estuary, 1985 249 2nd (with Co--Tidal Charts) 250 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas The English Channel, 1992 4th 251 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea, Southern Part, 2005 4th 252 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea, North Western Part, 2005 4th 253 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea, Eastern Part, 2004 2nd ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas The West Country, Falmouth to 254 1st Teignmouth, 2003 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Falmouth to Padstow, including the 255 1st Isles of Scilly, 2004 256 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas and Bristol Channel, 1992 4th 257 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Approaches to Portland, 1973 3rd ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Bristol Channel, Lundy to Avonmouth, 258 1st 2006 259 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Irish Sea Eastern Part, 2006 1st 263 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Lyme Bay, 2003 1st ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas The Channel Islands and the 264 5th Adjacent Coasts of France, 1993 265 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas France, West Coast, 2005 2nd 337 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas The Solent and Adjacent Waters, 1993 4th 214 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas Persian Gulf, 1999 2nd 215 ADMIRALTY Tidal Stream Atlas South--East Asia, 1979 1st 303(1) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol I Selected Stars Epoch 2020.0 13/17 303(2) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol II Lat 0 -- 4 0  Dec 0 -- 2 9  24/18 303(3) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol III Lat 39 -- 8 9 ,Dec0 -- 2 9  24/19 314 The Nautical Almanac 2020 15/19 321 The Star Almanac for Land Surveyors 2020 26/19 323 Star Finder and Identifier GP100 The Astronomical Almanac 2020 35/19 GP200 Astronomical Phenomena 2021 23/19 DP330 NavPac and Compact Data 2016--2020 14/15 } Volumes on an extended cycle of Continuous Revision of 5 or more years.

3--2 UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS

PART 4

INDEX OF UPDATES IN FORCE ON 31 DECEMBER 2019 (Week 52/19)

NP Publication Page

100 ...... The Mariner’s Handbook ...... 4 - - 2 136 ...... Ocean Passages for the Worl d Volume 2 ...... 4 - - 4 201A ...... ADMIRALTY Tide Table s 2019 ...... 4 - - 11 201A ...... ADMIRALTY Tide Table s 2020 ...... 4 - - 11

4--1 NP100

NP100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2016 Edition)

Submarine Pipelines and Cables

192 Paragraph 9.45 Replace by:

1 Caution The threats posed to mariners by fouling submarine cables are principally to vessel stability or by electrocution. Particular care should be exercised should a vessel’s trawl/fishing gear foul a cable and raise it from the sea floor. This may lead to a capsize situation due to the excessive load. Before any attempt to slip or cut gear from the cable is made, the cable should first be lowered to the seabed. In all cases care should be taken to avoid damaging the cable. It is obligatory that gear should be sacrificed rather than risk such damage. Modern long-distance telephone cables are fitted with submarine repeaters at frequent intervals to improve clarity; the repeaters contain components designed to function unattended for 25 years at depths of 3 miles or more. Damage to telecommunication cables can lead to extensive disruption of international communications, while damage to power cables will interrupt electricity supplies, and could endanger life. Where cables are known to be power transmission cables, charts are noted accordingly. Submarine cables without such a note, however, must not be assumed to be of low voltage; many countries do not distinguish between cables of different voltages. Also, high voltages are fed into certain submarine cables other than power transmission cables. Submarine cables should NEVER be cut. As all power cables and most telecommunications cables carry dangerous voltages, cutting them is likely to endanger life or cause serious injury. Furthermore, no claim in respect of injury or damage sustained through such interference with a submarine cable is likely to be entertained. 2 Information The International Hydrographic Organization (IHO) has provided guidance regarding submarine cables. It is replicated below. 3 IHO Resolution 4/1967 as Certain submarine cables are used for telecommunications functions while others are amended by IHO Assembly used for power transmission. All power cables and most telecommunications cables carry Decision 13 -- 2017 dangerous high voltages. Damaging or severing a submarine cable, whether a telecommunications cable or a power cable, may, in some circumstances be considered as a national disaster and very severe criminal penalties may apply. Electrocution, with injury or loss of life, could occur if any cables carrying high voltage are broached. Depending on whether the cable is primarily for power or telecommunications, damage may result in power cuts, loss of voice, data transfer or internet connectivity. In these circumstances cables are considered to be critical infrastructure. In view of the serious consequences resulting from damage to submarine cables, vessel operators should take special care when anchoring, fishing, mining, dredging, or engaging in underwater operations near areas where these cables may exist or have been reported to exist. In order to minimize the risk of such damage as much as possible, vessels should avoid any such activity at a minimum distance of 025 nautical mile1 on either side of submarine cables. Mariners are also warned that the seafloor where cables were originally buried may have changed and cables become exposed; therefore particular caution should be taken when operating vessels in areas where submarine cables exist especially where the depth of water means that there is a limited under--keel clearance. Vessels fouling a submarine cable should not attempt to clear or raise the cable due to the high possibility of damaging the cable. No attempt should be made to cut a cable and anchors or gear that cannot be cleared should be slipped. Before any attempt to slip or cut gear from the cable is made, the cable should first be lowered to the seafloor. Note that there is a risk of capsizing smaller vessels (primarily fishing vessels) if they attempt to bring a cable to the surface. Following an incident of fouling a cable, a vessel should immediately notify the local responsible authority of the position, type, and amount of gear remaining on the seafloor. In inland areas or along the coast, warning signs or marker beacons are often erected to warn the mariner of the existence of submarine cables. Incidents involving the fouling of submarine cables should be reported at the shortest possible notice to the responsible authorities2 who should be advised as to the nature of the problem and the position of the vessel. Notes: 1. Each responsible authority can set this distance to a value that they feel is appropriate. 2. The responsible authorities can be listed here, as well as contact methods (telephone, facsimile, VHF, e--mail, internet, etc.) and required information.

IHO Resolution 4/1967 (Submarine Cables) as amended by IHO Assembly Decision 13 -- 2017 [16/18]

4--2 NP100

Annex C Flags and Ensigns of Maritime Nations

321 Replace Denmar k with bl ock pri nted at the end of Section II. A nnex A ( see page 4 – 13).

322 Replace Falk land Islands with bloc k printed at the end of Section II. A nnex A (see page 4 – 13).

322 Replace Th e Farö e Island s wi th bloc k print ed at the end of Sect ion II . Anne x A (see page 4 – 13).

UKHO [NP100--Wk 16/18]

4--3 NP136

NP136 Ocean Passages for the World Volume 2 (2018 Edition)

PAGE 231, Connector Routes. Connector to Connector Routes and Waypoints

Delete entries and replace by:

Connector to Connector Routes

FROM GP TO GP LENGTH Inubo Saki 35°32´N 141°22´E Panama City 08°53´N 79°31´W 7602 Torres Strait 10°30´S 142°15´E Bass Strait 38°47´S 142°16´E 2635 Tsugaru Kaikyo (Route A) 41°32´N 140°42´E Panama City 08°53´N 79°31´W 7725 Tsugaru Kaikyo (Route B) 41°32´N 140°42´E Panama City 08°53´N 79°31´W 7495 Tsugaru Kaikyo (Route C) 41°32´N 140°42´E Panama City 08°53´N 79°31´W 7467

Waypoints

ID NAME GP ID NAME GP PO12 Wilsons Promontory W 39°14´S 146°14´E PO206 President Jackson Seamount 43°02´N 129°16´W PO14 Flinders Island N 38°43´S 148°16´E PO207 Brown Bear Seamount NE 46°32´N 129°05´W PO33 Gabo Island 37°39´S 150°07´E PO211 C. Falso S 21°40´N 109°26´W PO34 Jervis Bay 34°57´S 151°36´E PO212 C. San Lazaro S 23°26´N 112°00´W PO35 Sugarloaf Point 32°34´S 152°44´E PO213 President Jackson Seamount S 41°51´N 129°10´W PO36 Clarence Head 29°33´S 153°41´E PO246 Morro Puercos 06°56´N 80°13´W PO37 Cape Byron 28°29´S 153°51´E PO268 Off Lucinda 18°19´S 146°30´E PO76 Cape Otway 38°57´S 143°35´E PO270 Fitzroy Island 16°55´S 146°02´E PO98 Moreton Island E 27°01´S 153°59´E PO294 Cape Grenville 11°58´S 143°18´E PO154 Aleutian Trench SW 47°57´N 179°59´E PO296 Home Islands 11°35´S 142°58´E PO158 North Reef NE 23°01´S 152°08´E PO302 Prince of Wales Island E 10°31´S 142°24´E PO171 Hay Point 10 20°51´S 149°49´E PO315 Sandy Cape 24°25´S 153°27´E PO190 Off Panama 06°57´N 81°58´W PO320 Warwick Seamount N 48°30´N 132°43´W PO191 Off Managua 10°28´N 88°57´W PO322 Unimak Seamount E 53°58´N 160°01´W PO192 Punta San Telmo 18°02´N 104°03´W PO324 Sanak Island S 54°07´N 162°37´W PO193 Lazaro Cardenas SE 16°41´N 101°19´W PO325 Off Poluostrov Kamchatka 50°47´N 162°08´E PO197 07°45´N 79°25´W PO326 Near Islands N 54°02´N 172°56´E PO201 Hoke Seamount E 31°23´N 123°15´W PO328 Adams Seamount W 49°59´N 179°48´W PO202 Guadelupe W 28°43´N 119°28´W PO330 Erimo Misaki 41°43´N 143°17´E PO203 Rodriguez Seamount NW 34°59´N 126°16´W PO331 Habomai Islands SW 42°47´N 145°37´E PO204 Taney Seamounts W 37°13´N 127°46´W PO332 Habomai Islands 43°21´N 146°38´E PO205 Steel Vendor Seamount S 39°46´N 128°51´W

UKHO [50/18]

4--4 NP136

PAGE 235, Auckland, Brisbane, Buenaventura and Callao. Port to Port Routes and Port to Connector Routes.

Delete entries and replace by:

Port to Port Routes

PORT GP LOCODE CCODE LENGTH FOR NP

From Auckland 36°46´S 174°49´E AKL NZ NP51 To Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14´E BNE AU 1589 NP15 To Mebourne 38°00´S 144°55´E MEL AU 2067 NP14 To Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17´E BTB AU 1547 NP14

From Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14´E BNE AU NP15 To Auckland 36°46´S 174°49´E AKL NZ 1589 NP51 To Lyttelton 43°35´S 172°51´E LYT NZ 1929 NP51 To Tauranga 37°34´S 176°13´E TRG NZ 1673 NP51

From Buenaventura 03°48´N 77°23´W BUN CO NP7 Harbour of Vancouver To 48°16´N 123°32´W VAN CA 4936 NP25 (Juan de Fuca Strait) To Lazaro Cardenas 17°54´N 102°10´W LZC MX 1723 NP8 To San Jose 13°54´N 90°46´W SNJ GT 1012 NP8 To San Pedrito Port 19°02´N 104°23´W MX 1877 NP8

From Callao 12°02´S 77°14´W CLL PE NP7 To Lazaro Cardenas 17°54´N 102°10´W LZC MX 2350 NP8 To San Pedrito Port 19°02´N 104°23´W 2491 NP8

Port to Connector Routes

FROM GP TO GP LENGTH FOR Auckland 36°46´S 174°49´E Panama City 08°53´N 79°31´W 6653 Panama Canal and ports Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14´E Mariana Islands 11°54´N 149°37´E 2460 South East Asia ports Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14´E Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09´E 1781 South East Asia ports Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14´E Panama City 08°53´N 79°31´W 7868 Panama Canal and Caribbean ports Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14´E Vokeo Island 02°58´S 144°00´E 1775 South East Asia ports Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14´E West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00´E 1833 South East Asia ports Buenaventura 03°48´N 77°23´W Panama City 08°53´N 79°31´W 340 Panama Canal and Caribbean ports Callao 12°02´S 77°14´W Inubo Saki 35°32´N 141°22´E 8302 South East Asia ports Callao 12°02´S 77°14´W Panama City 08°53´N 79°31´W 1355 Panama Canal and Caribbean ports

UKHO [50/18]

4--5 NP136

.tnioP yaH dna )tiartS acuF ed nauJ( revuocnaV fo ruobraH ,enotsdalG ,932 EGAP EGAP ,932 ,enotsdalG ruobraH fo revuocnaV nauJ( ed acuF )tiartS dna yaH .tnioP Port to Port Routes and Port to Connector Routes.

Delete enties and replace by:

Port to Port Routes

PORT GP LOCODE CCODE LENGTH FOR NP

From Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32´E GLT AU NP15 To Long Beach 33°43´N 118°11´W LGB US 6319 NP8

Harbour of Vancouver From 48°16´N 123°32´W VAN CA NP25 (Juan de Fuca Strait) To Buenaventura 03°48´N 77°23´W BUN C0 4934 NP7 To Long Beach 33°43´N 118°11´W LGB US 1474 NP8 To San Pedrito Port 19°02´N 104°23´W 3064 NP8 To Oakland 37°49´N 122°30´W OAK US 1042 NP8

Port to Connector Routes

FROM GP TO GP LENGTH FOR Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32´E Cabo de Hornos 56°07´S 66°55´W 6440 South Atlantic ports Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32´E Caroline Islands 05°00´N 146°59´E 1956 South East Asia ports Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32´E Mariana Islands 11°54´N 149°37´E 2276 South East Asia ports Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32´E Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09´E 1585 South East Asia ports Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32´E Panama City 08°53´N 79°31´W 7967 Caribbean ports South East Asia and Indian Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32´E Torres Strait 10°30´S 142°15´E 1326 Ocean ports Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32´E West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00´E 1637 South East Asia ports Harbour of Vancouver (Juan de Fuca Strait) 48°16´N 123°32´W Inubo Saki 35°32´N 141°22´E 4121 South East Asia ports (Route A) Harbour of Vancouver (Juan de Fuca Strait) 48°16´N 123°32´W Inubo Saki 35°32´N 141°22´E 4087 South East Asia ports (Route B) Harbour of Vancouver (Juan de Fuca Strait) 48°16´N 123°32´W Tsugaru Kaikyo 41°32´N 140°42´E 3907 South East Asia ports (Route C) Harbour of Vancouver (Juan de Fuca Strait) 48°16´N 123°32´W Tsugaru Kaikyo 41°32´N 140°42´E 3915 South East Asia ports (Route D) Hay Point 21°15´S 149°19´E Mariana Islands 11°54´N 149°37´E 2145 South East Asia ports South East Asia and Indian Hay Point 21°15´S 149°19´E Torres Strait 10°30´S 142°15´E 1119 Ocean ports Hay Point 21°15´S 149°19´E West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00´E 1458 South East Asia ports

UKHO [50/18]

4--6 NP136

PAGE 243, Lazaro Cardenas, Long Beach and Lyttelton. Port to Port Routes, Port to Connector Routes and Waypoints

Delete entries and replace by:

Port to Port Routes

PORT GP LOCODE CCODE LENGTH FOR NP

From Lazaro Cardenas 17°54´N 102°10´W LZC MX NP8 To Buenaventura 03°48´N 77°23´W BUN CO 1723 NP7 To Callao 12°02´S 77°14´W CLL PE 2350 NP7 To Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53´E NTL AU 6770 NP15

From Long Beach 33°43´N 118°11´W LGB US NP8 To Gladstone 23°50´S 151°32´E GLT AU 6319 NP15 Harbour of Vancouver To 48°16´N 123°32´W VAN CA 1474 NP25 (Juan de Fuca Strait) To Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55´E MEL AU 7145 NP14 To Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17´E BTB AU 6780 NP14 To Quintero 32°45´S 71°34´W QTV CL 5077 NP7

From Lyttelton 43°35´S 172°51´E LYT NZ NP51 To Brisbane 27°17´S 153°14´E BNE AU 1929 NP15

Port to Connector Routes

FROM GP TO GP LENGTH FOR Lazaro Cardenas 17°54´N 102°10´W Inubo Saki 35°32´N 141°22´E 6013 South East Asia ports Lazaro Cardenas 17°54´N 102°10´W Panama City 08°53´N 79°31´W 1635 Caribbean ports Lazaro Cardenas 17°54´N 102°10´W Tsugaru Kaikyo 41°32´N 140°42´E 5879 South East Asia ports Long Beach 33°43´N 118°11´W Inubo Saki 35°32´N 141°22´E 4781 South East Asia ports Long Beach 33°43´N 118°11´W Panama City 08°53´N 79°31´W 3130 Caribbean ports Long Beach 33°43´N 118°11´W Tsugaru Kaikyo 41°32´N 140°42´E 4640 South East Asia ports

Waypoints

ID NAME GP ID NAME GP PO12 Wilsons Promontory W 39°14´S 146°14´E PO209 Off Harbour of Vancouver 48°29´N 124°45´W PO21 North Island N 34°19´S 173°05´E PO211 C. Falso S 21°40´N 109°26´W PO25 Gabo Island SE 38°07´S 152°36´E PO212 C. San Lazaro S 23°26´N 112°00´W PO28 Standard Seamount SE 36°53´S 159°05´E PO216 Off Lima 11°28´S 77°57´W PO30 Challenger Plateau NW 36°02´S 163°44´E PO221 P. Bayovar S 07°07´S 81°44´W PO77 Three Kings Island 34°17´S 171°32´E PO222 Paramount Seamount 03°29´N 90°18´W PO81 Lord Howe Rise 34°11´S 163°40´E PO232 Off C Johnson 47°57´N 125°18´W PO85 Taupo Seamount SW 34°03´S 154°13´E PO233 Off Columbia River 46°12´N 125°16´W PO97 Moreton Island N 26°50´S 153°30´E PO234 C Mendocino 40°23´N 125°00´W PO145 Cape Farewell 40°06´S 173°04´E PO239 Pioneer Seamount NW 37°33´N 123°39´W PO149 Off Wellington 41°19´S 174°30´E PO240 Richardson Rock 34°25´N 120°52´W PO152 Kaikoura NE 42°15´S 174°02´E PO246 Morro Puercos 06°56´N 80°13´W PO154 Aleutian Trench SW 47°57´N 179°59´E PO247 Islas San Benito SW 28°03´N 116°01´W PO159 Swain Reefs S 22°47´S 152°53´E PO253 Off San Diego 32°27´N 117°40´W PO190 Off Panama 06°57´N 81°58´W PO316 Torres Islands W 13°17´S 165°26´E PO191 Off Managua 10°28´N 88°57´W PO317 Jasper Seamount E 30°30´N 121°38´W PO192 Punta San Telmo 18°02´N 104°03´W PO318 Bishop Rock S 31°03´N 118°29´W PO195 Off Acapulco 16°39´N 100°39´W PO329 Oma Saki 41°37´N 140°54´E PO197 Gulf of Panama 07°45´N 79°25´W PO334 Hoke Seamount NE 33°40´N 124°35´W PO202 Guadelupe W 28°43´N 119°28´W

UKHO [50/18]

4--7 NP136

PAGE 245, Melbourne, Newcastle, Oakland and Port Botany. Port to Port Routes and Port to Connector Routes

Delete entries and replace by:

Port to Port Routes

PORT GP LOCODE CCODE LENGTH FOR NP

From Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55´E MEL AU NP14 To Auckland 36°46´S 174°49´E AKL NZ 2067 NP51 To Long Beach 33°43´N 118°11´W LGB US 7145 NP8 To Tauranga 37°34´S 176°13´E TRG NZ 2151 NP51

From Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53´E NTL AU NP15 To Lazaro Cardenas 32°59´S 151°53´E LZC MX 6770 NP8

From Oakland 37°49´N 122°30´W OAK US NP8 Harbour of Vancouver To 48°16´N 123°32´W VAN CA 1042 NP25 (Juan de Fuca Strait) To Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17´E BTB AU 6714 NP14

From Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17´E BTB AU NP14 To Auckland 36°46´S 174°49´E AKL NZ 1547 NP51 To Long Beach 33°43´N 118°11´W LGB US 6780 NP8 To Oakland 37°49´N 122°30´W OAK US 6714 NP8 To Tauranga 37°34´S 176°13´E TRG NZ 1632 NP51

Port to Connector Routes

FROM GP TO GP LENGTH FOR Indian Ocean and South East Asia Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55´E Bass Strait 38°47´S 142°16´E 207 ports Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55´E Mariana Islands 11°54´N 149°37´E 3663 South East Asia ports Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55´E Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09´E 2984 South East Asia ports Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55´E Panama City 08°53´N 79°31´W 8187 Caribbean ports Melbourne 38°00´S 144°55´E West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00´E 3036 South East Asia ports Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53´E Caroline Islands 05°00´N 146°59´E 2557 South East Asia ports Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53´E Mariana Islands 11°54´N 149°37´E 2877 South East Asia ports Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53´E Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09´E 2198 South East Asia ports Indian Ocean and South East Asia Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53´E Torres Strait 10°30´S 142°15´E 1944 ports Newcastle 32°59´S 151°53´E West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00´E 2250 South East Asia ports Oakland 37°49´N 122°30´W Inubo Saki 35°32´N 141°22´E 4458 South East Asia ports Oakland 37°49´N 122°30´W Panama City 08°53´N 79°31´W 3572 Caribbean ports Oakland 37°49´N 122°30´W Tsugaru Kaikyo 41°32´N 140°42´E 4307 South East Asia ports Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17´E Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09´E 2275 South East Asia ports Indian Ocean and South East Asia Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17´E Torres Strait 10°30´S 142°15´E 2020 ports Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17´E Vokeo Island 02°58´S 144°00´E 2269 South East Asia ports Port Botany 34°01´S 151°17´E West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00´E 2327 South East Asia ports

UKHO [50/18]

4--8 NP136

PAGE 249, Port Kembla, Quintero, San Jose, San Pedrito Port, Tacoma, Tauranga and Townsville. Port to Port Routes and Port to Connector Routes

Delete entries and replace by:

Port to Port Routes

PORT GP LOCODE CCODE LENGTH FOR NP

From Quintero QTV CL 32°45´S 71°34´W NP7 To Long Beach LGB US 33°43´N 118°11´W 5077 NP8

From San Jose SNJ GT 13°54´N 90°46´W NP8 To Buenaventura BUN CO 03°48´N 77°23´W 1012 NP7

From San Pedrito Port 19°02´N 104°23´W NP8 To Buenaventura BUN CO 03°48´N 77°23´W 1877 NP7 To Callao CLL PE 12°02´S 77°14´W 2491 NP7 Harbour of Vancouver To VAN CA 48°16´N 123°32´W 3064 NP25 (Juan de Fuca Strait)

From Tauranga TRG NZ 37°34´S 176°13´E NP51 To Brisbane BNE AU 27°17´S 153°14´E 1673 NP15 To Melbourne MEL AU 38°00´S 144°55´E 2151 NP14 To Port Botany BTB AU 34°01´S 151°17´E 1632 NP14

Port to Connector Routes

FROM GP TO GP LENGTH FOR Port Kembla 34°26´S 150°57´E Mariana Islands 11°54´N 149°37´E 2990 South East Asia ports Port Kembla 34°26´S 150°57´E Panama City 08°53´N 79°31´W 7822 Caribbean ports Quintero 32°45´S 71°34´W Panama City 08°53´N 79°31´W 2721 Caribbean ports San Jose 13°54´N 90°46´W Panama City 08°53´N 79°31´W 924 Caribbean ports San Pedrito Port 19°02´N 104°23´W Inubo Saki 35°32´N 141°22´E 5857 South East Asia ports San Pedrito Port 19°02´N 104°23´W Panama City 08°53´N 79°31´W 1788 Caribbean ports San Pedrito Port 19°02´N 104°23´W Tsugaru Kaikyo 41°32´N 140°42´E 5724 South East Asia ports Tacoma 48°14´N 123°32´W Inubo Saki 35°32´N 141°22´E 4120 South East Asia ports Tauranga 37°34´S 176°13´E Caroline Islands 05°00´N 146°59´E 3258 South East Asia ports Tauranga 37°34´S 176°13´E Mariana Islands 11°54´N 149°37´E 3578 South East Asia ports Tauranga 37°34´S 176°13´E Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09´E 3034 South East Asia ports Tauranga 37°34´S 176°13´E West Melanesian Trench 00°46´S 145°00´E 3086 South East Asia ports Townsville 19°07´S 146°55´E Mariana Islands 11°54´N 149°37´E 2022 South East Asia ports Townsville 19°07´S 146°55´E Off Western Reef 02°35´S 144°09´E 1334 South East Asia ports South East Asia and Indian Townsville 19°07´S 146°55´E Torres Strait 10°30´S 142°15´E 635 Ocean ports

UKHO [50/18]

4--9 4--10 NP201A

NP201A--19 ADMIRALTY TIDE TABLES, United Kingdom English Channel to River Humber (Including Isles of Scilly, Channel Islands and European Channel Ports) Volume 1A 2019 Edition

Page 293, Part II, Time and Height Differences for predicting the tide at Secondary Ports, ENGLAND, SOUTH COAST.

The existing data is shown below:

0500 1100 65 ...... (see page 38) —— —— and and 4.7 3.8 1.9 0.8 1700 2300

The changes required are shown below:

0500 1100 36a POOLE HARBOUR ...... (see page 38) —— —— and and 2.2 1.7 1.2 0.6 1700 2300

UKHO 35/19

NP201A--20 ADMIRALTY TIDE TABLES, United Kingdom English Channel to River Humber (Including Isles of Scilly, Channel Islands and European Channel Ports) Volume 1A 2020 Edition

Page 293, Part II, Time and Height Differences for predicting the tide at Secondary Ports, ENGLAND, SOUTH COAST.

The existing data is shown below:

0500 1100 65 POOLE HARBOUR ...... (see page 38) —— —— and and 4.7 3.8 1.9 0.8 1700 2300

The changes required are shown below:

0500 1100 36a POOLE HARBOUR ...... (see page 38) —— —— and and 2.2 1.7 1.2 0.6 1700 2300

UKHO 35/19

4--11 4--12 ANNEX A (NP100) (See Page 4 - 3)

ANNEX C

To accompany Section VII amendment

NATIONAL MERCHANT MILITARY COUNTRY FLAG ENSIGN ENSIGN

Denmark

Falkland Islands

The Faröe Islands

Block for NP100 The Mariner’s Handbook 2016 Edition Annex C

4--13